GON  RULE  CO. 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2015 


https://archive.org/details/grammardictionarOOmorr 


6 


GRAMMAR  AND  DICT10NARY/(^^^ 


OF  THE 


A 


DEC  1 9 1913 


^eic^i 


%iy 


BULUBA-LULUA  LANGUAGE 


AS  SPOKEN  IN  THE  UPPER  KASAI  AND 
CONGO  BASIN 


PREPARED  FOR  THE  AMERICAN  PRESBYTERIAN 
CONGO J^ISSION  BY 

W.  M.  MORRISON 


Missionary  of  the  Southern  Presbyterian  Church 
in  the  Congo  Independent  State 


AMERICAN  TRACT  SOCIETY 


150  NASSAU  STREET 
NEW  YORK 


Copyright,  1906 

BY 

AMERICAN  TRACT  SOCIETY 


PREFACE. 


I The  Baluba  and  Lulua  people,  in  language  and  in  race,  belong  to 
The  great  Bantu  family,  which,  though  having  many  different  subdivi- 
sions, occupies,  roughly  speaking,  all  of  Africa  south  of  the  fifth  parallel 
of  north  latitude,  the  Hottentot-Bushmen  in  the  extreme  south  being 
the  only  exception.  These  Bantu  languages  are  radically  different 
from  the  distinctly  negro  dialects  of  the  peoples  bordering  them  on 
the  north.  While  the  different  Bantu  dialects  have  much  in  common 
so  far  as  some  of  the  general  characteristics  are  concerned,  yet  there 
are  many  degrees  of  difference.  Some  are  perhaps  as  widely  apart 
as  the  English  and  the  Greek,  while  others  are  so  near  akin  that  the 
differences  amount  to  nothing  more  than  localisms  or  a brogue. 

This  latter  fact  is  true  of  the  language  spoken  by  the  Baluba  and 
the  Lulua  people,  who  together  occupy  a large  area  in  Central  Africa, 
extending,  roughly  speaking,  from  the  junction  of  the  Lulua  and  Kasai 
rivers  in  a general  southeasterly  direction  into  Garenganze,  where  the 
language  is  called  Ciluba.  They  thus  occupy  the  high  and  compara- 
tively healthy  table-lands  on  the  divide  between  the  headwaters  of 
the  Kasai  and  the  Congo  on  one  side  and  the  Zambezi  on  the  other. 
Moreover,  these  peoples  are  remarkably  docile,  peaceable,  industrious 
and  eager  for  civilization,  and  are  in  many  respects  far  superior  to 
many  African  tribes.  It  has  thus  come  about  that  the  Baluba,  espe- 
cially, are  eagerly  sought  after  as  slaves,  with  the  result  that  many 
thousands  of  them  have  been  carried  into  captivity,  often  into  foreign 
tribes. 

These  facts,  together  with  the  wide  area  covered  by  these  two  peoples, 
have  made  their  tongue  the  lingua  jranca,  or  “trade”  language,  of  the 
greater  part  of  the  upper  Kasai  and  Congo  basin,  thus  enabling  one 
understanding  it  to  go  almost  everywhere  over  this  vast  region  and 
be  understood.  It  is  gratifying  to  note  that  the  Buluba-Lulua  is  very 
near  of  kin  to  the  Lunda  and  Tongo  which  are  spoken  over  a large 
area  on  the  south.  It  would  be  useless  to  attempt  to  estimate  the  num- 
ber of  people  speaking  with  more  or  less  divergency  the  language  whose 

V 


vi 


PREFACE, 


laws  this  book  attempts  to  put  into  tangible  shape.  All  this  is  par- 
ticularly fortunate  in  view  of  the  fact  that  so  many  of  the  languages 
of  Africa  are  confined  to  very  narrow  geographical  limits. 

Since  the  establishment  of  the  American  Presbyterian  Mission  at 
Luebo,  which  place  is  located  on  the  north  bank  of  the  Lulua  river 
at  its  junction  with  the  Luebo,  several  thousand  Baluba  and  Lulua 
people  have  come  there  and  settled — the  Lulua  from  the  immediate 
south  and  east,  and  the  Baluba  from  the  regions  still  farther  to  the 
east.  Through  these  numerous  immigrarits  Luebo  has  become  a cos- 
mopolitan place,  with  reflex  influences  going  out  in  turn  to  the  different 
tribes  and  villages  represented  there. 

While  there  are  slight  differences  in  some  of  the  root  words  used  by 
the  Baluba  and  the  Lulua  and  some  differences  in  the  tones  or  manner 
of  pronunciation,  the  Baluba  being  smooth  and  rhythmic,  the  Lulua 
more  harsh  and  guttural,  yet  these  diversities  are  so  slight  that  we  feel 
warranted  in  grouping  the  language  of  these  two  peoples  under  the 
one  name  Buluba-Lulua.  It  must,  however,  be  borne  in  mind  that 
each  of  these  tribes  is  still  farther  subdivided  into  clans  or  groups, 
where  there  may  and  often  does  exist  a still  farther  variation  in  the 
words.  It  is  a curious  fact  that  the  very  names  Baluba  and  Lulua 
do  not  seem  to  have  been  originally  used  by  the  people  in  speaking 
of  themselves;  these  names  have  been  given  them  by  outsiders.  Among 
themselves  they  go  by  the  clan  names,  such  as  Bakua  Kaloshi,  Bakua 
Chimanga,  Bakua  Temba,  etc. 

In  this  book  no  effort  has  been  made  to  separate  the  words  of  the 
two  peoples,  for  they  are  so  intimately  intermingled  that  this  would 
at  present  be  hopeless,  confusing  and  unprofitable.  Nor  has  any  effort 
been  made  to  find  all  the  possible  words  used  among  the  different  clans; 
only  the  commoner  words  used  about  Luebo  are  introduced.  This 
opens  up  a wide  field  for  future  study  and  investigation,  and  of  course 
means  that  variations  from  the  Words  given  in  this  book  will  become 
more  numerous  as  the  distance  i\;om  Luebo  increases.  It  is  easy  to 
understand  how  these  almost  infinite  differentiations  have  sprung  up. 
There  is  no  tribal  unity,  no  literature^  the  villages  and  clans  are  more 
or  less  isolated  from  each  other,  with  the  consequent  j’ealousies.  But 
we  believe  that  as  communication  is  established  between  the  different 
clans,  and  especially  as  the  written  language  which  the  missionaries 
are  sending  out  becomes  more  widely  circulated,  a unifying  process 
will  set  in. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  language,  especially  as  spoken  in  the  region 
about  Luebo  and  such  other  cosmopolitan  centres,  where  the  outside 
world  is  touched,  is  constantly  growing — and,  strange  to  say,  becoming 


PREFACE. 


VI 1 


more  unified — by  the  accession  of  new  and  foreign  words.  For  about 
Luebo  we  not  only  have  a commingling  of  other  tribes,  such  as  the 
Bakete,  the  Bakuba,  the  Zappo  Zapps,  etc.,  but  the  native  quickly 
takes  up  words  from  the  missionary,  the  white  trader,  the  Government 
official,  or  the  West  Coast  English-speaking  carpenter.  These  over- 
sea foreigners,  in  passing  through  the  Lower  Congo  region,  pick  up 
native  words  as  used  there  and  bring  them  farther  into  the  interior. 
The  Portuguese  were  the  earliest  European  settlers  on  the  coast  about 
the  mouth  of  the  Congo  river,  and  a goodly  number  of  their  words  have 
found  the  way  back  into  the  interior  languages;  the  name  mputu, 
which  means  the  country  of  the  foreign  white  man,  is  a corruption 
of  Portugal.  Since  the  native  naturally  lacks  names  for  many  articles 
in  common  use  by  the  foreigner,  it  is  not  surprising  that  the  foreign 
word  is  often  introduced  and  the  native  is  proud  to  use  it.  The  word 
is  nativized  and  thus  takes  its  place  in  the  language.  I say  nativized, 
for  although  these  new  words  find  their  place  in  the  language,  yet 
there  is  a strong  tendency  to  preserve  the  native  grammatical  con- 
structions, and,  after  all,  the  foreign  words  are  comparatively  few. 

My  observation  is  that  the  language  is  spoken  with  greater  gram- 
matical purity  about  Luebo  to-day  than  it  was  some  years  ago. 

And  just  here  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  although  there  is  a re- 
markable richness  of  the  language  in  some  directions,  there  is  a no 
less  remarkable  paucity  of  terms  in  other  directions.  For  example, 
there  is  no  word  for  the  young  of  living  creatures.  The  indefinite 
muana,  child,  is  used  for  all  alike.  There  is  no  single  word  for  brother 
or  sister.  The  native  recognizes  only  three  distinct  colors,  red,  white 
and  black  ',  there  is  nothing  for  the  most  common  color  in  the  tropics. 

The  verb  dila  is  made  to  do  service  for  cry,  bawl,  bleat,  sqtieal,  roar, 
croak,  bray,  tick  (as  watch).  There  are  no  pronouns  indicating  sex. 
There  is  no  satisfactory  word  for  love,  the  same  word  which  the  native 
uses  for  God’s  love  he  must  also  use  to  express  his  liking  for  salt  or 
his  preference  for  a certain  kind  of  cloth.  Sometimes  one  fairly  cries 
out  in  agony  for  a word  to  express  some  of  the  strong  English  words 
like  ought,  duty,  must,  obligation,  etc.  And  so  the  list  might  be  easily 
increased.  Perhaps  as  our  knowledge  of  the  language  grows,  we 
may  discover  terms  for  some  of  these  ideas.  It  is  not  surprising,  there- 
fore, to  find  a great  dearth  of  words  to  express  religious  thought.  In 
some  cases  the  missionaries  have,  by  common  consent,  introduced  a 
word,  generally  from  the  Greek  or  Hebrew.  We  have  thought  it  safer 
and  more  satisfactory  sometimes  to  introduce  thus  an  entirely  new 
word  rather  than  try  to  use  a native  word  which  would  inaccurately 
convey  the  idea  intended.  It  is  interesting  here  to  recall  that  very 


viii 


PREFACE. 


many  of  the  ecclesiastical  words  in  the  English  language  were  brought 
in  at  the  time  of  the  introduction  of  Christianity  into  England.  1 
have  also  taken  the  liberty,  on  my  own  responsibility,  of  introducing 
into  the  Vocabulary  a few  words  for  some  common  household  articles 
for  which  the  natives  have  no  equivalent.  Since  English  is  the  lan- 
guage of  those  for  whom  this  book  is  chiefly  intended,  the  introduced 
words  are  naturally  taken  from  that  language. 

.\t  the  request  of  my  colleagues  on  the  Mission,  the  preparation  of 
this  work  was  undertaken  some  months  after  my  arrival  in  Africa  in 
1897.  My  first  intention  was  to  prepare  a small  book  to  contain  only 
the  essentials  of  the  language  and  the  more  common  words,  but  as  I 
went  farther  into  the  work  I found  that  I could  not  be  certain  of  the 
essentials  without  myself  going  quite  into  details.  Having  done  this, 
it  seemed  a waste  of  labor  not  to  record  the  result  of  the  investigations 
in  permanent  form.  It  is  now  my  purpose  to  prepare  a short  hand- 
book embodying  only  the  essentials  and  intended  for  beginners  in  the 
language.  The  growth  of  the  work  as  I have  progressed,  and  the 
fact  that  it  was  the  first  of  the  kind  ever  undertaken  in  this  dialect, 
combined  with  the  many  missionary  duties,  from  which  it  was  impossible 
on  account  of  the  smallness  of  our  force  for  me  to  be  released  so  that 
I could  give  my  full  time  to  the  language  study,  have  postponed  the 
completion  of  this'  task  much  longer  than  I had  anticipated.  Often 
weeks  at  a time  have  intervened  when  it  was  impossible,  either  on 
account  of  illness  or  on  account  of  other  more  pressing  missionary 
duties,  to  push  the  work  on.  Even  after  the  greater  part  of  the  material 
had  been  gotten  into  tangible  shape  before  my  return  to  America,  I 
have  found  the  revising,  correcting,  copying  and  getting  of  the  matter 
ready  for  the  press  a much  greater  undertaking  than  I had  anticipated- 
For  these  reasons  I ask  the  forbearance  of  my  colleagues  who  have 
waited  so  patiently  for  the  work  to  appear.  I must  also  express  my 
appreciation  of  the  kindness  shown  by  the  Executive  Committee  of 
Foreign  ^Missions  of  the  Presbyterian  Church,  who  have  patiently 
allowed  me  to  carry  on  this  work,  trusting  only  to  my  own  word  and 
to  that  of  my  colleagues  that  my  time  and  energy  and  the  Church’s 
money  were  being  rightly  spent. 

I must  express  my  obligation  for  helpful  suggestions  gotten  here 
and  there  from  works  in  other  dialects  of  the  Bantu  family;  especially 
might  be  mentioned  those  of  Torrend,  Bentley,  Whitehead,  Stapleton, 
Bishop  Steere,  Wilson,  Pilkington,  Nassau  and  Bleek.  Declerq’s 
Grammaire  de  la  Langue  des  Bena  Lulua,  though  only  a pamphlet, 
giving  with  more  or  less  accuracy  the  merest  outlines  of  the  language, 
was  exceedingly  helpful  in  the  early  stages  of  the  work.  I have  appre- 


PREFACE. 


IX 


dated  Stapleton’s  frankness  in  admitting  difficulties,  and  his  breadth 
of  view  in  dealing  with  the  comparative  language  problems.  I am 
indebted  to  Dr.  D.  W.  C.  Snyder  for  the  manuscript  of  his  work  in 
the  Bakete  dialect.  And  I am  under  many  obligations  to  my  colleagues, 
especially  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Sheppard  and  Mr.  Hawkins,  for  giving  me  a 
start  in  the  early  days. 

I have  sometimes  ventured  to  differ  from  the  majority  of  Bantu 
grammars,  but  it  has  been  done  in  order  to  secure  greater  simplicity. 

And  here  I must  not  fail  to  mention  the  names  of  native  lads  who 
have  helped  me,  generally  most  patiently,  through  the  long  weary 
discussions  and  investigations  which  they  could  not  understand.  Among 
these  may  be  mentioned  Kazadi,  Kabata,  Kamuidika  and  Kachunga. 
The  latter  spent  over  a year  with  me  in  America.  Some  of  the  girls 
were  most  helpful,  especially  Malendola.  These  w^ere  not  all  kept 
in  constant  employ,  but  w’ere  called  on  as  needed,  for  I soon  found  it 
better  to  use  several  language-helpers  than  to  rely  on  the  judgment 
of  only  one. 

I most  heartily  express  my  personal  gratitude  and  that  of  my  col- 
leagues and  the  Society  which  I represent  to  the  American  Tract  Society 
for  so  generously  undertaking,  partly  at  its  own  expense,  the  publication 
of  this  work. 

It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  book  will  prove  helpful  to  Government 
officials,  traders  or  travelers,  but  the  motive  wffiich  has  inspired  the 
writer  through  it  all  has  been  the  belief  that  it  would  aid  the  missionary 
more  quickly  and  more  accurately  to  learn  the  language  of  this  great 
people,  hoping  that  in  due  time  schools  would  be  wddely  established 
and  the  Word  of  Life  given  to  the  people  in  a language  which  they 
could  read  and  understand. 

Many  perplexing  problems  have  arisen  as  to  spelling,  as  to  con- 
struction, and  as  to  the  exact  meaning  of  words,  and  the  author  is  most 
painfully  conscious  of  the  many  inaccuracies  which  farther  study  and 
investigation  by  himself  or  others  will  reveal  in  his  work,  w’hich  makes 
no  claim  to  being  exhaustive  or  perfect;  yet  he  will  feel  abundantly 
compensated  for  all  the  labor  it  has  taken  if  the  book  will  aid  in  a wider 
dissemination  of  the  gospel.  To  this  end  he  prays  that  it  may  be 
used. 

I feel  that  I cannot  pass  this  book  into  the  hands  of  my  fellow  mis- 
sionaries without  saying  a final  word  to  them.  The  Government 
official  or  the  trader  or  the  traveler  can  get  along  and  accomplish 
his  work  wdth  only  a superficial  knowledge  of  the  language.  Not  so 
w’ith  the  missionary:  he  is  to  deliver  the  gospel  message,  and  a deep 
and  thorough  acquaintance  wdth  the  language  which  is  his  chief  medium 


X 


PREFACE. 


of  communication  should  be  his  constant  ambition,  that  the  message 
may  be  delivered  accurately  and  intelligibly.  I have  noticed  that 
almost  invariably  the  man  who  speaks  the  language  with  fluency  is 
the  man  who  commands  attention  and  whose  influence  will  be  the 
most  widely  felt.  May  I utter  a warning  ? There  is  danger  of  reaching 
a point  where  we  make  no  farther  progress  in  the  language.  This 
should  not  be.  Study  and  investigation  on  our  part  should  never  cease. 
This  book  is  by  no  means  accurate  or  exhaustive — it  is  only  intended 
as  a guide  and  a help  to  wider  and  deeper  study  of  the  language,  which 
I hope  and  pray  will  be  inspired  by  the  thought  of  Him  who  commanded 
us  to  “preach  the  gospel  to  every  creature.” 


Lexington,  Va.,  January.  1906. 


W.  M.  Morrison. 


GRAMMAR 


ORTHOGRAPHY. 

I.  THE  ALPHABET. 


1.  The  Buluba-Lulua  alphabet  consists  of  thirty  letters,  each  repre- 


seating  a 

distinct 

sound.  They  are  as  follows: 

Letters. 

Pronun- 

ciation. 

English 

Equivalents. 

Examples. 

a 

a 

as  a in  father 

malij,  afjairs. 

a 

a 

as  a in  hat 

kub^la,  to  count. 

a 

a 

as  a in  fall 

bukiile,  strength. 

b 

bay 

as  b in  bone 

bantu,  people. 

c 

chay 

as  ch  in  choose 

mucima,  liver. 

d 

day 

as  d in  day 

bidia,  bread. 

e 

e 

as  e in  they 

kuteka,  to  put. 

6 

e . 

as  e in  met 

dikela,  egg. 

f 

fay 

as  f in  fat 

kuflka,  to  arrive. 

g 

gay 

as  g in  king 

kiibanga,  to  begin. 

h 

hay 

no  equivalent  (§  6) 

luhehele,  wind. 

I 

i 

as  i in  machine 

bibi,  badly. 

1 

I 

as  i in  hit 

kuxiba,  to  kill. 

'i 

i 

as  i in  pine 

mi,  water. 

J 

jay 

as  j in  French  jeune 

kujula,  to  pull  up. 

k 

kay 

as  k in  king 

kulua,  to  come. 

1 

lay 

as  1 in  long 

lubilu,  hurry. 

m 

may 

as  m in  man 

muntu,  person. 

n 

nay 

as  n in  not 

kunanga,  to  love. 

o 

o 

as  o in  note 

diboko,  arm. 

P 

pay 

as  p in  pay 

mpuku,  rat. 

s 

say 

as  s in  sit 

kusaya,  to  cut  up. 

t 

tay 

as  t in  tone 

tulu,  sleep. 

u 

u 

as  u in  rule 

lufu,  death. 

u 

u 

as  u in  but 

mukuxi,  woman. 

V 

vay 

as  V in  vine 

kuvua,  to  wash. 

w 

way 

as  w in  water 

wewe,  thou. 

X 

shay 

as  sh  in  shall 

kuxaia,  to  remain. 

y 

yay 

as  y in  yonder 

kuya,  to  go. 

t 

zay 

as  z in  zone 

kuzakala,  to  quake. 

2 


THE  ALPHABET. 


Note  i.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  governing  principle  of  the  above 
alphabet  is  that  it  shall  be  phonetic,  letting  each  sound  in  the  language 
be  represented  by  a distinct  letter.  The  letters  ni  and  n in  double- 
consonant constructions  furnish  an  apparent  exception,  having  each 
a sound  different  from  that  indicated  above,  but  this  will  be  treated 
later.  §§  13-15. 

-'\ccording  to  the  above  principle,  therefore,  the  letters  a,  a,  and  a 
are  not  to  be  regarded  as  different  sounds  of  the  same  letter,  but  as 
different  letters.  The  same  is  true  of  e and  e,  i and  1 and  i,  u and  u. 
In  the  ^’ocabulary,  however,  in  order  to  avoid  confusion,  the  words 
are  arranged  in  the  ordinary  way,  regardless  of  the  order  of  the  letters 
as  above  given. 

Note  2.  In  order  to  aid  beginners  in  the  pronunciation  and  to  pre- 
vent confusion  it  has  seemed  almost  necessary  to  introduce  in  this 
book  the  short  sounds  a,  e,  I,  and  u,  also  the  longer  a and  i.  Perhaps 
later,  after  the  language  has  become  more  fixed  in  its  orthography, 
many  of  these  diacritical  markings  can  be  omitted,  especially  in  books 
intended  entirely  for  native  use.  At  the  same  time  the  learner  must 
be  warned  that  accurate  pronunciation  can  only  be  gotten  by  carefully 
listening  to  the  words  as  they  are  spoken  by  the  natives.  Cultivate, 
from  the  very  beginning,  the  habit  of  careful  listening.  Having  once 
caught  the  sound,  the  pronunciation  will  not  generally  be  difficult. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  diacritical  marks,  with  the  exception  of 
ii,  are  those  rs  d in  Webster’s  Dictionary. 

Note  3.  Observe  that  the  letters  j,  v and  z are  used  mostly  by  the 
Baluba,  while  the  Lulua  people  generally  use  x,  f and  s respectively. 
The  sounds  are  so  nearly  alike  that  little  confusion  arises.  In  the 
Vocabulary,  the  spelling  adopted  has  been  determined  as  far  as  possible 
either  by  the  dialect  to  which  the  word  most  probably  belongs  or  by 
the  form  most  commonly  heard  about  Luebo.  At  the  same  time  it 
must  always  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  native  gives  the  sound  peculiar 
to  his  own  dialect.  These  differences  in  pronunciation  are  often  due 
to  the  front  teeth  being  filed  or,  in  some  cases,  knocked  out. 

Note  4.  Sometimes,  in  order  to  show  where  contraction  has  taken 
place,  the  circumflex  (')  is  used  over  certain  vowels,  but,  since  it  pro- 
duces no  marked  difference  in  sound,  these  letters  are  not  introduced 
into  the  alphabet. 

Note  5.  In  spelling,  the  natives  are  taught  to  give  to  each  vowel 
its  exact  sound,  and  to  let  each  consonant  be  followed  by  the  sound  of 
e in  they.  Unfortunately,  custom  has  made  exceptions  of  m and  n, 
w’hich  are  pronounced  as  in  English,  but  consistency  would  indicate 
that  they  should  also  fall  in  line  with  the  other  consonants. 


THE  ALPHABET. 


3 


Vowels. 

2.  The  long  vowels  arc  a,  e,  i,  i,  o and  u,  with  which  may  be  classed 
the  broad  a.  The  short  vowels  are  a,  e,  I and  u. 

Rem.  The  vowels  present  no  difficulties  in  pronunciation,  but  it 
is  often  hard  to  distinguish  between  a and  i,  between  a and  u,  between 
o and  u,  between  i and  the  diphthong  ai,  between  the  long  and  short 
sounds  of  the  same  letter.  Shall  we  write  muci  winyi  or  muci  wanyi 
{my  stick)  ? Shall  it  be  mukaxi  or  mukuxi  {woman)  ? kumuna  or 
kumona  {to  see)  ? mi  or  mai  {water)  ? Only  time  and  farther  light 
can  settle  these  questions  definitely. 

Consonants. 

3.  The  consonants  b,  d,  f,  k,  1,  p,  s,  t,  v and  z have  the  common 
English  pronunciation  and  need  no  farther  explanation. 

4.  C is  arbitrarily  used  to  represent  the  single  sound  of  ch  in  church, 
though  it  often  has  much  the  sound  of  ts  in  nuts. 

5.  G is  always  found  in  combination  with  n,  and  has  the  peculiar 
sound  of  g in  king.  The  g is  thus  never  found  alone  and  it  seems  im- 
possible for  the  native,  even  in  spelling,  to  give  g the  simple  hard  sound 
of  g in  go — it  always  has  the  nasal  preceding. 

Rem.  The  distinct  hard  sound  of  g as  in  go  is  heard,  however,  in  some 
dialects,  especially  that  of  the  Bakete.  For  example,  the  Baluba  and 
Bena  Lulua  say  ku-nang-a,  like  English  sing-er,  while  the  Bakete 
say  ku-nan-ga,  like  English  stronger  (pronounced  as  stron-ger). 

6.  H is  arbitrarily  used  to  represent  a peculiar  breathing  sound 
which  is  not  found  in  the  English.  It  is  near  of  kin  to  / and  p,  though 
clearly  distinct  from  each.  It  is  important  to  distinguish  it  from  these 
two  letters,  since  upon  this  depend  certain  laws  of  euphony  which  will 
be  considered  later.  To  produce  this  sound,  as  in  the  word  luhehele, 
place  the  lips  as  preparing  to  whistle,  not  protruding  them  too  much, 
and  being  careful  not  to  press  the  lower  lip  up  against  the  teeth,  then 
expel  the  breath,  uttering  the  sound,  allowing  the  lips  to  fall  apart. 

7.  J has  the  softer  French  sound  of  j in  jeune. 

8.  M has  always  its  usual  English  sound  save  in  the  double-con- 
sonant forms  at  the  beginning  of  words.  § 14  {b). 

9.  \ usually  has  the  simple  sharp  nasal  sound  of  n in  not,  save  when 
it  is  combined  with  other  consonants.  § 15. 

10.  w is  used  only  in  its  force  as  a consonant;  it  is  therefore  not 
employed  in  diphthongs  or  other  vowel  combinations.  The  close  re- 
lation of  w to  u is  observed  in  certain  euphonic  changes.  § 27. 

11.  X is  used  arbitrarily  to  represent  the  single  sound  of  sh. 


4 


THE  ALPHABET. 


12.  T is  always  a consonant;  it  is  therefore  not  employed  in  diphthongs 
or  other  vowel  combinations.  Its  close  relation  to  the  vowel  1 is  seen 
in  certain  euphonic  changes.  § 28. 

Double  Conson.-^nts. 

13.  Double  consonants  occur  only  when  m and  n are  prefixed  to 
other  consonants.  31  is  found  before  b and  p,  n before  c,  d,  f,  g,  j, 
k,  s,  t.  V,  X,  y and  z. 

14.  In  the  pronunciation  of  the  double  consonants  with  m we  must 
note; 

(a)  When  the  double  consonants  come  in  the  body  of  the  word, 
the  division  of  the  syllable  occurs  between  the  two  consonants,  and 
m consequently  has  its  common  sound. 

Wa-kum-pa,  he  has  given  to  me. 

(b)  When,  however,  the  double  consonants  come  at  the  beginning 
of  the  word  a peculiar  and  unfamiliar  sound  is  given  to  the  combi- 
nation. In  the  pronunciation  of  mpuku,  rat,  for  example,  close  the 
lips,  let  the  initial  sound  pass  out  through  the  nose,  then  expel  the 
breath,  uttering  puku. 

15.  In  the  pronunciation  of  the  double  consonants  with  n we  must 
note: 

(a)  When  n with  another  consonant  comes  at  the  beginning  of  a 
word  a peculiar  sound  is  given  to  the  combination.  Note  the  pro- 
nunciation of  nsubu,  house.  Throw  the  end  of  the  tongue  up  against 
the  roof  of  the  mouth  as  in  the  pronunciation  of  n,  allow  the  initial 
sound  to  pass  out  through  the  nose,  then  expel  the  breath,  uttering 
subu. 

Note.  G in  such  cases  has  the  sound  of  g in  king,  not  the  hard  sound 
of  g in  go. 

Ngoma,  drum',  ngombe,  ox. 

(b)  When  n,  with  another  consonant,  comes  in  the  body  of  a word 
we  have  the  two  following  sounds: 

(i)  When  the  n comes  before  c,  d,  t and  y,  the  division  of  the  syllable 
occurs  between  the  two  consonants,  and  n consequently  has  its  common 
sound. 

Wa-kun-da-ya,  he  promised  me',  wa-kun-tu-ma,  he  sent 
me',  ku-mun-ya,  to  know. 

Rem.  The  pronunciation  of  ny  is  the  same  as  the  Spanish  w in  canon . 
Some  Bantu  grammarians  write  this  sound  combination  with  a Spanish 
character.  Sometimes  the  y is  very  slightly  sounded  and  this  may 


THE  ALPHABET. 


5 


account  for  the  fact  that  in  certain  constructions  it  loses  its  signifi- 
cance, though  not  its  sound,  and  is  treated  as  if  it  were  not  present. 

§ 329  (c)- 

(2)  When  the  n comes  before  f,  g,  j,  k,  s,  v,  x and  z it  has  a peculiar 
ringing  sound  like  11  g in  king,  thing,  etc.  In  such  cases  there  is  a 
decided  nasal  tone  just  before  the  consonant,  but  be  careful  not  to  allow 
the  end  of  the  tongue  to  touch  the  roof  of  the  mouth  in  attempting  to 
pronounce  the  n.  For  division  of  the  syllables  in  such  cases,  see  § 21, 
Rem. 

Wakunva,  he  heard',  wakunkuma,  he  flogged  me;  wakunxia, 
he  left  me. 

Note  i.  G in  such  cases  carefully  preserves  the  usual  sound  of  g 
in  king. 

Note  2.  For  n before  h see  § 32. 

Diphthongs  and  Vowel  Combinations. 

16.  There  are  several  proper  diphthongs  in  which  both  vowels  are 
sounded  with  the  same  expulsion  of  the  breath.  The  more  common 
are  as  follows: 

(a)  Ua,  pronounced  as  iva  in  wash.*- 

Bualu,  affair. 

(b)  Ue,  pronounced  as  ua  in  persuade. 

Kuebi,  at  your  house. 

(c)  Ui,  pronounced  as  ue  in  desuetude. 

^ I Kuiba,  to  steal. 

(d)  Ui,  pronounced  as  ui  in  quiet, 

Kuinyi,  at  my  house. 

{e)  Uo,  pronounced  as  uo  in  quote. 

Buonso,  entirety. 

Rem.  Often  the  u is  very  slightly  sounded,  as  in  muoyo,  life',  but 
in  order  to  preserve  consistency  the  u is  always  written 

(/)  la,  pronounced  as  ea  in  idea. 

Bidia,  bread. 


* Some  of  these  may  not  improperly  be  called  semi-consonant  diphthongs 
since  w or  y can  be  substituted  for  the  u and  the  i respectively  in  many  cases 
sc  far  as  the  sound  is  concerned.  For  example  bualu  might  be  spelled  bwalu 
and  would  be  so  spelled  in  most  Bantu  gram.mars  but  since  it  seems  expedient, 
for  the  sake  of  symmetry  in  concord,  to  preserve  as  far  as  possible  the  original 
forms  of  the  language  the  regular  u and  1 are  retained  in  ah  such  cases  except 
when  they  begin  a word  and  are  followed  b^  a vowel  in  the  same  syllable  or 
when  they  stand  between  two  vow'els.  §§  27.  28. 


6 


SYLLABLES. 


(^)  pronounced  very  much  as  ea  in  create. 

Biebi,  your  {things). 

{h)  II,  pronounced  something  as  ei  in  deity. 

Dilnyi,  jat. 

{i)  lo,  pronounced  as  io  in  Ethiopia. 

Bionso,  all  {things). 

{j)  III,  pronounced  very  much  as  eu  in  feud  or  ieu  in  adieu. ' 

Diiilu,  the  heavens. 

17.  There  are  also  the  combinations  au,  ai,  ea,  eu  and  ei,  which 
perhaps  may  as  well  be  called  diphthongs,  otherwise  a separate  syllable 
would  have  to  be  made  for  the  second  vowel,  thus  causing  confusion 
in  the  spelling. 

18.  It  will  thus  be  noticed  that  all  vowel  combinations  are  treated 
as  diphthongs  and  hence  are  regarded  as  one  syllable. 

Bua-lu,  kui-ba,  kau-ku-lu-ke,  kai-ku-Iu-ke,  nea-lue. 


II.  SYLLABLES. 

19.  The  syllables  are  divided  so  as  to  represent  in  the  most  accu 
rate  manner  the  pronunciation  rather  than  the  etymology. 

30.  Where  there  is  not  a double  consonant  to  be  considered,  the 
syllable  begins  with  a consonant  and  ends  with  a vowel  or  diphthong. 
Of  course  each  diphthong  with  its  consonant  makes  a syllable.  See 

§ i8. 

Ku-xi-ka-ma,  to  sit  down;  mua-na,  child.  I 

Rem.  I.  In  some  words  the  final  vowel  is  very  slightly  sounded,  but 
if  the  word  is  used  emphatically  or  in  construction,  a vowel  sound  wjll 
generally  be  detected.  It  is,  however,  sometimes  difficult  to  deter- 
mine just  what  sound  it  is. 

Rem.  2.  The  initial  letter  of  some  words  is  a vowel. 

Ebi,  your  eggs  (makela  understood);  atanu,  five  eggs;  onso, 
all  the  eggs;  udi,  he  is;  aba,  these  people;  itaba,  answer  (imper- 
ative mood);  etc. 

21.  When  double  consonants  occur  the  division  takes  place  between 
the  consonants. 

3Iun-tu,  person;  wa-kum-pa,  he  has  given  me]  mu-lun-da, 
friend. 

Rem.  I,  When  n comes  before  f,  g,  j,  k,  s,  v,  x and  z [§  15  {h)  (2)], 
the  division  is  made  regularly  between  the  two  consonants,  but  it  must 


EUPHONY. 


7 


be  borne  in  mind  that  the  n has  only  a slight  nasal  sound,  especially 
in  ng.  In  fact  the  pronunciation  might  best  be  preserved  in  some 
cases  by  making  the  division  after  the  consonants  as  in  the  English 
word  sing-er,  but  confusion  may  perhaps  best  be  avoided  by  holding 
to  the  rule  above  made. 

3Iu-ke-len-ge,  chief]  wa-kun-va,  he  heard. 

Rem.  2.  While  there  are  good  reasons  for  following  most  Bantu 
grammars  in  making  the  syllable  begin  with  a double  consonant 
fmu-ntu,  wa-ku-mpa,  etc.),  yet  we  believe  that  simplicity  is  gained 
by  letting  the  division  come  between  the  consonant  as  above  suggested. 

III.  EUPHONY. 

22.  This  is  an  important  subject  which  meets  us  at  every  turn  in 
this  highly  inflected  language  and  should  be  studied  with  great  care. 

Ei.ison  and  Contraction  of  Vowels. 

23.  A vowel  is  elided  when  it  comes  before  its  like  in  the  same 
word,  and  a regularly  elides  before  all  other  vowels  in  the  same  word. 
Consequently 

a+a  becomes  a;  i+i  becomes  i;  u+u  becomes  u; 
a+e  becomes  e;  a+i  becomes  i;  a fi  becomes!; 
a+o  becomes  o;  a+u  becomes  u. 

Hence  ba+ana  becomes  bana,  children]  bi+impe  becomes  bimpe, 
go'id  (bintu,  things,  understood);  ku  + umuka  becomes  kuniuka,  to 
go  out]  ka+elc  becomes  kcle,  small  knife]  ba+ibi  becomes  bibi, 
thieves]  ba  + Inyi  becomes  binyi,  my  (bantu,  people,  understood); 
ba+onso  becomes  bonso,  all  (bantu,  people,  understood);  badi 
ba+ula  becomes  badi  bula,  they  are  buying. 

Rem.  I.  After  the  elision  the  remaining  vowel  generally  has  a long 
full  sound.  This  is  true  to  such  an  extent  when  a vowel  is  elided 
before  its  like  (or  the  two  are  contracted  into  one)  that  the  remaining 
vowel  is  often  pronounced  almost  as  a diaeresis.  Generally  this  elision 
is  not  represented  in  writing,  but  sometimes,  in  order  to  preserve  the 
form  of  the  language  and  prevent  confusion,  the  remaining  vowel  may 
be  marked  with  a circumflex  ('').  Thus  ka+a  becomes  ka,  ku  + 
umuxa  becomes  kumuxa,  ci+i  becomes  ci,  a+a  becomes  a,  etc. 

Rem.  2.  .Sometimes,  in  order  to  preserve  the  parts  of  the  word  dis- 
tinct, the  a is  not  elided;  in  such  cases  it  forms  a diphthong  (§  i8). 

Ka+ukuluke  remains  kaukuluke,  that  it  (muci,  stick)  may  not  fell' 

Rem.  3.  In  verbal  inflection,  involving  combinations  of  several  vowels^ 


8 


EUPHONY. 


elision  and  contraction  often  take  place;  as,  bia+ikaleye  becomes 
bikaleye,  ij  he  becomes',  neaenze  becomes  nenze,  he  will  do. 

Rem.  4.  In  the  inflection  of  some  words  a peculiar  coalescence  of  a 
and  i into  e takes  place.  Hence  ma+  isu  becomes  mesu,  eyes',  ha+  ihi 
becomes  hehi,  near',  ba+ine  becomes  bene,  they  alone. 

34.  In  construction,  between  words  in  sentences,  elisions  are  of 
comparatively  rare  occurrence.  In  such  cases  the  elision  is  indicated 
by  an  apostrophe  (’),  but  no  elision  is  thus  indicated  unless  the  pro- 
nunciation is  seriously  affected,  or  unless  the  remaining  form  would 
otherwise  appear  unfamiliar.  The  following  are  the  most  common 
cases  of  elision  in  construction : 

(a)  Sometimes  the  final  vowel  of  a word  is  elided  when  the  follow- 
ing word  begins  with  a vowel;  as,  n’andi,  with  him,  for  ne  andi;  n’abo, 
with  them,  for  ne  abo;  n’eci,  with  it,  for  ne  eci. 

{h)  In  some  cases  the  elision  is  made  at  the  beginning  of  the  second 
word;  as,  tatu’etu,  our  father,  for  tatu  wetu;  marau’etu,  our  mother, 
for  mamu  wetu. 

(c)  Sometimes  two  elisions  occur,  one  at  the  end  of  the  preceding 
and  the  other  at  the  beginning  of  the  following  word;  as,  muan’andi, 
his  child,  for  muana  wandi. 

{d)  Note  the  peculiar  elision  of  u in  the  word  ham’bidi,  on  the  body, 
for  ha  mubidi 

Assimilation  of  Vowels. 

35.  Note  the  assimilation  of  e to  a under  the  influence  of  a,  and 
of  e to  o under  the  influence  of  u;  as,  hanaha  (§  163,  Note  2)  from 
haneha;  aha  (§  149)  from  eha;  ama  (§  149)  from  ema;  munomu 
from  munemu;  kunoku  from  kuneku.  See  § 34  (b). 

Rem.  Sometimes  we  hear  munemu  and  kuneku  without  the  assimi- 
lation. 

36.  The  principle  of  assimilation  is  also  seen  in  certain  verbal 
suffixes  where  i is  found  after  a,  i and  u (with  the  corresponding  short 
vowels),  w'hereas  e is  found  after  e and  o.  See  §§  329  (a)  {b). 

Rem.  Some  forms  take  u after  u.  § 334  (c). 

Change  of  U to  W and  I to  Y. 

37.  In  inflection,  when  u comes  between  two  other  vowels  or  when 
it  begins  a word  and  is  followed  by  a vowel  in  the  same  syllable  it  takes 
the  consonant  form  w.  See  foot-note  on  § 16  (a).  Hence  kauena 
becomes  kawena,  it  (muci,  stick)  is  not;  uakuya  becomes  wakuya, 
he  has  gone;  uaua  becomes  wawa,  that  man  (mulumi  understood). 

38.  In  inflection,  when  i comes  between  two  other  vowels  or  when 
it  begins  a word  and  is  followed  by  a vowxl  in  the  same  syllable  it  takes 


EUPHONY. 


9 


the  consonant  form  y.  See  foot-note  on  § i6  {a).  Hence  kaiakadi 
becomes  kayakadi,  they  (nsolo,  fowls)  were  not\  iakadi  becomes 
yakadi,  they  (asolo,  jowls)  were. 

Euphonic  Change  of  Consonants. 

29.  Before  i or  under  the  influence  of  n,  1 becomes  d;  as,  kuickeli 
becomes  kulekedi,  do  not  let  loose]  ndi  nlonda  becomes  ndi  ndonda, 
I am  following. 

Note.  D and  1 are  often  used  interchangeably  in  some  words,  due 
to  differences  in  dialects.  Hence  we  hear  both  dua  and  lua,  corner 
cilulu  and  cidudu,  cloth. 

30.  Before  i,  t becomes  c,  and  s becomes  x.  Hence  kukuati  be 
comes  kukuaci,  don't  hold]  kuasi  becomes  kuaxi,  don't  build. 

31.  When  n comes  before  p or  b it  becomes  m according  to  § 

Thus,  npanza  becomes  mpanza,  nbombo  becomes  mbombo,  pL 

of  lubombo,  ten  thousand. 

32.  When  n comes  before  h the  latter  changes  to  p and  the  n con- 
sequently becomes  m (§  13);  so  nhemba  becomes  mpemba,  a white 
earth]  wakunha  becomes  wakumpa,  he  gave  to  me]  ndi  nhana  be- 
comes ndi  mpana,  I am  selling]  wakunhidia  becomes  wakumpidia, 
he  has  refused  me. 

Note.  It  is  thus  seen  to  be  very  important  to  distinguish  clearly 
between  f and  h and  p,  and  this  is  often  exceedingly  difficult  to  do. 
Before  f,  which  always  has  a sharp  distinct  utterance,  the  n remains 
unchanged;  as,  wakunfundila,  he  has  written  for  me]  wakunfila, 
he  accompanied  me. 

33.  In  inflections  n,  coming  before  a form  which  begins  with  a vowel, 
becomes  ng.  Hence  n-ala  becomes  ngala,  finger-nails]  n-esu  becomes 
ngesu,  pots]  wakun-ambila  becomes  wakungambila,  he  told  me] 
ndi  n-owa  becomes  ndi  ngowa,  I am  washing  myself]  nen-ule  be- 
comes nengiile,  T shall  buy.  * 

Rem.  I.  In  inflection  of  certain  tenses  where  the  tense  sign  begins 
with  a vowel,  long  custom  in  leaving  out  the  g in  preparation  of  the 
native  literature  has  induced  the  author  to  do  so  in  this  book,  though 
it  is  incorrect  in  fact.  Xakadi  should  be  written  ngakadi,  I was] 
nakudila  should  be  ngakudila,  / was  crying]  etc. 

Rem.  2.  N coming  before  m or  n in  inflected  forms  is  omitted.  Hence 
ndi  nniona  becomes  ndi  mona,  7 am  looking]  ndi  nnua  becomes 
ndi  nua,  1 am  drinking]  ndi  nnumona  becomes  ndi  numona,  7 am 
looking  at  you. 

34.  Sometimes  certain  consonants  serve  to  separate  two  vowels. 

(a)  Y is  thus  inserted  in  inflection  between  i and  a following  vowel; 


lO 


ACCENT. 


so  nkiinyi  becomes  nkiyinyi,  1 myself  (§  io8);  nibiandi  becomes 
mbiyandi,  her  husband  (§  138,  Rem.  3,  Note);  kayiyi  (§  159,  Note  2). 

Rem.  Y is  inserted  between  n and  i in  certain  inflections,  in  fact 
it  is  doubtful  if  i is  ever  permitted  to  follow  n directly. 

Kusuni  becomes  kusunyi,  donH  carry  water]  kucinyi,  don't  be 
afraid]  kusunyina,  to  carry  water  for  one.  See  §§  236  (a),  Rem.  3, 
and  329  {d). 

{b)  N is  thus  used  between  u and  e and  between  a and  a in  munemu, 
kuneku  and  hanaha  (§  163,  Note  2). 

IV.  ACCENT. 

35.  As  a general  rule  it  may  be  said  that  the  accent  in  simple  words 
falls  on  the  penult  with  also  a secondary  accent  on  the  fourth  syllable 
from  the  end  in  polysyllabic  words.  In  inflected  words  the  accent 
is  on  the  initial  syllable  of  the  root;  when  more  than  two  syllables 
follow  the  accented  syllable  a secondary  accent  falls  on  the  penult. 
But  it  must  be  constantly  borne  in  mind  that  Buluba-Lulua  words  are, 
for  the  most  part,  devoid  of  a strong  accent  on  any  syllable.  In  this  re- 
spect this  language  resembles  the  French.  The  smoothness  of  pronun- 
ciation and  the  lack  of  strong  accent  make  it  all  the  more  difficult  for 
English-speaking  persons  to  refrain  from  giving  too  much  accent  to 
the  words,  since  the  English  has  such  decided  accent  on  all  words  of 
more  than  one  syllable.  Great  care  in  listening  and  much  practice  in 
speaking  furnish  the  only  means  by  which  to  learn  to  pronounce  with 
that  smoothness  and  musical  flow  so  characteristic  of  the  natives  in 
speaking  their  own  language. 

Citekuteku,  greens]  bakufundilangana,  they  have  written  to  each 
other. 

Rem.  -Diphthongs,  of  course,  are  regarded  as  single  syllables. 

KnAnsi,  to  come]  kunua, /n  to  eat]  kahia,  kubuela- 

kana,  to  commingle. 


THE  PARTS  OF  SPEECH. 

NOUNS. 

36.  The  inflection  of  nouns  is  made  not  by  suffix  terminations,  as 
in  the  Indo-European  system  of  languages,  but  by  the  use  of  prefixes. 
This  is  a remarkable  characteristic  of  the  Bantu  languages  and  dem.ands 
careful  attention,  for  it  is  confusing  to  have  to  look  at  the  end  of  the 
word  for  the  root  instead  of  at  the  beginning.  But  this  subject  will 
be  treated  more  fully  later  (§  59). 


NOUNS. 


II 


37.  The  only  variation  of  the  noun  is  that  to  express  number,  sin- 
gular and  plural.  Fortunately  there  is  no  complicated  Case  system  as 
is  found  in  many  European  languages.  These  case  relations,  much 
as  is  the  situation  in  English,  are  shown  by  the  position  of  the  word  in 
the  sentence  or  by  certain  prepositional  words. 

38.  There  is  likewise  no  complicated  Gender  system,  which  is 
carried  to  such  a perplexing  extent  in  Latin,  Greek,  French  and  German. 
For  farther  discussion  of  the  question  of  gender  see  § 56. 

Number. 

39.  In  the  Buluba-Lulua  language  there  are  two  numbers,  singular 
and  plural. 

40.  The  variations  for  number  are  made  by  certain  prefixes,  and 
according  to  these  prefixes  the  nouns  divide  themselves  into  eight 
classes.  It  is  of  the  utmost  importance  to  learn  these  perfectly,  for  the 
whole  principle  of  concord  depends  upon  them. 

These  prefixes  for  the  different  classes  are  as  follows:  * 


I. 

Singular. 

mu- 

Plural. 

ba- 

II. 

mu- 

mi- 

III. 

n- 

n- 

IV. 

lu- 

n- 

V. 

di- 

ma- 

VI . 

bu- 

ma- 

VII. 

ci- 

bi- 

VIII. 

ka- 

tu- 

Each  of  these  classes  is  now  taken  up  in  order. 


Class  I. 


41.  In  this  class  mu-  is  prefixed  to  the  stem  for  the  singular  and 
ba-  for  the  plural. 


Singular. 

mu-ntu,  a person 
mu-lumi,  a man 
mu-kelenge,  a chief 
mu-lunda,  friend 


Plural. 

ba-ntu,  persons 
ba-lumi,  men 
ba-kelenge,  chiefs 
ba-lunda,  friends 


Rem.  Observe  the  laws  of  euphony  in  such  words  as  mu-ana,  child, 
which  has  the  plural  bana;  mu-ena,  person^  which  has  the  plural 
bena.  § 23. 

* The  arrangement  of  these  classes  is  arbitrary,  but  since  the  singular  of  the 
first  three  classes  has  much  in  common,  these  are  grouped  together.  The  same 
is  true  of  the  plural  of  classes  II  III  and  IV.  and  also  of  V and  VI. 


X2 


NOUNS. 


42.  Under  this  class  must  also  be  placed  some  words  which  are 
defective  in  not  having  any  singular  prefix.  The  concord  ol  verbs, 
adjectives,  etc.,  however,  is  regular  throughout,  just  as  if  the  singular 
prefix  were  present,  save  with  the  possessive  adjective  pronouns  (§  138). 
These  words  nearly  always  express  some  family  relationship.  The 
following  is  a list  of  the  more  common  of  these  words: 


Singular. 

Plural. 

tatu,  father 

batatu,  fathers 

mamu,  mother 

bamamu,  mothers 

baba,  mother 

bababa,  mothers 

nyoku,  mother 

banyoku,  mothers 

nyin(a),  mother 

banyin(a),  mothers^ 

nyinka,  grandparent 

banyinka,  grandparents 

kaku,  grandparent 

bakaku,  grandparents 

mbi,  husband 

bambi,  husbands 

x’,  father 

bax’,  fathers 

nfumu,  chief 

banfumu,  chiefs 

xakena,  namesake 

baxakena,  natnesakes 

manseba,  uncle 

bamanseba,  uncles 

songalumi,  lad 

basongalumi,  lads 

songakuxi,  lass 

bason gakuxi,  lasses 

mankuxi,  aunt 

bamankuxi,  aunts 

nyan(a),  friend 

banyan(a),  friends 

bukonde,  brother-in-law 

babukonde,  brothers -in-law 

Note  i.  Some  of  these  words  are  rarely  found  alone,  but  are  joined 
with  the  possessive  adjectives,  the  latter  having  the  force  of  an  enclitic. 
The  words  most  commonly  having  this  construction  are  tatu,  mamu, 
baba,  nyin(a),  nyinka,  mbi,  x’,  xakena,  nianseba,  mankuxi,  nyan(a). 
This  subject  will  be  treated  more  fully  under  § 138. 

Note  2.  Under  this  head  must  also  come  the  compound  words  x’- 
(with  proper  possessive  enclitic)  -muenu,  jather-in  law,  and  mbi- 
(with  proper  possessive  enclitic  and  connecting  consonant  y)  -cina, 
brother-in-law,  sister-in-law.  See  § 138,  Rem.  3,  and  Note. 

In  forming  the  plural  only  the  first  part  of  the  compound  word  takes 
the  plural  prefix.  Hence  bax’-  (with  proper  possessive  enclitic)  -muenu, 
fathers-in-law,  bambi-  (with  proper  possessive  enclitic  and  connecting 
consonant  y)  -cina,  brothers -in -law,  sisters -in -law. 

Note  3.  For  father-in-law  we  also  have  tatu-muenu,  and  for  mother- 
in-law  baba-muenu,  with  the  plurals  formed  as  under  Note  2 above. 
There  is  also  for  mother -hi -law  the  elided  form  ma’-muenu,  with 
plural  bama’-muenu. 


NOUNS. 


13 


Class  II. 


43.  In  this  class  mu-  is  prefixed  to  the  stem  for  the  singular  and 
mi-  (nyi-)  for  the  plural. 


Singular. 

mu-soko,  village 
mu-ci,  stick 
mu-kuna,  hill 
mu-bidi,  the  body 


Plural. 

mi-soko,  villages 
mi-ci,  sticks 
mi-kuna,  hills 
mi-bidi,  bodies 


Rem.  The  Bena-Lulua  say  nyi-  [§  34  (a),  Rem.]  for  the  pi.  instead 
of  mi-  The  mi-  is  used  in  this  book  because  it  is  simpler  and  because 
it  is  more  extensively  used  about  Luebo.  Fortunately  this  little  differ- 
ence in  the  dialects  does  not  affect  the  concord. 


Class  III. 


44.  In  this  class  n-  is  prefixed  for  the  singular  and  n-  for  the  plural. 
Note  that  this  n is  changed  to  m before  b and  p (§  31). 


Singular, 
n-gombe,  cow 
n-xila,  path 
n-solo,  jowl 
n-subu,  house 
n-yoka,  snake 
n-yunyu,  bird 
m-puku,  rat 


Plural. 

n-gombe,  cows 
n-xila,  paths 
n-solo,  jowls 
n-subu,  houses 
n-yoka,  snakes 
n-yunyu,  birds 
m-puku,  rats 


Rem.  The  archaic  sing,  prefix  of  this  class  was  mu,  the  same  as 
class  I,  for  we  find  this  mu  restored  in  the  concord  of  adjectives, 
numerals  and  verbs.  In  like  manner  we  conclude  that  the  pi.  prefix 
was  originally  mi,  the  same  as  class  II.  § 43. 


Class  IV. 


45.  In  this  class  lu-  is  prefixed  to  the  stem  for  the  singular  and  n-  for 
the  plural.  Note  the  euphonic  changes  of  n before  p and  b (§  31),  and 
also  before  a stem  beginning  with  a vowel  (§  33).  Remember  also 
that  n before  h becomes  m,  and  the  h becomes  p (§  32). 


Singular, 
lu-kusu,  hoe 
lu-dimi,  tongue 
lu-kombo,  broom 
lu-hanza,  cup 
lu-hemba,  white  earth 
lu-esu,  pot 


Plural. 

n-kusu,  hoes 
n-dimi,  tongues 
n-kombo,  brooms 
mpanza,  cups 

m-pemba,  white  earth  (quantity) 
ng-esu,  pots 


14 


NOUNS. 


Rem.  The  archaic  pi.  prefix  of  this  class  was  mi,  the  same  as  class 
II,  for  vve  find  this  mi  restored  in  the  concord  of  adjectives,  numerals 
and  verbs.  § 43. 

We  see  this  archaic  pi.  restored  in  the  word  luoso,  hair^  pi.  mioso, 
hairs.  ' 


Class  V. 


46.  In  this  class  di-  is  prefixed  for  the  singular  and  ma-  for  the  plural. 


Singular, 
di-kusa,  foot 
di-boko,  arm 
di-kela,  egg 
di-tuku,  day 


Plural. 

ma-kusa,  feet 
ma-boko,  arms 
ma-kela,  eggs 
ma-tuku,  days 


47.  Under  this  class  must  be  placed  a small  list  of  words  which  seem 
to  have  me  instead  of  ma  for  the  pi.  The  most  probable  explanation 
seems  to  be  (§  23,  Rem.  4)  that  the  original  stem  begins  with  an  i 
which  coalesces  with  the  final  a of  the  prefix  and  forms  e.  Of  course 
the  final  i of  the  sing,  prefix  elides  before  the  i of  the  stem.  Hence 
di-isu  becomes  disu,  eye,  and  ma-isu  becomes  mesii,  eyes.  The 
stem  is  seen  in  such  forms  as  muitu,  into  the  forest-,  also  in  the 
diminutive  form  kisu  (kaisu),  a small  eye,  with  its  pi.  tuisu,  small 
eyes;  etc. 

The  more  common  words  belonging  to  this  list  are  the  following: 


Singular.  Plural, 

disu,  eye  mesu,  eyes 

dinu,  tooth  menu,  teeth 

diku,  hearth  meku,  hearths 

dina,  name  mena,  names 

diba,  clock  meba,  clocks 

ditu,  forest  metu,  forests 

di,  word  me,  words 

dici,  day  meci,  days 

dina,  hole  mena,  holes 

dixi,  caterpillar  me.xi,  caterpillars 

The  w’ord  mexi,  intelligence,  is  used  only  in  the  pi. 

Rem.  a few  words  belonging  to  this  list  may  drop  the  prefix  di  after 
the  locative  prepositions  mu,  in,  ha,  on,  and  ku,  at.  Hence  we  may 
have  mu  ditu  or  muitu,  into  the  forest;  ku  ditu  or  kuitu,  at  the  forest; 
mu  disu  or  muisu,  into  the  eye,  ha  diku  or  heku,  on  the  hearth  (§  23 
Rem.  4).  See  § 423  (2)  (a). 


V 


NOUNS. 


15 


Class  VI. 

48.  In  this  class  bu-  is  prefixed  for  the  singular  and  ma-  for  the 
plural. 


Singular, 
bu-dimi,  field 
bu-Ialu,  bed 
bu-alu,  affair 
bu-anga,  medicine 
bu-ici,  honey 
bu-lunda,  friendship 
bu-ngi,  plenty 


Plural. 

ma-dimi,  fields 
ma-lalu,  beds 
maiu,  affairs  (§  23) 
manga,  medicines  (§  23) 


Class  VII. 


49.  In  this  class  ci-  is  prefixed  for  the  singular  and  bi-  for  the  plural. 

Singular.  Plural, 

ci-ntu,  thing  bi-ntii,  things 

ci-lulu,  cloth  bi-lulu,  clothes 

ci-nunu,  one  thousand  bi-nunu,  thousands 


Class  VIII. 


50.  In  this  class  ka-  is  prefixed  for  the  singular  and  tu-  for  the 
plural.  This  class  is  used  almost  exclusively  in  the  formation  of 
diminutives,  indicating  either  smallness  in  size  or  in  amount.  Ka-  and 
tu-  are  prefixed  to  the  stem  of  the  noun  regardless  of  its  class.* 


Singular. 

ka-ntu,  small  thing 
kana  (§  23),  small  child 
ka-subu,  small  house 
kele  (§  23),  small  knife 


Plural. 

tu-ntu,  small  things,  from  cintu,  thing 
tu-ana,  small  children,  from  muana,  child 
tu-subu,  small  houses,  from  nsubu,  house 
tu-eie,  small  knives,  from  muele,  pnife 


keho  (§  23),  small  amount  of  salt,  from  lueho,  salt 


Rem.  I.  Sometimes  the  n (or  m)  in  class  III  is  not  elided  upon  pre- 
fixing ka  and  tu.  This  is  true  especially  of  words  beginning  with  ny. 

Ka-nyuma,  small  animal,  from  nydma,  the  pi.  is  tu-nyuma; 
ka-nyunyu,  small  bird,  from  nyunyu,  the  pi.  is  tu-nyunyu; 
ka-nyoka,  small  snake,  from  nyoka,  the  pi.  is  tu-nyoka. 


Rem.  2.  Some  words  used  in  the  pi.  to  express  bulk  or  quantity 
employ  the  corresponding  diminutive  pi.  when  a small  quantity  is 


* Properly  speaking  this  is  not  a distinct  class,  since  these  diminutive  prefixes 
are  used  only  with  the  stems  of  nouns  which  belong  to  classes  I to  VII.  But  it 
IS  given  a separate  class  because  these  forms  are  of  frequent  occurrence. 


i6 


NOUNS. 


meant.  Hence  we  have  tui,  a little  water,  from  mi,  water)  tuanva, 
a little  corn,  from  manva,  corn)  tiiluvu,  a little  palm-wine,  from  maluvu, 
palm-wine",  tuinyi,  a little  oil,  from  minyi,  oil",  tutamba,  a little  greens, 
from  matamba;  etc. 

Rem.  3.  Some  words  employ  the  diminutive  prefixes  without  having 
the  diminutive  idea;  as,  kahumbu,  elephant,  tuhunibu,  elephants", 
kab^lu,  horse,  tubalu,  horses",  kahia,  fire,  tuhia,  fires. 

51.  A few  words  have  the  sing,  in  one  class  and  the  pi.  in  another. 

Luhia  or  dihia,  a slap,  has  the  pi.  niahia,  slaps.  The  word  lute, 
spittle,  has  the  pi.  mate. 

53.  Sometimes  a word  having  the  same  root  is  found  in  different 
classes,  due  to  the  difference  in  dialects.  Hence  we  find  dina  and 
cina,  a hole",  lubanga  and  cibanga,  chin",  etc. 

53.  Sometimes  there  is  a difference  of  meaning  when  words  having 
the  same  root  are  found  in  different  classes;  as,  citaku,  bottom  (of  any 
vessel),  ditaku,  buttock. 

54.  Some  words  belonging  for  the  most  part  to  class  V and  ex- 
pressing the  idea  of  quantity  or  bulk  take  the  pi.  form  where  in  English 
the  sing,  is  used. 

Maluvu,  palm-wine",  maxi,  blood",  minyi,  oil  (from  diinyi,  the  fat 
of  an  animal)",  mi,  water",  mabele,  milk  (from  dibelc,  breast)",  manva, 
shelled  corn  (from  dianva,  an  ear  of  corn)",  makanya,  tobacco",  ma- 
tamba, greens",  malobo,  loose  earth. 

Rem.  Some  other  words  not  having  the  idea  of  quantity  or  bulk  are 
regarded  as  pi.;  as,  nsaia,  hunger-,  ngulu,  strength,  etc.  It  is  often 
difficult  to  determine  the  class  to  which  these  nouns  belong. 

55.  To  class  I belong  most  names  of  persons  or  rational  beings, 
to  class  HI  most  animals;  to  class  VI,  the  abstract  ideas  of  quality; 
and  to  class  VIII,  the  diminutives.  But  apart  from  this  it  does  not 
seem  profitable  even  to  attempt  to  state  the  laws,  if  any,  which  govern 
the  division  of  nouns  among  the  several  classes.  Since  this  classifica- 
tion is  thus  more  or  less  arbitrar}',  too  much  stress  cannot  be  laid  upon 
charging  the  memory  with  the  class  to  which  each  noun  belongs.  A 
noun  given  a prefix  other  than  that  which  belongs  to  it  only  makes 
nonsense.  Besides,  as  we  shall  see  later,  the  whole  system  of  agreement 
is  determined  by  this  noun  prefix. 

Rem.  I.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  language  of  a people  is 
indicated  by  prefixing  bu  (VI)  to  the  root-name;  as,  Buluba,  the  lan- 
guage of  the  Baluba. 

Rem.  2.  Most  introduced  foreign  words  are  relegated  to  class  III. 
Even  though  they  may  not  always  begin  with  n (or  m),  yet  the  agree- 


CONCORD. 


17 


ment  of  adjectives,  verbs,  etc.,  is  that  of  class  III;  as,  mpena,  pen\ 
mpesa,  piece  of  cloth)  nglas,  glass)  sukulu,  school)  vinyo,  wine)  etc* 

Note  i.  Sometimes  the  introduced  foreign  word  has  been  given  a 
native  form  and  put  into  a class  other  than  the  third;  as,  dilesona 
lesson)  dihahi,  papaw)  etc. 

Note  2.  Some  foreign  words  are  thrown  into  that  class  whose  prefix 
approaches  the  initial  sound  of  the  word;  as,  cisikit  (VII),  from  the 
English  biscuit)  dincese  (V),  from  the  English  match)  etc. 

Rem.  3.  Not  all  nouns  referring  to  persons  belong  to  class  I.  We 
note  such  exceptions  as  niuadi  (II),  wife)  niuloho  (II),  ambassador) 
cilembi  (VII),  fisherman)  cihindi  (VII),  hunter)  muxikankunde 
(II),  maid)  cibanji  (VII),  intermediary)  cibuabu  (VII),  a twin)  etc. 

56.  As  has  already  been  said  (§  38),  there  is  no  Gender  system. 
When  it  is  desired  to  make  distinction  of  sex  it  may  be  done  in  the 
following  ways: 

(a)  By  using  entirely  different  words;  just  as  in  English  we  say 
boy  and  girl,  man  and  woman,  horse  and  mare,  hen  and  rooster,  etc. 

Citila,  rooster,  and  cikukue,  hen)  mpuinba,  male  goat,  and  dixina, 
female  goat. 

(b)  When  the  word  is  w'hat  may  be  called  common  gender,  i.e.  either 
male  or  female,  the  distinction  is  made  by  using  a qualifying  word 
or  phrase:  mulumi  or  mulumi  wa  for  male,  and  mukuxi  or  mukuxi  wa 
for  female. 

Muana  mulumi,  a male  child)  muana  mukuxi,  a female  child. 
Muntu  mukuxi,  a female  person)  muntu  mulumi,  a male  person. 
Mulumi  wa  mbuxi,  a male  goat)  mukuxi  wa  mbuxi,  a female  goat. 

Rem.  I.  Note  that  elision  of  the  w in  wa  often  takes  place;  hence 
we  may  also  have  mulumi’a  mbuxi,  mukuxi’a  mbuxi  [§  87  (f)]. 

Rem.  2.  It  may  not  be  out  of  place  here  to  call  attention  to  the  phrase 
muan’a,  the  young  of)  as,  muan’a  mbuxi,  a kid)  muan’a  mukoko, 
a lamb)  muan’a  ngombe,  a calf.  See  § 87  {i),  and  Rem. 

57.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  pi.  of  such  phrases  as  muan’a 
bute,  first-born  child,  and  muan’a  mukala,  last-born  child,  is  generally 
formed  by  prefixing  ba  directly  to  the  singular  prefix;  as,  bamuan’a 
bute,  first-born  children)  bamuan’a  mukala,  last-born  children. 

CONCORD. 

58.  Concord  is  that  principle  of  language  by  which  certain  w'ords 
are  regarded  as  depending  upon  rnrtain  other  words,  and  this  dependency 
is  shown  by  wearing  the  livery  of  the  words  to  which  they  are  regardecr 
as  subordinate. 

59.  V/e  have  already  (§  36)  noted  the  fact  that  in  the  Bantu  system 


CONCORD. 


i8 


of  languages  the  nouns  are  inflected  not  by  means  of  suffixes  but  by  means 
of  prefixes.  And  now  the  statement  must  be  made  that  this  principle 
holds  good  not  only  for  nouns  but  also  for  verbs,  adjectives,  pronouns 
and  other  inflected  forms.  This  use  of  prefixes  instead  of  suffixes  to 
express  the  various  relations  of  number,N;Q|^,  tense,  mood,  etc.,  is  at 
first  most  confusing  to  English-speaking  persons,  for  it  must  con 
tinually  be  borne  in  mind  that  that  the  end  of  the  word  is  the  root  and 
not  the  beginning. 

60.  It  is  of  the  utmost  importance  to  note  that  the  prefix  of  the 
noun  furnishes  the  basis  of  the  concord  for  all  words  depending  upon 
that  noun.  The  verb  takes  as  its  prefix  that  of  the  noun  which  stands 
as  its  subject;  the  adjective  takes  as  its  prefix  that  of  the  noun  modified; 
the  pronoun  takes  the  prefix  of  the  noun  for  which  it  stands.  This 
principle  is  called  Alliterative  Concord  and  is  most  important,  for 
upon  it  depends  the  accurate  speaking  of  the  language.  It  may  be 
said  by  way  of  encouragement  to  the  beginner  that  though  these  numerous 
forms  may  seem  at  first  to  be  endless  and  most  confusing,  yet  the  diffi- 
culty is  more  seeming  than  real,  for  after  the  principles  of  concord  as 
given  below  have  been  thoroughly  mastered,  the  key  to  the  language 
will  be  in  hand,  and  it  will  be  interesting  to  note  the  system  and  regu- 
larity which  prevail. 

Perhaps  the  difference  between  the  two  language  systems  can  best 
be  illustrated  by  a comparison  with  the  Latin. 

Mensa  mea,  my  tahle\  mensae  honae,  good  tables-,  virex  amant,  the 
men  love-,  virex  axsxaverunt,  the  men  have  loved.  On  the  other  hand 
in  the  Buluba-Lulua  language  we  have  munin  wMhele,  a poor  person-, 
/wntu  bahele,  poor  people-,  bantu  bahele  bakuya.  the  poor  people  have 
gone. 

Rem.  I.  Under  pronouns  we  shall  find  that  sometimes  the  prefix  of 
the  noun  is  employed  as  a suffix  and  sometimes  as  an  infix.  §§  1 16,  i20. 

Rem.  2.  We  even  find  one  preposition,  -a,  oj,  inflected  as  an  adjective 
and  taking  the  prefix  of  the  noun  preceding  it;  as,  cilulu  cia  mukuxi, 
the  cloth  of  the  woman. 

61.  The  three  locative  prepositional  words,  mu,  in,  ku,  to,  ha,  on, 
are  of  frequent  occurrence  and  have  some  peculiarities  which  it  is 
important  to  note.  They  may  stand  alone  or  be  compounded  with  other 
words.  They  resemble  the  noun  in  that  under  certain  circumstances 
they  furnish  the  basis  of  the  concord.  They  are  also  like  prepositions 
in  that  they  may  govern  a following  word.  The  various  uses  and  con- 
structions of  these  locative  words  will  be  taken  up  as  occasion  requires. 

Rem.  The  infinitive  is  often  used  as  a noun,  and  its  prefix  ku-  fur- 
nishes the  concord. 


CONCORD. 


19 


General  Rules  of  Concord. 

62.  The  prefixes  ba,  lu,  di,  bu,  ci,  bi,  ka  and  tu  are  always  pre- 
fixed without  change  to  the  governing  word  or  to  the  verb;  the  re- 
maining prefixes,  mu,  mi,  n and  ma,  are,  under  certain  circumstances, 
subject  to  change,  i.e.,  the  m and  n are  dropped.  Prefixes  are,  for 
convenience,  said  to  be  Primary  or  Secondary. 

I.  Primary  Prefixes. 

j 63.  The  Primary  Prefixes  are  used  before  a w^ord  when  that  word 
takes  all  of  the  ordinary  prefixes  without  change. 

Rem.  It  is  important  to  note  here  that  the  archaic  prefixes  in  class 
III  (mu  for  singular  and  mi  for  pi.)  are  restored  (§§  44,  Rem.);  also 
the  archaic  pi.  mi  of  class  I\’  (§  45,  Rem.). 

64.  We  have,  therefore,  the  primary  prefixes  as  follows: 


Singular.  Plural. 

Class  I.  mu-  ba- 

“ II.  mu-  mi- 

“ III.  mu-  mi- 

“ IV.  lu-  mi- 

“ V.  di-  ma- 

“ VI.  bu-  ma- 

“ VII.  ci-  bi- 

“ VIII.  ka-  tu- 


65.  The  primary  prefixes  are  used  as  follows: 

(a)  Before  an  ordinary  qualifying  adjective;  as,  miintu  mubi,  a 
bad  person. 

(b)  Before  the  ordinal  numerals  2d  to  6th;  as,  musambu  muitanu, 
the  fifth  hymn. 

(c)  Before  past  participles  when  used  either  as  adjectives  or  in  the 
formation  of  certain  auxiliary  tenses;  as,  muntu  mufue,  a dead  person-, 
udi  mufue,  he  is  dead. 


II.  Secondary  Prefixes. 

^ 66.  The  Secondary  Prefixes  are  used  before  a w'ord  when  that  w'ord 

subjects  some  of  the  ordinary  noun  prefixes  to  change.  These  changes, 
as  has  been  noted  above  (§  62),  occur  with  the  prefixes  mu,  mi,  n and 
ma,  in  which  the  n and  m are  dropped. 

Rem.  I.  The  archaic  prefixes  are  here  also  restored  as  in  case  of 
the  primary  prefixes  (§  63,  Rem.);  of  course  only  the  vowel  is  retained. 


20 


CONCORD. 


Rem.  2.  The  mu  of  classes  I and  II  and  the  n of  class  III  thus  be- 
come u or  w,  the  u or  w being  determined  according  to  the  principle 
of  euphony  as  mentioned  in  § 27. 

Rem.  3.  The  mi  of  class  II  and  the  n pi.  of  classes  III  and  IV  thus 
become  i or  y,  the  i or  y being  determined  according  to  the  principle 
of  euphony  as  mentioned  in  § 28. 

Rem.  4.  The  m of  the  prefix  ma  of  classes  V and  VI  being  dropped, 
the  remaining  a is  subjected  to  the  usual  euphonic  laws  as  mentioned 
in  § 23. 

67.  The  secondary  prefixes  are  thus  found  to  be  as  follows: 


Class 

I. 

Singular. 

u- 

Plural. 

ba- 

II. 

u- 

i- 

i C 

III. 

u- 

i- 

i i 

IV. 

lu- 

i- 

V. 

di- 

a- 

( i 

VI. 

bu- 

a- 

t i 

VII. 

ei- 

bl- 

VIII. 

ka- 

tu- 

68.  The  secondary  prefixes  are  used  as  follows: 

(a)  With  the  possessive  adjective  pronouns  (§  130). 

Nkusu  yinyi,  my  hoes\  makcla  ebi,  your  eggs. 

(b)  With  the  demonstrative  adjective  pronouns  (§§  149,  152,  156, 

159)- 

Eu  muntu,  this  person)  wawa  muntu,  that  person. 

(c)  With  verbs  as 

(1)  Pronominal  prefixes  (§  113'). 

Muana  udi  ha  mesa,  the  child  is  on  the  table)  wakuya, 
he  has  gone. 

(2)  Pronominal  infixes  (§  116).  Exception  will  be  noted  later. 
Wakuixiha,  he  has  killed  them  (nsolo,  fowls). 

(3)  Pronominal  suffixes  (§  120).  Exceptions  will  be  noted  later 
Hakuhonai,  where  they  jell  (nsolo,  jowls). 

(4)  Relative  pronouns  (§§  164,  etc.). 

Muntu  unakumona,  the  person  whom  I saw. 


ADJECTIVES. 


21 


{d)  With  the  disjunctive  personal  pronouns  (§  105,  Rem.  i). 

Toi  yakafua,  they  have  died  (nsolo,  jowls). 

(e)  With  certain  cardinal  numerals  (§  92,  Rem.  i). 

Misambu  itanu,  jive  hymns. 

(/)  With  the  adjective  onso,  all,,  entire. 

Mubidi  wonso,  the  entire  body,  makela  onso,  all  the  eggs. 

(g)  With  the  preposition  -a,  of  (§  86). 

Nsolo  wa  Kasongo,  the  jowl  oj  Kasongo)  nsolo  ya  Kasongo, 
the  jowls  oj  Kasongo. 

(Ji)  With  the  present  participles  (§  244). 

Nsolo  idi  ikuluka,  the  jowls  are  jailing  down. 

(i)  With  the  interrogative  word  nga?  how  many? 

Mikanda  idi  inga?  how  many  hooks  are  there? 

(j)  With  the  adjective  word  -o~umue  (§  96).  ^ 

69.  It  is  important  to  bear  in  mind  that  the  locative  prepositions 
mu,  ku  and  ha  (§  61)  furnish  the  agreement  in  a number  of  instances. 
When  thus  used  they  are  prefixed  directly  to  the  word  and  present  no 
difficulty  apart  from  the  ordinary  rules  of  euphony,  which  of  course 
must  be  observed  when  the  occasion  arises. 

ADJECTIVES. 

70.  Like  all  the  languages  of  the  Bantu  family  the  Buluba-Lulua 
is  very  poor  in  adjectives  when  compared  with  the  Indo-European 
languages.  Not  only  does  one  word  represent  wholly  distinct  adjectives, 
in  English,  as  impe,  which  means  good,  handsome,  fine,  etc.,  but  many 
are  altogether  wanting.  This  lack  is  supplied  in  many  ways  which  we 
shall  consider  later. 

Note.  In  this  book  only  the  root  of  the  adjective  is  given;  as,  impe, 
good]  bi,  had]  klse,  small. 

71.  Adjectives  take  the  primary  prefixes  corresponding  to  the  number 
and  class  of  the  noun  modified. 

72.  The  adjective  follows  the  noun  modified. 

Rem.  I.  Rarely  may  be  heard  nga,  another,  kuabo,  another,  also  the 
demonstrative  adjective  pronouns  and  the  possessive  adjective  pronoun 
preceding  the  noun. 

Rem.  2.  Sometimes  one  or  more  words  in  a closely  connected  phrase 
may  intervene  between  the  adjective  and  the  noun  modified;  as,  bana 


22 


ADJFXTIVES. 


ba  ngiilube  banine,  the  large  pigS] 
great  toe. 

73.  Examples  of  nouns  with  adjectives: 
Singular. 

Class  I.  muntu  muhele,  poor  person 
“ II,  muci  mule,  long  stick 

“ III.  nsolo  mukise,  small  jowl 

“ IV.  luktisu  lunine,  large  hoe 

“ V.  dikela  dimpe, 

“ VI.  bulalu  buihi,  short  bed 

“ VII.  cilulu  ciflke,  blue  cloth 

“ VIII.  kana  kakale,  a strong  child 


muan’a  nkusa  munine,  the 


Plural. 

bantu  babele,  poor  people 
mici  mile,  long  sticks 
nsolo  mikise,  small  jowls 
nkusu  mininc,  large  hoes 
makela  mimpc,  good  eggs 
(see  note  below) 
malalu  mihi,  short  beds 
(see  note  below) 
bilulu  bifike,  blue  clothes 
tuana  tukale,  strong  chil- 
dren. 


Note.  In  the  forms  mimpe  and  mihi  the  roots  are  impe  and  ihl 
respectively.  For  the  elision  of  a see  § 23. 

74.  In  the  case  of  contracted  or  elided  forms  the  adjective  takes 
the  regular  unchanged  prefix  of  that  class  and  number, 

Mesu  manine,  large  eyes',  menu  mak<.lo,  strong  teeth.  See  § 47. 

75.  When  the  word  modified  is  a pronoun,  expressed  or  understood, 
referring  to  persons,  the  adjective  takes  mu  of  class  I wEen  the  pro- 
noun is  singular,  and  ba  of  class  I when  the  pronoun  is  plural. 

Tudi  banine,  we  are  large  (tuetu,  we,  understood);  ndi  mubl, 
I am  bad  (meme,  I,  understood);  nudi  bakale,  you  are  strong  (nuenu, 
you,  understood). 

76.  Two  adjectives,  hi  a -hi  a and  nya-nya,  double  themselves, 
taking  the  prefix  before  each  part. 

Cifulu  cihia-cihia,  a new  hat',  bantu  banya-banya,  a jew  peopi,e. 

77.  Some  adjectives  take  the  secondary  prefixes;  they  are  as  follows: 

(a)  Onso,  all',  as,  nsolo  yonso,  all  the  jowls.  § 68  (/). 

{b)  Possessive  adjective  pronouns;  as,  nsolo  yandi,  his  jowls.  § 68  (a)_ 

(c)  Demonstrative  adjective  pronouns;  as,  nsolo  yaya,  those  jowls, 
\ 68  [b). 

(d)  Certain  cardinal  numerals;  as,  nsolo  itanu,  jive  jowls.  § 68  (e). 

(e)  The  peculiar  form  -o-umue,  alike,  identical.  Note  here  that  the 
/prefix  is  used  both  before  the  o and  the  umue;  as,  nsolo  yoyumue, 
t,fie  jowls  are  alike. 

Note.  The  locatives  (mu,  ku,  ha)  are  prefixed  to  -o-umue  in  the 
same  way.  See  § 96  and  Rems. 

78.  The  word  tente,  jull,  is  indeclinable;  as,  mulondo  udi  tente, 
jar  is  jull. 


A[)JECTIVES. 


23 


79.  Certain  adjectives,  w'hen  preceded  either  by  a simple  locative 
or  by  one  of  its  compounded  forms,  may  take  the  locative  as  prefix. 
The  adjectives  most  commonly  having  this  construction  are  impe,  good, 
bi,  had,  tuhu,  empty,  onso,  all,  le,  lotig,  ihi,  short,  mue,  one,  -o-umue, 
the  same,  kuabo  and  nga,  another,  together  with  the  possessive  and 
demonstrative  adjective  pronouns. 

3Iu  mulondo  mudi  mutuhu,  the  jar  is  empty',  kuenu  kudi  kule, 
your  town  is  jar  away. 

Rem.  The  declinable  preposition  -a,  oj,  also  has  this  construction. 
See  § 87  (e). 

80.  The  adjective  ine,  alone,  only,  by  one's  self,  is  always  preceded 
by  ne. 

Bantu  babidi  ne  bene  (§  23,  Rem.  4)  bakuya,  two  people  alone 
went',  nsolo  ne  muine,  the  jowl  by  itselj',  makela  ne  mene,  the  eggs 
alone',  mulumi  ne  muine,  the  man  by  himselj. 

81.  Although  the  subject  will  be  more  fully  treated  under  § 445, 
it  seems  necessary  to  state  here  that  when  any  word  is  used  as  a com- 
plement after  the  verb  to  be,  the  verb  is  omitted  and  in  its  place  is  found 
an  n-,  which  is  prefixed  directly  to  the  complement  word.  The  nega- 
tive in  such  cases  is  kan-.  Observe  carefully  the  usual  euphonic 
changes  with  n. 

Eci  clfulu  ncinyi,  this  hat  is  mine',  bilulu  biandl  mbimpe,  his 
clothes  are  good',  muhika  eu  nguinyi,  this  slave  is  mine',  dina  diacl 
ncinyi?  what  is  the  name  oj  the  thing? 

82.  Though  the  noun  may  be  omitted,  the  adjective  must  agree  with  * 
it  understood.  An  adjective  can  never  stand  uninflected. 

Ndi  nkeba  mule  (muci,  stick,  understood),  I am  looking  jor  a long 
one',  nturaina  mimpe  (makela,  eggs,  understood),  send  me  good  ones. 

83.  When  two  or  more  adjectives  modify  the  same  noun  they  are 
placed  after  the  noun  without  any  connecting  word.  With  regard  to 
the  relative  position  of  these  modifying  words  the  following  rule  holds 
good  with  more  or  less  regularity,  viz.,  the  possessive  and  demonstrative 
adjectives  come  next  to  the  noun,  then  the  simple  adjective,  and  lastly 
the  numerals. 

Ndi  nkeba  bantu  bale  baklile,  I am  looking  jor  fall  strong  men', 
mbua  wakukuata  nsolo  winyi  mukise,  the  dog  has  caught  my  small 
chicken',  nsolo  yinyi  mikise  isatu  yakafua,  my  three  small  chickens 
have  died. 

84.  Owing  to  the  paucity  of  simple  adjectives  some  other  construc- 
tions are  employed  to  express  the  idea: 

(a)  Sometimes  we  have  the  adjective  phrase  with  -a  and  a noun. 

31untu  wa  lungenyi,  a wise  man,  i.e.,  a man  oj  wisdom]  ml  a kahia. 


24 


ADJECTIVES. 


hot  ivater^  i.e.,  water  of  heat]  ciombe  cia  bululu,  bitter  manioc^  i.e., 
manioc  of  bitterness. 

{b)  We  may  also  sometimes  find  muena  (pi.  bena),  inhabitant  of, 
owner  of,  etc.,  followed  by  a noun,  which  noun  comes  to  have  a sort  of 
adjective'  force. 

Muena  biuma,  a rich  person,  i.e.,  an  owner  of  riches',  muena  ngulu, 
a strong  person,  i.e,,  a person  of  strength',  bena  mikanda,  school  children, 
i.e.,  book  people. 

(c)  The  phrase  -di  ne,  to  have  (lit.  to  be  with),  followed  by  the  sub- 
stantive form  of  the  adjective  or  some  noun,  is  a very  common  method 
of  expressing  the  adjective  when  used  as  predicate  complement. 

31untu  udi  ne  lungenyi,  the  person  is  wise,  i.e.,  has  wisdom-,  muxete 
udi  ne  bujitu,  the  box  ts  heavy,  i.e.,  has  heaviness. 

{d)  In  a number  of  cases  the  adjective  is  contained  in  the  verb  as  a 
predicate  complement. 

Kutoka,  to  be  white',  kuflka,  to  be  black',  kuteketa,  to  be  weak', 
kukunza, /o  re(/;  to  be  strong',  \iu\\x\di,  to  be  bitter',  etc. 

Rem.  In  such  cases,  when  the  simple  qualifying  adjective  is  needed, 
the  past  active  participle  is  used.  See  § 85  {a). 

(e)  We  may  occasionally  have  a simple  noun  used  in  an  adjective 
sense.  Compare  mulumi  and  mukuxi  when  used  to  denote  difference 
of  sex,  as  noted  in  § 56. 

Rem.  Certain  cardinal  numerals  are  thus  treated  as  substantive 
adjectives;  as,  bantu  dikumi, /ew  people,  nsolo  lukama,  one  hundred 
fowls. 

85.  Participles  have  the  adjective  prefixes  and  are  often,  as  in 
English,  used  as  simple  adjectives.  This  is  especially  true  of  the  two 
past  participles,  one  being  active  and  the  other  passive.  §§  249,  251. 

(a)  The  Active  Past  Participle  is  formed  by  changing  the  final  a of 
the  verb  root  to  e.  The  resulting  form  is  inflected  by  means  of  the 
ordinary  primary  prefixes. 

Muntu  mufue,  a dead  person,  from  the  verb  root  fua,  to  die. 

Rem.  Under  this  head  falls  the  large  class  of  participles  [§  84  (</)] 
which  have  a simple  adjective  force;  diS,io\ie,  white,  fi\ie,  black-,  tekete, 
weak',  kale,  strong',  etc.  Cilulu  citoke,  white  cloth. 

(b)  The  Passive  Past  Participle  is  the  root  of  the  verb.  With  this 
are  used  the  primary  prefixes. 

Cilulu  cihanda  (from  handa,  to  tear),  the  torn  cloth',  muntu  mutaha 
(from  taha,  to  wound),  the  wounded  person. 

Rem.  Note  the  difference  between  the  participles  derived  from  the 
transitive  and  the  intransitive  verbs.  Both  lukusu  lucibuke  and 
lukusu  lucibula  mean  the  broken  hoe,  but  one  means  the  hoe  W’hich 


ADJECTIVES. 


25 


has  become  broken  of  its  own  accord,  the  other  means  a hoe  which  some 
some  one  else  has  broken.  § 341. 

Adjective  Phrases. 

86.  Adjective  Phrases  are  introduced  by  the  prepositional  word 
-a,  o/,  for,  to,  which  agrees  in  prefix  with  the  noun  preceding  it.  It 
takes  the  secondary  prefixes  [§  68  (^)J.  This  agreement  shows  that 
the  phrase  is  regarded  as  an  adjective.  In  English  we  say  that  the 
prepositions 0/,  /or,  and  /o  govern  the  noun  or  pronoun  following  them; 
in  Buluba-Lulua  the  preposition  -a  may  be  said  not  only  to  govern  the 
succeeding  \\*ord  but  also  to  modify  the  preceding  word.  It  is,  there- 
fore, regarded  not  only  as  an  adjective  particle  but  also  as  a preposi- 
tion. 

87.  This  adjective  phrase  is  used  to  express  various  relations,  some 
of  which  are  here  mentioned; 

(a)  The  adjective  phrase  with  -a  is  the  common  way  of  expressing 
the  English  possessive  case,  or  the  preposition  of  when  it  indicates  pos- 
session 

Bana  ba  mukuxi,  the  children  of  the  woman',  cifulu  cia  mukelenge, 
the  hat  of  the  chief',  mici  ya  muana,  the  child's  sticks-,  maboko  a 
tnuana,  the  child's  arm',  nsolo  wa  mulumi,  the  mart's  fowl,  nsolo  ya 
balumi,  the  men's  fowls',  keho  ka  Kasongo,  Kasongo's  bit  of  salt', 
nkusu  ya  mukuxi,  the  woman's  hoes 

Rem.  I.  If  two  or  more  nouns  connected  by  the  conjunction  ne,  and, 

■ are  used  implying  joint  possession  of  the  same  thing,  the  preposition 
j -a  is  used  only  once,  thus  following  the  analogy  of  the  English, 
ll  Cifulu  cia  Kasongo  ne  Kabeya,  Kasongo  and  Kabeya's  hat. 

Rem.  2.  If,  however,  separate  possession  is  meant,  or  if  the  nouns  are 
f connected  by  inyi,  or,  the  preposition  -a  is  used  before  each  noun. 

I Cifulu  cia  Kasongo  ne  cia  Kabeya,  the  hat  of  Kasongo  and  that 
I of  Kabeya',  wakulua  ne  cifulu  cia  Kasongo  inyi  cia  Kabeya?  dii 
he  come  with  the  hat  of  Kasongo  or  with  that  of  Kabeya?',  lufu  luabo  ne 
i,  lua  bana  babo,  their  death  and  that  of  their  children. 
t {b)  The  adjective  phrase,  as  has  been  seen  in  § 84  (a),  is  often  used 
for  a simple  adjective. 

(c)  The  noun  making  the  concord  of  the  -a  may  sometimes  be  omitted, 

I being  understood.  § 82. 

; Cia  Kabata,  Kabata's,  with  any  noun  in  the  sing,  of  class  \TI  under- 
■ stood. 

5 (</)  The  -a  is  often  combined  with  the  locative  prepositions  (mu, 

I ku  and  ha),  making  a double  prepositional  form  something  like  the 
H English  from  among,  from  above,  etc. 


26 


ADJECTIVES. 


Munyinyi  wa  mu  mi,  fish,  lit.  meat  from  in  the  water)  kanyuma 
ka  mu  ditu,  a small  animal  jrom  the  woods,  lit.  jrom  in  the  woods)  cilulu 
cia  ha  mesa,  a table-cloth,  lit.  cloth  jor  on  the  table. 

Rem.  I.  We  also  have  the  combined  forms  mua,  kua  and  ha  pre- 
ceding  the  name  of  the  person;  they  then  mean  in  or  at  the  village  of 
or  house  of. 

Ya  mua  3Ialcndolo,  go  to  {the  village)  of  Malendolo)  udi  kua  muke- 
lenge,  he  is  at  {the  house)  of  the  chief)  muana  wa  kua  Nsusu,  the 
child  belongs  to  Nsusu’s  village,  lit.  a child  of  at  {the  village)  of  Nsusu. 

Rem.  2.  By  putting  the  prefixes  of  class  I before  kua  we  have  mukua, 
meaning  one  from  the  village  of. 

{e)  When  an  adjective  phrase  with-  -a  modifies  a noun  which  is 
governed  by  one  of  the  locative  prepositions  (mu,  ku  or  ha),  the  -a 
sometimes  takes  the  concord  of  the  preposition  rather  than  that  of  the 
noun.  Hence  we  may  have  either  ya  mu  nsubu  mua  mukelenge  or 
ya  mu  nsubu  wa  mukelenge,  go  into  the  chiefs  house. 

(/)  The  prepositional  construction  with  -a  is  often  used  with  the 
infinitive  mood  to  e.xpress  purpose;  this  is  to  be  translated  by  to  or 
jor.  § 239  {b). 

Lua  ne  bintu  bia  kudia,  bring  the  things  to  eat)  ndi  nsua  mi  a 
kunua,  / want  some  water  to  drink. 

Rem.  Note  that  these  infinitive  phrases  have  an  adjective  sense;  as, 
mi  a kunua,  which  may  be  translated  drinking-water. 

(l')  The  adjective  phrase  with  -a  is  also  used  to  express  direction. 

Nxila  wa  Kasenga,  the  path  to  Kasenga)  we  may  also  say  nxila 
wa  ku  Kasenga. 

{h)  The  peculiar  phrase  -a  bende  means  of  some  one  else,  not  one's 
own,  another’s. 

{i)  Note  that  in  the  sing,  of  certain  phrases  the  -a  has  the  prefix 
elided;  it  is  then  represented  by  an  apostrophe  (’). 

Muan’a,  the  young  of)  mulumi’a,  the  male  of)  mukuxi’a,  the  female 
of.  § 56(6),  Rems,  i and  2. 

Rem.  So  far  as  the  pronunciation  is  concerned,  the  phrase  muan’a 
mbuxi,  a kid,  might  be  written  muana  mbuxi;  but  since  the  pi.  is 
bana  ba  mbuxi,  there  would  seem  to  be  good  reason  for  believing 
that  the  prepositional  word  ought  to  be  written  in  the  singular. 

Comparison  of  Adjectives. 

88.  The  adjective  is  not  declined  to  express  comparison  as  in  English 
and  in  other  European  languages.  In  fact  the  Buluba-Lulua  does 
not  make  any  sharp  distinction  between  the  comparative  and  superlative 
degrees,  for  the  same  construction  is  used  for  both  degrees. 


ADJECTIVES. 


27 


89.  The  verbs  tamba  and  hita,  to  surpass,  with  the  abstract  sub- 
stantive derivative  of  the  adjective  having  the  prefix  bu-  of  class  VI 
(§  354)»  3-re  used  to  express  the  idea  of  comparison. 

Muci  udi  u tamba  muntu  bule,  the  tree  is  taller  than  the  man,  lit. 
the  tree  surpasses  the  man  in  height',  mukuxi  udi  uhita  mulumi  bukiile, 
the  woman  is  stronger  than  the  man-,  Kasongo  udi  utamba  bakuabo 
bule,  Kasongo  is  the  tallest,  lit  surpasses  the  others  in  height. 

90.  Certain  other  comparative  expressions  may  be  treated  here: 

(a)  Sometimes  the  comparative  idea  is  expressed  by  using  with  each 
noun  adjectives  having  opposite  meaning. 

Eu  muci  muihi,  vvawa  mule,  this  stick  is  shorter  than  that,  lit.  this 
stick  is  short,  that  one  is  long. 

{h)  The  English  too,  meaning  excess  of  any  quality,  is  also  expressed 
by  tamba  or  hita,  to  surpass. 

>Iuci  udi  utamba  bule,  the  stick  is  too  long. 

(c)  The  English  very,  modifying  an  adjective,  may  be  ^expressed  in 
several  ways: 

(1)  By  using  be  after  the  adjective;  as,  muci  mule  be.  a very  long 
stick. 

(2)  By  use  of  the  verbs  tamba  and  hita  with  the  abstract  quality 
of  the  adjective,  as  explained  under  § 89;  as,  muci  udi  utamba  bule, 
the  stick  is  very  long. 

(3)  By  elongating  the  last  syllable  of  the  adjective. 

(4)  By  repeating  one  or  more  syllables  of  the  adjective;  as,  toke  to, 
very  white;  kunze  kunzu,  very  red. 

{d)  The  English  as  ...  as  may  be  expressed  by  saying  that  the 
quality  of  one  thing  is  like  the  quality  of  another  thing. 

Kutoka  (infinitive)  kua  mukanda  kudi  bu  kua  mpemha,  the  paper 
IS  as  white  as  chalk,  lit.  the  whiteness  (or  the  to  he  white)  of  the  paper 
is  like  that  of  chalk. 

(e)  The  English  not  so  ...  as  is  perhaps  best  expressed  by  saying 
that  the  quality  as  possessed  by  one  thing  is  not  the  same  as  that  pos- 
sessed by  another  thing. 

Muntu  kena  bule  bua  muci,  a man  is  not  tall  like  a tree,  lit.  is  not 
the  tallness  of  a tree. 

(/)  The  English  less  than  may  be  rendered  in  two  ways: 

(1)  In  much  the  same  way  as  not  so  . . . [§  90  (e)];  as,  yeye 

kena  bule  buTnyi,  he  is  less  tall  than  I,  lit.  he  is  not  my  height. 

(2)  By  turning  the  sentence  around  and  using  the  simple  compara- 
tive form  with  tamba  or  hita.  § 88. 

{g)  Instead  of  the  abstract  noun  derivative  in  bu-  following  tamba 
or  hita  we  sometimes  have  the  infinitive  where  such  a form  is  possible. 


28 


NUMERALS. 


Cilulu  eci  cidi  citamba  cikuabo  kukunza,  this  cloth  is  more  red 
than  the  other. 


NUMERALS. 


Cardinals. 


91.  The  Cardinal  Numerals,  when  they  are  used  after  nouns  with 
the  force  of  adjectives,  are  as  follows:  * 


1.  -mue  (-mo). 

2.  -bidi. 

3.  -satu. 

4.  -ni. 

5.  -tanu. 

6.  -sainbombo. 

7.  Muanda  mutekete  (muakun- 

8.  3Iuanda  niukulu.  [yi). 

g.  Citema. 

10.  Dikumi. 

11.  “ ne  -mue  (-mo). 

12.  “ “ -bidi, 

17.  “ “ muandamutekete. 

18.  “ “ “ mukulu. 


19.  “ “ citema. 

20.  Makumi  abidi. 

21.  “ “ ne-mue(-mo) 


22.  Makumi  abidi  ne  -bidi. 

30.  “ asatu. 

31.  “ “ ne-mue(-mo). 


40. 

50- 

60, 


70. 

80. 


ani. 
atanu. 
a.sambombo. 
muanda  mutekete. 
“ mukulu. 


go.  “ citema. 

100.  Lukama. 

101.  “ ne  -mue  (-mo), 

no.  “ “ dikumi. 

200  Nkama  ibidi. 

201.  “ “ ne -mue  (-mo). 

300.  “ i.s^tu. 

700.  “ muandamutekete. 


1.000.  Cinunu. 

1.001.  Cinunu  ne  -mue  (-mo). 

1,257.  Cinunu  ne  nkama  ibidi  ne  makumi 
atanu  ne  muanda  mutekete. 

2,000.  Binunu  bibidi. 

10.000.  Lubombo. 

20.000.  Mbombo  ibidi. 

100,000.  Ci.vikulu. 


92.  The  cardinal  numerals  i to  6 are  inflected  and  follow  the  rules 
of  ordinary  adjectives.  But  the  numerals  7 to  10  are  regarded  as 
substantives,  and  the  same  is  true  of  100,  1000,  10,000,  100,000,  with 
all  the  multiples  of  10,  100,  1000,  10,000  and  100,000. 

Rem.  I.  The  inflected  numerals  i to  6 take  the  secondary  prefixes. 


♦Observe  that  a hyphen  (-)  is  placed  before  the  inflected  forms. 


NUMERALS. 


29 


Rem.  2.  Dikumi,  ten,  lukama,  one  hundred,  cinunu,  one  thousand, 
lubombo,  ten  thousand,  and  cixikulu,  one  hundred  thousand,  are  in- 
Oected  according  to  classes  V,  IV,  VII,  IV,  VII,  respectively. 

Rem.  3.  In  the  numbers  7 and  8 the  word  muanda  is  a noun  (class 
II)  and  is  followed  by  the  adjectives  mutekete,  weaker,  and  mukulu, 
older.  Sometimes  after  muanda  in  7 we  hear  muakunyi,  younger, 
instead  of  mutekete.  For  9 we  have  citema  (class  VII). 

Rem.  4.  The  numbers  ii-t6,  21-26,  31-36,  etc.,  employing  the 
six  inflected  forms,  cause  these  to  agree  with  the  noun  expressed  or 
understood. 

Rem.  5.  For  one  w'e  have  both  mue  and  mo. 

Examples  of  numerals: 

Muntu  umue,  one  person)  bantu  babidi,  two  people)  mici  Is^tu, 
three  sticks)  nsolo  ini,  jour  jowls)  makela  atanu,  jive  eggS)  malalu 
asambombo,  six  beds)  bintu  muanda  mutekete,  seveti  things)  bantu 
dikumi,  ten  people,  bantu  dikumi  ne  umue,  eleven  people)  bantu 
dikumi  ne  babidi,  twelve  people)  makela  dikumi  ne  muanda  mute- 
kete, seventeen  eggs)  makela  makumi  abldi,  twenty  eggs)  bantu 
nkama  isitu  ne  basambombo,  three  hundred  and  six  people)  bantu 
blnunu  bibidi  ne  nkama  ini  ne  makumi  atanu  ne  basatu,  two  thou- 
sand jour  hundred  and  jifty-three  people)  bantu  badi  dikumi,  there 
are  ten  people. 

93.  Occasionally  the  substantive  forms  dikumi,  lukama,  etc.,  employ 
the  adjective  phrase  with  -a. 

Dikumi  dia  bantu,  ten  people,  lit.  ten  oj  people. 

94.  By  doubling  the  cardinal  numerals  we  have  the  distributive  idea 
indicating  how  many  each  time,  how  many  to  each  one,  etc. 

Ya  utuale  bisuka  bibidi  bibidi,  go  and  bring  two  baskets  each  time) 
angati  bisuka,  muntu  bibidi,  muntu  bibidi,  bring  the  baskets,  each 
person  two. 

Rem.  The  idea  of  each  may  also  be  expressed  under  certain  cir- 
cumstances by  ku  -bidi,  ku  -satu,  etc. 

Ya  wangate  bisuka  ku  bibidi,  ku  bibidi,  go  and  bring  the  baskets 
two  each  time. 

This  very  much  resembles  the  phrase  ku  dituku  ku  dituku,  each 
day,  daily. 

95.  Substantives  are  made  from  the  inflected  numerals  i to  6. 

(a)  The  substantives  formed  according  to  class  VI  express  the  idea 
of  both,  all  three,  all  jour,  etc.,  used  in  sense  of  totality,  these  forms 
also  sometimes  express  the  idea  of  two  and  two,  three  and  three,  etc. 

Bubidi  buabo,  both  oj  them)  busatu  buabo,  all  three  oj  them. 

(b)  The  substantives  formed  according  to  class  VII  express  the 


30 


NUMERALS. 


idea  of  how  many  times]  as,  ciakamue,  once;  ciakabidi,  second  tinie-^ 
clakas&tu,  third  time,  etc. 

The  plurals  biakabidi,  biakasatu,  etc.,  mean  two  times  {twice), 
three  times  {thrice),  etc. 

Rem.  I.  There  are  also  heard  diakamue,  once;  kabidi,  second  time; 
kasAtu,  third  time. 

Rem.  2.  Ciahamue,  ciamumue  and  diacimue  mean  at  the  same 
time,  simultaneously.  Diakamue  is  also  used  in  this  sense. 

96.  One  with,  like,  the  same  as,  identical  with,  etc.,  are  expressed 
by  the  form  -o-umue.  § 77  {e). 

Di  diodiumue,  the  identical  word. 

Rem.  I.  Sometimes  the  form  seems  to  be  -o-mue. 

Rem.  2.  We  have  the  locatives  mu  and  ku  and  ha,  combined  with 
_o-umue  (-o-mue). 

Hohamue,  on  the  same  place;  kuokumue,  at  the  same  place;  muo- 
mumue,  into  the  same  place.  This  latter  word  is  often  used  in  an 
adverbial  sense  without  any  apparent  reference  to  place. 

97.  In  abstract  counting,  one,  two,  three,  etc.,  it  is  important  to 
note  that  -mue,  one,  becomes  omue  (or  umue),  and  all  the  other  in. 
fleeted  forms  up  to  six  have  an  i prefixed  to  the  stem.  Hence  we 
say  omue,  ibidi,  isatu,  ini,  etc.  The  other  numerals  remain  unchanged 
in  abstract  counting. 


Ordinal  Numerals. 

98.  The  Ordinal  Numerals  2nd  to  6th  are  inflected  as  regular  ad- 
jectives, taking  the  primary  prefixes,  while  the  substantive  forms  from 
7th  on  have  an  adjective  phrase  with  -a.  The  form  for  ist  also  has 
this  last  construction. 

Rem.  I.  In  the  forms  2nd  to  6th  the  prefi.x  is  used  with  the  abstract 
form  ibidi,  isatu,  etc.  (§  97),  while  the  inflected  forms  in  the  forma- 
tion of  nth  to  i6th,  21st  to  26th,  etc.,  remain  uninflected  just  as  in 
abstract  counting. 

99.  Examples  of  ordinal  numerals: 

ist.  -a  kumudilu;  as,  musambu  wa  kumudilu,  the  first  hymn,  lit.  oj 
at  the  front. 

2nd.  -ibidi;  as,  musambu  muibidi,  the  second  hymn. 

3rd.  -isatu;  as,  musambu  muisatu,  the  third  hymn. 

6th.  -isambombo,  as,  musambu  muisambombo,  the  sixth  hymn. 

7th.  -a  muanda  mutekete;  as,  musambu  wa  muanda  mutekete, 
the  seventh  hymn. 

loth.  -a  dikumi;  as,  musambu  wa  dikuml,  the  tenth  hymn. 


PRONOUNS. 


31 


iith.  -a  dikumi  ne  omue;  as,  musambu  wa  dikumi  ne  omue,  the 
eleventh  hymn. 

I2th.  -a  dikumi  ne  ibidi;  as,  musambu  wa  dikumi  ne  ibidi,  the 
twelfth  hymn. 

20th.  -a  makumi  abidi;  as,  musambu  wa  makumi  abidi,  the  twentieth 
hymn. 

100.  The  word  last  is  expressed  by  the  phrase  -a  kunxikidilu;  as, 
musambu  wa  kunxikidilu,  the  last  hymn. 

PRONOUNS. 

101.  For  the  sake  of  convenience  and  custom  the  Pronouns  may  be 
classified  as  Personal,  Possessive,  Demonstrative,  Relative,  Interroga- 
tive and  Indefinite. 

102.  As  may  be  expected,  the  pronouns  make  free  use  of  the  prefixes 
in  their  reference  to  preceding  nouns,  whether  these  nouns  be  expressed 
or  understood. 

Personal  Pronouns. 

103.  By  Personal  Pronouns  we  mean  all  those  pronominal  forms 
which  stand  for  nouns,  whether  these  nouns  refer  to  rational  beings 
or  not. 

The  personal  pronouns  may  be  divided  into  Disjunctive  and  Con- 
junctive, depending  upon  whether  the  pronoun  does  not  or  does  form 
an  integral  part  of  the  verb  as  prefix  or  suffix  or  infix. 

I.  Disjunctive. 

104.  The  Disjunctive  Personal  Pronouns  are  those  which  are  used 
alone  and  are  not  joined  directly  to  the  verb  either  as  prefix  or  suffix 
or  infix.  These  Disjunctive  Pronouns  may  be  still  farther  subdivided 
into  Simple  and  Compound  forms. 

A.  Simple  Forms. 

105.  The  Simple  Disjunctive  Persona!  Pronouns  are  determined  by 
the  class  and  number  of  the  noun  for  which  they  stand  and  are  as 
follows:  * 

* There  is  no  difficulty  about  the  personal  pronoun  forms  under  class  I,  but 
it  has  been  hard  to  determine  the  forms  for  the  other  classes  This  difficulty  is 
due  to  the  fact  that  the  forms  employed  are  more  properly  demonstratives 
which  will  be  considered  later.  Sometimes  we  hear  for  the  personal  pronoun 
construction  the  forms  as  here  given  for  classes  II  to  VIII,  and  again  we  find 
those  mentioned  under  § 156.  We  have  put  these  forms  as  given  above  under 
the  head  of  personal  pronouns,  because  they  seem  to  have  not  so  much  refer- 
ence to  place  as  to  time  i.e.,  to  a previously  mentioned  object,  at  the  same 
time  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  there  is  also  a demonstrative  idea.  Some- 
times these  forms  are  also  used  as  adjectives. 


32 


PRONOUNS. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

ist  pers.  meme,  / 

tuetu,  we 

I. 

2nd  pers.  wewe,  thou 

nuenu,  you 

I.  3rd  pers.  yeye,  he  or  she 

bobo,  they 

II. 

“ “ wou  (wowo),  it 

yoi  (yoyo),  they 

III. 

“ ‘ ' wewe,  it 

yoi  (yoyo),  they 

IV. 

“ “ luolu  (luoluo),  it 

yoi  (yoyo),  they 

V. 

“ “ diodi  (diodio),  it 

wowo  (6),  they 

VI. 

“ buobu  (biiobuo),  it 

wowo  (6),  they 

VII. 

“ “ cioci  (ciocio),  it 

biobi  (biobio),  they 

VIII. 

“ “ koko,  it 

tuotu  (tuotuo),  they 

Rem.  I.  It  will  be  noted  that  the  majority  of  the  forms  are  made  by 
prefixing  the  ordinary  secondary  prefixes  to  the  letter  o,  then  doubling 
the  resulting  form.  Generally  the  last  o is  only  slightly  sounded,  but 
it  is  written  in  parenthesis  above. 

Rem.  2.  We  often  hear  wowo  for  wewe,  t<  to  for  tuetu,  nono  for 
nuenu,  yoyo  for  yeye,  which  seems  to  indicate  that  these  may  also 
originally  have  been  formed  with  the  o. 

Rem.  3.  In  the  plural  of  classes  V and  VI  are  found  a decided  w 
sound  before  the  o,  which,  if  written  fully,  would  be  aoao,  but  this 
contracts  into  6. 

Rem.  4.  Since  there  is  no  distinction  for  gender,  yeye  means  either 
he  or  she  in  class  I. 

Rem.  5.  It  is  also  important  to  bear  in  mind  that  there  are  no  in- 
definite forms  like  the  English  it  and  they  which  may  refer  to  any  noun 
other  than  persons.  The  pronoun  must  be  of  the  same  class  and 
number  as  the  noun  for  which  it  stands. 

Rem.  6.  The  objective  cases  me,  thee,  him,  her,  us,  you,  them,  it, 
when  they  are  used  absolutely,  are  expressed  by  the  same  form  as 
those  given  above  for  the  subjective  cases. 

Rem.  7.  The  possessive  case,  of  me  {my),  of  thee  {thy),  of  him  {his), 
etc.,  is  expressed  by  the  possessive  pronoun  forms.  See  § 128,  etc. 

Rem.  8 The  second  person  singular  is  always  used  when  one  person 
only  is  meant.  This  principle  holds  good  throughout  the  pronoun. 

106.  The  simple  disjunctive  personal  pronouns  are  used  as  follows: 

{a)  Absolutely  or  for  emphasis  as  subjeci  or  object,  very  much  as 
ego,  tu,  etc.,  of  the  Latin,  or  sometimes  as  moi,  toi,  eux,  etc.,  of  the 
French.  The  verb  must  have  its  regular  pronominal  prefix  for  subject 
and  the  infix  for  object  in  addition  to  the  disjunctive  forms. 

Wewe  udi  udinia?  have  you  been  working?  Udi  iidima  nganyi? 
Meme,  who  has  been  working?  I {have).  Nzambi  wakunsungila 
meme,  God  has  saved  me. 


PRONOUNS. 


33 


(6)  For  emphasis  after  the  possessive  form. 

Bualu  buebi  wewe,  your  own  affair. 

(c)  With  certain  prepositions. 

(1)  The  locatives  (mu,  ku  and  ha)  stand  regularly  before  the  dis- 
junctive personal  pronoun  forms  in  all  classes  save  the  first  throughout 
and  the  singular  of  class  III,  in  which  latter  cases  the  prepositional 
phrase  is  expressed  by  prefixing  the  preposition  to  the  verb  di,  lo  be. 
to  which  has  previously  been  attached  the  proper  personal  prefix  or 
suffix.  Consequently  we  must  say  not  lua  ku  meme,  but  lua  kundi, 
come  to  me\  not  lua  ku  tuetu,  but  lua  kutudi,  come  to  us,  i.e.,  where 
we  are’,  ya  kudiye,  go  to  him,  i.e.,  where  he  is.  This  construction  will 
be  treated  more  fully  later.  § 321. 

But  we  say  regularly  ya  ku  wou,  go  to  it  (mud,  stick);  lala  mu 
diodi,  lie  down  in  it  (dina,  hole). 

Note.  But  the  most  common  construction  here  is  for  the  locatives 
to  be  suffixed  to  the  verb  rather  than  stand  before  the  pronoun.  § 320. 

Tekamu  dikela,  put  the  egg  in  it. 

(2)  Bu,  like,  takes  the  regular  unchanged  disjunctive  forms  through- 
out. 

Wewe  udi  bu  meme,  you  are  like  me. 

107.  Ne,  with,  and,  is  peculiar  in  that  it  takes  not  the  personal 
forms  after  it,  but  the  possessive  (§  128).  Note  the  elision.  There- 
fore, we  have  as  follows: 


Class  I. 
“ I. 

I. 

II. 

III. 


Singular. 

I St  pers.  n’inyi,  with  me 
2nd  pers.  n’ebi,  with  you 
3rd  pers.  n’andl,  with  him,  her 
“ “ n’au,  with  it 

“ “ n’andi,  with  it 

etc. 


Plural. 

n’etu,  with  us 
n’enu,  with  you 
n’abo,  with  them 
n’ai,  with  them 
n’al,  with  them 
etc. 


B.  Compound  Forms. 

108.  There  are  two  Compound  Disjunctive  Pronouns.  They  are 
constructed  upon  the  possessive  pronoun  forms  by  prefixing  nki-  and 
bi-  respectively.  This  seems  to  correspond  to  the  myself,  etc.,  of 
English,  and  it  gives  in  inflection  the  same  construction  as  ne,  with^ 
See  § 107. 

109.  The  forms  with  nkl-  mean  alone,  by  one's  self,  only,  etc.  In 
their  inflection  note  that  y is  inserted  for  euphony  [§  34  (a)]  between 
the  two  vowels.  We  thus  have: 


34 


PRONOUNS. 


Singular. 

Class  I.  ist  pens,  nkiyinyi,  by  myself 
“ I.  2nd  pers.  n\i.iyQb\,  by  yourself 

“ I.  “ “ nkiyandi,  by  himself  or 

herself 

“ II.  “ “ nklyau,  by  itself 

etc. 


Plural. 

nkiyetu,  by  ourselves 
nkiyenu,  by  yourselves 
nkiyabo,  by  themselves 

nkiyai,  by  themselves 
etc. 


Rem.  The  forms  nkiyinyi,  etc.,  always  follow  the  noun  or  the  pro- 
noun to  which  they  refer;  or  they  may  follow  the  verb  if  the  noun  or 
pronoun  is  not  expressed. 

Wakaya  ku  musoko  nganyi?  Meme  nkiyinyi,  who  went  to  the 
town?  I alone]  netuye  nkiyetu,  we  shall  go  by  ourselves]  lua  ne  muci 
nkiyau,  bring  only  the  stick. 

110.  The  forms  with  bi-  are  difficult  to  translate  into  English. 
Their  use  seems  to  be  to  give  a certain  roundness  or  smoothness  to  a 
sentence  which  would  otherwise  appear  short  and  curt;  besides,  a 
certain  emphasis  is  obtained  which  can  only  be  appreciated  after  some 
knowledge  of  the  language  has  been  acquired.  Since  the  ordinary 
prefixes  or  infixes  for  subject  and  object  must  also  be  used,  it  is  generally 
best  not  to  attempt  to  translate  the  forms  in  bi-. 

Rem.  I.  These  forms  come  after  the  verb. 

Rem.  2.  Their  inflexion  is  exactly  the  same  as  that  for  nkiyinyi, 
etc.  (§  log). 

Nyaya  biinyi,  I am  going]  wakumpa  biinyi  cifulu,  he  gave  me 
a hat]  wakuhona  biau,  it  (muci,  stick)  has  fallen]  dia  biebi,  eat  thou 
(imperative);  tuye  bietu,  let  us  go. 

111.  We  may  sometimes  hear  both  of  these  compound  disjunctive 
forms  in  the  same  sentence. 

Nyaya  biinyi  nkiyinyi,  1 am  going  by  myself. 

II.  Conjunctive. 

112.  The  Conjunctive  Personal  Pronouns  are  those  which  are 
inflected  directly  with  the  verb  and  form  part  and  parcel  of  the  verb. 
These  are  by  far  the  most  common  personal  pronominal  constructions 
for  subject,  direct  object  and  indirect  object.  They  may  be  divided 
into  Pronominal  Prefixes,  Pronominal  Infixes,  and  Pronominal  Suffixes. 
These  are  now  each  taken  up  in  turn. 

k.  Pronominal  Prefixes. 

113.  The  Pronominal  Prefix  always  stands  at  the  beginning  of  the 
finite  parts  of  the  verb,  agreeing  in  person,  number  and  class  with  the 
subject,  whether  the  subject  be  expressed  or  simply  understood.  Even 


PRONOUNS. 


35 


the  disjunctive  personal  pronouns  cannot  take  the  place  of  the  pro- 
nominal prefixes. 

Rem.  I.  The  question  may  be  raised  as  to  whether  these  prefixes 
are  properly  pronouns  at  all,  since  they  are  in  fact  not  much  more 
than  the  personal  endings  w,  s,  t,  mus,  tis,  nt,  of  the  Latin.  The  word 
pronoun,  however,  furnishes  a convenient  term  by  which  to  designate 
them,  so  they  are  thus  called  throughout  this  grammar.  It  is  one  of 
the  peculiarities  of  the  Bantu  system  of  languages  that  the  verb  as 
well  as  the  adjective  should  be  made  to  concord  with  the  class  of  the^ 
noun  which  stands  as  its  subject. 

Rem.  2.  The  future  indicative  is  the  only  tense  whose  sign  comes 
before  rather  than  after  the  prefixes.  § 293. 

Rem.  3.  The  secondary  prefixes  are  also  the  pronominal  prefixes. 
Of  course  the  ist  and  2nd  persons,  sing,  and  pi.,  furnish  forms  not 
found  under  the  list  of  secondary  prefixes,  since  these  latter  are  all  3rd 
person. 

Rem.  4.  Note  the  usual  euphonic  changes  following  n,  u and  i. 
§§  27,  28,  29,  31-33. 

114.  The  pronominal  prefixes  are  as  follows: 


Class 


1. 

1st  pers. 

Singular. 

n- 

Plural. 

tu- 

I. 

2nd  pers. 

u- 

DU- 

I. 

3rd  pers. 

u- 

ba- 

II. 

“ “ 

u- 

i- 

III. 

i i 1 1 

u- 

i- 

IV. 

n a 

lu- 

1- 

V. 

n ^ a 

di- 

a- 

VI. 

i i ( < 

bu- 

a- 

VII. 

i i t i 

ci- 

bi- 

VIII. 

i i c < 

ka- 

tu- 

Examples  of  pronominal  prefixes: 

\di,  I ant]  udi,  you  are]  uyaya,  he  is  going]  wakadi,  he  was,  in 
which  the  u changes  to  w before  the  tense  sign  aka;  cifulu  ciaku- 
kuluka,  the  hat  has  jallen,  in  which  we  have  ci  as  pronominal  prefix 
+ aku  as  tense  sign+  kuluka  as  stem;  nsolo  yakufua,  the  jowls  have 
died,  in  which  we  have  y as  pronominal  prefix  before  the  tense  sign 
+ aku  as  tense  sign+  fua  as  stem. 

Rem.  I.  The  negative  constructions,  as  wall  be  seen  later,  furnish 
a few  exceptions  to  the  above  pronominal  prefixes.  § 198. 

Rem.  2.  It  is  important  to  note  that  a sing,  second  person  is  always 
treated  as  a sing,  and  not  as  a pi.,  as  has  become  the  custom  in 
English,  French  and  German.  § 105,  Rem.  8. 


36 


PRONOUNS. 


115.  ^\'hcn  the  verb  is  preceded  by  a prepositional  phrase  having 
one  of  the  local. ves  (mu,  ku  or  ha),  these  latter  furnish  the  concord 
of  the  verb  In  this  case  the  subject  is  placed  after  the  verb. 

Ha  mesa  hadi  bintii,  on  the  table  are  the  things]  mu  nsubu  mudi 
bantu,  there  are  people  in  the  house. 

Rem.  I.  Sometimes  the  prepositional  phrase  is  understood;  as, 
kamuena  bantu,  there  are  no  people  in  {it). 

Rem.  2.  Sometimes  a simple  locative  adverb  (§  363,  etc.)  furnishes 
the  concord;  as,  aha  hadi  atanu,  here  there  are  five  (makela,  eggs, 
understood). 

B.  Pronominal  Infixes. 

116.  The  Pronominal  Infix  is  always  found  immediately  before  the 
stem  of  the  verb  in  inflection  and  is  used  in  place  of  the  noun  as  direct 
or  indirect  object. 

Rem.  I.  The  noun  and  its  corresponding  infix  are  never  both  used  at 
the  same  time;  in  this  respect  the  pronominal  infixes  differ  from  the 
pronominal  prefixes.  § 113. 

Rem.  2.  Throughout  the  pi.  the  pronominal  infixes  are  the  same  as 
the  pronominal  prefixes.  In  the  sing.,  however,  there  are  a few  varia- 


tions:  2nd  pers,  sing,  class  I gives  ku,  3rd  pers. 
gives  mu,  and  the  sing,  of  class  III  is  also  mu. 

sing,  of  the  same  class 

Rem.  3.  Observe  carefully  the  usual  euphonic  changes  with  n,  u 
and  i.  §§  27-29,  31-33. 

117.  The  pronominal  infixes  are  as  follows: 

Singular.  Plural. 

Class  I.  I St  pers. 

-n- 

-tu- 

“ I.  2nd  pers. 

-ku- 

-nu- 

“ I.  3rd  pers. 

-mu- 

-ba- 

“ II.  “ “ 

-u- 

-i- 

“ III.  “ “ 

-mu- 

-i- 

“ IV.  “ “ 

-lu- 

-i- 

((  V.  “ “ 

-di- 

-a- 

“ VI.  “ “ 

-bu- 

-a- 

“ VII.  “ “ 

-ci- 

-bi- 

“ VIII.  “ “ 

Examples  of  pronominal  infixes: 

-ka- 

-tu- 

Wakundexa  mukanda,  he  showed  me  the  book,  in  which  we  have 
w as  pronominal  prefix +aku  as  tense  sign  + n as  pronominal  infix 
used  as  indirect  object + dexa  as  stem,  from  lexa,  to  show.  § 29 

Bakuixiha,  they  killed  them  (nsolo,  jowls,  understood),  in  which  we 
have  b as  pronominal  prefix  (for  ba)  + aku  as  tense  sign  + i as  pro 
nominal  infix +xiha  as  stem. 


PRONOUNS. 


37 


Jisus  wakutufuila,  Jesus  died  for  us,  in  which  we  have  w as  pro- 
nominal prefix -(-aku  as  tense  sign+tu  as  pronominal  infix+fuila  as 
stem,  meaning  to  die  for. 

118.  We  must  note  here  a special  infix  -di-  which  has  the  same 
position  and  construction  as  the  pronominal  infix  and  is  used  when 
the  verb  is  reflexive,  i.e.,  when  the  object  of  the  verb  is  also  the  subject. 
This  is,  therefore,  to  be  translated  by  myself,  yourself,  himself,  etc. 
This  construction  with  -di-  also  has  the  idea  of  on  one's  own  account, 
of  one’s  own  accord,  etc. 

Waki^ditaha,  he  cut  himself]  wakudisua,  he  loves  himself,  i.e.,  is 
proud]  wakudixinda,  he  fell  down  {of  his  own  accord). 

119.  For  full  conjugation  of  verb  with  infixes,  see  § 127. 

C.  Pronominal  Suffixes. 

120.  The  Pronominal  Suffixes  are  always  put  at  the  end  of  the  verb 
and  they  form  an  integral  part  of  the  verb  inflection.  They  are  never 
used  for  any  other  than  third-person  nouns  and  cannot  be  used  if  the 
noun  for  which  they  stand  is  also  expressed. 

121.  The  secondary  prefixes  are  also  the  pronominal  suffixes  with 
the  follovving  exceptions: 

(1)  The  sing,  of  classes  I and  III  has  -eye,  which  is  derived  from 
the  disjunctive  personal  pronoun. 

(2)  The  pi.  of  class  I has  bo,  which  is  also  from  the  disjunctive 
personal  pronoun  form. 

122.  In  inflection  note  that  the  final  a of  the  verb  root  is  elided 
before  the  -eye;  as,  hakuhoneye,  when  he  fell,  for  hakuhonaeye. 

Rem.  In  the  case  of  a few  verbs  ending  in  i,  the  -eye  becomes  -ye; 
as,  ya  kudiye,  go  where  he  is. 

123.  The  pronominal  suffi.xes  are  as  follows: 


Singular. 

Plural. 

Class 

I. 

3rd  pers. 

-eye 

-bo 

“ 

IT. 

C « C i 

-u  (-wo) 

-i  (-yo) 

( i 

III. 

i i i i 

-eye 

-i  (-yo) 

i C 

IV. 

AC  C < 

-lu 

-i  (yo) 

< 

V. 

i i a 

-di  (-dio) 

-a  (-U,  -wo) 

( ( 

VI. 

i 4 i i 

-bu 

-a  (-U,  -wo) 

< i 

VII. 

c < it 

-ci  (-cio) 

-bi  (-bio) 

VIII. 

* 4 & • 

-ka 

-tu 

Rem.  I.  Perhaps  for  the  sake  of  making  the  sound  more  round  and 
full,  sometimes  hear  the  forms  ending  in  o as  indicated  in  parentheses. 
We  may  in  classes  V and  VI  occasionally  hear  a u without  the  follow- 
ing o. 


38 


PRONOUNS. 


Rem.  2.  The  pi.  of  classes  V and  VI  give  regularly  the  suffix  a,  but 
this,  combining  with  the  final  a of  the  root,  would  give  more  correctly 
an  a,  and  it  is  thus  written  in  composition;  as,  biahona,  ij  they  jail 
(mak^la,  eggs,  understood). 

Rem.  3.  For  full  conjugation  of  verb  with  pronominal  suffixes,  see 
§ 127. 

124.  The  pronominal  suffixes  are  used  under  the  following  cir- 
cumstances and  should  be  carefully  studied,  for  they  present  some 
difficulties: 

(a)  As  subject  in  subordinate  clauses  when  the  regular  position  of 
the  pronominal  prefix  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence  is  taken  by 
a subordinating  particle  such  as  mu-,  where  (in  which),  ku-,  where 
(at  which),  ha-,  where  (on  which),  ha-,  when,  bi-,  ij,  or  by  a relative 
pronoun  used  as  direct  or  indirect  object.  These  particles  will,  how- 
ever, be  treated  more  fully  later  under  the  head  of  Complex  Sentences. 
§ 453.  etc. 

Ciena  mumunye  kuakuyeye,  I don't  know  where  he  has  gone,  in 
which  we  have  ku,  meaning  where  -f  aku  the  tense  sign  -f  y with  a of 
stem  elided  4-  eye  the  pronominal  suffix. 

Hakuflkabo  ku  musoko,  bakuxikama,  when  they  reached  the 
village,  they  sat  down,  in  which  we  have  h,  when,  with  final  a elided 
-f  aku  the  tense  sign  + flka  the  stem  + bo  the  pronominal  suffix. 

Tudie  bidia  biakutuheye,  let  us  eat  the  bread  which  he  has  given 
us. 

(b)  As  a direct  object  when  the  verb  also  has  an  indirect  object  pro- 
noun which  is  any  other  than  a ist  pers.  sing,  pronominal  infix.  When, 
however,  the  indirect  object  is  ist  pers.  sing,  pronominal  infix,  the 
direct  object,  if  a pronoun,  takes  the  pronominal  infix  form  and  comes 
just  before  the  indirect  pronominal  infix. 

Wakukuhaci,  he  gave  it  (cifulu,  hat)  to  you,  in  which  we  have 
w-faku-f  ku  as  pronominal  infix  2nd  pers,  sing. -f  ha  the  verb  stem 
-t-  ci  the  suffix  used  as  object. 

Wakubahabi,  he  gave  them  (bifulu,  hats)  to  them,  in  which  we  have 
w + aku-fba  as  pronominal  infix  3rd  pers.  pl.-fha  as  stem+bi  as 
pronominal  suffix  used  as  object. 

Bakutuheye,  they  gave  him  to  in  which  we  have  b(a) -f  aku^tu 
the  pronominal  infix  + h(a)  the  stem  + eye  the  pronominal  suffix  as 
object.  Wakucimpa,  he  gave  it  (cifulu,  hat)  to  me,  in  which  we  have 
w + aku  + ci  the  pronominal  infix  used  as  direct  object  + m the  pro- 
nominal infix  used  as  indirect  object  -f  pa  (§  31). 

Rem.  Even  in  the  case  of  the  ist  pers.  sing,  pronominal  infix  as 
direct  object,  we  may  sometimes  have  for  the  direct  object  a suffix 


PRONOUNS. 


39 


rather  than  an  infix  form.  Hence  we  may  also  say  wakumpaci,  he 
gave  it  to  me. 

(c)  As  an  indirect  object  when  there  is  also  connected  with  the  same 
verb  a direct  object  pronoun  which  is  2nd  pers.  sing,  or  pi.,  or  ist  pers. 
pi.,  or  3rd  pers.  pi.  of  class  I.  When  the  direct  object  is  a pronoun 
referring  to  any  noun  other  than  one  belonging  to  class  I,  this  direct 
object  becomes  the  pronominal  suffix  and  the  indirect  object  becomes 
the  pronominal  infix. 

Wakukuheye,  he  gave  you  to  him]  wakubaheye,  ^ gave  them 
to  him]  wakukuhabo,  he  gave  you  to  them]  wakubahabo,  he  gave 
them  to  them]  wakumuhabi,  he  gave  them  (bifulu,  hats)  to  him]  waku- 
bahabi,  he  gave  them  (bifulu,  hats)  to  them. 

125.  In  the  compound  tenses,  i.e.,  those  tenses  formed  with  an 
auxiliary  and  a participle,  the  pronominal  suffix  comes  after  the  auxil- 
iary. Kuakadibo  badima,  where  they  were  working. 

126.  When  a noun  is  used  as  subject  the  pronominal  suffix  cannot 
also  be  used  at  the  same  time,  but  this  subject  noun  comes  after  the 
verb  just  as  the  pronominal  suffix  w’ould  do,  only  the  noun  is  not  in- 
flected as  a part  of  the  verb. 

Hakufika  Kasongo  ku  musoko,  wakuxikama,  when  Kasongo 
reached  the  village  he  sat  down. 

Relative  Position  of  Pronominal  Infixes  and  Suffixes. 

127.  It  is  important  to  note  the  relative  position  of  the  pronominal 
infixes  and  suffixes.  In  order  further  to  illustrate  the  principles  of 
the  preceding  rules  [§§  116,  117,  120  to  124  (o)-(c)],  the  verb  ha,  to 
give,  is  conjugated  with  the  prefixes  and  suffixes.  The  3rd  pers.  sing, 
of  the  Past  Indefinite  tense  of  the  indicative  mood  is  taken,  in  which 
w is  the  pronominal  prefix  and  aku  the  tense  sign.  Of  course  the 
prefix  and  the  tense  sign  do  not  affect  the  infixes  and  suffixes.  Observing 
carefully  the  laws  of  euphony,  we  have  then  the  following: 

(a)  Conjugation  of  verb  with  pronominal  infixes: 


SINGULAR. 


I.  ist  pers.  infix  wakumpa, 

he  gave  to 

me, 

or  he  gave 

me  (dir.  obj.); 

I.  2nd 

“ '■  wakukuha. 

“ 

‘ ' 

you 

it  ($.  c/ 

you 

ii  ii 

1.3rd 

“ “ wakurauha. 

ii 

<< 

him 

tt  ii  tt 

him 

ii  ii 

II.  “ 

" wakuha. 

“ 

tt 

it, 

t t tt  'i 

it 

ii  ti 

III.  “ 

“ “ wakumuha. 

tt 

ft 

tt  tt  ii 

“ 

tt  tt 

IV.  “ 

‘‘  “ wakuluha. 

•t 

tt 

ii  ii  ii 

tt  tt 

V.  “ 

“ “ wakudiha. 

“ 

<< 

tt 

ft  tt  ii 

ii 

ii  ii 

VI.  “ 

“ wakubuha. 

tt 

tt 

tt  tt  tt 

ii 

ii  ii 

VII.  “ 

“ *'  wakuciha. 

<1 

tt  tt  tt 

it 

ii  ii 

VIII.  " 

“ “ wakukaha. 

It 

a 

“ 

tt 

ii  it  tt 

ii  ii 

40 


PRONOUNS. 


PLURAL. 


I.  I St  pers. 
I.  2nd 

I.  3rd 

II. 

III. 

IV. 


innx  waKuii 


wakunuha, 

wakubaha, 

wakuiha, 


you 

them 


or  he  gave  us  (dir.  obj.)  • 
“ “ “ you  “ “ 

“ “ “ them  “ “ 


V.  ‘ 
VI  ‘ 
VII.  ‘ 
VIII.  ‘ 


wakuaha, 

“ wakubiha, 
“ wakutuha, 


Note.  Of  course  the  inhx  may  be  used  as  direct  or  indirect  object, 
this  to  be  determined  by  the  context. 

{h)  Conjugation  of  verb  with  pronominal  suffixes,  using  ha-,  when, 
as  subordinating  particle: 


SINGULAR. 


Class 

I. 

hakuheye. 

when  he  gave; 

< < 

II. 

hakuhau, 

when  it  gave; 

< < 

III. 

hakuheye, 

i i i 1 11 

« i 

IV. 

hakuhalu. 

ft  i 1 l€ 

€ i 

V. 

hakuhadi, 

4 < Cl  tl 

f 1 

VI. 

hakuhabu. 

11  1 1 ( i 

i i 

VII. 

hakuhaci. 

i 1 11  6 i 

t i 

VIII. 

hakuhaka. 

i i it  • c 

PLURAL. 

Class 

I. 

hakuhabo. 

when  they  gave; 

i « 

II. 

hakuhai, 

i.  4i  .< 

i t 

III. 

( t 

“ “ “ 

1 i 

IV. 

“ 

ll  ft  < t 

t < 

V. 

hakuha, 

1 1 

VI. 

11  a <i 

Cl 

VII. 

hakuhabi. 

t < ft  it 

t i 

VIII. 

hakuhatu. 

f 1 t < ( i 

Note  i.  The  paradigm  is  inflected  as  a subject,  though  the  pro- 
nominal suffixes  under  proper  conditions  may  also  be  used  as  direct 
and  indirect  objects.  § 124  {h)  (c). 

Note  2.  The  pronominal  suffixes  are  always  3rd  pers.  §120. 

(c)  Conjugation  of  verb  with  pronominal  infi.xes  and  suffixes:* 


* Only  the  more  probable  combinations  are  here  given  We  have  taken  the 
prefixes  ci  and  bi  of  class  VII  as  an  example  of  classes  II  to  VIII,  it  not  being 
considered  necessary  to  write  all  the  classes  out  in  full. 


PRONOUNS. 


41 


(i)  First  pers.  sing,  as  indirect  object,  the  other  persons  as  direct: 


wakukumpa, 
wakumumpa, 
wakucimpa, 
wakunumpa, 
wakubampa,  [ 
wakubimpa,  / 


he  gave  you  to  me\ 
he  gave  him  to  me\ 
he  gave  it  to  me\ 
he  gave  you  to  me\ 

he  gave  them  to  me. 


(2)  Second  pers.  sing,  as  indirect  object,  the  other  persons  as  direct: 


wakukumpa, 

wakukuheye, 

wakukuhaci, 

wakukutuha, 

wakukuhabi, 


he  gave  me  to  you\ 
he  gave  him  to  you; 
he  gave  it  to  you; 
he  gave  us  to  you; 
he  gave  them  to  you. 


(3)  Third  pers.  sing,  as  indirect  object,  the  other  persons  as  direct: 


wakumumpa, 

wakukuheye, 

wakumuheye, 

wakumuhaci, 

wakutuheye, 

wakunuheye, 

wakubaheye, 

wakumuhabi, 


he  gave  me  to  him; 
he  gave  you  to  him; 
he  gave  him  to  him; 
iie  gave  it  to  him; 
he  gave  us  to  him; 
he  gave  you  to  him; 

I he  gave  them  to  him. 


(4)  First  pers.  pi.  as  indirect  object,  the  other  persons  as  direct: 


wakukutuha, 
wakutuheye, 
wakutuhaci, 
wakunutuha, 
wakutuhabo,  \ 
wakutuhabi , 1 


he  gave  you  to  us; 
he  gave  him  to  us; 
he  gave  it  to  us; 
he  gave  you  to  us; 

he  gave  them  to  us. 


(5)  Second  pers.  pi.  as  indirect  object,  the  other  persons  as  direct: 


wakunumpa, 

wakunuheye, 

wakunuhaci, 

wakunutuha, 

wakunuhabo, 

wakunuhabi. 


he  gave  me  to  you; 
he  gave  him  to  you; 
he  gave  it  to  you; 
he  gave  us  to  you; 


1 

I 


he  gave  them  to  you. 


42 


PRONOUNS. 


(6)  Third  pers.  pi.  as  indirect  object,  the  other  persons  as  direct: 

wakubampa,  he  gave  me  to  lhem\  . 
wakukuhabo,  he  gave  you  to  them-, 
wakubahe'-e,  he  gave  him  to  them-, 
wakubahaci,  he  gave  it  to  them-, 
wakutuhabo,  he  gave  us  to  them; 
wakunuhabo,  he  gave  you  to  them; 
wakiibahabi,  he  gave  them  to  them. 

(7)  When  both  pronouns,  direct  and  indirect  objects,  belong  to 


classes  II  to  \TII,  we  have 

a paradigm  for  the  various  direct  objects 

as  follows  [§  124  (c)]: 

SINGULAR. 

II.  wakuniuhau,  he  gave  it  (munyinyi,  meat) 

to  it  {mhu2L,,dog)-, 

III  wakumuheye, 

" (nsolo,  fowl) 

" “ 

IV.  wakumuhalu,  " " 

" (lukusu,  hoe) 

V,  wakumuhadi,  " “ 

‘ ' (dikela,  egg) 

\T.  wakumuhabu,  ‘‘  '' 

'■  (bulalu,  bed) 

tit  1 ( t i 

\TI.  wakumuhaci,  “ " 

' ‘ (cintu,  thing) 

< r t t • t t • 

VIII.  wakumuhaka,  " '* 

" (kasolo,  small  fowl) 

t i < i 1 1 < c 

II.  wakumuhai,  he  gave 

PLURAL. 

them  (minyinyi,  meats) 

to  it  (mbua,  dog); 

III  .c  c<  .. 

“ (nsolo,  fowls) 

f t<  (i  It 

IV  - c. 

“ (nkusu,  hoes) 

<t  a it  i. 

V.  wakumuha,  “ " 

“ (makela,  eggs) 

ti  M n «« 

VI  ..  .* 

(malalu,  beds) 

it  it  ti  ti 

VII.  wakumuhabi,  “ “ 

“ (bintu, things) 

ti  it  tt  it 

VIII.  wakumuhatu,  “ 

“ (tusolo,  small  fowls)  " “ “ “ 

Possessive  Pronouns. 

I.  Simple  Forms. 

128.  The  Possessive  Pronouns  are  nothing  more  than  possessive 
adjectives  and  they  refer  to  nouns  of  any  class  or  person  or  number. 

We  must  carefully  note  that  each  possessive  pronoun  has  a prefix 
and  a suffix.  The  prefix  is  determined  by  the  thing  possessed,  the 
suffix  by  the  person  or  thing  possessing. 

129.  The  letter  -a-  furnishes  the  basis  for  the  formation  of  most 
of  the  possessive  pronouns;  to  this  are  attached  the  necessary  prefixes 
and  suffixes. 

130.  The  possessive  adjective  pronouns  use  the  secondary  prefix 
forms  for  prefixes,  and.  with  some  exceptions,  the  pronominal  suffix 


PRONOUNS. 


43 


forms  (§  123)  for  suffixes.  Of  course  we  remember  that  the  secondary 
prefix  forms  furnish  the  basis  for  the  pronominal  suffixes. 

Rem.  I.  In  the  pronominal  suffix  forms,  note  that  -eye  becomes 
-andi. 

Rem.  2.  The  ist  and  2nd  pers.  sing,  and  pi.  of  class  I furnish  suffix 
forms  not  found  in  the  pronominal  suffixes  (§  120). 

131.  Possessive  pronouns  generally  follow  the  noun  modified,  i.e., 
the  thing  possessed,  though  they  may  sometimes  precede  it. 

133.  Note  that  for  his  and  her  we  have  the  same  form  (§  105, 
Rem.  4);  also  note  that  the  2nd  pers.  sing,  is  always  used  if  the  sub- 
ject is  sing. 


133.  The 

root,  and 

suffix  form  of  the 

possessive  pronouns  are  as 

follows: 

Singular. 

Plural. 

Class  I. 

ist  pers. 

-inyi,  my,  mine. 

-etu,  our,  ours. 

“ I. 

2nd  “ 

-ebi,  thy,  thine. 

-enii,  your,  yourS] 

“ I. 

3rd  “ 

-andi,  his,  her,  hers^ 

, -abo,  their,  theirs] 

“ II. 

4 < 4 4 

-au  (-awo),  its. 

-ai  (-ayo)  their] 

“ III. 

i C i i 

-andi,  “ 

4 4 4 4 

“ IV. 

a 44 

-alu,  “ 

4 4 4 4 

“ V. 

It  4 4 

-adi  (-adio),  “ 

-a  (-awo,  -au),  “ 

“ VI. 

44  44 

-abu,  “ 

4 4 4 4 

“ VII. 

44  44 

-aci (-acio)  “ 

-abi  (-abio),  “ 

“ VIII. 

44 

-aka,  “ 

-atu,  “ 

Rem.  t.  We  find  here  the  same  forms  in  o and  a as  were  referred  to 
in  § 123,  Rems,  i and  2.  The  a of  the  pi.  of  classes  V and  VI  would 
naturally  be  written  a on  account  of  the  contraction  and  to  prevent 
confusion. 

Rem.  2.  In  2nd  pers.  sing,  we  sometimes  hear  -ebe  for  -ebi. 

134.  Examples  of  possessive  adjective  pronouns: 

muntu  winyi,  my  person  {my  slave)\ 

bana  bandi,  his  or  her  children, 

macu  inyi  (§  23),  my  ears, 

nsolo  wandi,  his  or  her  fowl', 

nsolo  yandi,  his  or  her  fowls-, 

nsolo  yabo,  their  fowls-, 

bule  buau,  tts  (mud,  stick)  length] 

bungi  bual,  their  (mid,  sticks)  number] 

bungi  bua  (buawo  or  buau),  their  (makela,  eggs)  number, 

135.  The  English  forms  mine,  his,  hers,  yours,  etc.,  when  used  as 
predicate  adjective  complements  after  some  form  of  the  verb  to  be. 


44 


PRONOUNS. 


are  expressed  by  omitting  the  verb  to  be  and  putting  in  its  place  the 
letter  n,  which  is  prefixed  directly  to  the  possessive  pronoun,  the  latter 
agreeing  regularly  with  the  noun  modified.  Observe  the  resulting 
euphony.  § 445. 

Dikela  edi  ndiandi,  this  egg  ts  his\  nsolo  eu  nguinyl,  this  jowl 
is  mine. 

136.  Note  an  emphatic  simple  disjunctive  personal  pronoun  after 
the  possessive  sometimes.  § 106  {h). 

lUialu  buebi  wewe,  your  business. 

137.  In  some  cases  a personal  pronoun  is  used  in  Buluba-Lulva 
where  a possessive  pronoun  is  employed  in  English. 

Bakuinusuika  bianza,  they  tied  his  hands,  lit.  they  tied  him  hands. 

II.  Contracted  or  Enclitic  Forms. 


138.  In  the  case  of  certain  words  belonging  to  class  I,  generalK 
expressing  relationship  (§  42  and  Notes),  the  possessive  pronoun 
becomes  simply  enclitic,  and  the  ordinary  prefixes  proper  to  that  numbci 
and  class  are  omitted  from  the  possess) ve  pronoun,  and  in  some  cases 
the  final  vowel  of  the  noun  is  elided  before  the  simple  possessive  forms, 
all  of  which  begin  with  vowels.  These  elisions  are  indicated  by  an 
apostrophe  (’): 


x’winyl  becomes 

x’wetu  “ 

batatu  betu  “ 

bainamu  babo  “ 

xakena  winyi  “ 


x’Inyi,  my  father, 
x’etu,  our  father-, 
batatu’etu,  our  fathers, 
bamamu’abo,  their  mothers-, 
xaken’inyi,  my  namesake. 


Rem.  I.  Sometimes  the  regular  unelided  forms  may  be  heard  also; 
as,  tatu  wetu,  baba  winyi,  bababa  binyi,  etc. 

Rem.  2.  Coming  under  this  same  rule,  so  far  as  the  sing,  is  con- 
cerned, are  also  found  some  other  words  of  class  1,  generally  expressing 
relationship,  such  as  muana,  child,  mukuxi,  wife,  mukulu,  elder  brother, 
muakunyi,  younger  brother,  muena,  owner.  Hence  we  say  niuan’ 
inyi,  my  child',  mukuxi’andi,  his  wife-,  mukulu’ebi,  your  elder  brother, 
rnuakunyi’etu,  our  younger  brother-,  muen’aci,  its  owner,  but  we 
cannot  say  in  the  pi.  ban’etu,  we  must  say  bana  betu,  our  children, 
etc. 

Rem.  3.  By  suffixing  the  inseparable  muenu  and  cina  to  the  possessive 
enclitic  forms  of  x’  and  mbi  respectively,  we  have  the  word  for  father- 
in-law  and  brother-in-law)  as,  x’andi-muenu,  his  father-in-law.  § 42, 
Note  2. 

Note.  The  letter  y as  a separating  consonant  comes  between  mbi 
and  the  enclitic;  as,  mbiyandi-cina,  his  brother-in-law,  § 34  {a). 


PRONOUNS. 


45 


Rem.  4.  The  prepositional  word  -a,  of,  must  come  after  the  enclitic 
or  after  the  compound  word  in  the  forms  above  given;  as,  x’andi  wa 
Kasongo,  the  father  of  Kasongo]  x’andi-muenu  wa  Kasongo,  Ka- 
songo's  father-in-law. 

Rem.  5.  Note  that  muana  combined  with  the  sing,  possessives 
means  my  child,  your  child,  etc.,  while  muana  combined  with  the  pi. 
possessives  means  generally  either  (i)  a brother  or  sister,  or  (2)  one 
of  the  same  tribe  or  family.  Muan’etu  means,  therefore,  our  (or  my- 
fellow  townsman,  or  our  (or  my)  fellow  tribesman,  or  our  (or  my)  brother 
or  sister. 

Note  i.  The  noun  referred  to  by  the  pi.  possessive  may  be  sing.,  as 
indicated  in  the  example  just  given. 

Note  2.  The  only  way  to  distinguish  betw’een  brother  and  sister  is 
by  using  the  w’ord  muluml  or  mukuxi;  as,  muan’enu  mukuxl,  your 
sister)  muan’enu  mulumi,  your  brother. 

III.  Formations  with  Locatives. 

139.  When  the  possessive  pronoun  modifies  a noun  w’hich  is  also 
governed  by  one  of  the  prepositional  words  mu,  ku  or  ha,  the  possessive 
pronoun  takes  generally  the  agreement  of  the  preposition.  § 79. 

Mu  nsubu  muinyi,  into  my  house)  ku  mpala  kuandi,  before  his 
face,  in  front  of  him)  ha  mitu  hetu,  on  our  heads. 

Rem.  Occasionally  w’e  hear  the  ordinary  agreement  just  as  if  the 
preposition  w’ere  not  present,  but  this  is  doubtless  to  be  explained  on 
the  theory  that  the  speaker  has  more  thought  of  the  person  possessing 
or  of  the  thing  possessed  than  of  the  idea  of  place  or  direction. 

140.  By  prefixing  mu  and  ku  (rarely  ha)  to  the  stems  of  the  posses) 
sive  pronouns  referring  to  nouns  of  class  I,  we  have  a peculiar  and 
much  used  construction  meaning  at  one's  house,  at  one's  village,  at  one's 
home,  etc.  Hence  muinyi  and  kuinyi  mean  respectively  in  and  at 
my  house  or  home)  muandi  and  kuandi  mean  respectively  in  and  at 
his  house  or  home)  etc. 

Rem.  I.  The  sing,  possessive  forms  generally  refer  to  the  individual 
house  or  home,  while  the  pi.  possessive  forms  refer  to  the  village.  It 
is  also  worthy  of  noting  that  the  pi.  possessive  forms  are  used  when  the 
village  is  referred  to  whether  the  person  be  sing,  or  pi.  Hence  muetu 
may  mean  either  our  village  or  my  village. 

141.  The  above  locative  words  come  to  have  the  force  of  substan- 
tives and  consequently  govern  the  concord  of  the  sentence.  § 79. 

Kuenu  kudi  kunyi?  where  is  your  village  or  home?  or  where  do 
you  live  ? 

Kuabo  kudl  kule,  their  town  is  far  away,  i.e.,  to  their  town  is  far  away. 


46 


PRONOUNS. 


Rem.  I.  These  forms  are  used  as  nounal  adjectives  after  muena, 
inhabitant  of.  § 84  {h). 

Muena  kuetu,  one  jrom  our  village’,  bena  kuabo,  people  from  their 
village. 

Rem.  2.  Note  also  the  substantive  forms  buinyi,  buebi,  etc.,  when 
preceded  by  ha,  in  which  case  there  is  the  meaning  of  in  a place  by 
one's  self.  Cf.  § 186. 

Ta  ha  buebi,  go  in  a place  to  yourself. 

142.  To  the  forms  kuinyi,  kuebi,  etc.  (§  140),  are  prefixed  mu 
and  ba  of  class  I and  we  have  a resulting  noun  which  means  one  from 
my  village,  one  from  your  village,  etc.  Most  often  the  possessive  pro- 
nouns take  the  pi.  form  whether  one  person  or  more  than  one  is  re- 
ferred to  as  possessing.  Thus  we  have  mukulnyi,  my  fellow  townsman, 
mukuenu,  your  fellow  townsman]  mukuabo,  their  fellow  townsman. 
We  note,  however,  thatmukuetu  is  often  used  for  my  fellow  townsman 
rather  than  mukuinyi. 

Rem.  Observe  the  different  ways  of  saying  fellow  townsman,  each 
having  perhaps  slightly  different  phases  of  meaning:  muan’etu  (§  138, 
Rem.  5);  muena  kuetu  (§  141,  Rem.  i);  mukuetu  (§  142). 

Demonstrative  Pronouns. 

143.  The  Demonstrative  Pronouns  are  those  that  have  reference  to 
the  position  of  the  object  referred  to. 

144.  These  demonstratives  may  be  used  either  as  simple  adjectives 
modifying  the  noun  expressed,  or  as  simple  pronouns  standing  for  the 
noun  understood,  in  both  of  which  cases  the  inflection  is  the  same  and 
is  determined  by  the  prefix  of  the  noun. 

145.  The  demonstrative  adjectives  generally  precede  the  noun  modi- 
fied, though  they  may  sometimes  follow  it.  § 72,  Rem.  i. 

146.  Demonstratives,  as  we  may  expect,  are  always  third  person. 

147.  There  are  four  classes  of  these  demonstrative  pronouns: 

(a)  Those  indicating  objects  near  to  the  speaker,  corresponding  to 
English  this,  these. 

(b)  Those  indicating  objects  remote  from  the  speaker,  correspond- 
ing to  English  that,  those. 

(c)  Those  indicating  objects  near  the  person  spoken  to,  having  no 
exact  equivalent  in  English. 

(d)  Certain  emphatic  forms  expressed  in  English  by  here  it  is,  etc. 

148.  In  the  foot-note  under  § 105  attention  has  already  been  called 
to  the  forms  in  -0-0,  which  undoubtedly  have  somewhat  of  a demon- 
strative force,  the  idea  being  that  of  something  previously  mentioned 
or  not  regarded  as  present  either  to  the  speaker  or  to  the  person  spoken 


PRONOUNS. 


47 


to.  Hence  these  forms  in  -o-o  may  sometimes  be  used  in  a sort  of 
demonstrative  adjective  sense,  having,  however,  more  reference  to 
time  than  to  place. 

1.  Demonstratives  Indicating  Near  Objects. 

149.  The  Demonstrative  Pronouns  indicating  near  objects  and 
expressed  in  English  by  this  or  these  are  formed  by  suffixing  to  the 
letters  e-  or  a-  the  ordinary  secondary  prefixes,  e-  being  used  when 
the  vowel  of  the  prefix  is  u or  i,  a-  when  the  vowel  of  the  prefix  is  a. 

§ 25 


150. 

The  demonstratives 

for  near 

objects  are,  consequently,  as 

follows: 

Class 

Singular. 

I.  eu 

Plural. 

aba 

“ 

II. 

eu 

ei 

“ 

III. 

eu 

el 

i i 

IV. 

elu 

ei 

t 

V. 

edi 

a 

< i 

VI. 

ebu 

a 

VII. 

eci 

ebi 

VIII. 

aka 

etu 

Rem. 

The  pi.  of  classes  V and  VI 

is  written  a in  order  to  prevent 

mistaking  the  form  which  is  really  aa. 

151.  Examples  of  demonstratives  indicating  near  objects: 

Eu  muntu  or  muntu  eu,  this  person,  aba  bantu  or  bantu  aba,  these 
persons-,  edi  dikgla  or  dikela  edi,  this  egg-,  a makela  or  makela  a, 
these  eggS)  nsolo  ei  nyinyi,  these  jowls  are  mine  (§  135). 

II.  Demonstratives  Indicating  Remote  Objects. 

153.  The  Demonstrative  Pronouns  indicating  remote  objects  and 
expressed  in  English  by  that  or  those  or  yonder  are  formed  by  prefixing 
the  secondary  prefixes  to  the  letter  a,  then  doubling  the  resulting  form. 
Note  the  euphony  of  u and  i. 


153.  The  demonstratives  for  remote  objects 
Singular. 

are  as  follows: 
Plural. 

Class  I. 

wawa 

baba 

II. 

wawa 

yaya 

“ III. 

wawa 

yaya 

“ IV. 

lualua 

yaya 

“ V. 

diadia 

a 

“ VI. 

buabua 

a 

“ VII. 

ciacia 

biabia 

“ VIII. 

kaka 

tuatua 

48 


PRONOUNS. 


Rem.  The  pi.  of  classes  V and  VI  is  written  a,  the  uncontracted 
form  would  be  aaa.  Only  the  context  can  show  the  difference  between 
these  and  the  corresponding  forms  for  the  same  classes  in  demonstratives 
for  near  objects  The  pronunciation  is  the  same.  Cf.  § 150,  Rem. 

154.  Examples  of  demonstratives  indicating  remote  objects: 

Wawa  muntu  or  muntu  wawa,  that  person,  baba  bantu  or  bantu 

baba,  those  persons-,  yaya  mid  or  mici  yaya,  those  sticks,  a makela 
or  makela  a,  those  eggs. 

155.  An  increase  of  distance  is  indicated  by  lengthening  of  the 
final  syllable,  though  this  is  not  indicated  in  the  written  form. 

III.  Demonstratives  Indicating  Objects  Near  the  Person  Spoken  to. 

156.  It  is  rather  difficult  to  determine  the  exact  idea  which  is  in 
the  mind  of  the  native  when  he  uses  this  demonstrative.  At  the  same 
time  there  is  a quite  clear  reference  either  to  some  object  near  the  person 
spoken  to,  or  to  some  object  which  in  some  way  concerns  that  person. 
It  can  scarcely  be  translated. 

157.  These  demonstratives  are  formed  by  suffixing  to  the  letter  a 
the  secondary  prefixes  and  are  as  follows: 


Singular.  Plural. 

Class  I.  au  aba 

“ II.  au  al 

“ III.  au  al 

“ IV.  alu  al 

“ V.  adl  & (au) 

“ VI.  abu  fi  (au) 

“ VII.  aci  abi 

“ VIII.  aka  atu 

158.  Examples: 


Muci  webi  au  neuxihe  ludimuenu,  that  stick  oj  yours  there  will 
break  the  mirror-,  lua  ne  cifulu  aci,  bring  the  hat  {near  you  there). 

IV.  Emphatic  Demonstratives. 

159.  The  Emphatic  Demonstratives  which  mean  here  he  is,  here 
it  IS,  etc.,  are  formed  for  the  most  part  by  doubling  the  secondary  pre- 
fixes and  then  prefixing  the  demonstrative  particle  ka-  to  the  resulting 
form. 

Note  i.  The  sing,  of  classes  I and  III  gives  kayeu,  while  in  the 
sing,  of  class  II  we  find  kawowo,  a more  euphonic  form  than  kauu. 

Note  2.  Observe  the  separating  consonant  y in  the  sing,  of  classes 
I and  III,  and  also  in  the  pi.  of  classes  II,  III  and  IV.  § 34.  In 
these  pi.  forms  of  classes  II,  III  and  IV  we  also  hear  kai  (kaii). 


PRONOUNS. 


49 


Note  3.  The  pi.  of  classes  V and  VI  give  regularly  ka  (kaaa).  Some 
say  kawowo. 

160.  The  emphatic  demonstratives  are  as  follows: 


Class 


Singular. 

Plural. 

1. 

kayeu 

kababa 

11. 

kawowo 

kayiyi  (kai) 

III. 

kayeu 

“ “ 

IV. 

kalulu 

V. 

kadidi 

k&  (kawowo) 

VI. 

kabubu 

“ “ 

VII. 

kacici 

kabibi 

VIII. 

kakaka 

katutu 

Examples  of  Emphatic  Demonstratives: 

Muntu  kayeu,  here  is  the  man\  makela  k&,  here  are  the  eggs\  kabibl, 
here  they  are  (bifulu,  hats,  understood). 

161.  The  emphatic  demonstrative  particle  ka,  which  must  be  care- 
fully distinguished  from  the  negative  ka,  is  often  used  before  nouns 
or  other  parts  of  speech  to  which  special  attention  is  called.  In  su'ch 
cases  one  of  the  regular  demonstrative  adjectives  is  generally  placed 
after  the  noun. 

Ka  dikgla  edi,  here  is  the  egg]  ka  dikela  diadia,  there  is  the  egg] 
ka  meme  eu,  or  simply  ka  meme,  here  I am]  katuye,  let  us  go  [§  237 
ic)  (5)]. 

163.  This  ka  may  be  used  before  the  regular  demonstrative  forms 
other  than  those  given  under  § 160.  A favorite  method  of  expression 
is  to  use  the  ka  with  the  disjunctive  personal  pronoun  forms  (§§  105 
and  148),  and  then  follow  this  with  one  of  the  regular  demonstratives; 
as,  kadiodi  edi,  here  it  is  here]  kadiodi  adl,  there  it  is  (near  you)] 
kadiodi  diadia,  yonder  it  is — dikela,  egg,  being  understood  in  each 
case. 

Demonstratives  with  Locatives. 

163.  When  a demonstrative  pronoun  modifies  a noun  which  is 
itself  governed  by  one  of  the  locative  prepositions  (mu,  ku,  ha),  the 
demonstrative  takes  the  agreement  of  the  locative  rather  than  that  of 
the  noun.  Cf.  § 79. 

Therefore  we  have  for  demonstratives  indicating  near  objects  emu, 
eku,  aha  (§  25);  for  remote  objects  muamua,  kuakua,  baba;  for 
objects  near  the  person  spoken  to  amu,  aku,  aha;  for  emphatic  ob- 
jects kamumu,  kakuku,  kahaha. 

Mu  nsubu  emu,  into  this  house]  mu  nsubu  muamua,  into  that 


50 


PRONOUNS. 


house,  ku  rausoko  eku,  at  this  village,  ha  muxSte  aha,  on  this  box, 
ha  mux6te  haha,  on  that  box;  ku  muci  aku,  at  that  tree  {near  you). 

Note  i.  The  above  forms  are  made  regularly  according  to  the  rules 
for  the  formation  of  each  demonstrative. 

Note  2.  We  also  have  the  doubled  forms  munemu,  here  inside, 
kuneku,  here  at,  hanaha,  here  on,  in  which  the  letter  n is  inserted  as  a 
separating  consonant.  Instead  of  the  forms  munemu  and  kuneku 
we  most  often  hear  munomu  and  kunoku.  §§  34  {b),  25. 

Note  3 The  above  locative  forms  with  the  demonstratives  come 
to  have  the  force  of  simple  adverbs  of  place.  Hence  emu,  eku  and 
aha.  in  their  proper  constructions,  may  mean  here;  muamua,  kuakua 
and  haha  may  mean  there;  amu,  aku  and  aha  may  mean  there  {near 
you);  while  kamumu,  kakuku  and  kahaha  may  mean  here  or  there 
according  to  circumstances. 

Lua  eku,  come  here;  teka  bintu  aha,  put  the  things  here;  ya  kua- 
kua, go  yonder;  lui  munemu,  come  inside  here. 

Note  4.  Owing  to  the  demonstrative  idea  contained  in  the  dis- 
junctive personal  pronoun  forms  we  may  also  have  the  adverbial  words 
kuokuo,  muomuo  and  hoho.  § 14S. 

Relative  Pronouns. 

164.  There  is  no  distinct  Relative  Pronoun  for  use  as  subject  of 
the  relative  danse  like  the  who,  which  or  that  of  the  English;  we  find 
instead  only  the  ordinary  personal  pronominal  prefixes  (§  114)  agreeing 
in  number  and  class  with  the  antecedent.  The  relative  clause  always 
follows  the  antecedent. 

* Muntu  wakukuluka  wakuya,  the  person  who  jell  has  gone;  naku- 
xiha  mbua  wakudia  munyinyi  winyi,  / killed  the  dog  which  ate  my 
meat. 

165.  When  the  relative  pronoun  is  the  object,  direc^  or  indirect, 
of  the  verb  in  the  relative  clause,  the  ordinary  personal  pronominal 
prefixes  are  used  as  relative  pronoun  The  relative  pronoun  in  such 
cases,  whether  it  be  direct  or  indirect  object,  is  always  immediately 
at  the  beginning  of  the  verb,  preceding  all  other  pronominal  prefixes 
and  tense  signs,  and  is  inflected  as  a part  of  the  verb. 

Rem.  I.  When,  however,  the  subject  of  the  relative  clause  is  3rd 
pers.  sing,  or  pi.,  this  subject  is  put  after  the  verb,  and  if  it  be  a pro- 
noun, it  takes  the  pronominal  suffix  form.  §§  123,  124  {a). 

Rem  2 Remember  that  in  compound  tenses  when  the  subject  of  the 
relative  clause  is  3rd  pers.,  this  subject,  whether  a pronoun  or  a noun, 
comes  after  the  auxiliary.  § 125. 


PRONOUNS. 


5^ 


166.  Examples  of  relatives  as  objects: 

Muntu  unakumona  makelela  wakafua,  the  man  whom  I saw 
yesterday  has  died,  in  which  the  first  u of  unakumona  is  the  relative 
pronoun, 

Muci  uwakutuala  muihi,  the  stick  which  you  brought  is  short. 

Cintu  ciudi  utuala  ncinyi,  the  thing  which  you  are  carrying  is  mine. 
Bantu  baud!  umona  badi  baya  ku  Ibanj,  the  people  whom  you 
see  are  going  to  Ibanj. 

Muci  wakutualeye  wakukuluka,  the  stick  which  he  brought  has 
I fallen.  Tuakudia  nsolo  ituakuxiha  makelela,  we  have  eaten  ttie 
\ fowls  which  we  killed  yesterday. 

. Bakudia  nsolo  yakuxihabo  makelela,  they  have  eaten  the  fowls 
i which  they  killed  yesterday. 

5 Nakudia  nsolo  yakuxiha  Kasongo,  I ate  the  fowls  which  Kasongo 
i killed. 

• Bakudia  kanyuma  katuakuxiha,  they  ate  the  small  animal  which 
i we  killed.  3Iuntu  unakuha  cifulu  wakuya,  the  person  to  whom  I gave 
the  hat  has  gone. 

Ndi  musue  cifulu  cidiye  uluata,  I want  the  hat  which  he  is  wearing. 

' 167.  The  English  possessive  whose,  together  with  the  phrases  of 

(which,  of  whom,  etc.,  must  be  expressed  in  various  ways,  since  there 
is  no  distinctive  possessive  relative  in  the  Buluba-Lulua  language. 
||  Perhaps  the  most  satisfactory  construction  is  the  adjectival  use  of  the 
t word  muena  (pi.  bena),  owner.  § 84  {b). 

Bikila  muena  nsolo  udi  mufue,  call  the  person  whose  fowl  has  died. 
Rem.  We  sometimes  hear  an  awkward  expression  on  this  plan*. 
X bantu  ba  mbuxi  yabo  ei  bakuya,  the  people  whose  goats  these  are 
t"  have  gone. 

168.  When  the  relative  pronoun  in  English  is  governed  by  a preposi- 
tion, this  generally  takes  one  of  three  constructions  upon  being  trans- 
lated into  Buluba-Lulua: 

(a)  When  the  antecedent  is  governed  by  one  of  the  locative  words 
(mu,  ku,  ha),  the  locative  furnishes  the  relative  and  stands  in  place 
of  it  at  the  beginning  of  the  verb;  this  is  true  only  when  the  same  loca- 
tive which  governs  the  antecedent  also  governs  the  relative  pronoun. 

Tumbele,  tudi  mu  nsubu  mOdi  ulala,  the  peanuts  are  in  the  house 
in  which  you  are  sleeping. 

Rem.  Observe  that  when  the  locatives  thus  stand  at  the  beginning  of 
the  verb  the  subject,  when  3rd  pers.,  takes  the  pronominal  suffix  forms. 
§ 123.  Ndi  nkgba  bintu  bid!  ha  muxete  hadiye  uxikama,  7 am 
looking  for  the  things  which  are  on  the  box  on  which  he  is  sitting. 

ib)  On  the  other  hand,  if  the  locative  word  governing  the  antecedent 


52 


PRONOUNS. 


is  different  from  that  governing  the  relative  word,  or  if  there  is  no  locative 
word  used  before  the  antecedent  and  there  is  one  in  the  relative  clause 
in  English,  then  there  is  no  locative  word  used  at  all  in  the  relative 
clause,  only  the  relative  pronoun  proper  to  the  antecedent  is  found. 

Ndi  nkeba  bintu  bidi  mu  muxete  udiye  uxikama,  I am  looking 
for  the  things  which  are  in  the  box  on  which  he  is  sitting. 

Ciena  mumone  nsubu  udiye  mulale,  I have  not  seen  the  house  in 
which  he  slept. 

Lua  ne  muxete  wakadi  mukuxi  muxikame,  bring  the  box  on  which 
the  woman  has  been  sitting. 

(c)  When  the  preposition  with  governs  the  relative  pronoun  in 
English,  this  idea  is  expressed  in  Buluba-Lulua  by  using  the  ordi- 
nary relative  pronoun  proper  to  the  antecedent,  with  this  followed 
in  the  same  clause  by  ne  and  the  possessive  form  as  described  in  § 107. 

Muntu  unakuya  n’andi  ku  Ibanj  wakafua,  the  person  with  whom 
I went  to  Ibanj  has  died. 

Nakudia  nsolo  yonso  yakulua  n’ai  Kasongo,  I have  eaten  all 
the  jowls  which  Kasongo  brought,  lit.  which  came  with  them  Kasongo. 

169.  Sometimes  the  antecedent  is  omitted,  in  which  case  we  have 
the  Indirect  Question  construction.  Cf.  § 472. 

Wakudia  biakumuhabo,  he  ate  what  they  gave  him  (bintu,  things, 
understood). 

Rem.  Under  this  head  may  properly  be  placed  the  locatives  prefixed 
directly  to  the  verb  without  any  antecedent  and  answering  the  question 
where?,  i.e.,  in,  at  or  on  which  place,  but  this  is  reserved  for  another 
section.  § 321. 

170.  For  the  compound  relative  words  whoever,  whosoever,  what- 
ever, etc.,  meaning  everyone  who  or  everything  which,  we  generally  find 
onso,  all,  every,  followed  by  the  relative  clause. 

Wakukuma  bonso  bakulua  ha  buihi  n’andi,  he  struck  whoever 
came  near  him;  ndi  musue  bintu  bionso  biwampa,  I want  whatever 
you  will  give  me. 

171.  The  negative  in  relative  clauses  is  formed  on  the  same  prin- 
ciple as  the  negative  of  the  present  subjunctive,  except  that  some  form 
of  di  {to  be)  instead  of  ikala  {to  be)  is  generally  used  with  the  negative 
auxiliary  i.  Cf.  §§  305,  225. 

Cifulu  ciudi  kui  mutuale  ncinyi,  the  hat  which  you  did  not  bring 
is  mine. 

Muntu  unakadi  ci  mumone  wakafua,  the  person  whom  I did  not 
see  died. 

Tusuasua  bintu  biakadiye  kal  mutuale,  we  want  the  things  which 
he  did  not  bring. 


PRONOUNS. 


53 


Wakalua  ne  bintu  blndi  ci  musue,  he  brought  the  things  which  I 
do  not  want. 

Ndi  musue  kutangila  muntu  udl  kai  mulue,  I want  to  see  the 

person  who  did  not  come. 

Ndl  musue  cifulu  cidl  kaci  cilue,  I want  the  hat  which  did  not 
come. 

172.  The  future  tense  in  relative  clauses  is  also  generally  formed 
on  the  plan  of  the  subjunctive,  there  being  something  of  a contingent 
idea.  § 306  {e). 

Funda  bintu  biwaya  n’abi  ku  Ibanj,  write  down  the  things  which 
you  will  take  to  Ibanj. 

Rem.  The  future  negative  in  relative  clauses  is  formed  after  the 
manner  of  the  negative  of  the  present  subjunctive,  except  that  di  {to 
be)  instead  of  ikala  {to  be)  is  used  with  the  negative  auxiliary  i.  § 171. 

Kufundi  bintu  bidi  kui  uya  n’abi  ku  Luebo,  don't  write  down  the 
things  which  you  will  not  take  to  Luebo. 

Interrogative  Pronouns. 

173.  Some  Interrogative  Pronouns  are  declinable,  others  are  not. 
In  any  case  the  interrogative  word,  whether  used  as  subject  or  object 
or  modifier,  almost  invariably  comes  last  in  the  sentence. 

Rem.  I.  Ki  (§  176)  comes  after  the  word  modified,  whether  that  word 
comes  at  the  end  of  the  sentence  or  not.  3Iunyi  (§  177)  sometimes 
comes  first  in  the  sentence.  The  interrogative  word  when  used  as 
indirect  object  may  come  just  after  the  verb  followed  by  the  direct 
object  (§  468,  Rem.  i). 

Rem.  2.  When  the  interrogative  word  as  subject  comes  last,  the 
verb  takes  the  same  prefix  which  it  would  do  were  the  interrogative  at 
the  beginning  of  the  sentence. 

The  more  important  of  the  interrogative  words  and  phrases  are  now 
taken  up. 

174.  Nganyi  ? who?  whom?  The  pi.  is  banganyi.  This  in- 
terrogative refers  only  to  persons. 

Wakuya  nganyi?  who  went? 

Wakuya  ne  nganyi  ? whom  has  he  gone  with  ? 

Bakumutaha  banganyi?  who  (pi.)  struck  him? 

Rem.  I.  This  is  the  regular  form  used  in  asking  a person  his  name. 

Dina  diebi  nganyi  ? what  is  your  name  ? lit.  your  name  is  who  ? 

Rem.  2.  The  possessive  whose?  is  expressed  by  -a  nganyi?  or  the 
pi.  -a  banganyi? 

Cifulu  cia  nganyi ? whose  hat? 


54 


PRONOUNS. 


175.  Cinganyi?  what?  The  pi.  is  binganyi. 

These  forms,  having  reference  only  to  inanimate  things  or  irra- 
tional creatures,  are  used  most  frequently  in  asking  such  questions  as 
what  ts  it  ? what  are  they  ? 

Eci  ncinganyi  ? what  is  this  thing  ? 

Ebi  mbinganyi  ? what  are  these  things  ? 

Udi  utuala  binganyi?  what  things  are  you  carrying  ? 

Rem.  I.  Cinyi  (pi.  binyi)  is  often  used  instead  of  cinganyi,  espe- 
cially in  the  Applied  Form  of  the  verb,  to  express  what  for  ? why  ? § 328. 

Nudi  nusuila  bualu  bua  Nzambi  cinyi?  what  do  you  wish  God's 
palaver  for  ? 

Rem.  2.  Sometimes  we  hear  simply  ci  (pi.  bi)  for  cinyi  or  cinganyi. 

Rem.  3.  Cinganyi  and  its  equivalents  are  used  in  asking  the  names 
of  things. 

Dina  diaci  ncinganyi?  what  is  its  name?  Cf.  § 174,  Rem.  i. 

176.  Hi?  what?  what  kind?  which? 

This  word  is  indeclinable  and  always  follows  a noun.  It  may  not, 
therefore,  necessarily  come  last  in  the  sentence. 

Muntu  ki  ? what  or  which  person  ? or  what  kind  of  a person  ? 

Ngangate  bintu  ki  ? what  kind  of  (or  which)  things  shall  I get  ? 

Nsungule  cifulu  ki  ? which  hat  shall  I choose?  , 

Cifulu  ki  ciakukuluka,  cikunze  inyi  citoke?  what  hat  fell,  the  red 
one  or  the  white  one  ? 

177.  Munyi?  bixi?  what?  what  is  the  matter? 

These  words  are  uninflected. 

Wakuamba  munyi  ? what  did  he  say  ? 

Aha  munyi  ? what  is  the  matter  here  ? 

Rem.  These  are  more  properly  adverbs  having  the  meaning  of  how? 
how  much  ? how  many  ? in  what  way  ? etc.  See  § 420. 

178.  Nga?  how  much  ? how  many  ? 

This  word  is  an  interrogative  adjective  and  takes  the  secondary 
prefixes.  § 68  («). 

Bantu  banga  ? how  many  people  ? 

Mici  inga?  how  many  sticks? 

179.  The  various  interrogative  words  meaning  where,  when,  whence, 
whither,  why,  etc.,  used  in  direct  and  indirect  questions  will  be  taken 
up  later  under  adverbs  and  conjunctions. 

Indefinite  Pronouns. 

180.  Under  the  name  Indefinite  Pronouns  are  grouped  certain 
classes  of  words  which,  by  derivation  or  by  use,  have  a likeness  to  pro- 


PRONG  UXS. 


55 


nouns.  Most  of  them  are  used  as  adjectives  or  as  adjective  preposi- 
tional phrases  or  as  simple  substantives. 

I.  Words  of  Number  and  Quantity. 

These  are  expressed  in  English  by  many,  jew,  all,  both,  every,  much, 
each  one,  nothing,  plenty  of,  etc. 

181.  -a  bungi,  ngia-ngi,  ngi,  many,  much. 

The  form  ngi  is  inflected  as  an  adjective;  the  same  is  true  of  ngia- 
ngi,  but  note  in  the  latter  case  that  the  prefix  of  the  noun  comes  before 
both  ngia  and  ngi;  the  -a  of  the  phrase  -a  bungi  is  the  inflected  preposi- 
tion meaning  of. 

Ba  bungi  bakulua,  many  came  (with  bantu,  understood). 

Adi  a bungi,  there  are  plenty  (makela  understood). 

Bangia-bangi  bakafua,  many  {people)  died. 

Bintu  bingi,  many  things. 

182.  Onso,  all,  entire,  whole,  every,  each,  any. 

This  word  is  inflected  as  a simple  adjective,  taking  secondary  prefixes. 
§ 68  (/). 

Bonso  bakuya,  all  (bantu)  have  gone-,  yonso  yakafua,  they  have 
all  (nsolo)  died. 

Rem.  The  substantive  form  of  onso  followed  by  the  possessive  ad- 
jective pronoun  has  the  meaning  of  all  of  them,  in  which  case  the  verb 
takes  not  the  prefix  of  buonso,  as  might  be  expected,  but  the  prefix 
corresponding  to  the  noun  or  pronoun  referred  to  by  the  possessive 
adjective. 

Buonso  buabo  bakuya,  all  of  them  (bantu)  have  gone-,  buonso 
buetu  netuye,  all  of  us  will  go. 

Note  i.  Following  this  analogy  we  have  the  construction  for  both, 
all  three,  all  four,  etc.,  referred  to  under  § 95  (a). 

Note  2.  Onso  is  also  used  to  express  any,  any  one  you  choose,  any- 
thing, whatever,  whoever,  used  generally  in  pi.  where  in  English  a sing, 
is  most  commonly  found.  Cf.  § 170. 

Xdi  musue  bintu  bionso  biwampa,  / want  whatever  you  will  give 
me. 

183.  Nya-nya  (§  76),  few. 

The  same  idea  may  also  be  expressed  by  bale,  kise  and  ihi.  These 
words  are  all  adjectives  belonging  to  different  dialects  and  in  the  sing, 
mean  small  or  short. 

Xzambi  neasungule  banya-banya,  God  will  choose  a few  (bantu 
understood);  nendale  ku  Ibanj  matuku  mihi,  I shall  stay  at  Ibanj  a 
few  days. 


PRONOUNS. 


56  • 


184.  Hatuhu,  b6  and  cinana  mean  nothing,  none,  for  nothing. 

These  forms  are  indeclinable. 

Ndi  hatuhu  or  ndi  be  or  ndi  cinana,  I have  nothing  or  none. 

Rem.  The  same  words  preceded  by  -a  mean  of  no  account,  worthless-, 
as,  muntu  wa  hatuhu,  a worthless  person. 

II.  Distributives. 

These  are  expressed  in  English  by  each,  other,  some,  others,  the  one  . . . 
the  other,  another,  of  one  kind  ...  of  another  kind,  etc. 

185.  Kuabo  . . . kuabo  and  nga  . nga,  the  one  . . . the  other, 
some  . . . others.  These  words  are  inflected  as  simple  adjectives. 

Mukuabo  wakuya,  mukuabo  udi  uxala,  one  {person)  has  gone,  the 
other  is  staying. 

Bakudia  makela  makuabo,  bakuha  balunda  babo  makuabo,  they 
ate  some  of  the  eggs,  the  others  they  g ive  to  their  friends. 

Banga  bakuitabuxa  Jisus,  banga  bakuzuuhidia,  some  believed  on 
Jesus,  others  rejected  him. 

Rem.  Kuabo  and  nga,  when  not  used  distributively,  express  the  idea 
of  another,  others. 

Nakula  cikuabo,  / have  bought  another  (cifulu  understood). 

186.  The  combination  ha  bu-  means  of  its  kind,  of  one  kind  ...  of 
another  kind. 

The  bu-  is  inflected  with  the  possessive  pronominal  forms. 

Eu  muci  nha  buau,  eu  nha  buau,  this  stick  is  one  kind,  this  one 
is  another  kind,  i.e.,  a different  kind.  For  nha,  see  § 445. 

^ Edi  dikela  nhat,^buadi,  diadia  nha  buadi,  this  egg  is  of  one  kind, 
lhat  one  is  of  another  kind. 

Rem  This  is  apparently  the  same  construction  as  that  referred  to 
under  § 141,  Rem.  2. 

187.  For  the  construction  of  each  when  distribution  is  meant,  see 
§ 94  and  Rem. 

III.  Miscellaneous. 

188.  In  English  there  are  certain  reciprocal  pronominal  words,  such 
as  each  other,  one  another.  These  are  expressed  in  Buluba-Lulua  by  a 
verbal  suffix  angana,  which  will  be  treated  later.  § 340. 

Bakusuangana,  they  love  each  other-,  badi  bafuanangana,  they  are 
like  each  other. 

189.  The  English  they,  one  (French  on),  used  as  indefinite  subject, 
is  expressed  bv  means  of  the  simple  3rd  pers.  pi.  pronominal  prefix 
of  class  I,  having  bantu  understood.  This  is  also  a very  common 
construction  for  expressing  the  English  passive  voice.  § 202  (a). 


VERBS. 


57 


Uadi  baniba  ne,  “Kasongo  ulualua,”  they  say  that  Kasongo  is  com- 

S Bakuxiha  mbuxi  kudi  Kasongo,  the  goat  was  killed  by  Kasongo,  lit, 
ij  they  killed  the  goat  by  Kasongo. 

'S  Rem.  In  such  expressions  as  he  is  the  one,  that  is  the  one,  etc.,  use 
1 the  simple  disjunctive  personal  pronouns.  §105. 


The  inflection  of  the  Verb,  though  apparently  difficult  on  account 
of  the  varying  pronominal  prefixes  and  other  euphonic  changes,  is 
nevertheless  essentially  simple  in  itself,  for  it  is  remarkably  regular,  as 
may  be  seen  after  the  principles  have  been  once  comprehended. 


190.  The  root,  or  simplest  form,  of  the  verb  is  found  in  the  2nd 
pers.  sing,  imperative  mood.  ^This  root,  with  very  few  exceptions,  ends 
in  a.  To  this  simple  form  are  prefixed  the  various  tense  and  mood 
^ signs,  and  the  pronominal  prefixes  and  infixes.  To  this  root  are  added, 
as  occasion  demands,  certain  suffixes  which  indicate  various  modi- 
fications of  the  radical  idea  of  the  verb.  To  this  simple  form  the  pro- 
nominal suffixes  are  also  attached.  We  have,  then,  such  simple  verb 
stems  as  dila,  cry,  ya,  go,  lua,  come,  xikama,  sit  down. 

Rem.  I.  The  final  a suffers  change  which  we  shall  see  later.  So  we 
should  say  that  the  unchangeable  stems  in  the  verbs  just  given  are 
dil,  y,  lu,  xikam.  ^ 

Rem.  2.  In  the  Vocabulary  the  root  and  not  the  infinitive  is  given, 
j 191.  There  are  five  moods:  the  Imperative  to  express  command,  the 
i Infinitive  to  express  the  abstract  notion  of  the  verb  root,  the  Indicative 
1 to  express  simple  affirmation  or  denial,  the  Subjunctive  to  express  certain 
j conditional  or  contingent  ideas,  the  Purportive  to  express  end  or  pur- 
^ pose. 

j 192.  The  participles  are  adjectives  in  construction,  are  used  mostly 
I in  the  formation  of  compound  tenses,  and  agree  in  inflection  with  the 
I noun  or  pronoun  to  which  they  refer. 

193.  The  simple  tenses  are  those  formed  directly  on  the  root  of  the 
J verb,  without  the  aid  of  any  auxiliary  verb;  as,  wakuha,  he  g 
I bakuluangana,  they  fought. 

I 194.  The  compound  tenses  are  those  formed  with  a participle  and  an 
I auxiliary  verb.  In  this  case  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  auxiliary 
r is  the  real  verb,  the  added  participle,  which  must  always  agree  in  number 


VERBS. 


Preliminary  Observations. 


VERBS. 


58 


inulale,  he  had  been  lying  down\  udi  ufunda  mukanda,  he  is  'writing 
the  letter. 

195.  The  verb  agrees  by  meams  of  its  personal  pronominal  prefixes 
(§  1 14)  in  person,  number  and  class  with  its  subject.  These  prefixes 
are  the  same  for  all  moods  and  tenses,  save  in  certain  negative  forms. 
The  usual  laws  of  euphony  in  all  cases  need  to  be  carefully  observed. 

Negative  Constructions. 

196.  The  negative  forms  are  quite  different  in  many  cases  from 
the  affirmative;  to  such  an  e.xtent  is  this  true  that  some  Bantu  gram- 
mars make  this  difference  the  basis  for  two  conjugations.  Owing  to 
these  differences  the  affirmative  and  the  negative  forms  are  given  side 
by  side  in  the  paradigms. 

(197.  The  common  negative  particle  is_l^^  which  is  always  found 
prefixed  at  the  beginning  of  the  verb,  preceding  all  other  pronominal 
prefixes,  infixes  and  tense  signs.  In  compound  tenses  it  is  prefixed  to 
the  auxiliary. 

* . Excep.  I.  In  class  I,  ist  pers.  sing,  and  2nd  pers.  sing.,  the  nega- 
I tive  is  ci-  and  ku,  respectively,  instead  of  ka-  and  the  regular  prefixes. 
Excep.  2.  In  3rd  pers.  sing,  of  classes  I and  III  the  pronominal 
prefix  u-  is  omitted  after  the  ka-;  be  careful  to  note  the  elisions  that 
follow 

198.  The  negative  pronominal  prefixes  are,  therefore,  as  follows: 


Singular. 

Plural. 

Class 

I. 

ist  p. 

ci- 

katu- 

2nd  p. 

ku- 

kanu- 

3rd  p. 

ka-  or  k- 

kaba- 

< t 

II. 

( i 

kau-  or  kaw- 

kai-  or  kay- 

i i 

III. 

< ( 

ka-  or  k- 

t i ti  n 

i i 

IV. 

< 1 

kalu- 

< c a a 

i t 

V. 

i i 

kadi- 

ka- 

i i 

VI. 

kabu- 

ka- 

VII. 

l c 

kaci- 

kabi- 

VIII. 

i t 

kaka- 

katu- 

Rem.  I.  The  forms  k-,  kaw-  and  kay-  result  from  the  laws  of  euphony 
when  the  regular  prefix  is  followed  by  a vowel.  §§  23,  27,  28. 

Rem.  2.  The  final  a is  considered  as  elided  before  all  forms  beginning 
with  a save  in  the  pi.  of  classes  V and  VI,  where  it  is  w^ritten  a,  whether 
the  form  begin  with  a or  not. 

199.  In  cases  where  the  copulative  predicate  is  omitted  the  negative 
is  simply  kan-  prefi.xed  directly  to  the  noun  or  other  part  of  speech. 
§ 445,  Rem.  5. 


VERBS. 


59 


Cintu  eci  kandikeia,  this  thing  is  not  an  egg]  cifulu  aci  kancinyi, 
that  hat  is  not  mine. 

Voice. 

200.  Verbs  in  the  Active  Voice  are  the  regular  forms  and  present 
no  peculiarities  in  inflection.  Such  verbs  may,  as  occasion  demands, 
be  transitive  or  intransitive. 

201.  By  means  of  certain  suffixes  added  to  the  verb  root,  a modifi- 
cation of  meaning  takes  place  corresponding  to  the  Middle  Voice  idea 
of  the  Greek.  This  form  is  neither  active  in  the  sense  of  its  subject 
performing  an  act,  nor  is  it  passive  in  the  sense  -of  its  subject  being  the 
recipient  of  an  act  from  anything  external,  but  it  is  between  the  two. 
The  verb  in  this  case  supposes  that  an  internal  agent  exists,  or  that 
the  condition  came  about  naturally  v\nthout  any  external  agent.  At 
the  same  time  it  expresses  an  active  condition  or  state  or  result,  which 
is  attributed  to  the  subject  itself.  This  neuter  or  stative  or  middle 
voice  form  is  obtained  b>  suffixing  -uka  to  the  verb  root  after  dropping 
the  final  a. 

Wakuandamuka,  he  has  turned  around]  mulondo  wakucibuka,  the 
jar  has  broken]  mbuxi  wakuhatuka,  the  goat  has  gone  out. 

Rem.  I.  These  middle  voice  forms  are  treated  as  intransitives  in  the 
dictionary. 

Rem.  2.  There  is  nearly  always  a corresponding  active  transitive 
form  having  the  suffix  -una  or  -ula  or  -ola;  as,  wakuandamuna  nsubu, 
he  has  turned  the  house  around]  wakucibula  mulondo,  he  has  broken 
the  jar]  wakuhatula  mbuxi,  he  has  driven  out  the  goat. 

Rem.  3.  The  middle  voice  forms  are  inflected  exactly  as  the  active 
forms 

Rem.  4.  Sometimes  the  suffixes  -ika  and  -ma  seem  to  be  used  in  the 
middle  voice  sense;  as,  mucima  winyi  wakubandika,  my  heart  has 
split,  i.e.,  I am  very  much  frightened]  nakusokoma,  I hid  myself. 

202.  The  Passive  Voice  may  be  expressed  in  several  ways; 

(a)  By  the  indefinite  3rd  pers.  pi.  active  voice  (§  189),  thus  avoid- 
ing the  passive  construction,  which  is  used  much  less  frequentl^than 
in  English.  When  the  agerTfT^ mentioned  this  is  preceded  by  the 
prepositional  word  kudi,  by. 

Bakuxiha  mbuxi,  the  goat  has  been  killed,  lit.  they  have  killed  the 
goat. 

Bakuxiha  mbuxi  kudi  Kasongo,  the  goat  has  been  killed  by  Kasongo 

{b)  By  the  various  tenses  of  the  verbs  meaning  to  be  used  as  auxil-  ■ 
iaries  with  the  passive  past  participle.  The  participle  then  becomes  - 
only  an  adjective  taking  the  ordinary  primary  prefixes.  It  will  be/ 
noted  that  this  construction  conforms  to  the  English  passive.  Cf.  § 251./  j 


6o 


VERBS. 


Ndi  mutaha,  / am  {have  been)  struck. 

Nsolo  idi  mixilia,  the  chickens  are  killed. 

Kasongo  udi  inutalia  kudi  Kabata,  Kasongo  was  struck  by  Kabata. 

Rem  It  is  very  important  to  note  here  the  difference  between  the 
primary  and  the  secondary  prefixes  with  the  participle.  As  we  shall 
see  later  (§§  244  and  252),  the  secondary  prefixes  make  the  verb  active. 
Hence  udi  mutaha  means  he  is  struck,  but  udi  utaha  means  he  struck. 

(c)  By  use  of  the  suffix  -ibua  added  to  the  verb  root.  It  is  interest 
ing  to  note  that,  like  the  middle  voice  forms,  this  also  has  the  regular 
active  voice  inflection  throughout.  Hence  the  word  kutahibua  means 
to  be  struck.  The  form  is  active,  but  the  meaning  is  passive. 

Udi  utahibua,  he  is  being  struck',  udi  mutahibue,  he  has  been  struck. 

Utu  watahibua,  he  is  always  getting  struck. 

Utadi  utahibua,  you  are  about  to  he  struck. 

Xeatahibue,  he  will  be  struck. 

203.  For  the  sake  of  comparison,  note  the  three  voices  on  the  same 
root: 

Active:  wakucibula  muci,  he  broke  the  stick. 

Middle:  muci  wakucibuka,  the  stick  has  broken. 

Passive:  muci  wakucibibua,  the  stick  has  been  broken. 

204.  These  middle  and  passive  voice  forms  will  be  treated  again 
under  Derivative  Verbs.  §§  341-345. 

Auxiliary  Verbs. 

205.  The  Auxiliary  Verbs  are  those  used  to  aid  in  the  formation  of 
certain  tenses.  The  majority  of  these  are  somewhat  irregular  and 
defective.  Some  of  the  more  important  of  them  are  now  given. 

Rem.  There  are  no  auxiliaries  corresponding  to  our  have  and  had — 
these  are  expressed  either  by  one  of  the  forms  to  be  given  below  or  by 
the  past  tense  signs. 

I.  Di,  to  he. 

206.  The  root  of  this  word  was  perhaps  originally  la  which  under 
the  influence  of  i has  become  d. 

Rem.  A form  having  the  root  ena  and  taking  the  regular  negative 
prefixes  is  used  as  the  present  tense  negative  of  di. 

207.  This  verb,  which  is  found  only  in  the  past  tense  (aflflrmative 

and  negative)  and  in  the  affirmative  present,  is  used  in  the  formation  of 
the  following  tenses  in  the  indicative  mood:  Present  Progressive, 

Present  Perfect  Progressive,  Past  Progressive,  Past  Perfect  Progressive. 

In  addition  to  these  it  also  furnishes  through  ena  the  negative  of 
certain  other  tenses:  Present  Imminent,  Second  Present  Actual,  Present 


VERBS. 


6i 


Repetitive,  Past  Repetitive,  Future  and  Future  Imminent.  It  also 
furnishes  the  auxiliary  for  formation  of  the  Past  Tense  Subjunctive. 

Present  Tense. 

Affirmative.  Negative. 

208.  Formation:  pro.  prefix + di.  209.  Formation:  neg.  pro.  prefix 

+ ena. 


Past  Tense. 


Affirmative. 

210.  Formation:  pro.  prefix + 

aka  the  tense  sign  + di. 


’Negative. 

211.  Formation:  neg.  pro.  prefix 
+ aka  the  tense  sign  + di. 


II.  Cidi,  to  be. 

212.  Perhaps  the  original  root  was  cila,  but  this  has  become  cidl 
under  the  influence  of  i. 

Rem.  a form  having  the  root  cena  and  taking  the  regular  negative 
prefixes  is  used  as  the  present  negative  of  cidi. 

213.  This  verb,  which  is  found  only  in  the  past  tense  (affirmative 
and  negative)  and  in  the  affirmative  present,  is  used  in  the  formation 
of  the  First  Present  Actual  tense,  indicative  mood. 

Rem.  Sometimes  the  past  tense  of  cidi  is  used  as  auxiliary,  making 
much  the  same  sense  as  the  past  progressive. 


Present  Tense. 


Affirmative. 

214.  Formation:  pro.  prefix + 

cldl. 


Negative. 

215.  Formation:  neg.  pro.  prefix 
+ cena. 


Past  Tense. 


Affirmative. 

216.  Formation:  pro.  prefix  + 

aka  the  tense  sign  + cidi. 


Negative. 

217.  Formation:  neg.  pro.  prefix 
+ aka  the  tense  sign  + cidi. 


III.  Tadi  (or  Kadi),  to  he  about  to. 

218.  The  stem  of  this  verb  was  perhaps  tala  or  tana. 

Rem.  I.  The  Baluba  say  kadi  and  the  Bena  Lulua  tadi — the  latter 
is  used  in  the  paradigms. 

Rem.  2.  We  find  on  this  root  only  the  present  affirmative;  the  nega- 
tive is  expressed  on  the  root  ena.  § 206,  Rem. 

Affirmative.  Negative. 

219.  Formation:  pro.  prefix  + 220.  Formation:  use  the  neg. ena. 

tadi. 


62 


VERBS 


321.  This  auxiliary  is  used  in  the  formation  of  the  Present  Immi- 
nent and  the  Future  Imminent  tenses,  it  is  also  used  much  as  the  verb 
dl,  to  be,  when  not  employed  as  auxiliary. 

IV.  Tu,  Co  be  (habitual). 

233.  This  word  is  used  only  in  the  formation  of  the  Present  Habitual 
tense  and  has  only  the  present  tense,  affirmative  and  negative. 

Present  Tense. 

Affirmative.  Negative. 

333.  Formation:  pro.  prefix  + tu.  334.  Formation:  neg.  pro.  prefix 

+ tu. 

V.  The  Negative  I,  not  to  be. 

225,  This  form  seems  to  be  found  only  in  the  present  negative  and 
is  used  by  the  Baluba  sometimes  in  place  of  the  negative  ena  (§  206, 
Rem.),  It  is  specially  used  in  formation  of  the  negative  in  the  Present 
Subjunctive  in  conditional  sentences  and  in  the  negative  of  relative 
clauses. 

Present  Tense. 

336.  Formation:  neg.  pro.  prefix +i. 

VI.  Ikala,  to  be. 

227.  This  verb  is  regular  throughout  and  is  used  in  some  places 
where  di  is  defective;  especially  is  this  true  in  the  formation  of  the 
Present  Subjunctive  and  the  Future  Indicative. 

Biwikala  muana  wa  Nzambi,  Nzambi  neakusungile,  if  you  are  a 
child  of  God,  God  will  save  you. 

Biwenza  nunku,  newikale  ne  bualu,  if  you  do  thus,  you  will  be  in 
trouble. 

338.  The  verb  anza  followed  by  the  infinitive  means  to  have  just 
done-,  the  negative  has  the  idea  of  not  to  have  yet  done. 

Wakuanza  kulua,  he  has  just  come-,  kena  muanze  kulua,  he  has 
not  yet  come. 

VII.  Other  Auxiliary  Words  and  Constructions. 

339.  Quite  a list  of  verbs  and  verbal  combinations  are  used  in  an 
auxiliary  sense,  followed  most  often  by  the  infinitive  mood  or  by  the 


VERBS. 


63 


purportive.  These  must  be  learned  mostly  from  experience,  as  only 
the  more  important  ones  can  be  mentioned  here. 

330.  The  English  can,  he  able,  etc.,  may  be  expressed  in  several  ways: 

(1)  By  the  auxiliary  di  followed  by  mua  and  infinitive. 

Ndi  mua  kumema  mux6te,  I can  lift  the  box. 

(2)  By  the  verb  mona  followed  by  mua  and  the  infinitive. 

Ndl  mona  mua  kumema  mux6te,  I can  lijt  the  box. 

(3)  By  the  verb  munya  followed  by  mua  and  the  infinitive. 

Ndl  mumunye  mua  kumSma  muxete,  I can  lift  the  box 

Rem.  There  seems  to  be  some  difference  between  mona  and  munya; 
the  former  has  more  the  idea  of  physical,  the  latter  of  mental,  ability. 

331.  The  English*  may,  meaning  permission,  is  expressed  by  the 
purportive  mood.  § 312  (6). 

333.  For  the  English  must  and  ought  no  satisfactory  equivalents 
have  yet  been  found  in  the  Buluba-Lulua.  The  same  can  perhaps  be 
said  of  most  other  Bantu  languages.  This  seems  very  unfortunate,  for 
these  words  are  so  forceful  in  English.  It  is  also  interesting  to  note 
that  such  equivalents  are  also  wanting  in  the  Hebrew.  Wherever  the 
word  must  occurs  in  the  English  translation  of  the  Old  Testament,  it 
represents  merely  some  idiomatic  expression  conveying  that  meaning. 
In  Buluba-Lulua  these  ideas  must  be  expressed  by  the  simple  tense  forms. 
Perhaps  the  phrase  bualu  bukale,  followed  by  the  Causative  Form 
(§  333)  etc.)  of  the  verb,  will  express  the  idea  of  must  with  some  accuracy; 
in  the  same  way  we  may  use  bualu  buimbe  or  bimpe,  followed  by  the 
infinitive,  for  ought, 

333.  Note  these  words  which  are  generally  followed  ii.  construction 
by  the  infinitive:  banga,  begin  to\  dianjila,  be  first  to;  banga,  fail 
to;  sua,  want  to;  mona,  finish  {to). 

Rem.  The  word  lua,  go  to,  often  expresses  a future  idea,  just  as  in 
English  we  say  I am  going  to  do.  The  Second  Present  Actual  is  a 
favorite  tense  in  this  construction;  as,  ulualua  kusungula  bantu 
band!,  he  is  going  to  choose  out  his  people. 

Formation  of  Moods  and  Tenses  with  their  Uses. 

It  will  prove  helpful  to  study  these  moods  and  tenses,  as  they  are 
explained,  in  connection  with  the  paradigms.  § 318. 

Further  study  and  investigation  will  undoubtedly  reveal  additional 
tenses  and  verbal'  forms  and  combinations,  but  certainly  the  more 
common  and  useful  are  given  below. 


64 


VERBS. 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD 

334.  The  simple  Imperative  forms  have  only  the  present  tense, 
afl&rmative  and  negative,  and  their  uses  are  the  same  as  in  English. 


Affirmative. 

335.  Formation: 

(a)  The  2nd  pers.  sing,  is  the 
simple  stem  of  the  verb. 

{b)  The  2nd  pers.  pi.  is  formed 
by  changing  final  a of  the  stem 
toi. 


Negative. 

336.  Formation: 

(а)  Second  pers.  sing,  is  formed 
by  prefixing  ku  to  the  stem 
and  changing  final  a to  i. 

Rem.  I.  When  the  verb  stem 
ends  in  ia,  we  have  simple  i 
resulting  after  the  addition  of 
i of  the  negative  imperative; 
hence  kydii  becomes  kudi, 
don’t  eat. 

Rem.  2.  When  the  verb  stem 
ends  in  ua,  we  have  left  simply 
u,  the  i of  the  neg.  being 
omitted;  as,  kulu,  don’t  come, 
for  kului. 

Rem.  3.  When  the  verb  ends 
in  na,  y is  inserted  after  the 
n upon  addition  of  the  neg,  i 
[§  34  (^)>  Rem.  ; as,  kusunyi 
mi,  don’t  carry  water,  for  ku- 
suni;  \iucinyi,  don’t  he  ajr aid, 
for  kucini. 

(б)  Second  pers.  pi.  neg.  is 
formed  thus:  ka+nu  + stem 
with  final  a changed  to  i. 

Rem.  In  the  case  of  verbs 
ending  in  ia,  ua  and  na,  see 
§ 236  (a),  Rems.  1-3. 


337.  Some  peculiar  imperative  constructions  must  be  noted: 

(a)  Ku  is  added  to  the  stem  sometimes  for  emphasis,  especially  in 

2nd  pers.  sing,  affirmative 

Taku,  go,  he  gone,  or  don’t  he  afraid  to  go;  ambaku,  speak. 

(b)  In  many  cases,  especially  after  verbs  of  motion,  where  in 

English  the  two  verbs  are  imperative,  the  Buluba-Lulua  puts 
one  in  the  imperative  and  the  other  in  the  purportive  mood. 


VERBS. 


65 


Ya  uxihe  nsolo,  go  and  kill  the  jowl. 

Lua  undexe  makela,  come  and  show  me  the  eggs. 

(c)  The  Hortative  Imperative  idea  is  expressed  in  several  ways: 

(1)  For  ist  pers.  pi.  we  generally  find  a form  made  thus:  ist  pers. 

pro,  prefix  + root  with  final  vowel  changed  to  i. 

Tuyi,  let  us  go,  tudimi,  let  us  work. 

(2)  There  is  also  a common  hortative  following  the  analogy  of 

§ 237  {b). 

Lua  tuye,  come  (sing.),  let  us  go\  lui  tuye,  come  (pi.),  let  us  go^ 

(3)  We  may  have  the  simple  ist  pers.  pi.  purportive  mood,  which 

seems  to  correspond  to  the  Latin  amemus,  let  us  love\  as, 
tuye,  let  us  go. 

(4)  The  purportive  mood  is  also  used  to  express  the  hortative 

idea  in  3rd  pers.  sing,  and  pi. 

Alue,  let  him  come;  balue,  let  them  come. 

(5)  In  view  of  § 161  we  may  have  the  emphatic  prefix  ka  with 

ist  pers.  pi.  purportive  mood;  as,  katuye,  let  us  go. 

(6)  We  may  also  have  the  emphatic  suflSx  ku  corresponding  to 

§ 237  (a);  as,  tuyaku,  let  us  go. 

(d)  There  is  also  heard  a weaker  imperative  form  expressing  a 

simple  wish  This  is  found  in  2nd  pers.  sing,  and  pi.,  and 
corresponds  to  these  forms  found  in  the  present  subjunctive. 
§ 306  (c),  Rem.  2. 

Waya  biebi  bimpe,  go  well,  good  journey  to  you. 

Nualala  bienu  bimpe,  sleep  well. 

INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

338.  The  Infinitive  is  formed  by  prefixing  ku  to  the  stem. 

339.  Remembering  that  the  infinitive  is  the  abstract  idea  of  the  verb 
and  consequently  in  most  cases  is  a noun,  we  find  the  most  common 
uses  of  the  infinitive  to  be  as  follows; 

(a)  It  may  be  used  as  subject  of  the  sentence;  as,  kuambila  bantu 
bakuabo  bualu  bua  Nzambi  kudi  kuhita  kuxikama 
cinana,  to  tell  other  people  the  palaver  of  God  is  better  than  to 
sit  idle. 


66 


Verbs. 


(b)  It  may  be  used  as  part  of  an  adjective  phrase  [§  87  (/)J;  as^ 

bintu  bia  kudia,  things  to  eat;  mbuxi  \va  kula  ulualua,  a 
goat  to  buy  is  coming]  luvu  lua  mbua  kudila,  a trough  for 
dogs  to  eat  out  of. 

Rem,  I.  Note  the  locative  forms  corresponding  somewhat  to  the 
forms  mentioned  in  § S‘]{d)  and  Rem.  i. 

Ndi  nkeba  kua  kuteka  bintu,  I am  looking  for  a place  to 
put  the  things,  I am  looking  where  to  put  the  things. 

Rem,  2.  Also  note  mua  with  infinitive  after  constructions  meaning 
to  know  how  to,  to  be  able  to,  etc.  § 230. 

Ciena  mumunye  mua  kusonga  buatu,  I don't  know 
how  to  make  a boat. 

(c)  It  may  be  used  adverbially  to  modify  the  predicate  in  expressing 

end  or  purpose;  as,  bakuya  kuluangana  nvita,  they  have 
gone  to  fight. 

id)  It  may  be  used  as  direct  object;  as,  ndi  musue  kuya  ku  Ibanj, 
I want  to  go  to  Ibanj. 

{e)  It  may  be  used  as  complement  of  the  predicate  modifying  the 
subject,  Cf.  kuflta  under  § 239  (a). 

240.  It  is  important  to  note  that  the  use  of  the  infinitive  in  English 
does  not  always  correspond  to  its  use  in  the  Buluba-Lulua.  The 
different  uses  in  the  two  languages  must  be  learned  by  experience,  re- 
membering that  the  infinitive  is  more  common  in  English.  As  a general 
rule,  which  will  cover  the  majority  of  cases,  we  may  say  that  when  the 
subject  of  the  first  verb  is  also  the  subject  of  the  second,  the  infinitive 
is  used  for  the  latter;  when,  on  the  other  hand,  the  subjects  of  the  two 
verbs  are  different,  the  purportive  mood  is  used  with  the  latter.  §§  461, 
462. 

Ndl  musue  kuya,  7 want  to  go;  bakuya  kuluangana,  they  have  gone 
to  fight;  ndi  nkeba  muntu  aye  ku  Luebo,  I am  looking  for  a person 
to  go  to  Luebo. 

Rem.  There  is  also  heard  in  this  connection  a peculiar  construction 
in  which  the  infinitive  is  used  even  w'hen  its  subject  is  different  from 
that  of  the  leading  verb.  Sometimes  the  infinitive  seems  to  take  here 
the  pronominal  sufl&xes. 

Lua  ne  bia  mulunda  winyl  kudia  (or  kudieye),  bring  something  for 
my  friend  to  eat.  But  the  most  common  way  of  saying  this  is  lua  ne 
bia  kudia  mulunda  winyi  adie. 

241.  The  infinitive  may  take  all  the  ordinary  concomitants  of  the 
verb,  such  as  direct  object,  indirect  object,  prepositional  phrases,  etc. 


/ 


VERBS. 


67 


PARTICIPLES. 

242.  The  Participles,  which  are  used  for  the  most  part  as  verbal 
adjectives  in  the  formation  of  compound  tenses  (§  194),  agree  in  number 
and  class  with  the  suoject  or  word  to  which  they  refer;  the  present 
participle  also  agrees  in  person, 

Rem.  Note  that  the  participles  take  all  the  usual  concomitants  of 
the  verb,  such  as  direct  object,  indirect  object,  prepositional  phrases, 
etc. 

243.  There  are  three  participial  forms:  the  Present  Active,  the  Past 
Active  and  the  Past  Passive. 

I.  Present  Participles. 

244.  The  Present  Participles  are  formed  by  prefixing  the  ordinary 
pronominal  prefixes  of  all  classes,  numbers  and  persons  directly  to  the 
stem  of  the  verb,  but  before  the  pronominal  infix  if  one  is  used. 

245.  The  present  participles  are  used  in  the  formation  of  the  follow- 
ing tenses,  all  in  the  indicative  mood:  Present  Progressive,  First  Present 
Actual,  Present  Imminent,  Present  Progressive, 

Rem.  Observe  the  use  of  the  present  participle  as  predicate  adjective 
after  other  words  than  those  meaning  to  be. 

Udi  wenda  uzobela,  he  walks  limping. 

246.  When  n of  ist  pers.  sing,  is  prefixed  directly  to  the  stem,  it  is 
necessary  to  note  carefully  the  resulting  euphony.  Some  examples  are 
here  given  to  refresh  the  memory: 

(a)  When  the  stem  begins  with  h,  the  n becomes  m and  the  hap. 

§ 32. 

Ndi  mpa  mukuxi  lueho,  I am  giving  the  woman  some  salt  (from 
the  stem  ha). 

(&)  When  the  stem  begins  with  1,  this  letter  becomes  d.  § 29. 

Ndi  ndexa,  I am  showing  (from  the  stem  lexa). 

(c)  When  the  stem  begins  with  a vowel,  the  n becomes  ng.  § 33. 

Ndi  ngamba,  / am  speaking  (from  the  stem  amba). 

Ndi  ngenza,  I am  making  (from  the  stem  enza). 

Ndi  ngimuna,  I am  standing  (from  the  stem  Imuna). 

{d)  When  the  initial  letter  of  the  stem  is  b or  p,  the  n becomes  m. 

§ 31- 

Ndi  mb&la,  I am  counting  (from  stem  bala). 


68 


VERBS. 


(e)  When  the  stem  begins  with  m or  n,  the  n of  the  pronominal 
prefix  is  elided.  § 33,  Rem.  2. 

Ndi  mona,  I am  looking.,  ndi  nua  mi,  I am  drinking  water. 

347.  The  same  rules  hold  good  for  the  use  of  n when  it  comes  before 
the  pronominal  infixes. 

Ndi  mumona,  I am  looking  at  him  (for  nmumona);  ndi  numona, 
I am  looking  at  you  (for  nnumona);  ndi  mbamona,  I am  looking  at 
them  (for  nbamona);  ndi  ngumona,  / am  looking  at  it  (for  numona, 
with  a noun  in  the  sing,  of  class  II  understood);  ndi  ngimona,  I am 
looking  at  them  (for  nimona  with  a noun  in  the  pi.  of  class  II  under 
stood). 

348.  The  above  rules  apply  equally  regularly  in  the  future  indicative 
and  in  the  purportive  mood,  where  we  also  have  an  n prefixed  either 
immediately  to  the  stem  or  to  the  pronominal  infix  if  one  is  employed. 


II.  Active  Past  Participles. 

349.  The  Active  Past  Participles  are  formed  thus:  primary  ad- 
jective prefixes -f  stem  with  final  vowel  change  to  e. 

Hence  we  have  mulue,  from  kulua,  to  come\  mudime,  from  kudima, 
to  work.  Observe  that  the  infinitive  sign  ku  is  elided. 

Rem.  Note  that  the  active  past  participles  do  not  indicate  the  person 
of  the  subject;  they  all  have  the  third  person  form.  If  the  subject 
belongs  to  class  I,  ist  pers.  sing,  or  2nd  pers.  sing.,  the  participle  takes 
mu;  if  the  subject  belongs  to  class  I and  is  ist  pers.  pi.  or  2nd  pers. 
pi.,  the  participle  takes  ba. 

350.  The  active  past  participles  are  used  in  the  formation  of  the 
Present  Perfect  Progressive  and  Past  Perfect  Progressive  tenses  of  the 
indicative  mood. 

Rem.  It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  some  verbs,  though  passive 
in  meaning,  are  active  in  form.  Cf.  § 202  (c). 

III.  Passive  Past  Participles. 

351.  The  Passive  Past  Participles  are  formed  thus:  primary  ad- 
jective prefixes  + stem. 

Hence  we  have  mutaha,  from  kut&ha,  to  strike-,  muhanda,  from 
kuhanda,  to  split. 

Rem.  Note  that  the  passive  past  participles,  following  the  analogy 
of  the  active  past  participles,  do  not  indicate  the  person  of  the  subject 
Apply  the  principles  of  § 249,  Rem. 


VERBS. 


69 


252,  The  passive  past  participles  are  always  transitive  verbs  used 
with  some  part  of  the  verb  to  be  to  express  the  idea  that  the  subject 
has  been  acted  upon.  The  auxiliary  may  be  present  tense,  but  the 
participle  is  always  past  in  significance,  in  fact  nothing  nore  than  the 
predicate  adjective. 

Mud  udi  mucibula,  the  stick  is  {has  been)  broken\  bintu  bid! 
biuvua  kudi  Kabata,  the  things  have  been  washed  by  Kabata. 

253.  It  is  very  important  to  note  here  the  difference  between  the 
two  past  participles,  active  and  passive,  when  they  are  used  as  pure 
verbal  adjectives.  The  active  past  participle  is  used  when  the  verb  is 
intransitive  or  middle  voice  in  meaning;  the  passive  past  participle  is 
used  when  the  verb  is  transitive  and  an  agent  can  be  employed,  §§  85, 
201-203. 

Muntu  mufue  means  a dead  person,  one  who  has  died  (intransitive). 

Muntu  mutaha  means  a wounded  person,  a person  who  has  been 
struck  by  another  (transitive). 

Mud  mudbuke  means  a broken  stick,  from  the  intransitive  or  middle 
voice  verb  kudbuka,  which  means  to  break  of  its  own  accord',  on  the 
other  hand  muci  mucibula  means  a broken  stick,  from  the  transitive 
verb  kucibula  which  means  to  break. 


254.  There  are  two  rarer  participal  forms,  one  used  in  the  formation 
of  the  Present  Habitual  tense,  indicative  mood,  the  other  in  the  forma- 
tion of  the  Future  Imminent  tense  of  the  same  mood.  The  letter  a 
prefixed  to  the  root  is  the  sign  of  the  Present  Habitual  tense  form,  while 
the  Future  Imminent  form  has  as  sign  the  letters  aku.  The  first  of 
these  takes  the  ordinary  pronominal  prefixes  corresponding  to  the 
person,  number  and  class  of  the  subject;  the  second  form  takes  also 
the  same  prefixes  save  in  class  I,  where  u(w)  is  found  throughout  in  the 
sing,  and  ba  throughout  in  the  pi.  See  §§  268,  269,  296. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

255,  The  names  given  to  the  tenses  are  more  or  less  arbitrary — in 
fact  some  difficulty  has  been  found  in  getting  suitable  names — but 
those  have  been  adopted  which,  either  from  usage  or  from  the  ordinary 
meaning  of  the  word,  would  convey  some  idea  of  the  import  of  the 
tense. 

Some  tenses  of  the  indicative  mood  are  simple,  others  are  compound. 
§§  193,  194- 

The  uses  of  this  mood  are  in  general  the  same  as  in  English. 


70 


VERBS. 


Present 

Affirmative. 

356.  Formation:  pres,  tense  of 
auxiliary  di  followed  by 
pres,  participle. 


Progressive. 

Negative. 

357.  Formation:  pres  neg.  of 

auxiliary  ena  followed  by 
pres,  participle. 


358.  The  Present  Progressive  tense  is  used  to  indicate  continuous 
or  progressive  action  or  being  in  present  time,  %vithout  ariy  idea  as  to 
when  the  action  began  or  when  it  will  be  completed. 

Udi  udila,  he  is  crying-,  udi  ulua,  he  is  coming. 

Rem.  I.  There  is  also  to  be  observed  a strong  tendency  to  throw 
the  future  back  into  this  present  tense  form;  in  fact  the  negative  of 
the  future  is  always  the  negative  of  the  present  progressive  tense.  § 294. 

Rem.  2.  Several  other  tenses  which  lack  a regular  negative  seem  to 
use  the  negative  of  the  present  progressive,  such  as  the  present  imminent, 
the  second  present  actual,  the  present  repetitive  and  the  future  immi- 
nent. Perhaps,  however,  it  would  be  more  correct  to  say  that  these 
tenses  form  their  negative  with  the  auxiliary  ena. 


Present  Perfect  Progressive, 


Affirmative. 

359.  Formation:  pres,  tense  of 
auxiliary  dl  followed  by 
active  past  participle. 


Negative. 

260,  Formation:  pres.  neg.  of 

auxiliary  ena  followed^  by 
active  past  participle. 


361.’  The  Present  Perfect  Progressive  denotes  a finished  or  com- 
pleted action  which  has  just  been  going  on  within  the  present  time 
limit. 

Ndl  mudile,  I have  been  crying  {to-day,  for  example,  hut  am  not 
crying  now). 

Udi  mulue,  he  has  come  (i.e.,  he  has  been  coming  to-day,  hut  is  not 
coming  now,  for  he  has  already  arrived). 


First  Present  Actual. 


Affirmative. 

263.  Formation;  pres,  tense  of 
auxiliary  idi  followed  by 
pres,  participle 


Negative. 

363.  Formation:  pres,  tense  neg. 
of  auxiliary  cidi  followed 
bv  pres,  participle.  § 212, 
Rem. 


364.  The  First  Present  Actual  tense  denotes  that  the  action  is 
3.ctually  in  progress  at  the  moment  of  the  speaker’s  utterance. 

Rem.  It  is  difficult  to  distinguish  clearly  between  the  rst  pres. 


VERBS. 


71 


actual  and  the  second  pres,  actual  and  the  pres,  progressive,  for  the 
latter,  as  has  been  seen,  also  indicates  an  action  which  is  in  progress 
at  the  moment  of  the  speaker’s  utterance  The  present  progressive, 
however,  may  often  indicate  a state  rather  than  an  action  at  the  moment. 
For  example,  udi  udila  may  mean  that  I am  tn  the  crying  way  ( r state 
(as  is  the  native  custom  upon  the  death  of  a friend),  but  perhaps  not 
actually  cr}dng  at  this  moment.  On  the  other  hand,  ncidl  ndila  can 
only  mean  7 am  crying  at  this  moment. 

For  use  of  second  pres,  actual  see  below. 


Second  Present  Actual. 


Affirmative. 

265.  Formation,  pronominal  pre- 
fix + stem  + stem. 

Rem.  Note  that  only  the  pure 
stem  is  r peated;  as,  ndom- 
balomba,  1 am  begging  (from 
the  stem  lomba). 


Negative. 

266.  The  neg.  of  pres,  progressive 
is  used  as  neg.  of  second 
present  actual. 


267.  The  Second  Present  Actual  is  used  much  as  the  first  present 
actual. 

Rem.  I.  The  second  present  actual  is  used  mostly  with  monosyllabic 
verb  stems,  though  polysyllabic  stems  are  sometimes  found  to  take 
this  tense  also,  as,  ulualua,  he  is  coming,  from  the  root  lua;  ndiadia, 
I am  eating,  from  dia^  utuatua,  she  is  pounding,  from  tuaj  ngen- 
denda,  1 am  going,  trom  stem  enda  (note  ng  and  the  elision  of  final 
a of  stem  before  e). 

Rem.  2.  Sometimes  this  second  present  actual  has  a future  significa- 
tion,  very  much  as  in  the  English  sentence  I am  going  to-morrow\ 
for  this  the  Baluba  say  nyaya  makelela. 


Present  Habitual.^ 


Affirmative. 

268.  Formation;  pronominal  pre- 
fix+tu,  followed  by  a par 
ticipial  word  formed  as 
follows:  pronominal  prefix 
-t-a  the  tense  sign  + stem. 


Negative. 

269.  Formation : neg.  pronominal 
prefix + tu,  followed  by  a 
participial  word  formed  as 
indicated  under  § 268. 


* Sometimes  this  Present  Habitual  tense  idea  is  expressed  by  the  use  of  a verb 
ya  followed  by  the  infinitive.  To  the  word  yaare  prefixed  directly  the  ordinary 
personal  pronominal  prefixes,  as.nya  kunua  makanya.  / smoke  tobacco,  ciya 
kunua  makanya  / don’t  smoke  tobacco. 


72 


VERBS. 


270.  This  tense  is  used  to  denote  present  habitual  or  customary 
action. 

Ktu  ngalamba  bidia,  1 cook  food  (that  is  my  business  or  work). 
Citu  nganua  makanya,  I don't  smoke  tobacco,  i.e.,  it  is  not  my  custom. 

271.  The  letter  g is  inserted  between  n and  a in  first  pers.  sing. 
§ 33- 


Past  Indefinite. 


Affirmative. 

272.  Formation,  pronominal  pre 
fix  + aku  the  tense  sign -H 
stem. 


Negative. 

273.  Formation;  neg.  pronominal 
I refix + aku  the  tense  sign 
4-  stem . 


274.  The  Past  Indefinite  is  the  common  tense  for  indicating  simple 
completed  action  in  past  time,  without  any  special  reference  to  near- 
ness or  remoteness  in  the  past.  It  seems  to  correspond  very  nearly 
to  the  Aorist  of  the  Greek.  It  is  to  expressed  in  English  according 
to  circumstances,  either  by  the  simple  past  tense,  such  as  he  loved, 
he  went,  etc.,  or  by  the  present  perfect  tense,  he  has  loved,  he  has  gone, 
etc.  Only  the  connection  can  determine  wiiich  English  tense  to  use. 

Wakuya,  he  has  gone,  he  went',  wakudila,  she  has  cried,  she  cried. 

275.  For  the  omission  of  the  g in  ist  pers.  sing,  affirmative  see 
§ 33,  Rem.  i. 


Past  Perfect. 


Affirmative. 

276.  Formation:  pronominal  pre- 
fix 4- aka  the  tense  sign 
4- stem 


Negative. 

277.  Formation  neg.  pronominal 
prefix -i- aka  the  tense  sign 
4- stem. 


278.  The  Past  Perfect  tense  is  used  to  denote  an  action  that  was 
completed  before  some  other  action  or  event  took  place.  This  action 
or  event  need  not  always  be  expressed,  but  it  is  understood  in  the 
mind  of  the  speaker.  There  is  also  the  thought  of  the  action  being 
completed  or  done  once  for  all,  irrevocably. 

This  tense  is  liable  to  be  confused  wuth  the  past  indefinite.  Perhaps 
an  example  w’ill  illustrate,  in  a general  way,  the  difference:  wakuya 
(past  indefinite),  he  has  gone,  he  went,  without  any  thought  of  a con- 
comitant event;  wakaya  (past  perfect),  he  had  gone  {before  you  came), 
or  he  has  gone  {and  there  ts  no  recalling  him). 

279.  For  the  omission  of  g in  ist  per.  sing,  affirmative  see  § 33, 
Rem.  I. 


VERBS. 


73 


Past  Progressive. 


Affirmative. 

280.  Formation:  past  tense  of 
auxiliary  di  followed  by 
present  participle. 


Negative. 

281.  Formation:  neg.  past  tense 
of  auxiliary  di  followed  by 
present  participle. 


282.  The  Past  Progressive  tense  denotes  an  action  as  having  been 
going  on  in  past  time,  as  progressive,  but  is  now  completed  and  was 
completed  before  the  time  limit  of  the  present  was  reached.  Wakadi 
udila,  he  was  crying. 

283.  This  tense  is  easily  confounded  with  the  present  perfect  pro- 
gressive. This  latter  tense,  however,  is  used  of  completed  action 
within  the  present  time  limit,  whereas,  as  has  been  stated,  the  past 
progressive  is  used  of  completed  action  before  the  present  time  limit. 

ITakadi  udila,  he  was  crying  (e.g.,  yesterday),  udl  mudile,  he 
has  been  crying  (e.g.,  to-day) 


Past  Perfect  Progressive. 


Affirmative. 

284.  Formation:  past  tense  of 
auxiliary  dl  followed  by 
past  active  participle. 


Negative. 

285.  Formation:  neg.  past  tense 
of  di  followed  by  past 
active  participle. 


286.  The  Past  Perfect  Progressive  is  used  to  indicate  an  action 
as  going  on  before  some  other  action  in  past  time  took  place.  See 
§283. 

Wakadi  mudile,  he  had  been  crying. 


Present  Repetitive. 


Affirmative. 

287.  Formation:  pronominal  pre* 
fix  -I- stem. 

Note.  The  form  must  be  re- 
peated once  or  twice. 


Negative. 

288.  No  distinct  neg.  for  this 
tense  Perhaps  the  neg.  of 
the  Present  Progressive 
could  be  used,  if  ever 
needed. 


289.  The  Present  Repetitive  tense  expresses  repeated  action  in 
present  time  or  a succession  of  similar  acts  performed  by  different 
persons  or  things. 

N’solo  yinyi  ifua  ifua,  my  fowls  die  and  die,  i.e.,  they  are  dying  one 
at  a time. 


74 


VERBS. 


Nkuna  nkuna  mamina,  kena  aniena,  I plant  and  plant  the  seeds, 
they  do  not  sprout,  i.e.,  I am  continually  planting. 

Rem.  This  tense  (with  the  form  used  only  once)  may  perhaps  also 
have  the  sense  of  a general  or  universal  present. 


Past  Repetitive. 


Affirmative. 

290.  Formation:  pronominal  pre- 
fix + a the  tense  sign  + 
stem. 

Note.  The  form  must  be  r e - 
peated  once  or  twice. 


Negative. 

291,  No  distinct  neg.  for  this 
tense.  Perhaps  the  neg. 
of  pres  perf,  progressive 
could  be  used,  if  ever 
needed. 


292.  The  Past  Repetitive  is  used  to  express  repeated  action  in 
past  time  or  a succession  of  similar  acts  performed  in  past  time  by 
different  persons  or  things. 

Ngakuna  ngakuna  mamina,  kena  mamene,  I planted  and  planted 
the  seeds,  they  have  not  sprouted. 

3Ibuxi  yandi  yafua  yafua,  his  goats  died  and  died. 

Rem.  This  tense  (with  the  form  used  only  once)  may  perhaps  also 
have  the  sense  of  a general  or  universal  past. 


Affirmative. 

293.  Formation;  tense  sign  ne  + pronominal 
prefix  + stem  with  final  a changed  to  e. 

Note  i.  This  is  the  only  case  in  which  the 
tense  sign  comes  before  the  pronominal 
prefix. 

Note  2.  The  pronominal  prefix  of  3rd  pers. 
sing,  of  classes  I and  111  is  a instead  of  u. 

Note  3.  Some  seem  to  make  the  tense  sign 
na  (nga)  throughout  instead  of  ne. 


Negative. 

294.  There  is  no  dis- 
tinct future 
form  for  the 
neg.  When 
needed,  use 
neg.  of  pres, 
progressive. 


295.  The  Future  Tense  corresponds  almost  exactly  to  the  future 
of  the  English,  the  only  difference  being  that  the  Buluba-Lulua  does 
not  use  the  future  form  so  frequently,  tie  present  progressive  being 
employed  in  its  stead,  or  the  infinitive  moo  after  the  verb  kulua. 
to  come.  § 233,  Rem. 


VERBS. 


75 


Future  Imminent. 

Affirmative, 

296.  Formation:  pres,  tense  of 
auxiliary  tadi  followed  by 
a participial  form  con- 
structed as  follows:  second- 
ary prefix -}-aku  the  tense 
sign -t-  stem. 

Note  i..  The  for  n following  the 
auxiliary  is  participial  in  its 
inflection  and  is  so  treated. 

§ 254- 

Note  2.  In  class  I note  the  pre- 
fix u(w)  throughout  in  the 
sing,  and  b(a)  throughout  in 
the  plural. 

298.  The  Future  Imminent  is  used  when  an  action  is  represented 
as  liable  to  happe  i or  about  to  happen  or  is  impending. 

There  is  some  danger  of  confusing  this  tense  with  the  present  immi- 
nent, but  the  latter  always  means  that  which  is  just  about  to  be  done 
or  to  happen,  wdthin  the  present  time  limit,  while  the  future  imminent 
is  more  indefinite  as  to  the  time  limit.  Two  examples  will  illustrate: 
ntadi  nya,  I am  about  to  go  (spoken  by  one  who  has  been  sitting  near 
you  just  as  he  rises  to  go);  lufu  lutadi  luakulua,  death  is  impending 
{may  come  any  time). 


INEGATIVE. 

297.  No  distinct  neg.  for  this 
tense.  The  neg  of  pres, 
progressive  can  be  used,  if 
needed. 


Present  Imminent. 


Affirmative. 

299.  Formation:  pres,  tense  of 
auxiliary  tadi  followed  by 
pres,  participle. 


Negative. 

300.  No  distinct  neg.  form.  Use 
neg.  of  pres,  progressive. 


301.  The  Present  Imminent  tense  is  used  to  indicate  an  action 
as  just  about  to  take  place  within  the  present  time  limit,  and  is  to  be 
expressed  in  English  by  about  to  or  going  to.  § 298. 

302.  For  the  use  of  kadi  instead  of  tadi,  see  § 218,  Rem.  i. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

303.  The  Subjunctive  mood  is  used  in  certain  conditional  or  con- 
tingent clauses,  though  not  in  all  conditional  clauses. 


76 


VERBS 


Present  Tense. 


Affirmative. 

304.  Formation-  pronominal  pre 
fix+a  the  tense  sign 
4- stem. 

Note  i.  Because  of  the  subor 
dinating  particles  bi-  and 
ha-  which  are  i sually  em- 
ployed with  this  tense,  the  3rd 
pers.  prefi  es  are  seldom  used. 

§ 124(a). 

Note  2.  For  omission  of  ginist 
pers.  affirmative  and  negative, 
see  § 33,  Rem.  i. 


Negative. 

305.  Formation:  regular  affirma- 
tive pres,  subjunctive  of 
ikala  (§  227),  followed  by 
present  tense  of  auxiliary 
verb  i (§  225),  followed  by 
past  active  participle. 


30G.  The  Present  Subjunctive  is  used  as  follows: 

(a)  In  the  protasis  of  present  general  conditional  sentences,  taking 
the  subordinating  conjunctive  prefix  bi-,  if.  § 459  (a). 

Biwikala  muana  wa  Nzambi,  kuena  muivi,  if  yon  are  a child  of 
God,  you  don't  steal,  or  are  not  a thief. 

{h)  In  the  protasis  of  future  conditions,  taking  also  the  subordinating 
conjunctive  prefix  bi-,  if.  § 459  (b). 

Biwadima  bimpe,  nenkuhe  lukama  lua  mibela,  if  you  work  well, 
I shall  give  you  one  hundred  cowries. 

(c)  In  the  various  subordinate  clauses  introduced  by  the  subordi- 
nating conjunctive  prefix  ha-  (or  hu-),  meaning  when,  ajter,  until, 
all  having  a more  or  less  future  or  contingent  idea.  § 458  {a)  (c). 

Hawalua  nenkuhe  lukama  lua  mibela,  when  you  come  {after  you 
come),  I shall  give  you  one  hundred  cowries. 

Rem.  I Sometimes  the  subordinating  particle  is  omitted,  but  it 
may  be  understood;  as,  nendue  ngondo  walua,  I shall  come  next 
month,  i.e.,  when  the  moon  comes. 

Rem.  2.  Under  this  same  head  may  be  noticed  the  weak  impera- 
tive forms  referred  to  under  § 237  {d)\  as,  biwasua  kumpa,  wampa, 
if  you  wish  to  give  me,  give  me  (i.e.,  if  you  choose)-. 

(d)  In  certain  contingent  clauses  expressing  the  idea  of  if  you  choose, 
where  you  choose,  etc.;  as,  teka  cintu  hawateka,  put  the  thing  where 
you  choose. 


VERBS. 


77 


Rem,  Note  that  the  Locative  Prefixed  form  is  used  in  such  cases. 

§ 321. 

(e)  In  relative  clauses  with  a future  or  contingent  idea;  as,  funda 
bintu  biwaya  n’abi  ku  Ibanj,  write  down  the  things  which  you  will 
take  to  Ibanj.  Cf.  § 172. 

Past  Tense. 


Affirmative. 

307.  Formation:  past  tense  of 
auxiliary  di  followed  by 
infinitive  mood. 


Negative. 

308.  Formation:  past  tense  neg. 
of  di  followed  by  infinitive 
mood. 


309.  The  Past  Subjunctive  is  used  in  the  apodosis  of  past  or  im- 
possible conditional  sentences.  § 459  (c). 

Bu  wewe  mulue  lukusa,  Lazalus  kakadi  kufua,  if  you  had  come 
quickly,  Lazarus  would  not  have  died. 

Bu  nuenu  badime  bimpe,  nakadi  kunuha  lukama  lua  mlbela, 
if  you  had  worked  well,  I would  have  given  you  one  hundred  cowries. 

Rem.  The  same  tense  is  sometimes  used  in  neg.  past  tenses  with 
munyi?  why?  § 420  (h),  Rem.  2. 


PURPORTIVE  MOOD. 

Present  Tense. 


Affirmative. 

310.  Formation:  pronominal  pre- 
fix + stem  w'ith  final  a 
changed  to  e. 

Note.  In  3rd  sing,  of  classes  I 
and  III  the  u beco  es  a. 


Negative. 

311.  Formation:  neg.  pronominal 
prefix -h  stem  with  final  a 
changed  to  e. 


312.  The  Purportive  mood,  which,  as  far  as  investigated,  seems  to 
have  only  one  tense,  is  used  quite  extensively  to  express  various  rela- 
tions, the  most  common  being  that  of  end  or  purpose,  which  fact  fur- 
nishes the  name  for  the  mood.  The  most  common  uses  of  this  mood 
are  as  follows: 

(a)  To  express  end  or  purpose,  generally  rendered  into  English  by 
in  order  that,  that,  so  that,  to  with  the  infinitive  mood,  lest,  in  order  that 
not,  etc.  § 461  and  Rem. 

Lua  ne  bldia,  mulunda  winyi  adie,  bring  the  bread  that  my  friend 
may  eat 

Ndi  nkgba  muntu  aye  ku  Ibanj,  I am  looking  for  a man  to  go  to 
Ibanj. 


78 


VERBS. 


Ndi  ntenga  buteya,  nkuate  nipuku,  I am  making  a trap  in  order 
that  I may  catch  some  rats. 

Tula  cikuku,  kacitahe  bantu  ku  niakusa,  pull  up  the  root  that  it 
may  not  strike  people  on  the  jeet. 

{h)  In  asking  permission,  or  in  inquiring  as  to  the  desirability  of 
doing  something.  These  ideas  are  most  often  expressed  in  English 
either  by  the  future  indicative  or  by  may  or  shall  and  the  infinitive, 

Tubale  raibela?  shall  we  count  the  cowries? 

Nye ? may  I go? 

(c)  In  the  expression  of  various  imperative  ideas,  especially  the 
hortative.  § 237  {h)  and  (c)  (3)  (4). 

PECULIAR  NEGATIVES, 

313.  In  addition  to  the  above  moods  and  tenses  there  are  two  pecu- 
liar negative  tenses  which  it  may  be  as  well  to  group  together.  One 
of  these  we  shall  call  the  Munyi  Negative,  the  other  the  Ci  Negative. 
The  first  of  these  is  thus  called  because  it  is  always  found  with  munyi  ? 
why  {not)?  The  other  is  so  called  because  ci  is  its  tense  sign. 

Rem.  Just  as  we  have  found  some  tenses  used  only  in  the  affirma- 
tive with  no  distinct  negative,  so  here  we  find  negatives  with  no  dis- 
tinct  afifirmatives. 


The  Munyi  Negative. 

314.  This  tense  form,  which  is  found  only  in  the  negative,  is  made 
thus:  neg.  pronominal  prefix  + stem  with  final  a changed  to  i. 

Note  Verbs  ending  in  ia,  ua  and  na  have  the  same  changes  here 
as  were  indicated  in  the  neg.  imperative,  § 236,  Rems.  1-3. 

315.  This  form  is  used  after  munyi?  why  {not)?  § 420  {b). 

Munyi  kuyi?  why  don't  you  go? 

Munyi  kudimi?  don't  you  work? 

The  Ci  Negative. 

316.  This  tense  form,  which  is  found  only  in  the  negative,  is  made 

thus:  neg.  pronominal  prefix +ci  the  tense  sign -h stem  with  final 

a changed  to  i. 

Note.  Verbs  ending  in  ia,  ua  and  na  have  the  same  changes  here 
as  were  indicated  in  the  neg.  imperative.  § 236,  Rems  1-3. 

317.  This  tense  is  used  as  a sort  of  half  command  and  half  ques- 
tion, especially  when  it  is  used  in  2nd  and  3rd  persons.  In  the  ist 
pers.  it  has  an  aflSrmative  significance,  though  a neg.  form. 


VERBS. 


79 


Kucibikidi  Kasongo,  call  Kasongo,  or  why  don't  you  call  Kasongo? 
or  ij  you  have  not  called  him,  do  so. 

Katuciyi,  let  us  go,  or  why  not  go  ? 


VERB  PARADIGMS. 

318.  Below  are  given  the  various  Mood  and  Tense  forms,  first  of 
the  Auxiliary  verbs  and  later  of  the  verb  suma,  to  bite.  These  should 
be  carefully  studied  and  incessantly  practised,  for  the  success  or  failure 
of  speaking  the  language  depends  upon  the  degree  of  accuracy  with 
which  the  verbal  inflections  are  used. 

A.  Auxiliary  Verbs. 

I.  Di  (neg.  ena),  to  be. 

Present  Tense — I am,  etc. 

Affirmative.  Negative. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

ISt 

p.  ndi 

tudi 

ciena 

katuena 

2nd 

p.  udi 

nudi 

kuena 

kanuena 

3rd 

p.  udi 

badi 

kcna 

kabena 

II. 

< i 

udi 

idi 

kawena 

kayena 

III. 

udi 

idi 

kena 

kayena 

IV. 

ludi 

idi 

kaluena 

kayena 

V. 

< 

didi 

adi 

kadiena 

kena 

VI. 

budi 

adi 

kabuena 

kena 

VII. 

i i 

cidi 

bidi 

kaciena 

kabiena 

VIII. 

‘ ‘ 

kadi 

tudi 

kakena 

katuena 

Past  Tense — I 

was,  etc. 

Affirmative. 

Negative, 

Singular. 

Plural. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

ISt 

p.  nakadi 

tuakadi 

ciakadi 

katuakadi 

2nd 

p.  wakadi 

nuakadi 

kuakadi 

kanuakadi 

3rd 

p.  wakadi 

bakadi 

kakadi 

kabakadi 

II. 

wakadi 

yakadi 

kawakadi 

kayakadi 

III. 

wakadi 

yakadi 

kakadi 

kayakadi 

IV. 

< i 

iuakadi 

yakadi 

kaluakadi 

kayakadi 

V. 

diakadi 

akadi 

kadiakadi 

kakadi 

VI. 

buakadi 

akadi 

kabuakadi 

kakadi 

VII. 

ciakadi 

biakadi 

kaciakadi 

kabiakadi 

VIII. 

' 

kak  di 

tuakadi 

kakakadi 

katuakadi 

8o 


VERBS. 


II  Cidi  (neg.  cena),  to  he. 

Present  Tense— 

-7  am,  etc. 

Affirmative. 

Negative. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

I St 

p.  ncidi 

tucidi 

cicena 

katucena 

2ndp.  ucidi 

nucidi 

kucena 

kanucena 

3rd  p.  ucidi 

bacidi 

kacena 

kabacena 

II. 

ucidi 

icidi 

kaucena 

kaicena 

III. 

ucidi 

icidi 

kacena 

kaicena 

IV. 

lucidi 

icidi 

kalucena 

kaicena 

V. 

< 

dicidi 

acidi 

kadicena 

kacena 

VI. 

t 

bucidl 

acidi 

kabuccna 

kd^cena 

VII. 

i 

cicidi 

bicidi 

kacicena 

kabicena 

VIII. 

i 

kacidi 

tucidi 

kakaceria 

katucena 

Past  Tense — 7 

was,  etc. 

Affirmative 

Negative. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

isX 

p.  nakacidi 

tuakacidi 

ciakacidi 

katuakacidi 

2nd 

p.  wakacidi 

nuakacidi 

kuakacidi 

kanuakacidi 

3rd  p.  wakacidi 

bakacidi 

kakacidi 

kabakacidi 

II. 

wakacidi 

yakacidi 

kawakacidi 

kayakacidi 

IIL 

f « 

wakacidi 

yakacidi 

kakacidi 

kayakacidi 

IV. 

“ 

luakacidi 

yakacidi 

kaluakacidi 

kayakacidi 

V. 

( • 

diakacidi 

akacidi 

kadiakacidi 

kakacidi 

VI. 

( ( 

buakacidi  akacidi 

kabiiakacidi 

kakacidi 

VII. 

“ 

ciakacidi 

biakacidi 

kaciakacidi 

kabiakacidi 

VIII. 

kakacidi 

tuakacidi 

kakakacidi 

katuakacidi 

III. 

Tadi  (or  Kadi) 

, to  he  about  to. 

Present  Tense — I am  about  to,  etc. 

Affirmative. 

Negative. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

I St 

p.  ntadi 

tutadi 

2nd 

p.  utadi 

n utadi 

3rd  p.  utadi 

batadi 

II. 

i i 

utadi 

itadi 

For  neg.  use 

the  root  ena, 

III. 

( » 

utadi 

itadi 

the  pres. 

neg.  of  di. 

IV. 

t t 

lutadi 

itadi 

§ 318,  A I. 

V, 

t i 

ditadi 

atadi 

VI. 

< < 

butadi 

atadi 

VII. 

t i 

citadi 

bitadi 

VIII. 

1 1 

katadi 

tutadi 

VERBS. 


8l 


IV  Tu,  to  be  (Habitual). 

Present  Tense — I am,  etc. 
Affirmative.  Negative. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

I St 

p.  ntu 

tutu 

citu 

katutu 

2nd 

p.  utu 

nutu 

kutu 

kanutu 

3rd  p.  utu 

batu 

katu 

kabatu 

II. 

i 

utu 

itu 

kautu 

kaitu 

III. 

i 

utu 

itu 

katu 

kaitu 

IV. 

€ 

lutu 

itu 

kalutu 

kaitu 

V. 

t 

ditu 

atu 

kaditu 

kAtu 

VI. 

t 

butu 

atu 

kabutu 

kAtu 

VII. 

i i 

citu 

bitu 

kacitu 

kabitu 

VIII. 

1 i 

katu 

tutu 

kakatu 

katutu 

V.  Negative 

I,  not  to  be. 

Present  Tense— 

T am  not,  etc. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

ist  p.  ci 

katui 

2nd  p.  kui 

kanul 

3rd  p.  kai 

kabai 

II. 

‘ ‘ kawi 

kayi 

III. 

“ kai 

kayl 

IV. 

“ kalui 

kayi 

V. 

‘ ' kadi 

k&i 

VI. 

“ kabui 

k^i 

VII. 

“ kaci 

kabi 

VIII. 

kakai 

katui 

B.  Paradigm  of  Regular  Verb  Suma,  to  bite. 

I.  Imperative  Mood. 

Present  Tense — Bite  thou,  etc. 

Affirmative  Negative 

Singular.  Plural.  Singular.  Plural. 

2nd  p.  suma  sumi  kusumi  kanusuml 


II.  Infinitive  Mood. 
Present  Tense — To  bite. 
kusuma. 


82 


VERBS. 


III.  Participles 
(a)  Active, 


Present  Tense — Biting.  Past  Tense — Having  bitten. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

ist  p.  nsuma 

tusuma 

musume 

basume 

2nd  p.  usuma 

nusuma 

musume 

basume 

3rd  p.  usuma 

basuma 

musume 

basume 

II. 

“ usuma 

isuma 

musume 

misume 

III. 

“ usuma 

isuma 

musume 

misume 

IV. 

“ lusuma 

isuma 

lusume 

misume 

V. 

“ disuma 

asuma 

disume 

masume 

VI. 

“ busuma 

asuma 

busume 

masume 

VII. 

“ cisuma 

bisuma 

cisume 

bisume 

VIII. 

“ kasuma 

tusuma 

kasume 

tusume 

{b)  P a s s : 

i V e . 

Past  Tense— 

-Bitten. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

ist  p,  musuma 

basuma 

. 

2nd  p.  musuma 

basuma 

3rd  p.  musuma 

basuma 

II. 

‘ ‘ musuma 

misuma 

III. 

“ musuma 

misuma 

IV. 

“ lusuma 

misuma 

V. 

“ disuma 

masuma 

VI. 

“ busuma 

masuma 

VII. 

“ cisuma 

bisuma 

VIII. 

“ kasuma 

tusuma 

IV,  Indicative  Mood. 

(a)  Present  Progressiv  Tens  — / am  biting,  etc. 
Affirmative. 

Singular.  Plural. 


I. 

ist  p.  ndi  nsuma 

tudi  tusuma 

2ndp.  udi  usuma 

nudi  nusuma 

3rd  p.  udi  usuma 

badi  basuma 

II. 

“ udi  usuma 

idi  isuma 

III. 

“ udi  usuma 

idi  isuma 

IV. 

“ ludi  lusuma 

idi  isuma 

V. 

" didi  disuma 

adi  asuma 

VI. 

" budi  busuma 

adi  asuma 

VII. 

cidi  cisuma 

bidi  bisuma 

VIII. 

kadi  kasuma 

tudi  tusuma 

VERBS. 


83 


Negative. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

ist  p.  Ciena  nsuma 

katuena  tusuma 

2ndp.  kuena  usuma 

kanuena  nusuma 

3rd  p.  kena  usuma 

kabena  basuma 

II. 

“ kawena  usuma 

kayena  isuma 

III. 

“ k na  usuma 

kayena  isuma 

IV. 

“ kaluena  lusuma 

kayena  isuma 

V. 

“ kadiena  disuma 

kena  asuma 

VI. 

“ kabuena  busuma 

kena  asuma 

VII. 

" kaciena  cisuma 

kabiena  bisuma 

VIII. 

**  kakena  kasuma 

katuena  tusuma 

ib) 

Present  Perfect  Progressive  Tense— 

-I  have  bitten,  etc. 

Affirmative. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

ist  p.  ndi  musume 

tudi  basume 

2ndp.  udi  musume 

nudi  basume 

3rd  p.  udi  musume 

badi  basume 

II. 

“ udi  musume 

idi  misume 

III. 

“ udi  musume 

idi  misume 

IV. 

“ ludi  lusume 

idi  misume 

V. 

“ didi  disume 

adi  masume 

VI. 

“ budi  busume 

adi  masume 

VII. 

“ cidi  cisume 

bidi  bisume 

VIII. 

**  kadi  kasume 

tudi  tusume 

Negative. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

ist  p.  ciena  musume 

katuena  basume 

2ndp.  kuena  musume 

kanuena  basume 

3rd  p.  kena  musume 

kabena  basume 

II. 

“ kawena  musume 

kayena  misume 

III. 

‘‘  kena  musume 

kayena  misume 

IV. 

“ kaluena  lusume 

kayena  misume 

V. 

'*  kadle  a disume 

kena  masume 

VI- 

“ kabuena  busume 

kena  masume 

VII. 

“ kaciena  cisume 

kabiena  bisume 

VIII. 

“ kakena  kasume 

katuena  tusume 

84 


VERBS, 


(c)  First  Present  Actual — I am  now  biting,  etc. 


Affirmative. 


I.  ist  p. 
2nd  p. 
3rd  p. 
II.  “ 

III.  “ 

IV.  “ 

V.  “ 

VI. 

VII.  “ 
VIII.  “ 


Singular, 
ncidi  nsuma 
ucidi  usuma 
ucidi  usuma 
ucidi  usuma 
ucidi  usuma 
lucidi  lusuma 
dicidi  disuma 
bucidi  busuma 
cicidi  cisuma 
kacidi  kasuma 


Negative. 


I. 


II. 

III. 

IV. 
V. 

VI. 

VII. 

VIII. 


Singular. 

1st  p.  cicena  nsuma 
2nd  p.  kucena  usuma 
3rd  p.  kacena  usuma 
“ kaucena  usuma 
kacena  usuma 
kalucena  lusuma 
“ kadicena  disuma 
“ kabucena  busuma 
“ kacicena  cisuma 
kakacena  kasuma 


Plural. 

tucidi  tusuma 
nucidi  nusuma 
bacidi  basuma 
icidi  isuma 
icidi  isuma 
icidi  isuma 
acldi  asuma 
acidi  asuma 
bicidi  bisuma 
tucidi  tusuma 


Plural. 

katucena  tusuma 
kanucena  nusuma 
kabacena  basuma 
kaicena  isuma 
kaicena  isuma 
kaicena  isuma 
kacena  asuma 
kacena  asuma 
kabicena  bisuma 
katucena  tusuma 


{d)  Second  Present  Actual — I am  biting,  etc. 

Affirmative.  Negative. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

ist  p.  nsumasuma 

tusumasuma 

2ndp.  usumasuma 

nusumasuma 

3rd  p.  usumasuma 

basumasuma 

II. 

III. 

“ usumasuma 
usumasuma 

isumasuma 

isumasuma 

Use  neg.  of  Present  Pro- 
gressive. § 318  B 
IV  (a). 

IV. 

lusumasuma 

isumasuma 

V. 

“ disumasuma 

asumasuma 

VI. 

“ busumasuma 

asumasuma 

VII. 

“ cisumasuma 

bisumasuma 

VIII. 

“ kasumasuma 

tusumasuma 

VERBS, 


85 


(e)  Present  Habitual — / bile,  etc. 
Affirmative. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

ist  p.  ntu  ngasuma 

tutu  tuasuma 

2ndp.  utu  wasuma 

nutu  nuasuma 

3rd  p.  utu  wasuma 

batu  basuma 

II. 

“ utu  wasuma 

itu  yasuma 

III. 

‘ ‘ utu  wasuma 

itu  yasuma 

IV. 

“ lutu  luasuma 

itu  yasuma 

V. 

" ditu  diasuma 

atu  asuma 

VI. 

“ butu  buasuma 

atu  asuma 

VII. 

citu  ciasuma 

bitu  biasuma 

VIII. 

“ katu  kasuma 

tutu  tuasuma 

Negative. 


I. 


II. 

III. 

IV. 
V. 

VI. 

VII. 

VIII. 


Singular. 

ist  p.  citu  ngasuma 
2nd  p.  kutu  wasuma 
3rd  p.  katu  wasuma 
“ kautu  wasuma 
“ katu  wasuma 
*•  kalutu  luasuma 

“ kaditu  diasuma 

kabutu  buasuma 
“ kacitu  ciasuma 
kakatu  kasuma 


Plural. 

katutu  tuasuma 
kanutu  nuasuma 
kabatu  basuma 
kaitu  yasuma 
kaitu  yasuma 
kaitu  yasuma 
katu  asuma 
katu  asuma 
kabitu  biasuma 
katutu  tuasuma 


(/)  Past  Indefinite — I bit,  etc. 

Affirmative.  Negative. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

ist  p.  nakusuma 

tuakusuma 

ciakusuma 

katuakusuma 

2nd  p.  wakusuma 

nuakusuma 

kuakusuma 

kanuakusuma 

3rd  p.  wakusuma 

bakusuma 

kakusuma 

kabakusuma 

II. 

“ wakusuma 

yakusuma 

kawakusuma 

kayakusuma 

Ill 

“ wakusuma 

yakusuma 

kakusuma 

kayakusuma 

IV. 

“ luakusuma 

yakusuma 

kaluakusuma 

kayakusuma 

V. 

“ diakusuma 

akusuma 

kadiakusuma 

kakusuma 

VI. 

“ buakusuma 

akusuma 

kabuakusuma 

kakusuma 

VII. 

“ ciakusuma 

biakusuma 

kaciakusuma 

kabiakusuma 

VIII. 

“ kakusuma 

tuakusuma 

kakakusuma 

katuakusuma 

86 


VERBS. 


(g)  Past  Perfect — I had  bitten,  etc. 
Affirmative.  Negative. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

ist  p.  nakasuma 

tuakasuma 

ciakasuma 

katuakasuma 

2ndp.  wakasuma 

nuakasuma 

kuakasuma 

kanuakasuma 

3rd  p.  wakasuma 

bakasuma 

kakasuma 

kabakasuma 

II. 

“ wakasuma 

yakasuma 

kawakasuma 

kayakasuma 

III. 

" wakasuma 

yakasuma 

kakasuma 

kayakasuma 

IV. 

“ luakasuma 

yakasuma 

kaluakasuma 

kayakasuma 

V. 

“ diakasuma 

akasuma 

kadiakasuma 

kakasuma 

VI. 

“ buakasuma  akasuma 

kabuakasuma 

kakasuma 

VII. 

“ ciakasuma 

biakasuma 

kaciakasuma 

kabiakasuma 

VIII. 

'•  kakasuma 

tuakasuma 

kakakasuma 

katuakasuma 

{h)  Past  Progressive — I was  biting,  etc. 


Affirmative. 


I.  ist  p, 
2nd  p. 
3rd  p. 
II.  “ 

III.  •' 

IV.  “ 

V.  “ 

VI.  “ 
VII.  “ 
VIII.  “ 


Singular 

nakadi  nsuma 
wakadi  usuma 
wakadi  usuma 
wakadi  usuma 
wakadi  usuma 
luakadi  lusuma 
diakadi  disuma 
buakadi  busuma 
ciakadi  cisuma 
kakadi  kasuma 


Plural. 

tuakadi  tusuma 
nuakadi  nusuma 
bakadi  basuma 
yakadi  isuma 
yakadi  isuma 
yakadi  isuma 
akadi  asuma 
akadi  asuma 
biakadi  bisuma 
tuakadi  tusuma 


Negative. 

Singular. 

I.  ist  p.  ciakadi  nsuma 
2nd  p.  kuakadi  usuma 
3rd  p.  kakadi  usuma 

II.  “ kawakadi  usuma 

III.  “ kakadi  usuma 

IV.  “ kaluakadl  lusuma 

V.  “ kadiakadi  disuma 

VI.  “ kabuakadi  busuma 

VII.  “ kaciakadi  cisuma 

VIII.  “ kakakadi  kasuma 


Plural. 

katuakadi  tusuma 
kanuakadi  nusuma 
kabakadi  basuma 
kayakadi  isuma 
kayakadi  isuma 
kayakadi  isuma 
kakadi  asuma 
kakadi  asuma 
kabiakadi  bisuma 
katuakadi  tusuma 


VERBS. 


87 


(i)  Past  Perfect  Progressive — I had  been  biting,  etc. 


I. 

I St 

Affirmative. 

Singular. 

p.  nakadi  musume 

Plural. 

tuakadi  basume 

II. 

2nd  p.  .vakadi  musume 
3rd  p.  wakadi  musume 
• ‘ Avakadi  musume 

nuakadi  basume 
bakadi  basume 
yakadi  misume 

III. 

i 

wakadi  musume 

yakadi  misume 

IV. 

i 1 

luakadi  lusume 

yakadi  misume 

V. 

i 

diakadi  disume 

akadi  masume 

VI. 

% ( 

buakadi  busume 

akadl  masume 

VII 

i 1 

ciakadi  cisume 

biakadi  bisume 

VIII. 

i i 

kakadi  kasume 

tuakadi  tusume 

I. 

I St 

Negative. 

Singular. 

p.  ciakadi  musume 

Plural. 

katuakadi  basume 

II. 

2ndp.  kuakadi  musume 
3rd  p.  kakadi  musume 
“ kawakadi  musume 

kanuakadi  basume 
kabakadi  basume 
kayakadi  misume 

III. 

i i 

kakadi  musume 

kayakadi  misume 

IV. 

i t 

kaluakadi  lusume 

kayakadi  misume 

V. 

( ( 

kadiakadi  disume 

kakadi  masume 

VI. 

C t 

kabuakadi  busume 

kakadi  masume 

VII. 

t t 

kaciakadi  cisume 

kabiakadi  bisume 

VIII. 

i t 

kakakadi  kasume 

katuakadi  tusume 

(7)  Present  Repetitive — 7 keep  biting  and  biting,  etc. 


Affirmative. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

ist  p.  nsuma  nsuma 

tusuma  tusuma 

2nd  p.  usuma  usuma 

nusuma  nusuma 

3rd  p.  usuma  usuma 

basuma  basuma 

II. 

“ usuma  usuma 

isuma  isuma 

III. 

“ usuma  usuma 

Isuma  isuma 

IV. 

“ lusuma  iusuma 

isuma  isuma 

V. 

“ disuma  disuma 

asuma  asuma 

VI. 

“ busuma  busuma 

asuma  asuma 

VII. 

“ cisuma  cisuma 

bisuma  bisuma 

VIII. 

“ kasuma  kasuma 

tusuma  tusuma 

Negative. 


Use  neg.  o f 
Present  Pro- 
gressive. 
§ 318  B IV 
{a). 


88 


VERBS. 


{k)  Past  Repetitive — / kept  biting  and  biting,  ^ 

etc. 

Affirmative. 

Negative. 

Singular 

Plural. 

I. 

ist  p.  ngasiuna  ngasunia 

tuasuma  tuasuma 

2nd  p.  wasuma  wasuraa 

nuasuma  nuasuma 

3rd  p.  wasuma  wasuma 

basuma  basuma 

Use  generally 

II. 

“ wasuma  wasuma 

yasuma  yasuma 

neg.  of  Pres. 

III. 

“ wasuma  wasuma 

yasuma  yasuma 

Perf.  Pro- 

IV. 

“ luasuma  luasuma 

yasuma  yasuma 

gressive. 

V. 

“ diasuma  diasuma 

asuma  asuma 

§ 318  B IV 

VI. 

“ buasuma  buasuma 

, asuma  asuma 

ih). 

VII. 

“ ciasuma  ciasuma 

biasuma  biasuma 

VIII. 

**  kasuma  kasuma 

tuasuma  tuasuma 

(/)  Future— 

■7  shall  bite,  etc. 

Affirmative. 

Negative. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

I 

ist  p nensume 

netusume 

2nd  p.  neusume 

nenusume 

II. 

III. 

IV. 
V. 

3rd  p.  neasume 
“ neusume 

“ neasume 

“ nelusume 

“ nedlsume 

nebasume 

neisume 

nelsume 

neisume 

neasume 

Use  neg.  0 f 
Pres.  Pro- 
gressive. 
§ 318  B IV 
(a). 

VI. 

“ nebusume 

neasume 

VII. 

“ necisume 

nebisume 

VIII. 

“ nekasume 

netusume 

(w)  Future  Imminent — 7 am  about  to  bite. 

Affirmative. 

Negative, 

Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

ist  p.  ntadi  wakusuma 

tutadi  bakusuma 

2nd  p.  utadi  wakusuma 

nutadi  bakusuma 

3rd  p.  utadi  wakusuraa  batadi  bakusuma 


II. 

“ utadi  wakusuma 

itadi  yakusuma 

III. 

“ utadi  wakusuma 

itadi  yakusuma 

IV. 

“ lutadi  luakusuma 

itadi  yakusuma 

V. 

“ ditadi  diakusuma 

atadi  akusuma 

VI. 

“ butadi  buakusuma 

atadi  akusuma 

VII. 

citadi  ciakusuma 

bitadi  biakusuma 

VIII. 

“ katadi  kakusuma 

tutadi  tuakusuma 

Use  neg.  o f 
Pres.  Pro- 
gressive. 
§ 318  B IV 
(a). 


VERBS, 


89 


(n)  Present  Imminent — I am  just  about  to  bite,  etc. 

Affirmative.  Negative. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

I St  p.  ntadi  nsuma 

tutadi  tusuma 

2nd  p.  utadi  usuma 

nutadi  nusuma 

IL 

III. 

3rd  p.  utadi  usuma 
“ utadi  usuma 

“ utadi  usuma 

batadi  basuma 
itadi  isuma 
itadi  isuma 

Use  neg.  0 f 
Pres.  Pro- 
gressive. 
§ 318  B IV 
(a). 

IV. 

“ lutadiTusuma 

itadi  isuma 

V. 

‘‘  ditadi  dismna 

atadi  asuma 

VI. 

“ butadi  busuma 

atadi  asuma 

VII. 

“ citadi  cisuma 

bitadi  bisuma 

VIII. 

“ katadi  kasuma 

tutadi  tusuma 

V.  Subjunctive  Mood. 


Present  Tense — (//)  I bite,  etc.* 
Affirmative. 


Singular. 

[Plural. 

I. 

ist  p.  nasuma 

tuasuma 

2nd  p.  wasuma 

nuasuma 

3rd  p.  wasuma 

basuma 

II. 

‘ ‘ wasuma 

yasuma 

III. 

‘ ‘ wasuma 

yasuma 

IV. 

‘ ‘ luasuma 

yasuma 

V. 

“ diasuma 

asuma 

VI. 

“ buasuma 

asuma 

VII. 

‘ ‘ ciasuma 

biasuma 

VIII. 

“ kasuma 

tuasuma 

Negative. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

Ist  p.  nyikala  ci  musume 

tuikala  katui  basume 

2nd  p.  wikala  kui  musume 

nuikala  kanui  basume 

3rd  p.  wikala  kai  musume 

bikala  kabai  basume 

II. 

' ‘ wikala  kawi  musume 

yikala  kayi  misume 

III. 

“ wikala  kai  musume 

yikaia  kayi  misume 

IV. 

“ luikala  kalui  lusume 

yikala  kayi  misume 

V. 

**  dikala  kadi  disume 

ikala  kai  masume 

VI. 

“ buikala  kabui  busume 

ikala  kai  masume 

VII. 

“ ctkd,la  kaci  cisume 

bikala  kab!  bisum  e 

VIII. 

“ kikala  kakai  kasume 

tuikala  katui  tusume 

* Though  the  Pres.  Subiunctive  forms  are  nearly  always  found  with  the  sub- 


|j  ordinating  prefixes  bi.  ha.  when  etc.,  with  the  consequent  pronominal 

I suffixes  in  all  .^rd  person  forms,  yet  the  pronominal  prefixes  are  used  in  the 

j paradigm.  Compare  § 306  (c)  Rems,  i and  2. 


90 


VERBS. 


Past  Tense — / would  have  bitten ^ etc. 
Affirmative. 

Singular. 


I.  ist  p.  nakadi  kusuma 
2nd  p.  wakadi  kusuma 
3rd  p.  wakadi  kusuma 


Plural. 

tuakadi  kusuma 
nuakadi  kusuma 
bakadi  kusuma 


II. 

“ wakadi  kusuma 

yakadi  kusuma 

III. 

“ wakadi  kusuma 

yakadi  kusuma 

IV. 

“ luakadi  kusuma 

yakadi  kusuma 

V. 

“ diakadi  kusuma 

akadi  kusuma 

VI. 

“ buakadi  kusuma 

akadi  kusuma 

VIL 

“ ciakadi  kusuma 

biakadi  kusuma 

VIII. 

“ kakadi  kusuma 

tuakadi  kusuma 

Negative. 

Singular. 

I.  ist  p.  ciakadi  kusuma 
2nd  p.  kuakadi  kusuma 
3rd  p.  kakadi  kusuma 

II.  “ kawakadi  kusuma 

III.  “ kakadi  kusuma 

IV.  “ kaluakadi  kusuma 

V.  “ kadiakadi  kusuma 

VI.  “ kabuakadi  kusuma 

VII.  “ kaciakadi  kusuma 

VIII.  “ kakakadi  kusuma 


Plural. 

katuakadi  kusuma 
kanuakadi  kusuma 
kabakadi  kusuma 
kayakadi  kusuma 
kayakadi  kusuma 
kayakadi  kusuma 
kakadi  kusuma 
kakadi  kusuma 
kabiakadi  kusuma 
katuakadi  kusuma 


VI.  Pur por live  Mood. 

Present  Tense — That  I may  bite,  etc. 
Affirmative. 


Negative. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

ist  p.  nsume 

tusume 

cisume 

katusume 

2nd  p.  usume 

nusume 

kusume 

kanusume 

3rd  p.  asume 

basume 

kasume 

kabasume 

II. 

“ usume 

isume 

kausume 

kaisume 

III. 

“ asume 

isume 

kasume 

kaisume 

IV. 

“ lusume 

isume 

kalusume 

kaisume 

V. 

“ disume 

asume 

kadisume 

kasume 

VI. 

“ busume 

asume 

kabusume 

kasume 

VTI. 

“ cisume 

b isume 

kacisume 

kabisume 

VIII 

“ kasume 

tusume 

kakasume 

katusume 

LOCATIVES  WITH  VERBS. 


91 


VII.  The  Peculiar  Negatives. 


(a)  The  Munyi  Negative — Why  don't  I bite?,  etc. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

ist  p.  cisumi 

katusumi 

2nd  p.  kusumi 

kanusumi 

3rd  p.  kasumi 

kabasumi 

II. 

“ kausumi 

kaisumi 

III. 

“ kasumi 

kaisumi 

IV. 

“ kalusuml 

kaisumi 

V. 

“ kadisumi 

kasumi 

VI. 

“ kabusumi 

kd.sumi 

VII. 

“ kacisumi 

kabisumi 

VIII. 

“ kakasumi 

katusumi 

(&)  The  Ci  Negative — Why  don't  I bite?,  etc. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

I. 

ist  p.  cicisumi 

katucisumi 

2nd  p.  kucisumi 

kanucisumi 

3rd  p.  kacisumi 

kabacisumi 

II. 

“ kaucisumi 

kaicisumi 

III. 

“ kacisumi 

kaicisumi 

IV. 

“ kalucisumi 

kaicisumi 

V. 

“ kadicisumi 

kacisumi 

VI. 

“ kabucisumi 

kacisumi 

VII. 

“ kacicisumi 

kabicisumi 

VIII. 

“ kakacisumi 

katucisumi 

LOCATIVES  WITH  VERBS. 

319.  The  locatives,  mu  and  ku  and  ha,  when  inflected  with  the 
verb,  need  careful  study,  for  they  are  of  frequent  occurrence.  The 
locatives  may  be  either  suffixed  or  prefixed  directly  to  the  verb. 

I.  The  Locatives  Suffixed. 

320.  The  locatives  are  suffixed  directly  to  verbs,  affirmative  and 
negative,  when  there  is  the  idea  of  place  expressed  or  understood  in 
the  sentence.  In  such  cases  the  locative  is  to  be  translated  by  in  it, 
in  them,  at  it,  at  them,  on  it,  on  them,  thither,  within,  without,  hence, 
thence,  hither,  etc. 

Rzm.  I.  The  locative  word  to  be  employed  depends  upon  the  loca- 
tive expressed  or  understood  in  the  course  of  the  conversation. 


92 


LOCATIVES  WITH  VERBS. 


Rem.  2.  In  compound  tenses  the  locatives  are  suffixed  to  the  par- 
ticiple rather  than  to  the  auxiliary. 

Rem.  3.  Observe  that  hu  is  preferred  to  ha  as  the  suffixed  form. 

Examples  of  locative  suffixed: 

Xdimu,  1 am  in  {it);  ndiku,  I am  at  {it)i  ndihu,  I am  on  {it). 
Cifulu  cidi  ha  mesa?  cidihu,  is  the  hat  on  the  table?  it  is  on  {it). 
Wakuxikama  mu  nsubu?  nakuxikamamu,  did  you  sit  in  the  house? 
I sat  in  {it). 

Wakayaku,  he  has  gone  to  it  {thither). 

Lua  ne  cisuka,  ng:elemu  [§  312  (a)]  bintu,  bring  the  basket  in  order 
that  I may  put  the  things  in  it. 

Kenaku,  he  is  not  here,  or  is  not  there. 

II.  Locatives  Prefixed. 

321.  The  locatives  are  prefixed  to  the  finite  parts  of  the  verb,  not 
to  participles  or  infinitives.  They  are  thus  used  in  many  kinds  of 
subordinate  clauses  expressing  place,  especially  in  indirect  questions 
and  in  relative  clauses  which  in  English  are  introduced  by  where, 
whither,  whence,  whereon,  wherein,  etc.,  in  which  the  antecedent  with 
its  governing  locative  is  unexpressed,  but  understood.  Cf.  § 169,  Rem. 

\di  munya  kuakukulukeye,  I know  where  he  fell. 

Kena  mumunye  hanakuya,  he  does  not  know  where  I went. 

Undexe  hakucitekeye,  show  me  where  he  put  it  (cifulu,  hat). 

Ciena  mumunye  mudiye,  I don't  know  in  what  (e.g.,  house)  he  is. 

Wakumona  hadi  bakuxi  badima?  have  you  seen  where' the  wcnnen 
are  working  ? 

Tumbele  tuakadi  muakulaleye,  the  peanuts  were  {in  the  house)  in 
which  he  slept. 

Rem.  I.  Note  the  following  use  with  ne,  whether,  if. 

Ya  uk6ba  ne  mudi  bixi,  go  and  see  if  there  are  any  insects  in  {it), 
lit.  go  and  see  whether  therein  are  insects. 

Rem.  2.  We  have  a somewhat  similar  construction  with  the  infini- 
tive, but  the  locative  in  such  cases  preceded  the  -a,  meaning  to  or  for. 
Cf.  § 239  {b),  Rem.  i. 

Ciena  ne  mua  kutekela  bintu  biinyl,  I have  no  place  in  which  to 
put  my  things. 

Rem.  3.  In  all  cases  where  the  locatives  are  used  with  the  finite 
parts  of  the  verb,  the  subject,  if  third  person,  is  the  pronominal  suflhx. 
Cf.  § 124  (a). 

Rem.  4.  The  locatives  are  prefixed  to  the  auxiliary  in  compound 
tenses,  not  to  the  participle  as  in  the  case  of  the  locative  suflSx.  Cf. 
§ 320,  Rem.  2. 


DERIVATIVE  VERBS  AND  NOUNS. 


93 


Rem.  5.  It  is  of  importance  to  distinguish  when  to  use  the  locative 
suflSxed  and  when  the  locative  prefixed.  As  a general  rule  the  former 
are  translated  by  the  simple  phrases  in  it,  in  them,  etc.,  whereas  the 
latter  are  translated  by  where,  whither,  wherein,  whereon,  etc.,  in  sub 
ordinate  clauses  with  the  antecedent  omitted. 

Rem.  6.  The  locative  word  to  be  employed  depends  upon  the  loca- 
tive expressed  or  understood  in  the  course  of  the  conversation. 

Rem.  7.  The  above  use  of  the  locative  prefixes  in  subordinate  clauses 
is  not  to  be  confounded  with  the  locatives  prefixed  in  simple  sentences 
(§  1 15),  or  with  the  relative  clause  when  locative  and  antecedent  are 
expressed,  though  the  principle  is  the  same  in  all. 

Rem.  8.  The  locative  prefixed  construction  is  used  in  direct  ques- 
tions with  the  verb  di,  to  he.  § 381. 

Wakuya  kudi  kunyi  ? where  has  he  gone?  lit.  he  has  gone  to  it  is 
where? 

Rem.  9.  As  w’e  have  seen  under  § 106  (c)  (i),  the  locatives  do  not 
stand  immediately  before  the  disjunctive  personal  pronouns  of  class  I 
and  the  sing,  of  class  III.  In  these  cases  we  have  the  locative  pre- 
fixed construction  with  some  verb  meaning  to  he.  In  fact  we  often  find 
this  construction  not  only  with  the  pronoun,  as  above  mentioned,  but 
also  with  nouns,  where  in  English  the  simple  preposition  with  the 
pronoun  or  noun  would  be  used;  as,  lua  kundi,  come  to  me,  i.e.,  where 
I am\  ya  kudiye,  go  to  him,  i.e.,  where  he  is]  ya  kudi  mamu*ebi, 
go  to  your  mother. 

DERIVATIVE  VERBS  AND  NOUNS. 

322.  The  Buluba-Lulua  language  is  very  rich  in  derived  verbs 
and  nouns,  and  these  add  much  to  the  flexibility  and  precision  of  ex- 
pression. As  a general  rule,  we  may  say  that  the  agglutinative  process 
is  the  principle  on  which  the  majority  of  such  derivatives  are  made. 
Naturally  such  words  occupy  a large  and  an  important  place  in  the 
language. 

One  w'ould  suppose  that,  having  stated  the  general  laws  governing 
the  formation  and  meaning  of  the  various  derivatives,  only  the  root 
w'ord  need  be  introduced  in  the  Vocabulary,  but  often  the  derived 
form  comes  to  have  a special  meaning  w’hich  demands  for  it  a place 
in  the  Vocabulary.  On  the  other  hand  certain  English  words  have 
as  their  equivalents  some  of  the  derived  forms,  and  these  must  of 
necessity  be  introduced.  But  these  derived  forms  have  not  been  put 
into  the  Vocabulary  except  when  necessity  seemed  to  demand  it,  other- 
wise the  number  of  words  would  be  almost  indefinitely  large. 


94  DERIVATIVE  VERBS  AND  NOUNS. 


I.  Derivative  Verbs. 

323.  Nearly  every  simple  verb  root  in  the  language  may  have  one 
or  more  derivative  forms  which  modify  in  various  ways  the  root  idea. 
This  modification  is  made  by  means  of  certain  suffixes,  whereas,  in 
English,  such  modifications  are  made  by  pre-fixes,  for  the  most  part. 
Thus,  in  English,  we  say  make,  remake,  unmake',  form,  reform,  trans- 
form, conform',  etc.  In  the  Buluba-Lulua  we  have,  for  example,  from 
the  root  sanga,  to  put  together,  some  such  derived  forms  as  sangila, 
sangixa,  sangakana,  sangakanya,  sangangana,  sanguluka,  etc. 

324.  Of  course  not  every  verb  root  can  have,  as  a fact,  all  the  de- 
rived forms,  for  often  the  root  meaning  would  preclude  it. 

325.  All  of  these  derived  frrms  are,  in  every  sense,  verbs,  and  they 
take  the  usual  pronominal  prefixes,  suffixes  and  infixes,  and  have  all 
the  usual  verbal  adjuncts. 

1 326.  Sometimes  we  may  find  two  or  more  suffixes  at  the  same  time, 

\ added  to  the  same  root,  thus  still  farther  modifying  the  meaning. 

327.  Some  verbs  are  simple  roots,  though  they  have  apparently 
a derived  form.  On  the  other  hand  some  verbs  evidently  have  a de- 
rived form  but  have  lost  the  derivative  signification. 

Applied  Forms. 

328.  What  is  called  the  Applied  Form  of  the  verb  is  obtained  by 
changing  the  final  vowel  of  the  root  to  ila  or  ela  or  ina  or  yina,  in  ac- 
cordance with  certain  rules  which  will  be  stated  later.  The  resulting 
form  expresses  the  idea  of  advantage  or  disadvantage  to  the  person 
or  thing  affected;  or  it  may  in  a general  way  denote  an  action  done 
to  some  object  or  done  on  behalf  of  some  object  or  because  of  some 
person  or  thing,  and  hence  can  generally  be  translated  into  English 
by  to,  for,  against,  etc. 

banda,  to  climb,  gives  bandila,  to  climb  for  {one)',  * 

‘ iba,  to  steal,  gives  ibila,  to  steal  for  {one)’, 

songa,  to  carve,  gives  songela,  to  carve  for  {one)', 

tuma,  to  send,  gives  tumina,  to  send  to  {one)’, 

suna,  to  fetch  water,  gives  sunyina,  to  fetch  water  for  {one). 

Rem.  I.  The  Applied  Form  is  often  used  where  in  English  we  find 
a prepositional  phrase  indicating  instrument  or  purpose,  and  hence 
. is  sometimes  to  be  translated  by  with  or  for  or  other  appropriate  prepo- 
sitions. This  same  form  has  an  extensive  use  in  asking  the  question 
why?  what  for?  etc.  § 420. 


* Observe  that  the  simple  roots  are  translated  as  infinitives. 


DERIVATIVE  VERBS  AND  NOUNS. 


95 


L'di  uyila  ku  Ibanj  cinyi?  why  are  you  going  to  Ihanj? 

■ Wakfidila  makela  cinyi?  jor  what  reason  did  you  buy  the  eggs? 

Ndi  nk^ba  iuvu  lua  mbua  kudila,  I am  looking  jor  a trough  jor 
the  dog  to  eat  out  oj. 

Rem.  2.  Often  these  Applied  Forms  can  scarcely  be  translated  into 
English. 

Yila  (from  ya,  to  go)  eku,  go  around  this  way. 

329.  The  rules  for  the  formation  of  the  Applied  Forms  are  as  follows: 

(a)  Ila  is  used  when  the  last  vowel  of  the  root  (not  counting  the 
changeable  final  a)  is  a,  a,  i,  i,  u,  u,  or  a monosyllabic  stem  like  ya, 
to  go.  § 26. 

banda,  to  climb,  gives  bandila,  to  climb  jor) 
t^ha,  to  cut,  gives  t^hila,  to  cut  jor-, 
iba,  to  steal,  gives  ibila,  to  steal  jor) 
xiha,  to  kill,  gives  xihila,  to  kill  jor) 
sumba,  to  buy,  gives  sumbila,  to  buy  jor) 

Ibuka,  to  build,  gives  ibukila,  to  build  jor) 
ya,  to  go,  gives  yila,  to  go  jor. 

Note.  Sometimes  the  roots  in  I give  ela;  hence  we  may  from  the 
root  xiha  have  both  xihila  and  xlhela. 

{b)  Ela  is  used  when  the  last  vowel  of  the  root  (not  counting  the 
changeable  final  a)  is  e,  6 or  o.  § 26.  - 

teka,  to  put,  gives  tekela,  to  put  jor) 

kgba,  to  search  jor,  gives  k^bela,  to  search  jor  jor) 

lomba,  to  beg,  gives  lombela,  to  beg  jor. 

(c)  Ina  or  ena  is  used  when  the  last  syllable  of  the  verb  has  m or 
the  double  consonant  ny.  § 15  (b)  (i),  Rem. 

tuma,  to  send,  gives  tumina,  to  send  jor) 

abanya,  to  divide  up,  gives  abanyina,  to  divide  up  jor) 

k^ma,  to  wonder,  gives  kemena,  to  wonder  jor. 

Rem.  The  Applied  Form  of  xima,  to  tell  jalsehood,  is  ximinyina, 
to  tell  jalsehood  on. 

{d)  Tina  or  yena  is  used  when  the  stem  of  the  verb  ends  in  na. 
§ 34  (<2),  Rem. 

suna,  to  bring  water,  gives  sunyina,  to  bring  water  jor. 

{e)  When  the  last  syllable  of  the  unchanged  root  is  a diphthong, 
the  second  letter  of  the  diphthong  generally  determines  the  suffix  in 
accordance  with  the  rules  above  given. 

hueka,  to  go  down,  gives  huekela,  to  go  down  jor) 
buika,  to  shut,  gives  buikila,  to  shut  jor. 


96 


DERIVATIVE  VERBS  AND  NOUNS. 


(/)  When  the  final  a is  itself  part  of  a diphthong,  ua  or  ia,  the  form 
in  11a  is  used. 

dia,  to  eat,  gives  dila,  to  eat  for; 
fua,  to  die,  gives  fuila,  to  die  for. 

330.  It  has  been  already  noted  (§  326)  that  sometimes  two  or  more 
suffi.xes  may  be  added  to  the  same  root  at  the  same  time.  Here  it 
must  be  observed  that  certain  irregularities  occur  when  the  Applied 
Forms  are  added  to  verbs  already  having  the  derivative  suffixes  -akana, 
-angana,  -una  and  -ula.  The  other  suffixes  add  ila,  ela,  etc.,  regu- 
larly. 

(a)  Verbs  in  -akana  give  -akena;  hence  endakana,  to  walk  about, 
gives  endakena,  to  walk  about  for.  Cf.  § 339. 

(b)  Verbs  in  -angana  give  -ilangana,  -elangana,  -inangana, 
-enangana,  -yinangana,  -yenangana;  in  other  words,  angana  is 
simply  added  to  the  regular  Applied  Forms.  Hence  tahangana,  to 
strike  each  other,  gives  t^hilangana,  to  strike  each  other  for;  henda, 
to  offend,  gives  hendelangana,  to  offend  each  other  for,  abanya,  to 
divide  up,  gives  abanyinangana,  to  divide  up  among  each  other  for. 

(c)  Verbs  in  -una  give  -ulna.  § 341. 

andamuna,  to  turn  over,  gives  andamuina,  to  turn  over  for. 

{d)  Verbs  in  -ula  give  -uila.  § 341. 

cibula,  to  break,  gives  cibuila,  to  break  for. 

331.  Further  observation  may  lead  to  the  discovery  of  other  methods 
of  forming  the  Applied  derivatives,  but  the  great  majority  of  verbs 
will  be  found  to  come  under  one  or  the  other  of  the  above  rules. 

332.  The  Applied  Forms  are  generally  regarded  as  transitive,  taking 
a direct  and  an  indirect  object,  but  sometimes  we  find  only  the  indirect 
object.  Note  that  the  indirect  object  immediately  follows  the  verb. 

Wakusunyina  Malendola  mi,  she  has  brought  water  for  Malen- 
dola.  Wakatufuila,  he  died  for  us. 

Causative  Forms. 

333.  The  Causative  Form  of  the  verb  is  obtained  by  changing  the 
final  vowel  of  the  root  to  Ixa,  exa,  uxa  or  yixa,  in  accordance  with 
rules  which  will  be  given  later.  The  resulting  form  is  always  a transi- 
tive verb  which  signifies  making  or  causing  a person  or  thing  to  do 
or  be  the  thing  implied  in  the  original  verb  root. 

banda,  to  go  up,  gives  bandixa,  to  cause  to  go  up,  i.e.,  to  raise; 
flka,  to  be  black,  gives  flkixa.  to  cause  to  be  black,  i.e.,  to  blacken. 


DERIVATIVE  VERBS  AND  NOUNS. 


9^ 


334.  The  rules  for  the  formation  of  the  Causative  Forms  are  as 
follows; 

(a)  Ixa  is  used  when  the  last  vowel  of  the  root  (not  counting  the 
changeable  final  a)  is  a,  &,  i,  i,  u or  u.  § 26. 

banda,  io  go  up,  gives  bandixa,  to  cause  to  go  up,  to  raise] 
taha,  to  cut,  gives  tihixa,  to  cause  to  cut, 

flka,  to  be  black,  gives  flkixa,  to  cause  to  become  black,  to  blacken] 
tuta,  to  come  back,  gives  tucixa,  to  cause  to  come  back  (§  30); 
ibuka,  to  build,  gives  ibukixa,  to  cause  to  build. 

(b)  Exa  is  used  when  the  last  vowel  of  the  root  (not  counting  the 
changeable  final  a)  is  e,  e or  o,  § 26. 

teka,  to  put,  gives  tekexa,  to  cause  to  put] 

k^ba,  to  search  jor,  gives  kebexa,  to  cause  to  look  for] 

lomba,  to  beg,  gives  lombexa,  to  cause  to  beg. 

(c)  Uxa  is  generally  used  when  the  form  to  be  made  causative  ends 
in  ula.  § 26,  Rem. 

ula,  to  be  full,  gives  uxa,  to  cause  to  be  full,  i.e.,  to  fill. 

(d)  Yixa  is  used  when  the  stem  of  the  verb  ends  in  na.  Cf.  § 34  (a), 
Rem. 

cina,  to  fear,  gives  cinyixa,  to  cause  to  fear,  i.e.,  to  frighten. 

(e)  When  the  last  syllable  of  the  unchanged  root  is  a diphthong,  the 
second  letter  of  the  diphthong  generally  determines  the  suffix  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  rules  above  given. 

hueka,  to  go  down,  gives  huekexa,  to  cause  to  go  down] 
buika,  to  shut,  gives  buikixa,  to  cause  to  shut. 

(/)  When  the  final  a is  itself  part  of  a diphthong,  ua  or  la,  the  form 
in  Ixa  is  used. 

dia,  to  eat,  gives  dixa,  to  cause  to  eat,  i.e.,  to  feed] 
hua,  to  be  completed,  gives  huixa,  to  complete. 

335.  Just  as  other  derivative  forms  are  sometimes  given  the  Applied 
Form,  in  the  same  way  we  fi/fjl  that  other  derivative  forms  may,  as 
occasion  demands,  take  the  Causative  Form.  Here  we  must  note  a 
few  peculiarities; 

(a)  The  Cusative  Form  is  made  Applied  or  Reciprocal  by  adding 
the  regular  Applied  or  Reciprocal  suffixes, 
bandixa  gives  bandixila, 
munyixa  gives  munyixangana 


98 


DERIVATIVE  VERBS  AND  NOUNS. 


(b)  Verbs  in  -akana  (§  339)  change  this  to  -aku\a  or  -akanya. 

tanibakana,  to  go  back  and  forth,  gives  tambakuxa  or  tamba- 
kanya,  to  cause  to  go  back  and  forth. 

Rem.  The  form  in  -akuxa  is  Buluba,  that  in  -akanya  is  Lulua. 

(c)  Verbs  in  -uka  give  -uxa,  those  in  -uka  give  -uxa,  those  in 
-adika  give  -adixa. 

dimuka,  to  he  informed,  gives  dimuxa,  to  inform', 

tangaluka,  to  scatter  (intr.),  gives  tangaluxa,  to  scatter  (trans.); 

tangadika,  to  scatter  (intr.),  gives  tangadixa,  to  scatter  (trans.). 

{d)  There  are  a number  of  other  forms  which  have  some  peculiari- 
ties in  the  formation  of  the  Causative  or  transitive  construction.  We 
have  words  in  -ala  (-ala)  having  the  Causative  in  -axa  (-axa);  some 
words  in  -ela  take  Causative  in  -exa;  some  words  take  -ikixa;  some 
take  -ika;  some  in  -oboko  have  -oboxa;  some  in  -akala  give  -aktixa. 
sangala,  to  amend,  gives  sangaxa,  to  cause  to  amend', 
buela,  to  go  in,  gives  buexa,  to  cause  to  go  in', 
sela,  to  move  sidewise,  gives  sexa,  to  cause  to  move  sidewise', 
fuana,  to  be  alike,  gives  fuanyiklxa,  to  cause  to  he  alike  [§  34  (a), 
Rem.]; 

lala,  to  lie  down,  gives  ladika,  to  cause  to  lie  down', 
vuala,  to  put  on  one's  clothes,  gives  vuadika,  to  clothe', 
xikama,  to  sit  down,  gives  xikika,  to  seat  {one)', 
nyongoboka,  to  he  crooked,  gives  nyongoboxa,  to  cause  to  be 
crooked', 

zakala,  to  tremble,  gives  zakuxa,  to  cause  to  tremble. 

Rem.  There  are  a few  other  peculiar  forms,  but  the  great  majority 
of  the  verbs  make  the'Causative  in  one  or  the  other  of  the  ways  in- 
dicated above. 

336.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  vowel  assimilations  for  the  Causa- 
tive Forms  are  almost  the  same  as  those  for  the  Applied.  Note,  how- 
ever, that  the  forms  with  m and  ny  take  ixa  or  exa,  depending  upon 
the  vowel  of  the  root  rather  than  upon  the  presence  of  m or  ny.  § 329  (c) . 
turn  a,  to  send,  gives  turn  ixa,  to  cause  to  send', 
abanya,  to  divide  up,  gives  abanyixa,  to  cause  to  divide  up. 

( 337.  It  is  important  to  note  that  the  Causative  Form  of  the  verb 

is  extensively  used  to  express  the  English  idea  of  to  help  to  do,  to  aid 
in  doing,  etc.  In  this  case  the  person  or  thing  helped  comes  imme- 
1 diately  after  the  verb. 

Wakusunyixa  Malendola  mi,  she  helped  Malendola  to  carry  the 
water. 


DERIVATIVE  VERBS  AND  NOUNS. 


99 


Ya  wibukixe  Kasongo  nsubu  wandi,  go  and  help  Kasongo  to  huild 
his  house. 

Xakumudimixa,  I helped  him  to  work. 

Bakukombexa  Buabu,  they  helped  Buahu  to  sweep. 

338.  The  Applied  Form  of  the  Causative  means  to  ha  e something 
done  for  or  to  get  something  done  for;  as,  from  enza,  to  do,  we  have 
enzela,  to  do  for,  and  enzexa,  to  help  to  do,  and  enzexela,  to  cause 
to  do  for  one,  i.e.,  to  have  done  or  get  done  for  one. 

Intensive  Forms. 

339.  The  Intensive  Form  of  the  verb  is  formed  by  changing  the 
final  vowel  of  the  root  to  -akana,  which  gives  to  the  root  the  idea  of 
intensity  of  action  or  movement,  and  can  generally  be  translated  by 
hack  and  forth,  over  and  over  again,  constantly,  etc.  Sometimes  there 
is  a thought  of  many  doing  the  same  thing,  each  independently.  In 
many  cases  the  intensive  form  cannot  be  translated  into  English. 

enda,  to  go,  gives  endakana,  to  go  about  from  place  to  place; 
huyakana,  to  pant; 

tamba,  to  go  by,  gives  tambakana,  to  go  back  and  forth. 

Rem.  I.  Verbs  in  -nia  have  the  Intensive  suffix  -enena. 
nema,  to  be  heavy,  gives  nemenena,  to  be  heavy. 

Rem.  2.  For  Applied  Form  of  these  verbs  in  -akana,  see  § 330  (a). 

Reciprocal  Form. 

340.  The  Reciprocal  Form  of  the  verb  is  obtained  by  changing 
the  final  vowel  of  the  root  to  -angana,  and  it  conveys  the  idea  that 
the  action  of  the  original  word  is  carried  on  mutually  by  two  or  more 
persons  or  things  with  reference  to  one  another. 

seka,  to  laugh,  gives  sekangana,  to  laugh  at  each  other; 
taha,  to  cut,  gives  tahangana,  to  cut  each  other; 
munya,  to  know,  gives  munyangana,  to  know  each  other. 

Rem.  I.  Sometimes  this  suffix  -angana  is  used  to  express  custom 
or  habit;  as,  mbua  udi  usumangana,  the  dog  bites. 

Rem.  2.  For  Applied  Form  of  these  verbs  in  -angana,  see  § 330  ih). 

Active  Transitive  and  Middle  Voice  Forms. 

341.  As  we  have  already  seen  under  § 201,  a Middle  Voice  form 
is  obtained  by  displacing  the  final  a of  the  root  and  suffixing  -uka 
(sometimes  -ika  or  -ma).  In  many  verbs  having  this  Middle  Voice 
form,  there  is  also  a corresponding  Active  Transitive  Form  which  is 


lOO 


DERIVATIVE  VERBS  AND  NOUNS. 


obtained  by  displacing  the  6nal  a of  the  root  and  suffixing  -una  or  -ula. 
Hence  we  have 


Active  Transitive.  Middle  Voice, 

andaniuna,  to  turn  over,  andamuka,  to  turn  over; 

sabula,  to  put  one  across  a stream,  sabuka,  to  go  across  a stream; 
cibula,  to  break,  cibuka,  to  break; 

tula,  to  pull  out,  tuka,  to  come  out. 

Rem.  I.  A few  middle  voice  forms  in  -ma  have  a corresponding  transi- 
tive form  in  -ka;  as,  sokoma,  to  hide  {one's  self),  gives  sokoka,  to 
hide  (trans.). 

Rem.  2.  For  Applied  Form  of  verbs  in  -una  and  -ula,  see  § 330  (c) 
and  {d). 

342,  It  has  been  noted  (§  333)  that  many  intransitive  and  middle 
voice  verbs  are  made  transitive  by  means  of  the  Causative  suffixes. 
It  is  sometimes  difficult  to  determine  whether  some  suffixes  ought  to 
be  classed  under  Causative  Forms  or  under  the  active  transitive. 

343,  A few  verbs  have  a middle  voice  or  intransitive  form  in  -eka 
(-oka),  without  any  corresponding  transitive  suffix. 

ona,  to  corrupt,  gives  oneka  (onoka),  to  become  corrupt; 
mona,  to  see,  gives  mueneka,  to  become  seen,  i.e.,  to  appear. 

Passive  Voice  Forms. 

344,  As  we  have  seen  under  § 202  (c),  one  method  of  expressing 
the  Passive  Voice  is  by  means  of  the  suffix  -ibua,  which  has  the  regular 
active  forms  in  conjugation 

Expansive  or  Reversive  Forms. 

345,  The  Expansive  or  Reversive  Forms  are  obtained  by  displacing 
the  final  a of  the  root  and  suffixing  -ulula  or  -ola  or  -olola.  The 
resulting  form  expresses  with  more  or  less  regularity  the  idea  of  ex- 
pansion, elongation,  separation,  opening,  reversion,  etc.  Often  the 
thought  is  expressed  in  English  by  the  prefix  un-. 

The  above-mentioned  suffixes,  -ulula,  -ola  and  -olola,  are  active 
transitive;  there  are  also  the  corresponding  middle  voice  or  intransi- 
tive forms  in  -uluka,  -oka  and  -oloka.  Cf.  § 341. 


Active  Transitive, 
sangulula,  to  scatter, 
abulula,  to  separate, 
fululula,  to  raise  to  life, 
ololola,  to  unfold, 
sulula,  to  unfasten, 

hikula,  to  redeem 


Middle  Voice, 
sanguluka,  to  scatter; 
abuluka,  to  separate; 
fululuka,  to  arise  from  death; 
ololoka,  to  unfold; 
suluka,  to  become  unfastened; 
muhika,  a slave). 


DERIVATIVE  VERBS  AND  NOUNS. 


lOI 


Repetitive  Forms. 

346.  These  forms  are  made  by  using  the  suffixes  -ulula  and  -ununa, 
the  resulting  form  having  the  idea  of  repetition  of  the  action, 
amba,  to  tell,  gives  ambulula,  to  tell  over  and  over-, 
dima,  to  work,  gives  dimununa,  to  work  over  and  over  again. 


347.  There  are  other  verbal  suffixes  of  more  or  less  definite  mean- 
ing, but  it  hardly  seems  profitable  to  introduce  more  of  them  here. 
The  most  common  and  important  have  been  mentioned. 

348.  We  must  note  that  some  verbs  are  derived  from  nouns;  as, 

hikula,  to  redeem,  from  muhika,  a slav^  Imna,  to  cohabit  with,  from 
mulumi,  won;  etc.  

II.  Derivative  Nouns. 

349.  The  more  common  Derivative  Nouns  are  obtained  from  other 
nouns,  or  from  adjectives,  or  from  simple  or  derived  verbs,  or  from 
certain  prepositional  forms.  Each  of  these  classes  of  derived  nouns 
is  now  taken  up. 

Nouns  jrom  Other  Nouns. 

350.  The  prefix  bu-  (class  VI),  used  with  the  root  of  a noun  belong- 
ing to  any  other  class,  conveys  the  idea  of  abstract  state  or  condition, 
and  is  generally  to  be  translated  into  English  by  the  suffix  -ship  or 
-hood. 

mukelenge,  chief,  gives  bukelenge,  chiejship', 
muana,  child,  gives  buana,  childhood. 

Rem.  It  has  already  been  noted  that  the  language  of  a people  is 
expressed  in  the  same  way.  § 55,  Rem.  i. 

351.  An  ironical  word  can  be  made  by  using  the  prefixes  of  class 
VII  and  the  suffix  -ana. 

cilumiana,  a big  man,  from  mulumi,  man  -, 
cikuxiana,  a big  woman,  from  mukuxi,  woman. 

352.  Words  indicating  worthlessness  or  iiicongruousness  may  be 
made  by  using  the  prefixes  of  class  VII  and  doubling  the  root  of  the 
word.  See  § 356  (^). 

353.  When  the  speaker  does  not  care  to  bother  with  mentioning 
the  name  of  the  person  or  thing,  or  if  he  has  forgotten  the  name,  an 
indefinite  reference  may  be  made  by  suffixing  -ana;  as,  mulumiana, 
a man  whose  name  has  been  forgotten,  or  whose  name  you  don't  care  to 
bother  with  mentioning-,  mukuxiana,  a woman  whose  name,  etc. 


102 


DERIVATIVE  VERBS  AND  NOUNS. 


Rem.  The  words  muntinyi  (from  muntu,  person,  or  cintu,  thing) 
and  kampa  da  (class  I)  have  the  same  meaning  as  mulumiana,  etc. 

These  words  have  an  adjective  force  and  may  take  the  prefix  of 
the  class  of  the  noun  referred  to.  Hence  we  have,  according  to  class, 
muntinyi,  J antinyi,  cintinyi,  luntinyi,  etc.;  also  bakampanda, 
cikampanda,  etc. 

Nouns  from  Adjectives  and  Numerals. 

354.  The  abstract  idea  of  the  adjective  is  expressed  by  prefixing 
i bu-  (class  VI)  to  the  root  of  the  adjective. 

toke,  white,  gives  butoke,  whiteness’, 
nine,  large,  gives  bunine,  largeness. 

Rem.  The  same  form  is  used  with  numerals  to  express  entirety. 
§ 95  (a).  Butanu  buabo  bakuya,  all  -five  of  them  went. 

355.  The  expressions  how  often  and  how  many  times  are  made  by 
prefixing  ciaka-  (sing.)  and  biaka-  (pi.)  to  the  numerals.  § 95  (&). 

ciakabidi,  second  time’,  biakabidi,  two  times,  twice. 

Rem.  Note  also  diakamue,  ciahamue  and  diacimue.  § 95  (6), 
Rems.  I and  2. 

Nouns  from  Verbs. 

356.  We  find  several  forms  of  noun  derivatives  from  verbs: 

(a)  The  agent  *or  performer  of  an  act  is  expressed  by  changing  the 
final  a of  the  verb  root  to  1 and  using  the  prefixes  of  class  I. 
muibi,  a thief,  from  iba,  to  steal’, 
mutudi,  a blacksmith,  from  tula,  to  forge’, 
musungidi,  a savior,  from  sungila,  to  save. 

Rem.  In  the  same  way  the  noun  denoting  the  sufferer  of  the  action, 
the  noun  denoting  the  one  who  causes  the  action,  the  noun  denoting 
the  one  who  acts  for  another,  may  be  obtained  from  the  Passive,  the 
Causative  and  the  Applied  Forms  of  the  verb  respectively.  The  same 
is  true  of  the  other  verbal  derivatives. 

1{b)  The  place  where  an  action  is  usually  performed  is  expressed 
by  suffixing  -ilu  (-elu)  and  prefixing  ci-  and  bi-  (class  VII)  to  the 
root  of  the  verb.  Perhaps  it  would  be  better  to  say  that  the  final  a 
, of  the  Applied  Form  is  changed  to  u. 

cibandilu,  a stairway,  from  banda,  to  go  up’, 
cilambilu,  a kitchen,  from  lamba,  to  cook’, 
cixikidilu.  destination,  from  xika,  to  end. 


DERIVATIVE  VERBS  AND  NOUNS.  103 


(c)  The  way  or  manner  of  doing  is  expressed  by  using  the  prefixes  \ 
of  class  VII  and  the  Applied  Form  of  the  verb  with  final  a changed 

to  i. 

cienzedi,  way  of  doing,  from  enza,  to  do\ 
cilambidi,  way  of  cooking,  from  lamba,  to  cook. 

Kuena  mumunye  cilambidi  cikuabo  ? donH  you  know  another  way 
of  cooking  ? 

Rem.  Sometimes  we  find  the  place  and  the  manner  forms  used 
interchangeably;  this  is  doubtless  due  to  differences  of  dialects. 

{d)  An  abstract  idea  of  the  verb  root  may  often  be  expressed  by  | 
using  the  sing,  prefix  of  class  IV  (lu-),  with  the  final  vowel  of  the  root 
changed  generally  to  u or  o. 

luendu,  a journey,  from  enda,  to  go,  to  walk', 
lulelu,  power  to  give  birth,  from  lela,  to  give  birth', 
lufu,  death,  from  fua,  to  die. 

Rem.  I.  This  derivative  form  in  lu-  may  often  be  used  to  express  j 
habit,  ability,  persistence  or  perseverance  in  an  action;  as,  muntu  • 
wa  lulombo,  a begging  person’,  muena  lulombo,  a beggar-,  mulumi 
eu  udi  ne  luendu,  this  man  has  the  power  to  walk  much,  or  he  does 
much  going  about. 

Rem.  2.  From  the  verb  sua,  to  love,  we  have  not  lusu,  as  might  be 
expected,  but  luse,  love. 

(e)  We  have  a few  noun  derivatives  from  verbs  put  into  class  VI; 
as,  budimi,  field,  from  dima,  to  cultivate-,  bulalu,  bed,  from  lala,  to 
lie  down. 

if)  The  bad  or  wrong  or  careless  way  of  doing  anything  is  expressed  ^ 
by  the  prefix  bu-  (class  VI)  and  the  suffix  -afl  (-afl). 
buluatafi,  slovenliness,  from  luata,  to  wear-, 
buelafi,  bad  aim,  from  ela,  to  shoot. 

{g)  The  idea  of  worthlessness  or  incongruousness  is  expressed  by 
the  prefixes  of  class  VII  and  the  doubling  of  the  root  of  the  word.  These 
derivatives  can  be  made  either  from  nouns  or  from  verbs.  See  § 352. 
cilumilumi,  a worthless  man,  from  mulumi,  wan; 
cisubusubu,  a worthless  house,  from  nsubu,  house-, 
cielele,  a no-account  knife,  from  kele,  knife-, 
cianana,  a no-account  child,  from  muana,  child-, 
citokatoka,  an  albino,  from  toka,  to  be  white-, 
cilambalamba,  bad  cooking,  from  lamba,  to  cook-, 
ciakulakula  nonsense,  gibberish,  from  akula,  to  talk', 
ciendenda,  vagrancy,  from  enda,  to  walk. 


104 


DERIVATIVE  VERBS  AND  NOUNS. 


\ {h)  The  past  active  participle  of  some  verbs  may  be  used  as  nouns, 

muhote  (class  I),  a fool,  from  hota,  to  be  foolish. 

{i)  The  infinitive  of  the  verb  is  used  as  a noun  to  express  the  simple 
abstract  idea  of  the  verb  root.  In  this  case  the  infinitive  sign  ku- 
furnishes  the  prefix  for  the  concord. 

Kudima  kudi  kutamba  kuxikama  cinana,  to  work  is  better  than 
to  sit  idle. 

Nouns  from  Locative  Forms. 

357.  From  the  forms  kuinyi,  kuetu,  kuenu,  etc.,  we  have  by 
using  the  prefixes  of  class  1 a group  of  nouns  meaning  my  fellow  towns- 
mauy  etc.  Cf.  § 142. 

mukuetu,  our  (or  my)  fellow  townsman\ 
bakuabo,  their  fellow  townsman. 

Rem.  Much  like  this  is  mukua,  one  from  the  village  of.  § 87  {d), 
Rem.  2. 

358.  From  kunxi,  down  at,  we  have  dikunxi  (V),  a pillar,  post. 

359.  There  is  quite  a number  of  words,  gotten  by  the  combination 
of  the  locative  and  an  inseparable  substantive  form,  which  come  to 
have  in  English  the  force  of  a noun,  though  retaining  the  prepositional 
form  and  construction.  Some  of  the  more  common  are  the  following: 

Munda,  the  inside,  the  abdomen',  kuntaku,  at  the  butt  end',  kun- 
kuci,  at  the  center',  mundankulu,  midnight',  hanxi,  floor,  on  the 
ground',  haciacia,  daybreak,  at  the  dawning',  kumanda,  stern,  at 
the  lower  end',  kukala,  beach,  at  the  edge.  § 423  (2)  (b). 


360.  Reference  has  already  been  made  to  nouns  of  foreign  origin. 
See  § 55,  Rem  2,  with  Notes  i and  2. 

361.  There  are  some  other  derived  nouns,  but  it  hardly  seems 
profitable  to  mention  more  of  them  here,  since  the  most  common  have 
been  treated. 

Great  caution  must  be  exercised  in  presuming  from  analogy  that 
because  certain  nouns  derived  in  a certain  way  have  a certain  fixed 
meaning,  therefore  other  nouns  formed  in  a similar  way  will  have  a 
similar  meaning.  This  does  not  always  follow.  It  seems  highly 
probable  that  some  lexicographers  have  gone  too  far  in  this  respect 
and  have  brought  words  into  the  language  which  have  no  place  there, 
because  they  are  not  used  by  the  natives.  The  same  caution  must  be 
observed  in  the  case  of  the  derived  verbs.  Let  it  be  ^ ntinually  borne 
in  mind  that  as  a general  rule  the  native  avoids  the  complicated  derived 


ADVERBS. 


loS 


form,  both  in  nouns  and  in  verbs,  and  usually  throws  his  sentences 
into  the  simplest  form  both  as  regards  the  words  and  the  constructions 
used. 


ADVERBS. 

363.  The  Buluba-Lulua  language  is  comparatively  poor  in  regular  | ^ 
adverbs.  This  lack  is  supplied  for  the  most  part  by  the  use  of  nouns,  1 j 
prepositional  phrases,  locative  formations  and  other  idiomatic  expres-  • i 
sions. 

In  many  cases  the  adverbial  idea  is  contained  in  the  verb;  as,  kusa- 
buka,  io  go  over)  kubika,  to  stand  up. 

Some  of  the  more  common  English  adverbs  and  adverbial  phrases, 
with  the  Buluba-Lulua  equivalents,  are  now  given.  Others  cai  be 
gotten  from  the  Vocabulary. 

I.  Adverbs  of  Place. 

363.  Here  the  locatives,  mu  and  ku  and  ha,  play  a most  important 
part.  They  are  used  separably  or  inseparably,  in  connection  with 
nouns  and  adjectives  and  certain  inseparable  words  to  express  these 
various  place  relations.  The  particular  locative  to  be  used  is  deter- 
mined by  the  context  or  the  thought  in  the  mind  of  the  speaker. 

364.  Above,  up,  upwards,  on  high,  etc.:  1 hlu,  mhlu,  heulu.  The 
stem  in  these  forms  is  -ulu  which  is  inseparable.  Note  heulu  instead 
of  haulu. 

Rem.  Note  the  expression  bika  hanxi,  get  up,  because  ha  means 
either  down  on  or  up  from. 

365.  Across,  on  the  other  side,  Qic.:  dixia,  a noun  belonging  to  class  V. 

Ya  dixia,  go  across. 

366.  At  the  same  place,  at  one  place,  together,  etc.:  mumue,  kumue, 
hamuc,  from  mue,  one)  kaba  kamuc  (diminutive  of  muaba,  place)) 
muomumue,  kuokumue,  hohamue,  from  -o-umue(mue),  § 96, 
Rem.  2. 

367.  Before,  in  front,  forward,  etc.:  ku  mpala,  kumudilu  (in- 
separable). 

Rem.  Sometimes  the  noun  forms  diambed  i nd  dibedi  are  used  in 
this  sense.  They  belong  to  class  / 

368.  Behind,  in  the  rear,  etc.:  ku  nyima,  haxixe  (inseparable). 

369.  Down,  downwards,  etc.:  munxi,  ku  xi,  hanxi,  from  the 
inseparable  -nxi  which  in  ome  diale  ts  means  the  ground. 

(a)  Munxi  means  down  under,  down  in,  underneath. 

{b)  Kunxi  means  down  at  or  down  near. 

(c)  Hanxi  means  down  on  or  simply  down. 


io6 


ADVERBS. 


370.  Elsex  L’here,  somewhere  else,  etc.;  mukuabo,  kukuabo,  hakuabo; 
munga,  kunga,  hanga.  These  are  from  the  adjectives  kuabo  and 
nga  meaning  another. 

371.  Everywhere:  kuonso,  from  the  adjective  onso,  all. 

Note.  Possibly  muonso  and  honso  may  be  used,  but  they  are  very 
rare. 

373.  Far,  jar  away,  etc.:  mule,  kule,  hale,  from  the  adjective  le, 
long. 

(a)  Mule  means  jar  inside. 

(b)  K le  means  jar  away  at  (by  far  the  most  common  of  the  three 
forms). 

(c)  Hale  means  jar  away  on. 

373.  Here,  h ther,  hence,  et~.:  emu,  eku,  aha;  munemu,  kuneku, 
hanaha;  also  the  emphatic  emonstratives  with  ka;  sometimes  the 
Locative  Suffixed  construction.  §§  163,  Note  3,  320. 

374.  Hither  and  thither:  this  idea  is  perhaps  best  expressed  by 
means  of  the  Intensive  For  of  the  verb  having  the  suffix  -akana. 
§ 339- 

375.  In,  inside,  etc.:  generally  use  the  simple  verb,  or  mu  in 
Locative  Suffixed  construction  (§  320);  as,  buela,  go  in]  buelamu, 
go  in  {it). 

376.  Near:  muihi,  kuihi,  hihi,  ha  buihi.  All  these  forms  are 
made  on  the  root  of  the  adjective  ihi,  short. 

Rem.  I.  Sometimes  we  hear  hehi  instead  of  hihi.  § 23,  Rem.  4. 

Rem.  2.  The  prepositional  phrase  near  to  is  expressed  by  hehi  ne. 

Teka  bintu  hehi  ne  nsubu,  put  the  things  near  to  the  house. 

377.  Outside,  out,  etc.:  this  is  best  expressed  in  most  cases  by  the 
verbal  suffixes  -ula  and  -uka  (§§  341,  345),  or  by  mu  in  the  Locative 
Suffixed  construction.  (§  320.) 

Luhuka,  go  out]  luhula  bintu,  put  the  things  outside]  umukamu, 
get  out  {oj  it). 

378.  Somewhere:  muntu,  kuntu,  hantu. 

Rem.  I.  It  will  be  noted  that  these  words  are  formed  on  the  same 
stem  as  muntu,  person,  and  cintu,  thing. 

Rem.  2.  In  the  case  of  a place  which  you  have  forgotten  or  do  not 
care  to  mention,  use  the  locatives  with  kampanda  or  ntinyi.  In 
these  cases  the  preposition  is  inseparable.  § 423  (2)  (a). 

379.  There,  thence:  muamua,  kuakua,  haha;  muomuo,  kuokuo, 
hoho;  amu,  aku,  aha.  § 163,  Notes  3 and  4. 

Rem.  The  emphatic  forms  kamumu,  kakuku  and  kahaha  may 
mean  either  here  or  there. 

380.  Under,  underneath:  munxi.  Cf.  § 369  {a). 


ADVERBS. 


1C7 


381.  Where?  whence?  whither?:  kunyi?  hanyi?  (from  the  same 
root  as  cinyi,  § 175,  Rem.  i).  Munyi  ? seems  to  be  seldom  used. 

These  forms  are  sometimes  used  alone,  coming  at  the  end  of  a sen- 
tence, as  is  the  usual  custom  with  interrogative  words,  but  the  m.ost 
common  method  is  to  have  them  precede  it  by  the  Locative  Prefixed 
form  of  the  verb  di.  to  he.  The  locative  prefix  is  the  same  for  the  verb 
and  for  the  interrogative  word.  § 321,  Rem.  8. 

Wakuya  kud  kunyi?  where  did  he  go?  lit.  he  has  gone  to  it  is  where? 

Udi  uxikama  hadi  hanyi  ? where  are  yon  sitting? 

Note  i.  We  have  mentioned  above  that  munyi  seems  to  be  seldom 
used;  for  it  we  may  have  kunyi,  even  to  the  extent  of  having  a different 
locative  before  the  verb  di. 

Udi  ubuela  mudi  kunyi?  where  are  yon  going  in? 

Note  2.  For  where  in  adverb  clauses  and  in  indirect  questions  we 
use  the  Locative  Prefixed  construction.  See  §§  321,  457,  472  (c). 

38^,  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  some  of  these  adverb  forms  have 
a substantive  use  when  they  are  followed  by  a noun  in  an  adjective 
prepositional  phrase. 

Ya  munxi  mua  mesa,  go  under  the  table,  i.e.,  go  to  the  underneath 
the  table. 

Ta  kulu  kua  nsubu,  go  to  the  top  oj  the  house. 

Ya  dixia  dia  mi,  go  across  the  water. 

II.  Adverbs  of  Time. 

383.  Again:  kabidi.  § 95  (6),  Rem.  i. 

Rem.  Kabidi  seems  to  be  used  almost  exclusively  when  there  is  no 
special  reference  as  to  the  exact  number  of  times.  Cf.  §§  394,  395. 

384.  Ago,  long  ago,  etc.:  kale,  bangabanga,  diambedi. 

Rem.  Long  ago,  in  the  sense  of  not  far  in  the  past,  is  expressed  by 
musangu  mule. 

Nakukubikila  musangu  mule,  munyi  kuiu?  I called  you  long  ago, 
why^id  yon  not  come?  (Perhaps  it  was  early  in  the  morning  and  it  is 
now  noon.) 

385.  Always,  ceaselessly,  constantly,  ever,  forever,  etc.:  matuku 
onso,  ku  dituku  ku  dituku,  ku  dici  ku  dici,  cendelele,  lahalaha, 
kaxidi,  to.  See  Vocabulary  under  ceaselessly. 

(a)  The  phrases  matuku  onso  and  ku  dituku  ku  dituku  and  ku 
dici  ku  dici  mean  a long  time  or  a long  succession  of  days,  used  espe- 
cially with  reference  to  the  present  or  the  past. 

Wakadi  ufunda  mikanda  matuku  onso,  he  was  always  writing 
letters. 


io8 


ADVERBS. 


{b)  Cendelele  and  lahalaha  are  used  with  special  reference  to  the 
future. 

Wakaya  cendelele,  he  has  gone  forever,  i.e.,  for  good. 

386.  At  the  same  time,  at  one  time,  simultaneously,  etc.;  ciamumue, 
ciahamae,  diakamue,  diaciniue.  § 95  {h),  Rem.  2. 

387.  Before,  first:  diambedi,  dibedi,  kuniudilu  (inseparable),  ku 
mpala,  also  the  verb  dianjila  (§  233). 

388.  Daily:  ku  dituku  ku  dituku,  ku  did  ku  did. 

389.  Early  (in  the  morning),  soon:  dinda,  haciacia,  lunkelu. 

Rem.  Dinda  is  a noun  belonging  to  class  V;  lunkelu  belongs  to  class 
IV.  Haciacia  is  gotten  by  doubling  the  root  of  the  verb  da,  to  break 
day,  and  prefixing  ha. 

390.  Evening,  afternoon:  dilolo,  a noun  belonging  to  class  V. 

391.  Frequently:  see  § 394. 

393.  Noon,  midday:  munda  munya. 

393.  Now,  at  once,  immediately,  instantly,  etc.:  katataka,  mpin- 
deu,  diodiono 

394.  Often,  many  times,  frequently,  etc.:  use  any  word  meaning 
times,  s ch  s misangu  (II),  bikondo  (VII),  misunsa  (II),  followed 
by  -a  bungi. 

Nakumumona  misangu  ya  bungi,  I have  seen  him  many  times. 

Rem.  The  same  idea  may  ofte  i be  expressed  by  the  Repetitive  or 
Habitual  tenses. 

395.  Once,  twice,  thrice,  etc.  (numerical  adverbs) : dakamue, 

dakabidi,  etc.;  diakamue;  kabidi,  kasatu,  etc.  Cf.  § 95  {b),  Rems. 
I and  2. 

396.  Soon:  see  §§  389  and  393. 

397.  To-day:  lelu.  This  very  day  is  expressed  by  lelu  eu. 

398.  To-morrow,  yesterday:  maloba,  makelela. 

Rem.  I.  Only  the  context  can  determine  whether  to-morrow  or  yester- 
day is  meant. 

Rem.  2.  Day  after  to-morrow  is  expressed  by  mailii. 

399.  To-night:  butuku,  bufuku.  These  words  belong  to  class  VI. 

400.  When?  diba  hanyi?  diba  ki?  dituku  ki?  ngondo  ki? 
cidimu  ki? 

Rem  I.  There  is  no  indefinite  word  for  when-  use  one  of  the  bove 
phrases  according  to  sense,  remembering  that  diba  and  dituku  are 
n ) ns  belonging  to  class  V,  ngondo  to  class  III  and  cidimu  to  class 
VII. 

Rem.  2.  For  when  in  indirect  questions,  see  § 472  {b). 


ADVERBS. 


109 


III.  Adverbs  of  Degree  and  Quantity. 

401.  As  . as.  See  § 90  (d). 

402.  How  many?  how  much?  See  § 41 1,  Note  i. 

403.  More — Comparison  of  Adverbs.  The  comparative  degree  of 
the  adverb  as  well  as  the  superlative  is  expressed  by  the  verbs  tamba 
and  hita,  to  excel,  having  thus  the  same  construction  as  the  comparison 
of  adjectives  (§  88). 

Note  the  following  examples  as  being  the  most  common  construc- 
tions for  comparison  of  adverbs: 

Wakuntamba  lubilu,  he  ran  jaster  than  I,  lit.  he  excelled  me  in 
haste. 

Kabata  udi  utamba  Kasongo  kunsua,  Kabata  loves  me  more  than 
Kasongo. 

3Iulumi  wakutamba  mukuxi  kuela  muci,  the  man  threw  the  stick 
farther  than  the  woman. 

Mukuxi  udi  utamba  mulumi  kulamba  bidia,  the  woman  beats  the 
man  cooking. 

404.  Much:  the  phrase  ya  bungi  seems  to  be  most  commonly  used 
in  this  connection.  The  adverb  little,  when  used  in  the  same  way, 
is  perhaps  best  expressed  by  the  word  kakise. 

Wakunsua  ya  bungi,  kakise,  he  loves  me  much,  little. 

405.  Too:  see  § 90  {b). 

406.  Very:  see  § 90  (c). 

IV.  Adverbs  of  Manner. 

407.  Backwards:  cianyima. 

408.  Certainly,  truly,  truthfully,  etc.:  bulilela,  buinabuina,  buala- 
buala,  buxua,  buikuxa.  All  of  these  W'ords  are  nouns  belonging  to 
class  VI. 

409.  Gently,  slowly,  patiently,  carefully,  quietly,  feebly,  etc.:  bite- 
kete,  bitulu. 

410.  Hastily,  in  a hurry,  quickly,  etc.:  lubilu,  lukusa.  These 
words  belong  to  class  IV. 

411.  How?  in  what  way?  munyi?  bixi?  These  words  come  last 
in  the  sentence,  as  might  be  expected. 

Udi  ucibula  luhanza  munyi?  how  do  you  open  the  tin? 

Note  i.  Munyi  and  bixi  are  also  used  to  modify  adjectives  or  rather 
the  substantive  form  of  the  adjective.  There  is  also  the  adjective 
form  nga.  § 178. 

Nsolo  webi  udi  bunine  munyi?  how  large  is  your  fowl? 

Udi  ne  nsolo  bungi  munyi?  how  many  fowls  have  you? 


no 


ADVERBS. 


Mici  inga?  how  many  sticks? 

Note  2.  For  how?  in  indirect  questions,  see  § 472  (d). 

413.  So:  see  Vocabulary. 

413.  Thus,  in  this  way,  so:  nunku.  Sometimes  this  word  is  pro- 
nounced nenku  or  nanku. 

V.  Adverbs  of  Affirmation  and  Negation. 

414.  No  (negative  answer  to  a question):  naxa,  buala,  nanyi, 
bi. 

Rem.  I.  Sometimes  one  of  these  negative  words  is  put  for  emphasis 
at  the  end  of  a sentence  and  after  the  ordinary  negative  pronominal 
prefixes. 

Katuakuhidia  bualu  bua  Nzambi,  naxa,  we  have  not  rejused  God's 
palaver,  no.  . 

Rem.  2.  When  the  question  is  in  negative  form,  the  Baluba  and 
Bena  Lulua  affirm  or  deny  the  truth  of  the  question  rather  than 
the  fact  asked  for  by  the  questioner.  It  is  very  important  to  note  this 
difference  in  idiom  between  the  English  and  the  Buluba-Lulua,  for, 
owing  to  this  difference,  confusion  and  misunderstanding  are  often 
produced. 

Kuakuya  lelu?  E,  didn't  you  go  to-day?  No. 

415.  Not:  generally  use  the  negative  pronominal  prefixes  inflected 
directly  with  the  verb.  § 198. 

Rem.  I.  The  word  not  when  standing  before  a single  word  such  as 
a personal  pronoun  or  a noun  is  expressed  by  ka;  as,  ka  wewe,  not 
you\  ka  tuetu,  not  we. 

Note.  If,  however,  the  copula  is  considered  as  being  omitted  we  have 
the  construction  with  kan-.  § 199. 

Rem.  2.  Naxa  is  sometimes  heard  in  the  sense  of  either  ...  or 
if  not  ..  . then. 

Usuasua  cinyi?  Naxa  lueho,  naxa  cilulu,  what  do  you  want?  (I 
want)  either  salt  or  cloth,  i.e.,  if  not  salt,  then  cloth. 

416.  Yes:  e. 

Wakuya  ku  Kasenga?  E,  did  you  go  to  Kasenga?  Yes. 

Rem.  For  negative  question,  see  § 414,  Rem.  2. 

VI.  Formation  of  Adverbs  from  Adjectives. 

417.  Adverbs  are  formed  from  adjectives  by  prefixing  bi-  to  the 
stem  of  the  adjective;  as,  bimpe,  well,  from  impe,  good-,  bibi,  badly, 
from  bi,  had’,  bitekete,  slowly,  from  tekete,  weak)  bikale,  strongly^ 
from  kale,  strong. 


ADVERBS. 


Ill 


VII.  Miscellaneous. 

418.  Only,  just,  for  nothing,  etc.:  hatuhu,  b6,  cinana. 

Tudi  tusomba  b6  (or  hatuhu,  cinana),  we  are  just  talking. 

419.  Therefore,  hence,  consequently,  so,  wherefore,  etc.:  ka,  bu- 
(bualu  understood)  with  Applied  Form  of  verb. 

31ulunda  winyi  udi  ubela,  ka  nakulua,  or  mulunda  winyi  udi 
ubela,  bunakuluila,  my  friend  is  sick,  therefore  I have  come. 

430.  Why?  what  for?  etc.:  cinyi?  cinganyi?  munyi?  buacinyl? 
bixi  ? bualu  ki  ? 

(a)  When  the  question  is  affirmative  we  find  most  commonly  the 
Applied  Forms  of  the  verb  followed  by  cinyi  ? or  cinganyi  ? or  bixi  ? 

Udi  udidiia  cinyi?  why  are  you  crying? 

Udi  uyila  ku  musoko  cinyi?  why  are  you  going  to  the  village? 

Wakhdila  makeia  bixi  ? why  did  you  buy  the  eggs  ? 

Rem.  The  Applied  Forms  of  the  verb  are  not  generally  used  with 
bua  cinyi?  and  bualu  ki? 

Udi  udila  bua  cinyi  (or  bualu  ki)  ? why  are  you  crying? 

{h)  When  the  question  is  negative  we  find  most  frequently  munyi? 
beginning  the  sentence,  followed  by  the  3Iunyi  Negative.  §§  314,  315. 

Rem.  I.  We  may  sometimes,  however,  hear  in  the  negative  the  ordi- 
nary negative  tenses  of  the  Applied  Form  of  the  verb  followed  by  cinyi, 
etc. 

Kuakuluila  cinyi?  why  did  you  not  come? 

Rem.  2.  When  the  question  is  past  tense  negative  we  sometimes  hear 
the  munyi?  with  the  past  tense  negative  of  the  auxiliary  di,  to  be,  fol- 
lowed by  the  infinitive  mood  (thus  making  the  past  subjunctive  or  an 
impossible  condition). 

Munyi  kuakadi  kula  makeia?  why  did  you  not  buy  the  eggs? 

Note.  Even  in  these  past  tense  negative  forms  we  generally  hear 
the  simple  Munyi  Negative  tense. 

Munyi  kulu?  why  didnH  you  come? 

(c)  For  why  in  indirect  questions,  see  § 472  {e). 

431.  Very,  exactly,  just,  absolutely,  etc.:  mene. 

Ya  ku  musoko  lelu  mene,  go  to  the  village  this  very  day. 


II2 


LOCATIVES  AND  OTHER  PREPOSITIONS. 


LOCATIVES  AND  OTHER  PREPOSITIONS. 

422,  There  are  few  pure  prepositional  words  in  the  Buluba-Lulua 
language.  Just  as  in  the  case*of  adverbs  (§  362),  this  lack  is  supplied 
by  the  use  of  noun  forms  and  other  constructions. 

Often  the  prepositional  idea  is  contained  in  the  verb;  as,  kus^buka 
mi,  lo  cross  over  the  water',  naki^dila  Kasongo  lueho,  I bought  the 
salt  jor  Kasongo.  The  English,  owing  to  its  lack  of  complicated  in- 
flections, is  rich  in  prepositions,  and  it  is  of  no  small  importance  to 
know  the  corresponding  equivalents  of  these  in  a language  strikingly 
lacking  in  such  forms.  Often  the  idioms  in  the  two  languages  are 
entirely  different. 

I.  Locatives. 

423.  We  have  often  had  occasion  to  refer  to  the  locatives  mu,  ku 
and  ha.  Their  construction  and  use  in  the  sentence  are  so  different, 
in  some  respects,  from  anything  found  in  English  that  they  demand 
special  attention.  Since  many  of  these  peculiarities  have  already  been 
treated  of  under  the  different  headings,  as  it  became  necessary,  we 
shall  now,  in  order  to  refresh  the  memory,  gather  up  the  most  important 
of  these  uses  and  refer  the  reader  to  the  section  where  fuller  treatment 
will  be  found,  at  the  same  time  mentioning  such  new  constructions  as 
need  attention. 

(1)  They  often  have  the  force  of  a noun  (§  61)  in  that  they  may  furnish 
the  concord  for  succeeding  words.  This  concord  is  found  in  the  follow- 
ing cases: 

(а)  With  the  possessive  pronoun  forms.  §§  139,  140. 

(б)  With  the  several  demonstrative  forms.  § 163  and  Notes. 

(c)  With  verbs  as  prefix — Locatives  Prefixed.  §§  321, 115  and  Rems. 
I and  2,  124  (a),  441  (d),  468,  472  (c). 

(d)  With  verbs  as  a suffix — Locatives  Suffixed.  § 320. 

(e)  With  certain  adjectives.  § 79. 

(/)  With  the  preposition  -a,  of.  § 87  (d)  and  Rem.,  87  (e). 

ig)  With  relative  clauses.  § 168  {a). 

(2)  There  is  a considerable  class  of  nouns  in  which  the  ordinary 
prefix  is  displaced  by  the  locative  words. 

(a)  Some  of  these  we  have  already  noted  in  the  case  of  such  a form 
as  ham’bldi  (for  ha  mubidi),  on  the  body  [§  24  (d)];  also  in  the  forms 
kuitu  (for  ku  ditu),  heku  (for  ha  diku),  muisu  (for  mu  disu),  § 47, 
Rem. 


LOCATIVES  AND  OTHER  PREPOSITIONS. 


113 


Here  might  also  be  mentioned  muntu,  kuntu,  hantu,  and  the  loca- 
tives with  kampanda  and  ntinyi.  § 378  with  Rems,  i and  2. 

(b)  In  the  words  just  mentioned  the  noun  has  its  ordinary  prefix 
which  is  only  temporarily  displaced  by  the  locative,  but  there  is  a 
class  of  words  which  seem  to  have  lost  entirely  the  prefix  and  only  the 
inseparable  forms  with  the  locatives  are  found.  Some  of  these  come 
to  have  an  adverbial  force  and  have  been  referred  to  under  adverbs. 
The  more  common  of  these  are  the  following  (cf.  § 359) : 

Munda,  the  inside',  kunxi,  munxi,  hanxl  (§  369);  kunxikidilu, 
at  the  end',  munkuci,  hankuci,  kunkuci,  in  or  at  the  middle',  mfilu, 
kfilu,  heulu  (§  364);  kumudilu  (§  367);  kumanda,  mumanda,  at 
or  in  the  bottom’,  kukala,  at  the  edge,  the  beach',  munkulu,  in  the  center\ 
haciacia,  at  the  dawning]  hax'ixe,  at  the  rear]  kunyi?  and  hanyl? 
(§381);  raxinA2in\L\x\\x,  at  midnight]  \Lxintsk.\in,  at  the  butt  end. 

(3)  To  show  that  the  substantive  idea  in  these  locative  combinations 
has  been  preserved  we  often  have  the  adjective  phrase  with  -a,  of, 
following  them,  and  that,  too,  in  constructions  where  in  English  a 
simple  preposition  is  used.  Hence  we  do  not  say  munxi  mesa,  but 
munxi  mua  mesa,  under  the  table,  lit.  the  underneath  of  the  table] 
munkuci  mua  nsubu,  in  the  center  of  the  house]  kftlu  kua  nsubu, 
on  top  of  the  house]  etc. 

(4)  Note  the  noun  forms  mukua  and  mukuetu.  §§  87  {d),  Rem.  2, 
142. 

424.  We  shall  now  consider  the  special  meaning  and  uses  of  the 
three  locatives. 

(1)  As  a simple  preposition  mu  implies  a state«of  rest  in,  or  motion 
into  or  out  of,  a place  which  is  enclosed.  The  following  English  prepo- 
sitions and  prepositional  phrases  are  usually  expressed  with  more  or 
less  certainty  by  mu:  in,  in  among,  among,  amongst,  in  the  midst  of, 
inside  of,  within,  along  (a  path),  into,  out  of,  out  from,  outside  of. 

Wakuenda  mu  nxila,  he  went  along  the  path. 

Umuxa  bintu  mu  nsubu,  put  the  things  out  of  the  house. 

(2)  As  a simple  preposition  ku  implies  motion  toward  or  from  a 
place,  or  rest  at  a place.  The  following  English  prepositions  and 
prepositional  phrases  are  expressed  with  more  or  less  certainty  by  ku: 
at,  by  {close  to),  for,  in  (at),  in  (a  line),  over,  around,  by  (hold  by),  to, 
towards,  unto,  from,  away  from,  for  (price),  against. 

Wakuhana  nsolo  ku  cilulu,  he  sold  the  fowls  for  cloth. 

Wakukuata  muana  ku  diboko,  he  caught  the  child  by  the  arm. 

Wakulua  ku  musoko,  he  came  from  the  village. 

Imiini  ku  mulongo,  stand  in  a line. 

(3)  As  a simple  preposition  ha  implies  rest  on  or  upon,  or  motion 


114 


LOCATIVES  AND  OTHER  PREPOSITIONS. 


towards  or  jrom,  a surface.  The  following  English  prepositions 
and  prepositional  phrases  are'  expressed  with  more  or  less  certainty 
by  ha:  on,  upon^  onto,  over,  down  on,  down  upon,  up  jrom,  off  from. 

Buikila  cilulu  ha  bintu,  put  a cloth  over  the  things. 

Umuxa  malonga  ha  mesa,  remove  the  plates  from  the  table. 

Bixa  bintu  ha  muxete,  lift  up  the  things  from  the  box. 

Rem.  The  time  relations  in  and  within  are  expressed  by  ha. 

Nendue  ha  matuku  atanu,  I shall  return  within  five  days. 

II.  Other  Prepositions. 

425.  The  preposition  -a,  of,  so  far  from  furnishing  any  concord 
for  following  words,  is  itself  made  to  concord  within  the  word  preced- 
ing it,  whether  that  word  be  a simple  noun  or  a locative  word  or  a loca- 
tive phrase.  The  uses  of  -a  have  been  discussed  under  §§86  and  87, 
and  it  is  not  necessary  to  repeat  them  here. 

426.  The  preposition  ne  is  uninflected  and  expresses  the  idea  of 
instrument  or  accompaniment,  and  is  generally  expressed  in  English 
by  with  or  and. 

Udl  ukosa  muci  ne  muele,  he  is  cutting  the  stick  with  a knife. 

Ya  ne  Kasongo,  go  with  Kasongo. 

Rem.  I.  Recall  the  peculiar  use  of  the  possessive  forms  with  ne 
instead  of  the  personal  pronouns.  § 107. 

Rem.  2.  A most  common  construction  is  the  use  of  ne  with  one  of 
the  verbs  meaning  to  be,  by  which  the  English  to  have  {to  possess)  is 
expressed. 

Ndl  ne  nsolo,  I have  a fowl. 

Rem.  3,  Note  the  peculiar  phrase  muan’abo  ne,  etc.,  meaning  brother 
of,  sister  of,  one  of  same  kind,  etc.  Cf.  § 138,  Rem.  5. 

Rem.  4.  It  is  often  difficult  to  determine  whether  the  ne  is  to  be 
regarded  as  a preposition  {with)  or  a conjunction  {and).  Fortunately 
it  does  not  make  much  difference,  since  the  constructions  are  the  same. 

427.  The  word  kudi,  by,  is  used  with  the  agent  in  the  passive  voice. 
§ 202  (a). 

428.  The  words  bu  and  buina  furnish  no  difficulties  in  inflection 
and  have  the  meaning  of  like,  similar  to,  etc. 

Cifulu  eci  cidi  bu  clacia,  this  hat  is  like  that  one. 

Rem.  Note  the  combination  bu  -a. 

Mubidi  wandi  wakadi  bu  wa  muntu,  his  body  was  like  that  of  a 
person. 

429.  Some  of  the  more  common  remaining  English  prepositions 
and  prepositional  phrases  have  the  following  equivalents  in  the  Buluba- 
Lulua  language: 


LOCATIVES  AND  OTHER  PREPOSITIONS. 


I15 


(a)  After,  behind,  in  the  rear  of,  etc.:  ku  nyima  kua. 

ib)  Around:  ku  or  ku  nyima  kua. 

Unyengele  muoxi  ku  muci,  wind  the  string  around  the  stick. 

Udi  ucimbakana  ku  nyima  kua  nsubu,  he  is  going  around  the  house, 

(c)  Before,  in  front  of,  etc. : ku  mpala  kua,  kumudilu  kua. 

Ta  ku  mp^la  kua  Rabuya,  go  before  {in  front  of)  Kabuya. 

{d)  Beside,  near  to,  by,  etc.:  ha  buihi  ne,  hehi  ne. 

Muci  udl  ha  buihi  ne  (hehi  ne)  nsubu,  the  stick  is  near  the  house. 

Lua  ha  buihi  n’inyi,  come  near  to  me.  § 107. 

{e)  Across,  on  the  other  side  of:  dixia  dia,  ku  nyima  kua,  dia  mua- 
mua  dia  (doubtless  dixia  understood). 

31usoko  wandi  udi  dia  muamua  dia  ml,  his  village  is  on  the  other 
side  of  the  water. 

Musoko  wandi  udi  dixia  dia  mi,  his  village  is  on  the  other  side  of 
the  water. 

Muci  udi  ku  nyima  kua  lumbu,  the  tree  is  on  the  other  side  of  the 
fence. 

Rem.  Note  that  the  words  dixia  and  nyima  are  nouns  belonging  to 
classes  V and  III,  respectively. 

(/)  On  this  side  of:  dia  munemu  dia,  dixia  dia  munemu  dia. 

Musoko  u<ri  dixia  dia  munemu  dia  mi,  the  village  is  on  this  side 
of  the  river  (water). 

Muci  udi  dia  munemu  dia  lumbu,  the  tree  is  on  this  side  of  the  fence. 

(g)  Between,  in  the  middle  of,  in  the  midst  of,  etc.:  hankuci  ha, 
munkuci  mua.  Cf.  § 423  (2)  {b). 

Nkuasa  udi  munkuci  mua  nsubu,  the  chair  is  in  the  middle  of  the 
house. 

Cifulu  cidi  hankuci  ha  mukanda  ne  muci,  the  hat  is  between  the 
hook  and  the  stick. 

{h)  On  top  of,  over,  over  the  top  of,  etc.:  ha  mutu  ha. 

Ya  ha  mutu  ha  nsubu,  go  on  top  of  the  house. 

Rem.  I.  Over  in  sense  of  across  is  expressed  by  dixia  dia.  § 429  {e). 

Rem.  2.  Over  in  such  a sentence  as  throw  it  over  the  house  is  best 
expressed  by  the  verbs  tambixa  or  hicixa  followed  by  the  phrase  ha 
mutu  ha,  while  go  over  or  pass  over  the  house  is  expressed  by  tamba 
or  hita  followed  by  the  phrase  ha  mutu  ha. 

Wakuhicixa  muci  ha  mutu  ha  nsubu,  he  threw  the  stick  over  the 
house,  i.e.,  caused  it  to  pass  the  top  of  the  house. 

Muci  wakutamba  ha  mutu  ha  nsubu,  the  stick  passed  over  the 
house. 

(i)  Through:  this  idea  is  perhaps  best  expressed  by  using  two  verbs, 
one  denoting  the  entering,  the  other  the  going  out. 


CONJUNCTIONS. 


1 16 


Mutelenge  wakukuma  mu  mukanda,  wakuluhuka,  the  cartridge 
struck  into  the  paper  and  went  out,  i.e.,  the  cartridge  went  through  the 
paper. 

Wakubuela  mu  nsubu,  wakutamba,  he  passed  through  the  house. 

Note  i.  Sometimes  the  idea  is  expressed  in  the  verb;  as,  sombola, 
to  pass  through  (as  bullet) ; tubula,  to  punch  through. 

Note  2.  We  may  also  have  the  verbs  tamba,  tambixa,  hita,  hlcixa 
followed  by  mu  and  the  noun;  as,  kutambixa  mu  nsubu,  to  cause  to 
pass  through  the  house. 

(j)  Up  on  inside  of:  heulu  ha.  § 364. 

Manva  adi  heulu  ha  nsubu,  the  corn  is  up  on  (a  loft  inside)  of  the 
house. 


CONJUNCTIONS. 

430.  Just  as  we  have  found  a paucity  of  pure  adverbs  and  prepo- 
sitions in  the  Bulu^a-Lulua  language,  so  we  also  find  a scarcity  of 
pure  conjunctions. 

The  Conjunctio*^is  may  be  divided  into  two  general  classes:  (a)  Co- 
ordinate and  Cor  elative,  and  {h)  Subordinate. 

I.  Coordinate  and  Correlative  Conjunctions. 

431.  These  connect  words,  phrases,  clauses  or  sentences  of  the 
same  order  or  rank  in  the  sentence. 

433.  Ne  is  the  most  common  coordinate  conjunction  and  means 
and. 

Rem.  I.  Ne  is  not  expressed  so  often  as  the  and  of  the  English,  espe- 
cially when  two  verbs  follow  each  other  in  close  succession. 

Wakuya,  wakumuambila,  he  went  and  told  him. 

Rem.  2.  Ne  . . . ne  expresses  the  correlative  both  . . . and. 

U13.me  bana  bebi  ne  bad!  aha  ne  badi  kule,  watch  wer  thy  children, 
both  those  who  are  here  and  those  who  are  far  away. 

433.  Naxa  . . . naxa  (§  415,  Rem.  2)  is  apparently  a negative 
word  which  expresses  the  English  either  ...  or,  the  idea  seeming  to 
be  if  not  . . . then. 

Naxa  mibela  wampa,  naxa  mabue  wampa,  give  me  either  cowries 
or  heads. 

Rem.  Neither  . . . nor  is  perhaps  best  expressed  by  throwing  both 
parts  into  the  negative. 

Ciena  musue  lueho,  ciena  musue  mabue,  I want  neither  salt  nor 

beads. 


CONJUNCTIONS. 


I17 


434.  The  word  inyi  means  or  and  is  generally  used  in  asking  ques- 
tions. 

Udi  ukSba  lueho,  inyl,  udi  ukeba  cllulu?  are  you  looking  jor  salt 
or  jor  cloth  ? 

Nealue  kabidi  inyi  ? will  he  come  hack  again  or  (not)  f 

Rem.  This  word  inyi  is  often  used  in  simple  interrogative  sentences 
when  there  is  no  other  interrogative  word.  See  the  example  just  given 
above. 

435.  Tadi  and  kadi  mean  but.  They  are,  however,  not  used  so 
frequently  as  the  corresponding  English  equivalent;  the  sentences  are 
simply  placed  in  juxtaposition  and  the  arrestive  idea  is  expressed  more 
by  the  tone  of  the  voice  and  the  position  of  the  sentences  than  by  any 
particular  word. 


II.  Subordinate  Conjunctions. 

436.  Subordinate  Conjunctions  are  those  that  join  a subordinate  or 
dependent  clause  to  that  on  which  it  depends.  Since  these  various 
subordinate  clauses  are  treated  more  fully  under  Syntax,  a full  dis- 
cussion of  the  uses  of  these  conjunctions  is  postponed  for  the  present. 
Only  a summary  is  made  for  the  sake  of  reference.  They  may  be 
divided  as  follows: 

(a)  Those  used  in  Noun  Clauses; 

(1)  Ne:  that,  whether,  whether  ...  or.  § 455  (b)  (2)  and  (3). 

(2)  Indirect  Questions  used  as  noun  clauses  are  introduced  by 

I.  Relative  pronouns  with  antecedents  omitted,  meaning  who, 
whom,  what,  which,  etc.  § 472  (a). 

II.  Relative  pronouns  with  antecedents  dituku,  diba,  did,  etc., 
omitted,  meaning  when.  § 472  (b). 

III.  The  locatives  prefixed,  meaning  where,  whence,  whither. 

§ 472  (Q. 

IV.  Mua  with  infinitive,  or  mu-  prefixed  directly  to  verb,  mean- 

ing how.  § 472  (d). 

When  the  munyi?  modifies  an  adjective,  see  § 472  (d)  (2). 

V.  Ci-  prefixed  to  affirmative  verb  and  mu-  to  negative  verb, 
meaning  why.  § 472  (e)  (i)  and  (2). 

(h)  Those  used  in  Adverb  Clauses: 

(i)  Locatives  prefixed  to  express  place,  such  as  where,  whence, 
whither,  etc.  §§  321  and  Rems.,  457. 


ii8 


INTERJECTIONS. 


(2)  Ha-  prefixed  is  used 

I.  To  express  after,  when,  as  soon  as,  etc.  § 458  (a)  (i)  and  ,2). 

II.  To  express  before.  § 458  (h)  and  (5). 

III.  To  express  till,  until.  § 458  (c). 

IV.  To  express  while.  § 458  {d)  (2). 

(3)  Ku  mp41a  and  diambedi,  before.  § 458  (6)  (2)  and  (3). 

(4)  Bi-  prefixed,  if.  §§  459  (a)  and  {b),  460  (a)  and  (&). 

(5)  Bu  separable,  if.  §§  459  (c),  460  (c). 

(6)  Mu-  prefixed,  as,  like.  § 465. 

(7)  Bua  separable,  because,  for,  since.  § 466. 

(c)  Subordinate  clauses  not  introduced  by  conjunctions  in  Buluba- 
Lulua,  but  having  a conjunction  in  English: 

(1)  Before  sometimes.  § 458  {b)  (4). 

(2)  Until  sometimes.  § 458  (c)  Rem. 

(3)  All  constructions  expressing  purpose  and  meaning  that,  in  order 

that,  so  as  to,  lest,  etc.  § 461.  • 

(4)  Constructions  expressing  result  and  meaning  that.  § 463. 

(5)  Comparative  constructions.  § 464. 


INTERJECTIONS. 

437.  This  language  is  quite  rich  in  Interjections.  These,  combined 
with  many  significant  gestures,  clicking  in  the  throat,  and  other  meth- 
ods more  or  less  articulate,  make  the  language  and  the  speaker  pic- 
turesque. One  of  the  quickest  ways  of  winning  the  heart  of  a native  is 
to  lay  in  a good  supply  of  interjections  and  learn  his  methods  of  ges- 
ticulation. There  are  many  onomatopoetic  words  and  phrases,  which 
the  natives  are  particularly  skilled  in  using,  but  it  is  hardly  profita- 
ble to  attempt  to  introduce  them  here.  Sometimes  these  may  have  a 
substantive  or  an  adjectival  use. 

Some  of  the  more  common  interjections  are  as  follows: 

(а)  Aka,  kaka,  kia  and  cia  express  simple  surprise. 

(б)  Di  expresses  a scattering,  as  of  people  when  they  are  frightened. 

(c)  Eyo  indicates  assent  or  satisfaction. 

(<i)  Marne  [§437  (e)],  mamo,  mamu  wetu  mamu,  baba  wetu  baba 
and  tatu  wetu  tatii  are  all  expressions  of  pain  or  sudden  unpleasant 
surprise.  These  words  mean  father  and  mother. 

{e)  -E(ye)  is  postpositive  and  is  used  in  calling  or  addressing  a per- 
son at  a distance.  It  may  come  after  any  part  of  speech  and  is  gen- 
erally translated  by  the  English  O. 


THE  SIMPLE  SENTENCE. 


119 


(/)  Elele  expresses  amusing  surprise. 

(g)  Muoyo,  life,  is  the  ordinary  salutation  and  means  good  morning, 
good  evening,  good  day,  etc. 

Note  i.  The  Baluba  often  say  ixaku  or  inyixaku;  then  the  person 
addressed  responds,  “Ndi  muinyixe.” 

Note  2.  The  Bakete  say  wibika,  the  one  responding  says  nibika. 

Note  3.  The  Bakuba  say  winung,  the  one  responding  says  dinung. 

{h)  To  implies  very  jar,  very  long,  etc. 

SYNTAX. 

438.  Necessarily  many  matters  usually  treated  under  .Syntax  have 
already  been  dealt  with  in  considering  the  various  parts  of  speech. 
These  will  not  be  repeated  here  except  when  necessary  to  complete 
the  line  of  thought. 

Sentences  may  be  classified  as  Simple,  Compound  and  Complex. 

I.  THE  SIMPLE  SENTENCE. 

439.  A Simple  Sentence  is  one  made  up  of  one  subject  and  one 
predicate,  either  one  or  both  of  which  may  be  compound. 

Rem.  I.  The  imperative  mood  makes  a simple  sentence,  as  far  as 
its  general  construction  is  concerned,  so  it  needs  no  special  treatment 
here. 

Rem.  2.  The  direct  interrogative  makes  also  a simple  sentence,  but 
a fuller  discussion  of  this  is  reserved  for  another  place.  §§  468,  469. 

The  Subject. 

440.  The  Subject  is  the  governing  word  in  the  sentence,  and  owing 
to  the  principle  of  alliterative  concord  its  influence  is  far-reaching 

441.  The  subject  may  be 

(a)  A single  noun. 

3Iuntu  wakuya,  the  person  has  gone. 

(b)  The  simple  pronominal  prefix,  or  this  in  connection  with  a dis- 
junctive personal  pronoun,  an  interrogative  pronoun,  or  one  of  the 
demonstratives. 

Bakuya,  they  have  gone;  bobo  bakuya,  they  have  gone;  eu  udi 
uxala,  wawa  wakuya,  this  {person)  is  staying,  that  one  has  gone. 

Udi  umbikila  uganyi  ? who  is  calling  me  ? 

(c)  An  infinitive. 

Kuambila  bantu  bakuabo  bualu  bua  Nzambi  kudi  kuhita  kuxi- 
kama  hatuhu,  to  tell  other  people  Cod’s  palaver  is  better  than  to  sit  idle. 


I 20 


THE  SIMPLE  SENTENCE. 


(d)  Locative  words,  phrases  and  clauses. 

Kuenu  kudi  bantu  ba  bungl,  at  your  town  are  plenty  of  people. 

Mu  musoko  wetu  muakadi  nkaxama,  in  our  village  there  was  a 
leopard  (loc.  phrase). 

Mu  nsubu  kamuena  bantu,  there  are  no  people  in  the  house  (loc. 
phrase). 

Ku  Ibanj  kudi  kuimpe,  at  Ibanj  it  is  good  (loc.  phrase). 

Hadibo  badima  hadi  maxinde  a bungi,  where  they  are  working  there 
is  plenty  of  grass  (loc.  clause). 

Rem.  The  above  phrases  and  clauses  used  as  subject  are  perhaps 
not  properly  subjects,  but  they  at  least  furnish  the  concord  of  the  verb 
and  are  very  much  like  the  English  expletive  or  temporary  subject, 
there,  which  is  the  most  natural  translation  of  the  above  phrases  and 
clauses,  when  the  real  subject  is  thrown  after  the  verb. 

(e)  An  adjective  or  numeral  with  its  noun  understood. 

Basatu  bakulua,  three  {people)  came]  bakuabo  bakuya,  the  others 
have  gone. 

if)  Compound,  i.e.,  made  up  of  different  combinations  of  nouns  and 
pronouns. 

(1)  Two  or  more  nouns  may  thus  be  connected  to  form  a compound 
subject.  It  seems  rather  difficult  to  fix  any  definite  rule  regarding  the 
verb  prefix  in  such  cases,  especially  when  the  nouns  belong  to  different 
classes.  The  prefix  must,  however,  always  be  plural.  The  two  follow- 
ing Remarks  will  be  found  to  hold  good  in  most  cases: 

Rem.  I.  When  the  two  nouns  belong  to  class  I the  verb  invariably 
takes  the  3rd  pers.  pi.  prefix  of  class  I. 

Kasongo  ne  Ntumba  bakuya,  Kasongo  and  Ntumba  have  gone. 

Rem.  2.  When  the  nouns  belong  to  any  classes  other  than  class  I, 
or  even  class  I joined  with  a noun  of  any  other  class,  or  still  farther 
when  the  nouns  belong  to  the  same  class,  quite  a safe  rule  is  to  use 
the  pi.  prefix  bi-  of  class  VII. 

Muana  ne  mukanda  biakuhuna,  the  child  and  the  book  have  fallen. 

Mukanda  ne  cifulu  biakuhona,  the  book  and  the  hat  have  fallen. 

Note.  Occasionally,  if  two  nouns  thus  compounded  belong  to  the 
same  class,  they  may  take  the  pi.  prefix  of  that  class,  but  this  seems 
rather  rare,  the  prefix  bi-  being  most  common. 

Nsolo  ne  mbuxi  yakufua,  the  fowl  and  the  goat  have  died. 

(2)  Two  or  more  pronouns  or  nouns  of  different  persons  may  form 
a compound  subject.  In  this  case  the  verb  prefix  is  always  pi.,  and  it 
is  ist  pers.  rather  than  2nd  or  3rd,  and  it  is  2nd  pers.  rather  than  3rd. 

Meme  ne  Kasongo  tuyaya,  Kasongo  and  J are  going. 

Meme  ne  wewe  tuyaya,  you  and  I are  going. 


THE  SIMPLE  SENTENCE. 


I2I 


Memc  ne  bobo  tuyaya,  they  and  I are  going. 

Wewe  ne  yeye  nuyaya,  you  and  he  are  going. 

3Ieme  ne  muci  tuakuhona,  the  stick  and  1 jell. 

Wewe  ne  muci  nuakuhona,  you  and  the  stick  jell. 

Rem.  I.  Another  very  common  manner  (perhaps  the  most  common) 
of  expressing  the  compound  subject  is  to  use  the  more  important  of 
the  subjects  with  its  regular  verbal  prefix,  then  after  the  verb  put  the 
other  subject  connected  by  the  conjunction  ne,  and. 

Nakuya  n’andi,  he  and  I went. 

Nakuhona  ne  muci,  I jell  and  the  stick. 

Rem.  2.  We  may  also  have  the  plural  verb  in  such  constructions, 
although  the  real  subject  is  singular. 

Tuyaya  ne  Kasongo,  Kasongo  and  I are  going.  The  tuyaya  pre- 
serves the  plural  idea, 

Rem.  3.  The  pronouns  generally  come  in  the  order  ist,  2nd  and  3rd 
pers.  in  compound  subject  construction. 

442.  The  subject  may  be  modified  by 

(а)  An  adjective,  an  adjective  possessive  pronoun,  an  adjective 
demonstrative  pronoun,  an  inflected  numeral. 

Rem.  For  two  or  more  adjectives  modifying  the  same  noun,  see 

§ 83. 

(б)  An  adjective  phrase,  with  -a.  (For  full  discussion  of  this  sub- 
ject, see  §§  86,  87.) 

Rem.  I.  Note  joint  and  separate  possession.  § 87  (a),  Rems,  i and  2. 

Rem.  2.  Note  double  prepositional  forms.  § 87  (d). 

Rem.  3.  Note  -a  with  the  infinitive.  § 87  (/). 

(c)  A relative  clause.  §§  164,  etc. 

{d)  A noun  in  apposition. 

Kueta,  mukelenge  wa  Kasenga,  ulualua,  Kuata^  the  chiej  of 
Kasenga,  is  coming. 

443.  The  subject  may  have  three  positions  in  the  sentence,  Natural, 
Inverted  and  Transposed. 

(a)  In  the  Natural  Position  the  subject,  whether  pronominal  prefix 
or  any  other  word  used  as  subject,  comes  before  the  verb.  This  posi- 
tion is  used  in  all  simple  and  declarative  sentences  and  needs  no  farther 
explanation, 

{h)  In  the  Inverted  Position  the  subject  comes  after  the  verb  and 
the  place  of  the  pronominal  prefix  at  the  beginning  of  the  verb  is  taken 
by  a relative  pronoun  or  some  other  subordinating  prefix  particles  which 
will  be  mentioned  below. 

Rem.  I.  The  Inverted  Position  is  only  used  when  the  subject  is 
3rd  pers.  § 126. 


122 


THE  SIMPLE  SENTENCE. 


Rem.  2.  If  the  subject  is  a pronoun,  the  suffix  form  must  be  used. 
§ 120. 

Rem.  3.  If  the  subject  is  a noun  (or  some  word  used  as  a noun), 
this  comes  after  the  verb,  but  the  pronominal  suffix  cannot  also  be 
used  at  the  same  time  § 120. 

Rem.  4.  In  Compound  Tenses  (§  194),  the  subject,  whether  a noun 
or  a pronominal  suffix,  comes  after  the  auxiliary.  Sometimes,  how- 
ever, the  subject,  if  a noun,  may  come  after  the  participle,  in  which 
case  the  participle  takes  the  same  subordinating  prefix  as  the  auxiliary. 
§ 125. 

Kuakadibo  badima,  where  they  were  working. 

Kuakadi  bakuxi  badima,  where  the  women  were  working. 

Kutu  kuabuela  diba,  where  the  sun  sets. 

Rem.  5.  The  Inverted  Position  is  used  as  follows: 

(1)  In  relative  clauses  when  the  relative  pronoun  is  direct  or  in- 
direct object.  § 165,  Rem.  i. 

Kabata  wakuhana  bintu  biakuleye,  Kabata  has  sold  the  things 
which  he  bought. 

(2)  In  substantive  clauses  when  these  clauses  are  used  as  objects 
in  indirect  questions.  In  most  of  these  cases  the  construction  is  that 
of  a relative  clause  with  antecedent  omitted.  Even  in  the  substantive 
clauses  when  used  as  objects,  if  the  subject  of  the  clause  is  the  relative 
pronoun,  it  takes  the  Natural  Position,  as  would  be  expected.  §§  455 
{b)  (i)  and  472  (a)-(e). 

Ciena  mumunye  kuakuya  Kasongo,  I don't  know  where  Kasongo 
has  gone. 

Ciena  mumunye  badi  badila,  I don't  know  who  are  crying. 

(3)  In  adverb  clauses  when  these  are  introduced  by  the  following 
subordinating  prefix  particles: 

I.  3Iu,  ku  and  ha  as  Locatives  Prefixed.  § 321. 

Xyaya  kudiye,  I ajn  going  where  he  is. 

II.  Ha  meaning  ajter,  when,  etc.  § 45S  (a). 

Hayabo,  nenkuhe  lukama  lua  mibela,  when  they  go,  I shall  give 
you  one  hundred  cowries. 

III.  Bi  meaning  ij.  § 459. 

Biayabo,  nenkuhe  lukama  lua  mibela,  ij  they  go,  I shall  give  you 
one  hundred  cowries. 

(c)  The  Transposed  Position  is  used  only  in  direct  questions  in 
which  an  interrogative  word  is  employed.  In  this  case  the  verb  takes 
the  regular  pronominal  prefix  as  if  the  subject  stood  in  its  proper  place, 


THE  SIMPLE  SENTENCE. 


123 


but  the  interrogative  word  which  is  used  as  subject  is  transposed  to 
the  end  of  the  sentence  § 173  and  Rem.  2. 

Wakumutaha  nganyi  ? who  struck  him  ? 

Bakuya  kudila  mukelenge  nsolo  banganyi?  who  have  gone  to  buy 
jowls  for  the  chief? 

Note.  Where  there  is  no  distinctly  interrogative  word,  the  Natural 
Order  is  used,  only  the  tone  of  the  voice  indicating  the  interrogation. 

§ 469. 


The  Predicate. 

444.  The  Predicate,  when  expressed,  is  always  a finite  part  of  the 
verb  and  may  be  found  in  any  simple  or  compound  tense.  The  in- 
finitive or  participle,  standing  alone,  cannot  constitute  a complete  predi- 
cate. 

Rem.  I.  The  predicate  takes  the  pronominal  prefixes  proper  to  its 
subject,  when  the  subject  is  in  the  Natural  or- Transposed  Positions 
[§  443  (a)  and  (c)j;  when,  however,  the  sentence  has  its  subject  in 
the  Inverted  Position,  the  verb  takes  the  pronominal  suffixes  proper 
to  the  subject.  In  this  last  ca.se  it  is  necessary  to  note  that  the  place 
of  the  pronominal  prefix  at  the  beginning  of  the  verb  is  taken  either 
by  a relative  pronoun  used  as  direct  or  indirect  object  or  by  one  of 
the  subordinating  prefix  particles  mu,  ku,  ha,  ha  {when,  after,  etc.),  hi. 

Rem.  2.  For  agreement  of  predicate  with  compound  subject,  see 
§ 441  (/)  and  remainder  of  section. 

Rem.  3.  For  agreement  of  predicate  with  buonso,  all  of,  when  fol- 
lowed by  the  possessive  adjective  pronouns,  see  § 182,  Rem. 

445.  The  predicate  when  used  as  simple  copula  is  often  omitted, 
but  its  place  is  taken  by  n(m)  which  is  prefixed  to  the  predicate  noun, 
adjective,  etc.  § 81. 

Rem.  I.  Note  the  usual  euphonic  changes  following  n.  §§  29,  31, 
32,  33- 

Rem.  2.  It  is  also  to  be  noted,  as  might  be  expected,  that  w and  y 
are  restored  to  their  original  u and  i,  since  they  no  longer  begin  the 
word.  §§27,  28. 

Rem.  3.  An  adjective  following  a noun  which  has  this  prefixed  n 
retains  the  original  prefix  of  the  class  unchanged. 

Rem.  4.  This  copula  in  n is  not  used  when  it  would  be  followed 
by  the  locatives  or  any  of  the  locative  combinations.  In  that  case 
the  regular  copulative  verbs  meaning  to  he,  such  as  di,  tadi,  etc.,  must 
be  used. 

Rem.  5.  The  negative  simply  prefixes  the  regular  negative  sign  ka- 

tothen.  §§197,199- 


124 


THE  SIMPLE  SENTENCE. 


Examples  of  the  predicate  with  n: 

Eci  cifiilu  nciinyi,  ciacia  ncia  Kabata,  this  hat  is  mine^  that  one 
is  Kabata' s. 

liilulu  biandi  mbimpe,  his  clothes  are  good. 

Muana  eu  nguinyi,  this  child  is  mine. 

Nsolo  ei  ngiinyi,  these  jowls  are  mine. 

Di  dia  Nzambi  ndiingenyi  luetu,  di  dia  Satana  ndufu  laetu, 

the  word  of  God  is  our  wisdom,  the  word  of  the  devil  is  our  death. 

Cifulu  eci  kanciinyi,  this  hat  is  not  mine. 

Muntu  eu  kanguandi,  this  person  is  not  his. 

446.  The  predicate  may  be  compound,  in  which  case  the  conjunc- 
tion is  generally  omitted. 

Bantu  bakubika,  bakuya,  the  people  have  gotten  up  and  have  gone. 

447.  The  predicate  may  be  modified  by 

(a)  A simple  adverb. 

Ya  lukusa,  go  quickly. 

(b)  An  infinitive  or  infinitive  phrase. 

Bakuya  kuluangana,  they  have  gone  to  fight. 

(c)  A prepositional  phrase. 

Badi  baxlkama  ha  mesa,  they  are  sitting  on  the  table. 

(i)  An  adverbial  clause  expressing  the  various  relations  of  time, 
place,  condition,  etc. 

Hanaflka  ku  musoko,  nenkuhe  mibela,  when  I reach  the 
village  I shall  give  you  the  cowries. 

448.  The  position  of  the  predicate  modifiers  is  generally  after  the 
verb. 

Rem.  I.  For  emphasis,  a prepositional  phrase  may  sometimes  come 
first  in  the  sentence,  and  the  adverb  clause  is  regularly  first. 

Mu  nsubu  mudi  bantu,  in  the  house  there  are  people. 

Binuikala  bitabuxe  bualu  bua  Nzambi,  neanusungile,  if  you 
accept  God's  palaver,  he  will  save  you. 

Rem.  2.  Munyi?  why?,  when  used  with  negative  questions,  comes 
first.  § 420  (6). 

449.  The  complements  of  the  predicate  may  be 

(a)  A predicate  noun  or  rdjective  or  pronoun  or  prepositional  phrase. 

Rem.  The  predicate  with  n is  the  most  common  construction  here. 
§ 44S- 


THE  SIMPLE  SENTENCE. 


125 


(b)  A direct  object  which  may  be 

(1)  A simple  noun. 

Wakuxiha  nsolo,  he  killed  the  jowl. 

(2)  A pronoun,  which  may  be  possessive,  demonstrative,  relative, 

interrogative  or  indefinite. 

Wakuxiha  winyi  (nsolo,  fowl),  he  killed  mine. 

Ndi  nsungula  ciacia  (cifulu,  hat),  I choose  that  one. 
Tuakudia  bintu  biakutuheye,  we  have  eaten  the  things  which 
he  gave  us. 

Bakutd.ha  nganyi  ? whom  have  they  killed  ? 

Bakbla  bionso,  they  bought  them  all  (bintu,  things'), 

(3)  A pronominal  infix. 

Nzambi  wakutufuka,  God  created  us. 

(4)  An  infinitive. 

Nsuasua  kuya  ku  mukelenge,  7 wish  to  go  to  the  chief. 

(5)  A simple  adjective  or  numeral  agreeing  with  the  noun  under- 

stood. 

Bakfila  bis^tu,  they  bought  three  (bifulu,  hats). 

(6)  A subordinate  clause,  thus  making  a complex  sentence. 
Wakundexa  hakadi  bana,  he  showed  me  where  the  children 

were. 

(7)  A prepositional  infinitive  phrase.  § 239  (6),  Rem.  1. 

Udi  ukeba  kua  kuteka  bintu,  he  is  looking  where  to  pul  the 
things. 

(8)  Compound,  in  which  case  we  may  have 

I.  Two  or  more  nouns  connected  by  conjunctions. 

Nakumona  mulumi  ne  mukuxi’andi,  I saw  the  man  and 
his  wife. 

II.  A noun  and  the  pronominal  infix  used  as  objects. 

Nakumumona  ne  mukuxi’andi,  I saw  him  and  his  wife. 

III.  A pronoun  and  the  pronominal  infix  used  as  objects. 
Nakukumona  ne  eu,  I saw  you  and  this  {person). 

Nzambi  wakutufuka  ne  bobo,  God  created  us  and  them. 

IV.  Two  pronouns. 

Nakumona  eu  ne  wawa,  7 saw  this  one  and  that  one  (muntu 
person,  understood). 


126 


THE  SIMPLE  SENTENCE. 


(c)  An  indirect  object  which  may  be 

(1)  A simple  noun. 

Nakuha  Kasongo  cifulu,  7 gave  Kasongo  a hat. 

(2)  A pronoun,  which  may  be  possessive,  demonstrative,  relative, 

interrogative  or  indefinite. 

Wakuambika  winyi  (mbua,  dog)  munyinyi,  he  gave  mine  the 
?neat. 

Wakuambika  eu  munyinyi,  he  gave  this  one  the  meat. 

Eu  mbua  wakuha  Kasongo  munyinyi,  this  is  the  dog  to  which 
Kasongo  gave  the  meat. 

Wakuha  nganyi  cifulu?  to  whom  did  you  give  the  cloth  ? 

(3)  A pronominal  infix. 

Wakumuha  cifulu,  he  gave  him  a hat. 

(4)  Compound,  in  v/hich  case  we  may  have 

I.  Two  or  more  nouns  connected  by  conjunctions. 

Nakuha  mulumi  lueho  ne  mukuxi’andi,  I gave  the  man 
and  his  wife  some  salt. 

II.  A noun  and  the  pronominal  infix  used  as  indirect  object. 
Jisus  wakutuha  muoyo  ne  bana  bandi  bonso,  Jesus  has 
giveyi  us  and  all  his  children  life. 

III.  A pronoun  and  the  pronominal  infix  used  as  indirect  object. 
Wakumpa  bintu  ne  eu,  he  gave  me  and  this  {person)  the 

things. 

IV.  Two  demonstrative  pronouns. 

Wakuha  eu  bintu  ne  wawa,  he  gave  this  {person)  things 
and  that  one  also. 

{d)  An  object  with  an  objective  (or  factitive)  predicate  noun. 
Bakumuidika  Kabeya,  they  named  him  Kabeya. 

Bakuangata  Kasongo  mukelenge  wabo,  they  made  Kasongo 
their  chief,  lit.  have  taken  him  as  their  chief. 

Rem.  The  idea  of  appointing  to  a certain  office  is  generally  expressed 
by  kuha,  to  give,  followed  by  the  abstract  name  of  the  office. 

Bakuha  Kasongo  bukelenge,  they  appointed  Kasongo  chief. 

{e)  A double  object. 

Wakulomba  mukelenge  lueho,  he  begged  the  chief  for  salt\ 
wakumbanda  buibi,  he  accused  me  of  stealing. 

(/)  A direct  and  an  indirect  object. 

Nakuha  Kasongo  lueho,  1 gave  Kasongo  some  salt. 


THE  SIMPLE  SENTENCE. 


127 


(g)  An  internal  object  (Cognate  Accusative),  i.e.,  an  object  which  is 
of  kindred  significance  to  the  verb  and  represents  the  idea 
already  contained  in  the  verb. 

Bakuxa  maxa,  they  danced  (a  dance). 

Wakuonona  biono,  he  snored  {snores). 

450.  The  position  of  direct  and  indirect  objects  must  be  noted. 

(a)  When  the  verb  has  only  one  direct  object  this  regularly  follows 
the  verb,  the  only  exception  being  the  pronominal  infix. 

Wakuxiha  nsolo,  he  killed  the  jowl',  wakumuxiha,  he  killed  it 
(nsolo,  jowl). 

Rem.  I.  In  the  passive  voice  construction  with  the  3rd  pers.  pi.  and 
kudi,  the  object,  which  is  really  the  subject  in  English,  may  some- 
times for  emphasis  be  placed  first. 

Mbuxi  bakuxiha  kudi  Kasongo,  the  goat  was  killed  by  Kasongo. 

Rem.  2.  Sometimes,  for  emphasis,  the  object  in  ordinary  construc- 
tions may  come  before  the  verb,  but  this  is  rare.  Be  cautious  about 
putting  anything  before  the  verb  other  than  the  subject  or  the  word 
with  which  the  predicate  is  to  agree  in  prefix — the  tendency  of  the 
language  is  strongly  against  it. 

{h)  When  a verb  has  a direct  and  an  indirect  object  we  must  note 
that 

(1)  When  both  objects  are  nouns  they  follow  the  verb,  the  indirect 
object  coming  first. 

Nakuha  Kasongo  eifulu,  I gave  Kasongo  a hat. 

Note.  The  same  rule  holds  good  when  any  pronominal  word  other 
than  pronominal  infix  or  suffix  takes  the  place  of  either  direct  or  in- 
direct object;  as,  nakuha  eu  eifulu,  I gave  this  {man)  a hat',  nakuha 
Kabeya  ciacia,  I gave  Kabeya  that  one  (eifulu). 

(2)  When  the  direct  object  is  a noun  or  a demonstrative  pronoun 
or  a possessive  pronoun  or  an  interrogative  pronoun,  and  the  indirect 
object  is  a personal  pronoun,  then  the  direct  object  comes  after  the 
verb  and  the  indirect  object  takes  the  pronominal  infix  form. 

Wakumuha  eifulu,  he  gave  him  a hat. 

Wakumuha  ciacia,  he  gave  him  that  one  (eifulu). 

(3)  When  the  indirect  object  is  a noun  or  a demonstrative  pronoun 
or  a possessive  pronoun  or  an  interrogative  pronoun,  and  the  direct 
object  is  a personal  pronoun,  then  the  direct  object  takes  the  pronominal 
infix  form: 

Wakuciha  Kasongo,  he  gave  it  (eifulu)  to  Kasongo. 

(4)  When  both  direct  and  indirect  objects  are  personal  pronouns, 
see  § 127. 


128 


THE  COMPOUND  SENTENCE. 


451.  The  direct  and  indirect  object  may  be  modified  by  adjectives, 
etc.,  in  the  same  manner  as  the  subject.  § 442  (a)-(d). 

II.  THE  COMPOUND  SENTENCE. 

452.  The  Compound  Sentence  is  made  up  of  two  or  more  simple 
sentences  which  may  or  may  not  be  connected  by  a conjunctive  word. 
These  simple  sentences  follow  in  every  particular  the  principles  already 
laid  down  for  the  Simple  Sentence.  §§  439-451. 

The  coordinate  conjunction  is  most  frequently  omitted.  § 432,  Rem.  i. 

Kacunga  wakuya  ku  Ibanj,  Kongola  wakualuka  kua  Ndumba, 
Kacunga  has  gone  to  Ibanj  and  Kongola  has  returned  from  Ndumba' s. 

III.  THE  COMPLEX  SENTENCE. 

453.  The  Complex  Sentence,  being  made  up  of  an  independent 
clause  and  one  or  more  dependent  clauses,  may  be  best  treated  accord- 
ing to  the  character  of  the  dependent  clause,  which  may  have  the  force 
of  an  Adjective  or  a Substantive  or  an  Adverb. 

Rem.  The  same  general  rules  for  subject,  predicate,  objects,  etc., 
which  have  been  considered  under  the  Simple  Sentence  also  hold  good 
for  the  subordinate  clauses  in  complex  sentences. 

A The  Adjective  Clause. 

454.  The  Adjective  Clause  is  always  introduced  by  the  relative 
pronoun  and  always  follows  the  noun  or  pronoun  which  it  qualifies. 
For  full  treatment  of  the  Adjective  Clause,  see  §§  164,  etc. 

B.  The  Substantive  Clause. 

455.  The  Substantive  Clauses  have  the  force  of  nouns  in  their 
relation  to  the  verb  of  the  independent  clause.  The  Substantive 
Clause  is  generally  used  as  follows: 

(a)  As  subject  of  the  verb  in  independent  clause. 

Kasongo,  ne  uyaya  ku  Ibanj,  ne  udi  uxala  munemu,  mbualu 
buandi,  whether  Kasongo  goes  to  Ibanj  or  remains  here  is  his  ajfair 
(for  mbualu,  see  § 445). 

(b)  As  object  of  the  verb  in  the  independent  clause. 

(i)  The  whole  list  of  Indirect  Questions  can  be  thus  used  as  objects. 
Of  course  the  greater  part  of  these  are  nothing  more  than  relative 
clauses  with  antecedents  omitted. 

Ciena  mumunye  kudiye,  7 don't  know  where  he  is. 


THE  COMPLEX  SENTENCE. 


129 


(2)  Here  also  may  be  placed  the  Direct  Discourse  constru  :tion 
after  the  verbs  of  saying,  thinking,  etc.,  in  which  the  verb  of  the  in- 
dependent clause  expressed  or  understood  is  connected  with  the  follo  w- 
ing noun  clause  by  the  subordinating  conjunction  ne  (sometimes  se). 

There  does  not  seem  to  be  any  distinctly  Indirect  Discourse  con-- 
struction,  involving  such  a formidable  array  of  sequence  of  tenses  as 
we  find  in  Indo-European  languages.  The  exact  words  of  the  speaker 
are  usually  quoted,  in  which  case  the  ne  becomes  really  equivaltn 
to  thus,  saying,  or  some  such  expression  usually  employed  before  a dire'  *, 
quotation.  Of  course,  when  translating  into  English  the  usual  thi  t 
is  generally  employed,  vdth  the  accompanying  tense  sequence. 

Mukuxi  wakuamba  ne,  “ Ndi  musue  Ixxolio,**  the  woman  says  th^t 
she  wants  some  salt,  lit.  spake  saying,  “7  want  some  salt’* 

Wakamba  ne,  “ Ciena  ndua  lelu,”  he  said  that  he  would  not  come 
to-day. 

Sal  wakukonka  Jisus  ne,  “ Udi  musue  ngenze  cinyl?  ”,  Saul  asked 
Jesus  what  he  wished  him  to  do. 

Rem.  I.  Sometimes  the  verb  of  saying,  thinking,  etc.,  is  not  ex- 
pressed. 

Muoyowandi  wakunyingala  ne,  ” Munyi  ciledi  biinyi  muana?”. 
Her  heart  was  sad  {and  she  said),  “ Why  do  I not  bear  a child  ? ” 

Rem.  2.  It  is  important  to  note  the  mood  (purportive)  in  the  follow- 
ing expressions  where  in  English  we  have  an  infinitive  construction : 

Ta  wambile  bantu  badime,  go  and  tell  the  people  to  work,  lit.  that 
they  may  work. 

When  the  person  delivers  the  above  message  he  says,  udi  wamba 
ne  badime,  he  says  for  them  to  work,  i.e.  let  them  work. 

Ya  umuambile  abate  mibela,  go  and  tell  him  to  count  the  cowries. 

The  person  delivering  this  message  will  say.  udi  wamba  ne  ab^le 
mibela. 

Ta  umuambile  alue,  go  and  tell  him  to  come. 

(3)  Note  here  the  constructions  for  whether  {if)  and  whether  ...  or. 
The  subordinating  conjunction  is  ne  and  ne  . . . ne. 

Ta  umone  bantu  ne  badi  badima,  go  and  see  whether  the  people 
are  working. 

3Iona  ne  mudi  tuixi,  see  if  there  are  any  insects  in  it. 

Ciena  mumunye  ne  wakuya,  I don't  know  whether  he  went  (or 
not). 

Ciena  mumunye  ne  wakuya  ne  udiku,  I don’t  know  whether  he 
went  or  stayed  (is  here). 


THE  COMPLEX  SENTENCE. 


130 


C.  The  Adverb  Clause. 

456.  The  Adverb  Clause  qualifies  the  verb  or  an  adverb  or  an  ad- 
jective in  an  independent  clause,  and  may  express  the  various  rela- 
tions of  Place,  Time,  Condition,  Purpose,  Cause  and  Manner. 

Rem.  I.  Generally  some  subordinating  word  or  particle  connects 
the  two  clauses,  and  these  give  to  the  subject  of  the  dependent  clause 
the  Inverted  Position  when  the  subject  is  3rd  pers.  §§  443  (6)  and 
Rems. 

Rem.  2.  Sometimes  the  dependent  clause  follows  the  independent 
clause,  sometimes  it  precedes  it.  The  English  order  in  such  cases  is 
usually  a safe  guide. 

Adverb  Clauses  oj  Place. 

457.  The  Adverb  Clauses  of  Place  are  expressed  by  means  of  the 
Prefixed  Locative  construction  and  are  to  be  translated  by  where^ 
whence,  whither,  etc.  § 321. 

Udi  ulala  hakuhoneye,  he  is  lying  where  he  jell. 

Rem.  For  where  in  indirect  questions,  see  § 472  (c). 

Adverb  Clauses  oj  Time. 

458.  It  is  found  better  to  take  the  more  common  English  time 
constructions  and  group  them  according  to  meanings,  then  give  their 
equivalents  in  the  Buluba-Lulua. 

(a)  Ajter,  when,  as  soon  as,  as,  are  expressed  by  prefixing  ha-  to 
the  verb  of  the  dependent  clause. 

(i)  In  past  constructions  the  indicative  mood  in  some  appropriate 
past  tense  is  used. 

Hakubika  Jisus  ku  lufu,  wakuya  khlu  kua  Tatu’andi,  ajter 
{when)  Jesus  had  risen  jrom  the  dead,  he  went  up  to  his  Father's. 

Hanakadi  ndua  ku  musoko,  tuakusangakana  ne  Kasongo  mu 
nxila,  as  I was  coming  jrom  the  village,  Kasongo  and  I met  in  the  path. 

I (2)  In  future  construction  the  present  subjunctive  is  used  in  the 
j subordinate  clause,  while  the  independent  clause  may  have  any  tense 
' expressing  future  idea,  such  as  imperative,  future  or  present  progressive 
\ indicative,  present  purportive. 

Hawab^la  mibela,  uye  ku  musoko,  ajter  {when,  as  soon  as)  you 
have  counted  the  cowries,  you  may  go  to  the  village. 

{b)  Bejore  is  expressed  under  various  circumstances  by  ha-  prefixed 
to  the  verb,  by  ku  mpala,  by  ku  mpala  ku-,  by  diambedi,  by  the 


THE  COMPLEX  SENTENCE. 


1 . 


simple  negative,  by  ha-  having  the  same  force  as  has  been  mentions  u 
under  § 458  (a)  (i)  (2). 

(1)  Ha-  in  connection  with  diambedi  is  used  mostly  wdth  past  tenses 
in  the  indicative  mood. 

Munyi  kuangaci  cikowela  diambedi,  hawakulua?  why  did  you 
not  get  your  coat  before  you  came? 

Hakuyeye  ku  musoko,  wakuela  cifufu  ne  Kabeya  diambedi, 
before  he  went  to  the  village  he  had  a consultation  with  Kabeya. 

Rem.  Sometimes  we  hear  hu-  instead  of  ha-. 

(2)  Ku  mpala,  without  a following  ku-  joined  to  the  verb,  has  more 
the  force  of  first.  We  have  in  this  case  nothing  more  than  two  simple 
sentences,  but  the  order  of  the  clauses  is  inverted,  as  will  be  seen  from 
the  following  examples.  This  construction  serves  for  any  of  the  moods 
and  tenses. 

The  word  diambedi  can  be  used  in  place  of  the  phrase  ku  mpala. 

Ku  mpala  (or  diambedi),  ubale  mibela,  uye  ku  musoko,  first 
count  the  cowries,  then  go  to  the  village-,  or  before  going  to  the  village, 
count  the  cowries. 

Ku  mpala  (or  diambedi),  wakuela  cifufu  ne  Kabeya,  wakuya 
ku  musoko,  first  he  had  a consultation  with  Kabeya,  then  he  went  to 
the  village. 

Rem.  Sometimes  the  sentence  with  ku  mp&la  or  diambedi  is  throwm 
into  the  negative,  in  which  case  the  clauses  are  in  the  same  order  as 
when  before  is  used.  The  Negative  I (§  225)  followed  by  a participle 
is  the  most  common  construction  here. 

Ku  mpala  (or  diambedi)  kai  muye,  wakubala  mibela,  before  he 
went  he  counted  the  cowries,  i.e.,  first,  he  had  not  gone  yet,  he  counted 
the  cowries. 

Ku  mpala  (or  diambedi)  Kasongo  kai  muye  ku  musoko,  wakuela 
cifufu  ne  Kabeya,  before  Kasongo  went  to  the  village  he  had  a con- 
sultation with  Kabeya. 

(3)  Ku  mpala  ku-  and  diambedi  ha-  are  used  exactly  as  before 
in  English  and  the  clauses  have  the  same  order  as  in  English. 

Rem.  I.  The  ku-  becomes  a prefix  to  the  verb,  causing  the  subject 
to  take  the  Inverted  Position  when  it  is  3rd  pers. 

Rem.  2.  In  past  tenses  use  the  ordinary  past  tenses  of  the  indicative 
mood  in  both  clauses. 

Rem.  3.  In  future  or  present  general  constructions  use  the  present 
subjunctive  mood  in  the  dependent  clause  and  any  present  or  future 
tense  of  the  indicative,  imperative  or  purportive  moods  in  the  inde- 
pendent clause. 

Rem.  4.  Sometimes  the  ha-  following  diambedi  is  omitted. 


132 


TIIK  COMPLEX  SENTENCE. 


ICxamplcs: 

Ku  mpala  kuwakiiya  (or  diambcdi  hawakuya),  wakubala  mibela, 
before  you  went,  you  counted  the  cowries. 

Ku  mpala  (or  diambedi  kul  uya)  kuwaya,  ubdic  mibela,  before 
you  go,  count  the  cowries. 

Ku  mpala  kuayeye,  abale  mibela,  before  he  goes,  let  him  count  the 
cowries. 

Ku  mp41a  kuwaya,  nenkuhe  mibela,  before  you  go,  I shall  give 
you  the  cowries. 

(4)  The  simple  negative  is  used  in  the  subordinate  clause  with  no 
real  subordinating  word  to  express  the  idea  of  before.  This  construc- 
tion is  nothing  more  than  two  simple  sentences.  Some  form  of  the 
Negative  1 (§  225)  is  most  often  found  here,  having  with  the  following 
past  participle  a past  idea,  though  the  verb  in  the  independent  clause 
may  be  either  past,  present  or  future  in  its  significance. 

Nakubala  mibela,  ci  muanze  kulua,  I counted  the  cowries  before  I 
came,  i.e.,  I had  not  yet  come. 

Kul  muanze  kuya,  ubale  mibela,  before  you  go  count  the  cowries, 
i.e.,  you  have  not  yet  gone,  count  the  cowries. 

Rem.  Note  also  the  neg.  form  with  ku  mpala  and  diambedi  ha-, 
which  is  the  most  common  construction.  § 458  (b)  (2),  Rem. 

(5)  We  may  also  express  before  by  transposing  the  clauses  and  using 
ha-  with  the  same  constructions  as  are  employed  for  after.  § 458  (a)  (i) 
and  (2). 

Hawabala  mibela,  uye  ku  musoko,  after  you  have  counted  the 
cowries  go  to  the  village,  i.e.,  before  you  go  to  the  village,  count  the  cowries. 

(c)  Till,  until,  seem  best  expressed  by  ha-  joined  to  the  verb  exactly 
as  in  the  rendering  of  after,  with  this  in  turn  followed  by  a verb 
expressing  what  is  done  after  the  preceding  temporal  clause.  § 458 
(a)  (i)  and  (2). 

Ya  udime,  hela  ngonga,  ulekele,  go  and  work  till  the  bell  ringSy 
i e.,  go  and  work;  when  the  bell  rings,  stop. 

Rem.  The  idea  of  till  and  until  may  often  be  expressed  by  two  simple 
sentences;  as,  imuna,  nduadua,  wait  until  I come,  i.e.,  wait,  I am 
coming. 

(d)  For  when  we  may  have  the  following  constructions: 

(1)  In  the  sense  of  after,  see  § 458  (a)  (i)  and  (2). 

(2)  In  the  sense  of  while  it  is  perhaps  best  expressed  by  ha-  joined 
with  any  of  the  tenses  of  the  indicative  mood;  as,  Jisus,  hakadiye 
ku  bulobo,  kai  muanze  kuya  kfilu,  wakatuxila  di  diandi,  Jesus, 
while  he  was  on  the  earth,  before  he  ascended,  left  for  us  his  word. 

(3)  In  indirect  questions,  see  § 472  {b). 


THE  COMPLEX  SENTENCE. 


133 


Adverb  Clauses  oj  Condition. 

459.  Cond’Llonal  clauses  are  introduced  by  the  subordinating 
particles  bi-  (inseparable)  and  bu  (separable),  ij. 

Note  the  extensive  use  of  the  auxiliary  ikala  (§  227)  in  these  con- 
ditional constructions,  owing  to  the  usual  auxiliaries  being  defective 
in  the  subjunctive  mood. 

(a)  Present  General  Conditions  are  ^formed  by  using  in  the  prota- 
sis bi-  with  the  present  subjunctive,  and  in  the  apodosis  the  pres- 
ent progressive  indicative  or  imperative  or  any  other  present  con- 
struction. 

Biwikala  muana  wa  Nzambi,  kuena  muivi,  ij  you  are  a child  of 
God.  you  are  not  a thief. 

Bituikala  benze  bimpe,  bantu  bakuabo  badi  batusue,  if  we  do 

well,  other  people  love  us. 

(b)  Future  Conditions  form  the  protasis  by  prefixing  bi-  to  the 
present  subjunctive,  while  the  apodosis  employs  the  future  indicative 
or  any  other  future  construction. 

Biwadima  bimpe,  nenkuhe  mibela,  if  you  work  well,  I shall  give 
you  some  cowries. 

Bituadima  bimpe,  neatuhe  mibela,  if  we  work  well,  he  will  give 
us  some  cowries. 

Biadimeye  bimpe,  nemuhe  mibela,  if  he  works  well,  I shall  give 
him  some  cowries. 

Rem.  Note  the  frequent  use  of  the  present  subjunctive  of  ikala  w ith 
the  past  active  participle  in  the  protasis. 

Bituikala  badime  bimpe,  neatuhe  mibela,  if  we  work  well,  he  will 
give  us  some  cowries. 

Bikalabo  badime  bimpe,  nembahe  mibela,  if  they  work  well,  I shall 
give  them  some  cowries. 

(c)  Past  or  Impossible  Conditions  form  the  protasis  with  bu  followed 
by  the  past  active  participle  agreeing  wdth  the  subject,  W'hile  the  apod- 
osis takes  the  past  subjunctive. 

Bu  wewe  mulue  lukusa,  Lazalus  kakadi  kufua,  if  you  had  tome 
quickly,  Lazarus  would  not  have  died. 

Bu  bobo  badime  bimpe,  nakadi  kubafuta,  if  they  had  worked  well, 
I would  have  paid  them. 

Rem.  The  subject  always  seems  to  be  necessary  before  the  participle 
in  the  protasis. 

460.  When  the  protasis  is  negative  and  is  to  be  translated  by  if  not, 
unless,  except,  we  have  the  following  constructions  for  the  three  classes 


THE  COMPLEX  SENTENCE. 


134 


of  conditions,  the  apodosis  remaining  unchanged,  that  is,  the  same 
as  aflhrmative  protasis: 

(a)  For  Present  General  Conditions  we  have  present  subjunctive 
afiSrmative  of  ikala  preceded  by  bi-,  followed  by  the  present  tense  of 
the  Negative  I.  This  may  in  turn  be  followed  by  the  past  active  parti- 
ciple when  it  is  required.  This  is  the  negative  present  subjunctive. 

§ 305- 

Uiwikala  kui  muana  wa  Nzambi,  udi  muana  wa  Satana,  if  you 
are  not  a child  of  God,  you  are  a child  of  the  devil. 

{h)  For  Future  Conditions  use  the  construction  as  indicated  in  § 305 
for  the  neg.  present  subjunctive. 

Biwikala  kui  mudime  bimpe,  ciena  nkuha  mibela,  if  you  don't 
work  well,  I shall  not  give  you  any  cowries. 

Bikalabo  kabai  badime  bimpe,  ciena  mbaha  mibela,  if  they  don't 
work  well,  I shall  not  give  them  the  cowries. 

Rem.  We  car  also  have  here  simply  the  present  tense  of  the  Nega- 
tive I,  followed  by  the  past  active  participle  with  the  forms  of  ikala 
omitted;  the  bi-  in  this  case  is  also  omitted. 

Kui  mudime  bimpe,  ciena  nkuha  mibela,  {if)  you  don't  work  well, 
I shall  not  give  you  the  cowries. 

(c)  In  Past  Conditions  with  neg.  protasis,  use  bu  followed  always 
by  the  subject  expressed,  with  this  followed  by  the  Negative  I,  and 
this  in  turn  by  the  past  active  participle. 

Bu/nuenu  kanui  badime  bibi,  nakadi  kunuha  mibela,  if  you  had 
not  worked  badly,  I would  have  given  you  the  cowries. 

Adverb  Clauses  of  Purpose. 

461.  These  Dependent  Clauses  of  Purpose  are  in  English  intro- 
duced by  that,  so  that,  in  order  to,  in  order  that,  to\  in  Buluba-Lulua 
they  are  expressed  for  the  most  part  by  the  purportive  mood  without  any 
subordinating  conjunctive  word. 

Ya  udimine  Kabata,  alue  biandi  kunoku,  go  and  work  for  Kabata, 
that  he  may  come  here. 

Lua  ne  bia  kudia,  mulunda  winyi  adie,  bring  something  to  eat, 
that  my  friend  may  eat. 

Muha  mi,  anue,  give  him  some  water  that  he  may  drink. 

Ndi  nkeba  muntu,  aye  ku  musoko,  I am  looking  for  a man  to  go 
to  the  village. 

Ndi  mbatuma,  baye  kudima,  1 am  sending  them  to  work,  i.e.,  in  order 
that  they  may  work. 

Ya  wambile  bantu,  badime,  go  and  tell  the  people  to  work.  § 455 
{b)  (2),  Rem.  2. 


THE  COMPLEX  SENTENCE. 


135 


Rem.  The  negative  so  that  not,  in  order  that  not,  lest,  etc.,  is  ex- 
pressed by  the  simple  purportive  negative. 

Suika  mukoko  bikale,  kautuke,  tie  the  sheep  tightly,  lest  it  get 
loose. 

Tula  cukuku,  kaeitahe  bantu  ku  makusa,  pull  up  the  root  in 
order  that  it  may  not  strike  people  on  the  jeet. 

Ndi  ngela  malobo  mu  dina,  cilue  kudixindamu,  I am  putting  dirt 
in  the  hole  that  I may  not  come  and  jail  in  it. 

463.  The  infinitive  mood  in  several  constructions  expresses  the 
purpose  idea. 

(a)  The  infinitive  in  an  adjective  phrase  is  often  thus  used.  § 239  {h). 

Muha  mi  a kunua,  give  him  some  water  to  drink. 

Lua  ne  cintu  cia  kucibula  n’aci  luhanza,  bring  the  thing  for 
opening  the  box. 

Rem.  It  is  important  to  distinguish  here  between  the  infinitive  and 
the  purportive  mood  constructions.  In  the  former  the  adjective  idea 
prevails,  in  the  latter  the  purpose  idea  prevails  to  such  an  extent  that 
a new  clause  is  introduced.  Hence  muha  mi  a kunua  means  give 
him  some  drinking-water-,  while  muha  mi,  anue  means  give  him  some 
water  that  he  may  drink. 

(b)  The  infinitive  as  an  adverb  is  used  in  the  purpose  sense. 

Bakuya  kuluangana,  they  are  going  to  fight. 

Rem.  Here,  too,  it  is  necessary  to  distinguish  between  infinitive  and 
purportive  construction.  § 240  and  Rem. 

Adverb  Clauses  of  Result. 

463.  This  construction,  which  in  English  furnishes  a subordinate 
clause  introduced  by  that  following  upon  so  in  the  independent  clause, 
is  perhaps  best  expressed  in  Buluba-Lulua  by  two  independent  clauses, 
and  is  consequently  not  a complex  sentence. 

Wakuya  to  lubilu,  wakudixinda,  he  ran  so  quickly  that  he  fell 
down. 


Adverb  Clauses  of  Degree  or  Comparison. 

464.  In  English  these  clauses  are  introduced  by  than,  as  ..  . as, 
not  so  ..  . as,  etc.,  following  upon  a comparative  adjective  or  adverb 
in  the  independent  clause.  In  Buluba-Lulua  we  find  here  again  the 
simple  rather  than  the  complex  sentence  construction. 

(a)  For  comparison  of  adjectives,  see  §§  88,  89. 

{b)  For  comparison  of  adverbs,  see  § 403. 

(c)  For  the  construction  with  as  ..  . as,  see  §§  90  {d). 

(d)  For  the  construction  with  not  so  ..  . as,  see  § 90  (e). 


INTERROGATIVE  CONSTRUCTIONS. 


136 


Adverb  Clauses  of  Manner. 

465.  In  English  these  clauses  are  introduced  by  as,  just  as,  like, 
while  in  Buluba-Lulua  they  are  introduced  by  the  inseparable  prefix 
mu-,  derived  no  doubt  from  munyi  ? how  ?,  in  answer  to  the  question, 
How  shall  I do  it? 

Enza  mundi  ngenza,  do  as  1 am  doing. 

Nealue  biandi  muakuyeye,  he  will  come  again  {in  the  same  manner) 
as  he  went. 

Rem.  Very  often  we  have  nunku,  thus,  in  the  independent  clause. 

Adverb  Clauses  of  Cause. 

466.  These  clauses  are  introduced  in  English  by  because,  for,  since', 
in  Buluba-Lulua  they  are  introduced  by  bua.  This  bua  is  for  bu  + a 
with  bualu,  palaver,  understood;  and  it  is  separable,  consequently  the 
Natural  Position  prevails  in  the  dependent  clause. 

Wakuya  ku  Ibanj,  bua  mulunda  wandi  udi  ubela,  he  has  gone  to 
Ibanj,  because  his  friend  is  sick. 

Bua  mulunda  winyi  udi  ubela,  bunakuluila  ku  Ibanj,  because  my 
friend  is  sick,  therefore  I have  come  to  Ibanj.  See  § 419. 

INTERROGATIVE  CONSTRUCTIONS. 

467.  Interrogative  sentences  may,  for  convenience  of  treatment,  be 
divided  into  Direct  and  Indirect. 

I.  Direct  Interrogative  Sentences. 

468.  These  ask  a direct  question  to  which  an  answer  is  expected, 
and  they  follow  the  general  construction  of  the  Simple  Sentence  through- 
out, save  that  the  interrogative  word,  when  one  is  used,  generally  comes 
last  in  the  sentence  whether  this  interrogative  w'ord  be  subject,  direct 
object,  indirect  object,  adverb  or  prepositional  phrase.  For  full  treat- 
ment of  direct  interrogatives  with  interrogative  pronouns,  see  §§  173, 
etc.;  for  their  treatment  with  interrogative  adverbs,  see  §§  381,  400, 
411,  420. 

Wakuya  nganyi?  who  has  gone? 

Bakutaha  nganyi?  whom  did  they  strike? 

Uyaya  kudi  kunyi  ? where  are  you  going  ? 

Bakuiba  cifulu  ciinyi  kudi  nganyi?  who  stole  my  hat? 

Ciakuhona  cinyi  ? what  {thing)  fell  ? 

Rem.  I.  When  the  interrogative  word  is  an  indirect  object  it  takes 


INTERROGATIVE  CONSTRUCTIONS. 


137 


its  place  immediately  after  the  verb,  if  the  direct  object  is  a noun  or  a 
demonstrative  pronoun.  Cf.  §450  (6)  (i),  Note. 

Udi  ukuacila  nganyi  cifulu?  for  whom  are  you  holding  the  hat? 

"Wakuha  nganyi  ciacia?  to  whom  has  he  given  that  one  (cifulu)? 

Rem.  2.  When  the  subject  of  the  interrogative  sentence  is  expressed 
and  is  not  the  interrogative  word,  it  takes  its  regular  place  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  sentence. 

Kasongo  wakuha  nganyi  cifulu  ? to  whom  did  Kasongo  give  the 
hat  ? 

Rem.  3.  Munyi  ? why?  in  negative  sentences  comes  first.  §420  (6). 

469.  In  sentences  where  simple  yes  or  no  is  expected  there  is  generally 
no  interrogative  word.  The  interrogation  in  this  case  is  indicated  by 
raising  the  tone  of  the  last  vowel  of  the  sentence.  This  corresponds 
to  the  English,  but  where  the  English  makes  the  subject  postpositive 
in  such  sentences,  the  Buluba-Lulua  retains  the  subject  in  its  normal 
place  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence. 

Wakuya  ? has  he  gone  ? 

Mbua  wakadia  munyinyi  ? did  the  dog  eat  the  meat  ? 

Rem.  I.  Often  the  word  inyi,  or  not,  asks  the  question  in  such  con- 
structions; as,  wakuya  inyi?  has  he  gone  or  not?  § 434,  Rem. 

Rem.  2.  Note  the  peculiar  idiom  when  the  question  is  negative  form. 
§ 414,  Rem.  2. 

II.  Indirect  Interrogative  Sentences. 

470.  In  Indirect  Interrogative  Sentences  we  have  not  the  question 
but  the  answer  to  the  direct  question. 

471.  These  sentences  are  generally  complex,  and  the  subordinate 
clause  has  the  equivalent  of  a substantive.  § 455  {b)  (i). 

473.  The  dependent  clauses  in  such  sentences  are  usually  nothing 
more  than  relative  clauses  with  the  antecedents  omitted.  The  more 
common  English  words  introducing  these  indirect  question  clauses  are 
who,  whom,  what,  which,  when,  where,  whither,  whence,  how  and 
why,  depending  upon  the  word  used  in  the  direct  question. 

(a)  Who,  whom,  to  whom,  what,  which. 

Ciena  mumunye  badi  badila,  I don't  know  who  are  crying. 

Ciena  mumunye  wakutahabo,  I don't  know  whom  they  struck, 

Ciena  mumunye  wakuheye  cifulu,  I don't  know  to  whom  he  gave 
the  hat. 

Ciena  mumunye  cidiye  lunema,  7 don't  know  what  he  is  lifting 
(cintu,  thing,  understood). 


138' 


INTERROGATIVE  CONSTRUCTIONS. 


Ciena  muinunye  ciakuangateye,  1 don't  know  which  one  (cifulu) 
he  got. 

Ndi  ngenza  muakuambeye,  1 am  doing  what  he  said.  § 177. 

Rem.  I.  The  possessive  whose,  which  is  expressed  in  the  direct  form 
by  an  adjective  phrase  with  -a,  usually  takes  in  the  indirect  form  the 
word  muena,  owner.  § 84  {h). 

Ciena  mumunye  muen’aci,  / don't  know  whose  it  is,  i.e.,  1 don't 
know  the  owner  of  it. 

Rem.  2.  When  the  interrogative  word  would  be  the  subject  of  one 
of  the  verbs  meaning  to  he,  this  latter  is  omitted  in  the  indirect  question 
construction,  and  the  interrogative  word  is  simply  incorporated  as  a 
pronominal  inhx. 

Wawa  nganyi?  ciena  mumumunye,  who  is  that?  I don't  know 
who  it  is,  lit.  I don't  know  him. 

Ciena  mucimunye,  I don't  know  what  it  is. 

Rem.  3.  It  will  be  noted  in  the  above  examples  that  when  the  direct 
question  form  has  cinyi?  or  cinganyi?,  then  the  indirect  form  is  ci; 
when  the  direct  form  is  nganyi?,  the  indirect  form  is  mu;  when  the 
direct  form  is  munyi  ?,  the  indirect  form  is  mu.  §§  174,  175,  177. 

{h)  The  construction  used  for  expressing  when  is  determined  by  the 
word  used  in  the  direct  question.  § 400. 

Ciena  mumunye  dialueye,  I don't  know  when  (dituku,  day,  under- 
stood) he  will  come. 

Ciena  mumunye  (ngondo)  walueye,  I don't  know  when  {what 
moon)  he  will  come. 

(c)  Where,  whence,  whither.  Here  the  indirect  question  clause  is 
introduced  by  the  locatives  mu,  ku  or  ha,  and  assumes  the  form  of 
the  Locatives  Prefixed.  § 321. 

Ndi  mumunye  kuakudixindeye,  I know  where  he  jell. 

Ndi  mumunye  kuyayeye,  1 know  where  he  is  going. 

Ciena  mumunye  kuiualueye,  1 don't  know  whence  he  is  coming,  i.e., 
where  he  is  coming  from. 

{d)  In  rendering  the  word  how  we  need  to  note  the  following  con- 
structions (§  465) : 

(i)  When  the  direct  question  is  asked  with  munyi?  (§  411)  following 
the  verb,  the  subordinate  clause  in  the  indirect  question  takes  mua 
followed  by  the  infinitive  when  the  subject  of  the  infinitive  is  also  the 
subject  of  the  independent  clause  [§  239  {h),  Rem.  2],  but  the  sub- 
ordinate clause  takes  mu-  prefixed  to  the  verb  when  the  subject  of  the 
subordinate  is  different  from  that  of  the  independent  clause.  Com- 
pare a somewhat  similar  construction  under  § 240. 


INTERROGATIVE  CONSTRUCTIONS. 


139 


Ciena  mumunye  mua  kucibula  muxete,  I don’t  know  how  to  open 
the  box. 

Ciena  mumunye  mudiye  ucibu!a  muxete,  I don’t  know  how  he 
opens  the  box. 

(2)  When  munyi?  in  the  direct  question  modifies  an  adjectival 
substantive  (§  41 1,  Note  i)  we  have  either  one  of  two  constructions: 

I.  We  may  have  the  substantive  form  of  the  adjective  followed 
immediately  by  the  possessive  pronoun,  which  refers  back  to  the  noun 
modified  in  the  direct  question. 

Ciena  mumunye  bunine  buau  (muci,  stick,  understood),  I don’t 
know  how  large  it  is,  lit.  / do7i't  knov)  the  bigness  of  it. 

Ciena  mumunye  bungi  buabo,  / don't  know  how  many  there  are 
(bantu,  people,  understood),  lit.  I don’t  know  the  number  of  them. 

II.  Or  we  may  have  the  substantive  form  of  the  adjective  furnish- 
ing its  prefix  to  the  verb,  and  the  prefix  of  the  noun  modified  in  the 
direct  question  furnishing  the  pronominal  suffix. 

Ciena  mumunye  bunine  budiwo,  1 don’t  know  how  large  it  is  (muci, 
stick,  understood). 

Ciena  mumunye  bungi  buyayabo,  I don’t  know  how  many  (bantu, 
people,  understood)  are  going. 

{e)  In  rendering  the  word  why  we  note  the  following  constructions; 

(1)  When  the  direct  question  is  asked  in  the  affirmative  by  means 
of  cinyi?  or  cinganyi?  or  bixi?  and  the  Applied  Forms  of  the  verb, 
the  subordinate  clause  in  the  indirect  question  lakes  ci-  prefixed  to 
the  Applied  Form,  though  sometimes  the  simple  form  of  the  verb  is  used. 

Udi  udidila  cinyi?  ciena  mumunye  cidiye  udidila  (or  cidiye 
udiia),  why  is  he  crying  ? 1 don’t  know  why  he  is  crying. 

Udi  uyiia  ku  musoko  cinyi?  ndi  mumunye  ciudi  uya  (or  ciudl 
uyila),  why  are  you  going  to  the  village  ? I know  why  you  are  going. 

(2)  When  the  direct  question  is  asked  with  munyi?,  the  subordinate 
clause  takes  mu-  prefixed  to  the  verb,  with  the  pronominal  sufiSx  for 
subject  if  the  subject  is  3rd  pers.  § 120. 

Munyi  kadimi  bimpe?  ciena  mumunye  mudiye  kai  mudime 
bimpe,  why  does  he  not  work  well  ? 1 don’t  know  why  he  does  not  work 
well. 

(3)  When  the  direct  question  is  asked  with  bualu  ki?,  the  sub- 
ordinate clause  takes  bu-  prefixed  to  the  verb.  § 420. 

Kuena  mumunye  bunakuluila,  you  don’t  know  why  I have  come. 

{j)  Whether  . . . or.  For  this  construction,  see  § 455  {b)  (3). 


DICTIONARY. 

I.  ENGLISH-BULUBA-LULUA. 


NOTES  ON  THE  USE  OF  THE  DICTIONARY. 


1.  Figures  immediately  after  the  nouns,  either  in  parentheses  or 
separated  by  commas,  show  the  class  to  which  the  nouns  belong, 

2.  Only  the  root  forms  of  verbs  and  adjectives  are  given. 

3.  The  words  in  the  Buluba-Lulua-English  section  are  arranged 
according  to  the  English  alphabet,  regardless  of  the  diacritical  marks. 

4.  In  the  Buluba-Lulua-English  section,  when  the  word  being  de- 
fined is  repeated,  it  is  represented  by  using  only  the  first  letter  of  the 
word. 

5.  A native  word  or  letter  in  parentheses  indicates  another  way  of 
spelling  or  pronouncing.  The  form  in  parentheses  may  or  may  not 
be  found  in  the  Dictionary. 

6.  The  following  abbreviations  are  used: 


act.,  active. 
adj.,  adjective. 
adv.,  adverb. 

B.L.-Eng.,  Buluba-Lulua-English 
section  of  Dictionary. 

Buk.,  dialect  of  the  Bakete. 
card.,  cardinal  (numeral). 
cf.,  compare. 
colloq.,  colloquial. 
conj.,  conjunction. 
demon.,  demonstrative. 
dim.  or  dimin.,  diminutive. 

Eng.,  English. 

Eng.-B.L.,  English-Buluba-Lulua 
section  of  Dictionary. 
infin.,  infinitive. 
insep.,  inseparable. 
interjec.y  interjection. 
interrog.y  interrogative. 
intr.,  intransitive. 
lit.,  literally. 
loc.,  locative, 
noun. 


neg.,  negative. 
nph.,  noun  phrase. 
num.,  numeral. 
ord.,  ordinal  (numeral). 
part.,  participle. 
pass.,  passive. 
pers.,  personal. 

ph. ,  phrase. 

pi. ,  plural. 
pass.,  possessive. 
p.p.,  past  participle. 
prep.,  preposition. 
pro.,  pronoun. 
re-flex.,  reflexive. 
rel.,  relative. 
sing.,  singular. 
sub.,  subordinate. 
subj.,  subject. 
trans.,  transitive. 

V.,  verb. 

vi.,  intransitive  verb. 
vph.,  verb  phrase. 
vt.,  transitive  verb. 


142 


ENGLISH-BULUBA-LULUA  DICTIONARY. 


A. 

Abandon,  (leave),  xia,  lekela, 
(lefuse),  hidia,  benga. 

Abasf,  vt.,  see  humiliate. 

Abate,  vi.{a.s  water),  uma,  kama. 
(as  stream  in  dry  weather),  hue- 
kela. 

Abbreviate,  vt.,  ihihixa,  kehexa, 
nyanyixa. 

Abdomen,  n.,  difu,  5;  munda 
[insep.  prep,  word,  § 423  (2) 
(6)]. 

Abhor,  vt.,  use  the  ph.  di  ne  lu- 
kuna  (4).  This  expression  is 
used  of  persons. 

(loathe  food),  tonda,  tua.  The 
person  loathing  becomes  the 
object  of  the  verb;  as,  bidia 
bidi  biiitonda,  I loathe  the 
bread. 

Abhorrence,  w. (toward  persons), 

lukuna,  4. 

Abide,  z;f.(dwell,  live),  ikala. 

Ability,  w. (mental),  lungenyi,  4; 
mexi,  pi.  of  5;  lukanyi  (Buk.) 
4- 

(physical),  bukale,  6;  ngulu,  or 
ngudu,  pi.  of  3;  dikanda,  5. 

Able,  be,  vi.,  munya  or  di  or 
mona  followed  in  each  case 
by  mua  and  infinitive. 

Abort,  ■!;. (miscarry),  tula  difu, 
tula  muana,  lela  kabixe. 


Abound,  vi.,  use  any  verb  meaning 
to  he  followed  by  -a  bungi  or 
ngia-ngi  or  ngi;  as,  nyunia 
ya  bungi  idi  muitu,  animals 
abound  in  the  jorest. 

About,  adv.,  to  do,  use  Future  Im- 
minent tense  of  verb  or  amba 
followed  by  infinitive;  as, 
ndi  ngamba  kuya,  I am  about 
to  go. 

walk,  endakana. 
prep. {concerning),  bualu  bua. 
(at,  near,  around),  ku. 
Sometimes  the  idea  is  contained 
in  the  verb;  as,  ndi  ngamba 
cifulu,  I am  talking  about  the 
hat. 

Above,  adv.,  use  the  insep.  root 
-ulu  with  mu,  ku  or  ha  as 
prefixes,  according  to  sense. 
We  then  have  mhlu,  khlu  and 
heuhi. 

prep.,  use  the  ph.  kulu  ha  mutu 
ha. 

Abridge,  vt.,  kehexa,  ihihixa, 
nyanyixa. 

Abscess,  w.(sore),  mputa,  3. 

(boil,  bubo),  ciuxa,  7;  disungu, 

Absent,  be,  vi.,  use  the  negative 
verb  ena  with  Locatives  Suf- 
fixed construction;  as,  kena- 
ku,  he  is  not  present,  i.e.,  is 
absent.  § 320. 


143 


144 


ABSOLUTELY— ADAPT. 


Absolutely,  adv. {\ery),  mene. 
(truly),  bulilela,  buinabuina, 
buxua,  buikuxa,  bualabuala. 
The  word  bualu(5)  is  under- 
stood in  each  case. 

Absolve,  vt.,  see  pardon. 

.Absorb,  vt.{dry  up),  kamixa, 
uniixa. 

Abstain  from,  vt.,  hidia,  le- 
kela,  benga. 

(as  food),  jilu. 

.Abundance,  n.,  bungi,  6. 

Abundant,  adj.,  -a  bungi,  ngi, 
ngia-ngi. 

Abuse,  (speak  evil  of,  offend), 
henda,  tuka. 

(abuse  each  other,  quarrel), 
tanda,  tandangana. 

(treat  or  use  badly),  nyanga,ona. 
(with  a click  of  the  throat),  sodia. 
71.,  ciliendo,  7;  matandu,  pi.  of 
5 or  6;  cinyangu,  7. 

Accede  to,  v.,  itabuxa. 

Accept,  vt.,  itabuxa. 

Accident,  w.(by  slipping),  bufinu, 

6. 

Accidentally,  adv.,  there  being  no 
distinct  word,  the  idea  is  ex- 
pressed in  the  verb.  For  the 
accidental  firing  of  a gun,  or 
the  slipping  of  an  arrow  before 
aim  is  taken,  or  the  cutting  of 
a finger,  or  the  slipping  of 
something  from  the  hand  un- 
intentionally, use  the  verbs 
flnuka,  finukila,  halamuka, 
sohoka,  disohokela. 

Accompany,  vt.,  flla,  ya  followed 
by  ne,  xindikixa. 

Accomplish,  vt.,  enza,  osa,  kixa 
(Buk.). 

Accoucheuse,  n.,  mulelexi;  (act 
as),  vt.,  lelexa. 

Account,  w.(affair),  bualu,  6; 
muanda,  2. 

(debt),  dibanza,  5. 
no,  see  worthless. 

(on  account  of),  bualu  bua, 
muanda  wa. 

(to  do  on  one’s  owm  account), 


Account  {continued). 

use  the  reflexive  form  of  verb 
with  -di-.  § 1 18. 

Accuse  falsely,  vt.,  dingila,  ximin- 
yina,  dimbila,  banda. 

(accuse  one  behind  one’s  back), 
songuela. 

(accuse  one  of  theft),  banda 
buibi. 

.\CCUST0M  to,  vt.,  ibidixa. 

.Accustomed,  be,  vi.,  ibidila,  lobo- 
kela. 

.\cHE,  V.,  sama,  bela.  Generally 
the  part  which  aches  is  said 
to  make  sick  the  person;  as, 
mutu  udi  unsama,  my  head 
aches.  Often  the  person  is 
spoken  of  as  aching  in  the  part 
affected;  as,  ndi  mbela  mutu, 

. I am  sick  as  to  my  head. 
head-,  mutu  followed  by  the  p.p. 

mubele  or  musame. 

(smart,  burn),  oxa,  hiakana. 
(stomach),  nyenga. 

Acid,  be,  v.,  di  ne  buanji,  6; 
sasa;  aya. 

Acidity,  «.,  buanji,  6. 

.Acknowledge,  x;. (confess),  soko- 
la,  sokolola,  tonda,  dison- 
guela. 

, Acquiesce,  x».(consent),  itabuxa. 

j Acquire,  v.,  angata. 

I Acquit,  vt.,  bingixa. 

(be  acquitted),  vi.,  binga. 

.Across,  prep,  or  adv.,  dixia  dia, 
ku  nyima  kua,  dia  muamua 
dia.  The  words  dixia  and 
nyima  are  nouns  belonging  to 
classes  V and  III,  respectively, 
(go  across  water),  vi.,  sabuka; 

■y/.(put  across),  sabula. 

(go  across  a path,  etc.),  vi., 
sambuka;  ^//.(put  across), 
sambula. 

Act,  x».(do),  enza,  osa,  kixa(Buk.). 

Action,  have,  x;.(of  bowels),  nyina. 

.Actually,  adv. {very,  exactly), 
mene. 

Adapt,  v.,  see  riT. 


ADD— AFTER. 


145 


Add,  “y/. (lengthen,  widen),  lunga- 
kuxa,  - lungakanya,  lunga, 
lunganya,  diundixa,  lundixa, 
lehexa. 

a little  more  to  conclude  the 
trade,  sekidila,  tentekela. 
(pile  one  on  top  of  the  other), 
ambakuxa,  ambakanya. 
up,  sangixa. 

Adequate,  be,  vi.,  fuanangana, 
akanangana,  dieleka,  vula, 
kumbana,  di  -a  bungi,  xika. 

Adhere,  vi.,  lamata,  kuatakana. 
cause  to,  vt.,  lamika,  kuata- 
kuxa,  kuatakanya. 

(come  apart  after  adhering), 
lamuka. 

(pull  apart  things  adhering), 
l^muna. 

/ Adherent,  n.,  mulamaci,  i. 

Adieu,  n.,  muoyo,  2. 

(to  tell  one  adieu),  vt.,  laya;  ha 
or  ela  or  ebexa  with  muoyo. 
See  SALUTATION. 

I Adjacent,  be,  vi.,  kuatakana, 

' tuangana. 

/ Adjust,  ■y/.( arrange),  longolola. 

t Admonish,  ?;/.  (reprove),  beta, 

samina,  nanga,  bulukila. 
(warn),  dimuxa. 

; Adolescence,  n.,  bunsongalumi, 

6;  buhlankunde,  6. 

Adore,  vt.,  nemekela,  tendelela, 
tumbixa,  inyixa,  nemeka, 
menekela,  meneka. 

Adorn,  7;/. (dress  up),  vuadika  or 
luacika  or  luacixa  followed 
by  bilenga. 

(be  adorned),  use  the  participles 
vuale  and  luate  combined 
with  the  auxiliary  di;  as,  ndi 
muvuale,  I am  dressed  up. 
There  may  also  be  used  the 
passive  voice  forms,  see  § 202 
; ih). 

I Adornment,  n.,  cilenga,  7. 

f Adult,  n.,  muntu(i)  mukale. 

a Adulterer,  n.,  muena(i)  masan- 

j di(pl.  of  5 or  6). 


Adulterous,  adj.,  -a  masandi,  pi. 
of  5 or  6. 

Adultery,  n.,  masandi,  pi.  of  5 
or  6. 

to  commit,  v.,  enda  masandi, 
sanda.  This  is  used  of  both 
sexes. 

Advance,  vi.{go),  ya,  enda. 

in,  ku  mpala,  diambedi,  kumu- 
dilu  [see  § 423  (2)  (6)]. 
price,  vt.,  bandixa  muxinga(2); 

vi.,  muxinga  udi  ubanda. 

(to  be  or  do  in  advance),  dian- 
jila. 

wages,  vt.,  bandixa  difutu(5). 

.Adversary,  n.,  muena(i)  luku- 
na(4). 

.Advice,  n.,  lungenyi,  4;  mexi,  pi. 
of  5;  lukanyi(Buk.),  4. 
give,  see  advise. 

Advise,  vt.,  ambila,  ha  with  lun- 
genyi or  mexi. 

(warn),  dimuxa. 

Advocate,  “y/. (speak  for),  akuila, 
ambidila,  lumbuluiia. 
n.,  muakuidi,  i;  muambididi, 
i;  mulumbuluidi,  i. 

.Affair,  n.,  bualu,  6;  muanda,  2. 

.Affect,  7;^. (cause),  use  Causative 
Form  of  verb. 

Affection,  n.,  dinanga,  5;  disua, 
5.  Use  also  the  infinitives 
kunanga  and  kusua. 

(pity),  luse,  4. 

.Afflict,  vt.,  nyanga,  tacixa,  ona. 

.Affliction,  «. (disease),  disama,  5; 
dibedi,  5;  bubedi,  6. 
(misfortune),  bualu  or  bualu 
bubi. 

(oppression),  cinyangu,  7. 

.Afire,  be,  vi.,  hia. 

.Afraid,  be,  vi.,  cina,  di  ne 
buowa(6). 

(as  \\dld  animal),  baxa. 
make,  cinyixa. 

See  timid. 

.After,  prep.,  ku  nyima  or  ku 
nyima  kua,  haxixe. 

Note  that  after  in  such  phrases 
as  after  death,  etc.,  must  be 


146 


AFTER— ALIKE. 


After  {continued). 

expressed  by  ku  mpala  or 
kumudilu. 

For  ajter  as  sub.  conj.,  see  § 458(a) 

Afterbirth,  nkixiabendi,  3. 

Afternoon,  n.,  dilolo,  5;  diba(5) 
diakdhuka. 

Again,  adv.,  the  general  word  is 
kabidi,  lit.  second  time\  but 
for  special  reference  to  the 
number  of  times,  see  § 95(6), 
Rem.  I. 

The  Present  and  Past  Repetitive 
Tenses  express  the  idea  of 
again  and  again. 

(never  again),  neg.  verb  with 
cendelele  or  lahalaha  or 
matuku  onso  or  kaxidi. 

Against,  prep.,  ku. 

Age,  n.  There  is  no  distinct  word 
for  age.  In  asking  the  age  of 
a person,  use,  according  to 
circumstances,  such  expres- 
sions as  bidimu  bidi  bungi 
munyi?  or  ngondo  idi  bungi 
munyi?  or  matuku  adi  bungi 
munyi? 

of  same,  mulongo(2)  umue. 
old,  bununu,  6;  bukulukuxe, 
6;  bukulumpe,  6;  bukulu,  6; 
bukulukulu,  6. 

Aged,  adj.,  nunu,  kulukuxe,  kulu> 
kulukulu,  -a  kale, 
become,  vi,  kulukuxa,  kulumpa. 

Aggravate,  z;/. (annoy),  kuacixaor 
ufuixa  with  the  word  cixi(7); 
tacixa;  flkixa  munda;  ken- 
gexa;  lambakana;  hotela; 
lobola. 

(be  aggravated),  vi.,  kuata  or 
ufua  or  unva  followed  by 
cixi(7);  tata;  di  ne  munda 
muflke;  di  ne  cixi(7). 

Ago,  adv.,  long,  kale,  banga- 
banga,  diambedi. 

(near,  as  compared  with  kale), 
musangu(2)  mule. 

Agony,  w. (mental),  kanyingan- 
yinga,  8. 


Agree,  z;.(be  same  or  alike),  aka- 
nangana,  fuanangana,  kele- 
mene,  di  with  muomumue  or 
-o-umue. 

(come  to  same  conclusion),  use 
such  expressions  as  di(5) 
diakuakanangana  dimue, 
di(5)  diakuhungakana,  hun- 
guluxa  di. 

(consent),  itabuxa. 

(fit,  match),  vi.,  akanangana, 
akana,  dieleka;  vt.,  akuxan- 
gana,  fuanyikixa,  kelemexa, 
akuxa. 

Agreeable,  be,  v.,  to  taste,  xema- 
kana,  di  ne  nse  (pi.  of  3 or  4). 

Agreement,  n.,  cifufu,  7. 
make,  hunga  di(5). 

Ahead,  adv.,  ku  mpala,  kumu- 
dilu. 

of,  ku  mpala  kua,  kumudilu 
kua. 

(pass  on  ahead),  v.,  hita,  tamba, 
dika. 

Aid,  vt.,  see  help. 

Aim,  V.,  dingila,  lama,  ludikila, 
idikixa,  elekexa. 
miss,  hanga,  ela  hanxi. 
n.,  good,  ndudi,  3. 
bad,  buelafi,  6. 

Air,  w. (movement  of  air  by  fan- 
ning, wind),  luhehele,  4. 

Ajar,  be,  vi.,  unzuluka. 
set,  vt.,  unzulula. 

Alarm,  ■a/. (frighten),  cinyixa,  han- 
dixa  or  zakuxa  followed  by 
mucima(2). 

give,  V.,  kobola(kubola),  ela 
bila  (pi.  of  cila),  bingila. 
(startle),  tabuluxa;  vi.,  tabu- 
luka. 

Alarum,  n.,  cila,  7. 

give,  ela  bila,  bingila,  kubola. 

Albino,  n.,  seka-n  uabi  (pi.  seka- 
miabi,  2),  citokatoka,  7. 

Alert,  be,  vi.,  dimuka. 

Alike,  be,  vi.,  fuanangana,  kele- 
mena,  dieleka. 

(identical),  muomume,  o-umue. 
make,  fuanyikixa,  kelemexa. 


ALIVE— ANGUISH. 


147 


Alive,  be,  vi.,  di  ne  muoyo(2). 

All,  ad].,  onso.  This  word  takes 
Secondary  Prefixes. 

* (all  of  them),  buonso(6)  followed 
by  possessive  pronoun.  § 182, 
Rem. 

(all  day  long),  dinda  to  ne 
dilolo. 

(all  night  long),  butuku  to  ne 
with  lunkelu  or  dinda. 
(entire),  xima. 

Allow,  •y^.(consent),  itabuxa. 

See  PERMISSION. 

Allure,  vt.,  ibidixa,  teya,  mun- 
yixa  or  iyixa  followed  by 

bualu  bubi. 

Allurement,  n.,  buteyi,  6. 

Almanac,  n.,  alamanaka(Eng.),  3. 
§ 55>  Rem.  2. 

Almost,  adv.,  use  ph.  kaba  (dimin. 
of  muaba,  place),  kabale  or 
kaba  kakise  with  the  verb 
amba,  to  be  about  to-,  as, 
nakuamba  kuhona  kaba  ka- 
bale, / almost  jell. 

The  verb  amba  with  infinitives 
alone  often  has  this  idea. 

Alone,  adv.  or  ad].,  ne  -ine,  see 
§ 80;  the  indeclinable  mene; 
compound  pronominal  form 
nkiyinyi,  etc.,  see  § 109. 

(in  a place  alone),  ha  bu-  joined 
with  poss.  pro.  forms,  see 
§ 141,  Rem.  2. 
let,  vt.,  lekela. 

Along,  prep.,  in  the  path,  mu 
nxila(3). 

(go  along  with),  vt.,  fila. 
with,  ne  {con].). 

Already,  adv.,  most  often  ex- 
pressed by  past  tense  of  the 
verb. 

Also,  adv.,  kabidi,  ne  {con].). 

Alternate,  vi.,  tompakana,  xin- 
takana;  vt.,  tompakuxa, 
tompakanya,  xintakuxa. 

Altitude,  n.,  bule,  6. 

Altogether,  adv.,  use  the  sub- 
stantive buonso,  6. 

Always,  adv.,  see  ceaselessly. 


Amaze,  vt.,  kemexa. 

(be  amazed),  vi.,  kema,  bingila, 
ela  bila  (pi.  of  7),  tua  cike- 
ma(8). 

Amazement,  n.,  cikema,  7. 
cry  of,  cila,  7. 

Ambassador,  n.,  muena(i)  mu- 
kenji(2);  muloho,  2. 

-VMEND,  vi.,  in  health,  sangala, 
kusa  mubidi(2),  sanguluka. 

\merica,  n.,  Ameleka. 

American,  n.,  muena(i)  Ameleka. 

Amiability,  n.,  kalolo,  8. 

AxMIABLe,  ad].,  -a  kalolo(8). 

.\mong,  prep.,  mu. 

(into  midst  of,  in  among),  han- 
kuci  ha,  munkuci  mua,  mu 
bunine(6)  bua. 

Amount,  n.,  full,  buonso,  6. 

(be  full  amount),  vi.,  kumbana, 
vuia;  vt.,  kumbaxa,  vudixa. 

.Amputate,  vt.,  kala,  kosa. 

Amuse,  x;/.(make  to  laugh),  sekexa. 
(be  amused),  vi.,  scka. 

(play  with),  sabixa,  saba  ne, 
sabila,  nayixa,  naya  ne. 

Amusing,  be,  ■!;. (producing  laugh- 
ter), sekexa. 

Anaesthetize,  vt.,  leula. 

Ana\thema,  n.,  mulau,  2. 

Anathematize,  vt.,  ela  mulau(2). 

Ancestor,  «. (grandparent),  kaku, 
i;  nyinka,  i. 

Ancient,  adj.,  -a  kale,  kulu,  nunu, 
kulukuxe,  kulukulu. 

And,  con].,  ne. 

both  . . . and,  ne  . . . ne. 

Angel,  n.,  muanjelo(i),  pi.  ban- 
jelo.  From  Greek. 

Anger,  n.,  cixi,  7. 
vt.,  see  annoy. 

Angle,  «. (corner  of  house),  di- 
tumba,  5. 

Angry,  be,  vi.,  di  ne  cixi(7),  cixi 
cidi  cikuata,  unva  or  ufua 
with  cixi,  di  ne  munda  mu- 
flke. 

make,  vt.,  kuacixa  cixi,  ufuixa 
cixi,  hkixa  munda. 

Anguish,  n.,  kanyinganyinga,  8. 


148 


ANIM  AL— AP  PEASE. 


Animal,  n.,  nyuma,  3. 
tame,  cimuna,  7. 

Animosity,  n.,  lukuna,  4. 

Ankle,  (ankle  bone),  kahombo, 
8;  dikoyabolo,  5. 

Anklet,  n.,  lukanu,  4. 

Announce,  v.,  amba. 

Annoy,  vt.,  kuacixa  or  ufuixa  with 
cixi(7),  tacixa,  tikixa munda, 
kengexa,  lambakana,  hotela, 
lobola. 

(be  annoyed),  kuata  cixi(7), 
ufua  or  unva  with  cixi,  tata, 
di  ne  munda  muflke,  di  ne 
cixi. 

(provoke  anything  to  bite),  keba 
luoxi(4). 

Anoint,  v.,  ela  minyi  (pi.  of  5). 

Another,  adp,  kuabo,  nga. 

(of  one  kind  ...  of  another 
kind),  ha  bu-  ...  ha  bu-. 
§ 186. 

(one  another,  reciprocal),  use 
verbal  suffix  -angana.  § 340. 
Sometimes  a ph.  with  the  inde- 
clinable bende  is  used. 

Answer,  z/.(when  called),  itaba. 

Ant,  w. (driver),  luhumbe,  4. 

(large  black),  dixindi,  5. 

(making  large  hill),  cintunte,  7. 
(making  low  hill),  lusua,  4. 
(small  red),  kangencne,  8. 
(white),  musuasu,  2. 

(winged),  mulonga,  2. 

The  mulonga,  cintunte  and 
lusua  are  edible. 

Ant-eater,  w. (scaly  manis),  nka- 
ka,  3. 

Antelope,  n.  There  are  many 
different  species,  the  more 
common  of  which  are  ngu- 
lungu,  3;  lusumbi,  4;  kabu- 
luku,  8;  cintumbindi,  7; 
ntundu,  3;  muhala,  2. 

Ant-hill,  w.(made  by  the  bin- 
tunte),  mutunda,  2. 

(small  black),  ditua,  5. 

Anticipate,  v.{io  do  first),  dian- 
jila  followed  by  infin.,  when 
necessary. 


Antipathy,  w.(enmity),  lukuna,  4. 

Anxiety,  n.,  kanyinganyinga,  8. 

Anxious,  be,  vi.,  handika  or 
nyingala  with  mucima(2)  as 
subject. 

Any,  adj.,  onso.  Generally  use  pi. 
The  word  any  is  often  not  ex- 
pressed; as,  muntu  uyaya  ku 
musoko?  is  any  person  going 
to  town. 

Anybody,  «.,  bantu  bonso.  Some- 
times we  find  the  sing. 

Anything,  w.,  bintu  bionso.  Some- 
times we  find  the  sing. 

Anywhere,  adv.,  kuonso,  honso, 
muonso.  § 363.  Locatives 
with  onso. 

(anywhere  you  choose),  this  is 
generally  expressed  by  the  Pre- 
fixed Locative  and  Subjunctive 
Mood;  as,  teka  cintu  hawa- 
teka,  put  the  thing  anywhere 
{you  choose). 

Apart,  adv.,  use  generally  the  Ex- 
ansive  Form  of  the  verb- 
345- 

Apologize,  v.,  there  is  no  satisfac- 
tory word,  try  tokexa  munda, 
bomba. 

Apology,  n.,  lubombo(4),  from 
bomba,  to  apologize. 

Apostle,  n.,  muloho,  2;  mutan- 
gadiki,  i. 

Apparel,,  n.  pi.,  bilulu  (sing, 
cilulu);  bilamba  (sing,  ci- 
lamba). 

Apparition,  n.,  mukixi,  2;  mu- 
xangi,  2. 

Appear,  x/f.(be  seen),  mueneka, 
mueka. 

(appear  different  from  reality), 
use  ph.  ku  mesu;  as,  cilulu 
cidi  cimpe  ku  mesu,  lit.  the 
cloth  is  good  to  the  eyes. 

(as  moon),  bala. 

Appease,  ^;^.(as  thirst),  muna  or 
huixa  with  miota(nyota); 
taluxa  or  holexa  with  ha 
diminu(5)  or  ha  muminu(2). 


APPEASE— ASK. 


149 


Appease  {continued). 

(be  appeased  of  hunger),  difu  as 
subject  of  verb  ukuta. 

Appetite,  nsala,  pi.  of  3. 
have  an,  be  hungry,  di  ne  or  ufua 
or  unva  with  nsala,  suma 
or  sama  with  nsala  as  subject 
and  the  person  as  object. 

Appoint,  vt.{io  an  office),  ha  or 
buexa  mu  or  dixa  followed 
by  the  abstract  name  of  the 
office. 

a day,  amba  dituku(5). 

Apportion  to,  v.,  abanya,  aban- 
yina,  abuluxa. 

Apprehend,  ^//.(catch),  kuata, 
angata. 

(know),  munya. 

Approach,  v.,  ya  or  lua  or  flka 
with  ha  buihi(6)  or  hehi. 

Approve,  vt.,  itabuxa. 

April,  n.,  Apila(Eng.). 

Arbitrate,  v.,  lumbulula. 

Arbitrator,  n.,  mulumbuludi,  i. 

Arduous,  adj.,  kale,  from  v.  kala, 
to  be  arduous. 

Argue,  v.,  ela  or  elangana  or  di 
ne  with  mpata  (sing,  luhata, 

4). 

(quarrel),  tanda,  tandangana. 

Argument,  n.,  luhata,  4. 
settle  an,  vt.,  tuixa. 

Arise,  v.,  from  sitting  position, 
bika,  juka. 

(ascend),  banda. 

(as  sun),  banda,  hatuka,  lu- 
huka. 

from  the  dead,  bika  ku  lufu(4), 
fululuka. 

to  the  surface,  tunduka. 

Arm,  ».(of  the  body),  diboko,  5. 
(left),  diboko  dia  bakuxi  (pi. 
of  i). 

(of  tree),  ditamba,  5. 

(right),  diboko  dia  balumi  (pi. 
of  i). 

Army,  n.  pi.,  bena  (sing,  muena) 
nvita(3),  masoladi  (sing,  di- 
soladi,  5). 

Aroma,  n.,  muhuya(2)  muimpe. 


Around,  prep.,  ku,  ku  nyima  kua. 
go,  cimbakana,  nyunguluka, 
luila,  yila. 

Arouse,  r;/.(as  from  sleep),  bixa. 

Arrange,  vt.,  longolola. 

(separate  and  arrange),  tahulula. 

Arrest,  vt.,  kuata. 

Arrive,  vi.,  flka. 

Arrogance,  n.,  cikama,  7;  dika- 
makama,  5;  dintanta,  5. 

Arrogant,  be,  vi.,  ena  ne  bundu 
(6),  di  ne  cikama(7),  di  ne 
dikamakama(5),  di  ne  din- 
tanta(5),  disua,  ibidila. 

Arrow,  «.(with  iron  point),  mu- 
kete  2. 

(without  iron  point),  lubale,  4. 
(with  blunt  end  for  killing  birds), 
nkoyi,  3. 

(poison  used  on  arrows),  lulen- 
gu,  4 

Artery,  n.,  mujilu,  2. 

Artful,  (cunning),  -a  budi- 
mu(6);  dimuke,  from  v. 
dimuka,  to  be  artjul. 

Article,  «. (thing),  cintu,  7. 

.Vs,  aiv.  and  con]. 

as  . . . as,  see  § ^o{d). 
as  far  as,  to,  ku. 

(like),  see  § 465. 
as  soon  as,  see  § 458  {a). 
not  so  . . . as,  see  § 90  (e). 

.VsCEND,  vi.{go  up),  banda. 

.^SHAMED,  BE,  V.,  di  ne  or  ufua  or 
unva  with  bundu(6)  or  bun- 
vu(6);  bundu  or  bunvu  as 
subject  of  the  verb  kuata  with 
the  person  as  the  object. 

(be  not  ashamed),  use  neg.  of 
above  expression  or  ume  (p.p. 
of  uma,  to  be  dry)  mu  mesu. 
make,  vt.,  kuacixa  or  ufuixa 
with  bundu  or  bunvu. 

Ashes,  n.,  butue,  6. 

.A^SIDE,  turn,  vi.,  sesuka,  ehuka 
(ahuka). 

Ask,  'y.(beg),  lomba. 

(ask  one  to  pay  a debt),  nana. 
(inquire  about),  ebexa,  konka. 
permission,  see  permission. 


ASLEEP— AWAY. 


150 


.\SLEEP,  BE,  vi.,  lala,  lala  tulu  (pi. 
or  8). 

Ass,  kabalu,  8. 

Assemble,  vi.,  sangakana,  tuta- 
kana,  lua  cisumbu(7),  di- 
sanga,  diunguixa,  kunga- 
kana,  sanibakana,  dikunga; 
vt.,  sangixa,  tutakuxa,  tuta- 
kanya,  kungixa,  sangila, 
sanga,  sangakanya,  sanga- 
kuxa,  sambakanya,  saraba- 
kuxa. 

Assembly,  (crowd),  cisumbu,  7. 

Assent,  n.,  nod,  xukula  mutu(2). 
give,  V.,  itabuxa  followed  by 
verbal  noun  in  lu-.  See  per- 
mission. 

Assert,  v.,  amba. 

Assertion,  «.,  di,  5. 

Assist,  vt.,  enzexa.  This  idea  is 
most  often  expressed  by  the 
Causative  Form  of  the  verb. 

Assort,  vt.,  tahulula,  sungulula 
(arrange),  longolola. 

Astonish,  vt.,  tabuluxa,  kemexa. 
(be  astonished),  vi.,  tabuluka, 
kema,  tua  cikema(7). 

Astonishment,  n.,  cikema,  7. 
Expressed  by  a grunt, 
cry  of,  cila,  7. 

Astray,  adv.,  go,  be  lost,  vi., 
hambuka. 

(lead  away,  entice),  vt.,  mun- 
yixa  or  iyixa  or  ibidixa  with 
the  ph.  bulau  bubi. 

(show  wrong  path),  vt.,  ham- 
buxa. 

At,  prep.,  ku. 

bottom  of,  hanxi  ha. 
once,  see  now. 

the  village  or  home  of,  kua,  mua, 
ha.  I 87  {d),  Rem. 

It  most  often  happens  that  at  is 
expressed  in  the  verb;  as, 
mona,  look  at;  ela  nibuxi 
muci,  throw  a stick  at  the  goat. 

Atone,  t-/.(pay  a debt  for),  fucila. 
(die  for),  fuila. 

Atonement,  make  iox,vph.,  fucila 
dibanza(5). 


Attempt,  v,,  labila,  teta,  idikixa, 
elekexa. 
and  fail,  hanga. 

Attend,  i;/.(accompany),  fila, 
xindikixa. 

(as  slave  his  master),  lamata. 
(listen),  unva,  telexa  macu 
(sing,  dicu,  5). 

(look  after,  tend),  lama. 

.Attendant,  n.,  mulamacl,  i; 
muana,  i. 

(for  the  foreigner),  mboi(Eng.), I. 
(slave),  muhika,  i. 

.Attention,  pay,  v.,  telexa. 

.Attorney,  n',  muambididi,  i; 
muakuidi,i;  mulumbuluidi,!. 

.Attractive,  adj.,  -a  kalolo(8). 

.Attracttceness,  11.,  kalolo,  8. 

.Attune,  vt.,  sukila  hamue,  aku- 
xa,  suka. 

.Aubergine,  n.,  lujilu,  4. 

.Audacious,  be,  vi.,  ena  ne 
bundu(6),  di  ne  with  cika- 
ma(7)  or  dikamakama(5)  or 
dintanta(5),  disua,  ibidila. 

.Audacity,  n.,  cikama,  7;  dikama- 
kama,  5;  dintanta,  5. 

.August,  n.,  Agusite(Eng.). 

Aunt,  n.{on  the  mother’s  side),  an 
elder  sister  of  the  mother  is 
mamu(i)  mukulu,  a younger 
sister  of  the  mother  is mamu(i) 
muakunyi. 

(on  the  father’s  side),  tatu(i) 
mukuxi(i),  mankuxi(i). 

.Authority,  w.(chicfship),  buke- 
lenge,  6;  bunfumu,  6. 

.Await,  vt.,  Indila,  kuba. 

.Awake,  vt.,  bixa  ku  tulu  (pi.  8), 
katamuxa. 

be,  vi.,  bika,  tabala,  katamuka. 
(keep  awake  all  night),  lala 
citabala(7). 

.Aware,  be  of,  t’/.(know),  munya. 
make,  dimuxa,  munyixa. 

.Away,  be,  vi.,  use  neg.  ena  with 
Locative  Suffixed  construction. 
§ 320. 
far,  kule. 
go,  ya,  umuka. 


AWE— BARE. 


.^VVE,  n.,  buowa,  6. 

Axe,  n.  cisui,  7;  cikenge,  7. 
(battle-axe  of  Zappo  Zapps), 
cilonda,  7. 


B. 

Babble,  v.,  akula  biakulakula 
[§356  (^)L  pl- of  7;  labakana. 

Baby,  nuiana(i),  or  the  dim. 
kana  (8). 

new-born,  katoto,  8. 

Bachelor,  n.,  mujike,  7. 

Bachelorship,  (state  of  being 
unmarried),  bujike,  6. 

Back,  n.,  nyima,  3. 

come,  vi.,  aluka,  alukila,  hin- 
gana,  tuta,  tucila,  hingu- 
luka. 

(go  back  and  forth),  tambakana. 
of  knife,  imiongo,  2. 
send  or  bring,  vt.,  alukixa, 
hingixa,  tucixa. 

Backbite,  vt.,  songuela. 

Backbiter,  71.,  muena(i)  bun- 
songe(6),  muena(i)  muko- 
sa(2),  musonguedi(i). 

B.ACKBIting,  bunsonge,  6;  mu- 
kosa,  2. 

Backbone,  muongo,  2. 

Backwards,  adv.,  cianyima. 
fall,  vi.,  dixinda  biialama  (adv.) 
(go  backwards  and  forwards),  vi., 
tambakana. 

Baco.N,  n.,  munyinyi(2)  wa  iigu- 
lube(3). 

Bad,  adj.,  bi. 

(go  bad,  become  useless),  vi., 
onoka,  nyanguka. 

(make  to  go  bad),  vt.,  ona, 
nyanga. 

(rot),  vi.,  bola. 

(srnell  bad),  v.,  nunka  muhu- 
ya(2)  mubi. 

jADGE,  71.,  cimonyinu,  7. 

Jadly,  adv.,  bibi. 

Bad.ness,  71.,  biibi,  6. 

Pag,  71.,  cibombo,  7;  luhiya,  4. 
(large  open  scrip),  nsaho,  3. 


151 


Bake,  vt.,  oxa  mu  uvuma(Eng.). 
As  a fact  the  native  never 
bakes. 

Bald  he.ad,  71.,  dibala,  5. 

Bale,  71.,  dikutu,  5. 

V.,  kuta. 

out  water,  vt.,  tua. 

Ball,  «.,  cibulunge,  7;  dibulunge, 
5- 

(bullet),  mutelengo,  (2)wa  lu- 
tende(4). 

make  into  a,  vt.,  bulunguxa. 
of  rubber,  dibulu,  5. 
of  twine,  cikata,  7. 

Bamboo,  ti.  The  midrib  (mukuo- 
lo,  2)  of  the  palm  is  sometimes 
thus  improperly  called.  The 
hard  outside  part  of  the  mid- 
rib is  called  luscle(4)  or 
lubale(4)  or  lubaxe(4).  The 
last  word  is  Buk. 

(found  in  forest  and  used  for 
making  fence),  cinkete,  7. 

Banana,  71.,  dibote(5),  used  either 
of  the  bunch*  or  the  single 
fruit. 

hand  of,  cisangi,  7. 

stalk  of,  cikuondekuonde,  7. 

Band,  «. (crowd),  cisumbu,  7. 
(strip),  luhola,  4. 

(stripe),  muhola,  2. 

B.ank,  «. (beach),  muelelu(2)  or 
musala(2)  or  kukala  or  bu- 
cika(7)  or  kusula  or  kunfu- 
dilu  or  kusala  followed  by  the 
adjective  phrase  -a  mi.  See 

.§423  (2)  (*)■ 

high,  cibungubimgu(7),  mu- 
bangu(2). 

of  earth  piled  up,  miikixi,  2. 
sand-,  lusenga,  4. 

Baptize,  v.,  batiza  (from  Greek), 
miamina  mi. 

Barb.arian,  71.,  musenxi,  i.  This 
is  an  imported  word. 

Barber,  «.,  mubeyi,  i. 

B.are,  adj.,  -headed,  ku  mutu(2) 
kutubu. 

(to  shave  the  head  bare),  vt., 
kungula. 


152 


BARGAIN— BEAUTIFY. 


Bargain,  muxinga,  2. 
drive  a,  tua  muxinga. 

Bark,  v.{a,s  dog),  buluka. 

(strip  off),  ubula. 

«.,  of  a tree,  cibusu,  7;  cizubu,7. 

Barrel,  n.,  of  gun,  mulonda,  2; 
muxiba,  2. 

Barren,  person  or  animal,  n. 
nkumba,  3. 

Barter,  z^.(buy  and  sell),  enda  or 
endulula  with  muxinga(2). 
(buy),  ula,  sumba. 

(sell),  hana. 

Base,  w.(at  the  base  of),  kumanda, 
kunxi.  See  § 423  (2)  (&). 
(bottom),  citaku,  7. 

(bad),  adj.,  bi. 

Bashful,  be,  vi.,  di  ne  bundu(6). 

Bashfulness,  n.,  bundu,  6;  bun- 
vu,  6. 

Basin,  n.,  dilonga,  5. 

Bask,  v.,  ota  munya(2). 

Basket,  n.  (fish -trap),  mukinda,  2. 
(for  carrying  fowls),  musasa,  2. 
(large  with  top),  dikumbu,  5. 
(long  for  carrying  on  head), 
cisuka,  7. 

(small  with  top),  nkobo,  3. 

Bass,  voice,  nph.,  di(5)  dinine. 

Bastard,  nph.,  muana(3)  wa 
masandi  (pi.  of  5 or  6). 

BAT(rodent),  «. (large),  mudima,  2. 
(small),  kahulukusu,  8;  kaku- 
lukuku,  8. 

Bathe,  vi.,  owa;  vt.,  owexa. 

Batten,  n.,  lubambalu,  4.  These 
are  tied  crosswise  on  the  rafters. 

Battle,  71.,  nvita  (nflta),  3. 

Battle-axe,  «.,  cilonda,  7.  Made 
by  the  Zappo  Zapps. 

Bawl,  "y.(as  cow),  dila. 

Be,  vi.,  di,  cidi,  tadi  (kadi),  tu, 
ikala;  also  the  negatives  ena 
and  i and  cena.  §§  205,  etc. 
Sometimes  the  verb  to  he  is 
omitted,  then  we  have  n pre- 
fixed to  predicate  word.  § 445 . 

Beach,  n.,  muelelu(2)  or  musa- 
la(2)  or  kukala  or  kusula 
or  kunfudilu  or  kusala  or 


Beach  {continued). 

bucika(6)  followed  by  the  ad- 
jective ph. -ami.  §423(2)(6). 
on  the,  mpata,  3. 

Bead,  n.,  dibue,  5. 

Each  variety  has  a distinct  name; 
as,  kahaha(8),  lumbidi(4), 
luhote(4),  kaluaci(8). 

Beak,  n.,  muinu,  2. 

Beam,  w. (stick),  muci,  2. 

Bean,  w.  (black -eyed  pea),  lu- 
kunde,  4. 

a large,  cikundekunde,  7. 

Bear,  ^;.(as  cassava,  potatoes,  etc), 
ika. 

(as  tree),  kuama. 

(bring  forth,  give  birth),  lela. 
(carry),  tuala. 

Beard,  n.,  muevu,  2;  muedi,  2. 
a hair  of,  lusuki,  4;  lunyonyi,4. 

Beast,  n.,  nyuma,  3. 

Beat,  ■y.(strike),  kuma,  tuta. 
down,  as  grass,  xindika. 
down,  as  loose  dirt,  beta, 
down  the  price,  huekexa  or 
tekexa  with  muxinga(2). 
(drive  away),  ihata. 
drum,  imba. 

(excel),  tamba,  hita. 
fine,  as  powder,  botexa. 

(heart),  vph.,  kuma  munda. 
in  a mortar,  tua. 
out,  as  dust  from  a mat,  tutida. 
out  iron,  forge,  tula,  fula. 
(overcome),  use  verb  tamba  or 
hita  followed  by  one  of  the 
nouns  bukale(6)  or  ngulu(3) 
or  dikanda(5);  cimuna. 
(punish),  kengexa,  nyanga,  ona 
with  fist,  kuma  or  tuta  or  tua 
with  cisusu(7). 
with  knuckle,  tua  lukonyi(4). 
with  open  hand,  kuma  with 
luhi(4)  or  dihi(5). 
up,  as  eggs,  vundula. 

Beautiful,  adj.,  impe,  akane. 
lengele,  -a  mpoci  (slang) 

Beautify,  ^//.(make  good),  len- 
gexa. 


BEAUTY— BELONG. 


153 


Beauty,  n.,  buimpe,  6;  buakane, 
6;  buiengele,  6;  mpoci 
(slang),  3. 

Because,  sub.  conj.,  bua.  See 

§ 466. 

(on  account  of),  bualu(6)  bua, 
muanda(2)  wa. 

Beckon,  v.,  with  hand,  loba. 

Become,  vi.  This  idea  may  be 
expressed  in  four  ways: 

(1)  With  the  verbs  kudimuka, 
andamuka,  lua. 

(2)  Pres.  Imminent  tense  of 
amba  followed  by  infin.;  ci- 
lulu  cikadi  cianiba  kufika, 
the  cloth  is  becoming  black. 

(3)  Pres,  or  Past  Progressive 
tense  of  the  verb;  as,  udi 
utoka,  he  is  becoming  'white. 

(4)  Pres.  Imminent  tense  of  lua 
followed  by  adj.;  as,  ukadi 
ulua  mubi,  he  is  becoming  bad. 

chief,  etc.,  dia  bukelenge(6). 

Bed,  «.,  bulalu,  6;  ciladilu,  7. 

Bee,  m. (honey-),  lubulubulu,  4; 
lunyeke,  4. 

(sweat-),  karabuinkidi,  8. 

(insect),  cixi,  7. 

Beef,  nph.,  munyinyi(2)  wa 
ngorabe(3). 

Beer,  «.(made  from  maize  or  mil- 
let), malua,  pi.  of  5;  maluvu, 
pi.  of  5. 

to  brew,  vt.,  enga. 

Beeswax,  n.,  dikaci,  5;  dihula,  5. 

Beetle,  n. (goliath-),  kababu,  8. 

(very  large),  ntambangoma,  3; 
dingonge,  5. 

Before,  sub.  conj.,  see  § 458  {b). 

adv.{do  before),  anticipate,  v., 

dianjila. 

(go  before),  hita  or  tamba  or  ya 
followed  by  ku  mpala  or  ku- 
mudllu  or  diambedl. 

prep.{in  front  of,  ahead  of),  ku 
mpala  kua,  kumudilu  kua. 

Beforehand,  adv.,  diambedl. 

Beg,  V.,  lomba. 

Beget,  t/.(male),  imicixa;  lelamay 
sometimes  be  used  figuratively. 


Beggar,  n.,  mulombi,  i;  mue- 
na(i)  lulombo(4). 

Beggary,  n.,  lulombo,  4. 

Begin,  i;.(start  at  the  beginning), 
tuadixa,  bangila,  angacila 
kabidi. 
to  do,  banga. 

Beguile,  vt.,  dimba,  xima,  dinga. 

Behead,  vt.,  kosa  mutu(2). 

Behind,  adv.,  ku  nyima(3),  ha- 
xixe. 

prep.,  ku  nyima  kua. 

(the  one  behind),  -a  kunxiki- 
dilu, -a  haxixe.  §423(2)(&). 
(be  behind  or  last  in  doing),  t'., 
xixa. 

Behindhand,  be,  or  do,  v.,  xixa 
followed  by  infin.,  when  neces- 
sary. 

Behold,  7;. (look  at),  mona,  tan- 
gila,  xoxa 

(look  steadfastly  at  without 
speaking),  mona  talala. 

Belch,  v.,  biola,  beula. 

Belief,  n.,  use  infin.  of  itabuxa. 

Believe,  v.,  itabuxa. 

Belittle,  vt.,  kehexa. 

Bell,  «.(largeEuropean,  as  church 
bell),  ngonga(3).  This  word 
doubtless  comes  from  the  Low- 
er Congo. 

(native  manufacture,  made  of 
iron),  lumembo,  4. 
ring  a,  vt.,  ela,  imba. 

(small  European  with  rattles), 
kadibu,  8. 

(small,  for  wearing),  ludibu,  4. 
(wooden,  tied  around  dogs  in 
hunting),  cidibu,  7. 

Bellow,  v.,  dila. 

Bellows,  w.,  mubanze,  2;  mudua, 

2. 

blow,  vt.,  imba. 

Belly,  n.,  difu,  5;  munda  [S  427 
(2)  {b)l 

Belong  to,  v.  This  idea  is  gener- 
ally expressed  by  some  one  of 
the  words  meaning  to  be  fol- 
lowed by  the  adjective  ph. 
with  -a. 


BELOW— BITE. 


151 


Below,  adv.  and  prc[>.,  muiixi  or 
iminxi  imia. 

Belt,  mukuba,  2. 

Bemoan,  vt.,  dila,  jinga. 

Bench,  w.,  ditanda,  5. 

Bend,  t’/.(as  a stick,  wire,  etc.), 
tonya,  tonta,  kobeka,  konya, 
henguluxa,  nyongoboxa. 
(fold),  biinya. 

(stoop),  inuma. 
straight,  olola,  ludika. 
the  edge  of  anything,  bonda- 
mixa;  vi.,  bondania. 

(be  bent,  crooked),  vi.,  konyan- 
gala,  tonyunia,  kobania, 
henguluka,  nyongoboka. 
n.,  dintonya,  5. 

Bendable,  be,  vi.,  xoboka,  nyen- 
gabala,  di  nc  nujxobo(2). 

Beneath,  adv.  and  prep.,  munxi  or 
munxi  mua. 

Benevolence,  n.,  diha,  5. 

Benevolent,  adj.,  -a  diha(5). 
person,  cihahi,  7. 

Bequeath,  vt.,  ha  buhianyi(6). 

Beseech,  -y/. (plead  with),  sengela, 
sengelela. 

Beside,  prep.,  ku,  kunxi  kiia,  ha 
buihi  ha  (ne),  hehi  ne. 
con). (also),  ne,  kahidi. 

Bestow,  vt.,  ha,  anibika(Buk.). 

Bet,  vph.,  dia  luhiku(4). 

11.,  luhiku,  4. 
gain  a,  binga. 

loose  a,  hila,  luhiku  as  siibjc(  t 
of  the  V.  kuata. 

(put  up  anything  for  a bet),  vt., 
hikila. 

Sec  ( amble. 

Betray,  v.,  a secret,  sokolola. 
(accuse  behind  the  back),  son- 
guela. 

Betrothed,  be,  u.(the  man), 

banga. 

(the  woman),  use  passive  cf 

banga. 

Better,  be,  (comparative  degree 
of  good),  tamba  or  hita  with 
buimpe(6). 


Better,  be  {contimiea). 

(convalescent),  sangala,  kusa 
raubidi(2),  sanguluka. 

Between,  prep.,  use  mu,  ku  or 
ha  with  the  insep.  -nkuci. 

§ 423  (2)  {b). 

Bewail,  vt.,  dila,  jinga. 

Beware,  u.(be  warned),  dimuka. 

Bewilder,  vt.,  tuhakuxa,  tuha- 
kanya,  buandakijxa,  buan- 
dakanya;  vi.,  (uhakana, 
buandakana. 

(be  lost  in  way),  hambuka. 

Bewttch,  vt.,  Iowa. 

Beyond,  adv.,  ku  nyima(3);  inua- 
niua  or  kuakua  or  haha,  de- 
pending upon  the  sense. 
prep.,  ku  nyima  kua. 
be,  vi.,  tamba,  hita. 

Bible,  nph.,  mukanda(2)  w'a 
Nzambi. 

Bicker,  v.,  tanda,  tandangana. 

Bid,  u.(command),  amba,  ambila. 

Big,  adj.,  nine. 

Bill,  «.(beak),  muinu,  2. 

BILLOV^',  n.,  divuala,  5. 

Bind,  ^’A(tie),  suika,  xika,  inya. 
(wrap  around),  jinga,  jingila, 
vunga,  vungila,  nyengela. 

Bird,  n.,  nyunyvi,  3. 

Birth,  to  give,  v.,  lela. 

cause  to  give,  act  as  midwife, 
vt.,  lelexa. 

])ower  to  give,  r.,  buledi,  6; 

I lulelu,  4. 

Birthright,  nph.,  bintu  bia 
muan’a  bute(6). 

Biscuit,  ;/.,  cisikit(Eng.),  7.  § 55, 
Rem.  2,  Note  2. 

Bishop,  n.,  the  jT.  mulan  i(i)  wa 
bantu  ba  Nzambi. 

Bit,  w. (small  piece  cut  off),  cituha, 

(small  piece  split  off),  cih^su,  7. 
A small  quantity  is  generally  ex- 
pressed hv  the  diminutive  pre- 
fixes of  class  "NTIT. 

Bitch,  nph.,  nnikuxi’a  mbua(3). 

Bite,  vt.,  sum  a. 

excite  to,  keba  luoxi(4). 


BITE— BODY. 


155 


Bite  {continued). 
off  with  front  teeth,  to  gnaw, 
kunya. 

(a  biting  animal),  di  no  liioxi. 

Bitter,  be,  vi.,  lula.  Often  the 
substantive  form  bululu(6)  is 
used;  as,  ciombi  cidi  bululu, 
the  r.  a ioc  is  bitter. 

Bitterness,  n.,  bululu,  6. 

Black,  aij.,  fike  (p.p.  of  fika,  to 
be  black). 

Blacken,  vt.,  fikixa. 

Black-eyed  pea,  n.,  lukunde,  4. 

Blackness,  w.,  buflke,  6.  Some- 
times the  infin.  kulika,  to  be 
black,  is  used  in  comparative 
constructions.  § 90  (^). 

Blacksmith,  n.,  mutudi,  i;  n.sen- 
da,  3;  mufudi,  i. 
shop,  citudilu,  7. 

Bladder,  n.,  cinyu,  7. 

Blade,  n.,  of  grass,  dixinde,  5; 
dibexi,  5;  diinyi,  5. 
of  knife,  muele,  2. 
back  of,  muongo,  2. 

(shoulder-),  cikiyakiya,  7;  di- 
keha,  5. 

Blame,  vt.,  falsely,  banda. 

Blank,  adj.  (empty), cinana  (inde- 
clinable), tuliu. 

Blanket,  n.,  mbulankote(Eng.),3. 

Blaspheme,  vph.,  tela  dina  dia 
Nzambi. 

Blaze,  nph.,  ludimi(4)  lua  ka- 
hia(8). 

Bleach,  vt.,  tokexa. 

Bleat,  v.,  dila. 

Bleed,  w.(nose),  miluluba  (pi.  of 
2)  idi  ituka. 
vt.,  sumika. 

(small  gourd  used  for  bleeding  or 
cupping),  lusumu,  4. 

Bless,  ‘Pi!.(make  happy),  sankixa; 
vi.,  sanka. 

(praise,  as  God),  tendelela,  tum- 
bixa,  inyixa. 

Blind,  be  or  become,  vi.,  fofa, 
xibala  mesu. 

(white  spot  in  pupil),  lusongo,  4. 

Blindness,  n.,  bufofo,  6. 


Blister,  ;/.(made  by  fire,  hot 
water,  etc.),  dibuba,  5. 

Blood,  n.,  maxi,  pi.  of  5 or  6. 
from  (the  nose),  miluluba,  pi. 
of  2. 

Bloom,  Blossom,  ii.,  cilongo,  7; 
cisu,  7. 

V.,  vunguluka,  baluluka. 

Blot  out,  vt.,  jimixa,  jirna. 

Bl0W4  n.,  mukumu,  2;  mututu,  2. 
away  by  wind,  vt.,  hehula;  vi., 
hehuka. 

bellows,  vt.,  imba  with  mudua(2) 
or  mubanze  (2). 
breath,  vt.,  ela  muhuya(2). 
down,  as  tree,  vt.,  ximbula;  vi., 
ximbuka. 

fire,  vt.,  temexa,  huxa,  huhixa. 
(hit  with  fist),  vt.,  kuma  or  tuta 
or  tua  with  cisusu(7)  or  di- 
sundu(5). 

(hit  with  knuckles),  vt.,  tua  lu- 
konyi(4). 

(hit  with  open  hand),  vt.,  kuma 
or  tuta  with  dihi(5)  or  luhi(4). 
horn,  whistle,  vt.,  ela. 
meat,  as  by  flies,  vi,  ela  eiku- 
su(7). 

nose,  hemba  with  lusole(4)  or 
tumina  pi.  of  8). 
out,  extinguish,  vt.,  jima. 

(pant),  V.,  huyakana. 
violently,  as  storm,  v.,  Iniha. 

Blue,  adj.,  tike  (black),  fikuluke. 
These  words  are  p.p.  of  flka 
and  fikuluka. 

Blunder,  v.,  tuhakana. 

Boar,  n.,  ngulube,  3. 

(male),  mulumi(i)  wa  ngulu- 
be(3). 

Board,  n.,  dibiya,  5. 

(piece  of  board  for  bottom  of 
basket),  cibasa,  7. 

Boast,  v.(be  proud),  disua. 

Boat,  «. (canoe),  buatu,  6. 

(steamer),  dikumbi(5)  dia  mi; 
maxua,  pi.  of  5 or  6. 

Body,  n.,  mubidi,  2. 

(corpse),  citalu,  7;  muxangi 
(Buk.),  2. 


BOGIE— BRACES. 


156 


Bogie,  n.,  mukixi,  2;  niuxan- 
gi(Buk.),  2. 

Boil,  w.,  ciuxa,  7;  disungu,  5. 
(sore),  mputa,  3. 

(very  small),  luhusu,  4. 
vi.{si5>  water),  s&ba,  bila. 
vt.,  tumpa,  sabula. 

(render  oil  or  evaporate  for  salt), 
enga. 

Bold,  adj.,  see  brave. 

Boldness,  n.,  see  bravery. 

Bondage,  w.,  buhika,  6. 

Bonds,  n.,  lukanu,  4. 

put  in,  vph.,  ela  mu  lukanu. 

Bone,  n.,  mufufa,  2;  mufuba,  2; 
mukuha,  2. 

of  fish,  dieba,  5.  PI.  meba. 

Book,  n.,  mukanda,  2. 

leaf  of,  diinyi,  5;  dibexi,  5. 

Boot,  «.(shoe),  cisabatu,  7. 

Border,  n.,  of  path,  field,  cloth, 
etc.,  muelelu,  2;  musala,  2; 
bucika,  6;  also  the  Locative 
words  kusula,  kunfudilu, 
kusala.  § 423  (2)  {h). 
(dividing  line),  mukalu,  2. 
vi.,  tuangana. 

Bore,  vph.,  tubula  disoso(5). 

Borer,  w.(an  insect),  mbumbu,  3. 

Born,  be,  vi.,  use  any  auxiliary 
verb  meaning  to  he  followed  by 
pass,  past  part,  of  lela. 
first-,  muan’a  bute(6). 
last,  muan’a  mukala(2). 
new-born  child,  katoto,  8. 
(still-born  child),  kana(8)  ka- 
bixe. 

(be  born  again,  metempsycho- 
sis), vi.,  sanguka,  tanda, 
lenguluka. 

Borrow,  z^^.(with  the  idea  of  return- 
ing the  exact  article),  hanza. 
(with  the  idea  of  not  returning 
the  exact  article  borrowed,  but 
its  equivalent  in  kind),  somba. 

Bosom,  n.,  ciadi,  7. 

Both,  cow;. (both  . . . and),  ne 
. . . ne. 

w.(in  sense  of  all  two),  bu- 
bidi,  6.  § 95  (a). 


Bother,  Z'/.(annoy),  tacixa,  1am- 
bakana,  hotela,  lobola. 

(be  bothered),  vi.,  humba,  tata. 
(interrupt),  vt.,  humbixa,  kose- 
xa,  humbakuxa. 

Bottle,  w.,  mulondo,  2. 

Bottom,  w.(base),  citaku,  7;  also 
the  Locative  words  kimianda, 
mumanda. 

(bottom  on  the  inside),  hanxi  ha. 

Bough,  n.,  ditamba,  5. 

Bounce,  vi.  lundumuka. 

Bound,  z;f.(jump),  tuhika. 
(rebound),  lundumuka. 
w. (limit),  see  boundary. 

Boundary,  w,(edge  of  field,  path, 
etc.),  muelelu,  2;  musala,  2; 
bucika,  6;  also  the  Locative 
words  kusula,  kunfudilu,  ku- 
sala, kukala. 
line,  mukalu,  2. 

Bow,  w.(rain-),  muazankongolo,  2. 
(-string),  mulemu,  2. 

(to  put  on  bowstring),  lema 
buta(6). 

(weapon),  buta,  6. 

See  KNOT. 

V.,  inuma,  inyika  mutu(2). 

Bowels,  w.(intestine),  dila,  5. 
action  of,  v.,  nyina. 

(peristaltic  movement  with  noise), 
V.,  nyenga. 

running  off  of,  vph.,  huya  or  ela 
or  uha  with  munda. 

Bowl,  w.,  dilonga,  5.  . 

Bowstring,  n.,  mulemu,  2. 
put  on,  vt.,  lema. 

Box,  n.,  muxete,  2. 

Boy,  n.,  muana(i)  mulumi(i). 
(lad),  songalumi,  i;  muhian- 
kunde,  2. 

(the  foreigner’s  personal  attend- 
ant), mboi(Eng.),  i.  This 

. term  is  also  applied  to  a female 
attendant. 

Boyhood,  w.,  bunsongalumi,  6; 
buhiankunde,  6. 

Bracelet,  n.,  lukanu,  4. 

Braces,  w. (suspenders),  mikuba 
(pi.  of  2)  ya  mihanu  (pi.  of  2). 


BRAG— BRING. 


157 


Brag,  v.,  disua. 

Braid,  ^'^.(plait),  luka  cihia(7). 
Brain,  n.,  buongo,  6. 

Branch,  of  a tree,  ditamba,  5. 
w‘.(as  a stream  or  path),  handu- 
luka,  abuluka,  tahuluka. 
Brand,  w.(sign),  cimonyinu,  7; 
cilexilu,  7. 

(fire-),  cimunyi,  7. 

Brass,  n.,  there  is  no  distinct  word, 
use  ciama(7)  cikunze  or  lu- 
kanu(4)  lutoke. 
rod,  used  in  some  places  as  cur- 
rency, mutaku,  2. 

Brave,  adj.,  -a  dikima(5),  -a 
bukitu(6),  -amucima(2)  mu- 
kale. 

be,  vi.,  teka  dikima(5). 
Bravery,  w.,  dikima,  5;  bukitu,  6; 

mucima(2)  mukale. 

Bray,  v.,  dila. 

Bread,  n.,  bidia,  pi.  of  7;  nxima, 
pi.  of  3 or  4. 

(European  bread  made  from 
wheat  flour),  bidia  biamampa 
(this  word  from  Lower  Congo). 
Breadth,  n.,  the  Locatives  mu  or 
ku  followed  by  buihi(6)  or 
bukise(6);  ntanta(3)  muihi; 
bunlne  is  used  often  when 
there  is  no  comparison  between 
length  and  breadth, 
r Break,  vt.,  cibula;  vi.,  cibuka. 
(as  day),  butuku(6)  as  subj.  of 
verb  cia. 

(as  dish),  vi.,  fua,  handika;  vt., 
xiha. 

(as  fire-wood),  vt.,  caba. 

(as  friendship),  xiha  with  bu- 
lunda(6)  or  bunyana(6). 
down,  be  exhausted,  vi.,  hanga; 

vt.,  hangixa. 
in,  as  thief,  vt.,  handa. 
loose,  vi.,  tuka;  vt.,  tula, 
wind,  ela  muxa(2). 

£ Breakfast,  n.,  bidia  (pi.  of  7)  bia 
dinda(0* 

( Breast,  w. (chest),  ciadi,  7. 
f (heart,  conscience),  muoyo,  2; 
mucima,  2. 


Breast  {continued). 

(teat),  dibele,  5. 

Breath,  n.,  muhuya,  2. 
blow  the,  ela  muhuya. 
draw  the,  eyela  or  koka  or  huta 
with  muhuya. 

Breathe,  vi.,  eyela. 

(pant),  huyakana,  eyakana. 

Breeches,  n.,  muhanu,  2;  mu- 
kiya,  2.  The  pi.  is  generally 
used  in  each  case. 

Breed,  vt.,  imicixa. 

Brew,  vt.,  enga. 

Bribe,  vt.,  futa. 

11.,  difutu,  5. 

Brick,  n.,  kaxola,  8. 

Bride,  n.,  mubukibui,  i.  From 
pass,  bukibua,  to  he  married. 

Bridegroom,  w.,  mubuki,  I.  This 
w'ord  is  generally  followed  by 
the  ph.  wa  mukuxi. 

Bridge,  n.,  cilamba,  7;  cilanda,  7; 
dis6ke,  5. 

Briefly,  adv.{\.o  speak  briefly),  use 
neg.  of  lunguluka. 

Brigand,  n.,  munyengi,  i. 

Bright,  a(/y.(smart),  -a  lungen- 
yi(4);  -a  mexi  (pi.  of  5);  -a 
lukanyi(Buk.),  4. 
be,  vi.{io  glisten,  shine),  enge- 
lela,  balakana. 

Brighten,  ’t'/.(make  to  shine), 
balakuxa,  engelexa. 

(whiten),  tokexa. 

Brightness,  w. (intelligence),  lun- 
genyi,  4;  mexi,  pi.  of  5; 
lukanyi(Buk.),  4. 

(of  color),  butoke,  6. 

(of  moonX  dikenka,  5. 

(of  sun),  munya,  2. 

Brim,  n.,  mubangu,  2;  mulemu 
(mulomo),  2;  muxuku,  2. 

Bring,  vt.,  lua  ne. 

about,  to  cause,  use  Causative 
Form  of  verb. 

(accompany,  conduct),  flla. 
back,  alukixa,  tucixa,  hingixa. 
(carry),  tuala. 

forth, lela(woman),  kuama(tree), 
ika(cassava,  potatoes,  etc.). 


BRING— BUSH. 


158 


Bring  {continued). 

out,  iimuxa,  hatiila,  luhiila. 
to  mind,  vulula,  vuluxa. 
to,  resuscitate,  sanguliixa,  tuyi- 
xa,  fulula. 

up,  rear,  dixa,  kalexa. 
water,  suna. 

Brink,  (cliff),  cibungubungu,  7. 
(beach),  muelelu(2)  wa  mi. 

Broad,  ad j. (large),  nine. 

Broaden,  vt.,  diundixa,  lundixa. 

Brood,  v.{as  hen),  ladila. 
over,  bungama. 

Brook,  n.,  musulu,  2. 

Broom,  n.,  lukombo,  4. 

Broth,  n.,  musoxi,  2;  mukele- 
kele,  2;  nsupu(Eng.),  3. 

Brother,  n.,  there  is  no  general 
name  for  brother  save  the  in- 
definite ph.  muan’etuinuluini, 
etc.  § 138,  Rem.  5,  Note  2. 
(elder),  mukulu,  i. 

(younger),  muakunyi,  i. 

The  words  mukulu  and  mua- 
kunyi are  generally  followed 
by  the  poss.  pro.  as  enclitic. 

§ 138,  Rem.  2. 

Brother-in-law,  w.  (brother  or 
sister  of  wife),  bukonde,  i. 
(brother  or  sister  of  husband), 
mbi-(poss.  pro.)-eina.  §§  138, 
R m.  3 and  Note;  42,  Note  2. 

Bro*v,  ;e(  forehead),  nip  ala,  3. 
eye-,  dikiki,  5. 

knit  the,  vph.,  nyenga  or  fudika 
with  mpala(3). 

Brown,  adj.,  kunze,  kunzubile, 
kunzuluke.  These  words  are 
p.p.  from  the  verbs  kunza, 
kunzubila  and  kunzuluka. 

Brush,  w. (broom),  lukombo,  4. 
-wood,  cisala,  7. 

■y. (sweep),  komba. 

(as  clothes),  kuhula. 

Brushwood,  n.,  cisala,  7. 

Brutal,  adj.,  -a  lukuna,  4;  -a 
cinyangu,  7. 

Brutality,  n.,  lukuna,  4;  cin- 
yangu, 7. 


Brute,  «. (animal),  nyuma,  3. 
(person),  muena(i)  with  luku- 
na(4)  or  cinyangu(7). 

Bubble,  n\,  lututu,  4;  lukende,  4. 

Bubo,  n.,  ciuxa,  7. 

Bud,  71.,  lutonga,  4;  muscle,  2. 
vi.,  mena,  sampila,  toloka, 
tempela. 

Buffalo,  mbowo,  3. 

Bug,  w. (generic),  cixi,  7. 

Bugle,  n.,  mpungi,  3. 

Build,  vt.,  ibuka,  asa  (see  under 
asa  in  B.L.-Eng.). 

Building,  w. (house),  nsubu,  3. 

BuLL,«.,mulumi(i)  wa  ngombe(3) 

Bullet,  n.,  lutende,  4;  mute- 
lenge,  2;  mutelenge(2)  wa 
lutende(4). 

Bunch,  w.(of  bananas),  dibote,  5. 
(of  plantains),  dikuonde,  5. 

(hand  of  bananas  or  plantains), 
cisangi,  7. 

(of  palm  nuts),  cinguji,  7. 

(of  things  tied  together),  cisum- 
bu,  7. 

Bundle,  w.(bale),  dikutu,  5. 

(of  grass  or  other  material  tied 
up),  cisumbu,  7. 

(roll),  muvungu,  2. 

(small),  mubombo,  2. 

Burden,  71.,  see  load. 

Burn,  vt.,  oxa,  hixa;  vi.,  hia. 
(roast),  oxa. 

(scorch,  as  food),  vt.,  xidixa, 
lunguxa;  vi.,  xila,  lungula. 
(set  on  fire),  oxa. 

(singe),  1'/.,  babula;  x^i.,  babuka. 
(smart),  oxa,  liiakana,  susuma. 

Burnt  offering,  n.,  see  sacrifice. 

Burrow,  v.,  imba,  umbula. 

Burst,  vt.,  handixa,  tayixa(to- 
yixa);  vi.,  bandika,  tayika 
(toyika). 

(crack,  as  nuts),  vt.,  bela,  bula, 
bosa,  totobula,  taya  (toya). 

Bury,  vt.,  jika. 

Bush,  w.  (forest),  ditu,  5.  PI. 
metu. 

(copse  on  plain),  cihuka,  7. 


BUSHMAN— CARDINAL 


159 


Bushman,  w.,  miisenxi,  i.  An 
imported  word. 

Business,  (occupation),  mudi- 
mu,  2. 

(affair),  bualu,  6;  muanda,  2. 

Busy,  be,  v.,  dl  ne  mudimu(2). 

But,  conj.y  tadi,  kadi.  These 
words  are  not  used  as  fre- 
quently as  the  English  equiva- 
lent. 

Butt  end,  n.,  citaku,  7;  also  the 
loc.  word  kuntaku,  § 423  (2) 
{h). 

B UTTER,  minyi  (pi.  of  5)  a 

ngombe(3),  manteke  (pi.  of 
5)- 

Butterfly,  «.,  cibiyibiyi,  7. 

Buttock,  n.,  ditenge,  5 ; ditaku,  5. 

Button,  w.,  mbote,  3. 

-hole,  disu(5;  dia  mbote. 

Buy,  vt.y  ula,  sumba. 

(buy  and  sell,  trade),  enda  or 
endulula  with  miixinga(2). 

By,  prep.{nea.v  to),  ku,  kiinxi,  lia 
buiiii(6)  ne,  helii,  kuihi. 
(agent),  kudi. 


C. 

Cack«le,  vph.y  tuta  or  ela  with 
mukuekue(2). 

Case,  n.,  musasa,  2. 

(pen),  cikumbi,  7. 

Calamity,  nph.,  bnalu(6)  with  the 
adjectives  bubi  or  biikale. 
Calf,  n.,  muan’a  ngombe(3). 

of  leg,  difu(tc)  dia  mukolo(2). 
Call,  v.,  bikila. 

(by  beckoning  with  hand),  loba. 
one’s  name  behind  one’s  back, 
tela. 

to  fight,  kobola. 
to  mind,  vi.,  vuluka;  vt.y  vulula, 
vuluxa. 

(to  name),  idika,  inyika. 
Calling,  w. (occupation),  mudimu, 

2. 

Calm,  be,  vi.,  hola,  talala,  dl  with 
hola  or  talala  as  advs. 


Calmly,  adv.,  hola,  talala. 

Calumniate,  v.,  songuela,  banda. 

Calumniator,  n.,  muena(i)  with 
bunsonge(6)  or  mukosa(2). 

Calumny,  n.,  bunsonge,  mu- 
kosa,  2 

Camel,  n.,  kamelo(Eng.),  8. 

Camwood,  n.,  kakula,  8. 

Can,  n.,  luhanza,  4. 
v.(be  able),  see  § 230. 

Cancel,  z;^.(blot  out),jimixa,  jima. 

Candle,  n.,  kahia,  8;  kadilu,  8; 
muinda(muendu),  2.  This 
last  word  is  perhaps  from  the 
Lower  Congo. 

Cane,  n.,  sugar-,  muenge,  2;  ci- 
lengelenge,  7. 
walking,  cibangii,  7. 

Cannibal,  n.,  mudlanganyl,  i. 

Cannon,  ditende,  5. 

Canoe,  n.,  buatu,  6. 

Canvas,  w.(for  wrapping  around 
bales),  dikutu,  5. 

Caoutchouc,  n.,  ndundu,  3. 

Cap,  w.(for  head),  cifulu,  7. 
(percussion),  lufataci,  4. 

Capable,  be,  m‘.(be  able),  munya 
or  dl  or  mona  followed  by  mua 
and  infin.,  see  § 230. 

Capital,  w.(very  large  village), 
cimenga,  7;  cihunda,  7. 

Capsize,  vi.,  ielklla;  vt.,  icikixa. 

Captain,  w.,  kaplten(from  French 
or  Eng.). 

Captious,  be,  v.,  tontolola. 

Capture,  vt.,  kuata. 

Caravan,  nph.,  batuadi(i)  ba 
bintii(7)  inu  nxila(3). 

Carcass,  ??.(dead  body  of  person), 
citalu,  7;  muxangi(Buk.),  2. 
(skeleton),  use  pi.  of  words  for 
hone,  mifuba,  mikuha,  mi- 
fufa. 

Cardinal  points,  n.  The  natives 
have  no  names  for  these.  For 
brevity  and  convenience  in 
teaching,  the  following  nativ- 
ized  Eng.  words  are  suggested: 
North,  n.,  Nata,  3. 

South,  11.,  Santa,  3. 


i6o 


CARDINAL— CAUTIOUS. 


Cardinal  points  {continued) . 

East,  w.,  Isita,  3. 

West,  w.,  Wesita,  3. 

For  East  we  may  also  have  the 
ph.  kutu  kualuhuka  diba  or 
kutu  kuahatuka  diba. 

For  West  we  may  also  have  the 
ph.  kutu  kuabuela  diba  or 
kutu  diba  diabuela. 

Care,  w. (affair,  concern),  bualu,  6; 
muanda,  2. 

(attend),  lama. 

for,  vt.,  nanga,  sua  ha  luse  (4). 

Carefully,  adv.,  bitekete,  bia- 
kane,  bimbe,  bitulu. 

Careless,  be,  vi.,  cimba,  cimba- 
kana,  humbakana. 

Carelessly,  adv.,  bikale,  lubilu, 
lukusa,  bibi. 

Caress,  vt.^  hotela,  lambakana, 
bomba. 

Carnal,  adj.,  -a  mucima(2)  mubi. 
knowledge,  w.,  masandi,  pi.  of  5 
or  6. 

Carpenter,  nph.^  muena(i)  ma- 
biya  (pi.  of  dibiya,  5). 

The  term  kapita(8)  is  used  for 
the  West  Coast  men.  The 
word  is  from  the  Portuguese, 
meaning  headman. 

Carriage,  n.,  suggest  some  such 
ph.  as  cintu(7)  cikoka  kudi 
tubalu  (pi.  of  kabalu,  8). 

Carrier,  nph.,  mutuadi(i)  wa 
bintu. 

Carry,  vt.,  tuala,  mema,  angata, 
ya  ne,  lua  ne. 

across  a stream,  etc.,  sabula. 
water,  suna. 

Cartridge,  n.,  mutelenge,  2. 
(ball),mutelenge  wa  lutende(4). 
(loaded  with  shot),  mutelenge 
wa  tundimba  (pi.  of  8). 

Carve,  •y/.(as  meat),  seya,  saya. 
(as  wood),  songa. 

Carver,  n.{oi  wood,  etc.),  mu- 
songi,  I. 

Case,  m. (affair),  bualu,  6;  muan- 
da, 2. 

(box),  muxete,  2. 


Case  {continued). 

(sheath  for  knife),  cibubu,  7; 
luhaha,  4;  cimanga,  7. 

Cassava,  n.,  ciombe,  7. 

(leaves  of,  used  as  greens),  ma- 
tamba  (pi.  of  5),  kalexi(8). 
to  soak  the,  vt.,  ina,  zabika. 
the  unsoaked,  ciombe  cia  mpete 
(pi.  of  4). 

Cast,  v/.(about,  scatter),  tanga- 
luxa,  tangadixa;  vi.,  tanga- 
luka,  tangadika. 
away,  as  useless,  imaxa,  sum- 
bula,  nyuka. 
leaves,  hohoka. 

out,  vt.,  hatula,  lubula,  umuxa, 
tambula(Buk.);  vi.,  hd^tuka, 
luhuka,  umuka,  tambuka 
(Buk.). 

(throw),  ela. 

Castrate,  vt.,  tungula,  hakula. 

Cat,  w.(wild-),  mbalabala,  3. 
(domestic),  kambixi,  8;  mpus 
(Eng.),  3. 

Cataract,  n.,  cibila,  7. 

Catch,  vt.,  kuata. 

(by  throwing  hands  down  on), 
uhukila. 

disease,  the  person  catching  the 
disease  is  the  obj.  of  the  verb 
kuata,  while  the  disease  is  the 
subj. 

(in  hands,  as  ball),  akidila. 

(to  snare),  teya. 

(with  hook,  as  fish),  loha. 

Catechism,  nph.,  mukanda  (2)  wa 
dilongexa(5). 

Catechumen,  n.,  muena(i)  dilon- 
gexa(5). 

Caterpillar,  «. (edible),  dixi,  5. 
PI.  is  mexi. 

(not  edible),  cixi,  7. 

Cause,  n.,  bualu,  6;  muanda,  2. 
vt.,  use  the  Causative  Form  of 
verb. 

(for  what  cause?),  see  why? 
without,  cinana,  hatuhu. 

Caution,  vt.,  dimuxa. 

Cautious,  be,  vi.,  dimuka. 


CAVE— CHATTERING. 


i6l 


Cave,  w.,  lubinga,  4;  lubue,  4. 

in,  vi.,  bumbuka. 

Cavil,  v.,  tontolola. 

Cease,  vi.,  from,  lekela. 

raining,  tangadikaor  tangaluka 
with  nvula  as  subj. 

C E ASELESSLY,  adv.  This  idea  may , 
according  to  sense,  be  ex- 
pressed in  several  ways: 

(1)  By  the  adv.  to. 

(2)  By  one  of  the  Repetitive 
tenses.  §§  287-292. 

(3)  , By  the  Pres.  Habitual  tense. 

(4)  By  the  verb  in  -akana.  § 339. 

(5)  By  the  verbal  suffix  in  lu-. 
§ 356  {d),  Rem.  i. 

(6)  By  the  phs.  matuku  (pi.  of  5) 
onso,  ku  dituku  ku  dituku, 
ku  dici(5)  ku  dici. 

(7)  In  sense  of  forever,  by  laha- 
laha,  cendelele,  kaxidi. 

Celestial,  adj.,  -a  diulu(5). 

Cemetery,  n.,  use  pi.  of  lukita(4) 
or  ciduaya(7). 

Censure,  vt.,  diula,  nyoka. 

Centipede,  n.,  luminyiminyi,  4. 

Centre,  n.,  mu  bunine(6);  also 
the  insep.  loc.  words  munkucl, 
kunkuci,  hankuci,  munkulu. 

§ 423  (2)  {h). 

Certain,  see  certainly. 

Certainly,  adv.,  use  the  substan- 
tive forms  bulilela,  buxua, 
bualabuala,  buinabuina,  bui- 
kt^xa. 

Certainty,  n.,  bulilela,  6;  buxua, 
6;  bualabuala,  6;  buina- 
buina, 6;  buikuxa,  6. 

Certify,  v.,  amba. 

Chaff,  n.{oi  com,  rice,  etc.), 
cisote,  7. 

Chagrin,  n.,  bundu,  6;  bunvu,  6. 

(cause  one  chagrin),  vt.  ufuixa 
bundu. 

have,  V.,  ufua  or  unva  with 
bundu. 

Chain,  n.,  lukanu,  4. 

vt.,  ela  mu  lukanu. 

Chair,  n.,  nkuasa,  3. 

Chalk,  n.,  luhemba,  4. 


Chamber,  n.,  nsubu,  3. 

See  ROOM. 

Chameleon,  n.,  lungonyonyi,  4. 

Change,  1;/. (alternate),  xintakuxa, 
tompakanya,  tompakuxa, 
xintakanya;  vi.,  tompakana, 
xintakana. 

(act  of  metempsychosis),  lengu- 
luka,  sanguka,  tanda. 
(become  different,  be  trans- 
formed), vi.,  kudimuka,  an- 
damuka. 

(exchange,  trade),  xintakuxa, 
xinta,  xintakana,  xintakan- 
ya, hingakanya,  hingakana, 
sombakuxa,  hingakuxa. 
mind,  vt.,  kudimuna  or  anda- 
muna  with  mucima(2)  or 
muoyo(2). 

(turn  around  or  over),  vt.,  kudi- 
muna, andamuna;  vi.,  kudi- 
muka, andamuka. 

Character,  n.,  see  kind. 

Charcoal,  n.,  dikala. 

Charge,  ^/.(ask  a price),  lomba. 
deny  a,  viia. 

Chariot,  n.,  see  carriage. 

Charity,  w.(pity),  luse,  4. 

In  expression  “faith,  hope,  char- 
ity,” it  is  perhaps  best  to  use 
infin.  kunanga,  kusua,  etc. 
(generosity),  diha,  5. 

Charm,  n.,  see  medicine. 

Chase,  vt.,  away,  ihata. 

out,  luhula,  umuxa,  hatula, 
tambula(Buk.). 

(hunt  with  dogs),  ta. 

Chaste,  ad/.(good),  impe,  akane, 
lengele. 

be,  vi.,  ena  ne  masandi  (pi.  of  5 
or  6). 

Chasten,  vt.,  see  chastise. 

Chastise,  vt.,  kuma,  tuta,  ken- 
gexa. 

Chastisement,  n.,  dikengexa,  5. 

Chatter,  v. (speak  rapidly),  laba- 
kana. 

Chattering,  n.,  ciakulakula 
§ 356  {g). 


i62 


CHE  AP— CLAPPING . 


Cheap,  adj.  pli.,  -a  mii.\inga(2) 
mutekete. 

Cheapen,  (bring  down  price), 
tekexa  or  liuekexa  with  mu- 
xinga(2). 

Cheat,  ■p.(steal),  iba. 

Check,  •y^.(stop),  lekexa. 

Cheek,  n.,  ditama,  5. 

Cheer,  z’/. (console),  samba,  ka- 
lexa  mucima(2),  bomba. 

(give  alarum),  ela  bila  (pi.  of 
cila,  7),  bingila. 

(make  glad),  sankixa. 

Cheese,  n.,  cisi(Eng.),  7.  § 55, 

Rem.  2,  Note  2. 

Chest,  w.(box),  muxete,  2. 

(of  body),  ciadi,  7. 

Chew,  vt.,  botexa. 

(as  bones  or  dried  corn),  bele- 
keta. 

(with  unpleasant  noise),  tan- 
funya. 

Chicken,  «.,  nsolo,  3. 

Chief,  mukelenge,  i;  tatu,  i; 
nfunui,  I. 

Chiefship,  bukelenge,  6;  biin- 
fiimu,  6. 

Child,  v.,  muana,  i. 

(about  three  or  four  years  old), 
citendi,  7. 

(be  with),  di  ne  with  difu(5)  or 
dimi(5),  imita. 

(be  with  by,  beget),  imicixa. 
(first-born),  muan’a  biite(6)  . 
(last  born),  muan’a  mukala(2) 
or  muan’a  lukala(4). 
(new-born),  katdto,  8. 
own,  muana  miilela. 

(still-born,  foetus),  kana  (dimin. 
of  muana)  kabixe. 

Child-bearing,  n.,  lulelu,  4;  bu- 
ledi,  6. 

Childhood,  n,,  buana,  6. 

Childless  woman,  n.,  nkumba,  3. 

Chilliness,  n.,  citelele,  7;  ciaxi- 
ma,  7;  maxika,  pi.  of  5 or  6. 

Chilly,  adj.,  see  cold. 

Chin,  n.,  cibanga,  7;  lubanga,  4. 

Chip,  n.,  cihatu,  7. 

Chirography,  n.,  cifundidl,  7. 


Choir,  n.,  kuia(Eng.),  3. 

Choke,  vph. {with  food),  kuata  ha 
withmuminu(2)  or  diminu(5). 
(throttle),  vt.,  fiekela  nxingu(3). 

Choose,  vt.,  sungula. 

Chop,  'P/.(as  wood),  kosa,  kala^ 
taha,  kuota. 

into  small  pieces,  to  hash,  zaza. 
n.(food),  bidia,  pi.  of  7;  bia 
kudia. 

Chorus,  n.,  kolus(Eng.),  3. 

Christ,  n.,  Kalistu  (Kalisitu). 

Christian,  nph.,  muntu(i)  wa 
Nzambi. 

Christianity,  nph.,  bualu(6)  biia 
Nzambi. 

Christmas  day,  nph.,  dituku(5) 
dia  Santa  Klas, 

Church,  «. (building),  nsubu(3) 
wa  Nzambi. 

members  of  the,  bantu  baNzam- 
bi. 

Cicatrice,  n.,  cibangu,  7. 

Circle,  n.,  eijengu,  7;  cifundu, 
7;  citanga,  7. 

go  around  in  a,  v.,  nyunguliika. 

Circular,  adj.,  -a  cijengu(7);  -a 
cifundu(7);  -a  citanga(7). 

Circumcise,  vt.,  tengula. 

be  circumcised,  use  passive  forms 
of  tengula.  § 202. 

Circumstance,  n.,  bualu,  6; 
muanda,  2. 

Citizen,  n.,  muena,  i. 

fellow,  muan’etu,  etc.;  mxiena 
kuetu,  etc.;  mukuetu,  i,  etc. 

City,  n.,  musoko,  2;  ditunga,  5. 
(large  collection  of  villages), 
cimenga,  7;  ciliunda,  7. 

CmL,  adj.,  -a  kalolo(8). 

Civility,  n.,  kalolo,  8. 

Clan,  n.,  see  tribe. 

Clap,  w.(of  thunder),  dikubakuba, 
5- 

V.,  the  hands,  tuta  or  knma  with 
lukuxi(4). 

the  hand  crosswise  in  expression 
of  regret,  tuta  cibubu(7). 

Clapping,  n.,  of  the  hands,  lukuxl, 
4;  cibubu,  7. 


CLASP— CLOTHES. 


163 


Clasp,  (embrace),  uhukila. 

(catch  in  the  hands),  akidila. 
hands,  kuatangana  ku  bianza 
(pi.  of  7). 

Class,  catechumen,  dilongexa 

5- 

(group),  disanza,  5 ; cisumbu,  7. 
See  KIND. 

Claw,  n.,  luzala,  4;  luzadi,  4; 
luala,  4. 

Clay,  «.(ior  making  pots),  dibiim- 
ba,  5;  dima,  5 (the  pi.  is 
mema). 

white,  used  for  whitewashing, 
luhemba,  4. 

Clean,  adj.,  toke  (p.p.  of  toka,  to 
he  clean)',  impe;  pass.  p.p.  of  j 
verbs  uvua,  sukula  (Lower  1 
Congo),  kuhula. 
person,  -a  mankenda  (pi.  of  5 
or  6). 

z;.(to  whiten),  tokexa. 

(to  rub  or  brush),  kuhula. 

(to  wash),  uvua,  sukula. 

Cleanliness,  «.(of  person),  man- 
kenda, pi.  of  5 or  6. 

Cleanness,  «. (whiteness),  butoke, 

6. 

Cleanse,  vt.{a.s  clothes,  etc.),  uvua, 
sukula  (Lower  Congo). 

(give  a bath),  owexa. 

Clear,  vt.,  a field,  sola, 
away,  uinuxa. 
away,  as  sweeping,  boya. 
vi.,  away  as  mist  or  cloud,  tanga- 
luka,  sanguluka. 
cd).(transparent),  toke  (p.p.  of 
toka,  to  he  white). 

Cleave,  (stick  together),  lama-  [ 
ta,  kuatakana. 

■yi'. (split),  handa. 

Clench,  vph.,  the  fist,  tonyaminu 
(pi.  of  2).  I 

Clever,  adj.,  -a  lungenyi(4),  -a 
mexi  (pi.  of  5). 

The  phrases  di  ne  muhongo(2) 
and  di  ne  buloxi(6)  have  the 
secondary  meaning  of  clever, 
ingenious,  etc. 


Cleverness,  n.,  lungenyi,  4; 
mexi,  pi.  of  5;  lukanyi(Buk.), 
4;  muhongo(2)  and  buloxi(6) 
also  have  a secondary  meaning 
corresponding  to  cleverness, 
dexterity,  etc. 

Click,  vi.{a.s  gun),  aba. 

(in  the  throat  to  indicate  anger), 
sodia. 

Cliff,  ??.(a  great  depression  formed 
by  landslide),  lubuyi,  4;  cibu- 
yubuyu,  7. 

(near  to  water),  cibungubungu, 

7- 

Climb,  vi.,  a tree  or  hill,  banda. 

(as  vine),  lamba. 

Clock,  n.,  diba,  5.  PI.  is  meba. 
This  word  is  used  because  the 
clock  indicates  the  position  of 
the  sun. 

(o’clock),  for  divisions  of  the  day 
and  night,  see  d.\y. 

Clod,  n.,  dibu,  5. 

Close,  vt  (as  box,  book),  buikila. 
(as  bracelet),  bangika. 

(as  door),  inxila,  xibika. 

(as  eyes),  buika  ku  mesu. 

(as  path,  so  no  one  can  pass), 
nyanga,  ona. 

(near  to),  see  by. 

(stand  or  be  close  together),  vi. 

imunangana,  kuatakana. 

See  TOGETHER. 

Closeness,  «. (nearness),  buihi,  6. 

Cloth,  n.,  cilulu,  7;  cilamba,  7. 
There  are  different  names  for 
the  various  kinds  of  European 
cloth ; as,  cimaza(7),  diJesa(5'), 
kakangala(8),  kandolo(8'l, 
mungulumungu(2),  ndunga 
(3),  kandangama(8). 

(native  cloth  made  from  the 
palm),  didiba,  5 ; cinsanki,  7; 
mpualala,  3. 

(small  piece  of  cloth  worn  in 
front  and  behind),  lubondia,  4. 

Clothe,  vt.,  luaeika,  luaeixa, 
vuadika. 

Clothes,  n.,  bilulu,  bilamba 
Both  pi.  of  7. 


164 


CLOUD— COME. 


Cloud,  ditutu,  5;  dibuba,  5. 
(not  heavy),  ciululu,  7. 

Cloudy,  be,  w.  (threaten  rain), 
flnda. 

Cloven  foot,  n.,  mukono(2)  mu- 
handike. 

Coagulate,  w.,  kuatakana. 

Coal,  n.,  dikala,  5. 

oil,  petroleum,  mpitolo(Eng.),  3. 

Coast,  n.,  iiiuelelu(2)  or  musa- 
la(2)  or  bucika(6)  or  the  loca- 
tive words  kukala,  kusula, 
kunfudilu,  kusala,  all  fol- 
lowed by  the  adj.  ph.  -a  mi. 

Coat,  n.,  cikowela,  7;  kazaku,  8; 
cinkutu,  7. 

^'.(as  paint),  whitewash,  laba. 

Coax,  vt.,  sengela,  sengelela. 

Cob,  n.,  cikumbuxi,  7;  cikumbu- 
kumbu,  7. 

Cobweb,  n.,  buntate,  b;  buta- 
tande,  6;  bukuondo,  6. 

Cock,  w. (rooster),  citila,  7. 

(first  cock  to  crow  in  the  morn- 
ing), citila  cibedi. 
vt.,  gun,  bangula. 

COCKCROWING,  «^/i.(dawn),  hadl 
hasama  nsolo,  ha  bitila. 

Cockroach,  n.,  luhenzu,  4. 

Cocoa,  n.  koko(Eng.),  3. 

Coerce,  vt.,  use  Causative  Form  of 
verb. 

Coffee,  n.,  kafl(Eng.),  3 or  8. 

Cohabit,  v.,  luma,  lala  ne,  lu- 
mixa,  tentemexa. 

Coil,  vt.,  vungila,  jingila,  jinga, 
vunga,  nyengela. 

Coin,  n.,  mpalata,  3. 

Cola,  nut,  n.,  diku,  5.  These  are 
eaten  with  the  palm  wine. 

Cold,  adj.,  -a  maxika  (pi.  of  5 or 
6),  -a  citelele(7),  -a  cia- 
xima(7). 

be  or  feel,  vph.,  maxika  as  sub- 
ject of  V,  kuata  with  person  as 
object,  or  the  person  as  subject 
of  V.  unva  with  maxika  as 
object. 

(be  not  warmed),‘yi.,talala,  hola. 
make,  vt.,  taluxa,  holexa. 


Cold  {continued). 

M.(a  cough),  lukosolo,  4. 

(catarrh  in  nose),  cimpumpu,  7. 

Coldness, w.,  maxika,  pi.  of  5 or  6; 
citelele  (citalele),  7;  cia- 
xima,  7. 

Collect,  vt.,  tutakanya,  tuta- 
kuxa,  sangixa,  sambakanya, 
sambakuxn,  sangakanya, 
sangakuxa,  kungixa,  sangi- 
la,  sanga. 

Collide,  v.,  kumangana,  tutan- 
gana. 

Color,  n.,  mubidi,  2. 

There  are  only  three  definite 
words  expressing  color,  viz., 
toke(white),  fike(black), 
kunze(red).  These  are  really 
past  participles  derived  from 
the  verbs  toka,  fika,  kunza, 
respectively.  From  the  three 
words  above  mentioned  are 
derived  words  which  express 
the  intermediate  colors  as  fol- 
lows: 

(blue,  green),  flkuluke. 

(brown,  yellow), kunzubile,  kun- 
zuluke. 

(gray),  tokoloke. 

Sometimes  blue  and  green  are 
represented  by  like,  yellow  and 
brown  by  kunze. 

(spotted),  di  ne  matoba(pl.  of  5) 
or  di  ne  mabaxi  (pi.  of  5). 
(striped),  di  nemihola  (pi.  of  2). 

Comb,  n.,  cisaku,  7;  cisamuinu,  7. 
of  fowl,  mualala,  2. 
of  honey,  dikaci,  5;  dihula,  5. 
vt.,  samuna. 

Combine,  vt.,  sangixa,  sangakan- 
ya, sangakuxa,  sangila,  san- 
ga, tutakanya,  tutakuxa, 
sambakanya,  sambakuxa; 
vi.,  sangakana,  sambakana, 
tutakana. 

Come,  v.,  lua. 

after,  follow,  londa. 
around  to  other  side,  luila. 
(arrive  at),  fika. 


COME— CONCEIT. 


Come  {continued). 

back,  aluka,  alukila,  hingana, 
tu^a,  tucila,  andamuka. 
down,  tiiluka,  ika. 
from,  lua  with  proper  locative, 
fuma. 

in,  into,  buela. 
into  view,  mueneka,  mueka. 
off,  as  skin,  laniuka,  huluka. 
out,  as  blade  out  of  handle,  kuka. 
out  of,  luhuka,  umuka,  hatuka. 
out  of  place,  tuka. 
over,  as  water,  sabuka. 
past,  hita,  tamba. 
slowly,  stealthily,  onguela. 
to  consciousness,  fululuka. 
together,  sangakana,  tutakana, 
lua  cisumbu(7),  diunguixa, 
disanga,  sambakana,  kunga- 
kana,  dikunga. 
to  mind,  vuluka. 
with,  accompany,  flla. 

Comfort,  z;/.  (console),  samba, 
bomba,  kalexa mucima(2). 
(when  crying),  kosexa  or  huixa 
with  muadi(2). 

Command,  v.,  amba,  ambila,  tu- 
mina  di  (5). 
not,  prohibit,  kanda. 
n.,  see  commandment. 
Commandment,  w.,  di,  5.  PI.  isme. 
(negative),  mukandu,  2. 
(positive),  mukenji,  2. 

Commence,  v.,  again,  tuadixa, 
bangila. 
to  do,  banga. 

Commend,  vt.,  inyixa. 

Commingle,  vi.,  buelakana. 

Commit,  v (do),  enza,  osa,  kixa 
(Buk.). 

adulterv,  enda  masandl  (pi.  of 
5 or  6),  sanda. 

rape,  kuata  mukuxi(i)  ku  bii- 
kalet  6). 

suicide,  dixiha,  dlowa(by  hang- 
ing). 

Common,  adj.{he  of  little  account), 
-a  cinana,  -a  hatubu,  -a  b6. 
have  things  in,  vph.,  sangixa 
bintu. 


165 


Commotion,  w. (disturbance),  diyo- 
yo,  5. 

Communion,  w. (Lord’s  Supper), 
bidia  (pi.  of  7)  bia  Nzambi. 
wine,  mi  a Nzambi. 

Companion,  n.,  mulunda,  i;  nya- 
n(a),  i;  muan’etu,  etc.,  § 138, 
Rem.  5. 

Companionship,  «.,  bulunda,  6; 
bunyana,  6. 

Company,  «. (crowd),  cisumbu,  7. 

Compare,  vt.,  idikixa,  elekexa. 

Compassion,  n.,  luse,  4. 

teel,  V.,  ufua,  or  unva  with  luse. 
have  for,  ha  luse,  samba. 

Compel,  v.,  use  Causative  Form  of 
verb. 

Compensate,  vt.,  futa. 

Compensation,  n.,  difutu,  5. 

Competent,  be,  7;.(able),  munya  or 
di  or  mona  followed  by  mua 
and  infin.  § 230. 

Complain,  v.,  about,  tontolola. 
of  before  another,  songueia. 

Complaint,  w.(have  against  one), 
bualu,  6,  muanda,  2.  Ndi 
n’ebi  bualu,  I have  a com- 
plaint against  you. 

Complete,  be,  w.(exact  number), 
ula,  xika.  Cinunu  with  ciule 
or  cixike,  an  exact  thousand, 
vt.,  muna,  miinyixa,  xikixa, 
hiuxa;  vi.,  hua,  xika. 

(full  quantity  or  measure,  be), 
vi.,  kumbana,  vula;  vt.,  kum- 
baxa,  vudixa. 
adj.,  xila,  kanda. 

Compliment,  vt.,  inyixa. 

Compliments,  n.,  muoyo,  2. 
give,  V.,  ha  or  ela  or  cbexa  with 
muo,yo(2). 

Comprehend,  ^'.(hear),  unva 
(known),  munya. 

Compress,  vt.,  kama,  mata. 

(press  down),  bambila,  nyeme- 
nena,  xindika. 

Conceal,  vt.,  sokoka;  vi.,  soko- 
ma. 

Concede,  v..  itabuxa. 

Conceit,  w. (pride),  disanka,  5. 


CONCEITED— CONSTANT. 


1 66 


Conceited,  be,  z*/.(proud),  disua. 

Conceive,  v.,  imita  with  difu(5) 
or  dimi(5).  This  latter  word 
seems  to  be  used  only  of 
women. 

cause  to,  iniicixa. 

(think),  ela  or  elanfrana  fol- 
lowed by  lungenyi(4)  or  mexi 
(pi.  of  5)  or  mueima(2). 

Concern,  «. (matter),  bualu,  6; 
imianda,  2. 

Concerning,  prep.,  bualu(6)  bua. 

Conciliate,  vt.,  sunga. 

Conclude,  ^’.(comie  to  same  con- 
clusion after  consultation), 
di(5)  diakuakanangana  di- 
mue,  hunguluxa  di,  akuxa 
me. 

(finish),  muna,  miinyixa,  xi- 
kixa,  huixa. 

(resolve),  amba. 

Concourse,  «. (crowd),  cisumbu,  7. 

Concubine,  «. (general  term  for 
wife),  mukuxi,  i. 

(first  concubine  taken),  cilon- 
de(7)  niuadi(2). 

CONTDEilN,  vt.,  hixa. 

(be  condemned,  convicted),  vi., 
hila. 

(not  to  praise),  r/.,  diula,  nyoka. 

CONT)EMNATlON,  ;/.(doom),  mulau, 

2. 

CONTDITION,  «.,  suggest  infin.  kui- 
kala. 

CONT)UCT,  vt.,  flla,  xindikixa,  ya 
ne,  lombola. 

n.,  cilele,  7,  eienzedi,  7;  cibi- 
lu,  7. 

Conductor,  ;?.(leader),  mulom- 
bodi,  i;  mudianjidi,  i. 

Confer,  x'.fgive  an  ofl&ce  to),  ha 
or  dixa  followed  by  abstract 
name  of  office, 
together,  ela  cifufu(7). 

Conference,  (private),  eifufu, 
/ • 

Confess,  v.,  itabuxa,  sokola,  ton- 
da.  di«onguela. 

Confidence,  have  in,  vt.,  teke- 
mena. 


Confluence,  n.,  disangu,  5.  Gen- 
erally used  in  pi. 

Conform  to,  z’.(be  like),  fuanan- 
gana,  akanangana,  dieleka. 

Confound,  i7.,buandakuxa,buan- 
dakanya,  tuhakuxa,  tuba- 
kanya;  vi.,  tuhakana,  buan- 
dakana. 

Confuse,  vt.,  buandakuxa,  buan- 
dakanya,  tuhakiixa,  tuha- 
kanya;  vi.,  tuhakana,  buan- 
dakana. 

(miss  path),  hanibuka. 

(put  in  disorder),  tangadixa, 
tangaluxa,  muanga,  niuan- 
galuxa;  vi.,  tangadika,  tan- 
galuka,  muangaluka. 

Confusion,  «. (noise),  diyoyo,  5. 
be  in,  vi.,  tangadika,  tangaluka, 
muangaluka. 

put  in,  vt  , tangadixa,  tanga- 
luxa, muangaluxa. 

Congeal,  v.,  kuatakana. 

Congo  Independent  State  Gov- 
ernment, with  all  officials,  n., 
Bula  3Iatadi  (Lower  Congo). 

Congratulate,  vt.,  sekelela. 

Congreg.^te,  vi.,  sangakana,  tu- 
takana,  lua  cisun.bu'7\  di- 
sanga,  diunguixa  kunga- 
kana,  sambakana,  dikunga. 

Congregation,  tz. (crowd),  cisum- 
bu, 7. 

Conjure,  ?7. (bewitch)  Iowa, 
(divine),  buka,  tempa,  tempexa. 
(do  sleight-of-hand  trick),  enza 
di  jimbuv'5). 

Conjurer,  n.,  see  sorcerer. 

Conquer,  vt.,  hita  or  tamba  fol- 
lowed by  bukale(6)  or  ngu- 
lu(3);  cimuna. 

Conscience,  ;z.,mucima,  2;  mur- 
yo,  2. 

Conscious,  of  v.,  munya,  unva 
ufua. 

Consecrate,  vt.,  see  sanctify. 

Consent,  v.,  itabuxa. 

See  permission. 


CONSEQUENCE— CONVULSE. 


167 


Consequence,  of  no,  kakuena 
bualu(6);  -a  cinana;  -a 
hatuhu. 

Consequently,  adv.,  see  there- 
fore. 

CONSroER,  v.y  ela  or  elangana  fol- 
lowed by  lungenyi(4)  or 
mexi(5)  or  mucima(2)  or 
lukanyi(4). 

(reckon),  amba. 

Consistent,  adj.  ph.,  -a  di(5) 
dimue. 

Console,  vt.y  samba,  kalexa  mu- 
cima(2),  bomba. 

(when  crying),  kosexa  or  huixa 
with  muadi(2). 

Conspicuous,  be,  vi.{he  seen), 
mueka,  mueneka. 

[Conspiracy,  n.,  cifufu(7)  cibl. 
Conspire,  v.,  ela  cifufu(7)  cibi. 
Constantly,  adv.,  see  ceaseless- 
ly. 

Constipation,  n.,  cinyenga,  7. 

(be  constipated),  v.,  nyenga  with 
munda  as  subj.,  di  ne  cin- 
yenga. 

Constrain,  t;/. (hinder),  humbixa, 
humbakuxa,  kosexa;  vi.y 
hiimba. 

(cause  to  do),  use  Causative  Form 
! of  verb. 

i Construct,  t;/. (build),  ibuka,  asa 
(see  note  in  B.L.-Eng.). 
(make),  enza,  osa,  kixa. 

- Consult,  vt.,  for  advice,  konka, 
ebexa. 

medicine  man,  tempa,  tempexa, 
buka,  nua  ciala(7). 
together  secretly,  ela  cifufu(7). 
i Consultation,  n.,  secret,  cifufu,  7. 
) Consume,  vt.,  oxa. 

(be  consumed  by  fire),  hia. 

(be  finished),  xika,  hua. 

(spend,  eat  up),  dia. 
Contagious,  be,  vi.,  tampakana, 
ambulukila,  sambulukila. 
Contain,  it.,  di  ne. 

1 Content,  be,  vi.,  sanka,  muci- 
ma(2)  udi  with  mutalale  or 
muhole. 


Content,  be  {continued). 

The  last  two  words  are  p.p.  of 
talala  and  hola. 

Contention,  «. (dispute),  luh&ta, 
4- 

have  a,  di  ne  or  ela  or  elangana 
with  mp^ta  (pi.). 

Contentment,  n.,  disanka,  5. 

Contiguous,  be,  vi.,  tuangana, 
kuatakana. 

Continually,  adv.,  see  cease- 
lessly. 

Continue,  7/.(reside),  ikaia. 

(persevere),  use  neg.  of  lekela  or 
hanga,  or  Pres.  Habitual 
tense. 

Contract,  w.(a  secret  agreement), 
cifufu,  7. 

make  a,  v.,  hunga  di(i;). 
a vT-itten,  mukanda,  2. 

(shorten),  vt..  ihihixa,  kehexa. 
(as  a bug  when  touched),  vi. 
fulama. 

Control,  vt.(as  mother  a child), 
bulukila,  samina,  bela,  nan- 
ga. 

Controversy,  n.,  luhata,  4. 
engage  in  a,  v.,  di  ne  or  ela  or 
elangana  followed  by  mpata 
(pi.). 

settle  a,  v.,  tuixa. 

Comvalesce,  vi.,  sangala,  kusa 
mubidi(2),  sanguluka. 

Com^ERGE,  vi.,  sambakana,  sanga- 
kana,  sangila. 

Conversation,  n.,  muaku,  2. 
hold  a,  V.,  somba. 

Converse,  vi.,  somba. 

Convert,  vt.,  kudimuna,  anda- 
muna. 

(be  converted  in  religious  sense), 
kudimuka  muntu(i)  wa 
Nzambl. 

n.,  muntu  wa  Nzambi. 

Convict,  vt.,  hixa. 

(be  convicted),  vi.,  hila. 

Convince,  vt.,  itabuxixa. 

Com^ULSE,  vi.(to  have  a fit),  ha- 
luka,  fua  vdth  ciseke(7)  or 
tungulungu  (pi.  of  8). 


i68 


CONVULSION— COUGH. 


Convulsion,  w.(fit),  ciseke,  7; 
tungulungu,  pi.  of  8;  nkoyi, 
3.  The  latter  word  is  used 
only  of  children. 

Cook,  v.,  lamba,  ihika. 

(be  half  cooked),  tuya. 

(boil,  stew),  turn  pa. 

(dry  by  fire,  as  meat),  inyika, 
nanga(nana). 

(fry),  kanga. 

(roast  in  a pot,  as  corn,  peanuts, 
etc.),  kanga. 

(roast  in  fire),  oxa. 

(with  seasoning,  such  as  salt,  pep- 
per, oil,  etc.),  lunga. 

W.,  kuku(Eng.),  mulambi(i), 
muihiki(i). 

house,  kitchen,  cikuku(Eng.),  7. 

Cool,  see  cold. 

Coolness,  n.,  see  coldness. 

Copper,  n.,  ciama(7)  cikunze. 
Sometimes  ciombo(7)  seems 
to  be  used  for  copper,  but  this 
latter  word  may  mean  either 
copper  or  iron  made  into 
crosses.  Note  that  ciama 
means  either  iron  or  copper, 
the  distinction  being  made  with 
the  adjectives  like  and  kunze, 
respectively. 

Copse,  n.,  cihuka,  7. 

Copulate,  v.,  luma,  lumixa,  ten- 
temexa,  lala  ne. 

Copy,  n.,  cidikixilu,  7;  cimon- 
yinu,  7;  cilexilu,  7;  cidiki- 
xu,  7*;  luedi,  4;  luelekexi,  4; 
luidi,  4. 

v.y  idikixa,  elekexa. 

Cord,  n.,  muoxi,  2;  muxinga,  2. 

Cork,  ^.(stopper  of  bottle),  cixi- 
biku,  7;  cibuiku,  7;  cibui- 
kilu,  7. 

Corn,  w.(maize),  dianva,  5;  di- 
tala,  5.  Generally  used  in  pi. 
to  express  quantity.  Dianva 
and  ditala  mean  one  ear  of 
corn. 

cob  of,  cikumbuxi,  7;  cikum- 
bukumbu,  7. 
shuck  of,  cihusu,  7. 


Corn  {continued). 

silk  of,  beard,  munyanvudi,  2. 
stalk  of,  cikolakola,  7;  lubala- 
bala,  4;  musengeleke,  2. 
tassel  of,  luzeba,  4. 

Corner,  n.,  of  house,  ditumba,  5. 

Cornet,  w.,  mpungi,  3. 

Corpse,  m.,  citalu,  7;  muxangi 
(Buk.),  2. 

Corpulent,  grow,  vi.,  diunda, 
lunda. 

Correct,  adj.,  impe,  akane,  len- 
gele,  o-umue,  muomumue 
(adv.) 

^/.(rebuke),  bela,  nanga. 

(scold),  samina,  bulukila. 

Correctly,  aJ‘y.(truly),  bulilela, 
buinabuina,bualabuala,  bui- 
kuxa,  buxua.  These  words 
are  really  adjectives  with 
bualu(6)  understood. 

(rightly),  bimpe,  biakane. 

Correctness,  n.,  see  truth. 

Correspond  to,  vi.,  fuana,  fuan- 
angana,  akana,  akanangana 
dieleka,  di  with  bu  or  buina. 
(write  to  each  other),  fundilan- 
gana  mikanda  (pi.  of  2). 

Corrode,  z'.(rust),  kuata  dimo- 
ma(5). 

Corrosion,  w.(rust),  dimoma,  5. 

Corrupt,  ad/.(bad),  bi. 

(be  rotten),  vi.y  bola. 

(make  rotten),  vt.^  bolexa. 

(make  to  go  bad),  vt.,  ona, 
nyanga;  vi.,  onoka,  nyan- 
guka. 

(spoil,  as  a child),  vt.,  ibidixa 
bualu(6)  bubi. 

Corruption,  w. (badness),  bubi,  6. 

Cost,  w. (price),  muxinga,  2. 

Costive,  be,  v.,  di  ne  cinyenga(7), 
nyenga  munda. 

Costiveness,  n.,  see  constipation. 

Costly,  adj.,  -a  muxinga  (2)  mu- 
kale. 

Cotton,  n.,  buanda,  6. 

Couch,  n.,  bulalu,  6. 

Cough,  n.,  lukosolo,  4. 

V.,  kosola. 


COULD— CRANE. 


i6g 


Could,  v.,  see  able.  Use  the 
proper  past  tense. 

Council,  n.,  ciiumbu,  7. 

(hold  a council  or  court),  v., 
lumbulula,  xambula(Buk.). 

Councilor,  ^.(attorney,  one  speak- 
ing for  another  at  court), 
muambididi,  i;  muakuidi,  i; 
mulumbuluidi,  i. 

Counsel,  vt.,  ambila,  ha  with  lun- 
genyi(4)  or  mexi(5)  or  lu- 

kanyiU). 

(warn),  dimuxa. 
n.,  lungenyi,  4;  mexi,  pi.  of  5; 
lukanyi,  4. 

Count,  v.,  bala. 

Countenance,  n.,  see  features. 

Countless,  adj.,  use  neg.  of  munya 
or  mona  or  ena  with  mua 
kubala,  to  count. 

Country,  n.  The  country  of  a 
certain  clan  or  tribe  is  gener- 
ally expressed  by  giving  the 
simple  name  of  the  people. 
We  may  also  have  the  indefi- 
nite misoko  {towns). 
(down-country),  kumanda.  §423 

(2)  (6). 

of  the  foreigner,  mputu,  3.  This 
word  is  a corruption  of  the 
name  Portugal. 

Countryman,  n.,  muena,  i;  mu- 
kua,  i;  muan’etu,  etc.;  mue- 
na kuetu,  etc. ; mukuetu,  etc. 
§§  138,  Rem.  5;  141,  Rem.  i; 
142;  87  (d),  Rem.  2. 

Couple,  «.(all  two),  bubidi,  6. 

Courage,  n.,  dikima,  5;  bukitu, 
6;  mucima(2)  mukale. 
have,  V.,  teka  dikima  or  bukitu 
or  mucima  mukale. 

Courageous,  adj.,  see  brace. 

Court,  w.,  of  justice,  ciiumbu,  7. 
(enclosure),  use  mu  with  lu- 
hangu(4)  or  cihangu(7)  or 
lumbu(4). 

(talk  palaver  at  court),  v.,  lum- 
bulula, xambula(Buk.). 

(yard,  open  space  in  village),  lu- 
banza,  4;  bula,  6. 


Court  {continued). 

7/.(woo),  endela. 

Courteous,  adj.,  -a  kalolo,  8. 

Courtesy,  n.,  kalolo,  8. 

Cousin,  n.  Generally  expressed 
by  the  indefinite  muan’etu, 
etc.  § 138,  Rem.  5. 

Covenant,  n.,  see  agreement. 

Cover,  vt.,  buikila. 
a house,  finga;  kuma. 

(be  covered  with,  as  clothes  with 
dirt),  vi.,  tahakana. 

«.,  cibuikilu,  7;  cibulku,  7; 
cixibiku,  7. 

Covet,  vph.,  use  muoyo(2)  or  mu- 
cima(2)  as  subject  ofj  v sa- 
mina  or  kumina,  ela  mu- 
cima. Hence  we  say  nakuela 
cifulu  ciandi  mucima,  I 
coveted  his  hat. 

Covetous,  adj.,  -amucima(2). 

Cow,  n.,  ngombe(3)  mukuxi,  mu- 
kuxi’a  ngombe. 

Coward,  n.,  muena(i)  buowa(6), 
muena  mucima(2)  mutekete. 

Cowardice,  n.,  buowa,  6;  muci- 
ma(2)  mutekete. 

Cower,  2;.(as  animal),  baxa,  di  ne 
mbaxibaxi  (pi.  of  3 or  4). 

Cowry,  «.,mubela,  2;  luhaxi(Buk. 
and  Bukuba),  4. 

Crab,  n.,  nkala,  3;  lukala,  4. 

Crack,  n.,  mutanta,  2. 

vt.,  handa  mutanta(2);  vi., 
handika  mutanta,  fua  mu- 
tanta. 

(as  nuts),  bela,  bula,  bosa,  toto- 
bula,  taya(toya). 

Craft,  w.(occupation),  mudimu,  2. 

Craftiness,  «. (meanness),  luki- 
nu,  4. 

(sharpness),  budimu,  6. 

Crafty,  adj.,  -a  budimu(6),  di- 
muke  (p.p.  of  diniuka,  to  he 
crafty). 

(mean),  -a  lukinu(4). 

Cram,  (together),  bambila,  nye- 
menena,  xindika,  kamata. 

Crane,  w.(bird),  nyunyu(3)  wa 
mudinga(2). 


170 


CRAWFISH— CRY. 


Crawfish,  n.,  cisasankala,  7; 
cisasa,  7. 

(shrimp),  luxixa,  4;  luxoxa,  4. 

Crawl,  vi.{a.s  caterpillar,  lizard), 
landala,  lundamana. 

(as  child),  kalaba,  jeka. 

(as  snake),  enda  ujongoloka 
(from  V.  jongoloka). 

Craziness,  n.,  buhale,  6;  butom- 
boke,  6;  bubuluke,  6. 

Crazy,  be,  vi.,  buluka,  hala,  tom- 
boka. 

adj.,  buluke,  hale,  tomboke. 
These  are  p.p.  of  the  above 
verbs. 

Crease,  n.,  mufudi,  2. 

Create,  vt.,  fuka. 

Credit,  7;.  (let  one  have  something 
as  a debt),  ha  dibanza(5). 
Hence  we  have  nakuha  Ka- 
songo  dibanza  diinyi  dia 
cinunu  cia  mibela,  I credited 
Kasongo  for  1,000  cowries,  lit. 
I gave  him  my  debt  for  1,000 
cowries. 

Credulity,  w.,  luitabuxu,  4. 

Credulous,  adj.,  -a  luitabuxu(4). 

Creek,  n.,  musulu,  2. 

Creep,  w.(as  child),  kalaba,  jeka. 
(as  vine),  lamba. 
stealthily,  bombelela,  tobela. 

Creeper,  (generic),  muoxi,  2. 
There  are  many  species,  but 
the  most  useful  is  the  lukodi(4), 
which  is  extensively  employed 
in  making  houses,  fences,  mats, 
nets,  baskets,  etc. 

Creeping  thing,  w.,  cixi,  7. 

Crevice,  n.,  mutanta,  2. 

Cricket,  n.,  cimpul  , 7;  cinson- 
kela,  7. 

(edible),  muenze,  2;  muntuntu, 
2. 

Crimson,  adj.,  kunze  (pp.  of 
kunza,  to  he  crimson). 

Cringe,  vi.,  with  fear,  as  animal, 
b&xa,  di  ne  mbaxibaxi(3). 

Crippled,  be,  w.(limp),  zobela. 

Croak,  w.(as  frog),  dila. 

Crocodile,  n.,  ngandu,  3. 


Crook,  w.(bend),  dintonya,  5. 

Crooked,  be,  vi.,  konyangala, 
tonyuma,  nyongoboka,  hen- 
guluka,  kobama. 

Crop,  n.{pi  bird),  dibodio,  5. 

Cross,  w.(like  that  on  which  Christ 
was  crucified),  muci(2)  mucia- 
makane. 

iron  or  copper  made  into,  ciom- 
bo,  7. 

(be  fretful),  vi.,  nyingabala. 

(as  one  path  or  stick  crossing  an- 
other), vi.,  ciamakana;  vt., 
ciamakuxa. 

a stream,  vi.,  sabuka;  vt.,  sa- 
bula. 

Crossing,  w.(ford  or  ferry),  cisabu, 
7;  dilobo,  5;  cisabukilu,  7. 

Crouch,  vi.,  inuma,  butama, 
batama. 

Crow,  ‘P.(as  cock),  sama. 

Crowd,  n.,  cisumbu,  7;  disanga, 
5;  bungi,  6. 

together,  vi.,  huelekana;  vt., 
buexakana,  buelakuxa. 

Crown,  n.,oi  head,  lubombo,  4. 

Crucify,  vph.,  xiha  ha  muci(2) 
muciamakane. 

Cruel,  adj.,  -a  lukinu(4),  -a 
cinyangu(7). 

(be  cruel  toward  one)  vt.,  nyan- 
ga,  ona. 

Cruelty,  w.,lukinu,4;  cinyangu,7. 

Crumb,  n.,  cisunsukila,  7;  luko- 
toto,  4;  kavuku,  8. 

Crumble,  vt.,  sunsula. 

Crunch,  vt.,  beleketa. 

Crush,  7;/. (grind  between  stones), 
hela. 

(by  beating),  kuma,  tuta. 

(by  rubbing),  vinga,  sunsula. 

in  mortar,  tua. 

(squeeze),  kama. 

to  powder,  botexa. 

Crust,  n.,  lukototo,  4;  cilumu- 
lumu,  7. 

Cry,  V.,  dila. 

(console  or  stop  from  crying), 
kosexa  or  huixa  with  mua- 
dl(2). 


CRY— DARK. 


171 


Cry  {continued). 

(exclamation  used  in  calling  to 
fight),  V.,  kobola. 
(exclamation  of  surprise  or  joy 
by  a number  of  people),  x’., 
bingila,  ela  bila  (pi.  of  7). 
for,  dila,  jinga. 

^.(weeping),  muadi,  2. 

(alarum),  cila,  7. 

Crying,  w.,  muadi,  2. 

Culpable,  be,  vi.,  hila. 

Cultivate,  v.,  dima,  ihila. 

Cunning,  adj.,  -a  budimu(6),  di- 
muk«  (p.p-  of  dimuka,  to  he 
cunning). 

Cunningness,  n.,  budimu,  6. 

Cup,  n.y  luhanza,  4. 

(to  bleed),  vt.,  sumika. 

(small  gourd  for  cupping), 
lusumu,  4. 

Cure,  •y^.(heal),  ondaha  (used  in 
reference  to  the  person  heal- 
ing), holexa,  taluxa,  umixa. 
The  last  three  words  have  refer- 
ence to  the  medicine  perform- 
ing the  cure. 

(be  cured),  ‘yi.,talala,  hola,  uma. 
(to  give  a present  of  something  to 
eat  to  a person  wounded,  the 
^t  to  be  given  by  the  person 
inflicting  the  wound),  lunga. 

Curse,  x;^.(doom),  ela  mulau(2). 
(offend),  henda,  tuka. 

«.,  cihendo,  7. 

(doom),  mulau,  2. 

Curve,  v^.(bend),  tonya,  tonta, 
kobeka,  konya,  henguluxa, 
nyongoboxa;  vi.,  konyon- 
gala,  tonyuma,  nyongoboka, 
kobama,  henguluka. 
n.,  dintonya,  5. 

Custom,  n.y  cibilu,  7;  cilele,  7; 
cienzedi,  7. 

CUT,  vt.y  kosa,  taha,  kata. 

(as  vine  for  rubber),  taha,  benda. 
away,  as  trash  in  field,  sengula. 
away,  as  large  timber  for  field, 

sola. 

(carve),  songa. 

(castrate),  tungula,  hakula. 


Cut  {continued). 

(chop),  kuota. 

down,  as  grass  or  tree,  taha, 
xumbula,  uhula. 
finger  nails,  bengula  nzadi. 
fire-wood,  handa,  taha,  kuota. 
grass  with  hoe,  dima,  ihila. 
open,  split,  handa. 

(slice),  benga. 

teeth,  mena  with  dina(5)  as 
subj. 

up,  as  an  animal  killed,  seya, 
saya. 

up  by  the  roots,  jula. 
up  into  small  pieces,  to  hash, 
zaza. 

(wound),  taha  mputa(3). 
w. (wound),  mputa,  3. 


D. 

Daily,  adv.,  ku  dituku(5)  ku  di- 
tuku,  ku  dici(5)  ku  dici. 

Daintiness,  w.,  mankenda,  pi.  of 
5 or  6. 

Dainty,  adj.,  -a  mankenda  (pi.  of 
5 or  6). 

Damage,  vt.,  ona,  nyanga. 

Damn,  v.,  ela  mulau(2). 

Damnation,  n.,  mulau,  2. 

Damp,  adj.,  -a  citelele(7),  -a  cia- 
xlmaty). 

be,  vi.,  talala,  hola,  bombama. 
(be  wet),  vi.,  bola,  toha. 

Dampen,  vt,,  taluxa,  holexa,  to- 
hexa,  holexa,  bombeka. 

Dampness,  n.,  citelele,  7;  cia- 
xima,  7. 

Damsel,  n.,  see  maid. 

Dance,  n.,  maxa,  pi.  of  5 or  6. 

V.,  xa,  xa  maxa. 

Danger,  n.,  bualu,  6;  muanda,  2. 

Dan  L ',  vi.,  lembelela. 

Daring,  be,  see  brave. 

Dark,  adj.{co\or),  fike  (p.p.  from 
flka,  to  he  dark). 

(as  in  closed  room,  or  darkness 
or  night),  midima,  pi.  of  2; 
muflta,  2. 


172 


DARK— DECEMBER. 


Dark  {continued). 

(become  dark),  see  become. 
(make  dark,  darken),  vt.,  flkixa. 

Darken,  vt.,  flkixa. 

Darkness,  w.(as  night),  midima> 
pi.  of  2;  muflta,  2. 

(color),  buflke,  6. 

Dash,  w.(West  Coast  English  for 
gift,  or  the  extra  amount  which 
must  always  be  given  in  trade), 
matabixa  (pi.  of  5 or  6),  n e- 
kididi(3),  ntentekedi(3). 
give  a,  V.,  sekidila,  tentekela. 

Date,  n.  This  idea  must  gener- 
ally be  expressed  by  reference 
to  the  moon  (ngondo  or  muen- 
xi),  or  to  one  of  the  seasons 
(muxihii,  mayowa,  nvula). 

Daub,  v.,  meta,  bua. 

(be  daubed  over  with,  as  clothes 
with  mud),  tMiakana. 

Daughter,  n.,  muana(i)  muku- 
xi(i). 

(one’s  own  daughter),  muana 
inulela. 

Dawn,  n.,  haciacia  (adv.).  § 423, 

(2)  (&). 

(cockcrowing),  hadi  hasama 
nsolo. 

little  after,  dinda,  5 ; lunkelu,  4. 
V.,  butuku(6)  or  bufuku(6)  with 
the  V.  cia. 

Day,  n.,  dituku,  5;  dlfuku,  5; 
dici  (pi.  meci),  5. 

(all  day  long),  dinda(5)  to  ne 
dilolo(5). 

(day  after  to-morrow),  adv., 
maihi. 

(day  by  day),  ku  dituku  ku  di- 
tuk  , ku  ici  ku  dici. 
(daytime),  munya,  2. 

For  days  of  the  week,  see  week. 

Daybreak,  n.,  haciacia.  § 423 
(2)  {h). 

Daylight,  n.,  munya,  2. 

Daytime,  n.,  munya,  2. 

Dazzle,  vph.,  tuila  mu  mesu. 

Dead,  adj.,  fue  (p.p.  of  fua,  to 
die). 


Deaf,  adj.,  -a  mahaha  (pi  of  5). 
If  one  ear  only  is  deaf  use  the 
sing.,  diaaha. 

person,  muena(i)  mahaha. 

Deafness,  n.  If  person  is  deaf  in 
one  ear  use  dihaha(5),  if  in 
both  ears  use  the  pi.  mahaha. 

Deal,  v.,  in,  trade,  enda  muxin- 
ga(2)  ne;  as,  utu  wenda 
muxinga  ne  ndundu,  he  deals 
in  rubber. 

(large  amount),  -a  bungi(6),  ngi, 
ngia-ngi. 

Dear,  (costly,)  -a  muxinga(2) 
mukale. 

make,  vt.,  bandixa  muxi  ga. 

Dearth,  n.,  bunyabunya,  6;  bu- 
bale,  6;  bukise,  6. 

Death,  n.,  lufu,  4. 

put,  to  xiha. 

(to  be  very  near  death,  about  to 
die),  V.,  use  lufu  as  subject  of 
v.  tonda  with  the  person  as 
obj. 

Debase  vt.,  kehexa. 

Debate,  w.(dispute),  luhata,  4. 

V.,  ela  or  elagana  or  di  ne  with 
luhata.  PI.  mpata  is  generally 
used. 

Debris,  n.,  see  trash. 

Debt,  n.,  dibanza,  5. 

ask  for  the  payment  of,  v.,  nan  a. 

be  in.  The  debtor  is  said  to 
possess  or  get  (di  ne  or  angata) 
the  debt  of  the  creditor — just 
opposite  of  the  English;  as, 
ndi  ne  dibanza  dia  Kasongo 
dia  cinunu  cia  mibela,  I am 
in  debt  to  Kasongo  for  1,000 
cowries. 

Sometimes  the  verb  kuata  is  used 
with  dibanza  as  subj.  and  the 
person  who  is  in  debt  as  the 
obj. 

incur  a,  v.,  enza  dibanza. 

Decay,  vi , bola. 

Deceit,  n.,  ludimi,  4. 

Deceive,  v.,  xima,  dinga,  dimba> 
December,  n,,  Disemba(Eng.). 


DECIDE— DEMENTIA. 


173 


Decide,  (judge),  lumbulula. 
after  consultation,  di(5)  diakua- 
kanangana  diinue,  hungu- 
luxa  or  akuxa  with  di(5). 
on,  sungula. 

(resolve),  amba. 

(settle  a dispute),  tuixa;  kosa  or 
kala  with  nsambu  (pi.  of  3 
or  4). 

Declare,  v.,  amba. 

Decline,  (refuse  to  give),  imina. 
(as  price),  vi.,  teketa. 

(refuse),  hidia,  benga. 

Decompose,  v.  bola. 

Decorate,  vt.,  lengexa. 

Decoration,  (ornament),  ci- 
lenga,  7. 

Decorous,  adj.,  -a  kalolo(8). 

Decorum,  n.,  kalolo,  8. 

Decrease,  ■y^.(as  price),  huekexa 
or  tekexa  with  muxinga(2). 

(as  swelling),  vi , fuba,  huhala. 
(as  wages),  vt.,  huekexa  difu- 
tu(5). 

(as  water  abating),  uma,  kama. 
(in  quantity  or  size),  vi.,  keha, 
nyana;  vt.,  kehexa,  nyan- 
yixa. 

Decree,  n.,  di,  5;  mukenji,  2. 

V.,  amba  followed  by  di(5)  or 
mukenji. 

Deed,  «. (affair),  bualu,  6;  muan- 
da,  2. 

Deep,  adj.,  le. 

Deepen,  vt.,  lehexa. 

Deepness,  n.,  bule,  6. 

Defame,  vt.,  songuela,  banda. 

Defeat,  vt.,  hita  or  tamba  fol- 
lowed by  bukale(6)  or  ngu- 
lu(3),  cimuna. 

Defend,  vt.,  sungidila,  sungila, 
handixa. 

Defender,  n.,  musungidi,  i. 

Deference,  n.,  kalolo,  8. 

Deferential,  adj.,  -a  kalolo,  8. 

Deficient,  be,  ^.(be  not  enough), 
xala  ena  ne. 

Defile,  (blacken),  hkixa. 
(make  to  go  bad),  ona,  nyanga. 


Define,  v.,  amba.  Sometimes 
bualu  bua  follows  amba. 

Deformed,  adj.,  in  back,  hump- 
backed, kobame  (p.p.  of  ko- 
bama),  ditonte(p.p.  of  di- 
tonta),  -a  dikoko(5). 
in  legs,  -a  kaneke(8),  -a  nje- 
ku(3),  -a  cibombo(7). 

Deformity,  n.,  in  back,  dikoko,  5. 
in  legs,  kaneke,  8;  njeku,  3. 

Defraud,  vt.,  iba. 

Degrade,  vt.,  kehexa. 

(discharge),  fula. 

Delay,  vt.,  humbixa,  lekexa. 
(remain  behind),  xala,  humba. 
(stop),  vi.,  lekela. 

Deliberate,  v.,  ela  or  elangana 
followed  by  mexi(5)  or  lun- 
genyi  (4)  or  mucima(2). 

(hold  conference),  ela  with  ei- 
fulu(7)  or  cifu(7). 

Deliberation,  n.,  clfufu,  7;  cllu, 
7- 

Delicate,  adj.{not  strong),  ena  ne 
followed  by  bukale(6)  or 
ngulu(3). 

Delight,  vt.,  sankixa;  vi.,  sanka. 

Delirious,  be,  ^^.(talk  in  delirium), 
akula  biakulakula(pl.  of  7). 

§ 356  (^). 

Deliver,  ^.(act  as  midwife),  le- 
lexa. 

a child,  lela. 

from  slavery,  redeem,  hikula. 
message,  ambila,  amba  with 
di(5)  or  mukenji(2). 

(save),  sungila,  sungidila,  han- 
dixa. 

Deliverance,  n.,  luhandu,  4. 

Deliverer,  w.,  musungidi,  i. 

Demand,  ^.(ask  for),  lomba. 

(to  que  tion),  ebexa,  konka. 

Demented,  adj.,  buluke,  tom- 
boke,  hale.  These  are  p.p.  of 
buluka,  tomboka  and  hala, 
respectively,  meaning  to  he 
demented. 

Dementia,  n.,  buhale,  6;  butom- 
boke,  6;  bubuluke,  6. 


174 


DEMOLISH— DESTROY. 


Demolish,  vt.y  sasula,  cibula, 
handakanya,  tangadixa,  tan- 
galuxa,  xiha. 

a village,  nyanga,  ona,  haula. 

Demon,  «. (Biblical  sense),  mula- 
maci(i)  wa  Satana. 

(devil),  Satana,  i. 

(spirit,  ghost),  mukixi,  2;  mu- 
xangi,  2. 

(witch),  muena(i)  muhongo(2), 
muena  buloxi(6),  muenamu- 
loxi(2). 

Den,  n.,  buina,  6.  PI.  is  mena. 

Denounce,  vt.,  diula,  nyoka. 

Dense,  be,  7;.(as  forest),  xitakana. 

Deny,  v.,  hidia,  benga. 
a charge,  Vila. 

(refuse  to  give),  imina. 
(renounce),  hidia,  nyoka,  ben- 
ga, diula. 

Depart,  v.,  ya,  umuka,  bika. 

Depose,  vt.,  umuxa,  fula. 

Depress,  T;/.(lower),  huekexa. 

(be  depressed  with  sorrow),  bun- 
gama,  nyingala  niucima(2). 

Depth,  w.,  bule,  6. 

Derange,  i;/.(disarrange),  tanga- 
dixa,  buandakanya,  buanda- 
kuxa,  tangaluxa,  tuhakuxa, 
tuhakanya,  muanga,  muan- 
galuxa,  buexakana,  sanga- 
kuxa,  sangakanya;  w.(be 
disarranged),  buandakana, 
tangadika,  tangaluka,  tuha- 
kana,  muangaluka,  buela- 
kana,  sangakana. 

Deranged,  ad;. (mentally),  buluke, 
tomboke,  hale.  These  words 
are  p.p.  of  buluka,  tomboka 
and  hala,  respectively,  mean- 
ing to  he  deranged. 

Deride,  vt.,  seka. 

Derision,  n.,  kaseku,  8. 

Descend,  vi.{a.s  sun  in  the  heavens) 
uhuka. 

(come  down  from  tree),  etc. 
tuluka,  ika. 

(fall),  hona,  kuluka,  mata. 

(go  down-stream),  hueka. 


Descendant,  n.,  muana,  i.  See 

GENERATION. 

Descent,  n.,  line  of,  generation, 
cilongo,  7. 

place  of,  cihuekelu,  7. 

Describe,  vt.,  amba.  Sometimes 
bualu  bua  follows  amba. 

Desecrate,  vt.,  ona,  nyanga. 

Desert,  vt.,  xia,  lekela. 

(move  to  another  place,  scatter), 
muangala. 

(uninhabited  place),  nph.,  mu 
niuaba(2)  kamuena  bantu. 

Deserted  village,  n.,  dikolo,  5; 
cikulu,  7. 

Deserve,  -yf.fbe  right  or  best  to 
do),  bualu(6)  buimpe  or 
bimpe(adv.)  followed  by  infin.; 
as, bualu  buimpe  kumukuma, 
it  is  right  to  whip  him,  i.e., 
he  deserves  a whipping. 

(be  fit  or  proper),  fuana. 

Desire,  v.,  sua,  nanga,  inyixa. 
n.,  changeable,  cisuasua,  7. 

§ 356  (^). 

Desist,  v.,  lekela. 

Desolate,  vt.,  haula. 

Despise,  vt.,  use  the  ph.  di  ne 
lukuna(4) ; neg.  of  sua,  nanga 
and  inyixa. 

See  LOATHE. 

Despite,  n.,  lukuna,  4. 

Despoil,  vt.,  haula. 

Despond,  vi.,  bungama,  nyin- 
gala mucima(2). 

Despondent,  be,  vi.,  see  despond. 

Despot,  n.,  muena(i)  cinyan- 

gu(7). 

Despotic,  adj.,  -a  einyangu(7). 

Destination,  w.(end),  cixiki- 
dilu,  7. 

Destine,  -y/. (choose),  sungula. 

Destitute,  ad;.(poor),hele,  landa. 
(be  destitute  of),  use  neg.  enane. 

Destitution,  «. (poverty),  buhele, 
6;  bulanda,  6. 

Destroy,  vt.,  xiha,  cibula. 
house,  sasula. 

(pillage),  haula. 
village,  nyanga,  ona. 


DETAIN— DIRECT. 


175 


Detain,  vt.^  lekexa,  liumbixa, 
humbakaxa,  kosexa. 

(be  detained),  vi.,  humba. 

Detect,  ■y^.(feel,  become  conscious 
of),  unva,  ufua. 

Deter,  vt.,  humbixa,  lekexa, 
kosexa,  humbakuxa. 

Deteriorate,  vi.,  nyanguka,  ono- 
ka(oneka). 

Determine,  v.,  see  decide. 

Detest,  vt.,  use  the  ph.  di  ne 
lukuna(4);  also  neg.  of  sua 
and  nanga  and  Inyixa. 

See  LOATHE. 

Detestation,  n.,  lukuna,  4. 

Detour,  make  a,  v.,  sesa,  sesuka. 

Devastate,  vt.,  see  destroy. 

Develop,  w.(grow),  kala,  lunba, 
diunda,  leha. 

Devil,  n.,  see  demon. 

Devotion,  w.(affection),  disua,  5; 
dinanga,  5. 

(pity),  luse,  4. 

Devour,  vt.,  dia. 

Dew,  n.,  mume,  2;  dime,  5. 

Dexterity,  n.,  see  cleverness. 

Dialect,  n.,  miiaku,  2;  ciakuilu, 
7;  ludimi,  4;  muakuilu,  2. 
The  different  dialects  may  be 
represented  by  prefixing  bu 
to  the  name  of  the  people. 
§ 55,  Rem.  I. 

Diarrhcea,  71.,  to  have,  huya 
munda,  ela  munda,  uha 
munda. 

Die,  vi.,  fua. 

(be  about  to  die),  tonda  with 
lufu  as  subj.  and  the  person 
as  obj. 

for,  as  substitute,  fuila. 

Differ,  'P.(dispute),  ela  or  di  ne 
or  elangana  followed  by  mpa- 
ta(pl.  of  4). 

(be  unlike),  use  neg.  of  fuanan- 
gana  and  fuana  and  kele- 
mena  and  dieleka;  also  neg  v. 
with  muomumue  or  o-  umue. 
Difference,  w.(argument),  lu- 
ll ata,  4. 

settle  a,  vt.,  tuixa. 


Different,  be,  vi.,  see  differ. 
way  of  doing,  «.,  cienzedi(7) 
cikuabo. 

Differently,  adv.,  use  the  deriva- 
tive noun  forms  as  described 
under  § 356  (c)  followed  by  the 
adj.  cikuabo,  other)  as,  enza 
cienzedi  cikuabo,  do  it  dif- 
ferently. 

Difficult,  adj.,  kale(p.p.  of  kala, 
to  be  difficult). 

Difficulty,  w. (palaver),  bualu,  6; 
muanda,  2. 

Diffidence,  71.,  bundu,  6;  bunvu, 

6. 

Diffident,  be,  vi.,  ufua  or  unva 
or  di  ne  followed  by  bundu(6) 
or  bunvu(6). 

Dig,  V.,  a hole,  imba,  umbula. 

(to  hoe),  dima,  ihila. 
up,  as  tree,  jula. 

Dilatory,  be,  vi.,  xixamuka. 

Diligent,  adj., use  some  such  ph.  as 
-amucima(2)  •wamudimu(2); 
or  the  neg.  v.  with  bufuba(6) 
or  bukata(6). 

Dimension,  w. (length),  bule,  6; 
ntanta(3)  mule. 

(width),  buihi,  6;  bukise,  6; 

ntanta(3)  muihi. 

(size),  bunine,  6. 
take,  measure,  vt.,  idikixa,  ele- 
kexa. 

Diminish,  vi.,  see  decrease. 

Diminutive,  adj.  The  diminutive 
idea  is  generally  expressed  by 
means  of  the  prefix  ka(pl.  tu). 
There  are,  of  course,  the  adjs. 
kise,  bale,  nya-nya. 

Dinner,  nph.,  bidia(pl.  of  7)  bia 
munda  munya(2),  bidia  bia 
hankuci. 

Dip,  v.  (immerse),  in  a. 
in,  tua. 

up,  tunta,  taha. 

Direct,  ‘P.(show),  lexa. 

(tell,  command),  ambila. 
the  way,  lombola. 
od;.  (straight),  lulame(p.p.  of 
lul^ma,  to  he  straight). 


176 


DIRECTION— DISENCHANT. 


Direction,  (command),  di,  5; 
mukenji,  2. 
towards,  prep.,  ku. 

Directly,  a</i;.(soon),  katataka, 
diodiono,  mpindeu. 
suh.  co«y.(as  soon  as),  ha  used  as 
prefix  to  verb  in  sub.  clause. 

§ 458  («). 

Dirt,  w. (earth),  malobo,  pi.  of  6. 
(excrement),  tufi,  pi.  of  8.  See 
note  under  B.L.-Eng. 

(loose  sand),  difukenya,  5; 
nsenga,  pi.  of  lusenga(4); 
nsele,  pi.  of  lusele(4). 
on  the  body,  manyaiiu,  pi.  cf  5 
or  6;  mbindii,  pi.  of  3 or  4. 
(trash),  cilii,  7;  cisoiiso,  7. 
The  pi.  of  these  words  gener- 
ally used. 

Dirtiness,  n.,  buflke,  6;  bubi,  6. 
(untidiness),  bukoya,  6. 

Dirty,  adj.{a;i  clothes),  flke,  bi. 

(in  person),  -a  manyanii(pl.  of 
5 or  6),  -a  mbindu(pl.  of  3 or 

4); 

(untidy),  -a  biikoya(6). 

Disagree,  ‘^.(have  dispute),  di  ne 
or  ela  or  elangana  with 
mpata(pl.  of  luhata). 

Disagreement,  n.,  luhata,  4. 
settle  a,  vt,,  tuixa,  kosa  nsambii. 

Disappear,  vi.,  jimina. 

Disappointed,  be,  v.,  in  doing, 
hiimbixa,  hiimba. 

Disapproval,  n.,  mukandu,  2; 
buhidia,  6;  cibenga,  7. 

Disapprove,  vt.,  India,  benga, 
kanda. 

(with  a click  of  the  throat), 
sodia. 

Disarrange,  vt.,  tangadixa,  tu- 
hakuxa,  tuhakanya,  tanga- 
luxa,  buelakuxa,  buexakana, 
sangakuxa,  sangakanya, 
muanga,  muangaluxa;  vi.(he 
disarranged),  tangadika,  tan- 
galuka,  buelakana,  sanga- 
kana,  tuhakana,  muaiiga- 
luka. 


Disaster,  nph.,  bualu(6)  bubi 
(or  bukale). 

Discard,  vt.,  hidia,  benga. 

Discharge,  vt.,  employee,  umuxa, 
fula. 

(unload),  hatula,  umuxa. 
a,  perhaps  venereal,  n.,  misele, 
pi.  of  2. 

Disciple,  n.,  muloho,  2;  mutan- 
gadiki,  i;  muiyidi,  i. 

Discipline,  (punish),  kuma, 
tuta,  nyanga,  kengexa,  ona. 
(rebuke),  bela,  samina,  bulu- 
kila,  nanga. 

(teach),  ambila,  longexa(Buk. 
or  Lower  Congo),  iyixa,  mun- 
yixa,  lubukixa(Buk.). 

Disclose,  i’/.(unhide),  .sokolola, 
sokola. 

Disconcerted,  be,  vi.,  tuhakana, 
buandakana. 

Discontented,  be,  w.(grumble), 
tontolola. 

Discontinue,  v.,  lekela. 

Discordant,  be,  ■y.(as  musical  in- 
strument out  of  tune),  sukuka. 

Discourage,  vt.,  nemexa  or  han- 
gixa  with  mucima(2);  vi.Qae 
discouraged),  mucima  as  subj. 
of  V.  nema. 

Discourse,  n.  Perhaps  the  most 
satisfactory  word  is  the  infin. 
kuamba  used  as  a noun.  Bu- 
alu(6)  and  nmanda(2)  and 
di(5)  may  be  used,  according 
to  sense. 

Discover,  vph.,  dianjila  kumona. 
(detect),  become  conscious  of, 
ufua,  unva. 

Discretion,  v.,  lungenyi,  4;  mexi, 
pi.  of  or  6;  lukanyi(Buk.), 

(4). 

Discussion,  w. (dispute),  luhata,  4. 
have  a,  v.,  ela  or  elangana  01 
di  ne  with  luhata(4).  The 
pi.  of  luhata  is  generally  used. 

Disease,  w.,  dibedi,  5;  disama,  5; 
bubedi,  6. 

Disenchant,  vt.,  hongola(?). 


DISENTANGLE— DISTEND. 


177 


Disentangle,  vt.,  sulula,  kutu- 
lula,  jingulula,  vungulula. 

Disgrace,  vt.,  kuacixa  or  ufiiixa 
with  bundu(6),  kehexa. 
n.,  bundu,  6;  bunvu,  6. 

Disgust,  (hatred),  lukuna,  4. 

Disgusted,  be,  vi.,  with  food,  to 
loathe,  tonda,  tua. 

Dish,  n.,  dilonga,  5.  This  word 
is  perhaps  from  Lower  Congo. 

Dishearten,  vt.,  nemexa  or  han- 
gixa  with  mucirna(2);  z/f.(be 
disheartened),  niucima  as 
subj.  of  nema. 

Dishonest,  adj.,  -a  mucima(2). 
be,  V.,  iba,  di  ne  followed  by 
buivi(6)  or  buibi(6)  or  bi- 
anza(pl.  of  7)  bile, 
person,  n.,  inuivi,  i;  nuiibi,  i. 

Dishonesty,  n.,  buivi,  6;  buibi, 

6. 

Dishonor,  vt.,  kehexa;  also  neg. 
of  tumbixa  or  nenieka. 

Dislike,  vt.,  see  despise. 

Dislocated,  be,  vi.,  luhuka,  ha- 
tuka. 

Dismay,  vt.,  cinyixa;  ^.(be  dis- 
mayed), cina. 

Dismiss,  vt.,  from  employ,  fula, 
umuxa. 

Disobedience,  n.,  cibengu,  7; 
buhidia,  6;  cicu,  7. 
(stubbornness),  cixiku,  7. 

Disobedient,  adj.,  -a  cibengu(7), 
-a  cicu(7),  -a  buhidia(6) 
be,  V.,  use  neg.  of  tumbixa  or 
nemeka  or  tumikila  or  unva 
oritabuxamu  di  or  enza  mu- 
followed  by  proper  tense  and 
person  of  amba. 

(stubborn),  -a  cixiku(7). 

Disobey,  v.,  hidia  or  benga  fol- 
lowed by  di(5);  neg.  of  unva 
or  nemeka  or  tumbixa  or 
tumikila  or  itabuxa  mu  di  or 
enza  mu-  followed  by  proper 
form  of  amba. 

(dishonor),  kehexa. 

Disorder,  n.,  to  put  in  or  be  in, 
see  DER.A.NGE. 


Disown,  vt.,  nyoka,  diula. 

(refuse),  hidia,  benga. 

Disperse,  vt.,  tangadixa,  tanga- 
luxa,  muanga,  muangaluxa; 
vi.,  tangadika,  muangaluka, 
tangaluka. 

Displease,  vt.,  kuacixa  or  ufuixa 
with  cixi(7),  hkixamunda. 

Disposition,  «.(heart),  mucima,  2. 

Disputation,  n.,  luhata.  4. 

Dispute,  v.,  di  ne  or  ela  or  elan- 
gana  with  mpata(pl.  of  lu- 
hata). 

settle  a,  tuixa,  ko.sa  nsambu(3) 
n.,  luhata,  4. 

Disreputable,  adj.,  bi. 

Disrespect,  n.,  dikamakama,  5; 
cikama,  7;  dintanta,  5. 

Disrespectful,  adj.,  -a  dikama- 
kama(5),  -a  cikama(7),  -a 
dintanta(5). 

be  to,  vt.,  kehexa;  also  neg.  of 
tumbixa  or  nemeka. 

Dissatisfied,  be,  ^;/.(grumble), 
tontolola. 

Dissect,  2;/. (cut  up  an  anmial 
killed),  seya,saya. 

Dissent,  ^'.(refuse),  hidia,  benga. 
n.,  nod,  V.,  kuha  mutu(2). 

Dissimilar,  be,  vi.,  use  neg.  of 
fuanangana  or  kelemena; 
also  neg.  with  muomumue  or 
o-umue  or  muan’abo  ne. 

Dissipation,  «. (drunkenness),  bu- 
buluke(6)  or  bubale(6)  or 
butomboke(6)  followed  by 
maluvu(pl.  of  5). 

DissolV'E,  vi.,  fingaluka,  engu- 
luka. 

Dissuade,  ■pI. (interrupt),  humbixa, 
kosexa. 

Distance,  n.,  long,  bule,  6. 
short,  buihi,  6. 

(long  or  short),  ntanta,  3. 

Distant,  adj.,  see  remote. 

Distasteful,  be,  2'z.(as  unsea- 
soned food),  talala,  hola. 

Distend,  vt.,  tuntumuxa,  tanta- 
mixa,  uxa;  vi.,  tantamika, 
tuntumuka,  ula. 


178 


DISTINCTLY— DOOM. 


Distinctly,  adv.,  bimpe,  biakane. 

Distinguished,  adj.,  see  famous. 

Distort,  ^.(as  face),  kama  ku 
mesu(pl.  of  5). 

Distress,  m. (mental),  kanyingan- 
yinga,  8. 

Distribute,  vt.,  abanya. 

among  each  other,  abanyan- 
gana. 

to,  abanyina. 

District,  n.,  see  country. 

Distrust,  v.,  use  neg.  of  tekemena. 

Disturb,  (interrupt  one  in  do- 
ing), humbixa. 

(ma&  trouble),  teka  followed  by 
diyoyo(5)  or  mutayo(2). 

Disturbance,  w. (trouble),  diyoyo, 
5;  mutayo,  2. 

Ditch,  n.,  mutubu,  2;  nkoka,  3; 
muexi,  2. 

Dive,  vi.,  dina. 

Diverge,  vi.,  abuluka,  handu- 
luka,  tahuluka. 

Divers,  adj.{max\y),  -a  bungi(6), 
ngi,  ngia-ngi. 

(be  different),  vi.,  use  neg.  of 
fuana  or  fuanangana  or  die- 
leka;  also  neg.  v.  with  muo- 
mumue  or  o-umue. 

Diverse,  be,  vi.,  see  differ. 

Divide,  vt.,  among,  abanya,  aban- 
yina, abuluxa. 

among  each  other,  abanyangana. 

into  parts,  assort,  tahulula,  sun- 
gulula. 

(separate),  vt.,  handulula,  abu- 
luxa; vi.,  handuluka,  abu- 
luka. 

(dividing  line  between  two  fields), 
mukalu,  2. 

Divination,  w.(the  fetish  with 
which  it  is  done),  lubuku,  4. 

Divine,  v.,  buka,  tempa,  tempexa, 
nua  ciala(7^  depending  on  the 
form  of  enchantment  or  divina- 
tion employed. 

adj.{oi  God),  -aNzambi. 

Diviner,  w.,  muena(i)  lubuku(4), 
mutempexi(i),  mpuka(i) 
manga(pl.  of  6),  muhuki(i) 


Diviner  {continued). 

wa  manga,  muena(i)  cia- 
la(7). 

Division,  n.,  of  anything  cut  off, 
cituha,  7. 

of  anything  split,  cihgsu,  7. 
(partition  in  house),  cididi,  7. 
(side),  luseke,  4. 

Divorce,  vt.,  xiha  dibuka(5). 

(be  divorced),  vi.,  dibuka  as 
subj.  of  V.  fua. 

Divulge,  v.,  a secret,  sokolola, 
sokola. 

Dizziness,  n.,  kantetu,  8;  kan- 
yungunyungu,  8;  dinyungu, 
5;  lunyungu,  4. 

Dizzy,  be,  v.,  di  ne  followed  by 
kantetu(8)  or  kanyungun- 
yungu(8)  or  dinyungu(5)  or 
lunyungu(4). 

Do,  vt.,  enza,  osa,  kixa. 

(be  done,  completed,  no  more), 
vi.,  xika,  muna,  hua. 
(complete),  vt.,~  xikixa,  munyi- 
xa,  huixa. 
in  advance,  dianjila. 

The  above  verbs  meaning  do  are 
never  used  in  the  sense  of  the 
English  auxiliary  do. 

Docile,  be,  vi.,  tumika,  tumi- 
kiia,  di  ne  kalolo(8). 

Docility,  n.,  kalolo,  8. 

Doctor,  n.,  muhuki(i)  wamanga, 
mpuka(i)  manga. 

(diviner),  muena(i)  lubuku(4), 
mutempexi(i),  muena  cia- 
la(7),  muena  buanga(6). 
(witch  doctor),  muena  cihaha(7) 

Doctrine,  n.,  bualu,  6;  muanda, 
2, 

Dodge,  v.,  ehela. 

Dog,  n.,  mbua,  3. 

Domestic,  adj.,  animal,  -a  ku 
bula(6),  -a  ku  lubanza(4). 

Dominion,  n.,  see  country. 

(kingship),  bukelenge,  6;  bun- 
fumu,  6. 

Donkey,  n.,  kabalu,  8. 

Doom,  vt.,  ela  mulau(2). 
n.,  mulau,  2. 


DOOR— DRUM. 


179 


Door,  n.,  cibi,  7. 

-post,  cilua,  7;  cixiki,  7.  These 
words  may  also  mean  the  posts 
in  the  wall. 

(space  just  in  front  of  door),  ku 
mbelu(3),  ha  mbelu. 

-way,  muxuku(2)  wa  mbelu, 
mbelu(3),  cibuedelu(7). 

Doorway,  n.,  see  under  door. 

Dot,  n.,  ditoba,  5;  dibaxi,  5. 

Double,  ■y;.(fold  back),  cibulula. 
(all  two,  two  and  two),  n., 
bubidi,  6. 

Double-minded,  be,  vi.,  di  ne 
micima  ibidi. 

Doubt,  v.,  use  some  neg.  form  with 
bulilela(6)  or  buxua(6)  or 
bualabuala(6)  or  buinabuina 
(6)  or  buikuxa(6). 

Doubtful,  aij.,  see  doubt. 

Dove,  n.,  nkudimba,  3. 

Down,  adv.,  use  the  proper  locative 
with  the  inseparable  -manda 
or  -nxi.  § 423  (2)  ip). 
at,  kunxi  kua. 
in,  munxi  mua. 
on,  hanxi  ha. 

-stream  or  -hill  or  -country,  ku- 
manda. 

Often  the  idea  is  expressed  in  the 
verb. 

Downward,  see  down. 

Dowry,  «.(sum  paid  by  groom  to 
parents  of  bride),  luselu,  4; 
bintu  bia  buku(6). 
to  pay  the,  vt.y  sela,  flla. 

Doze,  v.,  bunga  tulu(pl.  of  8). 

Drag,  vt.,  hulumuna,  koka,  huta. 

Draw,!'/.,  hulu  nuna,  koka,  huta. 
breath,  eyela,  huta,  koka, 
near  to,  vi.,  see  approach. 
out,  vt.,  tula,  hulula. 
out,  stretch,  koka,  huta. 
picture,  idikixa  or  elekexa  fol- 
lowed by  the  infin.  kufunda, 
to  write-,  as,  wakuidikixa  ku- 
funda muntu,  he  drew  a pic- 
ture of  a person. 

up,  as  bug  when  touched  or  as 
clothes  when  washed,  fulama. 


Draw  {continued). 
water,  from  spring  or  stream, 
suna. 

water,  urinate,  sukula. 

Dread,  n.,  buowa,  6. 

V.,  cina. 

Dream,  v.,  lata  with  mutu(2)  or 
cilata(7)  or  dilu(5). 
n.,  mutu,  2;  cilata,  7;  dilu,  5. 

Dregs,  n.,  binyindanyinda,  bixi- 
kixiki.  These  are  pi.  of  7. 

Dress,  vi.,  luata,  vuala;  vt.,  vua- 
dika,  luacika,  luacixa. 

(be  dressed  up,  adorned),  luata 
or  vuala  with  bilenga(pl.  of 
7)- 

11.,  cikowela,  7;  kazaku,  8; 
cinkutu,  7. 

Drink,  v.,  nua. 
give  to,  vt.,  nuixa. 

Drip,  vi.,  mata 

Drive,  vt.,  away,  ihd,ta. 
a bargian,  tua  muxinga(2). 
in,  buexa. 

in,  as  a nail,  kumina,  hohela. 
out,  hatula,  umuxa,  luhula, 
ihata,  tambula(Buk.). 

Driver  ant,  71.,  luhumbe,  4. 

Drop,  w.,  dimpompo,  5;  dimata,  5. 
!'.(drip),  mata. 

(fall),  hona,  kuluka. 

Dropsy,  n.,  of  the  feet,  buzevu,  6. 
This  word  seems  to  come  from 
nzevu,  elephant. 

Drought,  n.,  lumu(from  uma,  to 
he  dry),  4;  munanga(from 
nanga,  to  he  dry),  2. 

(dry  season),  muxihu,  2. 

Drove,  n.,  cisumbu,  7. 

Drown,  vph.,  fua  mu  mi. 

Drowsy,  be,  v.,  bunga  tulu(pl.  of 

Drum,  w.(made  with  hide),  ngoma, 

3- 

(hollowed  piece  of  wood),  cion- 
do,  7;  lunkunvu,  4;  lu- 
membo,  4. 

beat  a,  vt.,  imba,  omba. 
of  ear,  nyongo’a  dicu(5). 


i8o 


DRUNK— EARTH. 


Drunk,  be,  v.,  kola  or  kuacika  or 
tomboka  or  buluka  or  hola 
followed  bv  maluvu;  or 
maluvu  as  subj.  of  v.  kuata 
with  the  person  as  obj. 
make,  vt.,  hadixa  wdth  maluvu 
as  subj.;  the  v.  xiha  is  also 
used  in  the  same  way. 

Drunkenness,  w.,  bubulukc(6)  or 
buhale(6)  or  butombok  (6) 
followed  by  maluvu. 

Dry,  vt.,  umixa,  inyika,  nanga 
(nana),  kamixa;  vi.ihe  dry), 
uma,  kama. 
season,  n.,  muxihu,  2. 

(shrivel  up,  wither),  vi.,  fuba; 

vt.,  fubixa. 

(wipe),  kuhula. 

Dryness,  w. (drought),  lumu(from 
uma,  to  be  dry),  4;  munanga 
(from  nanga,  to  dry),  2. 
(thirst),  miota,  pi.  of  2.  The 
common  Lulua  form  is  nyota. 
§ 43»  Rem. 

Duck,  n.,  mpatu,  3.  From  Portu- 
guese. 

Due,  w.(wage),  difutu,  5. 

Dull,  be,  t^.(as  knife),  fua  menu 
(pi.  of  dinu),  tuliala,  cihala. 
(as  point),  cna  ne  lusongo(4) 

lutue. 

(stupid),  hote(p.p.  of  liota,  to  he 
dull),  xiba,lc(p.p.  of  xibala,  to 
he  dull). 

make,  vt.,  xlha  menu,  tuhuxa, 
cihuxa. 

Dumb  person,  n.,  kamama,  8. 

Dun,  vt.,  nana. 

Dunce,  n.,  muhote,  i;  muxi- 
bale,  I. 

Dung,  n.,  tufi,  pi.  of  8.  See  under 
B.L.-Eng. 

Dunghill,  n.,  diala,  5. 

Dust,  n.,  luhuxi,  4. 

V.,  kuhula,  tutula. 

Dutiful,  be,  vi.,  tumikila. 

Duty,  «.(tax),  mulambu,  2. 
pay,  vt.,  lambula. 

(obligation).  Thus  far  it  has 
been  impossible  to  find  any 


Duty  {continued). 

word  expressing  the  idea  of 
obligation  or  duty.  It  is  right 
or  it  is  best  to  do  may  be  ex- 
pressed by  bualu  buimpe  cr 
bimpe  followed  by  infin.;  as, 
bualu  buimpe  kuya,  tt  ts  right 
to  go,  i.e.,  it  is  a duty  to  go. 

Dwarf,  n.,  muntu(i)  muxunguke, 
muntu  wa  cituha(7),  cihi*n- 
di(7),  njeku(3),  kaneke(8). 
to  be  a,  vi.,  xunguka. 

(a  small  people  said  to  live  in 
the  forests),  kayeke,  8.  See 
note  under  pygmy. 

Dwarfish,  adp,  -a  njeku(3), 
cihindi(7), -a  cituha(7),  xun- 
guke(p.p.  of  xunguka,  to  be 
dwarfish). 

Dwell,  vi.,  see  live. 


E. 

Each,  adj.,  on  so. 

(distribution),  see  § 94  and  Rem. 
other,  reciprocal,  use  Reciprocal 
Form  of  v.  § 340. 
one,  totality,  n.,  buonso(6)  with 
poss.  pro.  § 182,  Rem. 

Ear,  n.,  dicu,  5;  ditu,  5. 
drum  of,  nyongo’a  dicu. 
of  maize,  dianva,  5;  ditala,  5. 

Early,  adv.,  in  the  morning,  din- 
da(5),  lunkelu(4),  haciacia 
(adv.). 

Earn,  vph.,  angata  difutu(5). 

Earnest,  (token),  cimonyinu,  7. 

Earnestly,  0(^7;. (well),  bimpe. 
(strongly),  bikale. 

Earnings,  n.,  difutu,  5. 

Earring,  n.,  kakanu(8)  ka  ku 
dicu(5). 

Earth,  w.( world),  bulobo,  6.  The 
pi.  malobo  is  generally  used  to 
mean  loose  earth  or  dirt. 
for  making  pots,  dibumba,  5; 

dimafpl.  mema),  3. 
white,  used  for  whitewashing, 
luhemba,  4. 


EARTHQUAKE— EMACIATION. 


i8l 


Earthquake,  n.,  use  bulobo(6)  as 
subj.  of  taka  or  cika.  These 
verbs  mean  to  quake. 

Earthworm,  n.,  munyenya,  2. 

Ease,  be  at,  vi.{io  rest),  ikixa, 
xikama,  eya. 

V.,  pain,  taluxa,  holcxa. 

Easily,  adv.,  bitekete. 

East,  npk.,  kutu  kualuhuka  or 
kutu  kuahatuka  followed  by 
diba(5),  the  sun.  For  con- 
venience is  also  suggested 
isita(Eng.),  3. 

Easy,  adj.{noi  hard),  teketc(p.p.  of 
tekcta,  to  be  easy). 

Eat,  V.,  dia. 

give  to,  vt.,  dixa. 

Eavesdrop,  ■p.(to  spy),  tentekela. 

Eavesdropper,  «.(spy),  rnutente- 
kedi,  i;  muena(i)  lusoko(4). 

Eavesdropping,  n.,  lusoko,  4. 

Echo,  vph.,  use  di(5)  as  subj.  of 
idikixa  or  elekexa. 

Edge,  n.,  of  field,  water,  etc., 
muelelu(2);  musala(2);  bu- 
cika(6);  and  the  locative 
words  kukala,  kusula,  ku- 
sala,  kunfudilu.  §423(2)  (/>). 
(bend  edge  of  knife),  vt.,  benda- 
mixa;  vi.,  bendama. 
(bordering  on  cloth),  luhola,  4. 
of  knife,  ku  menu(pl.  of  dinu). 
(put  an  edge  on),  nuona. 
to  have  an,  be  sharp,  tua. 

Edible,  adj.,  -a  kudia. 

Edifice,  n.,  nsubu,  3. 

Educate,  vt.,  iyixa,  munyixa, 
ambila,  Iubukixa(Buk.),  lon- 
Kexa(Buk.  or  Low’er  Congo). 

Effect,  v.,  see  do. 

n.,  bualu,  4;  muanda,  2. 

Effervesce,  v.,  saba. 

Effort,  n.,  make  an,  see  try. 
(make  effort  and  fail),  v.,  hanga. 

Effrontery,  n.,  dikamakama,  5; 
cikama,  7;  dintanta,  5. 

Egg,  n.,  dikela,  5;  di(pl.  inai,  5). 
inside  of,  white  or  yolk,  mulun- 
ga,  2. 

lay,  vt.,  ela. 


Egg  {continued). 

shell  of,  cihusu,  7;  cizubu,  7. 
white  of,  milembulembu,  pi.  of 

2. 

yolk  of,  bukulukulu,  6. 

Eggplant,  n.,  lujilu,  4. 

Egotistical,  be,  vi.,  disua. 

Eight,  card,  num.,  muanda  mu- 
kulu. 

Either  . . . or,  con].,  naxa  . . . 
naxa. 

Eject,  7;/.,  hatula,  iuhula,  umuxa. 

Elapse,  v.,  use  cidimu(season)  or 
dituku(day)  with  v.  lua;  or 
ngondo(moon)  with  v.  bala; 
also  the  verbs  leha  and  nenga. 

Elastic,  be,  vi.,  nyengabala. 

Elbow,  n.,  lukongeba,  6. 

Elder,  (ecclesiastical),  imikulu, 
i;  mukulumpe,  i;  tatu,  i. 
brother  or  sister,  mukulu,  i. 
This  word  is  followed  by  the 
poss.  enclitic.  § 138,  Rem.  2. 

Elect,  7;, (appoint  to  office),  ha  or 
buexa  or  dixa  followed  by  ab- 
stract name  of  office. 

(choose),  sungula. 

Electric  fish,  n.,  nyixi,  3. 

Elegance,  n.,  buimpe,  6;  bulen- 
gele,  6;  buakane,  6. 

Elegant,  adj.,  impe,  Icngcle, 
akane. 

Elephant,  n.,  kahumbu,  8;  nze- 
vu,  3. 

Elephantiasis,  n.(of  foot),  bu- 
zevu,  6.  This  word  is  from 
nzevu,  elephant. 

Elevate,  vt.,  bixa,  bandixa,  jula. 

Else,  (other),  kuabo,  nga. 
(somewhere  else),  adv.,  use  loca- 
tives inseparaby  with  kuabo 
or  nga. 

Elsewhere,  adv.,  use  locatives  in- 
separably with  kuabo  or  nga. 

F2maciate,  vt.,  nyanyixa. 

(be  emaciated),  vi.,  nyana,  di  ne 
or  uma  W'ith  cionda(7)  or 
cinyanu(7). 

Emaciation,  n.,  cionda,  7;  cin- 
yanu,  7. 


I82 


EMANCIPATE— ENGAGE. 


Emancipate,  vt.,  hikula. 

Emblem,  n.,  cimonyinu,  7. 

Embrace,  vt.,  uhukila,  akidila. 

Embryo,  disu,  5;  muoyo,  2. 

Emerge,  x’.(appear),  mueneka, 
mueka. 

(come  out),  luhuka,  umuka, 
hatuka. 

Emigrate,  "yz. (scatter),  muangala. 

Eminence,  w.(hill),  mukuna,  2. 
(importance),  bunine,  6. 

Eminent,  adj.,  nine,  tumbe(p.p,  of 
tumba,  to  be  eminent). 

Emit,  v.,  an  odor,  nunka. 

Employ,  vt.,  see  engage. 

Employment,  w. (occupation).  This 
idea  is  generally  expressed  in 
one  of  three  ways;  (i)  noun 
derivative  of  class  I.  § 356  (a); 
(2)  muena  followed  by  the 
proper  noun,  § 84  {b)\  (3) 

Pres.  Habitual  tense  of  verb, 
to  seek,  keba  mudimu(2). 
(w'ork),  n.,  mudimu,  2. 

Empty,  adj.,  tuhu,  cinana.  The 
latter  word  is  indeclinable. 

The  locatives  are  often  used  be- 
fore the  noun;  as,  ha  mesa 
hadi  hatuhu,  the  table  is 
empty,  mu  mulondo  mudi 
miituhu,  the  jar  is  empty. 
r/.(pour  out),  humuna,  icikixa, 
umuxa,  luhula. 

Emulate,  vt.,  Idikixa,  elekexa. 

(do  as  another),  see  § 465. 

Enchant,  vt.,  Iowa. 

(divine),  buka,  tempa,  tempexa, 
nua  ciala(7),  depending  on 
the  form  of  enchantment  em- 
ployed. 

See  wttch. 

Encircle,  vt.,  jinga,  jingila, 
nyengela,  vunga,  vungila, 
nyungulula. 

vi.{go  around),  nyiinguluka, 
clmbakana.  Generally  use 
ph.  ku  nyima  with  these 
words. 

Enclose,  vt.,  see  encircle. 


Enclosure,  «. (fence),  luhangu,  4; 
cihangu,  7;  lumbu,  4. 

(yard,  enclosed  space,  court), 
lubanza,  4;  bula,  6.  By 
using  the  locative  mu  wdth  the 
words  luhangu  and  cihangu 
and  lumbu  we  have  other 
forms  for  yard,  enclosure, 
court,  fold,  etc. 

(pen),  cikumbi,  7. 

Encourage,  vt.,  kalexa  mu- 
cima(2). 

End,  vi.,  be  on,  stand,  imuna. 
bring  to,  finish,  vt.,  muna,  mun- 
yixa,  xikixa,  buixa. 
come  to,  be  finished,  vi.,  xika. 
come  to,  stop,  lekela. 
come  to  the,  vi.,  xikila. 
put  on,  stand  up  on,  vt.,  imun- 
yika. 

at  the  hind,  the  locative  words 
kunxikidilu,  haxixe. 
butt,  n.,  citaku,  7;  also  the  loc. 

word  kuntaku. 

(destination),  cixikidilu,  7. 
front,  ku  mpala,  ku  mutu. 
lower,  kumanda(loc.). 
of  stick,  string,  etc.,  the  preposi- 
tional words  kusula,  kunfu- 
dilu,  kusala. 

(point  of  needle,  etc.),  lusongo, 
4- 

Endeavor,  v.,  see  try. 

(endeavor  and  fail),  hanga. 

Endlessly,  adv.,  see  ceaselessly. 

Endow,  (bequeath),  ha  buhian- 

yi(6)- 

(give),  ha,  ambika(Buk.). 

Enema,  n.,  bukanda,  6. 
give  a,  V.,  ela  bukanda. 

Enemy,  n.,  muena(i)  lukuna(4). 
Udi  ne  Kasongo  lukuna,  he 
is  an  enemy  of  Kasongo. 

Energetic,  see  diligent. 

' Energy,  w. (strength),  ngulu,  pi.  of 
3;  makanda,  pi.  of  5;  bu- 
kale,  6. 

Enfeeble,  vt.,  tekexa. 

Engage,  x;.(be  engaged,  betrothed). 
When  speaking  of  the  man  use 


ENGAGE— ETERNALLY. 


Engage  {continued). 

the  active  forms  of  banga, 
when  of  the  w'oman  use  the 
passive  forms  of  same  verb, 
in  fight  with,  luangana. 

(hire),  ha  mudimu(2),  buexa  ku 
mudimu. 

Englishman,  w.,  muena(i)  Inge- 
lexi.  Generally  used  of  all 
who  speak  English, 

Enigma,  n. (puzzle),  dijimbu,  5; 
dialu,  5. 

Enlarge,  vt.,  diundixa,  lundixa. 

Enmity,  n.,  lukuna,  4. 

Enormous,  adj.,  nine. 

Enough,  be,  w'.(adequate),  fuan- 
I angana,  akanangana,  die- 

' leka,  vula,  kumbana,  di  -a 

bungi(6),  xika. 

(be  satisfied  wdth  food),  i;.,ukuta. 

Enquire,  v.,  see  inquire. 

Enrage,  vt.,  kuacixa  or  ufuixa 
wdth  cixi(7),  fikixa  munda, 
tacixa. 

(be  enraged),  vi.,  kuata  or  ufua 
with  cixi,  flka  munda. 

I Enrich,  vt.,  luixa  bubanji(6). 

Enslave,  vt.,  ha  or  buexa  mu 
followed  by  buhika(6),  luixa 
with  muhika(i)  or  buhika. 
i Ensnare,  vt.,  teya. 
j Entangle,  vt.,  in  speech,  tuha- 
j kuxa,  tuhakanya;  w.(be  en- 

tangled), tuhakana. 

I in  net,  jingila,  jinga;  i;f.(be 
entangled),  di  jinga. 

Enter,  vi.,  buela. 

Entice,  vt.,  munyixa  or  iyixa  or 
ibidixa  with  bualu(6)  bubi. 
by  leaving  something  to  tempt, 
to  trap,  teya. 

by  lying  to,  dinga,  xima,  dimba. 

Enticement,  n.,  buteyi,  6. 

Entire,  adj.,  onso,  xima. 

Entirety,  n.,  buonso,  6;  buxima, 

6. 

Entrail,  «.,  dila,  5. 

Entrance,  n.,  muxuku(2)  wa 
mbelu(3),  mbelu(3),  cibue- 
delu(7). 


183 


Entrap,  vt.,  teya. 

Entreat,  vt.,  sengela,  sengelela. 

Entrust  with,  vph.,  xia  mu  bian- 
za(pl.  of  7). 

Entwine,  vt.,  Jingila,  vungila, 
jinga,  vunga. 

Enumerate,  vt.,  bala. 

Envious,  ad;. (jealous),  -a  mu- 
kau(2). 

En\  Y,  n.,  mukau,  2. 

Epileptic  fit,  «.,  ciseke,  7;  tungu- 
lungu,  pi.  of  8. 

Epistle,  n.,  mukanda,  2. 

Equal,  adj.,  length,  size,  number, 
etc.,  mue(mo),  o-umue;  also 
the  indeclinable  words  bu, 
buina,  muomumue. 
be,  vi.,  fuanangana,  fuana, 
kelemena. 

make,  vt.,  fuanyikixa,  kele- 
mexa. 

Eradicate,  vt.,  jimixa,  jima. 

Erase,  vt.,  jimixa,  jima. 

Erect,  x;/. (build),  ibuka,  asa. 
be,  vi.,  imuna,  jalama. 

(cause  to  stand  erect),  imun- 
yika,  jadika. 

Err,  V.,  enza  or  osa  or  kixa  with 
the  adv.  bibi. 

Escape,  v.,  from  captivity,  from  a 
fight,  from  danger,  handuka. 
from  trap  or  when  tied,  tuka. 
(run  away),  nyema,  ongoloka. 
(slip  loose,  as  animal  when  caught 
with  the  hands),  tlnuka. 

Escort,  vt.,  fila. 
on  the  way  a short  distance,  then 
return,  vt.,  xindikixa. 

Espoused,  be,  v.  When  speaking 
of  the  man  use  the  act.  forms 
of  banga,  when  of  the  w’oman 
use  the  pass,  forms  of  same 
verb. 

Esteem,  x^/.(do  honor  to),  nemeka, 
nemekela,  tumbixa,  meneka, 
menekela. 

(to  love),  sua,  nanga,  inyixa. 

Eternal,  adj.,  -a  cendelele,  -a 
lahaldha,  -a  kaxidi. 
Etern.ally,  adv.,  see  ceaselessly 


i84 


ETERNITY— EXCEPT. 


Eternity,  n. (forever),  matuku(pl. 
of  5)  onso,  lahalaha,  cende- 
lele,  kaxidi.  The  last  three 
words  are  advs. 

Eunuch,  n.(one  castrated),  mu- 
tungula,  I. 

Evacuate,  out  from),  la- 

huka,  umuka,  h^tuka. 
the  bowels,  nyina. 

Evangelist,  n.,  mutangadiki  (col- 
loq.),  I. 

Evaporate,  vi.,  kama,  uma. 
for  salt,  vt.,  enga. 

Even,  be,  vi.,  fuanangana,  aka- 
na,  akanangana,  langakana, 
hungakana,  hunga,  kele- 
mena,  dieleka,  lamakana; 
vt.,  make,  akuxangana,  lan- 
gakuxa,  ludikila,  hunga- 
kuxa,  fuanyikixa,  kelemexa, 
elekexa,  akuxa. 

(be  parallel),  vi.,  lulama;  vt., 
make,  ludika. 

Evening,  n.,  dilolo,  5;  diba(5)  as 
subj.  of  V.  uhuka. 

Ever,  adv.,  see  ceaselessly. 

Everlasting,  adj.,  -a  cendelele, 
-a  lahalaha,  -a  kaxidi. 

Every,  adj.,  onso.  Generally  use 
pi. 

(every  one  of  them,  totality),  n., 
buonso(6)  with  poss.  pro. 
(each,  distributive),  see  § 94  and 
Rem. 

-body,  bantu  bon  so. 

-thing,  bintu  bionso. 

-where,  use  the  locatives  insep. 
with  onso. 

Everybody,  n.,  bantu  bonso. 

Everything,  n.,  bintu  bionso. 

Everywhere,  adv.,  use  locatives 
insep.  with  onso. 

Evil,  n.,  bualu(6)  bubi,  muan- 
da(2)  mubi,  bubi(6).  Often 
we  hear  simply  mabi  and  mibi, 
indicating  that  the  pi.  of  bualu 
and  muanda  are  generally  used 
instead  of  the  sing. 
adj.,  bi. 


Exact,  be,  vi.,  akanangana,  die- 
leka,  kumbana,  vula;  vt., 
make,  akuxa,  akuxangana, 
kumbaxa,  vudixa,  elekexa. 
(exact  number),  vi.,  ula,  xika; 
also  the  adj.  forms  xila  and 
kanda.  Cinunu  with  ciule 
or  cixike,  an  exact  thousand. 
Note  that  ciule  and  cixike 
are  p.p. 

Exactly,  at/z;. (truly),  use  the  fol- 
lowing nouns  as  adverbs:  bu- 

lilela,  bualabuala,  buikuxa, 
buxua,  buinabuina. 

(very),  mene. 

Exactness,  w.,  see  truth. 

Exaggerate,  vt.,  diundixaor  lun- 
dixa  with  bualu(6). 

Exalt,  2^/. (extol),  tumbixa,  in- 
yixa. 

Examine,  vt.,  by  handling,  lenga, 
lamba. 

by  looking  at,  mona,  xoxa,  tan- 
gila. 

by  measuring,  idikixa,  elekexa. 
by  questioning,  konka,  ebexa. 
by  tasting,  labila. 

Example,  «. (fable),  muanu,  2; 
luximinyinyu,  4;  lusumul- 
nu,  4. 

(illustration),  cifuanyikixa,  7. 
(sample,  specimen,  copy),  cimon- 
yinu,  7;  cidikixllu,  7;  cile- 
xiiu. 

Exasperate,  see  annoy. 

Excavate,  vt.,  imba,  umbula. 

Exceed,  vt.,  tamba,  hita. 

(be  left  over),  vi.,  xala. 

(be  more  than  enough),  vi., 
sambuka. 

Exceedingly,  adv.,  see  very. 

Excel,  vt.,  tamba,  hita. 

Excellence,  n.,  buimpe,  6;  bu- 
lengele,  6;  buakane,  6. 

Excellent,  adj.{good),  impe,  len- 
gele,  akane. 

Except,  suh.  conj.,  neg.  condition 
equivalent  of  ij  not,  unless,  vse 
neg.  of  usual  conditional  forms 
as  indicaied  under  § 460. 


EXCEPT— EXPLAIN. 


185 


Except  {continued). 

prep.  Perhaps  t^st  expressed  by 
a vph.  with  xila;  as,  bantu 
bonso  bakuya,  umue  udi 
mux&le,  all  the  people  have 
gone  except  one. 
vt.,  xia. 

Excess,  be,  in  v.,  tamba  or  hita 
with  bungi(6). 

Excessively,  see  very. 

Exchange,  vt.,  xintakuxa,  xinta, 
xintakana,  xintakanya,  hin- 
gakanya,  hingakuxa,  hinga- 
kana,  sombakuxa. 

Excite,  z//. (frighten),  cinyixa;  vi. 
(be  excited),  handika  mucl- 
ma(2),  cina,  zakala,  kanka. 
(provoke  animal  to  bite),  keba 
luoxi(4). 

Exclaim,  v.,  in  surprise,  k6ma,  tua 
cik6ma(7). 

(tell),  amba. 

Exclamation,  n.,  cik6ma,  7. 
make  an,  v.,  tua  cikgma. 

See  Interjections  in  Grammar, 

§ 437- 

Exclude,  vt.,  hldla,  benga,  umu- 

I xa,  h&tula,  fula. 

I (except),  xia. 

I Excommunicate,  vt.,  luhula,  umu- 
xa,  b^tula. 

IXCREMENT,  ».,  tufl(tulnvi),  pi. 
ci  8.  See  B.L.-Eng. 
hard,  as  result  of  constipation, 
n.,  mpaka,  3. 
discharge,  vt.,  nyina. 

Excuse,  vt.,  see  pardon. 

Exhaust,  -y/. (spend),  tangadixa, 
tangaluxa,  muangaluxa, 

nyanga,  ona,  dia. 

(be  exhausted,  spent),  vi.,  tan- 
gadika,  nyanguka,  muanga- 
luka,  hua,  xika,  tangaluka, 
onoka. 

(weaken),  vt.,  tekexa,  susula; 
vi.i^it  weak),  teketa,  hanga, 
susuka. 

♦ Exhaustion,  butekete,  6; 

dihangu,  5. 

Exhibit,  v.  (show),lexa. 


Exhort,  ■y.(tell),  ambila. 

Exhortation,  n.,  dl,  5.  PI.  is 
me. 

Exist,  see  be. 

Existence,  n.,  suggest  infin.  kui- 
kala. 

Exorcise,  vt.,  hongola(?). 

Expand,  vi.,  tuntumuka,  ula, 
tantamika;  vt.,  tuntumuxa, 
uxa,  tantamixa. 

Expect,  •y/.(look  for),  tekemena, 
alamina. 

Expectorate,  v.,  tuila  or  ela  with 
lute(4).  Note  that  the  pi.  of 
lute  is  mate.  §51. 

Expectoration,  n.,  lute,  4.  The 
pi.  is  mate,  see  § 51. 

Expedite,  vt.,  endexa. 

Expel,  vt.,  umuxa,  fula,  hatula, 
luhula. 

Expend,  ■y.(pay),  futa. 

recklessly,  vt.,  tangadixa,  tan- 
galuxa,muangaluxa,nyanga, 
ona,  dia;  vi.{he  expended), 
tangadika,  muangaluka  hua, 
xika,  tangaluka,  onoka, 
nyanguka. 

Expense,  w. (price),  muxlnga,  2. 
(pay),  «.,  difutu,  5. 

Expensive,  adj.,  -a  muxinga(2) 
mukale. 

make,  vt.,  bandixa  muxinga. 

Experience,  to  have,  ^.(to  know), 
munya. 

(be  accustomed  to),  v.,  Ibldlla, 
lobokela. 

Expert,  adj.,  -a  lungenyl(4),  -a 
mexi(pl.  of  5 or  6). 

Expire,  ‘^.(breathe  out),  ela  mu- 
huya(2). 

(die),  fua. 

(of  time),  V.,  leha,  nenga;  as, 
haleha  cituha,  nendue,  when 
a short  time  has  expired,  I 
shall  come. 

Explain,  v.,  amba. 

to,  vt.,  ambila,  iyixa,  longexa, 
munyixa,  lubukixa. 

(show),  lexa. 


1 


i86 


EXPLODE— FAINTNESS. 


Explode,  v/.,  jikuka,  tayika, 
xibuka;  vt.,  jikula,  tayixa, 
xibula. 

Expose,  visible),  appear, 

mueneka,  mueka. 

(open),  vt.,  bulula. 

(show),  vt.^  lexa. 

Extend,  z;/.(as  hand),  olola. 

(reach  down  to),  tua  ku. 
(reach  to),  vL,  flka. 

Extended,  a<//.(long),  le. 

Extension,  extent,  w. (distance, 
dimension),  bule,  6;  bunine, 
6;  buihl,  6;  ntanta(3)  mule, 
ntanta(3)  muihi 

Exterior,  ha  nyima(3),  ku 
nyima. 

External,  adj.^  -a  ha  nyima(3), 
-a  ku  nyima. 

Extinguish,  vt.,  jima. 

Extol,  vt.,  tumbixa,  inyixa. 

Extra,  adv.,  see  very. 

(extra  amount  added  to  close 
trade),  w.  nsekididi,  3;  ma- 
tabixa,  pi.  of  5 or  6;  ntente- 
kedl,  3. 

Extract,  vt.,  tula. 

Extraordinary,  adj.,  -a  kukgma- 
(great),  nine. 

Extravagantly,  spend,  vt.,  nyan- 
ga,  tangadixa,  tangaluxa, 
muangaluxa,  dia,  ona. 

Extremely,  see  very. 

Extricate,  '^/.(disentangle),  Jin- 
gulula,  vungulula. 

(loosen)  sulula,  kutula. 

Exult,  v.(be  happy),  sanka. 

Eii^,  n.,  disu,  5.  PI.  is  mesu. 

(a  disease  of,  in  which  pupil 
becomes  white  with  consequent 
blindness),  lusongo,  4. 

-brow,  dikiki,  5. 

-lash,  lulavi,  4;  lukofla,  4. 

-lid,  cilavinyi,  7;  cilabuidi,  7. 

of  needle,  disu,  5. 

open,  vt.,  bulula,  handa,  tabala. 

pupil  of,  lumunyi,  4. 

shut,  vt.,  buika. 


F. 

Fable,  n.,  luximinyinyu,  4;  lusu- 
muinu,  4;  muanu,  2. 
tell  a,  vt.,  ela  with  any  one  of  the 
above  words  as  obj. 

Fabricate,  v.,  dinga,  xima,  dim- 
ba. 

Face,  n.  There  is  no  word  for  the 
face  as  such.  The  word  for 
forehead,  cheek,  eyes,  etc., 
must  be  used  according  to 
sense.  The  word  mpala(3), 
forehead,  is  often  used  in  general 
sense  for  face. 

(before  one's  face),  ku  mpala, 
ku  mesu(pl.  of  5). 

V.,  each  other,  tanglxangana 
(mpala). 

Facing,  be,  v.,  each  other,  tangi- 
xangana  (mpala,  3). 

Fact,  w.(affair),  bualu,  6;  muan- 
da,  2. 

(truth),  bulilela,  buikuxa,  bu- 
xua,  bualabuala,  buina- 
buina.  All  these  are  pi.  of  6. 

Factory,  n.,  trading,  nsubu(3)  wa 
bintu. 

Fade,  vi.,  tutuka,  tanduka. 

Fag,  vi.,  hanga. 

Fail,  z'.(attempt  and  fail),  hanga. 
to  do,  humbixa,  humba. 

Fain,  ■z;.(to  wish),  sua,  nanga, 
inyixa. 

Faint,  z’.(swoon),  fua  with  cise- 
ke(7)  or  tungulungu(pl.  of  8) 
or  cifuidixe(7). 
from  dizziness,  see  dizzy. 
from  hunger,  fua  nsaia(pl.  of  3 
or  4),  nsala  as  subj.  of  v. 
xiha  with  the  person  as  obj. 
be,  m.(weak),  teketa. 
be,  •^^.(weary),  hanga,  susuka. 
sound,  «. (whispering),  dinun- 
ganyi,  5. 

Faintness,  w. (dizziness),  lunyun- 
gu,  4;  kantetu,  8;  kanyun- 
gunyungu,  8;  dinyungu,  5. 
(as  in  smothering),  cifuidixe,  7. 
(tiredness),  dihangu,  5. 


FAIR— FASHION. 


187 


Fair,  aJ;'.  (handsome),  impe,akane, 
lengele,  -a  mpoci(slang). 
(honest),  impe,  akane,  lengele, 
-a  kalolo(8). 

of  skin.  A native  of  light  color  is 
said  to  be  mukunze(red),  the 
European  is  mutoke(white). 

Fairness,  w.(honesty),  kalolo,  8; 
bulmpe,  6;  buakane,  6; 
bulengele,  6. 

(color),  butoke,  6. 

Faith,  n.  Perhaps  best  to  use  the 
infin.  kuitabuxa,  to  believe. 
(have  faith  in  one),  vt.,  teke- 
mena. 

Faithful,  (diligent).  Use  some 
such  ph.  as  -a  mucima(2) 
wa  mudimu(2);  the  neg.  v. 
with  bufuba(6)  or  bukata(6). 

Faithfulness,  w.,  kalolo,  8. 

Fall,  v.,  bona,  kuluka,  ximbuka, 
xlnda(the  Reflexive  form,  di- 
xlnda,  is  generally  used  of  per- 
sons tripping  and  falling). 

(as  rain),  loka,  m&ta. 
backwards,  dixinda  bualama. 
by  accident,  flnuka. 
in,  cave  in,  bumbuka. 
in  price,  hueka,  teketa. 
out,  see  QUARREL, 
over,  topple,  tokoka. 
overboard,  hona  mu  mi. 

(sink,  as  river),  hueka. 
to  pieces,  tangaluka,  tanga- 
dlka. 

Falls,  w.(cataract),  clblla,  7. 
From  blla,  to  boil. 

False,  be,  v.,  xlma,  dlnga,  dlmba. 

Falsehood,  n.,  dlxima,  5;  didin> 
ga,  5.  PI.  maxlmi  and  ma- 
dingi. 

tell  a,  V.,  xlma,  dinga,  dlmba 
(Buk.). 

(tell  falsehood  on  one),  vt.,  use 
the  Applied  Form  ximlnyina, 
dlnglla,  dlmblla. 

Falsely,  accuse,  vt.,  banda. 

Falter,  w.,  humbakana,  tata- 
kana,  di  ne  mlcima  Ibldi, 
nema  with  muclma  as  subj. 


Fame,  w.(report),  lumu,  4. 

(to  have  fame  or  be  famous),  v., 
tumba. 

Familiar,  be,  i;.(accustom  to), 
ibidila,  lobokela. 

Familiarize  with,  vt.,  ibidlxa. 

Family,  n.,  see  tribe. 

Famine,  w.,  dole,  7;  lukota,  4. 

Famish,  v.,  fua  nsala(pl.  of  3 or 
4),  ns^la  as  subj.  of  xiha  with 
the  person  as  obj. 

Famous,  adj.,  nine,  tumbe(p.p. 
of  tumba,  to  be  famous). 

Fan,  V.,  uha(as  one’s  self),  heha. 
(blow  away,  as  chaff),  vt.,  he- 
hula,  huxa,  huhixa. 

Fancy,  ^.(think,  imagine),  amba; 
as,  wakuamba  ne  “Nclntu 
da  kudia,**  he  fancied  that  it 
was  something  to  eat. 

(wish),  V.,  sua,  nanga,  inyixa. 

Fang,  n.,  dlnu,  5;  luzAdl,  4; 
luzala,  4;  luala,  4. 

Far,  adv.,  use  the  locatives  insep- 
arably with  le,  giving  mule, 
kule  and  hale.  Also  the 
forms  kuakua,  muamua, 
haha,  § 163,  Note  3;  we  may 
also  have  kuntu  kule,  muntu 
mule  and  hantu  hale,  § 423 

(2)  (a). 

(as  far  as),  ku. 

(be  far  apart),  vi.,  di  with  the 
locatives  inseparably  connected 
with  le. 

-famed,  adj.,  see  famous. 

(how  far?),  bule(6)  with  munyl? 
or  bixi? 

Farewell,  see  adieu. 

Far-famed,  adj.,  see  famous. 

Farm,  n.,  budlmi,  6;  dbidI(Buk.), 
7- 

Farther,  adv.,  use  comparative 
construction  with  tamba  or 
hlta;  as,  mulumi  wakutamba 
mukuxi  kuela  mud,  the  man 
threw  the  stick  farther  than  the 
woman. 

Fashion,  w. (custom),  cilele-  7; 
dbilu,  7;  denzedl  7. 


FASHION— FELLO\\\ 


1 88 


Fashion  {continued). 
in  this,  thus,  adv.,  nunku(nenku, 
nanku). 

Fast,  aJ'y. (quickly),  use  the  noun 
forms  lubilu(4)  and  luku- 
sa(4). 

(tightly),  bikale. 

■y.,  jila  bidia(pl.  of  7). 

Fasten,  7^/.(as  axe,  hoe,  etc.,  in 
handle),  bangixa. 
box,  lid,  cover,  etc.,  bangika. 
(lock),  ela  or  xibika  followed  by 
nsahi(3). 

(nail),  kumina  or  hohela  fol- 
lowed by  mulonda(2). 
(strengthen),  kalexa. 

(tie),  suika. 

Fat,  w.,  of  an  animal,  diinyi,  5; 
the  pi.  minyi  is  used  after  the 
fat  has  been  rendered,  or  to 
represent  a quantity  of  fat. 
(oil),  minyi(pl.  of  diinyi,  5). 
grow,  vi.,  diunda,  lunda. 

Father,  w.,  tatu,  i;  nyisu,  i;  x*. 
The  last  two  words  always 
have  the  poss.  pro.  enclitic. 
§§  138;  42,  Note  I. 

Father-in-law,  m.,  tatu-muenu, 
§42,  Note  3;  x’-(poss.  pro.  as 
enclitic) -muenu.  §§  42,  Note 
2;  138. 

The  husband  may  also  call  his 
father-in-law  muku(i),  not  so 
the  wife. 

Fathom,  of  cloth,  lubandu,  4. 
(two  fathoms,  half  a piece  of  eight 
yards),  difunka,  5. 

Fatigue,  vt.,  hangixa,  tekexa. 

(be  fatigued),  vi.,  hanga,  te- 
keta. 

n.,  butekete,  6;  dihangu,  5. 

Fatten,  vt.,  diundixa,  lundixa. 

Fault,  «.,  bualu,  6;  muanda,  2. 

Favor,  w.(mercy),  luse,  4. 
show  to,  V.,  ha  luse. 

(have  favor  with  one),  di  ne 
dikusa(5)  kudi  (muntu);  as, 
ndi  ne  dikusa  kudi  muke- 
lenge,  I have  favor  with  the 
chief. 


Fear,  n.,  buowa,  6. 

(of  animals),  mbaxibaxi,  pi.  of 
3 or  4. 

V.,  cina. 

(of  animals),  v.,  baxa. 

Fearful,  be,  v.,  cina,  di  ne 
buowa(6). 

(as  animals),  v.^  baxa,  di  ne 
mbaxibaxi(3). 

Fearless,  see  brave. 

Feast,  n.,  bidia,  pi.  of  7. 

marriage,  bidia  bia  diban  zl- 
xa(5). 

Feather,  n.,  lusd.la,  4. 

Features,  n.  No  distinct  word, 
use  mpala(3),  the  forehead. 
See  FACE. 

February,  n.,  febluale(Eng.). 

Fecund,  be,  ?;.(have  power  to  bear 
young),  di  ne  followed  by 
lulelu(4)  or  diminu(5)  or 
buledi(6).  ^ 

Fecundate,  (cause  to  conceive) 
imicixa. 

Fecundity,  n.,  lulelu,  4;  diminu, 
5;  buledi,  6. 

Federation,  n.,  bulunda,  6;  bun- 
yana,  6. 

Fee,  n.,  difutu,  5. 

Feeble,  adj.,  tekete(p.p.  of  teke- 
ta,  to  be  feeble). 

Feebleness,  «.,  butekete,  6. 

Feed,  vt.,  dixa. 

Feel,  v.,  after,  to  grope,  bubuta. 
(be  conscious  of),  unva,  ufua. 
Ciakadi  munve  kabuasa(8) 
kansuma,  I did  not  feel  the 
jigger  biting  me. 

(touch),  V.,  lambila,  lamba, 
lenga. 

Feign,  v.,  ximixa,  dingixa,  dim- 
bixa(Buk.). 

Fell,  vt.,  xumbula,  uhula. 

Fellow,  w. (person),  muntu,  i. 
citizen,  one  of  same  tribe  or 
family,  muan’etu,  etc.;muena 
kuetu,  etc.;  mukuetu,  etc. 
§§  138,  Rem.  5;  141,  Rem.  i; 
142. 


FELLOWSHIP— FINGER. 


Fellowship,  w. (friendship),  bu- 
lunda,  6;  bunyana,  6. 
break  off,  vt.,  xiha. 
form  with  one  another,  kuatan- 
gana  followed  by  bulunda  or 
bunyana. 

Female,  n.,  mukuxi,  i. 

ad].,  kuxi,  mukuxi  wa  or  mu- 
kuxi’a. 

Feminine,  adj.,  -a  bakuxi(pl.  of 
i)-  . 

Fence,  n.,  lumbu,  4;  luhangu,  4; 
cihangu,  7. 

Ferment,  v. (effervesce),  saba. 

Fern,  n.,  cixiluxilu,  7;  lulelelele, 
4- 

Ferocious,  adj.,  -a  cixi(7). 

(as  a biting  animal),  -a  luoxi(4). 

Ferocity,  w. (anger),  cixi,  7. 

(the  biting  of  an  animal),  luoxi, 
4- 

Ferry,  n.,  cisabu,  7;  dilobo,  5; 
cisabukilu,  7. 

across,  vt.,  sabula;  vi.{go 
across),  sabuka. 

Fertile,  adj.{sLS  soil),  impe,  len- 
gele,  akane,  kale,  -a  luiya(4). 
(producing  young),  v.,  di  ne 
followed  by  diminu(5)  or 
lulelu(4)  or  buledi(6). 

Fetch,  vt.,  lua  ne. 

back,  alukixa,  hinguxa,  hin- 
gixa,  tucixa. 

(carry),  tuala. 

water  from  stream,  suna. 

Fetid,  be,  vph.,  nunka  muhu- 
ya(a)  mubi. 

Fetidness,  n.,  kahambu,  8;  mu- 
huya(2)  mubi. 

Fetish,  n.,  see  medicine. 

Fetter,  vt.,  ela  mu  lukanu(4). 

Fetters,  n.,  lukanu,  4. 

Fever,  n.,  kahia,  8. 

have,  vph.,  use  mubidi(2)  as 
subject  of  di  with  kahia  as 
predicate  noun. 

Few,  adj.,  nya-nya,  bale,  kise, 
ihi. 

Fewness,  n.,  bunyabunya,  6; 
bubaie,  6;  bukise,  6. 


189 


Fibre,  n.,  of  palm  leaves,  used  for 
making  cloth,  luheku,  4; 
munyanga,  2. 

Fickle,  be,  vi.,  humbakana,  nema 
with  mucima(2)  as  subj., 
tatakana,  di  ne  micima 
ibidi. 

Fidgety,  be,  vi.,  sasakata. 

Field,  n.,  budimi,  6;  cibidi(Buk.), 
7- 

clear  a,  vt.,  sola,  sengula. 
old  deserted,  n.,  lububa,  4. 

(open  place,  plain),  n.,  mpata,  3. 

Fierce,  adj.{a.ngry),  -a  cixi(7). 

(as  a biting  animal),  -a  luoxi(4). 

Fierceness,  m. (anger),  cixi,  7. 

(as  of  a biting  animal),  luoxi,  4. 

Fifth,  ord.  num.,  itanu.  § 99. 

Fight,  n.,  nvita(nflta),  3. 

V.,  luangana  nvita. 

(call  to  fight  , V.,  kobola. 

File,  vt.,  to  a point,  songa. 
«.(row),  mulongo,  2. 

Fill,  vt.,  uxa,  kumbaxa,  vudixa; 
m'.(be  full),  ula,  vula,  kum- 
bana. 

up,  as  a hole,  xibikila. 

Filth,  see  dirt. 

Filthiness,  «.  (untidiness  about 
ones’  person  or  house),  bu- 
koya,  6. 

Filthy,  see  dirty. 

Fin,  n.,  on  back,  mualala,  2. 

(tail  fin),  cihehe,  7. 

Find,  vt.,  mona,  tangila,  xoxa. 

(be  found,  appear),  vi.,  mue- 
neka,  mueka. 

(find  and  pick  up),  vt.,  angula. 
(meet  up  with),  sangana. 
something  hidden,  vt.,  sokolola. 

Fine,  n.,  difutu,  5. 

adj. (good),  impe,  akane,  len- 
gele. 

(sharp,  as  point),  tue(p.p.  of  tua, 
to  be  sharp). 

(small),  kise,  bale,  nya-nya. 

(be  powdered),  vi.,  bota. 

Finery,  n.,  bllenga,  pi.  of  7. 

Finger,  n.,  munu,  2. 

(additional  or  sixth),  kanene,  8. 


igo 


FINGER— FLASH. 


Finger  {continued), 

little,  kantengenene,  8- 
(thumb),  ciala,  7. 

Finger-ring,  w.,  kakanu(8)  ka  ku 
munu(2). 

Finish,  vt.,  muna,  munyixa,  xi- 
kixa,  huixa;  m.(be  finished), 
hua,  xika,  muna. 

(cease),  v.,  lekela. 

Fire,  n.,  kahia,  8;  kadilu,  8. 
a gun,  vt.,  ela  cingoma(7). 

(be  fired  or  burnt),  vi.,  hia. 
-brand,  torch,  n.,  cimunyi,  7. 
extinguish,  vt.,  jima. 

(flame),  n.,  ludimi(4)  lua  kahia. 
(make,  to  burn),  vt.,  temexa, 
hixa;  (by  blowing),  huxa. 
(make  with  sticks  by  friction),  v., 
vinga  kahia. 
miss,  not  go  off,  v.,  funga. 

-place,  n.,  diku,  5.  PI.  is  meku. 
set  on,  burn,  vt.,  oxa. 
stir  the,  vt.,  sonsola. 

-wood,  n.,  lukunyi,  4.  Gener- 
ally use  pi. 

Firebrand,  n.,  cimunyi,  7. 

Firefly,  n.,  kamunyimunyi,  8; 
kankenyenkenye,  8. 

Fireplace,  n.,  diku,  5.  PI.  is 
meku. 

Fire-wood,  n.,  lukunyi,  4.  Gen- 
erally use  pi. 
break  up,  vt.,  caba. 
cut,  vt.,  kuota. 

Firm,  adj. {hard),  kale(p.p.  of  kala, 
to  be  firm). 

(be  steady),  vi.,  kanana,  kan- 
damana,  xindama,  jama, 
kala;  vt.,  kanuxa,  kanda- 
mixa,  jamixa,  kalexa. 

Firmament,  n.,  diulu,  5. 

Firmly,  adv.,  bikale. 

Firmness,  n.,  bukale,  6. 

First,  adj.,  in  place  or  time,  -a 
kumudilu,  -a  ku  mpala(3), 
bedi,  -a  diambedi(5),  -a  ku 
mutu(2). 

(be  or  do  first  in  time),  v.,  dian- 
jila  followed  by  infin. 

(be,  to  excel),  vi.,  tamba,  hita. 


First  {continued). 

-born,  n.,  muan’a  bute(6);  (of 
twins),  cibuabu,  7. 
adv.,  kumudilu,  ku  mpala(3), 
ku  mutu(2). 

Fish,  n.,  munyinyi(2)  wa  mu  mi. 
electric,  nyixi,  3. 

(fisherman),  cilembi,  7. 

-hook,  ndoho,  3. 

-trap,  mukinda,  2. 
net,  bukuondo,  6. 

V.,  with  hook,  loha. 

Fisherman,  n.,  cilembi,  7. 

Fish-hook,  n.,  ndoho,  3. 

Fish-trap,  n.,  mukinda,  2. 

Fist,  n.,  cisusu,  7;  disundu,  5. 
clench  the,  vt.,  tonyaminu. 
strike  with,  vt.,  tua  or  kuma  or 
tuta  followed  by  cisusu  or 
disundu. 

Fit,  m.(agree),  akana,  akanan- 
gana,  dieleka,  fuanangana, 
kelemena;  ^;f.(make  to),  aku- 
xangana,  akuxa,  elekexa, 
fuanyikixa,  kelemexa. 
a(/y. (proper, good),  impe,akane, 
lengele. 

w. (spasm),  cis6ke,  7,  tungu- 
lungu,  pi.  of  8;  nkoyi,  3. 
be  unconscious  from,  v.,  fua  with 
any  one  of  the  above  words, 
to  have  a,  v.,  haluka  followed 
by  one  of  the  above  words. 

Five,  card,  num.,  tanu.  Takes 
Secondary  Prefixes.  In  ab- 
stract counting  use  itanu.  §97. 

Fix,  ■^.(appoint,  as  a day),  amba. 
(after  being  broken  or  disar- 
ranged), vt.,  enza  bimpe,  lon- 
golola,  akuxa. 

(fixed  firmly),  see  immovable. 

Flag,  n.,  nfuele,  3;  dibandala,  5. 

Flame,  n.,  ludimi(4)  lua  kahia(8). 

Flap,  vt.{as,  bird  in  flying),  haha- 
la. 

about,  vi.,  dikuha. 
in  the  wind,  vi.,  hehuka. 

Flash,  n.,  of  lightning,  see  light 
ning. 

■y.(as  lightning),  henya,  kenya. 


FLAT— FOOLISH. 


191 


Flat,  be,  vi.,  batama,  butama, 
landakana. 

Flatten,  vt.,  batamixa,  butamixa, 
landakuxa,  bacika. 

Flavor,  n.(good  smell),  muhu- 
ya(2)  muimpe,  nsunga(3). 
(good  taste),  nse(3),  kutua(in- 
fin.)  kuimpe. 

Flaw,  w.(crack),  mutanta,  2. 

Flea,  n.,  mukenya,  2. 

Flee,  vi.,  nyema,  cimuka. 

Flesh,  n.,  munyinyi,  2. 

(fat),  diinyi,  5. 

(lean),  ngulunge,  3. 

Flexibility,  w.,muxobo(mujobo), 
2. 

Flexible,  be,  vi.,  xoboka,  nyen- 
gabala,  di  ne  muxobo(2). 

Flight,  put  to,  vt.,  ihata,  nye- 
mexa,  cimuna. 

take,  as  bird  in  act  of  flying,  v., 
buka,  tuhuka. 

Flint,  n.,  dibue,  5. 

Flint-lock,  gun,  nph.,  cingoma(7) 
cia  mutengu(2). 

Float,  vi.,  lelema,  lelemuka. 

Flock,  n.,  cisumbu,  7. 

Flog,  vt.,  kuma,  tuta,  kengexa. 

Flood,  be,  a,  v.,  use  mi  as  subj.  of 
vulangana  or  tuntumuka. 

Floor,  n.,  use  generally  the  prepo- 
sitional form  hanxi  ha;  as, 
hanxi  ha  nsubu,  the  floor  of 
the  house. 

Flour,  n.,  bukula,  6. 

Flow,  vi.,  down,  hueka. 

into  each  other,  as  two  streams 
meeting,  sambakana,  sangi- 
la,  tuangana. 

Flower,  n.,  cilongo,  7;  cisu,  7. 
of  palm,  mus^keleke,  2. 
vi.,  vunguluka,  baluluka. 

Flute,  n.,  luxiba,  4. 

Fly,  v.(rise  in  flight),  buka,  tu- 
huka. 

(flap  the  wings  in  flight),  hahala. 

n.,  cixi,  7. 

horse-,  cibanda,  7. 

(which  blows  meat),  lujiji,  4. 

Foam,  n.,  lututu,  4;  lukende,  4. 


Foe,  n.,  muena(i)  lukuna(4). 

Fcetus,  n.,  immature,  kana(dimin. 
of  muana)  kabixe. 

Fog,  n.,  dibungi,  5. 

Fold,  vt.,  bunya. 
arms,  divunga. 
back,  cibulula. 

(embrace),  uhukila. 
legs,  in  sitting  position,  ditonya, 
divunga,  konya(as  women), 
(roll  up),  vunga,  vungila;  (by 
bending),  tonya,  konya. 
up,  kuta,  i.e.,  to  wrap  up. 
n.,  see  enclosure. 

Folk,  n.,  bantu(pl.  of  muntu,  i.) 

Folk-lore,  n.,  muanu,  2;  lu.su- 
muinu,  4;  luximinyinyu,  4. 

Follow,  vt.,  londa,  ya  ku  nyi- 
ma(3). 

(as  attendant),  l&mata. 

Follower,  «. (attendant),  muia- 
maci,  I. 

Folly,  «. (acting  foolishly),  bu- 
cimbe,  6;  bucimbakane,  6; 
buhumbakane,  6. 

(stupidity),  buhote,  6;  buxib^le, 

6. 

Fondle,  vt.,  hotela,  lambakana, 
bomba. 

Food,  n.,  bidia,  pi.  of  7;  nxima, 
pi.  of  3 or  4;  bia  kudia. 

Fool,  «.,  muhale,  i;  mubuluke,  i; 
mutombqke,  i.  These  words 
are  noun  derivatives  from  the 
/Verbs  hala,  buluka  and  tom- 
boka,  which  mean  to  he  crazy, 
etc. 

(one  acting  foolishly),  mucimbe, 
i;  mucimbakane,  i;  muhum- 
bakane,  i.  These  words  are 
derived  from  the  verbs  cimba, 
cimbakana  and  humbakana, 
meaning  to  act  foolishly. 

(a  stupid  person),  muhote,  i; 
muxibale,  i.  These  words 
are  from  the  verbs  hota  and 
xibdle,  to  he  stupid, 
vt.,  cimbixa,  humbixa. 

Foolish,  a^/;.(crazy),  hale,  buluke, 
tomboke.  These  words  are 


192 


FOOLISH— FORETELL. 


Foolish  {continued). 

p.p.  from  the  verbs  hala  and 
buluka  and  tomboka,  to  he 
crazy. 

(of  one  acting  foolishly),  cimbe, 
cimbakane,  humbakane. 
These  words  are  p.p.  of  the 
verbs  cimba,  cimbakana, 
humbakana,  to  act  foolishly. 
(stupid),  bote,  xibale.  These 
words  are  p.p.  of  hota  and 
xib^la,  to  be  stupid. 

Foolishly,  to  act,  v.,  cimba,  cim- 
bakana, humbakana. 

Foolishness,  w. (acting  foolishly), 
bucimbe,  6;  bucimbakane,  6; 
buhumbakane,  6. 

(dementia),  butomboke,  6;  bu- 
hale,  6;  bubuluke,  6. 
(stupidity),  buhote,  6;  buxi- 
baie,  6. 

Foot,  n.,  dikusa,  5. 

cloven,  mukono(2)  muhandike. 
(hoof),  mukono,  2. 

(paw),  dikama,  5. 

sole  of,  munda  rnua  dikusa. 

Footprint, w.,cidiacilu,  7;  dikusa, 
5;  dikama,  5;  mukono,  2. 

For,  prep.{do  for),  use  Applied 
Form  of  verb. 

-ever,  see  ceaselessly. 

(price  in  trading),  ku;  as, 
wakhla  cilulu  ku  lukama 
lua  mibela,  I bought  the  cloth 
for  100  cowries. 

(purpose),  generally  use  the  infin. 
preceded  by  -a;  as,  bintu  bia 
kudia,  things  for  eating.  § 
239  {b). 

(space  of  time),  simply  state 
length  of  time  without  any 
prepositional  word;  as,  naku- 
lalamu  matuku  abidi,  I staid 
there  for  two  days. 
this  reason,  therefore,  ka. 

(too  . . . for),  use  the  verbal 
construction  with  tamba  or 
hita;  as,  muxete  udi  untam- 
ba  bujitu,  the  box  is  too  heavy 
for  me. 


For  {continued). 

(what  for?  why?),  use  Applied 
Form  of  verb  followed  by 
the  interrogatives  cinyi,  etc. 
§ 420. 

sub.  conj.,  see  because. 

Forbear,  v.,  lekela. 

Forbid,  vt.,  hidia,  benga,  kanda. 
(taboo),  jidika,  jila. 

(thing  forbidden),  w.,  cijila,  7. 

Forbidden  thing,  n.,  cijila,  7. 

Force,  «. (strength),  bukale,  6; 
ngulu,  pi.  of  3;  dikanda,  5. 
(by  force),  ku  bukale. 

(compel),  use  Causative  Form 
of  verb. 

Ford,  n.,  dilobo,  5;  cisabu,  7; 
cisabukilu,  7. 

V.,  sabuka. 

Forefather,  n.,  kaku,  i;  nyin- 
k(a),  i;  muena(i)  kale. 

Forehead,  n.,  mpala,  3. 

Foreign,  adj.,  -a  kule,  -a  ci- 
samba(7)  cikuabo. 
country  of  the  white  man,  n., 
mputu,  3.  See  note  under 
mputu  in  B.L.-Eng. 

Foreigner,  n.,  muena(i)  kule, 
muena  cisambu(7)  cikuabo, 
muena  mputu(3). 

Foreleg,  n.,  diboko,  5. 

Foremost,  adj.,  bedi,  -a  kumu- 
dilu,  -a  ku  mpala(3), 
mutu(2),  -a  diambedi(5). 

(be  foremost  in  doing),  v.,  dian- 
jila. 

Forenoon,  n.  There  is  no  speciai 
W'ord  for  the  entire  forenoon, 
use  some  such  ph.  as  dinda(5) 
to  ne  ku  munda  munya(2). 
about  middle  of,  misasa,  pi.  of  2. 

Foreordain,  vph.,  sungula  diam- 
bedi. 

Foreskin,  n.,  musundu,  2;  mu- 
soso,  2;  bukutu,  6. 

Forest,  n.,  ditu,  5.  PI.  ismetu. 
(copse  on  a plain),  cihuka,  7- 

Foretell,  vph.,  amba  diambedi 
bualu(6)  kabui  buanza(e)ku- 
lua. 


FOREVER— FRAGMENT. 


193 


Forever,  adv.,  see  ceaselessly. 

Forewarn,  vt.,  dimuxa. 

Forfeit,  ^.(pay),  futa. 

(lose  in  gambling).  The  person 
losing  is  the  obj.  of  the  v.  taha. 

Forge,  vt.,  tula,fula. 

Forget,  v.  Use  any  one  of  the 
following  constructions: 

(1)  Muoyo(2)  as  subj.  of  the  v. 
hua  with  the  person  forgetting 
as  the  obj. 

(2)  Use  the  verb  hua  with  the 
person  forgetting  as  subj.  and 
muoyo  following  the  verb. 

(3)  Use  buila(6)  or  kafule- 
mene(8)  as  subj.  of  the  v. 
kuata  with  the  person  forget- 
ting as  the  obj. 

(4)  Use  V.  hanga,  especially 
when  forgetting  a person  is 
meant. 

Forgetful,  adj.,  -a  clhua(7) 
muoyo(2),  -a  buila(6),  -a 
kafulemene(8).  The  last 
word  is  Buk. 

Forgetfulness,  «.,  cihua(7)  muo- 
yo(2);  builu,  6;  kafule- 
mene(Buk.),  8. 

Forgive,  see  pardon. 

Fork,  w.(for  table),  nkalafa,  3. 
of  river,  path,  disangu,  5.  PI.  is 
generally  used. 

of  stick  or  tree,  cibanda,  7; 

mpandakanya,  3. 

(forked  stick),  muci(2)  wa  ci- 
handa,  mud  wa  mpanda- 
kanya. 

Form,  w.(shape),  mubldi,  2. 
?;/.(create),  fuka. 

(cut  or  carve),  songa. 

(forge),  tula,  fula. 
friendship  with  one  another, 
kuatangana  followed  by  bu- 
Iunda(6)  or  bunyana(6). 
(make),  enza,  osa,  kixa. 
pots,  fumba,  fimba(fuimba). 

Fornication,  n.,  masandi,  pi.  of 
5 or  6. 

commit,  v.,  enda  masandi, 
sanda. 


P'ornicator,  «.,  muena(i)  ma- 
sandi(pl.  of  5 or  6). 

Forsake,  vt.,  (leave),  xia,  lekela. 
(refuse),  hidia,  benga. 

Forth,  adv.  This  is  generally  ex- 
pressed in  the  verb  root;  as, 
luhuka  and  umuka  and  ha- 
tuka,  to  go  forth  from. 

(go  back  and  forth),  vi.,  tamba- 
kana. 

Forthwith,  adv.,  katataka,  dio- 
diono,  mpindeu. 

Fortitude,  w.,  dikima,  5;  bukitu, 

6. 

Fortunate,  be,  v.,  di  ne  followed 
by  dikusa(5)  dimpe  or  mu- 
abi(2)  or  diese(5)  or  mubi- 
di(2)  muimpe. 

Fortune,  n.,  bad,  dikusa(5)  dibi, 
mubidi(2)  mubi. 
good,  dikusa  dimpe,  muabi(2), 
diese(5),  mubidi  muimpe. 
(wealth),  bintu,  pi.  of  7;  biuma, 
pi.  of  7;  luhetu,  4. 

Forward,  adv.,  ku  mpala(3),  ku- 
mudilu,  ku  mutu(2). 

(be  forward  or  first  in  doing),  v. 
dianjila  followed  by  infin. 

Forwards,  adv.,  see  forward. 

(go  backwards  and  forwards),  v., 
tambakana. 

Foul,  see  dirty,  bad,  rotten. 

Foulness,  w.(of  person),  bukoya, 
6;  manyanu,  pi.  of  5 or  6; 
mbindu,  pi.  of  3 or  4. 

Fountain,  w.(spring),  mpokolo,  3. 

Four,  card,  num.,  ni.  Takes  Sec- 
ondary Prefixes.  In  abstract 
counting  use  ini.  § 97. 

Fourth,  ord.  num.,  ini.  § 99. 

Fowl,  n.,  nsolo,  3. 

(cock),  citila,  7. 
guinea-,  dikangala,  5. 

(hen),  cikukue,  7. 

Fracture,  vt.,  cibula;  w.(be  frac- 
tured), cibuka. 

Fragile,  adj.,  tekete(p.p.  of  te- 
keta,  to  be  fragile.) 

Fragment,  n.,  of  anything  broken 
or  cut  off,  cituha,  7. 


194 


FRAGMENT— FROTH. 


Fragment  {continued). 

of  anything  split,  cihesu,  7. 

Fragrance,  w.,  muhuya(2)  mu- 
impe,  nsunga(3). 

Fragrant,  adj.,  -a  muhuya(2) 
muimpe,  -a  nsunga(3). 

Frail,  adj.,  tekete(p.p.  of  teketa, 
to  he  frail). 

Franc,  n.,  nfulanka(French),  3. 

Fraud,  w.(a  lie),  dixima,  5;  di- 
dinga,  5.  PI.  of  these  words 
generally  used,  which  is  ma- 
ximi  and  madingi. 

Fraudulent  person,  w.(liar), 
muena(i)  ludimi(4),  muxi- 
mi(i),mudingi(i),  muena  fol- 
lowed by  maximi(pl.  of  5)  or 
madlngi(pl.  of  5)  or  mafi(pl. 
of  5).  The  sing,  of  maximi 
and  madingi  is  dixima  and 
didinga,  respectively. 

(thief),  muibi,  i;  muivi,  i; 
muena  mucima(2). 

Free,  x;/. (acquit),  bingixa. 

(let  loose),  lekela,  kuhola,  su- 
lula,  kutula;  vi.{get  free), 
tuka,  suluka,  kulioka(ko- 
hoka). 

-man,  n.,  muntu(i)  wa  bende, 
muana(i)  mulela,  muntu 
mudixikamine. 

(redeem  from  slavery),  vf.,  hi- 
kula. 

adj. {(or  nothing),  -a  hatuhu, 
-a  cinana. 

Free-born  person,  n.,  muana(i) 
mulela,  muntu(i)  mudixi- 
kamine, muntu  wa  bende. 

Freedom,  n.,  budixikamine,  6. 
to  give,  see  free. 

Freeman,  n.,  muana(i)  mulela, 
muntu(i)  mudixikamine, 
muntu  wa  bende. 

Frequently,  adv.  Use  pi.  of 
musangu(2)  or  cikondo(7)  or 
musunsu(2)  followed  by  any 
word  meaning  many.  This 
idea  may  sometimes  be  ex- 
pressed by  the  Repetitive  or 
Habitual  tenses  of  the  verb. 


Fresh,  adj. {as  palm  wine,  not 
strong),  tekete(p.p.  of  teketa, 
to  be  fresh). 
become,  vi.,  bixika. 

(green  or  uncooked),  bixe. 

(new),  hia-hia. 

Fret,  v.,  nyingabala. 

Fretful,  be,  vi.,  nyingabala. 

Friction,  make  fire  by,  v.,  vinga 
kahia(8). 

Friday,  n.,  dituku(5)  ditanu. 

Friend,  w.,  mulunda,  i;  nyan(a), 

I. 

Friendship,  n.,  bulunda,  6;  bun- 
yana,  6. 
break,  vt.,  xiha. 
form,  vt.,  kuatangana. 

Fright,  n.,  buowa,  6. 

(as  of  frightened  animals),  mb^- 
xibaxi,  pi.  of  3 or  4. 

Frighten,  vt.,  cinyixa,  handixa 
mucima(2),  zakuxa  mucima; 
vi.ifoe  frightened),  handika 
mucima,  cina,  zakala,  kan- 
ka,  buowa  as  subj.  of  kuata 
with  the  person  as  obj. 

(be  timid,  as  wild  animal),  vi., 
b^xa,  di  ne  mbd,xibaxl(pl.  of 
3 or  4). 

(startle),  vt.,  tabuluxa;  vi., 
tabuluka. 

Frivolous,  adj.,  -a  tus6ku(pl.  of 

(be  always  laughing  for  nothing), 
lembakana. 

Frog,  w. (large),  mbondo,  3. 
(small),  ludimba,  4. 

From,  prep.,  ku. 

(from  . . . to,  until),  ku  ...  to 
ne  ku,  ku  . . . ne  ku,  or 
sometimes  simple  ne  connect- 
ing the  two  parts. 

Front,  n.,  end,  ku  mutu(2),  ku 
mpala(3). 

in,  ku  mp^la,  kumudilu,  ku 
mutu. 

(in  front  of),  ku  mp^la  kua, 
kumudilu  kua,  ku  mutu  kua. 
leg,  diboko,  5. 

Froth,  n.,  lututu,  4;  lukende,  4. 


/ 


FROWN— GAMBLE. 


195 


Frown,  nyenga  or  fudika  with 
mpala(3). 

Fructify,  -y. (cause  to  conceive), 
imicixa. 

Fruit,  n.,  dimoma,  5.  This  word 
is  not  applied  to  bananas, 
plantains,  or  pineapples;  it 
has  reference  only  to  such 
fruits  as  grow  on  trees  or 
shrubs. 

bear,  vt.,  kuama. 

Some  of  the  more  common  fruits 
are  as  follows: 
banana,  dibote,  5. 
lime,  dilala,  5. 

mango,  nsafu,  3.  See  note  under 
nsafu. 

papaw,  dihahi,  5. 
pineapple,  kangujinguji,  8;  di- 
kaka,  5;  cikakakaka,  7. 
plantain,  dikuonde,  5. 
small  yellow  fruit  growing  on  the 
plains,  dixonde,  5. 

Fruitful,  be,  w.(female),  di  ne 
with  lulelu(4)  or  diminu(5)  or 
buledi(6). 

Fruitfulness,  «. (power  to  bear 
young),  lulelu,  4;  diminu,  5; 
buledi,  6. 

Frustrate,  vt.^  humbixa,  kosexa, 
ela  mukosa(2). 

(be  frustrated),  vi.,  humba. 

Fry,  vt.,  kanga. 

Frying-pan,  n.,  civuadi,  7;  luesu, 
4;  nyingu,  3. 

Fuel,  n.,  lukunyi,  4.  Generally 
use  pi. 

Fugitive,  n.,  munyerai,  i. 

Fulfil,  vt.,  xiklxa;  vi.{he  ful- 
filled), xika. 

Full,  be,  vi.,  ula,  vula, 

(after  eating),  vi.,  ukuta. 

-grown,  vi.,  kala. 
measure  or  quantity,  vi.,  kum- 
bana,  vula;  7/^(make  full 
measure),  kumb3.xa,  vudlxa. 
moon,  vph.,  ngondo(3)  followed 
by  the  v.  lua  clbaiu(7); 
ngondo  may  also  be  subj.  of 
tentama. 


Full,  be  {continued), 
adj.  Use  the  indeclinable  tente 
(from  tentama,  to  be  full) ; as, 
mulondo  udi  mi  tente,  the 
jar  is  full  of  water. 

Fun,  w.(laughter),  kaseku,  8. 
have  with,  to  play  with,  vt.,  saba 
ne,  sabila,  naya  ne,  sabixa, 
nayixa,  sekexa. 

(joke),  n.,  citedi,  7.  PI.  gener- 
ally used. 

(make  fun  of),  vt.,  s6ka. 

(to  jokp),  V.,  ela  bitedi,  hunga. 

Funny,  be,  ^.(producing  laughter), 
s§kexa. 

Furious,  be,  m.(angry),  di  ne  or 
utiia  or  unva  with  cixi(7); 
or  cixi  as  subj.  of  kuata  with 
the  person  as  obj. 

Furnace,  w.(for  smelting  iron  ore), 
cikutu,  7. 

Fury,  w.(anger),  cixi,  7. 

Fuss,  n.,  diyoyo,  5;  mutayo,  2. 

Future,  nph.,  use  matuku(pl.  of 
5)  followed  by  -a  ku  mpS,la(3) 
or  -a  kumudilu.  The  words 
ngondo(moon)  and  cidimu 
(season)  may  be  substituted, 
according  to  sense,  for  matuku. 
The  future  idea  in  the  verb  is 
expressed  by  future  tense. 

G. 

Gabble,  v.,  akula  biakulakula(pl. 
of  7),  labakana. 

Gain,  v.,  a bet  or  cause  at  court, 
binga. 

by  trading,  vph.,  endulula  mu- 
xinga(2)  muimpe. 
at  gambling,  v.,  taha.  The  per- 
son losing  is  the  obj.  of  the  v. 

Gale,  w.(wind),  luhehele,  4. 
a strong,  cihuhu,  7. 
blow  a,  V.,  huha. 

Gall,  n.,  nyongangandu,  3;  ka» 
bululu,  8. 

Gamble,  ^.(gain  at),  taha.  The 
person  losing  is  the  obj.  of  the 

V. 


196 


GAMBLE— GIl,  OINESS. 


Gamble  {continued). 

(lose  at),  V.  The  person  losing 
is  the  obj.  of  the  v.  taha;  as, 
bakuntaha  bintu  biinyi,  I 
have  lost  my  things. 

(tossing  flat  seeds  or  other  ob- 
jects), t;.,  ela  nxobo(pl,  of 
luxobo,  4,  which  is  one  of  the 
pieces  tossed). 

See  BET. 

Game,  n.,  disaba,  5;  dinaya,  5. 

Gape,  v.,  ela  muau(2). 
w.,  muau,  2. 

Garbage,  n.,  bilu(7),  bisonso(7). 

Garden,  w. (field),  budimi,  6; 
cibidi(Buk.),  7. 

(small  patch  in  swamp  in  dry 
season),  cisenze,  7. 

(small  patch  near  house),  ci- 

bunda,  7. 

Garment,  w,,ciliilu,  7;  cilamba,7. 

Gash,  n.,  mputa,  3. 

V.,  taha. 

Gate,  w.,  cibi,  7. 

Gather,  vt.{a.s  corn,  fruit),  huo^, 
kuola. 

(as  leaves  of  the  matamba),  aka. 
(as  millet),  nowa. 
together,  vt.,  tutakanya,  tuta- 
kuxa,  sangixa,  sangakanya, 
sangakuxa,  sambakanya, 
sambakuxa,  kungixa,  san- 
gila,  sanga;  vi.,  tutakana, 
sangakana,  sambakana,kun- 
gakana,  disanga,  diunguixa. 
up,  as  trash,  boya. 

Gaze,  v.,  fixedly,  mona  or  tangila 
or  xoxa  followed  by  talala 
(adv.). 

Gender,  see  § 56. 

Generate,  ‘P.(beget),  imicixa. 
(give  birth),  lela. 

Generation,  w.(line  of  descent), 
cilongo,  7. 

Generosity,  n.,  diha,  5. 

Generous,  adj.,  -a  diha(5). 
person,  n.,  cihahi,  7. 

Genius,  w. (knowledge),  lungenyi, 
4;  mexi,  pi.  of  5.  or  6;  lu- 
kanyi,  4. 


Gentile,  nph.^  muntu(i)  kai 
Muyuda(i). 

Gentle,  be,  vi.,  hola,  talala,  -a 
kalolo(8),  -a  lutulu(4). 

Gentleness,  n.,  lutulu,  4. 
(attractiveness),  kalolo,  8. 

Gently,  adv.,  bitekete,  bimpe, 
bitulu. 

Germ,  n.,  in  seed,  disu,  5;  muoyo, 
2. 

Germinate,  (sprout),  m^na. 

Get,  V.,  accustomed  to,  vi.,  ibidila. 
angry,  vi.,  di  ne  cixi(7). 
anything  done  for  another,  use 
Applied  Form  of  Causative, 
away,  to  escape,  vi.,  tuka,  ongo- 
loka,  handuka. 

(become),  see  becxdme. 

(bring),  vt.,  lua  ne. 
down,  vi.,  tuluka,  Ika. 
drunk,  v.,  kuacixa  maluTU. 
dry,  vi.,  mna. 
fat,  vi.,  diunda,  lunda. 
hot,  vi.,  lua  kahia. 
in,  into,  vi.,  buela. 
loose,  untied,  vi.,  tuka,  suluka, 
kuhoka. 

mad  (crazy),  vi.,  buluka,  hala, 
tomboka. 

out,  vi.,  luhuka,  umuka,  ha- 
tuka. 

out  of  the  way,  vi.,  sesuka, 
ehuka,  umuka. 
palm  wine,  v.,  ema. 

(take  up),  vt.,  angata,  arabula, 
mema. 

up,  vi.,  bika,  juka. 
up  a tree,  to  climb,  v.,  banda. 
water  from  spring  or  stream,  vt., 
suna. 

well,  convalesce,  vi.,  sang^la, 
kusa  mubidi(2),  sanguluka. 
worse,  V.,  nemenena,  nema. 

Ghost,  n.,  see  spirit. 

Gibberish,  n.,  ciakulakula,  7. 
§ 356  (^). 

Giddiness,  n.,  dinyungu,  5 ; kan- 
tetu,  8;  lunyungu,  4;  kan- 
yungunyungu. 


GIDDY— GO. 


197 


Giddy,  be,  vph.{d\zzy),  di  ne  fol- 
lowed by  dinyungu(5)  or 
kantetii(8)  or  lunyungu(4)  or 
kanyunganyungu(8). 

Gift,  n.,  ciha,  7;  also  the  infin. 
kuha.  Jisus  nkuha  kua 
Mzambi  kuakutuheye,  Jesus 
is  the  gift  of  God  which  he 
has  given  to  us. 

(extra  amount  given  to  conclude 
trade),  matabixa,  pi.  of  5 or  6; 
nsekididi,  3;  ntentekedi,  3. 

Giggle,  vph.,  di  ne  kaseku(8). 
Pi.  generally  used. 

Giggling,  «.,  kaseku,  8.  PI.  gen- 
erally used. 

Gird,  v.,  up  the  loin,  ela  muki- 
ya(2). 

(wrap  around),  jingila,  jinga, 
nyengela,  vunga,  vungila. 

Girdle,  n.,  mukuba,  2. 

Girl,  n.,  muana(i)  mukuxi(i). 
(lass),  muxikankunde,  2;  son- 
gakuxi,  I. 

Girlhood,  «.,  buxikankunde,  6; 
bunsongakuxi,  6. 

Give,  z/.,  ha,  ambika(Buk.). 
a name,  v.,  idika,  inyika. 
birth  to,  V.,  lela. 

(hand  to,  pass  to),  hetexa, 
hetela. 

light,  z'.,ditemena,temena,  toka. 
permission,  see  permission. 
suck  to,  vt.,  amuixa. 
to  drink,  vt.,  nuixa. 
to  eat,  vt.,  dixa. 
up,  hanga,  lekela. 

Gizzard,  n.,  dinkidingila,  5; 
dintumbu,  5. 

Glad,  be,  vi.,  sanka. 

Gladden,  vt.,  sankixa. 

Gladness,  n.,  disanka,  5. 

Glance,  v.,  off,  tuya,  sesuka, 
ehuka. 

Glass,  (looking-),  ludimuenu,  4; 
lurauenu,  4. 

(tumbler),  nglas(Eng.),  3. 

Gleam,  z;. (glisten),  engelela,  bala- 
kana. 

(shine),  ditemena,  temena. 


Glisten,  v.,  engelela,  balakana. 

Glitter,  v.,  engelela,  balakana. 

Globe,  n.,  cibulunge,  7;  dibu- 
lunge,  5. 

Gloominess,  w.(darkness),  midi- 
ma,  pi.  of  2;  muflta,  2. 

Glorify,  vt.  tumbixa,  meneka, 
menekela,  nemeka,  neme- 
kela,  tendelela. 

Glorious,  adj.,  nine,  tumbefp.p. 
of  tumba,  to  be  glorious). 

Glory,  w. (greatness),  bunine,  6. 

Glow,  v.,  ditemena,  temena. 

Glutton,  nph.,  muena(  i)  followed 
by  lumpukusu(4)  or  cihu- 
su(7)  or  mudiu(2). 

Gluttonous,  adj.,  -a  lumpu- 
kusu(4),  -a  cihusu(7),  -a 
mudiu(2). 

Gluttony,  n.,  lumpukusu,  4; 
cihusu,  7;  mudiu,  2. 

Gnash,  v.,  diangana  menu. 

Gnat,  n.,  kixi,  8.  Dimin.  of  cixi. 

Gnaw,  v.,  kunya. 

Go,  V.,  ya,  enda. 

about,  from  place  to  place,  vi., 
endakana. 

across  a river,  vi.,  sabuka. 
across  a path,  vi.,  sambuka. 
after,  to  follow,  vt.,  londa,  ya  ku 
nyima(3)  kua. 

ahead  of,  vt.,  ya  with  ku  mpa- 
la(3)  kua  or  kumudilu  kua, 
hita,  tamba. 

around,  vi.,  cimbakana,  nyun- 
guliika. 

away,  vi.,  umuka,  ya. 
back,  to  return,  vi.,  aluka, 
alukila,  hingana,  hingila, 
tuta,  tucila,  andamuka, 
hinguluka. 

back  and  forth,  vi.,  tambakana. 
backwards,  vi.,  ya  cianyima. 
bad,  vi.,  bola,  onoka,  nyan- 
guka. 

down,  vi.,  hueka,  huekela, 
uhuka. 

first,  vi.,  dianjila  kuya. 
in,  into,  vi.,  buela. 
let,  vt.,  lekela. 


198 


GO— GRANDPARENT. 


Go  (conlintied) . 

mad,  vi.,  buluka,  hala,  tom- 
boka. 

off  accidentally,  as  gun,  vi., 
flnukila,  sohoka,  disoho- 
kela. 

on  a journey,  vi.,  ya  ku  luen- 
du(4). 

out,  vi.,  luhuka,  hatuka,  umu- 
ka,  tambuka. 
out,  as  fire,  vi.,  jima. 
past  one,  vt.,  hita,  tamba. 
up,  vi.,  banda. 
with,  to  accompany,  vt.,  flla. 

Goat,  n.,  mbuxi,  3. 

(half-grown),  lutumbatumba,  4. 
he,  mpumbu,  3. 

she,  dixina,  5.  Has  borne  young. 

Go-between,  n.,  in  marriage, 
cibanji,  7. 

God,  n.,  Nzambi,  i.  While  this  is 
not  the  word  native  to  the 
Baluba  and  Bena  Lulua,  yet 
it  is  very  extensively  used  and 
has  been  adopted  for  use  in 
the  literature  and  preaching. 
It  comes  from  the  Lower 
Congo. 

No  worship  is  paid  to  God, 
though  there  is  everywhere 
a distinct  idea  and  a name 
for  the  Supreme  Being,  who 
at  least  creates  if  he  does 
not  afterwards  direct  affairs 
by  his  providence.  For  the 
Supreme  Being  the  Bena 
Lulua  use  Nfldi  Mukulu,  the 
Baluba  use  Nfldi  Mukulu  or 
Muloho  or  Muloho  Muowe- 
xanangila. 

Gold,  nph.,  lukanu(4)  lukunze. 

Goliath-beetle,  n.,  kababu,  8. 

Good,  adj.,  impe,  lengele,  akane. 
(attractive),  -a  kalolo(8). 
keep,  as  salt  preserving  meat, 
vt.,  lengexa. 

make,  beautify,  vt.,  lengexa. 
(taste  good),  v.,  xemakana. 

Good-bye,  see  adieu. 


Goodness,  n.,  buimpe,  6;  bulen- 
gele,  6;  buakane,  6. 
(attractiveness),  kalolo,  8. 

Goods,  n.,  bintu,  pi.  of  7;  biuma, 
pi.  of  7;  luhetu,  4. 

Gospel,  nph.,  bualu(6)  bua 
Nzambi. 

Gourd,  n.,  dried,  ciloa,  7;  cibu- 
lubulu,  7. 
green,  ciioaioa,  7. 

(split  crosswise),  cihuiu,  7;  ci- 
tonga,  7;  cihundu,  7. 

(split  lengthwise),  lubaiu  (for 
water),  4;  cibaiu  (for  bread), 
7- 

neck  of,  cikolokolo,  7. 

Govern,  x».(as  chief  his  people). 
Perhaps  best  expressed  by  the 
ph.  niukelenge(i)  wa,  chief 
of;  as,  Lukengu  udi  miike- 
lenge  wa  Bakuba,  Lukengu 
governs  the  Bakuba,  i.e.,  is 
their  chief. 

(as  mother  her  child),  bulukila, 
samina,  b61a,  nanga. 

Government,  n.,  bukelenge,  6; 
bunfuniu,  6. 

Governor,  n.,  mukelenge,  i; 
nfumu,  I. 

Grab,  vt.,  bakula. 

Grace,  m. (mercy),  luse,  4. 

Gracious,  adj.,  -a  luse(4). 
be  to,  vph.,  ha  luse. 

Grain,  n.,  of  corn,  ditete,  5;  mu- 
tonda,  2;  ditungu,  5. 
of  sand,  kasoka,  8;  kasenga,  8; 
kaseie,  8.  These  words  are 
dimin.  of  iusoka  and  lusenga 
and  lusele,  respectively. 

See  SEED. 

Grandchild,  n.,  muikilu,  i. 

Grandfather,  n.,  kaku(i)  mu- 
lumi(i),  nyink(a)(i)  muiu- 
mi(i). 

Grandmother,  n.,  kaku(i)  mu- 
kuxi(i),  nyinka(a)(i)  mu- 
kuxi(i). 

Grandparent,  n.,  kaku,  i;  nyin- 
k(a),  I. 


GRANT— GROUP. 


199 


Grant,  t'/.(give),  ha,  ambika. 
permission,  see  permission. 

Grapes,  nph.,  inamoma(sing.  di- 
moraa,  5)  a kuenza  n’a  fol- 
lowed by  vinyo  or  maluvu  a 
mputu. 

Grape-vine,  nph.,  muoxi(2)  wa 
mamoma  a kuenza  n’a  fol- 
lowed by  vinyo  or  maluvu  a 
mputu. 

Grasp,  vt.,  kuata,  angata,  flekela. 

Grass,  n.,  dixindc,  5. 

tall,  as  on  plain,  cisuku,  7;  bicici 
(Buk.),  pi.  of  7. 

(used  in -covering  houses),  luan- 
yi,  4;  cisoso,  7;  lusono,  4. 
PI.  generally  used. 

(very  tall  and  coarse),  disele,  5. 

Grasshopper,  n.,  luhasu,  4. 

Grateful,  adj.,  -a  cinemu(7). 
be  to,  t>.,  sekelela,  ha  muoyo(2), 
inyixa. 

See  note  under  thank. 

Gratefulness,  «.,  cinemu,  7. 

Gratis,  n.,  hatuhu,  cinana.  These 
are  really  adverbial  words. 

Gratitude,  n.,  cinemu,  7.  From 
V.  nemeka. 

Gratuitously,  adv.,  cinana,  ha- 
tuhu. 

Grave,  n.,  lukita,  4;  ciduaya,  7. 

Graveyard,  see  cemetery. 

Gravy,  n.,  musoxi,  2;  mukele- 
kele,  2. 

Gray,  ai;'.(color),  tokoloke(p.p.  of 
tokoloka,  to  he  gray).  There 
is  no  distinct  name, 
hair,  n.,  lungufu,  4;  luvi,  4. 

Graze,  ^.(eat  grass),  dia  ma- 
xinde(pl.  of  5). 

Grease,  n.,  see  fat. 

V.,  laba  minyi(pl.  of  5). 

Great,  ai;.(famous),  nine,  tum- 
be(p.p.  of  tumba,  to  he  great). 
(large\  nine, 
make,  vt.,  tumbixa. 

Greatness,  n.,  bunine,  6. 

Greediness,  n.,  lumpukusu,  4; 
cihusu,  7;  mudiu,  2. 


Greedy,  adj.,  -a  lumpukusu(4),  -a 
cihusu(7),  -amudiu(2). 

Green,  (color),  flke(p.p.of  fika, 

to  he  green),  fikuluke(p.p.  of 
flkuluka,  to  he  green). 

(new),  hia-hia. 

(not  ripe),  bixe. 

(unripe,  be),  vi.,  bixika. 

Greens,  w. (leaves  of  cassava),  ma- 
tamba,  pi.  of  5;  kalexi,  8. 
Other  varieties:  citekuteku,  7; 
mulengalenga,  2;  niutete,  2; 
nsampu,  3. 

Greet,  see  salute. 

Gree  ing,  see  salutation. 

Grief,  n.,  cixi,  7;  kanyingan- 
yinga,  8. 

Grieve,  v.,  dila,  ufua  or  unva 
followed  by  cixi(7),  muoyo*(2) 
or  mucima(2)  as  subj.  of 
nyingala,  cixi  as  subj.  of 
kuata  and  the  person  as  obj., 
di  ne  with  cixi  or  kanyingan- 
yinga(8). 
for,  inga. 

Grin,  v.,  tua  mimuemue(pl.  of  2). 
n.,  mumuemue,  2. 

Grind,  z;.(as  corn  between  two 
stones),  hela. 
fine,  vt.,  botexa. 

(grit  the  teeth),  diangana  or 
zekexa  with  menu(pl.  of  5). 
(sharpen),  nuona. 

Grindstone,  n.,  dibue(5)  dia  ku- 
nuona. 

Grip,  vt.,  kuata. 

Gripe,  v.,  nyenga  with  munda  as 
subj. 

Grit,  v.,  the  teeth,  diangan'a  or 
zokex  with  menu(pl.  of  5). 

Groan,  v.,  huma,  tua  mukema(2). 
«.(as  of  pain),  mukema,  2, 

Grope,  vi.,  bubuta. 

Ground,  «.(loose  dirt),  malobo, 
pi.  cf  bulobo(6). 
on  the,  the  loc.  word  hanxi. 
(world),  bulobo,  6. 

Group,  n.,  cisumbu,  7;  disanga, 
5- 


200 


GROVE— GUN. 


Grove,  w.  (copse  on  a plain), 
cihuka,  7. 

Grow,  v.,  kale,  lunda. 

(grow  large),  v.,  diunda. 

(grow  tall),  V.,  leha. 

(grow  thin),  v.,  nyana. 

Growl,  z;.(as  a dog),  ela  ma- 
kanda(pl.  of  5),  kanga. 
(grumble),  v.,  tontolola,  tonto- 
mona. 

n.,  dikanda,  5. 

Grown,  be,  vi.,  kala. 

person,  n.,  muntu(i)  mukale. 

Grub,  w.(a  worm),  dikubu,  5; 
luhose(found  in  the  palm),  4. 
Both  kinds  are  eaten, 
up,  vt.,  jula. 

Gruel,  n.,  musabu,  2. 

Grumble,  v.,  tontolola,  tonto- 
• mona. 

(mutter  in  low  tone),  nungana. 
(with  a click  of  the  throat), 
sodia. 

Grunt,  -y. (expressing  surprise), 
kema,  tua  cikema(7). 

(groan  in  pain),  huma,  tua 
mukeina(2). 

#.(of  astonishment),  cikema,  7. 
(of  pain),  mukema,  2. 

Guarantee,  w.(pawn),  cieya,  7. 
to  leave  as,  vt.,  eyeka. 

Guard,  (watch),  lama, 
be  on  one’s,  vi.,  dimuka. 
put  on  one’s,  vt.,  dimuxa. 
n.,  mulami,  i. 

Guess,  v.,  cinka. 

Guest,  n.,  muenyl,  i. 

Guide,  v.,  lombola. 

n.,  mulombodi(i)  wa  nxila, 
mudianjidi(i). 

Guilt,  n.,  bualu(6)  bubi,  muan- 
da(2)  mubi,  bubi(6).  We 
often  hear  simply  the  pi.  of 
the  adjectives  mabi  and  mibi. 

Guiltless,  adj.{goo^,  impe,  len- 
gele,  akane. 

(be  acquitted),  vi.,  binga. 
declare,  vt.,  bingixa. 

Guilty,  be  condemned  as,  vi.,  hila. 
declare,  vt.,  hixa. 


Guinea-fowl,  n.,  dikangala,  5. 

Gully,  n.,  mutubu,  2;  nkoka,  3; 
muexi,  2. 

Gun,  n.,  cingoma,  7;  buta,  6. 
This  last  word  originally 
meant  how. 

cannon,  n.,  ditende,  5. 
cap  gun,  n.,  cingoma  cia  lufa- 
taci(4). 

flint-lock,  n.,  cingoma  cia  mu- 
tengu(2). 

pistol,  n.,  kahambala,  8. 
rifle,  n.,  cingoma  cia  lutende(4). 
shotgun,  n.,  cingoma  cia  tun- 
dimba(pl.  of  8). 


barrel,  n.,  mulonda,  2;  muxiba, 

2, 

bullet,  n.,  lutende,  4;  mute- 
lenge(2)  wa  lutende. 
cap,  n.,  lufataci,  4. 
cartridge,  n.,  mutelenge(2)  wa 
Iutende(4). 
flint,  n.,  dibue,  5. 
hammer,  n.,  dikusa,  5. 
muzzle,  n.,  muxuku,  2. 
nipple,  n.,  disu,  5. 
powder,  n.,  kahia,  8;  difuanda, 
5- 

ramrod,  n.,  nfukete,  3. 
shell,  n.,  mutelenge(2)  wa  tun- 
dimba(pl.  of  8). 
shot,  n.,  kandimba,  8. 
trigger,  n.,  mulemu,  2. 
wadding,  n.,  dihusa,  5;  cinyu- 
ka,  7. 


aim,  V.,  dingila,  lama,  ludikila, 
idikixa. 

click  (when  cocked),  vi.,  aba. 
cock,  vt.,  bangula. 
fire,  vt.,  ela  cingoma. 
go  off  accidentally,  vi.,  sohoka, 
disohokela,  flnukila. 
hit,  vt.,  lonza,  kuma. 
load,  vt.,  soma. 

miss  aim,  v.,  ela  cingoma 
hanxi,  hanga. 

miss  fire,  not  go  off,  vi.,  funga. 


GUNPOWDER— HARD. 


201 


Gunpowder,  m.,  kahia,  8;  di~ 
fuanda,  5. 

Gut,  w.,  dila,  5. 


H. 

Habit,  n.,  cilele,  7;  cienzedi,  7; 
cibilu,  7. 

bad,  use  any  of  the  above  words 
with  the  adj.  bi.  For  habitual 
action  use  Pres.  Habitual 
tense. 

Habitually,  see  ceaselessly. 

Habituate,  vt.,  ibidixa. 

(be  habituated),  vi.,  ibidila, 
lobokela. 

Haggard,  be,  vi.,  nyana,  di  ne  or 
uma  followed  by  cionda(7)  or 
cinyanu(7). 

Haggardness,  n.,  cionda,  7;  cin- 
yanu,  7. 

Hail,  ■y^.(call),  bikila. 
from,  vi.,  fuma. 

(greet),  see  salute. 

-stone,  n.,  dibue(5)  dia  nvula(3). 

Hair,  w. (beard  or  hair  on  head  of 
person),  lusuki,  4;  lunyonyi, 
4- 

gray,  n.,  luvi,  4;  lungufu,  4. 
(on  l3ody  of  person  or  animal), 
luoso,  4.  Note  that  pi.  is 
mioso(2).  § 45,  Rem. 

Half,  n.  There  is  no  word  ex- 
pressing this  idea  exactly.  If 
anything  is  cut  into  two  parts, 
whether  they  be  equal  or  not, 
each  part  is  called  cituha(7); 
if  the  thing  is  split,  each  piece 
is  called  cihesu(7). 

(cut  half  in  two),  v.,  kosaor  kala 
followed  by  hankuci  or  kun- 
kuci. 

-way,  the  loc.  words  hankuci 
and  kunkucl. 

Hallow,  z;/.(to  honor),  tumbixa, 
nemeka,  nemekela,  meneka, 
menekela,  tendelela. 

Halt,  v.{he  lame),  lema. 

(limp),  zobela,  tebuka. 


Halt  {continued). 

(stand),  imuna. 

(stop),  lekela. 

Hammer,  n.,  lukonko,  4. 
of  gun,  dikusa,  5. 
z;.(drive  a nail),  kumina,  hohela. 
(forge),  V.,  tula,  fula. 

Hammock,  n.,  buanda,  6. 

Hand,  n.,  cianza,  7. 

in  the,  ku  minu(pl.  of  2). 
left,  cianza  cia  bakuxi,  cianza 
cia  luboko(4),  cianza  cia , 
munyinyi(2). 

(left-handed  person),  muena(i) 
with  ciboko(7)  or  lumosa(4). 
of  banana  or  plantain,  cisangi,  7. 
palm  of,  munda  mua  cianza. 
right,  cianza  cia  with  balumi  or 
bukale  or  bidia. 
(sleight-of-hand  trick),  dijimbu, 
5;  dialu,  5. 

(to  pass  to),  vt.,  hetexa,  hetela. 
(writing),  n.,  cifundidi,  7. 

Handful,  n.,  difuka,  5. 

Handle,  n.,-oi  knife  or  hoe,  cilabi, 
7;  cikuacilu,  7;  mulabi,  2. 
of  cup,  mukolokolo,  2. 

(fasten  handle  in  axe,  hoe,  etc.), 
vt.,  bangixa. 

V. (examine),  lenga,  lamba,  1am- 
bila. 

Handsome,  adj.,  impe,  akane, 
lengele,  -a  mpoci(slang). 

Handsomeness,  n.,  buimpe,  6; 
buakane,  6;  bulengele,  6; 
mpoci(slang),  3. 

Hang,  v.,  a person,  owa. 
down,  vi.,  lembelela. 
one’s  self,  diowa. 
up,  vt.,  kudika. 

Happen,  vi.,  lua. 

Happiness,  n.,  disanka,  5. 

Happy,  be,  vi.,  sanka,  generally 
with  muoyo(2)  or  mucima(2) 
as  subj. 

make,  vt.,  sankixa  with  muoyo 
or  mucima  as  obj. 

Hard,  adj.,  to  the  touch,  kale(p.p. 
of  kala,  to  be  hard). 
make,  vt.,  kalexa. 


202 


HARDEN— HEADLONG. 


Harden,  v/.,  kalcxa. 

(accustom  to),  vt.,  ibidixa;  i;z.(bc 
accustomed  to),  ibidila,  lobo- 
kela. 

Hardness,  n.,  bukale,  6. 

Harlot,  nph.,  nuikuxi(i)  wa  ma- 
sandi(pl.  of  5 or  6). 

Harm,  w. (danger,  trouble,  palaver), 

biialu,  6;  muanda,  2. 
enzela  bibi. 

Harmless,  adj.  This  idea  may 
generally  be  expressed  by  the 
sentence  ena  mua  kuenza 
cintu,  {it)  can  do  nothing. 

Harmonium,  w.,  cisanji,  7. 

Harmonize,  z;/.(put  in  tune),  suka. 
(put  out  of  harmony  or  tune), 
vt.,  sukula. 

(tune  instruments  to  each  other), 
sukila  or  akuxa  with  hamiie. 
(sing. in  harmony),  akuxame(pl. 
of  5)  hamue. 

(be  out  of  harmony  or  tune),  vi., 
sukuka. 

Harmony,  see  harmonize. 

Harp,  w.,  cisanji,  7.  This  is  made 
by  fastening  small  pieces  of 
iron  of  different  lengths  a»d 
sizes  to  a hollow  piece  of  wood. 

Harvest,  «.(time).  There  seems 
to  be  no  word  expressing  the 
idea  of  harvest  time.  Use 
some  explanatory  ph.,  such  as 
cidimu(7)  cia,  season  of,  or 
ngondo(3)  wa,  month  oj\  as, 
cidimu  cia  kukuola  manva. 
ciakiilua,  the  corn  harvest 
time  has  come.  There  being 
no  general  word  for  harvest  it 
is  necessary  to  mention  the 
name  of  the  thing  harvested. 
x^/.(as  corn),  huola,  kuola. 

(as  millet,  rice),  nowa. 

(as  peas),  aka. 

Hash,  vt.{a.s>  meat),  zaz  . 

Haste,  n.,  lubilu,  4;  lukusa,  4. 
See  note  under  lubilu. 

Hasten,  vi.,  generally  use  the  spe- 
cific verb  with  lubilu  or 
lukusa. 


Hasten  {continued) . 

(hurry  up,  make  to  do  in  a hurry), 
vt.,  endexa  or  enzexa  followed 
by  lubilu  or  lukusa. 

Hat,  n.,  cifulu,  7. 

Hatch,  vt.,  totobula,  taya(toya). 

Hatchet,  n.,  kacui,  8.  Dimin.  of 
cisui(7). 

Hate,  v.,  kina,  di  ne  lukuna(4), 
neg.  of  sua  or  nanga  or 
inyixa. 

(loathe,  as  bread),  vt.,  tonda. 

Hateful,  adj.,  toward,  -a  lu- 
kuna(4). 

Hatred,  n.,  lukuna,  4. 

Haughtiness,  n.,  disanka,  5. 

Haughty,  be,  vi.,  disua,  sanka. 

Have,  x^.(possess).  Use  one  of  the 
verbs  meaning  to  he  followed 
by  ne. 
not,  ena  ne. 
to,  must,  see  must. 

For  have  or  had  as  auxiliary  in 
formation  of  compound  tenses 
see  § 205,  Rem. 

To  have  something  done  for  one, 
use  Applied  Form  of  the 
Causative.  § 335  (a). 

Hawk,  n.,  nkumbikumbi,  3. 

He,  pers.  pro. 

(1)  Simple  Disjunctive  form, 
yeye.  § 105. 

(2)  Compound  Disjunctive  form, 
biandi.  §§  108,  no. 

(3)  Conjunctive  forms  used  as 
(a)  Pro.  prefix.  §§  113,  114. 
{h)  Pro.  suffix.  §§120,123. 

Head,  n.,  mutu,  2.  Some  say 
mutue. 

-ache,  n.,  mutu  followed  by 
mubele  or  musame. 
bald,  n.,  dibala,  5. 
crown  of,  lubombo,  4. 

-long,  mutu  munxi. 
of  millet,  muehu,  2. 
of  stream,  mutu,  2. 

Headache,  nph.,  mutu(2)  followed 
by  mubele  or  musame. 

Headlong,  adv.,  use  ph.  mutu(2) 
munxi. 


HEADMAN— HENCEFORTH. 


203 


Headman,  n.,  kahita,  8.  From 
Portuguese. 

Heal,  v.,  see  cure. 

Health,  n.  There  is  no  definite 
word.  For  good  health  use 
such  expressions  as  bukale(6) 
or  ngulu(3)  or  mubidi(2) 
mukale.  For  had  health  use 
disama(5)  or  dibedi(5)  or 
bubedi(6)  ormubidi(2)  mute- 
kete. 

Healthy,  adj.,  -a  bukale(6),  -a 
ngulu(3),  -a  mubidi(2)  mu- 
kale. 

Heap,  w.(a  large  pile),  muxiki,  2. 
(a  small  pile,  such  as  can  be  held 
in  two  hands),  difuka,  5. 
up,  pile  one  on  top  of  the  other, 
vt.,  tentekuxa,  tenteka,  ten- 
tekanya,  ambakanya,  amba- 
kuxa;  ‘y/.(be  one  on  top  of  the 
other),  tentama,  ambakana. 

Hear,  v.,  unva,  ufua.  Note  that 
the  obj.  of  this  verb  is  di(5), 
word,  ciona,  sound  of  rain,  etc., 
and  not  a j>erson;  as,  nakun- 
va  di  diandi,  I heard  him,  lit., 
his  word.  We  may  also  use 
the  form  nakunvamuakuam- 
beye,  I heard  him,  lit.,  what  he 
sail. 

each  other,  understand,  unvan- 
gana. 

listen  to,  vt.,  telexa. 

Hearken,  v.,  see  heed. 

Hearsay,  n.,  lumu,  4. 

Heart,  n.,  di,  5.  PI.  is  me. 
lose,  V.,  cina. 

take,  V.,  kalexa,  with  muoyo(2) 
or  mucima(2).  In  the  figura- 
tive sense  of  heart,  mucima(2) 
and  muoyo(2)  are  often  used 
interchangeably.  See  these 
two  words  in  B.L.-Eng. 

Hearth,  n.,  diku,  5.  PI.  ismeku. 

Heartless,  see  merciless. 

Heartless  JESS,  n.,  lukinu,  4; 
cinyangu,  7. 

Heat,  n.,  of  fire,  kahia,  8. 
of  sun,  munya,  2. 


Heat  {continued). 

(warmth  of  body  or  fire  or  air), 
luiya,  4;  ciyuya,  7. 
vt.,  hixa;  t^f.(be  heated),  hia. 
over  again,  as  food,  vt.,  babaxa; 
vi.{he  heated  again),  babala. 

Heaven,  7iph.,  musoko(2)  wa 
Nzanibi. 

(firmament),  diulu,  5. 

Heavenly,  adj.{oi  the  firmament), 

-a  diulu(5). 

Heaviness,  n.,  bujitu,  6. 

Heavy,  be,  v.,  di  bujitu(6),  di  ne 
bujitu,  nema,  nemenena. 

Heed,  v.(obey),  tumikila,  enza 
mu-  followed  by  proper  tense 
and  person  of  amba,  itabuxa 
mu  di(5),  unva,  ufua. 
take,  be  warned,  vi.,  dimuka. 

Heedless,  see  obstinate. 

Heedlessness,  see  obstinacy. 

Heel,  n.,  cikankanyi,  7;  ciken- 
kibu,  7. 

He  GOAT,  n.,  mpumbu,  3. 

Height,  n.,  bule,  6. 

Heir,  n.,  muhianyi,  i. 

(be  heir  to,  inherit),  v.,  hiana. 

Hell,  n.,  ngena,  3.  From  Greek 
jeevva. 

Helmet,  n.,  cifulu,  7. 

Help,  v.  This  idea  is  generally 
expressed  by  the  Causative 
Form  of  the  verb.  In  a gen- 
eral sense  we  may  use  the 
Causative  Form  enzexa.  Ta 
umudimixe,  go  and  help  him 
to  work’,  wakumuenzexa,  he 
helped  him  to  do  it. 

Hemp,  Indian,  n.,  diamba,  5. 
Smoked  by  the  natives. 

Hen,  n.,  cikukue,  7. 

Hence,  adv.{irom  here),  emu,  eku, 
aha,  munemu,  kuneku,  ha- 
naha.  § 163,  Note  3.  Use 
also  the  I ocative  Suffixed  con- 
struction. § 320. 

(therefore),  ka,  bu-  with  Applied 
Form  of  verb.  § 41Q. 
Henceforth,  see  hereafter. 


204 


HER— HINDRANCE. 


Her,  pers.  and  poss.  pro. 

(1)  As  pers.  pro.  see  him,  remem- 
bering that  there  is  no  differ- 
ence in  the  rendering  of  her 
and  him.  § 105,  Rem.  4. 

(2)  As  poss.  pro.,  andi.  §§  132, 
133- 

Herald,  «. (messenger),  muena(i) 
mukenji(2),  muloho(2). 

Herd,  n.,  cisumbu,  7. 

Herdsman,  n.,  mulami,  i. 

Here,  adv.  Use  the  proper  Loca- 
tive with  demonstrative  sign  e, 
denoting  near  objects,  thus 
giving  emu,  eku,  aha.  § 163, 
Note  3.  Note  also  the  doubled 
forms  munemu(munomu), 
kuneku(kunokii),  hanaha. 

§ 163,  Note  2. 

(from  here,  hence),  use  the  Loca- 
tive Forms  as  indicated  above; 
as,  wakuluhuka  miinemu,  he 
has  gone  out  jrom  here. 

(here  and  there,  hither  and 
thither),  use  Intensive  Form 
of  verb. 

(here  it  is,  etc.),  use  the  particle 
ka-.  § 159. 

Sometimes  the  Locative  Suffixed 
construction  furnishes  the 
idiom;  as,  udihu,  he  is  here. 
§ 320. 

Hereafter,  adv.  ph.,  matuku(pl. 
of  5)  followed  by  -a  ku 
mpala(3)  or  -a  kumudilu. 
The  words  ngondo,  moon,  or 
cidimu,  season,  may  be  sub- 
stituted, according  to  sense  for 
matuku. 

Heritage,  n.,  buhianyi,  6;  bintu 
bia  buhianyi. 

Hers, see  HIS.  §132. 

Herself,  pers.  pro.,  see  himself. 
The  forms  for  herself  and  him- 
self sore  identical.  § 105,  Rem. 
4- 

Hesitate,  “y.  (vacillate),  lemba- 
kana,  humbakana,  nema 
with  mueima(2)  as  subj.,  ta- 
takana  di  ne  micima  ibidi. 


Hiccough,  n.,  clnsukunsuku,  7. 

Hide,  vt.,  sokoka. 

one’s  self,  vi.,  sokoma. 
w.(skin),  cis^ba,  7. 

High,  adj.,  le. 

on,  adv.,  khlu,  mhlu,  heulu. 

§ 423  (2)  (b). 
voice,  n.,  di(5)  dikise. 

High  priest,  nph.,  naukulenge(i) 
wa  bambi(pl.  of  i)  ba  bua- 
lu(6)  buaNzambi. 

Highway,  n.,  nxila(3)  munine, 
musesu(2). 

robber,  n.,  munyengi,  i. 

Highwayman,  n.,  munyengi,  i. 

Hill,  n.,  mukuna,  2. 

ant-,  mutunda(made  by  the 
bintunte),  2;  ditua(small 
black  in  the  forests),  5. 
down-,  kumanda.  § 423  (2)  {h). 

Him,  pers.  pro. 

(1)  As  direct  or  indirect  obj.  u.se 
the  pro.  infix  mu.  §§  116, 
1 1 7.  N ote  the  use  of  pronomi- 
nal suffixes  (§  123),  under  cer- 
tain circumstances,  as  direct  or 
indirect  obj.  § 124  (6)  (c). 

(2)  For  use  with  prepositions,  see 
§§  106  (c)  and  107. 

Himself,  pers.  pro. 

(1)  Compound  Disjunctive  form, 
nklyandi.  §§  108,  109. 

(2)  When  reflexive,  use  the  re- 
flexive prefix  of  the  verb,  -di-. 
Note  that  this  construction  may 
be  used  either  as  subj.  or  obj. 
§ 118. 

(3)  See  B.L.-Eng.  under  ine. 

Hind  leg,  n.,  lower  part  of,  mu- 

kolo,  2. 

upper  part  of,  cibelu,  7. 
part,  citaku,  7;  nyima,  3. 

Hinder,  vt.,  humbixa,  humba- 
kuxa,  lekexa,  kosexa;  ^'^.(be 
hindered),  humba. 

Hindermost,  adj.,  -a  ku  nyima(3). 
-a  kunxikidilu,-a  haxixe. 
be  the,  v.,  xixa. 

Hindrance,  n.,  mukosa,  2. 


HIP— HORSE-FLY. 


205 


Hip,  w.,  lukundu,  4;  cikundu- 
kundu,  7. 

Hippopotamus,  n.,  nguvu,  3. 

Hire,  v.,  see  engage. 

His,  poss.  pro.,  andi.  When  used 
as  predicate  adj.,  see  § 135. 

Hit,  vt.,  kuma,  tuta. 

(in  shooting),  lonza,  kuma. 
with  arrow,  asa. 

with  fist,  kuma  or  tuta  or  tua 
with  cisusu(7)  or  disundu(5). 
withknuckl  s,  tua  lukonyi(4). 
with  open  hand,  kuma  with 
dihi(5)  or  luhi(4). 

Hither,  adv.,  see  here.  Use  some- 
times the  Locative  Suffixed 
construction,  § 320. 

(hither  and  thither),  use  Inten- 
sive Form  of  verb. 

Ho-A-RSE,  be,  V.  use  di(5)  as  subj. 
of  V.  xib&la  or  hata. 

Hobgoblin,  n.,  mukixi,  2;  mu- 
xangi(Buk.),  2. 

Hoe,  n.,  lukusu,  4. 

handle  o^,  mul&bi,  2;  cikua- 
cilu,  7;  cilabi,  7. 

V.,  d ma,  ihila. 

put  handle  in,  v.,  bangixa. 

Hog,  n.,  ngulube,  3. 

Hoist,  vt.,  bandixa,  bixa. 

Hold,  vt.,  kuata. 

out  hand,  olola  cianza(3). 

Hole,  n.,  in  the  ground,  dina(pl. 
mena),  5;  cina,  7. 
key-,  disu(5)  dia  nsahi(3). 
make  a to  dig,  imba,  umbula. 
of  rat,  buina,  6.  P . is  mena. 
(pierce  through),  vt.,  tubula  di- 
soso. 

through  something,  n.,  disoso,  5; 
dikela,  5. 

Holiness,  n.,  buimpe,  6;  bua- 
kane,  6;  bulengele,  6. 

Hollow,  n.{\n  tree),  mulundu,  2. 
(low  ground),  cibanda,  7;  lu- 
hongo,  4. 

Holy,  ad;. (good),  impe,  akane, 
lengele. 

Spirit,  see  spirit. 

See  SACRED, 


Homage,  pay  to,  vt.,  see  honor. 

Home,  w. (house),  nsubu,  3. 

at,  mu  nsubu,  ku  nsubu,  mu  or 
ku  used  inseparably  with  the 
poss.  pro.,  § 140. 

Honest,  ad;. (good),  impe,  akane, 
lengele,  -a  kalolo(8). 

(one  not  stealing),  use  neg.  of 
Pres.  Habitual  tense  of  v.  iba, 
or  ena  ne  with  buibi(6)  or 
buivi(6)  or  blanza(pl.  of  7) 
bile. 

Honesty,  w. (goodness  or  fairness), 
kalolo,  8;  buimpe,  6;  bua- 
kane,  6;  bulengele,  6. 

Honey,  n.,  buici(buiki),  6. 

-comb,  dihula,  5;  dikaci,  5. 

Honey-bee,  n.,  lubulubulu,  4; 
lunyeke,  4. 

Honeycomb,  n.,  dikaci,  5;  dihula, 

5- 

Honor,  vt.,  nemeka,  nemekela, 
meneka,  menekela,  tum- 
bixa,  tendelela. 

Honorable,  ad;’. (great),  nine, 
(honored),  tumbe(p.p.  of  tumba, 
to  he  honorable). 

Hoof,  n.,  mukono,  2. 

Hook,  n.,  fish-,  ndoho,  3. 
wooden,  lukobo,  4. 
fish  with,  vt.,  loha. 

Hop,  V.,  tuhlka. 

(as  flea),  tuloka. 

(as  frog),  soloka. 

Hope,  z;.(look  for,  expect),  teke- 
mena,  ela  muoyo(2). 
n.,  the  infin.  kutekemena  is 
suggested. 

Horn,  n.,  lusengu,  4. 

(for  blowing),  mpungl,  3. 

Horrify,  vt.,  cinyixa,  handixa 
mucima(2),  zakuxa  muclma. 
(be  horrified),  vi.,  cina  handika 
or  zakala  followed  by  muci- 
ma. 

Horror,  n.,  buowa,  6. 

Horse,  n.,  kabalu,  8.  From 
Portuguese. 

Horse-fly,  n.,  cibanda,  7. 


2o6 


HOST— HUNGER. 


Host,  h. (crowd),  cisumbu,  7. 
(great  number),  bungi,  6. 

Hostage,  nph.,  muntu(i)  wa 
lukole(4).  PI.  is  bantu  ba 
nkole.  A person  of  same  vil- 
lage or  family  as  the  debtor 
who  is  held  for  the  debt. 

Hostile,  adj.,  -a  lukuna(4). 

Hostility,  lukuna,  4. 

Hor,  adj.,  -a  kahia(8). 
be,  vi.,  Ilia,  lua  kahia. 
make,  vt.,  hixa. 

Hour,  see  time. 

House,  n.,  nsubu,  3. 

batten,  lubarabalu,  4.  These  are 
tied  crosswise  on  top  of  the 
rafters, 
door,  cibi,  7. 

door-post,  cilua,  7;  cixiki,  7. 
doorway,  muxuku(2)  wa  mbe- 
111(3),  mbelu(3),  cibuedelu 
(7)- 

-fly(insect),  lujiji,  4. 
grass  for  covering,  luanyi,  4; 
bisoso,  pi.  of  eisoso(7);  lu- 
sono,  4. 

palm  leaves  for  covering,  malala, 
pi.  of  dilala(5). 
partition,  cididi,  7. 
post  in  the  wall,  cilua,  7;  cixiki, 
7- 

post  to  support  veranda,  di- 
kunxi,  5. 

rafter,  lusokolo,  4;  dihilu,  5. 
ridge-pole,  mutandala,  2;  niu- 
tamba,  2. 
roof,  ciniunu,  7. 
side,  wall,  cimunu,  7. 
space  in  front  of  door,  ku 
mbelu(3). 

to  cover  a,  vt.,  flnga,  kuma. 

top  of  roof,  musonga,  2. 

to  tie  the  battens,  vt.,  bambala. 

Household,  see  tribe. 

Hover,  ^’.(as  hawk),  lembelela. 

How,  interrog.  adv.,  munyi?  bixi? 
mua(indirect  question). 

(1)  For  the  expression,  in  what 
way?,  see  § 411- 

(2)  As  modifying  adjectives  of 


How  {continued). 

quantity  or  quality,  see  § -.11, 
Note  I. 

(3)  For  use  in  indirect  questions, 
see  § 472  (<f). 

(4)  How  many  is  sometimes  ex- 
pressed by  the  interrogative 
adj.  nga,  which  takes  Second- 
ary Prefixes. 

Hubbub,  «.,  diyoyo,  5;  mutayo,  2. 

Hug,  vt.,  uhukila,  akidila. 

Hull,  w. (shell),  cihusu,  7;  ci- 
zubu,  7. 

vt.{z.s>  peanuts),  bela,  bula,  bosa, 
totobula,  taya(toya). 

(as  peas,  by  beating),  xuliula, 
suanga. 

Humane,  adj.,  -a  kalolo(8),  -a 
Iuse(4),  inipe,  akane,  len- 
gele. 

Humanity,  n.,  buntu,  6. 

(kindness),  luse,  4;  kalolo,  8. 

Humble,  be,  vi.,  use  neg.  of  disua, 
ena  ne  with  dikamakama(5) 
or  cikama(7)  or  dintanta(5), 
di  ne  or  ufua  or  unva  with 
bundu(6),  di  ne  with  muci- 
ma(2)  mutekete  or  kalolo(8). 
make,  vt.,  tekexa,  kehexa. 

Humid  be,  vi.,  talala,  hola,  di  ne 
with  citelele(7)  or  ciaxiina(7). 

Humidity,  n.,  citelele,  7;  ciaxi- 
ma,  7. 

Humiliate,  vt.,  kehexa,  tekexa, 
kuacixa  or  ufuixa  with  bun- 
du(6). 

(be  humiliated),  vi.,  ufua  or 
unva  with  bundu. 

Humility,  n.,  bundu,  6;  bunvu,  6; 
kalolo,  8. 

Humor,  n.,  bad,  cixi,  7. 
be  in  good,  vi.,  sanka. 

(joke),  11.,  citedi,  7. 

Humpbacked,  adj.,  -a  dikoko(5), 
ditonte,  kobame. 

Hundred,  n.,  lukama,  4. 

Hundred  thousand,  n.,  cixikilu, 

7- 

Hunger,  n.,  nsala,  pi.  of  3 or  4. 


HUNGRY— IGNORANT. 


207 


Hungry,  be,  v.,  use  nsala(pl.  f 3 
or  4)  as  subj.  of  suma  or  sama 
wiuU  the  person  as  obj.,  di  ne 
nsala. 

Hunt,  v.,  for,  keba,  keja,  teta. 
with  dogs,  ta. 

Hunter,  n.,  cilembi,  7;  cihinda, 
7- 

Hunting,  bute  from  ta,  to 
hunt),  6. 

net,  muxinga(2)  wa  bute. 

Hurricane,  n.,  cihuhu,  7, 

Hurriedly,  adv.,  use  the  noun 
forms  lubilu  and  lukusa. 

Hurry",  v.,  generally  use  specific 
verb  with  lubilu  or  lukusa. 
be  in  a,  restless,  vi.,  sasakata. 
up,  make  to  do  in  a hurry,  vt., 
ende.xa  or  enzexa  with  lubilu 
or  lukusa. 

«.,  lubilu,  4;  lukusa,  4. 

Hurt,  7;. (ache),  sama. 

(burn,  .smart),  suma,  oxa,  su- 
suma,  hiakana. 

(as  stomach),  nyenga. 

Husb.ynd,  n.,  mulumi,  i;  mbi(pl. 
bambi),  i.  For  mbi,  see  § 42, 
Note  i. 

Hush,  vt.,  huxa  or  taluxa  or 
hoi  xa  or  x kixa  or  kosexa 
with  muaku(2)  or  mutayo(2) 
or  diyoyo(5). 

(stop  talking),  lekela  followed  by 
muaku(2)  or  mutayo(2)  or 
the  infin.  kuakula;  hua. 

Husk,  «.,  cihusu,  7;  cizubu,  7. 
v.(a.s  corn),  uvula. 

(as  peas  by  beating),  xuhula, 
suanga. 

Hymn,  n.,  musambu,  2. 

H\t>ocrisy,  n.,  see  lie. 

Hypocrite,  n.,  see  li.yr. 

I. 

I,  pers.  pro. 

(1)  Simple  Disjunctive  Form, 
meme.  § 105. 

(2)  Pro.  prefix,  n(m).  §§  113, 

114. 


1 {continued). 

(3)  CompoundDisjunctiveForm, 
biinyi,  etc.  §§  108,  no. 

Identical,  adj.,  o-umue,  muomu- 
mue. 

(very),  niene.  Yeye  mene,  the 
identical{very)  one.  See  SAME. 

Identity',  n.,  buobumue,  6, 

Idiocy,  n.,  buhale,  6;  bubuluke,  6; 
butomboke,  6. 

.DIOM,  n.,  ciakuilu,  7. 

Idiot,  see  fool. 

Idle  person,  n.,  mufuba,  i.  This 
word  seems  to  be  used  only  a a 
noun,  not  as  an  adj. 
adj.  ph.,  -a  bufuba(6),  -a  bu- 
kata(6). 

Idleness,  n.,  bufuba,  6;  bukata,  6. 

Idol,  n.  There  are  no  idols  stric  ily 
speaking,  only  charn  s,  which 
are  supposed  to  exert  a good 
influence  in  behalf  of  the  owner, 
and  sometimes  an  evil  in- 
influence on  an  enen.y.  If  it  is 
carved  to  represent  a person 
it  is  called  luliingu(4);  if 
made  of  anything  else,  it  is 
called  buanga(6).  No  special 
worship,  apart  from  certain  in- 
cantations(tendelela),isshown 
to  these  charms, 
make  an,  vt.,  huka,  songa. 
maker  of,  n.,  mpuka(i)  n anga, 
musongi(i)  Ava  mpingu,  mu- 
huki(i)  wa  manga. 

If,  sub.  conj.,  bu,  bi-.  For  full  dis- 
cussion of  Conditional  sen- 
tences, s e §§  459,  460. 

Ignite,  vt.,  oxa. 

by  friction  with  sticks,  vt.,  vinga 
kahia(8). 

Ignoramus,  n.,  muhote,  i;  muxi- 

bale,  I. 

Ignorance,  w. (stupidity),  buhote, 
6;  buxibale,  6. 

Ignorant,  adj.,  hotefp.p.  of  hota, 
to  he  ignorant),  xibale(p.p  of 
xibala,  to  he  ignorant). 

(not  to  know),  v.,  use  neg.  of 
mfinya. 


2o8 


ILL— IMPLORE. 


Ill,  be,  v.,  see  sick. 

treatment,  cihendo,  7;  ma- 
tandu,  pi.  of  5 or  6;  cin- 
yangu,  7. 

(wish  ill  to),  V.,  ela  mulau(2). 

Illegal,  something  forbidden,  n., 
cijila,  7.  This  word  generally 
has  a superstitious  idea. 

Illegitimate  c ild,  n.,  muana(r) 
wa  raasandi(pl.  of  5 or  6). 

Illness,  see  sickness. 

Ill-treat,  see  .abuse. 

Illustrate,  ■y/.  (compare),  idi- 
kixa,  elekexa. 

(show),  lexa. 

Illustration,  w.  (example),  ci- 
fuanyikixa,  7. 

(sample,  copy,  mark),  cimon- 
yinu,  7;  cidikixilu,  7;  cile- 
xilu,  7. 

(story,  fable),  luxiininyinyu,  4; 
muanu,  2;  lusumuinu,  4. 
Illustrious,  see  famous. 

Image,  n.,  see  idol. 

(likeness),  cifuanyi,  7;  cifuan- 
yikixa,  7. 

(reflexion,  photograph),  mundi- 
dimbi,  2;  mudingidi,  2. 

Imagination,  «. (thought),  lun- 
genyi,  4;  mexi,  pi.  of  5 or  6; 
lukanyi,  4. 

Imagine,  v.{  fancy),  amba.  Wa- 
kuamba  ne  cin^u  cia  kudia, 
he  imagined  that  it  was  some- 
thing to  eat. 

Imbibe,  v.,  nua. 

iUiT.ATE,  V.,  idikixa,  elekexa. 

(do  as  another),  see  § 465. 

Immature  child,  n. (foetus),  kana 
(dimin.  of  muana)  kabixe. 

Immediately,  adv.,  katataka, 
mpindeu,  diodiono. 

Immense,  adj.,  nine. 

Immerse,  vt.,  ina,  inyixa. 

Imminent,  adj.  This  idea  is  gener- 
ally expressed  by  the  Future 
Imminent  tense  of  the  verb. 

Immodest,  be,  ■y.(indecent),  di 
ume(p.p.  of  uma,  to  he  dryj  mu 


Immodest,  be  {continued). 

disu(5),  di  ne  buluatafl(6), 
ena  ne  bundu(6). 

(saucy),  ena  ne  bundu(6),  di  ne 
with  cikama(7)  or  dikama- 
kama(5)  or  dintanta(5),  di- 
sua,  ibidiia. 

Immodesty,  ..,  v;ikama,  7;  dika- 
makama,  5;  dintanta,  5. 
(slovenliness  in  dress),  bulua- 
tafi,  6. 

Immoral,  adj.{ha.d),  bi. 

(adulterous),  -a  masandi(pl.  of 
5 or  6). 

Immorality,  «.(adultery),masandi, 
pi.  of  5 or  6. 

Immortal,  adj.,  -a  matuku  onso, 
-a  lahalaha,  -a  cendelele,  -a 
kaxidi. 

be,  vi.,  use  neg.  of  fua,  to  die. 

Immovable,  be,  v.,  kala,  xindama, 
kandamana,  jama,  kanana. 

Impair,  vt.,  ona,  nyanga;  ^^^.(be 
impaired),  onoka,  nyanguka. 

Imp.atience,  n.,  disasakata,  5. 

Impatient,  be,  w.(restless),  sasa- 
kata. 

Impede,  z;/.(cause  to  fail,  to  miss), 
humbixa,  lekexa,  kosexa. 

Impediment,  n.,  in  speech,  stutter- 
ing, cikukumina,  7;  dikuku- 
mina,  5. 

have,  to  stutter,  v.,  kukumina. 

Impend,  v..  use  generally  Future 
Imminent  tense  of  the  verb 

lua. 

Impenitent,  adj.,  -a  mucima(2) 
mukale. 

Imperfect,  be,  vi.,  use  neg.  of 
forms  under  perfect. 

Impertinence,  n.,  dintanta,  5; 
cikama,  7;  dikamakama,  5. 

Impertinent,  be,  vi.,  disua,  ibi- 
dila,  ena  ne  bundu(6),  di  ne 
with  dintanta(5)  or  dikama- 
kama(5)  or  cikama(7). 

Implement,  n.,  ciama,  cintu(7) 
cia  kuenza  n’aci. 

See  note  under  machine. 

Implore,  v.,  sengela,  sengelela. 


IMPOLITE— INDIAN. 


209 


Impolite,  be,  vi.,  ena  ne  kalolo  8), 
di  ne  with  dikamakama(5)  or 
cikama(7)  or  dintanta(5). 

Impoliteness,  w.,  cikama, 7;  dika- 
makama,  5;  dintanta,  5. 

Importance,  bualu(6)  bunine, 
muanda(2)  munine. 

Important,  adj.,  nine,  tumbe  (p.p. 
of  tumba,  to  be  important). 

Importunate,  adj.^  in  begging,  -a 
lulombo(4). 

See  PERSEVERE. 

Impossible,  be,  v.,  use  neg.  of  con- 
structions mentioned  under 
§ 230. 

Impotent,  adj.,  tekete(p.p.  of 
teketa,  to  be  impotent). 

Impoverish,  vt.,  helexa,  luixa  with 
buhele(6)  or  bulanda(6),  xixa 
mu  with  buhele  or  bulanda. 

Impregnate,  i//.  (cause  concep- 
tion), tmicixa. 

Imprison,  vph.,  buexa  mu  nsubu 
wa  maxika. 

Improve,  v.,  in  health,  convalesce, 
sangala,  kusa  mubidl(2), 
sanguluka. 

Impudence,  n.,  dintanta,  5;  ci- 
kama,  7;  dikamakama,  5. 

Impudent,  be,  see  saucy. 

Impure,  ad;.(adulterous),  -a  ma- 
sandi(pl.  of  or  6). 

(bad),  bi. 

Impurity,  w.(adultery),  masandi, 
pi.  of  5 or  6. 

(badness),  bubl. 

(trash),  cilu,  7;  cisonso,  7 

In,  prep.,  mu. 

front,  ku  mpala(3),  kumudilu. 
order  that,  use  Purportive  Mood 
without  any  subordinatirg 
word.  § 461. 

the  hand,  ku  minu(pl.  of  2). 
the  midst  of,  see  midst. 
the  same  place,  hamue,  hoha- 
mue. 

In  some  cases  the  in  is  contained 
in  the  verb  root. 

Inadequate,  vi.,  use  neg.  of  forms 
under  enough. 


Inattentive,  be,  vi.,  hungakana, 
humbakana,  neg.  of  unva  or 
ufua. 

be  toward,  vt.,  humbaki'ixa, 
hungakdxa. 

Incantation,  do  before  fetish  or 
charm,  tendelela,  sekelela. 

Incapable,  be,  vi.,  use  neg.  of 
form  under  capable. 

Incessantly,  see  ceaselessly. 

Incite,  v.,  generally  use  Causative 
Form  of  verb, 
dog  to  bite,  keba  luoxi(4). 

Incline,  vi.,  inuma,  sendama;  vt., 
sendeka,  sendemexa,  inyika. 
against,  vi.,  eyema;  vt.,  eye- 
mexa,  eyeka. 

Inclose,  vt.,  see  encircle. 

Incoherently,  speak,  v.,  akula 
biakulakula(pl.  of  7). 

Incompetent,  be,  v.,  use  neg.  of 
forms  under  § 230. 

Incomplete,  be,  vi.{noi  finished), 
use  neg.  of  muna  or  xika  or 
bua. 

Incorrect,  adj.,  use  neg.  v.  with 
impe  or  o-umue  or  muomu- 
mue. 

Increase,  z;/. (enlarge),  diundixa, 
lundixa;  vi.,  diunda,  lunda. 
in  number  or  quantity,  vi.,  vula; 
vt.,  vudixa. 

(lengthen),  vt.,  lungakuxa,  lun- 
gakanya,  lehexa,  lunga;  vi., 
lungakana,  leha. 
price,  vt.,  kalexa  or  bandixa  with 
muxinga(2);  vi.,  muxinga 
as  subj.  of  kala  or  banda. 

Incur,  v.,  a debt,  enza  dibanza(5). 

Indecency,  see  immodesty. 

Indecent,  see  immodest. 

Indeed,  ad'V.(truly),  bulilela,  bu- 
xua,  buikuxa,  bualabuala, 
buinabuina.  These  are  really 
nouns  of  class  VI. 

(very,  absolutely),  mene. 

Indian  corn,  n.,  see  corn. 

Indian  hemp,  n.,  ■ diamba,  5. 
Smoked  by  the  natives  with 
injurious  effect. 


210 


INDIA-RUBBER— INNUMERABLE. 


India-rubber,  n.,  ndundu,  3. 
ball  of,  dibulu,  5. 

(fruit  of  rubber  vine),  lubulu,  4. 

Indicate,  t;.(show  to),  lexa,  tan- 
gidixa,  muenexa. 

(point  with  finger),  funkuna. 

Indifferent,  be,  vi.,  see  inatten- 
tive. 

Indignant,  see  angry. 

Indignation,  n.,  cixi,  7. 

Indistinctly,  adv.,  to  see,  use  neg. 
of  V.  mona  followed  by  bimpe. 
to  hear,  use  neg.  of  v.  unva  or 
ufua  followed  by  bimpe. 
to  speak,  use  neg.  of  v.  akula 
followed  by  bimpe;  also  akula 
with  cidimify)  or  cilafi(7). 

Indolence,  n.,  bufuba,  6;  bu- 
kata,  6. 

Indolent,  adj.,  -a  bufuba(6),  -a 
bukata(6). 

person,  inufuba,  i. 

Induce,  vt.{cause  to  assent),  ita- 

buxixa. 

from  doing,  humbixa. 

Industrious,  see  diligent. 

I.N'iusTRY,  ^.(occupation),  mudi- 
mu,  2. 

Infancy,  n.,  buana,  6. 

Infant,  see  child. 

Inferior,  adj.{oi  no  consequence), 
-a  finana,  -a  hatuhu,  -a  be. 

Infinite,  be,  v.,  use  the  verbs 
tamba  or  hita  with  the  proper 
adj.  or  V. 

Infirm,  adj.,  tekete(p.p.  of  teketa, 
to  be  infirm). 

Infirmity,  «. (weakness),  buteket  , 

6. 

Inflate,  vt.,  tantamixa  tuntu- 
muxa,  uxa;  vi.,  one’s  self, 
tantamika,  tuntumuka,  ula. 

Inlfexible,  be,  vi.,  kayabala, 
tantamana,  tandabala. 

Influence,  vt.,  itabuxixa. 
(greatness),  n.,  biinine,  6. 

(have  influence  with  one),  vph., 
di  ne  dikusa(5)  kudi  mun- 
tu(i). 

(strength),  n.,  bukale,  6. 


Influential,  adj.,  nine. 

(famous),  tumbe(p.p.  of  tumba, 
to  be  influential). 

Inform,  (teach),  iyixa,  mun- 
yixa,  longexa,  tayila,  lubu- 
kixa. 

(tell  to),  ambila. 

(warn),  dimuxa. 

Information,  w.(news),  lumu,  4. 
(word),  di,  5.  PI.  is  me. 

Ingenious,  see  ci.ever. 

Ingeniousness,  see  ingenuity. 

Ingenuity,  «.,  lungenyi,  4;  mexi, 
pi.  of  5 or  6;  lukanyi,  4. 
Muhongo(2)  and  buloxi(6) 
come  to  have  a secondary 
meaning  corresponding  lo  in- 
genuity. 

Ingratitude,  n.,  dikamakama,  5; 
eikama,  7;  dintanta,  5. 

Inhabit,  v.,  ikala  mu. 

Inhabitant,  n.,  of,  use  muena(i) 
or  inukua(i)  followed  by 
name  of  the  place.  §§  84  {b), 
357,  Rem. 

Inhale,  (drawing  in  the  breath), 
kokaor  huta  with  muliuya(2), 
eyela. 

Inherit,  vt.,  hiana. 

Inheritance,  n.,  buhianyi,  6; 
bintu  bia  buhianyi. 

Inhuman,  a(fy.(cruel),  -a  cinyan- 
gu(y),  -a  lukin  u(4). 

Inhumanity,  n.,  cinyangu,  7; 
lukinu,  4. 

see  guilt. 

Inj  jrc,  i;/.(accuse  falsely),  banda. 
(do  wrong  to  one),  enzela  bibi. 
(make  to  go  bad),  ona,  nyanga. 

Injustice,  n. (dishonesty),  buivi,  6; 
buibi,  6. 

(wrong),  bubi,  6;  bualu(6) 
bubi;  muanda(2)  mubi. 

Ink,  nph.  mi  a mikanda(pl.  of  2). 

Innocent,  be,  v.{he  acquitted), 
binga. 

pronounce,  vt.,  bingixa. 

Innumerable,  adj.,  use  neg.  of 
munya  or  mona  or  ena  with 
mua  kubala,  to  count. 


INQUIRE— INTERCESSOR 


2II 


Inquire,  vt.,  ebexa,  konka. 

Inquisitive,  be.  v.,  di  ne  with 
luebexixa(4)  or  lukonkono 
(4). 

Inquisitiveness,  n.,  luebexixa,  4; 
lukonkono,  4. 

Insane,  adj.,  buluke,  hale,  tom- 
boke.  These  are  p.p.  of  bu- 
luka,  hala  and  tomboka 
respectively,  meaning  to  he 
insane. 

Insanity,  n.,  butomboke,  6;  bu- 
hale,  6;  bubuluke,  6. 

Insect,  cixi,  7. 

Insensibility,  «.(from  fall  or  blow 
or  smothering),  cifuidixe,  7; 
cihuka,  7. 

(from  fit  or  spasm),  ciseke,  7; 
tungulungu,  pi.  of  8;  nkoyi, 
3- 

Insensible,  be,  •y.(from  fall  or  blow 
or  smothering),  fua  with  ci- 
fuidixe(7)  or  cihuka(7). 
(from  fit  or  spasm),  fua  wi  h 
ciseke(7)  or  tungulungu(pl. 
of  8)  or  nkoyi(3). 

(not  to  feel),  neg.  of  unva  or 
ufua. 

(not  to  know),  ncg.  of  munya. 

Insert,  vt.,  buexa  mu. 

Inside,  adv.  Use  generally  mu 
and  Locative  Suffixed  con- 
struction; as,  buclamu,  go 
inside.  § 320. 

o , prep,  ph.,  mu,  munda  mua. 
n.,  munda.  § 423  (2)  (b). 

Insipid,  be,  ^.(be  without  sah  or 
other  seasoning),  talala, 
hola. 

Insolence,  n.,  dintanta,  5;  ci- 
kama,  7;  dikamakama,  5. 

Insolent,  see  impertinent. 

Inspect,  ■y/.(look  at),  mona,  tan- 
gila,  xoxa. 

Instantly,  see  immediately. 

Instigate,  vt.,  generally  use  Causa- 
tive Form  of  verb. 

Instruct,  vt.,  iyixa,  munyixa, 
longexa,  ambila,  lubukixa. 
(show),  lexa. 


Instructor,  n.,  muiyixi,  i;  mu- 
munyixi,  i;  muambidi,  i; 
muambi,  i. 

Instrument,  n.  Some  of  the  dif- 
ferent kinds  of  musical  instru- 
ments are:  cisanji,  7,  lun- 
zenze,  4;  lunkombe,  4; 
ngoma,  3;  ciondo,  7;  K xiba, 
4;  lunkunvu,  4;  madimba, 
pi.  of  5;  lumembo,  4;  ludibu, 
4;  musakuci,  2;  dikusa,  5; 
musui,  2. 
play  on,  vt.,  imba. 
play  on  by  blowing,  vt.,  ela. 

See  machine. 

Insubordinate,  adj.,  -a  cicu(7), 
-a  cixiku(7),  -a  buhidia(6), 
-a  cibengu(7). 

Insubordination,  n.,  cicu,  7; 
cixiku,  7;  buhidia,  6;  cl- 
bengu,  7. 

Insuificient,  be,  V.,  use  neg. 
of  forms  mentioned  under 
enough. 

Insult,  vt.,  henda,  tuka. 
n.,  cihendo,  7. 

Intact,  arf7'.(whole),  onso,  xima. 

Integrity,  w.(goodness),  kalolo,  8; 
buimpe,  6;  buakane,  6; 
bulengele,  6. 

Intellect,  n.,  lungenyi,  4;  mexi, 
pi.  of  5 or  6;  lukanyi(Buk.),  4. 

Intellectual,  adj.,  -a  lungen- 
yi(4),  -a  mexi(pl.  of  5 or  6), 
-a  lukanyi(4). 

Intelligence,  n. (intellect),  lun- 
genyi, 4;  mexi,  pi.  of  5 or  6; 
lukany i(Buk.),  4. 

Intelligent,  adj,  -a  lungenyi(4), 
-a  mexi(pl.  of  5 or  6),  -a 
lukanyi(4). 

Intend,  v.,  amba  followed  by  infin. 

Intently,  look,  v.,  talala  with  any 
verb  meaning  to  see. 

Inter,  ^;^.(bury),  jika. 

Intercede,  vt.,  for,  akuila,  am- 
bidila,  lumbuluila. 

Intercessor,  n.,  muakuidl.  i; 
muambididi,  i;  mulumbu- 
luidi,  I. 


212 


INTERCOURSE— IRON. 


Intercourse,  have  with  one  an- 
other in  travelling,  v.,  endan- 
gana. 

have  sexual  with,  vt.,  luma, 
lumixa,  tentemexa,  lala  ne. 

Interdict,  ^'/.(as  food,  etc.),  jila^ 
jidika. 

(the  interdicted  thing),  n.,  cijila, 
7- 

See  note  under  jidika. 

Interest,  w.(business),  bualu,  6; 
muanda,  2. 

on  something  borrowed,  kasom- 
belu,  8;  matabixa,  pi.  of  5 
or  6;  nsekididi,  3;  ntente- 
kw^i,  3. 

pay,  V.,  tentekela. 

Interfere  with,  vL,  humbixa, 
humbakuxa. 

in  one’s  business  or  friendship 
with  another,  ela  mukosa(2), 
kosexa,  di  ne  mucaudi(2). 

Interference,  n.,  mukosa,  2; 
mucaudi,  2. 

Interior,  w.,  munda.  § 423  (2) 

(6). 

Intermarry,  v.,  bukangana. 

Intermediary,  n.,  in  marriage, 

cibanji,  7. 

Intermingle,  vt.,  sangixa,  sanga- 
kuxa,  sangakanya,  samba- 
kanya,  sambakuxa,  tuta- 
kuxa,  tutakanya,  sala,  sala- 
kana,  buelakuxa,  buexa- 
kana;  vi.,  sanga,  sangakana, 
sainbakana,  tutakana,  bue- 
lakana. 

Internal,  adj.,  -a  munda.  § 423 

(2)  (0- 

Interpret,  i;/.  (translate),  kudi- 
muna  or  andamuna  with 
muaku(2). 

Interrogate,  vt.,  ebexa,  konka. 

Interrupt,  vt.,  humbixa,  hum- 
bakuxa, lekexa,  kosexa. 

(be  interrupted),  vi.,  humba. 

Interruption,  n.,  mukosa,  2. 

Intervene,  ^.(come  between),  lua 
with  the  locative  words  han- 
kuci  or  kunkuci  or  munkuci. 


Intervene  {continued). 
in  quarrel,  sunga. 

See  ELAPSE. 

Intestine,  n.,  dila,  5. 

Intimidate,  vt.,  cinyixa. 

Into,  prep.,  mu. 

See  IN. 

Intoxicate,  vt.,  hadixa. 

(be  intoxicated),  see  drunk. 

Intoxication,  n.,  buhale(6  or 
bubuluke(6)  or  butomboke(6) 
followed  by  maluvu. 

Intractable,  be,  vi.,  use  neg.  of 
tumika  or  tumikila,  di  ne 
with  cicu(7)  or  cibengu(7) 
or  buhidia(6)  or  cixiku(7). 

Inveigle,  vt.,  teya. 

Invent,  vt.,  fuka,  dianjila  kuenza. 

Invert,  v/.,andamuna,kudimuna, 
cingululd. 

Invisibility,  n.,  the  state  of, 
nsamu,  pi.  of  4. 

See  INVULNERABLE. 

Invisible,  be,  vi.,  neg.  of  mueneka 
or  mueka. 

(a  medicine  or  charm  which  is 
said  to  make  one  invisible), 
n.,  buanga  bua  nsamu(pl.  of 
4). 

(to  become  invisible  in  battle), 
V.,  sama. 

See  invulnerable. 

Invoke,  z//.(call),  bikila. 

(implore),  sengela,  sengelela. 
(worship),  tendelela,  tumbixa, 
inyixa. 

Invulnerability,  n.,  ntuixa,  pi. 
of  4. 

Invulnerable,  be,  tuixa.  May 
come  from  tuya,  to  glance  off. 
(a  charm  to  make  one  invulner- 
able), n.,  buanga  bua  ntui- 
xa(pl.  of  4). 

See  invisible. 

Inward,  adv.  Generally  use  Loca- 
tive Suffix  construction  with 
mu.  § 320. 

uJ;. (internal),  -a  munda. 

Iron,  n.,  ciama(7)  ciflke. 
clothes,  vt.,  hela. 


IRON— JOINT. 


213 


Iron  {continued). 

(laundrj^),  n.,  mpelu,  3. 

ore,  kabanda,  8. 

(when  made  into  crosses),  n., 
ciombo(7)  ciflke. 

See  note  under  copper. 

Irre\t:rence,  n.,  cikama,  7; 
dikamakama,  5 ; dintanta,  5. 

Irreverent,  adj.,  -a  cikama(7), 
-a  dikamakama(5),  -a  din- 
tanta(5). 

Irritable,  be,  v.,  di  ne  or  unvaor 
ufua  \vith  cixi(7),  nyinga- 
bala,  cixi  as  subj.  of  kuata 
with  the  person  as  obj. 

Irritate,  vt.,  kuacixa  or  ufuixa 
with  cixi(7),  tacixa  or  flkixa 
with  munda,  hotela,  lobola. 

ls,  see  BE. 

Island,  «.,  cisanga,  7. 

Issue,  v.,  a decree,  amba  followed 
by  di(5)  or  mukenji(2). 

(come  forth),  vi.,  luhula,  umu- 
ka,  hatuka. 

^.(offspring),  muana,  i. 

lt,  pers.  pro.  The  agreement  is 
always  made  with  the  class  of 
the  noun  to  which  the  pronoun 
refers. 

(1)  Simple  Disjunctive  Forms. 

§ 105. 

(2)  Compound  Disjunctive 
Forms*.  §§  108,  no. 

(3)  Conjunctive  Forms; 

(a)  As  prefixes.  §§  113,  114. 
{b)  As  infixes.  §§116,117. 

(c)  As  suffixes.  §§  120,  123, 
124  {h)  (c).  _ 

(4)  The  use  with  prepositions. 
§§  106  (c),  107. 

Itch,  vi.,  sasakana,  salala. 

Itinerate,  vi.,  endakana. 

Its,  poss.  pro.  Use  the  sing,  forms 
of  classes  II-VIII,  as  indicated 
under  § 133. 

When  used  as  predicate  adj.,  see 

§ 135- 

Itself,  pers.  pro. 

(i)  Compound  Disjunctive  Form. 
§§  108,  lOQ.  Agreement  is 


Itself  {continued). 

made  with  the  class  of  the 
noun  to  which  the  pronoun 
refers. 

(2)  When  reflexive,  use  the  re- 
flexive prefix  of  verb,  -di-. 
§ 1 18.  Note  that  this  con- 
struction may  be  used  either 
as  subj.  or  obj. 

(3)  See  B.L.-Eng.  under  ine. 

Ivory,  n.,  mubanga,  2. 


J. 

Jabber,  v.,  akula  biakulakula(pl. 
of  7). 

Jackal,  n.,  mubuabu,  2. 

Jail,  n.,  nsubu(3)  wa  maxika. 

Jailor,  «.,  mukelenge(i)  or  mu- 
lami(i)  with  wa  nsubu(3) 
maxika. 

Jam,  «.,  jam(Eng.). 

January,  n.,  Januale(Eng.). 

Jar,  M.(for  water),  mulondo,  2. 

Jaw,  n.,  lower,  lubanga,  4. 

Jealous,  adj.,  -amukau(2). 

Jealousy,  n.,  mukau,  2. 

Jest,  see  joke. 

Jesus,  n.,  Jisus. 

Jew,  n.,  Muyuda,  i.  Perhaps  a’so 
Mujuda(i). 

Jigger,  «.,  kabuasa,  8;  dile- 
bele(Buk.),  5. 

Join,  v.{a.s  rivers,  paths,  etc.),  san- 
gakana,  sambakana,  sangila. 
(become  one  of  a party),  buele- 
kana,  buela. 

(be  next  to),  kuatakana,  tuan- 
gana. 

(cause  to  come  together),  vt., 
sangakuxa,  sangakanya, 
bambakuxa,  bambakanya, 
sambakuxa,  sambakanya, 
kuatakanya,  kuatakuxa, 
tuanguxa,  tuanganya. 
to,  lengthen,  add  one  to  another, 
vt.,  lungakanya,  lungakuxa, 
lunga,  lehexa. 

Joint,  n.,  dinungu,  5. 


214 


JOKE— KING. 


Joke,  i’/.(play  on  one),  sabixa, 
nayixa. 

(pretend  not  to  know),  v.^  hunga. 
with,  ela  bitedi(pl.  of  7),  cini- 
bixa,  humbixa. 

w.,  citedi,  7.  PI.  generally  used. 

Journey,  w.,  luendu,  4. 

go  on  a,  vph.,  ya  ku  luendu. 

Joy,  «.,  disanka,  5. 

Joyful,  see  happy. 

Judge,  ».,  mulumbuludi,  i. 

V.,  lumbulula,  kosa  nsambu(3). 

Judgment,  «. (damnation),  mulau, 
2. 

pronounce,  vL,  lumbulula,  kosa 
nsambu(3). 

(trial),  cilumbu,  7. 

(wisdom),  lungenyi,  4;  mexi, 
pi.  of  5 or  6;  lukanyi,  4. 

Jug,  «.(jar),  mulondo,  2. 

(pitcher),  mplca(Eng.),  3. 

Juice,  «.,  mi,  pi.  of  5 or  6. 

July,  n.,  Juli(Eng.). 

Jump,  v.,  tuhika. 

(as  flea),  tuloka. 

(as  frog),  soloka. 
n.,  cidi,  7. 

Junction,  n.,  of  paths  or  rivers, 
disangu,  5.  PI.  generally 
used. 

June,  «.,  Junyi(Eng.). 

Junior,  .^ee  younger. 

Just,  adv.{\.o  have  just  done),  use 
the  verb  anza  and  infin.  §228, 
adj.,  see  honest. 
as  conj.  mu-  (insep.)  with  the 
verb.  §465- 
See  §§  418,  421. 

Justice,  n.,  see  honesty. 

Justified,  be,  ^.(be  acquitted), 
binga. 

Justify,  vl.^  blngixa. 


K. 

Keep,  v.,  awake,  tabala,  lala 
citabala'  7)- 

doing,  use  Pres.  Habitual  tense, 
(feed),  vl.,  dixa. 


Keep  {continued) . 
for,  tekela. 

from,  abstain,  hidia,  benga,  jila. 
(look  after  for),  muenena. 
silence,  lekela  muaku(2),  hua. 
(watch  flocks,  etc.),  vt.,  lama. 

Keeper,  «.,  mulami,  i;  mutan- 
gidi,  i;  mumonyi,  i;  mu- 
muenenyi,  i. 

Keepsake,  m.,  cimonyinu,  7. 

Kernel,  «.(germ  of  the  kernel), 
muoyo,  2;  disu,  5. 

Kettle,  «.,  civuadi,  7;  luesu,  4; 
nketel(Eng.),  3. 

Key,  w.,  muan’a  nsahi(3),  luvun- 
¥ula(4). 

Keyhole,  n.,  disu(5)  dia  nsahi(3). 

Kick,  v.,  tua  with  dikusa(5)  or 
museba(2), 
n.,  museba,  2. 

Kid,  n.,  muan’a  mbuxi(3),  lutum- 
batumba(4). 

Kidney,  kamoma,  8. 

Kill,  vt.,  xiha. 
by  hanging,  owa. 

Kind,  n.,  of  same,  this  idea  may  be 
expressed  in  several  ways: 

(1)  By  the  verbs  fuanangana, 
kelemena,  fuana,  dieleka. 

(2)  By  the  words  bu  or  buina. 

(3)  By  the  words  muomumue  or 
o-umue. 

(4)  By  the  ph.  muan’abo  ne. 

of  different,  use  neg.  with  above 
forms. 

(of  one  kind  ...  of  another 
kind),  ha  bu-  ...  ha  bu-. 
§ 186. 

(what  kind  of  a ?),  ki?  § 176. 
a<f/.(gentle),  -a  kalolo(8). 
(good),  impe,  -a  luse(4),  len- 
gele,  akane. 

Kindle,  vt.,  temexa;  vi.,  tema. 

Kindness,  77.(love,  mercy),  luse,  4. 
(attractiveness),  kalolo,  8. 

Kindred,  n.,  use  some  such  ex- 
pression as  bana  betu,  etc. 
§ 138,  Rem.  5. 

King,  n.,  mukelenge,  i;  nfumu, 

I. 


KINGDOM— LANCE. 


215 


Kingdom,  «. (country),  misoko,  pi. 
of  2. 

(kingly  power),  bukelenge,  6; 
bunfumu,  6. 

Kingship,  bukelenge,  6;  bun- 
fumu, 6. 

Kiss,  -y.,  tuangana  mixuku(pl.  of 
2). 

Kitchen,  n.,  cikuku,  7.  From 
Eng.  through  the  Lower 
Congo. 

Kitten,  n. (young  of  domestic  cat), 
muan’a  kambixi(8),  muan’a 
mpus(3).  The  last  w'ord  is 
from  Eng. 

(young of  wildcat),  muan’a  mba- 
labala(3). 

Knee,  cinu,  7. 

Kneel,  v.,  tua  binu(pl.  of  7) 
hanxi. 

Knife,  muele,  2. 
back  of,  muongo,  2. 
blade  of,  muele,  2. 
for  table  or  pocket,  use  the  dimin. 
kele(8). 

handle  of,  cilabi,  7;  mulabi,  2; 
cikuacilu,  7. 

sheath  for,  cibubu,  7;  lubaha,  4; 
cimanga,  7. 

Knit,  v.,  the  brows,  nyenga  or 
fudika  wdth  mpala(3). 

Knock,  7;/.(beat),  kuma,  tuta. 
out,  as  a t ;Oth,  ehula,  huola. 
(tap),  kuokola,  kumina,  ku- 
muna. 

Knot,  w.,  bow-,  nfinina,  3;  nfinu,3. 
hard,  dijita,  5. 

of  wood,  dihu,  5;  dihondo,  5. 
v.j  suika. 

untie  a,  vt.,  sulula. 

untie  a bow-knot,  vt.,  finuna. 

Know,  v.,  munya. 

(hear,  understand,  feel),  unva, 
ufua. 

(not  know,  fail  to  recognize  a 
person),  hanga. 

(not  know  the  way,  be  lost), 
hambuka. 

Knowledge,  n.,  lungenyi,  4; 
mexi,  pi.  of  5 or  6;  lukanyi,  4. 


Knuckle,  n.,  dinungu(5)  dia 
munu(2). 

(knuckles  exposed  to  strike  with), 
«.,  lukonyi,  4. 

strike  with  the,  vt.,  tua  lukonyi. 
Kola  nut,  n.,  diku,  5. 


L. 

Labor,  v.  It  is  doubtful  if  there 
is  a single  word  having  refer- 
ence to  all  forms  of  labor  or 
work,  though  the  expressions 
dima,  kuata  or  enza  or  osa 
with  mudimu(2)  are  so  used 
about  Luebo.  They  are,  ow- 
ever,  more  than  likely  cor- 
ruptions. It  is  best  to  specify 
the  kind  of  labor;  as,  dima, 
to  work  with  a hoe\  ibuka,  to 
build-,  etc. 

«.,  mudimu,  2.  See  remarks 
above. 

be  in,  v..  Pres,  tense  of  lela. 

Laborer,  n.,  muena(i)  mu- 
dimu(2).  See  remarks  under 
LABOR. 

Lack,  v.,  xala,  ena  ne. 

Lad,  n.,  songalumi,  i;  muhian- 
kunde,  2. 

Ladder,  n.,  cibandilu,  7. 

Lag,  vi.,  xi-xamuka. 

Lake,  n.,  dixiba,  5. 

Lamb,  muan’a  mukoko(2). 

Lame,  be,  vi.,  lema. 

(limp),  vi.,  zobela,  tebuka. 
person,  one  unable  to  walk,  n., 
muena(i)  with  njeku(3)  or 
kaneke(8)  or  cibombo(7), 
muntu  mulema. 
walk,  vi.,  enda  followed  by  the 
pres.  part,  of  zobela  or  te- 
buka. 

Lament,  ^'.(cry),  dila. 

Lamentation,  n.,  muadl,  2. 

Lamp,  n..  muinda(muendu),  2. 
Perhaps  from  Lower  Congo. 

Lance,  n.,  difuma,  5;  kabendi,  8. 
V.,  asa. 


2i6 


LAND— LEAN. 


Land,  «. (earth),  bulobo,  6. 
(region),  see  country. 

•vi..,  lua  followed  by  kukala  kua 
mi  or  ku  mpata(3). 

Landing,  w.(ferry),  dilobo,  5; 
cisabukilu,  7;  cisabu,  7. 

Language,  see  dialect. 

Lap,  x».(as  dog),  luka. 

nph.,  ha  bibelu(pl.  of  cibelu,  i). 

Lard,  ».,  mafuta,  pi.  of  5 or  6; 
minyi(pl.  of  5)  a ngulube(3). 

Large,  ad].,  nine. 

Largeness,  n.,  bunine,  6. 

Lascivious,  ad/. (adulterous),  -a 
masandi(pl.  of  5 or  6). 
be,  vph.{maxi),  sua  bakuxi; 
(woman),  sua  balumi. 

Lasciviousness,  «. (adultery),  ma- 
sandi,  pi.  of  5 or  6. 

Lash,  ^//.(to  whip),  kuma,  tuta. 
eye-,  n.,  lulavi,  4;  lukofia,  4. 

Lass,  n.,  muxika  kunde,  2;  son- 
gakuxi,  I. 

Last,  adj.,  -a  kunxikidilu,  -a  ku 
nyima(3),  -a  haxixe. 

(be  last  to  do,  etc.),  v.,  xixa. 
born  child,  n.,  muan’a  muka- 
la(2). 

Latch,  n.,  nsahi,  3;  luobo,  4. 

V.,  bangika. 

Late,  be  or  do  last,  v.,  xixa. 

Laugh,  v.,  seka. 

Laughable,  be,  7;.(producing 
laughter),  sekexa. 

Laughter,  n.,  kaseku,  8.  PI. 
generally  used, 
produce,  vt.,  sekexa. 

Law,  w.(custom),  cilele,  7;  cien- 
zedi,  7;  cibilu,  7. 

(make  a prohibition),  vt.,  ela 
mukandu(2). 

(prohibition),  mukandu,  2. 
(something  prohibited),  n.,  ci- 

jila,  7. 

Lawful,  be,  7;.(not  tabooed),  use 
neg.  V.  ena  with  cijila(7). 
(right),  adj.,  impe,  akane,  len- 
gele. 

Lawyer,  n.,  mulumbuluidi,  i; 
muakuidi,  i;  muambididi,  i. 


Lay,  vt.,  blame  on  falsely,  banda. 
crosswise,  vt.,  ciamakuxa. 
down,  vt.,  ladika,  tokola. 
egg,  vt.,  ela  with  dikela(5'^  or 
di(5)- 

head  on  pillow,  vt.,  sama. 
hold  of,  vt.,  kuata. 
one  thing  on  top  of  another,  to 
pile,  vt.,  tenteka,  tentekanya, 
tentekuxa,  ambakanya,  am- 
bakuxa. 

over,  to  cover,  vt.,  buikila. 
waste,  vt.,  haula. 

Lazily,  adv.,  fue,  nyonganyonga, 
do,  V.,  xixamuka. 

Laziness,  n.,  bufuba,  6;  bukata,  6. 

Lazy,  adj.,  -a  bufuba(6),  -a  bu- 
kata(6). 

person,  n.,  mufuba,  i. 

Lead,  vt.,  a tune,  tuma. 

astray,  entice,  ibidixa  or  mun- 
yixa  or  iyixa  with  bualu(6) 
bubi. 

(go  before),  ya  with  ku  mpala(3) 
or  kumudilu,  dianjila. 

(show  the  way),  lombola. 

(show  wrong  path),  hambuxa. 

Leader,  w. (guide),  mulombodi,  i; 
mudianjidi,  i. 
of  tune,  mutumi,  i. 

Lead-pencil,  n.,  muci(2)  wa 
mukanda(2).  Suggest  also 
mpencila(Eng.),  3. 

Leaf,  n.,  of  book  or  tree,  diinyi.  5; 
dibexi,  5. 

of  cassava,  matamba,  pi.  of  5; 
kalexi,  8.  The  pi.  of  first 
word  is  generally  used,  and  the 
sing,  of  second  word  is  most 
commonly  found, 
of  palm,  dilala,  5. 
put  forth,  V.,  sampila,  tempela. 
shed,  V.,  hohoka. 

Leak,  w. (crack),  mutanta,  2. 
(hole),  disoso,  5;  dikela,  5. 
spring  a,  v.,  tubuka  with  dikela 
or  disoso  or  mutanta. 

Lean,  be,  vi.,  nyana,  di  ne  or 
mna  followed  by  cionda(7)  or 
cinyanu(7). 


LEAN— LEVEL. 


217 


Lean,  be  {continued). 
meat,  n.,  ngulunge,  3. 
on,  against,  vt.,  eyeka,  eyemexa; 
vi.,  eyema. 

over,  be  not  perpendicular,  vi., 
sendama,  inuma;  vt.,  sen- 
deka,  sendemexa. 

Leanness,  n.,  cionda,  7;  cin- 
yanu,  7. 

Leap,  v.,  tuhika. 

Learn,  v.,  iya,  iyila. 

(be  accustomed  to),  v.,  ibidila, 
lobokela. 

I.EARNED,  adj.,  -a  lungenyi(4),  -a 
mexi(pl.  of  5 or  6),  -a  lu- 
kanyi(4). 

Learner,  n.,  muiyidi,  i. 

Learning,  n.,  lungenyi,  4;  mexi, 
pi.  of  5 or  6;  lukanyi(Buk.), 

4- 

Leather,  n.,  ciseba,  7. 

Leave,  vt.,  behind,  xia. 

(bequeath),  ha  buhianyi(6). 

(go),  vi.,  ya,  umuka. 
off,  vi.,  lekela. 

(permission),  n.,  see  permission. 

Leaven,  n.,  yisita(Eng-). 

Lecherous,  acf;.( adulterous),  -a 
masandi(pl.  of  5 or  6). 
be,  r;.(man),  sua  bakuxi;  (wo- 
man), sua  balumi. 

Lecherousness,  n. (adultery),  ma- 
sandi,  pi.  of  5 or  6. 

Leech,  n.,  musundu,  2. 

Left,  be,  v.,  xala. 

hand,  cianza(7)  cia  followed 
by  bakuxi  or  luboko  or  mun- 
yinyi. 

-handed  person,  n.,  muena(i) 
with  ciboko(y)  or  lumosa(4). 

Left-handed  p(  rson,  n.,  muena(  i) 
with  ciboko(7)  or  lumosa(4). 

Leg,  n.,  calf  of,  difu(5)  dia  mu- 
kolo(2). 

front,  arm,  diboko,  5. 

I hind,  lower  part,  mukolo,  2. 
i hind,  upper  part,  cibelu,  7. 

!of  table  or  chair,  dikunxi,  5. 
Legacy,  n.,  buhianyi,  6;  bintu 
bia  buhianyi. 


Legend,  n.,  luximinyinyi,  4;  lu- 
sumuinu,  4;  muanu,  2. 

Lend,  ^'/.(with  idea  of  returning 
the  exact  article),  hanzixa. 
(with  idea  of  no  returning  the 
exact  article  but  its  value  in 
kind),  sombexa. 

Length,  n.,  bule,  6;  mu  bule; 
ntanta(3)  mule. 

Lengthen,  vt.,  lungakuxa,  lun- 
gakanya,  lehexa,  lunga. 

Leopard,  n.,  nkaxama,  3. 

Leper,  n.,  muena(i)  cindumbi(7). 
See  remark  under  leprosy. 

Leprosy,  n.  Leprosy  is  not  known , 
but  cindumbi(2  seems  to  be  a 
contagious  venereal  disease 
breaking  out  on  face  and 
arms,  and  is  perhaps  the  best 
word  at  hand  for  leprosy. 

Less,  grow,  vi.,  keha. 

make,  vt.,  kehexa,  ihihixa. 
than,  see  § 90  (/). 

Lessen,  vt.,  kehexa,  ihihixa. 

Lesson,  n.,  dilesona(Eng.),  5. 

Lest,  suh.  conj.,  use  neg.  of  Pur- 
portive  Mood.  § 461,  Rem. 

Let,  V.,  alone,  lekela. 

down,  vt.,  huekexa,  tulula, 
tula. 

(give  permission),  see  permis- 
sion. 

(Hortative  Imperative),  see  § 237 

(c). 

vt.,  loose,  lekela,  kuhola,  sulula, 
kutula. 
out,  see  lend. 

Lethargy,  n.,  bufuba,  6;  bukata, 

6. 

Letter,  n.,  mukanda,  2. 

of  alphabet,  dileta(Eng.),  5. 

Level,  be,  vi.,  hunga,  hunga- 
kana,  jalama,  kelemena. 

(be  even),  vi.,  akanangana, 
lamakana. 

(be  flat),  vi.,  landakana,  ba- 
tama,  butama,  langakana. 
(flatten),  z;/.,  landakuxa,  bacika, 
butamixa,  batamixa,  langa- 
kuxa. 


2i8 


LEVEL— LIGHTNING. 


Lev'EL,  be  {continued). 

make,  vt.,  hungakuxa,  Jadika, 
kelemexa,  ludikila. 

Levity,  kaseku,  8.  PI.  is  gen- 
erally used. 

Lewd,  a<iy.( adulterous),  -a  ma- 
sandi(pl.  of  5 or  6). 
be,  i;.(man),  sua  bakuxi; 
(woman),  sua  balumi. 

Lewdness,  /^.(adultery),  masandi, 
pi.  of  5 or  6. 

Liar,  n.,  m iximi,  i;  mudingi,  i;* 
muena(i)  followed  by  ludi- 
mi(4)  or  maximi(sing.  is 
dixima,  5)  or  madingi(sing. 
is  didinga,  5)  or  mafi(pl.  of  5). 

Liberal,  adj.,  -a  diha(5). 
person,  n.,  cihahi,  7. 

Liberality,  n.,  diha,  5. 

Liberate,  y/.(let  loose),  lekela. 

(set  free  from  slavery),  hikula. 
(untie),  kuhola,  sulula,  kutula. 

Liberty,  n.,  budixikamine,  6. 
to  give,  vt.,  lekela,  hikula, 
kuhola,  sulula. 

Licentious,  at/;'. (adulterous),  -a 
masandi(pl.  of  5 or  6). 
be,  i;.(man),  sua  bakuxi; 
(woman),  sua  balumi. 

Licentiousness,  n. (adultery),  ma- 
sandi, pi.  of  5 or  6. 

Lick,  v.,  luka. 

w.(a  blow),  mukumu,  2;  mu- 
tutu,  2. 

Lid,  n.,  cibuikilu,  7;  cibuiku,  7; 
cixibiku,  7. 

of  eye,  cilavinyu,  7;  cilabuidi,  7. 

Lie,  n.,  dixima(pl.  maximi),  5; 
didinga(pl.  madingi),  5;  ma- 
hi,  pi.  of  5.  PI.  of  these  words 
most  frequently  used, 
tell  a,  V.,  xima,  dinga,  dimba 
(Buk.). 

tell  on  one,  vt.,  use  Applied  Form 
of  above  verbs,  giving  ximin- 
yina,  dingila  and  dimbila. 
tell  to  one,  vt.,  xima,  dinga, 

1i  nba. 


'i.  ciamakana. 


Lie  {co)itinued). 

(cause  to  lie  down),  ladika. 
down,  vi.,  lala. 
in  wait  for,  vt.,  alamina. 
on  top  of,  vi.,  tentama,  amba- 
kana. 

with  in  sexual  intercourse,  vt., 
luma,  lumixa,  tentemexa, 
lala  ne. 

Life,  n.,  muoyo,  2. 

(cause  one  to  come  to  life),  vt., 
handixa. 

(come  to  life  or  sensibility),  vi., 
handa. 

See  resuscitate. 

Lift,  vt.  bixa,  mema,  angata, 
jula,  takula,  ambula,  ban- 
dixa,  kakula. 

(help  one  to  lift  a load  to  the 
head  or  shoulders),  vt.,  ambu- 
luixa. 

Light,  vt.,  a fire,  temexa;  ^'f.(be 
lighted),  tema. 

become,  at  dawn,  vph.,  cia  with 
butuku(6)  as  subj. 
be,  from  moon  or  fire,  vi.,  toka, 
kenka,  kenena. 

give,  V.,  temena,  ditemena, 
toka. 

(in  color),  adj.,  toke(p.p.  of 
toka,  to  be  light). 
in  w^eight,  be,  vi.,  huh^la, 
hehela.  The  p.p.  huhale 
and  hehele  are  used  as  simple 
adjectives. 

(lamp,  candle),  n.,  mu'nda 
(Lower  Congo),  2. 

(natives  of  light  color),  adj., 

kunze. 

of  fire  or  moon,  n.,  dikenka,  5. 
of  sun,  n.,  munya,  2. 

Lighten,  z'/.(in  weight),  hehexa, 
huhaxa. 

(as  lightning),  vi.,  henya,  kenya. 

Lightning,  n.,  mukenyi(2)  or 
muhenyi(2)  or  muele(2)  fol- 
lowed by  wa  nvula(3). 

If  the  lightning  strikes  it  is  called 
nkuba(3)  or  nza  1(3),  which 
is  supposed  to  be  some  kind 


LIGHTNING— LOCK. 


219 


Lightning  {coMinued). 

of  animal  or  bird  which  attacks 
the  person  or  thing, 
the  flashing  of,  v.,  henya,  kenya. 

Like,  vt.^  sua,  nanga,  inyixa. 

(as,  adv.  and  suh.  conj.),  mu- 
insep.  with  the  verb.  § 465. 
be,  vi.,  fuana,  di  with  muomu- 
mue  or  o-umue  or  bu  or 
buina  or  muan’abo  ne. 
make,  vt.,  fuanyikixa,  kele- 
mexa,  elekexa. 

Liken,  (compare),  idikixa,  ele- 
kexa. 

Likeness,  n.,  cifuanyi,  7;  cifuan- 
yikixa,  7. 

(photograph),  mundidimbi,  2; 

mudingidi,  2. 

(sameness),  buobumue,  6. 

Likewise,  adv.,  nunku(nenku, 
nanku). 

Limb,  w.(branch),  ditamba,  5. 

Lime,  w.(fruit),  dilala,  5.  From 
Lower  Congo. 

Limit,  w.(border),  kukala,  mue- 
lelu(2),  musala(2),  buci- 
ka(6),  kusula,  kunfudilu, 
kusala.  For  the  Loc.  words, 
see  § 423  (2)  (6). 

(destination),  cixikidilu,  7. 
(dividing  line),  mukalu,  2. 

Limp,  v.,  zobela,  tebuka,  enda 
with  the  present  participles  of 
zobela  and  tebuka. 

Line,  w.(cord),  muoxi,  2;  mu- 
xlnga,  2. 

be  in  a,  v.,  di  mu  mulongo(2). 
dividing,  n.,  muk  lu,  2. 

(mark  on  ground,  paper,  etc.), 
n.,  mufunda,  2. 
of  descent,  n.,  cilongo,  7. 
put  in  a,  V.,  teka  mu  mulongo, 
longa. 

: put  in  a straight,  vt.,  ludika. 

[ (row),  «.,  mulongo,  2. 
i stand  in  a,  v.,  imuna  mu  mu- 
longo. 

Lion,  w.,  ntambue,  3. 

Lip,  w.,  muxuku,  2;  mulemu(mu- 
lomo),  2. 


Lip  {continued). 

move  without  speaking,  v.,  dian- 
gana  mukana(2). 

Listen,  v.,  telexa  or  teya  with 
macu(pl.  of  5). 

understand,  hear),  v.,  unva, 
ufua. 

Listless,  be,  vi.,  hungakana, 
humbakana,  neg.  of  unva  cr 
ufua. 

be  toward,  vt.,  humbakuxa, 
hungakuxa. 

Little,  adj.,  kise,  bale,  nya-nya. 

This  idea  is  often  expressed  by 
the  dimin.  prefixes  (ka  and  tu) 
of  class  VIII.  In  expressing 
a small  quantity  of,  or  small 
amount  of,  the  pi.  is  generally 
used.  § 50,  Rem.  2. 

become,  vi.,  keha. 

make,  vt.,  kehexa. 

too,  see  § 90  {h). 

Littleness,  «.,  bukise,  6;  bu- 
bale,  6;  bunyabunya,  6. 

Live,  v.,  ikala,  xikania,  lala.  In 
inquiring  where  one  lives,  it  is 
generally  best  to  use  the  forms 
kuetu,  kuenu,  etc.;  as,  kuenu 
liv  ? kunyi?  where  do  you 
kudi  § 140. 

(be  alive),  vph.,  di  ne  muoyo(2). 

Liver,  n.,  mucima,  2. 

Lizzard,  n.,  musodi,  2. 

Load,  n.  It  is  necessary  to  be 
specific:  muxete,  cisuka, 
basket,  etc.  Occasionally  bu- 
jitu(6)  is  used. 

boat,  etc.,  v.,  teka  or  buexa  with 
mu. 

a gun,  vt.,  soma. 

Loaf,  n.,  mutanda,  2;  muima,  2. 

Loan,  v.,  see  lend. 

Loathe,  z;.(as  food),  tonda,  tua. 
The  person  loathing  becomes 
obj.  of  the  verb;  as,  bidia  bidi 
bintenda,  I loathe  the  bread. 

Lock,  n.,  nsahi(Portuguese),  3; 
mamu,  i. 

V.,  xibika  or  ela  followed  by 
ns&hi. 


220 


LOCUST— LUCKY. 


Locust,  n.,  mukumbi,  2. 

L FT,  n.,  cisasa,  7. 

Log,  w.,  muci,  2. 

Loins,  gird  up,  v.,  ela  mukiya(2). 

Long,  adj.,  le. 

ago,  adv.,  kale,  bangabanga, 
diambedi. 

all  day,  nph.,  dinda(5)  to  ne 
dilolo(5). 

all  night,  nph.,  butuku(6)  to  ne 
lunkelu(4). 

become,  vi.,  leha,  nenga. 
for,  to  covet,  v.,  muoyo(2)  or 
miicima(2)  as  subj.  of  samina 
or  kumina,  ela  mucima, 
endela. 

how,?,  use  as  may  be  best  suited 
to  sense,  the  words  cidimu, 
season^  ngando,  moon,  dit  il  u, 
day,  followed  by  bungimunyi? 
or  the  adj.  word  nga? 

(talk  long  time),  v.,  lunguluka. 
time,  n.,  musangu(2)  mule, 
matuku(pl.  of  5)  male,  also 
the  adv.  to. 

Look,  v.,  about  from  side  to  side, 
kenzakana. 
after,  to  care  for,  lama, 
after  for,  muenena. 

(appear),  see  seem, 
at,  mona,  tangila,  xoxa. 
fixedly,  tangila  or  mona  with 
talala. 

for,  to  expect,  tekemena. 
for,  to  seek,  keba,  keja,  teta. 
like,  to  resemble,  fuana. 
out,  to  be  cautious,  dimuka. 
out  for,  to  lie  in  wait,  alamina. 

[^OOKING-GLASS,  «.,  ludimuenu,  4; 
lumuenu,  4. 

Loom,  n.,  mbungu,  3 
shuttle  of,  mundongo,  2. 

Loos  % get,  vi.,  tuka,  finuka, 
kuhoka(kohoka),  suluka. 
let,  vt.,  lekela,  kuhola,  sulula, 
kutula: 

make,  not  taut,  vt.,  tekexa. 

(not  be  taut),  vi.,  teketa 

Loosen,  vt.,  see  loose. 

Loot,  vt.,  haula. 


Loqua  ious,  adj.,  -a  lutayita* 

yi(4)- 

Loquaciousness,  n.,  lutayitayi,  4. 

Loquacity,  n.,  lutayitayi,  4. 

Lord,  n.,  mukelenge,  i;  nfumu, 

I. 

Lore,  n.,  folk-,  muana,  2;  lusu- 
muinu,  4;  luximinyinyu,  4. 

Lose,  vt.,  jimixa;  (b  lost),  vi., 
jimina. 

a bet,  luhiku(4)  as  subj.  of 
kuata  with  the  person  as  obj., 
hila. 

at  gambling,  the  person  losing  is 
the  secondary  o j.  of  the  v. 
taha;  as,  bakunt&ba  bintu 
blinyi,  7 have  lost  my  things. 
in  trading,  vt.,  ona  nyanga; 
w.(be  lost),  onoka,  nyan- 
guka. 

Lost,  be,  w.(not  able  to  find),  see 

LOSE. 

(not  know  the  way),  vi.,  ham- 
buka. 

Loud,  adj.  kale. 

speak,  V.,  tayika,  akula,  bikale. 

Louse,  n.,  nkusu,  3. 

Love,  vi.,  sua,  nanga,  inylxa. 
n.,  use  above  infinitives, 
(affection),  dinanga,  5 ; disua,  5. 
(pity),  luse,  4. 

Lovely,  adj.,  impe,  akane,  len- 
gele. 

Low,  adj.,  ihi,  -a  ci'uha(7). 

(bass  voice),  nph.,  di(5)  dinine. 
(be  short),  vi.,  xunguka. 
speak,  vi.,  nungana. 

Lower,  vt.,  huekexa. 

end,  locative  word  kumanda. 
§423  (2)  {b). 

part  of  hind  leg,  n.,  mukolo,  2. 
price  or  voice,  vt.,  tekexa,  hue- 
kexa. 

(to  threaten  rain),  v.,  flnda. 

Luck,  n.,  bad,  dikusa(5)  dlbi, 
mubidi(2)  mubi. 
good,  diese,  5,  muabi,  2; 
dikusa(5)  dimpe;  mubidi(2) 
muimpe. 

Lucky,  see  fortunate. 


LUDICROUS— MALADY. 


221 


Ludicrous^  be  7^.(producing 
laughter),  sekexa. 

Lukewarm,  adj.,  -a  ciyuya(7),  -a 
luiya(4). 

Lukewarm  ess,  n.,  ciyuya,  7; 
luiya,  4. 

Lump  n.,  of  earth  dibu,  5.  . 
of  salt,  etc.,  dibulu,  5. 

(swollen  place),  dibuba,  5. 

Lunacy,  n.,  bubuluke,  6;  buhale, 
6;  butomboke,  6. 

Lunatic,  w.,  mubuluke,  i;  mu- 
hale,  i;  mutomboke,  i.  These 
words  are  derived  from  the 
verbs  buluka,  hala,  tomboka, 
to  he  crazy. 

Lung,  n.-,  cisulusulu,  7. 

Lure,  (teach  to  do  evil),  mun- 
yix  i or  iyixa  or  ibidixa  with 
bualu(6)  bubi. 

(tempt),  teya. 

Lust,  w. (adultery),  masandi  (pi. 
of  5 or  6). 

Lustful,  ac?;.(adulterous),  -a  ma- 
sandi(pl.  of  5 or  6). 
be,  vph.  (man),  sua  bakuxi; 
(woman),  sua  balumi. 


M. 

Machine,  n.,  ciama,  7.  This 
genera]  name  is  applied  to  all 
tools,  implements,  and  ma- 
chines made  of  iron.  Natu- 
rally there  are  few  native 
names  for  such  imported 
articles.  We  may  also  use 
the  indefinite  ph.  cintu  cia 
kuenza  n’aci. 

Mad,  adj.,  see  angry,  crazy. 

Madness,  «. (anger),  cixi,  7. 

(dementia),  buhale,  6,  bubu- 
luke, 6;  butomboke,  6 

Maggot,  n.,  cikusu. 

Magic,  m. (sleight  of  hand),  di- 
jimbu,  5;  dialu,  5. 

Magician,  n.,  muena(i)  followed 
by  dialu(5)  or  dijimbu(5). 


Magnify,  vt.,  balulula,  vundixa. 
(honor),  tumbixa,  nemeka,  ne- 
mekela,  meneka,  menekela, 
tendelela. 

Magnitude,  bunine,  6. 

Maid,  Maiden,  w. (young),  muxi- 
kankunde,  2;  songakuxi,  i. 
(unmarried  woman),  mujike, 

I. 

Maidenhood,  n.,  buxikankunde, 
6;  bunsongakuxi,  6. 

Maize,  n.,  see  corn. 

Make,  vt.,  enza,  osa,  kixa(Buk.). 
(appoint  to  office),  ha  mu  or 
buexa  mu  followed  by  ab- 
stract name  of  office, 
ashamed,  ufuixa  bundu(6). 
aware,  dimuxa,  munyixa. 
basket,  mat,  etc.,  luka. 
bed,  longolola. 

(build),  ibuka,  asa  (see  note 
under  asa  in  B.L.-Eng.). 
(carve),  songa. 

(cause  to  do  or  be),  use  Causative 
Form  of  verb. 

cloth,  weave,  kuma  didiba(5). 
(compel),  generally  use  Causative 
Form  of  verb. 

(create),  fuka. 

disturbance,  noise,  teka  with 
diyoyo(5)  or  mutayl(2). 
fire,  temexa. 

friendship,  kuatangana  bu- 
lunda(6). 
fun  of,  s6ka. 

hole,  imba  with  dina(5)  or 
cina(7), 

like,  fuanyikixa,  kelemexa. 
medicine,  charm,  huka  buan- 
ga(6). 

out  of,  with,  use  ne  with  the 
proper  verb;  s,  wakuluka 
cifulu  ne  mp6ku,  he  made  the 
hat  with  strings  jrom  the  palm 
leaf. 

pottery,  fumba,  flmba. 
string,  jinga  muxinga(2). 
water,  urinate,  sukula,  sukunya. 

Malady,  n.,  disama,  5;  bubedi,  6; 
dibedi,  5. 


222 


MALE— MARRY. 


Male,  mulumi,  i. 

adj.,  lumi,  mulumi  wa,  mu- 
lumi’a. 

Malefactor,  n.,  muena(i)  lu- 
kuna(4). 

Malice,  n.,  lukuna,  4, 

Malicious,  adj.,  -a  lukuna(4). 

Malt,  vt.,  enga. 

Maltreat,  vt.,  see  abuse. 

Maltreatment,  n.,  cihendo,  7; 
matandu,  pi.  of  5 or  6;  cin- 
yangu,  7. 

Mammon,  n.,  use  pi.  of  ciuma(7) 
or  cintu(7);  luhetu(4). 

Man,  w. (generic),  muntu,  i. 
(male),  mulumi,  i. 
young,  songalumi,  i;  muhian- 
kunde,  i. 

(one  who  owns  or  belongs  to  a 
certain  class  or  is  from  a cer- 
tiin  town),  muena,  i;  mu- 
kua,  I.  §§  84  {h)\  87  {d), 
Rem.  2. 

(a  big  man,  generally  used 
ironically),  cllumiana,  7.  §351. 

Manage,  ^^/.(as  child),  bulukila, 
samina,  bela,  nanga. 

Mango,  n.,  nsafu,  3.  This  word 
has  come  from  the  I.ower 
Conga  and  is  there  applied  to 
a fruit  not  the  mango. 

Manhood,  n.,  bulumi,  6. 
(humanity),  buntu,  6. 

(young  manhood),  bunsonga- 
lumi  6;  buhiankunde,  6. 

Manioc,  n.,  see  cassava. 

Manis,  w. (scaly  ant-eater),  nkaka, 
3- 

Mankind,  n.,  bantu(pl.  of  muntu, 
i)- 

Manner,  w.(habit),  cibilu,  7; 
cienzedi,  7;  cilele,  7. 

(t  .us,  in  this  manner),  adv., 
nunku(nan  u,  nenk  ). 
(customary  action),  use  Pres. 
Habitual  tense. 

Mansion,  n.,  nsubu,  3. 

Manure,  n.  (excrement),  tdfi 
(tuinvl),  pi.  of  8.  See  note 
under  tufl  i B.L.-Eng. 


Many,  ad].,  -a  bungi(6);  ngi;  ngia 
-ngl. 

ohw,  bungi  munyi?  or  bungi 
bixi?  or  -nga  with  Secondary 
Prefixes. 

too,  hita  or  tamba  with  bungi. 

Mar,  vt.,  ona,  nya  ga;  vi., 
onoka,  nyanguka. 

March,  n.,  luendu,  4. 
go  on  a ya  ku  luendu. 

(the  month),  3Ialasa(from  Eng.). 

Margin,  n.,  muelelu,  2;  musala. 
2;  mubangu,  2;  bucika,  6; 
also  the  locative  words  ku- 
kala,  kusula,  kunfudilu,  ku- 
sala. 

Mark,  m. (dividing  line),  mukalu, 

2. 

(made  by  anything  dragged), 
cikoka,  7. 

(scar)  cibangu,  7. 

(sign),  cimonyinu,  7 
(trac  ng  on  the  ground  or  else- 
where), mufunda,  2. 

(track  of  foot,  paw,  hoof), 
cidi  cilu,  7;  dikusa,  5;  di- 
kama,  5;  mukono,  2. 

(tribal,  tattoo),  lusalu,  4. 

(to  make  the  tattoo  marks), 
t&ha. 

V.,  funda,  taha. 

Market,  n.,  cisalu,  7. 
attend  a,  v.,  sakula. 

Marriage,  n.,  dibuka,  5. 

(dowry  given  by  groom  to  parents 
of  the  bride),  luselu,  4;  bintu 
bia  buku(6). 

(to  pay  the  marriage  dowry),  v., 
sela. 

feast,  bidia  bia  dibanzixa(5). 
intermediary  in,  cibanji,  7. 
give  in,  bukixa. 

ARROW,  n.,  buongo,  6. 

Marry,  v.,  buka.  This  word  is 
used  only  of  the  man.  When 
the  woman  is  referred  to,  use 
the  passive  forms,  or  the  verb 
banza,  or  the  ph.  ya  ku 
dibuka. 


MARRY— ME  AxNT. 


Marry  {continued). 

(bring  the  bride  to  the  home  of 
the  groo  n),  vt.,  banzixa. 

(be  brought  to  the  home  of  the 
groom),  vi.,  banza. 

(give  in  marriage),  vt , bukixa. 

Marsh,  n.,  bitahikidi,  bintampi, 
bit^hi,  bintoci.  All  are  pi. 
of  7. 

(a  place  which  is  dry  in  the  dry 
season),  cisese,  7. 

Marvel,  v.  kema. 

Marvelous,  adj.,  -a  kukema. 

Masculine,  adj.,  -a  balumi(pl. 
of  i). 

Mash,  t;/.  (crush  between  the 
hands),  kama. 

(down  fiat),  bacika,  batamixa, 
butamixa,  landakuxa. 

(grind  between  stones),  hela. 
in  mortar,  tua. 

(rubbing  with  hands),  vinga. 

Mask,  n.,  muadi(Buk.),  2;  mu- 
kixi,  2. 

Mason,  muena(i)  tuxola(pl. 
of  8);  kapita,  8. 

Master,  n.,  mukelenge,  2;  nfu- 
mu,  i;  tatu,  i. 

(overcome),  hita  or  tamba 
with  bukale(6)  or  ngulu(3) 

Masticate,  v.,  botexa. 

(as  bones  or  dried  corn),  bele- 
keta. 

(with  unpleasant  noise),  tan- 
funya. 

Mat,  w.(made  of  papyrus),  ciata, 
7;  cikanga,  7. 

(made  by  the  Bakuba  from  the 
palm),  cixaxi,  7. 

Match,  M.(lucifer),  muci(2)  wa 
kahia(8);  dincese(from  Eng. 
match),  5. 

(of  same  kind),  this  idea  may  be 
expressed  in  several  ways: 

(1)  By  the  words  bu  and  bui- 
na. 

(2)  By  the  words  muomumue 
and  o-umue. 

(3)  By  the  ph.  muan*abo  ne. 
vi.,  fuanangana,  akana,  aka- 


Match  {continued). 

nangana,  kelemena,  fuana, 
dieleka. 

vt.,  fuanyikixa,  kelemexa,  aku- 
xa,  elekexa. 

Matchet,  n.,  muele,  2. 

Mate,  w.(fr  end),  mulunda,  i; 
nyana,  i. 

(of  same  kind),  expressed  in 
several  ways: 

(1)  By  the  verbs  fuanangana, 
kelemena,  fuana. 

(2)  By  thew  ords  bu  and 
buina. 

(3)  By  the  words  muomumue 
and  o-umue. 

(4)  By  the  ph.  muan*abo  ne. 
Material,  w. (thing),  cintu,  7. 
Matrimony,  n.,  dibuka,  5. 
Matter,  w. (affair),  bualu,  6; 

muanda,  2. 
no,  kakuena  bualu. 

(pus),  tuflna,  pi.  of  8. 

(what  is  the  matter?),  cinyi? 
bualu  ki?  cinganyi? 
Mature,  be,  vi.,  kala. 

May,  V.,  see  permission. 

(month),  Maya(Eng.). 

Maybe,  adv.,  ne. 

Me,  pers.  pro. 

(1)  Simple  Disjunctive,  meme. 

(2)  As  direct  and  indirect  obj. 
use  pronominal  infix  n(m). 
§§116,117. 

(3)  With  prepositions,  see  §§  106 
(c),  107. 

Meal,  m. (flour  of  corn  or  cassava), 

bukula,  6. 

(food),  bidia(pl.  of  7);  bla 
kudia. 

Mean,  x'.(intend),  amba  followed 
by  infin. 
be,  vi.,  kina. 

adj.,  -a  lukinu(4);  -a  cin- 
yangu(7). 

(of  low  birth),  -a  cinana,  -a 
hatuhu. 

(stingy),  -a  buiminyl(6);  -a 
citu(7). 


224 


MEANDER— MERCIFUL. 


Meander,  vi.,  endakana. 

Meanness,  n.,  lukinu,  4;  cin- 
yangu,  7. 

(stinginess),  buiminyi,  6;  citu, 
7- 

Means,  n.(riches),  luhetu,  4;  and 
the  pi.  forms  from  class  VII, 
biuma  and  bintu. 

(by  means  of),  ne. 

Measles,  w.,  kantembele,  8. 

Measure,  w.(rule  or  other  imple- 
ment for  measuring),  cidiki- 
xllu,  7;  luelekexi,  4;  cidi- 
kixu,  7;  luidi,  4;  luedi,  4. 
vt.,  idikixa,  elekexa. 

(be  full  measure),  vi.,  kumbana, 
vula. 

Meat,  n.,  munyinyi,  2. 
fat,  diinyi,  5. 
lean,  nguiunge,  3. 

Mediate,  (separate  when  fight- 
ing), sunga. 

(deliver,  save),  sungila,  handi- 
xa,  sungidila. 

Mediator,  n.,  musungidi,  1 mu- 
handixi,  i. 

Medicine,  n.,  buanga,  6.  In  the 
native  mind  this  is  only  a 
charm  or  fetish,  into  which 
some  supernatural  spiritual 
power  has  been  put  by  the 
maker.  If  the  object  is  carved 
it  is  called  luhingu,  4. 

(charm  before  which  divination  is 
done),  lubuku,  4. 
destroy  the  power  or  influence  of, 
vt.,  taluxa  or  xiha. 
do  incantations  before,  vt.,  ten- 
delela. 

make,  vt.,  huka,  songa(if  wood), 
maker  of,  mpuka(i)  manga; 
muhuki(i)  wa  manga;  mu- 
songi(i)  wa  mpingu. 

See  DIVINE,  BEWITCH,  DOCTOR. 

Meditate,  v.,  see  think. 

Meek,  be,  vi.,  tumikila,  di  ne 
kalolo(8). 

Meekness,  n.,  kalolo,  8. 

Me.et,  V. (assemble),  tutakana, 
kungakana,  sangakana. 


Meet  {contimied). 

sambakana,  disanga,  diun- 
guixa. 

go  to,  to  welcome,  akidila, 
uhukila,  akana. 

(meet  and  pass),  sembakena, 
kumankana. 

(persons,  paths,  rivers,  etc.), 
sambakana,  sangakana,  san- 
gila. 

up  with,  sangana. 

Meeting,  w. (crowd),  cisumbu,  7. 

(of  rivers  or  ways),  disangu,  5. 
Generally  use  pi. 

Melancholy,  n.,  cixi,  7;  kanyin- 
ganyinga,  8. 

adj.,  di  ne  cixi  or  kanyingan- 
yinga;  muoyo(2)  or  mu- 
cima(2)  as  subj.  of  verb 
nyingala;  cixi  as  subj.  of 
kuata  and  person  as  obj.; 
ufua  or  unva  with  cixi. 

Melt,  vi.,  enguluka,  flngaiuka. 

Member,  n.,  of  the  body,  name  the 
specific  part. 

of  the  church,  muntu(i)  wa 
Nzambi. 

(one  of  a party  or  company), 
muena,  i. 

Memory,  n.,  muoyo,  i. 

call  to,  vi.,  vuluka;  vt.,  vulula, 
vuluxa. 

Menace,  vt.,  funyina. 

Mend,  vt.,  tuanganya,  tuanguxa, 
longoiola. 

(patch),  lamika,  bamba,  tenta- 
kuxa,  bambakanya,  bamba- 
kuxa,  tenteka. 

Menses,  n.,  kaceci,  8;  ku  mbala 
(perhaps  3).  Mukuxi  udi  ku 
mbala,  the  woman  is  at  her 
menstrual  period. 

Menstruate,  v.,  muna(mona) 
kaceci(8). 

Mention,  v.,  amba. 

Merchant,  n.,  ngenda(i)  wa 
muxinga(2),  muena(i)  ci- 
sumba(7). 

Merciful,  adj.,  -a  luse(4). 

be  to,  V.,  ha  luse;  samba. 


MERCILESS— MIRACLE. 


Merciless,  adj.,  ena  ne  luse(4); 
-a  lukinu(4);  -a  cinyan- 
gu(7)- 

Mercy,  n.,  luse,  4. 

give  to,  V.,  ha  luse;  samba. 

Merit,  z^.(be  fit),  fuana. 

(be  right  or  best  to  do),  see 
DESERVE. 

Merry,  be,  vi.,  sanka. 

Message^  «.,  di,  5;  mukenji,  2. 
deliver  a,  v.,  amba  or  anibila 
with  di  or  mukenji. 

Messenger,  «.,  muena(i)  mu- 
kenji(2);  muloho,  2. 

Metal,  w. (generic),  ciama,  7. 

See  COPPER,  IRON,  etc. 

Metempsychosis,  w.(the  thing  into 
which  a person  is  changed  by 
metempsychosis  or  transmi- 
gration), cilengulengu,  7. 

(the  act  of  thus  changing),  v., 
lenguluka,  sanguka,  tanda. 

Meteor,  n.,  mutoto(2)  mutuke 
(act.  p.p.  from  v.  tuka). 

Method,  «.,  see  manner. 

Metropolis,  w.,  cimenga,  7;  ci- 
hunda,  7. 

Midday,  nph.,  diba(5)  dia  han- 
kuci,  munda  munya(2),  diba 
diakujalama. 

Middle  n.,  see  centre. 

Middleman,  w.(in  arranging  mar- 
riage), cibanji,  7. 

Midnight,  w.,  mundankulu.  §423 
(2)  ih). 

Midrib,  n.,  mukuolo,  2;  luba- 
xe(Buk.),  4. 

(hard  outside  part  of  midrib 
of  the  dibue  palm),  lusele, 

4- 

(hard  outside  part  of  midrib  of 
the  dikadi  or  dibondo),  lu- 
bale,  4. 

Midst,  n.,  see  centre. 

Midwife,  n.,  mulelexi,  i. 

(to  act  as  for),  vt.,  lelexa. 

Might,  w. (strength),  bukale,  6, 
ngulu,  pi.  of  3 or  4;  dikanda, 

5- 

Mighty,  adj.,  see  great. 


225 


Migrate,  z».(scatter,  move  to  an- 
other place),  muangala. 

Mildew,  n.,  see  mould. 

Milk,  n.,  mabele,  pi.  of  dibele, 
breast. 

V.,  kama(^o  squeeze). 

Mill,  n.,  see  Machine. 

Milleped,  «.(long  black  worm 
found  in  forest),  dinyongele, 

5- 

Millet,  n.,  mponda,  pi.  of  3 or  4. 
head  of,  mueliu,  2. 

Mimic,  vt.,  idikixa,  elekexa. 

Mince,  ?;^(cut  into  small  pieces), 
zaza. 

Mind,  w. (intellect),  lungenyi,  4; 
lukanyi(Buk.),  4;  mexi,  pi. 
of  5. 

(the  will),  mucima,  2;  muoyo,  2. 
call  to,  vt.^  vulula,  vuluxa;  vi., 
vuluka. 

change  the,  vt.,  kudimuna  or 
andamuna  with  mucima  or 
muoyo. 

(never  mind),  kakuena  bualu(6). 
(obey),  unva,  tumikila,  tumika, 
enza  mu-  followed  by  proper 
form  of  amba  (§  465),  ufua. 
(watch,  tend),  l^ma. 

Mine,  pass,  pro.,  inyi.  See  § 135. 

Mingle,  x;/.(mix),  sangixa,  sanga- 
kuxa,  sangakanya,  samba- 
kanya,  sambakuxa,  tuta- 
kuxa,  tutakanya,  sala,  sala- 
kana,  buelakuxa,  buexa- 
kana;  vi.,  sanga,  sangakana, 
sambakana,  tutakana,  bue- 
lakana. 

(stir  around),  vundula. 

(stir  up  together),  buandulula, 
buandakuxa,  vuandulula,  so- 
ba. 

Minister,  n.,  see  missionary, 
PREACHER,  evangelist,  SERV- 
ANT. 

to,  vt.,  lamdta. 

Minute,  w. (short  time),  cituha,  7. 
adj.,  kise,  bale,  nya-nya. 

Miracle,  nph.,  bualu(6)  bua  ku- 
kema. 


226 


MIRACULOUS— MOON. 


Miraculous,  adj.,  -a  kukema. 

Mire,  n.,  see  mud. 
up,  V.,  jama. 

Mirror,  k.,  ludimuenu,  4;  lu- 
muenu,  4. 

Mirth,  n.,  kaseku,  8.  PI.  gener- 
ally u.sed. 

Miscarry,  v.,  tula  with  muana(i) 
or  difu(5);  lela  kabixe(8). 

Misfortune,  n.,  bualu(6)  with 
bubl  or  bukale. 

(bad  luck),  dikusa(5)  dibi;  mu- 
bidi(2)  mubi. 

Misguide,  vt.,  hambuxa. 

Mishap,  w.(bad  luck),  dikusa(5) 
dibi;  mubidi(2)  mubi. 

Mislead,  vt.,  hambuxa. 

Miss,  v.,  aim,  hanga,  ela  cin- 
goma(7)  hanxi. 

(fail),  hanga. 

fire,  not  go  off,  funga. 

(in  looking  for  something),  muo- 
yo(2)  with  the  verb  hua. 

(omit,  not  do  as  intended),  hum- 
bixa. 

Missionary,  nph.,  mukelenge(i) 
wa  Nzambi;  muambi(i)  wa 
bualu(6)  bua  Nzambi. 

Mist,  w.(fog),  dibungi,  5. 

Mistake,  make,  z/.(take  wTong 
path),  hambuka. 
in  counting,  etc,  tuhakana, 
hanga. 

Mistress,  n. (female  chief),  muke- 
lenge(i)  mukuxi(i). 

(slave  in  speaking  of  mistress), 
mamu(i),  baba(i). 

Mix,  vt.,  sangixa,  sangakuxa, 
sangakanya,  sambakanya, 
sambakuxa,  tutakuxa,  tuta- 
kanya,  tuhakanya,  tuha- 
kuxa,  sala,  salakana,  buela- 
kuxa,  buexakana;  vi.,  sanga, 
sangakana,  sambakana,  tu- 
takana,  buelakana,  buanda- 
kana,  tuhakana,  vuanduluka. 
(stir  around),  vundula. 

(stir  up  together),  buandulula, 
buandakuxa,  soha,  vuandu- 
lula. 


Moan,  v.,  huma,  tua  mukema(2). 
n.,  mukema,  2. 

Mock,  x;/. (mimic),  idikixa,  ele- 
kexa. 

Mode,  w. (custom),  cilele,  7;  cien- 
zedi,  7;  cibilu,  7. 
in  this,  thus,  adv.,  nunku(nan- 
ku,  nenku). 

Model,  n.,  cimonyinu,  7;  cidiki- 
xilu,  7;  luedi,  4;  luidi,  4; 
cidikixu,  7. 

Modest,  be,  vph.,  di  ne  or  ufua 
or  unva  with  bundu(6);  ena 
ne  dikama(5);  ena  ne  ci- 
kama(7);  ena  ne  dintanta(5); 
di  ne  kaiolo(8);  di  ne  mu- 
cinia(2)  mutekete;  also  neg. 
of  disua. 

Modesty,  «.,  bunvu,  6;  bundu,  6; 
kalolo,  8. 

Moist,  adj.,  see  damp. 

Moisten,  vt.,  see  dampen. 

Moisture,  n.,  citelele,  7;  ciaxima, 
7- 

Moment,  n.,  cituha,  7. 

Monday,  nph.,  dituku(5)  dia 
mpatukilu(or  nduhukilu)  wa 
Lumingu. 

Money,  w.(coin),  mpalata,  3. 

Monkey,  n.  There  is  no  generic 
name,  some  of  the  different 
species  are:  nkima(ncima), 

3;  nsoko,  3;  nfindu,  3; 
mbele,  3;  ntombolo,  3. 

Month,  n.(moon),  ngondo,  3; 
muenxi,  2. 

Moon,  n.,  ngondo,  3;  muenxi,  2. 
(the  appearing  of  the  new  moon), 
bala. 

be  full,  V.,  lua  cibaiu(7),  ten- 
tama. 

shining  of  the,  v.,  toka,  kenena, 
kenka. 

waning  of,  v.,  nyana. 
waxing  of,  v.,  diunda. 

The  size  of  the  moon  in  waxing 
and  waning  is  shown  by  com- 
paring w'ith  the  fingers;  as, 
ngondo  udi  buminu  is&tu,  the 
moon  is  the  size  of  three  fingers. 


MOONLIGHT— MUCUS. 


227 


Moonlight,  w.,  dikenka,  5. 

Mope,  ■y.(due  to  sickness),  bun- 
gama,  humpama. 

Morbid,  be,  vi.,  bungama,  nyin- 
gala  or  sama  with  mucima(2). 

More,  adj. {other),  kuabo,  nga. 
adv.  To  express  Comparative 
Degree  of  adjectives  or  ad- 
verbs, use  verbs  tamba  and 
hita.  § 89. 

Morning,  «.(about  sunrise),  dinda, 
5;  lunkelu,  4. 

(about  9 a.m.),  misasa(pl.  of  2). 
(at  daybreak),  haciacia.  § 423 

(2)  (b). 

(cockcrowing),  ha  bitila,  hadi 
hasama  nsolo(3). 

(to  break  day,  the  coming  of  the 
morning),  vph.,  butuku(6)  as 
subj.  of  V.  cia. 

Mortal,  be,  vi.,  use  Pres.  Habitual 
tense  or  Second  Pres.  Actual 
of  fua,  to  die. 

Mortar,  w.(for  pounding  in),  cinu, 
7- 

(mud),  bitahikidi,  bintampi, 
bintoci,  bitShi.  All  are  pi. 
of  7. 

mix,  vt.,  sob  a. 

Mortified,  be,  vi.,  di  ne  or  ufua 
or  unva  with  person  as  subj. 
and  bundu(6)  as  obj.;  bundu 
as  subj.  of  kuata  and  the 
person  as  obj. 

Mortify,  t'/.(cause  shame),  ufuixa 
or  kuacixa  with  bundu(6). 

Mosquito,  kamue,  8;  kamem- 
bele,  8. 

Most,  adv.  To  express  Superla- 
tive Degree,  use  the  verbs 
tamba  and  bita.  §89. 

Moth,  n.,  cibiyibiyi,  7. 

Mother,  n.,  mamu,  i;  baba,  1; 
nyoku,  i;  nyin(a).  For 
nyin(a)  see  § 138. 

(mother  who  has  recently  given 
birth),  muviele,  i;  muadi- 
kuxi,  I. 

Mother-in-law,  muku(i),  used 
only  by  husband;  baba- 


Mother-in-law  {continuec). 

muenu(i)  and  ma’-muenu(i), 
see  § 42,  Note  3. 

Mould,  «.,  butu,  6;  lutu,  4. 

V.,  kuata  with  butu  or  lutu. 

Mount,  v.,  banda. 

Mountain,  n.,  mukuna,  2. 

(peak),  dilunda,  5. 

Mourn,  v.,  dila. 

for,  Jinga. 

Mourning,  n.,  muadi,  2. 

Mouse,  w. (generic),  mpuku,  3. 

Some  of  the  more  common 
varieties  are:  cibakala(7), 

ngongo(3),  ditambue(5), 
nkose(3),  cibende(7),  mu- 
landa(2). 

hole  of,  buina(6),  pi.  ismena. 

Moustache,  nph.,  muedi(2)  or 
muevu(2)  with  the  ph.  wa  ha 
muxuku  (2). 

Mouth,  n.,  mukana,  2. 

of  river,  lusongo,  4. 

Move,  v.,  back  and  forth,  vi., 
lemba,  lembelela,  dikuha. 

out  of  the  way,  vi.,  ehuka(ahu- 
ka),  sesuka,  umuka;  vt., 
umuxa. 

(shake),  vt.,  takixa,  cikixa, 
kuha,  nyungixa,  saxa,  nyun- 
ga,  senga,  salakanya;  vi., 
taka,  nyunga,  sala,  cika, 
cikakana. 

sidewise,  vi.,  semena,  sela;  vt., 
semexa,  sexa  (seja). 

slowly,  xixamuka. 

stealthily,  onguela,  tobela, 
bombelela. 

to  another  place,  scatter,  vi., 
muangala. 

Much,  adj.,  -a  bungi(6),  ng*, 
-ngia-ngi. 

how?  bungi  munyi?  bungi 
bixi?  nga?  For  the  last 
word,  see  § 78. 

too,  the  verbs  hita  or  tamba 
with  bungi. 

Mucus,  n.(from  eye),  luhota  4, 
luhoca,  4 


228 


MUCUS— NATION. 


Mucus  {continued). 

(from  the  nose),  tuminu,  pi.  of 
8;  lusole,  4. 

blow  from  the  nose,  v.,  hemba. 

Mud,  n.,  bitahi,  bitahikidi,  bin- 
toci,  bintampi.  All  pi.  of  7. 

Muddy,  be,  w.(as  water  stirred  up 
with  mud),  vuanduluka;  vt., 
vuandiilula. 

Mug,  ;z.,  luhanza,  4. 

Multiply,  ‘^.(by  generations),  le- 
langana. 

Multitude,  w.,  cisumbu,  8, 
bungi,  6. 

Mueoder,  vt.,  xiha. 

Murderer,  n.,  muxihiangan- 
yi(i),  muxihi(i). 

Murmur,  v.,  nungana,  tontolola, 
tontom  na. 

w. (whisper),  dinunganyi,  5. 

Muse,  v.,  ela  or  elangana  with 
mucima(2)  or  mexi(5)  or 
lukanyi(4)  or  lungenyi(4). 

Mush,  n.,  musabu,  2 

Mushroom,  n.,  buowa,  6. 

Music,  «.(tune  or  hymn),  mu- 
sambu,  2. 

Musical  instruments,  see  instru- 
ment. 

Must,  v.  No  satisfactory  word 
has  been  found  to  express  the 
idea  must  or  necessary  or  ne- 
cessity. The  unsatisfactory 
bualu(6)  bukale  with  the 
Causative  Form  of  the  verb  is 
the  best  that  can  be  suggested. 

Mute,  n.,  a,  kamama,  8. 

be,  especially  when  righ  ly  ac- 
cused, hua. 

Mutter,  v.,  nungana,  tontolola, 
tontomona. 

Muzzle,  n.,  of  gun,  muxuKu,  2. 

My,  poss.  pro.,  inyi.  § 133. 

Myself,  pers.  pro. 

(1)  Compound  Disjunctive  Form, 
nkiyinyi,  etc.  §§  108,  109. 

(2)  When  reflexive  use  reflexive 
prefix  of  verb,  -di-.  Note  that 
this  is  subj.  or  obj.  § 118. 

(3)  See  B.L.-Eng.,  under  ine. 


Mysterious,  adj.,  -a  musokoko 
(rausoko),  2.  The  neg.  form 
of  munya  t,o  know,  may  some- 
times be  used  in  this  sense. 

Mystery,  w.  (secret),  musokoko 
(musoko),  2. 


N. 

Nail,  n.,  mulonda,  2;  lusonso,  4. 
(brass  chair  nail,  tack),  lufuma, 
4 

of  finger,  luzala,  4;  luzadi,  4; 
luala,  4. 

drive  a,  vt.,  kumina,  hohela. 

Naked,  be.,  vi.,  di  butaka(6). 

Nakedness,  n.,  butaka,  6. 

Name,  n.,  dina(5),  pi.  is  mcna; 
cibikidilu,  7. 
call  by,  vt.,  bikila. 
call  one’s  name  behind  the  back, 
vt.,  tela. 

give  a,  vt.,  inyika,  idika. 

-sake,  n.,  xakena,  i. 
what  is  its  name?  dina  diaci 
ncinyi? 

what  is  your  name?  dina  diebi 
nganyi? 

Namesake,  n.,  xakena,  i.  Gener- 
ally followed  by  poss.  pro. 
enclitic.  § 42,  Note  i. 

Nap,  ■y.(nod),  bunga  tulu(pl.  of  8). 
n.,  use  kalu,  the  sing,  of  tulu. 

Napkin,  w.  (serviette),  citamba- 
la(7)  cia  ha  mesa,  ditua- 
ya(5)  dia  muxuku(2). 

Narrate,  v.,  amba. 

a fable  or  story,  ela  with 
muana(2)  or  lusumuinu(4) 
or  luximinyinyu(4). 

Narrative,  w.,  bualu,  6;  muanda, 
2. 

Narrow,  adj.,  kise,  bale,  nya- 
nya. 

be,  vi.,  bulukana(?). 

Narrowness,  n.,  bukise,  6;  bu- 
baie,  6;  bunyabunya,  6. 

Nasty,  adj.,  bl. 

Nation,  n.,  see  tribe. 


NATIVE— NET. 


229 


Native,  n.  There  is  no  distinct 
word  to  distinguish  the  native 
from  the  foreigner.  Occa- 
sionally we  hear  bena  Kasai, 
meaning  the  native  people  in 
the  Kasai  ^ regions  as  distinct 
from  the  foreigners. 

(one  from,  or  one  of),  muena,  i; 
mukua,  7.  §§  84  {h),  87  {d), 

Rem.  2. 

Nature  of,  «. (custom,  habit), 
ciiele,  7;  cienze  i,  7;  ci- 
bilu,  7. 

Naughty,  adj.{ba.d),  bi. 

Nausea,  nph.,  muendi(2)  ku 
muoyo(2). 

Nauseate,  vL,  endexa  ku  muo- 
yo(2). 

Nauseous,  be,  vph.,  usemuoyo(2) 
as  subject  of  the  verb  enda, 
with  the  person  as  object;  or 
di  ne  muendi(2)  ku  muoyo; 
or  ku  muoyo  kudi  kuenda. 

Navel,  w.,  muofo,  2;  mututu,  2. 

Near,  adv.  Use  the  locatives  (mu, 
ku  and  ha)  with  the  stem  ihi, 
short,  thus  giving  muihi,  kui- 
hi,  hehi(hihi),  § 79. 

We  may  also  have  the  forms  ha 
buihi(6),  ku,  kunxi,  ha 
buihi  ne. 

(be  near  together),  vi.,  kuata- 
kana,  tuangana,  di  ne  kaba 
(dimin.  of  muaba)  kamue. 

to,  hehi  ne. 

Nearly,  adv.,  see  almost. 

Nearness,  n.,  buihi,  6. 

Neat,  adj.,  -a  mankenda(pl.  of 

5 or  6). 

Neatness,  n.,  mankenda,  pi.  of 

5 or  6. 

Necessary,  see  must. 

Necessity,  see  must. 

Neck,  n.,  nxingu,  3. 

of  gourd,  cikolokolo,  7. 

Need,  ^/.(lack),  xala,  neg.  of  ena 
ne. 

w.(poverty),  buhele,  6;  bulanda, 

6. 

be  in,  poor,  adj.,  hele,  landa. 


Needle,  n.,  kaxingi,  8. 

eye  of,  disu(5)  dia  kaxingi. 
EEDY,  adj.,  hele,  landa. 

Negative.  Methods  for  forma- 
tion of,  see  §§  196,  etc. 

Neglect,  ‘y.(leave),  lekela  or  xia 
with  cinana  or  hatuhu. 
(disown),  hidia,  benga,  nyoka, 
diula. 

Neglectful,  adj.,  see  disobe- 
dient. 

Neglectfulness,  n.,  see  disobe- 
dience. 

Negligence,  n.,  see  disobedience. 

Negligent,  adj.,  see  disobedient. 

Neighbor,  n.{of  same  tribe  or 
village),  mukuetu(i),  muena 
kuetu,  muan’etu.  See  §§ 
142;  141,  Rem.  i;  138,  Rem.  5. 

Neither  . . . nor,  correlative 
coiij.,  see  § 433,  Rem. 

Nephew,  n.,  muana(i)  wa  muan- 
’etu. 

(child  of  a man’s  older  or  younger 
sister),  muihu,  i. 

(child  of  a younger  brother  or 
sister),  muana  wa  muakun- 

yi(i)- 

(child  of  an  older  brother  or 
sister),  muana  wa  mukulu(i). 
Some  say  that  the  last  two 
phrases,  muana  wa  mua- 
kunyi  and  muana  wa  mu- 
kulu,  can  be  used  by  the  man 
and  the  woman  in  speaking  of 
the  children  of  older  or  younger 
brothers  or  sisters,  while 
others  claim  that  muihi  is  the 
only  proper  term  for  the  man 
to  use  in  speaking  of  a sister’s 
children,  whether  she  be  older 
or  younger. 

Nervous,  be,  (restless),  sasa- 
kata. 

Nest,  n.,  of  birds,  rats,  etc.,  disua,  5 
of  fowl,  cisua,  7. 
of  wasps,  nsaho,  3;  dibui,  5. 

Net,  n.,  bukuondo,  6;  mu- 
xinga(2)  wa  bute(6);  mu- 
xinga(2)  wa  ndadika(3). 


230 


NEVER— NOTHING. 


Never,  adv.{r\e\G.x  again),  use  neg. 
of  verb  with  cendeleleor  laha- 
laha  or  kaxidi  or  matuku 
onso. 

mind,  kakuena  bualu(6). 

New,  adj.,  hia-hia.  § 76. 

(green,  not  ripe),  bixe. 

New-born  babe,  w.,  katoto,  8. 

News,  n.(fame,  report),  lumu,  4. 
(word,)  di(5). 

(spread),  vt.,  endexa  lumu;  vi., 
endakana  with  lumu  as  subj. 

Next,  adj.,  time,  kabidi(adv.), 
musangu(2)  mukuabo,  ci- 
kondo(7)  cikuabo. 
month,  ngondo  walua.  § 306 
(c),  Rem.  I. 

(next  after),  -a  ku  nyima(3). 

(be  next  to  each  other),  vi., 
kuatakana,  tuangana,  di 
kaba  (dim.  of  muaba)  kamue. 

Niece,  n.  Use  exactly  the  same 
constructions  as  for  nephew, 
the  difference  in  sex  is  not 
considered. 

Night,  n.,  butuku,  6;  bufuku,  6. 
(all  night  long),  butuku  to  ne 
with  lunkelu(4)  or  dinda(5). 
at,  butuku,  bufuku. 
last,  butuku  or  bufuku  with  the 
ph.  bua  lelu. 

mid-,  mundankulu.  § 423  (2) 

(ft). 

the  approaching  of,  vph.,  butuku 
or  bufuku  as  subj.  of  the  verb 
ila. 

the  disappearance  of,  daybreak, 
vph.,  butuku  or  bufuku  as 
subj.  of  the  verb  cla. 

Nine,  card,  num.,  citema,  7. 

Nipple,  n.,  of  breast,  lusongo(4) 
or  mutu(2)  followed  by  the 
adj.  ph.  -a  dibele. 
of  gun,  disu.  5.  PI.  mesu. 

No,  adv.{neg.  answer  to  a question), 
uaxa,  buala,  nanyi,  bi(Buk.). 
adj.{no\.  any,  none),  use  neg.  v ; 
as,  mu  nsubu  kamuena  mi, 
there  is  no  water  in  the  house. 
See  § 469. 


Noble,  adj.{goo<i),  impe,  lengele, 
akane. 

(famous),  nine,  tumbe(p.p.  from 
tumba). 

Nobleman,  w. (chief),  mukelenge, 
i;  nfumu,  i;  muntu)i) 
munine. 

Nobody,  n.,  use  neg.  of  the  verb. 
See  NO. 

Nod,  V.,  assent,  xukula  mutu(2). 
dissent,  kuha  mutu. 

(in  sleeping), bunga  tulu(pl  of  8) 

Noise,  n.,  of  crying,  muadi,  2. 

(low  murmuring),  dinunganyl, 
5.  Generally  use  pi. 
of  human  voices,  diyoyo,  5; 

mutayo,  2;  muaku,  2. 
of  wind  or  rain,  ciona,  7. 

(report  of  gun,  etc.),  mukuma,  2. 

Noisy,  adj.,  -a  diyoyo(5);  -a 
mutayo(2);  -a  muaku(2). 

None,  adj.  or  pro.,  use  neg.  verb. 
See  NO. 

Nonsense,  w.(gibberish),  ciaku- 
lakula,  7.  § 356  {g). 

Noon,  nph.,  munda  munya(2), 
diba(5),  dia  hankuci,  diba 
diakujalama. 

Noose,  n.,  disoko,  5.  Used  in 
catching  rats. 

Nor,  see  neither. 

North,  n.,  nata(Eng.). 

Nose,  n.,  dilu(pl.  melu),  5;  dlulu, 
5- 

blow  the,  V.,  hemba. 

Nostrils,  n.,  muxuku(2)  followed 
by  the  ph.  wa  diulu(5)  or  wa 
dilu(5). 

Not,  adv.  For  formation  of  neg., 
see  §§  196,  etc. 
any,  see  no. 

See  § 415  and  Rems. 

Notch,  n.,  dihoko,  5. 

Note,  w. (letter),  mukanda,  2. 

Nothing,  n.  Use  neg.  of  the  verb; 
as,  mu  nsubu  kamuena 
cintu,  there  is  nothing  in  the 
house. 

for,  cinana,  hatuhu. 

See  no. 


NOTICE— OFF. 


231 


Notice,  t^.(see),  tangila,  xoxa 
mona. 

Nourish,  ‘y^.(feed),  dfxa. 

(bring  up),  kalexa. 

Nourishment,  w. (bread),  bidia,  pi, 
of  7;  nxima,  3. 

(food),  bia  kudia. 

November,  w,,  Novemba(Eng.). 

Now,  adv.,  katataka,  mpindeu, 
diodiono. 

Nude,  be,  v.,  di  butaka(6). 

Nudity,  n.,  butaka,  6. 

Number,  'y.(count),  bala.. 
n.y  a great,  bungi,  6. 
the  same,  bungi(6)  bumue. 

Numerals,  see  §§91,  etc. 

Numerous,  adj.,  -a  bungi(6),  ngi, 
ngia-ngl. 

Nurse,  x/^.(attend),  lama. 

(suckle),  amuixa. 
n,  mulami,  i. 

Nut,  w.  There  is  no  generic  name. 
See  PEANUT,  PALM  NUT,  COLA 
NUT,  etc. 


o. 

Oar,  m.,  mubambu,  2;  cihu,  7. 
pull  an,  vt.,  ita,  uha. 

(stick  used  in  pushing  a boat), 
musangu,  2. 

Oath,  n.,  take  an,  v.,  cTba.  The 
reflexive  diciha  is  most  com- 
monly used. 

Obedience,  kalolo,  8. 

Obedient,  adj.,  -a  kalolo (8). 
be,  V.,  tumika. 

be  to,  vt.,  tumikila;  enza  mu- 
followed  by  proper  tense  and 
person  of  amba,  to  tell',  ita- 
buxa  mu  di;  ufua;  unva. 
Note  that  the  obj.  of  this  last 
verb  is  di(5),  not  the  person 
obeyed. 

Obeisance,  n.,  do  before  one,  vt., 
meneka,  menekcla,  nemeka, 
nemekela,  tendelela. 

Obey,  vt.,  tumikila;  tumika; 
enza  mu-  followed  by  proper 


Obey  {continued). 

tense  and  person  of  amba,  to 
tell',  itabuxa  mu  di;  ufua; 
unva.  Note  that  the  obj. 
of  this  last  word  is  di(5),  not 
the  person  obeyed. 

Object,  w. (cause,  reason),  bualu, 
6;  muanda,  2. 

(thing),  cintu,  7. 
i/.(forbid),  hidia,  benga. 

Obligation,  n.,  see  duty. 

Oblige,  "y/. (cause  to  do)  use  Causa- 
tive Form  of  verb. 

Obscene,  adj.,  see  immodest. 

Observe,  v.,  see  look,  obey. 

Obstinacy,  n.,  cicu,  7;  cibengu, 
7;  bubidia,  6;  cixiku,  7. 

Obstinant,  adj.,  -a  ci 011(7); 

cibengu(7);  -a  buhidia(6); 
-a  cixiku(7). 

be,  v.,  use  neg.  of  tumikila, 
tumika,  ufua,  unva,  itabuxa 
mu  di,  enza  mu-  followed  by 
proper  tense  and  person  of 
amba,  to  tell. 

Occupation,  n.,  see  employment. 

Occur,  v.,  lua. 

Ocean,  nph.,  mi(pl.  of  5)  manine. 

O’clock,  see  time. 

OCRA,  n.,  cingombo,  7.  (Perhaps 
this  may  be  origin  of  Eng. 
“gumbo  soup.”) 

October,  n.,  Okotoba(Eng.). 

Odor,  «.(good  or  bad),  muhuya,  2; 
dibembu,  5 ; nsunga, 3;  muen- 
yi,  2. 

bad,  mukuhu,  2;  lusu,  4;  mu- 
huya(2)  mubi;  kahambu,  8. 
detect  the,  to  smell,  v.,  unva, 
ufua . 

emit  an,  good  or  bad,  v.,  nunka. 
smell  in  order  to  detect  the,  v., 
nunkila. 

Of,  prep.,  -a.  This  prep,  is  used 
in  adj.  phrases  to  indicate  pos- 
session or  quality,  and  takes 
the  Secondar)^  Prefixes.  § 425. 

Off,  adv  The  adverbial  idea  is 
most  often  expressed  in  the 
root  of  the  verb;  as,  lamuka 


232 


OFF— OPEN. 


Off  {continued), 

come  off,  as  of  something  ad- 
hering; nyeina,  run  off,  ^e. 
prep.  Generally  use  the  loca- 
tives ku  or  ha;  as,  umuxe 
malonga  ha  mesa,  take  the 
plates  off  the  table. 

Offend,  vt.,  henda,  tuka 

(with  a click  of  the  throat),  sodia. 

Offer,  z;.(give),  ha,  ambika. 

(hold  out  to,  hand  to),  hetexa, 
hetela. 

Offering,  w.(gift),  ciha,  7;  also 
the  infin.  kuha,  to  give. 
make  as  a due  or  tribute,  vt., 
lambula. 

Office,  n.  The  name  of  the  office 
is  made  by  prefixing  bu-(6)  to 
the  root  of  the  title;  as,  muke- 
lenge,  bukelenge,  chief  ship. 
appoint  to,  v.,  see  appoint. 

Offspring,  n.,  muana,  i. 

Often,  adv.,  see  frequently. 

Oil,  n.,  minyi,  pi.  of  diinyi(5), /a/, 
coal,  petroleum,  mpitolo(Eng.). 
from  kernel  of  palm  nut,  mu- 
xinda,  2. 

palm,  minyi  a nguji(nguxi). 
purified  palm,  lumbidi,  4. 
render,  vt.,  enga. 

Ointment,  n.,  minyi,  pi.  of 
diinyi(s),  fat. 

Old,  adj.,  kuiu,  kulukulu,  -a 
kale. 

(as  old  person),  nunu,  kulii- 
kuxe(p.p.  from  kulukuxa), 
-a  bukuiumpe(6),  -a  buku- 
lukuxe(6);  kuiumpe(p.p. 
from  kuiumpa). 
age,  n.,  bukulu,  6;  bukulukulu, 
6;  bununu,  6;  bukulukuxe, 
6;  bukuiumpe,  6. 

(be  or  become  an  old  person),  vi., 
kuiukuxa,  kuiumpa,  lala. 
times,  adv.,  kale,  bangabanga, 
diambedi. 

Older,  adj.,  -a  ku  mpala(3). 
brother  or  sister,  n.,  mukulu,  i. 
Generally  followed  by  poss. 
pro.  § 138,  Rem.  2. 


Older  {continued). 
of  twins,  n.,  cibuaba,  7. 

Oldest  child,  n.,  mukulu,  i; 
muan’a  bute(6). 

Omit,  z;. (leave),  lekela,  xia. 

(miss  or  fail  to  do),  humbixa. 
(overlook),  hua  muoyo(2), 
hanga. 

Omnipresent,  be,  vph.,  di  kuonso. 

Omniscient,  be,  vph.,  munya 
malu  onso. 

On,  prep.,  ha. 

top  of,  ha  mutu(2)  ha. 

(up  on  high),  heulu. 

Once,  adv.,  at,  katataka,  mpin- 
deu,  diodiono. 

(long  ago),  kale,  bangabanga, 
diambedi. 

(one  time),  musangu(2)  umue, 
musunsa(2)  umue,  cikon- 
do(7)  cimue,  ciakamue(7), 
diakamue(5). 

One,  adj.,  numeral,  mue(mo). 
For  abstract  counting  use 
omue.  Mue  takes  Secondary 
Prefixes.  §§  92,  Rem.  i;  97. 
any,  onso. 

(at  one  time,  at  the  same  time), 
diacimue(5),  ciahamue(7). 
(distributive),  the  one  . . . the 
other,  kuabo  . . . kuabo, 
nga  . . . nga. 

(one  another),  use  Reciprocal 
Form  of  v.  in  -angana. 

As  indefinite  pronominal  subj. 

of  verb,  see  § 189. 

As  indefinite  pro.,  see  §§  189, 
Rem.;  105. 

Onion,  n.,  nsahola,  3. 

Only,  adv.,  ne  ine,  or  the  Com- 
pound Pronoun  forms  nki- 
yinyi,  etc.  § 109. 

See  § 418. 

Open,  z;/.(as  bracelet,  etc.),  ban- 
gula. 

(as  door),  unzulula. 

(as  eyes),  handa,  bulula;  vi., 
tabSla. 

(as  flower),  balulula;  vi.,  balu- 
luka. 


Open  {continued). 

(as  mouth),  bulula. 

(as  tin  can  or  box),  xibula, 
cibula. 

(as  wings),  olola,  bulula;  vi., 
ololoka,  buluka. 
out,  as  piece  of  cloth,  vungu- 
lula;  vi.,  vunguluka. 

Opener,  nph.{as  can-opener), 
cintu(7)  cia  kuxibula  n’aci 
mpanza(pl.  of  4). 

Oppose,  vph.,  ela  mukosa(2). 
(forbid),  hidia,  benga. 

Opposite,  adj.,  side,  n.,  dixia,  5. 
(be  facing  each  other),  v.,  tangi- 
xangana  mpala(3). 

Opposition,  «. (interference),  mu- 
kosa,  2. 

Oppress,  vt.,  nyanga,  tacixa,  ona. 

Oppression,  n.,  cinyangu,  7. 

Oppressive,  adj.,  person,  -a  cin- 
yangu(7). 

Or,  conj.,  see  either. 

(whether  . . . or),  ne  . . . ne. 
(in  asking  questions),  inyi. 
§434- 

Ordain,  v.,  see  sanctify. 

Ordeal,  n.  The  person  against 
whom  a real  or  imaginary 
wrong  has  been  done  by  an 
unknown  person  goes  to  a 
medicine  man(muena(i)  bu- 
anga(6)  or  muena  lubuku(4) 
to  inquire  (tempa  or  buka). 
The  accused,  in  order  to  prove 
his  innocence  or  guilt,  is  made 
to  submit  to  certain  ordeals  or 
tests.  One  accused  of  witch- 
craft is  made  to  drink  a poison- 
ous concoction  called  ci- 
haha(7).  One  accused  of 
theft  or  other  small  crime  has 
a small  piece  of  iron  (ciala,  7) 
thrust  into  his  eye.  Some- 
times the  accused  is  made  to 
put  his  hands  and  arms  into 
boiling  water. 

Order,  w.(command),  di,  5;  mu- 
kenji,  2. 

(neg.  command),  mukandu,  2. 


Order  {co)Uinued). 

v.(command),  amba,  ambila, 
tumina  di. 

(command  not),  kanda. 

put  in,  arrange,  longolola. 

put  out  of,  disarrange,  vt.,  tanga- 
dixa,  tuhakuxa,  tuhakanya, 
tangaluxa,  bucxakana,  san- 
gakuxa,  sangakanya,  muan- 
ga,  muangaluxa,  buela- 
kuxa;  vi.,  tangadika,  tanga- 
luka,  buelakana,  sangakana, 
tuhakana,  muangaluka. 

Ordinal  numerals,  see  §§  98,  etc. 

Ordinance,  n.,  see  commandment. 

Ore,  n.,  iron,  kabanda,  8. 

Organ,  w.  (musical  instrument), 
cisanji,  7. 

Ornament,  w. (articles  for  wear- 
ing), cilenga,  7. 

Orphan,  nph.,  muan*a  0x1(3). 

Orphanhood,  n.,  nxi,  3. 

Oscillate,  vi.,  lembelela,  di- 
kuha,  hehuka. 

Other,  adj.,  kuabo,  nga. 

(distributive),  the  one  . . . the 
other,  kuabo  . . . kuabo, 
nga  . . . nga. 

each,  use  Reciprocal  Form  of  v. 
in  -angana. 

(of  another  one),  -a  bende. 

Otherwise,  adv.,  see  different- 
ly. 

Ought,  v.  Th”.s  far  no  satisfac- 
tory word  has  been  found. 
Suggest  bualu(6)  buimpe  or 
bimpe(adv.)  followed  by  infin. 

Our,  pass,  pro.,  etu.  § 133. 

Ours,  poss.  pro.,  etu.  § 135. 

Ourselves,  pers.  pro. 

(1)  Compound  Disjunctive  form, 
nkiyetu,  etc.  §§  108,  109. 

(2)  When  reflexive,  use  reflexive 
prefix  of  V.,  -di-.  Note  that 
this  form  may  be  used  either 
as  subj.  or  obj.  §118. 

Out,  adv.  This  idea  is  generally 
expressed  in  the  verb,  even 
though  a prep,  may  be  re- 
quired at  the  same  time;  as, 


234 


OUT— PACE. 


Out  {continued) 

luhuka,  go  out',  tula,  pull 
out',  yim.di,  blow  out,  Gic.  §377. 
(be  out,  exhausted),  vi.,  hua, 
xika. 

(be  out  of,  have  not),  v.,  ena 

ne. 

(get  out  of  the  way),  vi.,  ehuka, 
umuka  mu  nxila(3). 
prep.{oui  of),  mu. 

Outside,  nph.,  ha  nyima(3);  ku 
nyima.  See  § 377. 

Oven,  n.,  uvum(Eng.). 

Over,  prep. {above),  ha  mutu(2) 
ha. 

(across),  dixia(5)  dia. 
adv.  As  an  adv.  this  idea  is 
oftenest  expressed  in  the  verb; 
as,  kudimuna,  turn  over',  xala, 
he  lejt  over',  sabuka,  go  over', 
hicixa,  throw  over',  etc. 

(do  over  and  over),  v.,  use  the 
Repetitive  tenses. 

(overhead),  use  proper  locative 
with  the  insep.  -ulu,  giving 
mhlu,  khlu,  heulu. 

Overabound,  vi.,  sambuka,  tam- 
ba  or  hita  with  bungi(6). 

Overboard,  adv.,  fall,  vph.,  hona 
mu  mi. 

Overcome,  vt.,  cimuna,  tamba  or 
hita  with  bukale(6)  or  ngu- 
*u(3)- 

Overflow,  w.,(run  over  as  water 
in  jar),  humuka,  Icikila. 

Overhead,  adv.,  ha  mutu(2); 
proper  locative  with  the  insep. 
-ulu,  giving  mhlu,  kdlu, 
heulu. 

Overlook,  v.(oversee),  tangila, 
mona,  xoxa,  lama. 

(not  to  see),  use  neg.  of  any  of 
the  above  verbs. 

(omit,  miss),  hanga,  hua  muo- 
yo(2). 

Oversee,  vt.,  tangila,  mona, 
xoxa,  ld.ma. 

Overseer,  n.,  mulami,  i;  mu- 
tangidi,  i;  mumonyi,  i. 

Overtake.  vL,  beta. 


Overthrow,  “y/. (conquer),  hita  or 
tamba  with  bukale(6)  or 
ngulu(3),  cimuna. 

(throw  down,  as  house),  xim- 
bula. 

Overturn,  vt.,  tokola. 

Owe,  V.  Use  the  forms  di  ne 
dibanza(5)  dia,  angata  di- 
banza,  dibanza  as  subj.  of 
kuata  and  the  person  as  obj. 
Hence  we  say  ndi  ne  di- 
banza  diandi  dia  lukama 
lua  mibela,  I owe  him  100 
cowries',  nakuangata  dibanza 
diandi  dia  lukama  lua  mi- 
bela, I have  taken  his  debt  for 
100  cowries,  i.e.,  I owe  him, 
etc.;  dibanza  diakunkuata, 
7 owe  a debt,  lit.,  a debt  has 
caught  me. 

Owl,  n.,  cihungulu,  7. 

Own,  i;. (possess),  use  any  of  the 
verbs  meaning  to  be  (di,  cidl, 
tadi,  ikala,  etc.)  followed  by 
ne.  § 426,  Rem.  2. 
up,  confess,  sokolola,  sokola, 
tonda,  disonguela. 

The  emphatic  use  of  own  after 
poss.  pro.  may  best  be  ex- 
pressed by  the  Simple  Dis- 
junctive Pers.  Pro.  following 
the  noun;  as,  bualu  buebi 
we  we,  your  own  affair.  § 106 
{b). 

Owner,  n.,  of,  nfumu(i)  wa, 
mukelenge(i)  wa,  muena(i). 

§ 84  (b). 

Ox,  n.,  ngombe,  3. 

Oyster,  n.,  cinyumankole,  7. 


P. 

Pace,  n.,  at  rapid,  lubllu,  4; 
lukusa,  4.  These  words  are 
nouns  in  form  but  have  the 
force  of  adverbs, 
at  slow,  bitekete(adv.). 

V.,  to  and  fro,  tambakana. 


PACIFY— PARDON. 


235 


Pacify,  vt.,  a child  when  crying, 
kosexa  or  uhuixa  with  mua- 
di(2), 

(make  quiet),  holexa,  taluxa. 
(separate  people  who  are  fight- 
ing), sunga. 

Pack,  w.(bale),  dikutu,  5. 

(bundle),  mubombo,  2;  cisum- 
bu,  7. 

(roll),  muvungu,  2. 
vt.,  down,  as  dirt,  beta,  xindika, 
kuma,  tua. 

Package,  w.,  see  pack. 

Pad,  n.{ioT  head  in  carrying  load), 
nkata,  3. 

Paddle,  w.(oar),  mubambu,  2; 
cihu,  7. 

7/.(to  row),  ita,  uha. 

Padlock,  n.,  ns^hi,  3. 

Page,  n.,  dibexi,  5;  diinyi,  5, 

Pain,  n.,  disama,  5;  dibedi,  5; 
bubedi,  6. 

t;.(ache),  sama,  bela. 

(smart),  oxa,  hiakana,  susuma. 

Palatable,  be,  T/.(be  pleasant  to 
taste),  xemakana. 

Palaver,  n.,  bualu,  6;  muanda,  2, 
no,  kakuena  bualu. 
settle  a,  to  judge,  v.,  lumbulula 
with  bualu  or  cilumbu(7). 

Palm,  n.,  of  hand,  munda  mua 
cianza(7). 

tree.  There  are  several  varieties, 
such  as  dibue(5),  dikadi(5), 
dibondo(5),  diku(5),  di- 
handa(5). 

flower  of,  musekel^ke,  2. 
leaf  of,  dilala,  5. 

(fiber  of  leaf,  used  in  making 
cloth),  luhdku,  4;  munyan- 
ga,  2. 

midrib  of  mukuolo,  2;  lub^xe 
(Buk.),  4. 

(hard  outside  part  of  midrib  of 
the  dibue  palm),  lusele,  4. 
(hard  outside  part  of  midrib  of 
the  dikadi  and  dibondo 
palms),  lubd.le,  4. 

(pith  of  the  midrib),  cibubu,  7. 
nut,  lunguji(lunguxi),  4. 


Palm  {continued). 

(bunch  of  nuts),  clngiijl(cin- 
guxi),  7. 

(kernel  of  nut  after  outside  oily 
skin  has  been  taken  off),  musa, 

2. 

oil,  minyi(pl.  of  5)  a nguji 
(nguxi). 

(the  rendered  oil),  lumbidi,  4. 

(oil  of  the  kernels),  muxinda,  2. 
wine,  maluvu,  malua.  These 
words  are  pi.  of  5 or  6. 

(man  who  climbs  the  tree  for 
wine),  muemi,  i. 

(the  rope  with  which  he  climbs), 
luku(Buk.),  4. 

(chisel  for  making  incision), 
munyonga,  2. 

(to  make  incision),  v.,  ema. 

Palsy,  n.,  lukanku,  4;  luzakalu,  4. 

Pan,  n.,  dilonga,  5. 

frying-,  civuadi,  7;  luesu,  4; 
nyingu,  3. 

Pang,  w. (mental),  kanylngan- 
ylnga,  8. 

(pain),  disama,  5;  dibedi,  5; 
bubedi,  6. 

Pant,  v.,  huyakana,  eyakana. 

Pants,  w. (pantaloons),  muhanu,  2; 
mukiya,  2.  Pl.  generally  used, 
put  on,  V.,  ela. 

Papaw,  n.,  dihahi,  5.  This  is  cor- 
ruption of  papaw. 

Paper,  n.,  mukanda,  2. 

Papyrus,  «.(with  which  mats  are 
made),  lutuhu,  4;  lumunyu, 
4- 

Parable,  n.,  see  fable. 

Parallel,  be,  vi.,  lulama. 
make,  vt.,  ludika. 

Paralytic,  n.,  see  paralyzed. 

Paralyzed  person,  w.(one  unable 
to  walk),  muena(i)  njeku(3), 
muena  kaneke(8). 

Parch,  v,,  kanga. 

Pardon,  v.  There  is  no  satisfac- 
tory word.  We  would  suggest 
tokela  or  tokexila  or  tokexa 
followed  by  munda  or  mu- 
cima(2);  also  jimixa  malu 


PARDON— PEACE. 


236 


Pardon  {continued). 

mabi.  Tokela  seems  to  have 
reference  to  pardoning  one  who 
has  done  the  wrong,  while 
tokexa  has  more  reference  to 
the  person  WTonged  ceasing 
from  the  anger  in  his  heart. 

Pare,  vt.,  nails,  bengula. 

Parent,  n.  There  is  no  distinct 
word,  use  the  words  for 
FATHER  and  MOTHER. 

Parrot,  n.,  nkusu,  3. 

Parsimonious,  adj.,  -a  citu(7); 
-a  buiminyi(6);  -a  cile- 
ma(7);  -a  cianza(7)  cikale. 

Parsimony,  n.,  citu,  7;  buiminyi, 
6;  cilema,  7;  cianza(7)  ci- 
kale. 

Part,  v.,  among,  abanya,  aban- 
yina,  abuluxa. 

(as  hair),  handa,  henga. 
(separate,  divide),  vt.,  abuluxa, 
handulula,  sungulula,  tahu- 
lula;  vi.,  abuluka,  handu- 
luka,  tahuluka. 
those  fighting,  sunga. 

(some  of),  use  the  adjs.  kuabo 
and  nga. 

w.(of  anything  cut  off),  cituha,  7. 
(of  anything  split),  cihesu,  7. 
(side),  luseke,  4. 
hind,  citaku,  7;  nyima,  3. 

Partition,  n.,  of  house,  cidldi,  7. 

Partridge,  n.,  kalumbu,  8. 

Party,  w. (company,  crowd),  ci- 
sumbu,  7. 

(of  the  party  of),  muena(i) 
followed  by  the  distinguishing 
noun.  § 84  (6). 

Pass,  v.,  by,  on  by,  when  going  in 
the  same  direction,  tamba, 
hita,  dika. 

by,  elapse,  see  elapse. 

(go  around  one  in  order  to  pass), 
sesuka,  ehuka. 

(going  in  different  directions), 
sembakena,  kumankana. 
in,  buela. 

let,  hicixa,  tambixa,  dikixa. 
on,  go,  ya,  enda. 


Pass  {continued). 

out,  luhuka,  umuka,  hd.tuka. 
over,  as  river,  sabuka. 

Passage,  m.  (fording),  dllobo,  5; 
clsabu,  7;  clsabukllu,  7. 

Passion,  w. (anger),  clxl,  7. 

get  into,  V.,  dl  ne  or  ufua  or 
unva  with  clxl;  also  clxl  as 
subj.  of  V.  kuata  with  the 
person  as  obj. 

throw  into,  vt.,  kuaclxa  or 
ufulxa  wath  clxl. 

Past,  go,  vt.,  hlta,  tamba. 

Paste,  vt.,  together,  lamaclxa. 

Patch,"!;.,  lamlka,  bamba,  bamba- 
kanya,  barabakuxa,  tente- 
kuxa,  tenteka. 

(small  plat  of  garden  near  house) 
n.,  clbunda,  7. 

(small  place  in  swamp  planted  in 
dry  season),  n.,  clsenze,  7. 

Path,  n.,  nxlla(njlla),  3. 

Patience,  n.,  lutulu,  4. 

Patient,  adj.,  -a  lutulu(4). 

Patiently,  adv.,  bltulu,  bltekete. 

Patriarch,  n.,  kaku,  i. 

Pattern,  n.,  cldiklxllu,  7;  luedl, 
4;  luldl,  4;  luelekexl,  4; 
cldlklxu,  7. 

Paw,  n.,  dlkama,  5. 

Pawn,  -y. (leave  in),  eyeka. 

(take  out  of),  redeem,  hlkula. 
n.,  cleya,  7. 

Pay,  vt.,  futa. 
attention,  telexa. 
dowry,  sela. 

homage  to,  tumblxa,  nemekela, 
nemeka,  meneka,  menekela, 
tendelela. 

interest,  tentekela  with  kasom- 
belu(8)  or  matablxa(pl.  of  5 
or  6)  or  nsekldldl(3)  or  nten- 
tekedl(3). 
over  to,  flla. 
taxes  to,  lambula. 
n.,  dlfutu,  5. 

Payment,  n.,  dlfutu,  5. 

Pea,  n.,  black-eyed,  lukunde,  4. 

Peace,  be  at,  v.,  talala,  hola,  dl 
with  talala  or  hola. 


PEACEFUL— PERPENDICULAR, 


237 


Peaceful,  be,  vi.,  talala,  hola,  di 
with  talala  or  hola. 

Peacefully,  adv.,  talala,  hola. 

Peacemaker,  n.,  musungi,  i. 

Peak,  «.,  of  mountain,  dilunda,  5. 

Peanut,  n.,  kambele,  8. 

Pebble,  w.,  lusoka,  4. 

Peck,  v.(a.s  fowl),  zokola,  tua 
muinu(2). 

Peel,  vt.,  ubula. 

«.,  cihusu,  7;  cizubu,  7. 

Peer  about,  v.,  kenzakana. 

Peevish,  be,  vi.,  nyingabala. 

Pen,  w. (enclosure),  cikumbi,  7. 
(for  writing),  suggest  mpena 
(Eng.),  3;  muci(2)  wa  mi  a 
mikanda. 

Penalty,  w.(fine),  difutu,  5. 

Pencil,  71.  The  name  mpenci- 
la(Eng.)  is  suggested, 
lead-,  muci(2)  wa  mukanda. 
slate-,  muci  wa  with  dibue(5)  or 
ditadi(5). 

Penetrate,  ■y.(pierce),  tubula. 

(go  in),  buela. 

Penis,  w.,  lubola,  4. 

Penitence,  w. (shame),  bundu,  6; 
bunvu,  6. 

(sorrow),  cixi,  7;  kanyingan- 
yinga,  8. 

Penitent,  be,  v.,  muoyo(2)  or 
mucima(2)  as  subj.  of  the 
verbs  nyingala  or  sama; 
ufua  or  unva  with  cixi(7)  or 
bundu(6);  di  ne  mucima 
mutekete. 

Pensive,  be,  vi.,  bungama. 

Penury,  n.,  buhele,  6;  bulanda, 

6. 

People,  ti.,  bantu(pl.  ofmuntu,  i.) 
(people  of),  bena(pl.  of  muena, 
i),  bakua(pl.  of  mukua,  i). 
§§  84  (6),  87  (d),  Rem.  2. 

Pepper,  n.,  lulungu,  4. 

Peradventure,  adv.,  ne. 

Perceive,  ‘P.(feel),  unva,  ufua. 
(know),  munya. 

(see),  mona,  xoxa,  tangila. 

Perch,  v.,  ikila. 

Percussion  cap,  ti.,  lufataci,  4. 


Perfect,  be,  vi.(be  completed), 
hua,  xika;  vt.,  muna,  mun- 
yixa,  xikixa,  huixa. 

(exact  number),  vi.,  ula,  xika; 
also  the  adj.  forms  xila  and 
kanda. 

ad/.(good),  ■ impe,  lengele, 
akane. 

(whole,  complete),  onso,  xima. 

, Perforate,  vt.,  tubula. 

Perforation,  n.,  disoso,  5;  di- 
kela,  5. 

Perform,  z’.(do),  enza,  osa, 
kixa(Buk.). 

on  an  instrument,  iniba. 

Perfume,  ti.,  mananaxi,  pi.  of  5 
or  6.  Doubtless  an  imported 
word. 

Perhaps,  adv.,  ne. 

• Perish,  vi.,  fua. 

Permission,  n.  The  idea  of  grant- 
ing permission  is  perhaps  best 
expressed  by  the  v.  itabuxa 
with  the  verbal  noun  in  lu- 
as  obj.;  as,  wakuitabuxa 
luendu  luinyi,  he  gave  me 
permissimi  to  go.  Asking  per- 
mission may  be  expressed  by 
the  V.  lomba  with  a verbal 
noun  in  lu-  as  obj.;  as  naku- 
lomba  luendu,  I asked  per- 
mission to  go.  Sometimes  this 
idea  is  expressed  by  the  Pur- 
portive  Mood  and  is  then  gen- 
erally to  be  translated  by  may 
[§  312  (6)].  Often  the  Causa- 
tive Form  of  the  v.  will  express 
the  idea;  as,  wakumpicixa, 
he  let  me  {gave  me  permission 
to)  pass.  Refusing  per- 
mission is  expressed  by  the  v. 
kanda. 

Permit,  v.,  itabuxa.  See  per- 
mission. 

(not  tabooed,  permitted),  neg.  of 
V.  with  cijila(7). 

Perpendicular,  be,  vi.,  lulama, 
jalama,  imuna;  vt.,  make, 
ludika,  jadika,  jalamixa, 
imunyika. 


PERPETUALLY— PINCH. 


238 


Perpetually,  adv.,  see  cease- 
lessly. 

Perplex.  “yACconfuse),  buanda- 
kuxa,  buandakanya,  tuha- 
kuxa,  tuhakanya;  vi.,  buan- 
dakana,  buhakana. 

Persecute,  vt.,  nyanga,  ona, 
tacixa,  kengexa,  enzela  bibi. 

Persecution,  n.,  cinyangu,  7. 

Persevere,  v.,  use  neg.  of  lekela 
or  of  hanga  or  the  Pres. 
Habitual  tense. 

See  also  §356  {d),  Rem.  i. 

Persistent,  be,  vi.,  see  perse- 
vere. 

Person,  n.,  muntu,  i. 

(person  of  or  belonging  to  a cer- 
tain party),  inuena,  i;  niu- 
kua,  I. 

Perspiration,  n.,  cisululu,  7; 
luanga,  4. 

Perspire,  v.,  tuka  or  hatiika  with 
cisululu(7)  or  luanga(4). 

Persuade,  z^.(induce  to  do),  Ita- 
buxixa. 

(induce  from  doing),  humbixa, 
kosexa. 

(implore  by  caressing),  sengela, 
sengelela. 

Pestle,  n.,  muinxi,  2;  musau,  2. 

Petroleum,  n.,  mpitoIo(Eng.). 

Petulant,  be,  vi.,  nyingabala. 

Phlegm,  n.,  dikodi,  5.  Generally 
use  pi. 

Photograph,  n.,  mundidimbi,  2; 
mudingidi,  2;  cifuanyi,  7. 
The  indefinite  mukanda(2)  is 
perhaps  most  often  used, 
take  a,  v.,  kuata  mu  mukanda. 

Physician,  ^.(medicine  maker), 
mpuka(i)  manga(pl.  of  buan- 
ga,  6);  muhuki(i)  wa 
manga. 

Pick,  v/. (choose),  sungula. 

(gather,  as  maize,  fruit,  etc.), 
huola,  kuola. 

(gather  up,  as  trash),  boya. 
off,  as  feathers,  tukula,  tula, 
out,  as  something  imbedded, 
tubula,  tundula. 


Pick  {continued). 

up,  ambula,  m6ma,  angata. 
up  in  the  way,  find,  angula. 
up,  as  fowls  in  eating,  zokola. 

Picture,  w.(likeness),  cifuanyi, 
7- 

(photograph),  mundidimbi,  2; 

mudingidi,  2;  mukanda,  2. 
take  a,  vt.,  kuata  mu  mukanda. 
draw  a,  v.,  idikixa  kufunda. 

Piece,  n.,  of  anything  cut  off, 
cituha,  7. 

of  anything  split,  cihesu,  7. 
of  cloth,  mpesa,  3.  From 
French. 

of  cloth,  less  than  a fathom, 
citambala,  7. 

(one  fourth  of  a piece  of  cloth, 
one  fathom),  lubandu,  4. 

(one  half  of  a piece  of  cloth), 
difunka,  5. 

come  to,  vi.,  tuka,  tulakana. 
cut  in  pieces,  vt.,  kosa  bituha(pl. 
of  7).  Kosa  muci  bituha 
bisatu,  cut  the  stick  in  three 
pieces. 

(cut  into  small  pieces,  to  hash), 
(It.,  zaza. 

(take  to  pieces),  vt.^  tula,  tula- 
kanya. 

(tear  to  pieces)^  vt.,  tuanyan- 
gana,  tuanyakanya,  handa- 
kanya. 

Pierce,  vt.,  tubula;  vi.,  tubuka. 

Pig,  n.,  muan’a  ngulube(3). 

Pigeon,  n.,  nkudimba,  3;  mpu- 
tu(3)  nyunyu(3). 

Pile,  v.  and  n.,  see  heap. 

Pilgrim,  n.,  muendakanyi,  i. 

Pill,  n.,  kamoma,  8. 

Pillage,  vt.,  haula. 

Pillar,  n.,  dikunxi,  5. 

Pillow,  n.,  musamu,  2. 
lay  head  on,  v.,  sama. 

Pimple,  n.,  luhusu,  4. 

Pin,  n.,  kaxingi(8)  ka  kabua- 
sa(8). 

Pinch,  v.,  tua  or  i.sa  with  luza- 
di(4)  or  luzala(4)  or  luala(4). 


PINE— POCKET. 


239 


PlXE,  V.,  bungama,  nyingala 
mucima(2),  unva  or  ufua 
with  cixi(7). 

(cry),  dila. 

Pineapple,  n.,  kangujinguji,  8; 
cikakakaka,  7;  dikaka,  5. 

Pinnacle,  n.,  mutu,  2. 

Pipe,  muxiba,  2. 

bowl  of,  nsuku,  3. 

gourd  used  as,  ciliuba,  7;  ciloa, 

7. 

Pistol,  n.,  kahambala,  8. 

Pit,  w.(hole),  dina(5),  pi.  is  mena; 
cina,  7. 

for  trapping  animals,  dijimba, 

5- 

sharpened  stick  in,  disongo,  5. 

Pitch,  w.(used  in  mending  pots), 
kamonyi,  8. 

7^.(throw),  ela. 

Pitcher,  w.(jug),  luhanza,  4; 
mpica(Eng.),  3. 

Pith,  n.,  of  palm  ribs,  cibubu,  7. 

Pitiless,  adj.,  see  merciless. 

Pity,  n.,  luse,  4. 

V.,  ha  luse,  samba. 

feel,  ufua  or  unva  with  luse. 

Place,  n.,  muaba,  2;  mbadi,  3; 
mbadu,  3. 

at,  in  or  on  the  same,  adv.^ 
kumue,  mumue,  hamue, 
kaba  kamue.  § 79. 

fire-,  w.,  dlicu,  5.  PI.  is  meku. 

V.,  see  PUT. 

Placenta,  w.,  nklxiabendl,  3. 

Plain,  m. (treeless  space),  mpata, 
3- 

Plait,  vt.,  luka. 

n.,  cihia,  7. 

Plan,  v. (intend),  amba  followed 
by  infin. 

in  private  conference,  7/.,  ela 
cifufu(7). 

interrupt  one’s,  v.,  humbixa, 
ela  mukosa(2). 

Plane,  vt.,  kuona,  langa. 

Plank,  n.,  diblya,  5. 

Plant,  ^/.(transplant),  tentula, 
ximika. 

(as  corn,  etc.),  vt.,  kuna. 


Plantain,  w. (bunch  or  single  fruit), 
dikuonde,  5. 
hand  of,  cisangi,  7. 
stalk  of,  cikuondekuonde,  7. 

Plantation,  n.,  see  farm. 

Planter,  n.,  mukunyi,  i. 

Plaster,  7/. (daub),  meta,  bua. 

Plate,  n.,  dilonga,  5.  Perhaps 
from  Lower  Congo. 

Plateau,  w.(treeless  plain),  mpa- 
ta, 3. 

Play,  v.,  saba,  naya. 

on  an  instrument,  v.,  imba. 
with,  amuse,  s6kexa,  sabixa, 
saba  ne,  naya  ne,  nayixa. 
w.(game),  disaba,  5;  dinaya,  5. 

Plead,  v.,  for,  akuila,  lumbuluila, 
ambldila. 

with,  implore,  sengela,  senge- 
lela. 

Pleasant,  be,  vi.,  to  the  taste, 
xemakana,  dl  ne  nse(pl.  of  3 
or  4). 

Please,  7//.(make  happy),  sanklxa. 
(be  pleased),  vi.  sanka. 

(implore,  in  sense  of  “please 
do”),  sengela,  sengelela. 

Pleasure,  n.,  disanka,  5. 

Pledge,  see  paw^n. 

Plentiful,  adj.,  -a  bungl(6), 
ngla-ngi,  ngi. 

Plenty,  n.,  bungi,  6. 

of,  abundant,  adj.,  -a  bungi, 
ngla-ngi,  ngi. 

Pliability,  Pliableness,  n.,  mu- 
xobo(mujobo),  2. 

Pliable,  be,  vi.,  xoboka,  nyenga- 
bala,  di  ne  muxobo(2). 

Pliant,  see  pliable. 

Plot,  n.,  cifufu,  7. 

V.,  ela  cifufu. 

Plough,  v.,  imba  is  suggested. 

Pluck,  7/.(as  feathers),  tukula, 
tula. 

(as  fruit  or  corn),  huola,  kuola. 

Plunder,  vt.,  a village,  haula. 

Plunge,  7/f.(dive),  dina. 

Pock  mark,  see  scar. 

Pocket,  n.,  cibombo,  7;  luhiya 
4- 


240 


POINT— POWDER. 


Point,  v.,  at,  funkuna. 

at  the,  or  end,  the  insep.  locative 
words  kusala,  kusula,  kun- 
fudilu.  § 423  (2)  (6). 
of  needle,  etc.,  n.,  lusongo,  4. 
out  to  one,  cause  to  see,  vt.,  tan- 
gidixa,  muenexa,  lexa. 
sharpen  to  a,  vt.,  songa. 

Poison,  vt.,  lunga. 
n.,  mulungu,  2. 

(given  to  witches),  n.,  cihaha,  7. 
(on  arrows),  lulengu,  4. 

Poke,  vt.,  the  fire,  sonsola. 

Pole,  w.(stick),  muci,  2. 

ridge-,  mutandala,  2;  mutam- 
ba,  2. 

Polite,  adj.,  -a  kalolo(8). 

Politeness,  n.,  kalolo,  8. 

Pollute,  vt.,  ona,  nyanga. 

Pompous,  be,  v.,  disua,  dilexa, 
sanka. 

Pond,  n.,  dixiba,  5. 

Ponder,  v.,  ela  or  elangana  fol- 
lowed by  lungenyi(4)  or 
mexi(pl  of  5 or  6)  or  lu- 
kanyi(4) 

Poor,  adj.,  hele,  landa. 

become  as  of  land,  vi.,  atuka. 

Pop,  7;. (as  corn  parching),  tudika, 
tayika. 

Population,  see  people. 

Porch,  w.(veranda),  citadilu,  7; 
mbalanta(doubtless  from  Eng. 
veranda),  3. 

Porcupine,  n.,  nkese,  3. 

quill  of,  muanga,  2;  muso- 
mono,  2. 

Porridge,  n.,  mpoluj(Eng.),  3. 

Porter,  nph.,  mutuadi(i)  wa 
bintu. 

Portion,  w. (inheritance),  buhi- 
anyi,  6. 

(piece  of  anything  cut  off), 

cituha,  7. 

(piece  of  anything  split),  cihSsu, 

7- 

(side),  luseke,  4. 

Portuguese,  w.( native  from  the 
Portuguese  territory  on  the 
West  Coast),  cimbadi,  7. 


Position,  «.( place),  muaba,  2; 

mbadi,  3;  mbadu,  3. 

Possess,  see  have. 

Possessions,  n.,  bintu(pl.  of  7), 
biuma(pl.  of  7),  luhetu(4). 
Possessor,  see  owner. 

Possible,  be,  v.,  use  di  or  mona  or 
munya  followed  by  mua  and 
infin.  § 230, 

Possibly,  (perhaps),  ne. 

Post,  «.(for  holding  up  veranda), 

dikunxi,  5. 

(for  wall  or  door),  cilua,  7; 

cixiki,  7. 

(stick),  muci,  2. 

Posterior,  adj.,  -a  ku  nyima(3). 
Posterity,  n.,  bana,  pi.  of  muana. 
Postpone,  v.,  humbixa. 

Pot,  n.,  civuadi,  7;  luesu,  4; 
nyingu,  3. 

a small,  kasamba,  8. 
make  a,  vt.,  finiba,  fumba. 
water-,  mulondo,  2. 

Potato,  w. (sweet),  cilimga,  7; 
cinsenga,  7. 

Potter,  n.,  mufimbi(mufuimbi), 
i;  mufumbi,  i. 

Pottery,  make,  vt.,  fumba,  flmba 
(fuimba). 

Pouch,  n.,  of  monkey  or  crop  of 
fowl,  dibodio,  5. 

Pounce,  v.,  upon,  tuhikila,  uhu- 
kila. 

Pound,  7'/.(crush  between  stones), 

hela. 

(beat),  kuma,  tuta. 
down,  as  loose  dirt,  beta, 
in  a mortar,  tua. 
into  powder,  botexa;  vi.{he 
powdered),  beta. 

Pour,  vt.,  humuna,  icikixa. 

Pout,  v.,  bungama. 

Poverty,  n.,  bubele,  6,  bulanda, 

6. 

Powder,  ^.(anything  fine),  mu- 
senga,  2. 

gun-,  kahia,  8;  difuanda,  5. 
vt.,  botexa;  w.(be  powdered), 

bota. 


POWER— PRICE. 


241 


Power,  w. (strength),  bukale,  6; 
ngulu,  pi.  of  3. 
have,  be  able,  v.,  see  able. 

Powerful,  adj.,  kale. 

Practice,  w. (custom),  cilele,  7; 
cibilu,  7;  cienzedi,  7. 
(customary  action),  use  Pres. 
Habitual  tense. 

Praise,  ^;.(honor),  tumbixa,  ten- 
delela,  meneka,  menekela, 
nemeka,  nemekela,  Inyixa. 
(not  to  praise,  condemn),  vt., 
diula,  nyoka. 

Prattle,  v.,  akula  biakula- 
kula  [§  356  (^)J,  labakana. 

Pray,  v.{a.ct  of  prayer),  tendelela 
is  perhaps  best  word. 

(ask  for),  lomba. 

Prayer,  n.,  mutendelelu,  2. 

Preach,  vph.,  amba  bualu(6)  bua 
Nzambi. 

Preacher,  nph.,  muambi(i)  wa 
Nzambi,  muambi  wa  bua- 
lu(6)  bua  Nzambi. 

Precaution,  n.,  budimu,  6. 
take,  V.,  dimuka. 

Precede,  v.,  ya  with  ku  mpala(3) 
or  kumudilu,  dianjila. 

Precipice,  n.,  see  cliff. 

Precious,  adj.,  -a  muxinga(2) 
mukale. 

make,  vt.,  bandixa  or  kalexa 
with  muxinga. 

Predestinate,  vph.,  sungula  di- 
ambedi. 

Predict,  vph.,  amba  diambedi 
bualu  kabui  buanza(e)  kulua. 

Prefer,  z^/.(choose),  sungula. 
(like),  sua,  nanga,  inyixa. 

Pregnant,  be,  vi.,  di  ne  with 
difu(5)  or  dimi(5). 

(be  pregnant  by,  cause  to  be), 
vt.,  imicixa. 

(to  conceive),  v.,  imita  difu. 

Prematurely,  bring  forth,  see 

MISCARRY. 

Prepare,  t»^.(make),  enza,  osa, 
kixa. 

(arrange),  longolola. 

(be  prepared),  vi.,  bua,  xika. 


Preposition.  For  treatment  of, 
see  §§  422,  etc. 

Presence,  ;l( before  the  face  of), 
ku  mesu  kua,  ku  mpala  kua. 

Present,  be,  vi.,  use  generally  di 
with  Locative  Suffixed  con- 
struction. § 320. 

(give),  vt.,  ha,  ambika. 
w. (extra  amount  added  to  con- 
clude trade),  matabixa,  pi.  of 
5 or  6;  nsekididi,  3;  nten- 
tekedi,  3. 

(gift),  ciha,  7 ; also  the  infin.kuha. 

Presently,  adv.{aX  once),  kata- 
taka,  mpindeu,  diodiono. 

Preserve,  ^'.(as  salt),  lengexa. 
(guard),  lama. 

Press,  vt.,  down,  buekexa. 
in  hands,  to  squeeze,  kama. 
in  hands,  to  throttle,  fiekela. 
(push  against),  sekila,  semexa, 
sexa. 

together  into  smaller  space,  bam- 
bila,  nyemenena,  xindika, 
kamata. 

Pretend,  to  v.,  dingixa  or  ximixa 
or  dimbixa  followed  by  infin.; 
as,  udi  udingixa  kulala,  he 
ts  pretendmg  to  sleep. 

Pretty,  adj.,  impe,  lengele, 
akane,  -a  mpoci(slang.) 

Prevail,  see  overcome. 

Prevent,  •!;. (forbid),  hidia,  benga. 
(interrupt,  hinder),  humbixa, 
humbakuxa,  kosexa.  Nvula 
wakutuhumbixa  mua  kuya, 
the  ainr  prevented  us  from  going. 

Previously,  do,  v.,  dianjila  fol- 
lowed by  infin. 

Price,  n.,  muxinga,  2. 

beat  down  the  vt.,  buekexa  or 
tekexa  or  tentulula  with 
muxinga. 

of  cheap,  adj.,  -a  muxinga  mute- 
kete. 

of  dear,  adj.,  -a  muxinga  mu- 
kale. 

raise  the,  vt.,  bandixa  or  kalexa 
with  muxinga. 
talk  the,  vt.,  tua  muxinga. 


242 


PRIDE— PROPHESY. 


Pride,  disanka,  5. 

Priest,  w.(in  Biblical  sense),  sug- 
gest muambi(i)  waNzambior 
muambi  wa  bualu(6)  bua 
Nzambi. 

high,  mukelenge(i)  wa  bambl 
ba  Nzambi,  mukelenge  wa 
bambi  ba  bualu  bua  Nzambi. 

Prince,  ».(son  of  king),  muana(i) 
followed  by  wa  mukelenge(i) 
or  wa  nfumu(i). 

(chief),  mukeienge,  nfumu. 

Print,  •y.(write),  funda. 

foot-,  n.,  dikusa,  5;  cidiacilu, 
7;  dikama,  5;  mukono,  2, 

Prison,  nph.,  nsubu(3)  wa  ma- 
xika. 

Prisoner,  nph.,  muntu(i)  wa  mu 
nsubu(3)  wa  maxika. 

Probably,  adv.,  ne. 

Proboscis,  n.,  muilu,  2. 

Procedure,  n.,  cienzedi,  7. 

Proceed,  v.,  see  go. 

Procession,  n.,  mulongo,  2. 

Proclaim,  v.,  amba. 

Proclamation,  n.,  di,  5;  mu- 
kenji,  2. 

issue  a,  v.,  amba  followed  by  di 
or  mukenji. 

(prohibitive  command),  «.,  mu- 
kandu,  2. 

Procrastinate,  v.,  humba,  xixa- 
muka. 

Prodigal,  nph. {one  spending  reck- 
lessly his  substance),  mutan- 
galuxi(i)  or  mutangadixi(i) 
or  munyangi(i)  followed  by 
wa  bintu. 

Prodigally,  spend,  vl.,  nyanga, 
tangadixa,  tangaluxa,  muan- 
galuxa,  dia,  ona.  These  may 
all  be  followed  by  bintu  as  obj. 

Produce,  'y.(bear),  lela,  kuama, 
ika. 

(make),  enza,  osa,  kixa. 

Productive,  adj.,  soil,  impe, 
akane,  kale,  -a  luiya(4). 

(have  power  to  bear  young),  vph., 
di  ne  followed  by  lulelu(4)  or 
diminu(5)  or  buledi(6). 


Profane,  adj.,  bi. 
vt.,  ona,  nyanga. 

Profess,  (accept),  itabuxa. 
(pretend),  dingixa  or  dimbixa 
or  ximixa  followed  by  infin. 

Profession,  w.(calling),  mudimu, 
2. 

(make  profession  of  faith),  vph., 
itabuxa  (buaiu  bua  Nzambi). 

Profit,  7;.(make  by  trading),  endu- 
luia  muxinga(2)  muimpe. 

Progenitor,  n.,  kaku,  i;  nyin- 
k(a),  I. 

Progeny,  n.,bana,  pl.of  muana(i). 

Progress,  v.{go),  ya,  enda. 

Prohibit,  i;.(forbid),  hidia,  benga, 
kanda. 

(prevent),  humbixa,  humba- 
kuxa. 

(prohibited  thing),  n.,  cijila,  7. 
(taboo),  vt.,  jidika,  jila. 

Prohibition,  «.(law),  mukandu,  2. 

Prolific,  be,  ^^.(have  power  to 
bear  young),  dine  followed  by 
luielu(4)  or  diminu(5)  or 
• buledi(6). 

Prolong,  v.,  lunguluka. 

Prominent,  aff/.(important),  nine, 
tumbe(p.p.  of  tumba,  to  be 
prominent). 

Promise,  v.,  laya. 

71.,  mulayi,  2. 

Pronounce,  v.,  badly,  akula 
cidimi(7)  or  akula  cilafl(7). 
innocent,  vt.,  bingixa,  hixa. 
judgment,  v.,  lumbulula,  kosa 
nsambu(3). 

Proof,  w.(sign),  cimonyinu,  7. 

Prop,  n.,  dikunxi,  5;  cihanda,  7; 
cikuacixi,  7. 

Propagate,  v.,  lelangana. 

Proper,  adj.{good),  impe,  akane, 
lengele. 

be,  to  fit,  V.,  akana,  akanangana, 
fuanangana,  kelemena,  die- 
leka. 

Property,  see  goods. 

Prophesy,  vph.,  amba  diambedi 
bualu  kabui  buanza(e)  ku- 
lua. 


PROPHET— PUSH. 


243 


Prophet,  suggest  ph.  muam- 
bi(i)  wa  malu  kai  manza(e) 
kulua. 

Proprietor,  see  owner. 

Prostitute,  n.  (adulterer),  mu- 
ena(i)  masandi(pl.  of  5 or  6); 
mukuxi(i)  wa  masandl. 

Protect,  -y. (guard),  lama. 

Protract,  v.(as  one  speaking  a 
long  time),  lunguluka. 

Protrude,  v.,  hatuka,  tuka. 

Proud,  be,  v.,  disua,  dilexa, 
sanka,  alakana. 

Proverb,  see  fable. 

Provide,  v.,  for,  dixa,  kalexa. 

Provoke,  -y/. (anger),  kuaeixa  or 
ufuixa  with  cixi(7),  tacixa, 
flkixa  munda. 

(be  provoked),  vi.,  tata,  kuata 
cixl,  ufua  or  unva  or  di  ne 
with  cixi,  di  ne  munda  mu- 
flke. 

dog  or  other  animal  to  bite,  v., 
keba  luoxi(4). 

Prudence,  w.(crahiness),  ^udimu, 

6. 

(wisdom),  lungcnyi,  4;  lukanyi 
4;  mexl,  pi.  of  5 or  6. 

Prudent,  adj.,  -a  lungenyi(4), 
-a  lukanyi(4),  -a  mexi(pl.  of 
5 or  6),  -a  budimu(6),  dimu- 
ke(p.p.  of  dimuka,  to  pru- 
dent). 

Publish,  r;.(tell),  amba. 

Pull,  vt.,  hulumuna,  koka, 
huta. 

an  oar,  to  row,  ita,  uha. 
apart,  as  anything  sticking, 
lamuna. 

down,  as  a house,  sasula. 
ofiF,  as  clothes,  kuhola,  vula. 
off,  as  fruit,  huola,  kuola. 
out,  tula,  hulula,  uhula. 
to  pieces,  tulakanya. 
up,  xomuna,  jula. 

Pulsate,  z/.(as  heart),  kuma 
munda. 

Pulverize,  vt.,  botexa. 

Pumpkin,  n.,  dioxi(dioji),  5; 
kabanga,  8. 


Punch,  v.,  at,  tua. 

(make  a hole  through),  vt., 
tubula;  vi.,  tubuka. 

Punish,  vt.,  kuma,  kengexa,  tuta, 
nyanga,  ona. 

Punishment,  n.,  dikengexa,  5. 

Pup,  n.,  kabua(dimin.  of  mbua,  3), 

8. 

Pupil,  n.,  of  eye,  lumunyi,  4. 
(scholar),  muiyidi,  I ; muena(i) 
mikandafpl.  of  2). 

Purchase,  vt.,  ula,  sumba. 

Pure,  a<f;.(good),  impe,  akane, 
lengele. 

(be,  vi.,  chaste),  ena  ne  ma- 
sandi(pl.  of  5 or  6). 
(transparent),  toke(p.p.  of  toka, 
to  be  pure). 

Purge,  ^’^.(as  medicine),  uhixa 
munda. 

(make  good),  lengexa. 

(wash),  uvua,  sukula(Lower 
Congo). 

(whiten),  tokexa. 

Purify,  see  purge. 

Purity,  n.,  buimpe,  6;  buakane, 
6;  bulengele,  6;  butoke,  6. 

Purple,  adj.,  kunze,  kunzubile, 
kunzuluke.  These  are  p.p. 
from  the  verbs  kunza  and 
kunzubila  and  kunzuluka, 
respectively. 

Purpose,  z;.(intend),  amba  with 
infin. 

interrupt  one’s,  vt.,  humbixa,  ela 
mukosa(2). 

Sometimes  the  simple  Purportive 
Mood  is  the  construction  to  be 
used.  § 461. 

«. (cause),  bualu,  6;  muanda,  2. 
for  what  ? see  why. 

Pursue,  x/. (drive  away),  ihata. 
(follow),  londa. 

Pus,  n.,  tuflna,  pi.  of  8. 

(in  corner  of  eye),  luhoca,  4, 
luhota,  4. 

Push,  vt.,  semexa,  sekiia,  sexa. 
down,  to  press  down,  huekexa, 
xindikixa,  bambila,  nyeme- 
nena,  kamata. 


244 


PUSH— QUENCH. 


Push  {continued). 

over,  to  upset,  tokola(tonkola). 

Put,  vt.,  teka. 

across  a river,  vt,  sabula. 
back,  vt.,  aluixa. 
by,  to  lay  by,  vt.,  teka,  tekela, 
ld,mina. 

down,  to  lay  down,  vt.,  ladika, 
tokola. 

down,  to  let  down,  vt.,  tulula, 
teka  or  tula  followed  by 
hanxi. 

fire  to,  vt.,  oxa. 

forth  leaves,  to  bud,  vi.,  sampila 
in,  vt.,  buexa. 

in  a line,  vt.,  longa,  teka  mu 
mulongo(2). 

in  mind,  to  remind,  vt.,  vulula, 
vuluxa. 

in  order,  vt.,  longolola. 
off  clothes,  vt.,  vula,  kuhola. 
off,  to  postpone,  vt.,  humbixa. 
on  a patch,  vt.,  bamba. 
on  clothes,  vt.,  luata,  vuala. 
on  cover,  vt.,  buikila. 
one  on  top  of  the  other,  vt.,  ten- 
tekuxa. 

on  top,  vt.,  tenteka,  ambika, 
bamba. 

out,  vt.,  .luhula,  umuxa,  ha- 
tula. 

out,  as  hand,  vt.,  olola. 
out,  to  distinguish,  vt.,  jima. 
to  death,  vt.,  xiha. 
to  flight,  vt.,  ihata. 
together,  vt.,  teka  hamue,  san- 
gixa,  tutakuxa,  bambakan- 
ya,  bambakuxa,  kungixa, 
sanga,  sambakanya,  samba- 
kuxa,  sangakanya,  sanga- 
kuxa,  tutakanya,  sangila. 
together,  to  join,  vt.,  kuatakuxa, 
tuanguxa,  tuanganya,  kua- 
takanya. 

under,  vt.,  buexa  or  teka  fol- 
lowed by  munxi  mua. 
up,  as  price,  vt.,  bandixa  or 
kalexa  with  muxinga(2). 
up  on,  vt.,  teka  ha.  hayika. 
up,  to  build,  vt.,  asa,  ibuka. 


Putrefy,  vt.,  bolexa;  vi.,  bola. 

Putrid,  be,  vi.,  bola. 

Puzzle,  n.,  dijimbu,  5;  dlalu,  5. 
vt.,  hangixangana. 

Pygmy,  n.,  kayeke,  8.  The  tu- 
yeke  are  said  to  live  in  the 
dense  forests  and  are  regarded 
with  superstititious  awe.  They 
are  doubtless  only  creatures  of 
the  imagination. 


Q. 

Quake,  vi.,  zakala,  kanka,  cika- 
kana,  cika,  taka. 

(as  earthquake),  vi.,  use  bu- 
lobo(6)  as  subj.  of  taka  or 
cika. 

Qualified,  be,  vi.,  di  ne  ormona 
or  munya  followed  by  mua 
and  infin.  § 230. 

Quality,  n.,  see  kind. 

Quantity,  n.,  great,  bungi,  6. 
(what  quantity?),  bungi  followed 
by  munyi?  or  bixi?,  also  nga 

(§  178). 

Quarrel,  w. (dispute),  luhata,  4. 
(row),  n.,  diyoyo,  5;  mutayo,  2. 
z^.(to  dispute),  ela  or  clangana 
or  di  ne  with  mpata(pl.  of 
luhata). 

(to  fight),  V.,  luangana. 

Quarrelsome,  adj.,  -a  diyoyo(5), 
-amutayo(2),  -amuaku(2). 

Queen,  n.,  mukelenge(i)  mu- 
kuxi(i). 

Quell,  (conquer),  tamba  or 
hita  with  bukale(6)  or  ngu- 
lu(pl.  of  3 or  4). 

(to  quiet),  vt.,  taluxa  or  holexa 
or  huxa  or  kosexa  or  xikixa 
followed  by  diyoyo(5)  or 
mutayo(2)  or  muaku(2)  or 
nvita(3). 

Quench,  •z;/.(as  fire),  jima. 

(as  thirst),  muna  or  huixa  with 
miota(nyota),  taluxa  or  ho- 
lexa with  ha  diminu(5)  or  ha 
muminu(2). 


Question,  i;/.(ask  about),  ebexa, 
konka. 

w.(dispute),  luhata,  4. 

Quickly,  Quickness,  adv.  and 
lubilu(4),  lukusa(4). 

Quiet,  vt.,  taluxa  or  holexa  or 
huxa  or  kosexa  or  xikixa 
with  diyoyo(5)  or  mutayo(2) 
or  muaku(2). 

be,  vi.,  talala,  hola,  di  followed 
by  the  adverbial  words  talala 
or  hola. 

(be  not  able  to  speak  when  ac- 
cused), vi.,  hua. 

(stop  noise),  v.,  lekela  followed 
by  diyoyo(5)  or  mutayo(2)  or 
muaku(2)  or  the  infin.  of 
akula. 

Quietly,  adv.,  talala,  hola,  bite- 
kete. 

Quill,  n.,  of  porcupine,  muanga, 
2;  musomono,  2. 

Quit,  i;. (leave  off),  lekela. 

Quite,  see  very. 

Quiver,  vi.,  zakala,  kanka. 


R. 

Rabble,  nph.,  bantu  ba  cinana. 

Race,  n.,  see  tribe. 

run  a,  vph.,  idikixa  or  elekexa 
with  lubilu(4),  lit.,  compare 
the  speed. 

Radiate,  vi.,  abuluka. 

Rafter,  w.,  dihilu,  5;  lusokolo,  4. 

Rag,  w.(small  piece  of  cloth), 
cihesu,  7;  citambala,  7. 
(small  piece  of  cloth  worn  in  front 
and  behind),  lubondia,  4. 
(worn-out  cloth),  cilulu(7)  cisu- 
suke. 

Rage,  n.,  cixi,  7. 
v.(be  angry),  di  ne  or  ufua  or 
unva  with  cixi,  cixi  as  subj. 
of  V.  kuata  with  the  person  as 
obj. 

Ragged,  be,  vi.,  susuka. 

Railway  train,  nph.,  dikumbi(5) 
dia  bulobo(6). 


Railway  (^continued). 

(track),  nxila(3)  wa  dikumbi 
dia  bulobo. 

Rain,  n.,  nvula,  3. 

V.,  loka,  mata. 

-bow,  n.,  niuazankongolo,  2, 
(cease  raining),  v.,  u.se  nvula  as 
subj.  of  V.  tangadika  or  tan- 
galuka. 

continued,  n.,  mudinibl(niu- 
dumbi),  2;  muviimbi,  2. 

(to  threaten),  v.,  flnda. 

R.-UNBOW,  n.,  muazankongolo,  2. 

Rainy  season,  n.,  nvula,  pi.  of  3; 
mayowa,  pi.  of  5 or  6. 

Raise,  vt.,  bixa,  bandixa,  bungu- 
luxa,  takula,  kakula,  am> 
bula,  jula. 

the  voice,  bandixa  or  ambuluxa 
or  ambulula  or  kalexa  with 
di(5). 

to  life,  fululula. 

Ram,  w.(male  of  sheep),  cimpanga, 
7- 

i’.(as  a gun),  soma. 

Ramble,  vi.,  endakana. 

Ramrod,  n.,  nfukete,  3. 

Rank,  «.(of  high,  chiefship),  bu- 
kelenge,  6;  bunfumu,  6. 
(row),  n.,  mulongo,  2. 

Ransom,  (redeem),  hikula. 

Rape,  commit,  vph.,  kuata  mu- 
kfixi(i)  ku  bukale(6). 

Rapidity,  n.,  lubilu(4),  lukusa(4), 
kalubilubi(8).  This  last  word 
has  also  the  idea  of  careless- 
ness. 

Rapidly,  adv.,  lubilu,  lukusa. 
These  are  really  nouns  of 
class  IV. 

Rapids,  w. (falls),  cibila,  7. 

Rascal,  n.,  muntu(i)  mubi. 

Rascality,  n.,  bubi,  6. 

Rat,  n.,  mpuku,  3.  The  dimin.  is 
kahuku. 

For  varieties  of,  see  MOUSE, 
-hole,  buina,  6.  PI.  is  mena. 
-trap,  n.,  buteyi,  6;  lukinda,  4. 

Rather,  had,  z;.(prefer),  sungula. 

Rat-hole,  n.,  see  under  rat. 


246 


RATTLE— REDEEM. 


Rattle,  w. (gourd  with  seeds  in- 
side), dikusa,  5;  musui,  2; 
musakuci,  2. 

(for  dogs  in  hunting),  cidibu,  7. 
V.,  imba. 

Rat-trap,  n.,  see  under  rat. 

Ravage,  z;/,(plunder),  haula. 

Ravish,  v.,  see  rape. 

Raw,  adj.,  bixe. 

Razor,  n.,  dihi,  5;  nteula,  3. 

Reach,  ‘^.(arrive  at),  flka. 
out,  as  hand,  olola. 
to,  to  extend  to,  tua  ku. 
to,  as  with  hand,  beta, 
to,  to  hand  something  to  one,  vt., 
hetela,  hetexa. 

Read,  v.,  bala,  luida(Eng.). 

Ready,  be,  z;f.(be  finished),  muna, 
hua,  xika. 

Real,  ad;.(true),  lilela,  ikuxa,  -a 
buxua(6),  -a  bulilela(6),  -a 
buinabuina(6),  -a  buikuxa 
(6),  -a  bualabuala(6). 
Sometimes  the  postpositive  mene 
is  used. 

Reaiity,  n.,  bulilela,  6;  buxua,  6; 
buinabuina,  6;  bualabuala, 
6;  buikuxa,  6. 

Really,  arf‘y.(truly),  use  the  noun 
forms  bulilela,  buxua,  buina- 
buina, bualabuaia,  buikuxa. 
Sometimes  the  adv.  mene  is 
used. 

Reap,  t;;.  (gather  corn),  huola, 
kuola. 

(gather  millet),  nowa. 

(gather  peas),  aka. 

See  HARVEST. 

Rear,  w.,  at  the,  ku  nyima(3), 
haxixe. 

be  in  the,  be  last,  vi.,  xixa. 
part  of,  kumanda,  ku  citaku(7), 
kuntaku.  See  § 423  (2)  (b). 
vt.,  dixa,  kalexa. 

Reason,  «. (cause),  buala,  6; 
muanda,  2. 

for  this,  therefore,  adv.,  ka. 
for  what  ?,  see  why. 

(intelligence),  lungenyi,  4;  mexi, 
pi.  of  5 or  6;  lukanyi,  4. 


Reason  {continued). 

(think),  V.,  ela  or  elangana  wnth 
lungenyi  or  mexi  or  lukanyi. 

Rebel,  against,  vt.,  hidia,  benga. 

Rebound,  vi.,  lundumuka. 
(jump),  tuhika. 

Rebuke,  vt.,  bela,  samina,  bulu- 
kila,  nanga. 

Recall,  t;/. (cause  to  return),  luixa, 
alukixa,  hingixa,  tucixa, 
hinguxa. 

(remember),  vi.,  vuluka. 

Receive,  z//.(accept),  itabuxa. 
(get),  angata. 

Reckless,  a</;.(wild),  hale,  bu- 
luke,  tomboke.  These  are 
p.p.  from  hala  and  buluka 
and  tomboka  respectively, 
meaning  to  he  reckless. 

Recklessly,  spend,  vt.,  nyanga, 
tangadixa,  tangaluxa,  muan- 
galuxa,  dia,  ona.  These  words 
are  generally  followed  bybintu. 

Recklessness,  n.,  buhale,  6; 
bubuluke,  6;  butomboke,  6. 

Reckon,  i;.(count),  bala. 

(suppose),  amba. 

Recline,  vi.,  lala. 

Recognize,  ^^/.(know),  munya. 

(not  to  recognize),  hanga. 

Recollect,  ?;.(recall  to  mind), 
vuluka. 

Recommence,  v.,  tuadixa,  anga- 
cila  kabidi. 

Recompense,  vt.,  futa. 
n.,  difutu,  5. 

Reconcile,  vt.,  tokexa  munda, 
alukixa  bulunda(6). 

(pacify  people  who  are  fighting), 
vt.,  sunga. 

Reconciler,  n.,  musungl,  i. 

Reconnoiter,  V.,  tentekela. 

Recover,  v.  (after  a fainting  spell), 
tuya. 

(get  better),  v.,  sangala,  kusa 
mubidi(2),  sangaluka. 

Red,  adj.,  kunze(p.p.  of  v.  kunza, 
to  be  red). 

Redeem,  z'/.(free  from  slavery  or  re- 
deem things  in  pawn),  hikula. 


REDEEMER— REMEMBER. 


247 


Redeemer,  w.,  musungidi,  i; 
muhikudi,  i. 

Redemption,  n.,  price  of,  buhi- 
kudi,  6. 

Redness,  w.,  bukunze,  6.  Some- 
times the  infin.  kukunza,  to  be 
red^  is  used  in  Comparative 
constructions. 

Reduce,  see  decrease. 

Reed,  w. (papyrus,  used  in  making 
mats),  lutuhu,  4;  lumungu, 
4- 

(used  in  making  fence),  cinkete, 

7- 

Reel,  (stagger),  lenduka,  ten- 
kakana,  nyungakana,  takan- 
kana. 

Refine,  vt.,  lengexa. 

Reflect,  z’/.(as  mirror),  monexa. 
(think),  ela  or  elangana  with 
lungenyi(4)  or  mexi(pl.  of  5 
or  6)  or  lukanyi(4). 

Reflection,  w.(as  in  mirror), 
mundidimbi,  2;  mudingidi, 
2. 

(likeness),  cifuanyi,  7;  cifuan- 
yikixa,  7. 

(thought),  lungenyi,  4;  mexi, 
pi.  of  5 or  6;  lukanyi,  4. 

Refractoriness,  n.,  cixiku,  7; 
cicu,  7;  buhidia,  6,  ci- 
bengu,  7. 

Refractory,  adj,,  -a  cixiku(7),  -a 
cicu(7),  -a  buhidia(6),  -a 
cibengu(7). 

Refrain  from,  v.,  lekela. 

Refresh,  vt.,  kalexa. 

Refuge,  take,  v..  nyema,  ongo- 
loka. 

Refugee,  w.,  munyemi,  i. 

Refusal,  n.,  mukandu,  2;  buhi- 
dia, 6;  cibengu,  7. 

Refuse,  v.,  hidia,  benga. 
to  give,  vt.^  imina,  hala. 
to  let  do,  vt.y  kanda. 

(trash,  rubbish),  bilu,  bi- 
sonso.  These  are  pi.  of  7. 

Regard,  t;.(honor),  tumbixa, 
nemeka,  nemekela,  meneka, 
menekela. 


Regard  (continued). 

(look  at),  mona,  xoxa,  tangila. 
(reckon),  amba. 

Regards,  w. (compliments),  muo- 
yo,  2. 

give,  vt.,  ela  or  ha  or  ebexa 
with  muoyo. 

Regenerate,  vt.,  fuka  or  lela 
with  kabidi. 

Region,  see  country. 

Regret,  n.,  cixi,  7. 

V.,  di  ne  kanyinganyinga(S),  di 
ne  or  unva  or  ufua  with 
cixi(7),  nmoyo(2)  or  mu- 
cima(2)  as  subj.  of  nyingala 
or  sama,  cixi  as  subj.  of  kuata 
with  person  as  obj. 

Regulation,  see  law. 

Reign,  vph.,  di  mukelenge(i). 
over,  sec  govern. 

Reject,  vt.,  hidia,  benga. 

Rejoice,  vi.,  sanka. 

Relate,  z’.(as  a fable  or  story), 
ela. 

(tell),  amba. 

Relative,  n.,  use  some  such  ex- 
pression as  muan’etu,  etc. 
§ 138,  Rem.  5. 

Relax,  vt.,  bulula,  lekelela. 

Release,  vt.,  lekela. 

Reliable,  adj.,  -a  di(5)  dimue. 

Relieve,  r. (carry  for),  tuadila. 
(help),  enzexa.  Use  Causative 
Form  of  v. 

of  pain,  taluxa,  holexa. 
of,  take  off  from,  tentulula. 

Religion,  n.  The  Cospel  is  called 
bualu(6)  bua  Xzambi. 

Rely  on,  vt.,  tekemena(?). 

Remain,  v.,  xala,  ikala. 
over,  xala. 

Remainder,  nph.,  cintu(7)  ci- 
xale. 

Remarkable,  adj.,  -a  kukema. 
(great),  nine. 

Remedy,  77. (medicine),  buanga,  6. 

Remember,  vi.,  vuluka. 

cause  to,  to  remind,  vt.,  vulula, 
vuluxa. 

(recognize),  munya. 


248 


REMIND— RESIST. 


Remind,  vt.,  vulula,  vuluxa. 

Reminder,  w.(mark),  cimonyinu, 

7- 

Remorse,  n.,  kanyinganyinga,  8; 
cixi,  7. 

Remote,  adj.(\n  distance),  use  the 
proper  locative  inseparably 
with  le.  Most  often  kule  is 
correct.  We  may  also  have 
the  forms  kuakua,  muamua, 
haha.  § 163,  Note  3. 

(in  time),  kale,  bangabanga, 
diambedi. 

Remove,  v.,  a covering,  bulula. 
from  one  place  to  another,  to 
scatter,  vi.,  muangala. 

(take  away),  vt.,  umuxa. 

Remunerate,  vt.,  futa. 

Remuneration,  n.,  difiitu,  3. 

Rend,  vt.,  handa,  tuanya;  vi., 
handika,  tuanyika. 

Render,  ■y.(give),  ha,  ambika. 
oil,  enga. 

Renounce,  vt.,  hidia,  benga, 
nyoka,  diiila. 

Renowned,  adj.,  nine,  tumbe(p.p. 
of  tumba,  to  be  renowned). 

Rent,  «.(hole),  disoso,  5;  dikela, 

5- 

(the  pay  for  use  of  an  article),  n., 
matabixa,  pi.  of  5 or  6;  nse- 
kididi,  3;  ntentekedi,  3. 

Repair,  vt.,  longolola. 

Repeat,  ?;.(begin  again),  tuadixa, 
bangila,  angacila  kabidi; 
the  Pres,  or  Past  Repetitive 
tenses;  the  verbal  suflSxcs 
-ulula  and  -ununa.  § 346. 

Repent,  t;. (change  one’s  mind), 
kudimuna  or  andamiina  with 
mucima(2)  or  niuoyo(2). 

(feel  sorry),  see  sorry. 

Repentance,  (shame),  bundu, 
6;  bunvu,  6. 

(sorrow),  cixl,  7;  kanyingan- 
yinga, 8. 

Reply,  ‘^.(answer  when  called), 

itaba. 

to  question,  amba. 


Report,  w.(fame),  lumu,  4. 

(noise  of  crying),  n.,  muadi,  2. 
(noise  of  gun),  n.,  mukuma,  2. 
(noise  of  human  voice),  n.,  di- 
yoyo, 5;  mutayo,  2;  muaku, 
2. 

(noise  of  wind  or  other  distant 
sound),  n.,  ciono,  7. 

‘y.(tell  about),  amba. 

(tell  to),  ambila. 

Repose,  ^'.(lie  down),  lala. 

(rest),  V.,  ikixa,  eya. 
w.(sleep),  tulu,  pi.  of  8. 

Represent,  ■p.(act  for),  generally 
use  Applied  Form  of  v. 
to,  tell  to,  vt.,  ambila. 

Representation,  «. (likeness),  ci- 
fuanyi,  7. 

(picture),  mundidimbi,  2;  mu- 
dingidi,  2. 

Reproach,  vt.,  bela,  nanga,  sa- 
mina,  bulukila. 
w. (shame),  bundu,  6;  bunvu,  6. 

Reproduce,  v.{by  generations),  le- 
langana. 

Reprove,  vt.,  bela,  nanga,  samina, 
bulukila. 

Reptile,  be  specific.  Use 

words  for  snake,  lizzard,  etc. 

Repudiate,  vt.,  hidia,  benga. 

Repugnant,  adj.,  bi. 

Repulse,  z^/.(defeat),  tamba  or 
hita  with  bukale(6)  or  ngu- 

lu(3)- 

Repulsive,  ad/.(bad),  bi. 

Request,  i-/.(beg),  lomba. 

Rescue,  vt.,  sungila,  handixa, 
sungidila;  vi.,  handuka. 

Resemblance,  n.  (likeness),  ci- 
fuanyi,  7;  cifuanyikixa,  7. 

Resemble,  vi.,  fuanangana,  kele- 
mena. 

(be  like),  fuana,  fuanangana, 
kelemena,  di  with  muomu- 
mue  or  o-mue  or  bu  or  buina. 

Reside,  vi.,  ikala,  xikama,  lala. 

Residence,  «. (house),  nsubu,  3. 

Resin,  n.,  kamonyi,  8. 

Resist,  x;.(fight),  luangana. 
(refuse),  hidia,  benga. 


RESOLUTE— RICH. 


249 


Resolute,  be,  see  persevere. 

Resolve,  see  conclude. 

Respect,  “y/^honor),  tumbixa,  ne- 
meka,  nemekela,  meneka, 
menekela. 

Respects,  muoyo,  2. 

give  to,  V.,  ha  or  ela  or  ebexa 
with  muoyo. 

give  to  for  another,  vt.,  hela 
muoyo. 

to  a chief,  vt.^  sekelela,  mene- 
kela, meneka,  nemeka,  ne- 
mekela. 

Respire,  v.,  eyela. 

rapidly,  to  pant,  v.,  huyakana. 

Respond,  v.,  to  a question,  amba. 
when  called,  v.,  itaba. 

Responsibility,  n.,  bualu,  6; 
muanda,  2. 

Responsible,  be,  vph.,  di  bua- 
lu(6)  bua,  di  muanda(2)  wa. 

Rest,  vi.,  ikixa,  eya,  xikama. 

(be  rested),  vi.,  kankamuna. 

«. (remainder),  cintu(7)  cixale. 

Restless,  be,  vi.,  sasakata. 

Restlessness,  «.,  disasakata,  5. 

Restore,  (return  to),  alukixa, 
hingixa,  hinguxa,  tucixa. 
to  health,  to  cure,  vt.,  ondaha, 
when  used  of  the  person  cur- 
ing; umixa  or  taluxa  or 
holexa,  when  used  of  the 
medicine. 

Restrain,  (correct,  as  a child), 
bela,  bulukila,  samina,  nan- 
ga. 

(forbid),  hidia,  benga,  kanda. 
(hold),  kuata. 

(interrupt,  hinder),  humbixa, 
lekexa,  kosexa,  humbakuxa. 

Result,  n.,  bualu,  6;  muanda,  2. 

Resurrect,  vt.,  bixa  ku  lufu(4), 

fululula. 

Resuscitate,  vt.,  sanguluxa,  fu- 
lulula, tuyixa  (i.e.,  cause 
sickness  to  glance  off). 

(be  resuscitated),  vi.,  sanguluka, 
sangala,  tuya,  fululuka, 
kusa  mubidi(2). 

Retainer,  n.,  mulam&ci,  i. 


Retard,  vt.,  humbixa,  lekexa. 

Reticent,  be,  hua. 

Retinue,  n.,  balamaci,  pi.  of  i. 

Retire,  vi.{go  back),  hingila, 
hingana,  aluka,  alukila, 
tuta,  tucila. 

Retreat,  vi.,  cimuka. 

(run  away),  vi.,  ya  or  nyema 
with  lubilu. 

Retribution,  n.,  lukuna,  4. 
(punishment),  dikengexa,  5. 

Return,  vi.,  aluka,  alukila, 
andamuka,  tuta,  tucila,  hin- 
gila, hingana,  hinguluka; 
vt.,  alukixa,  andamuxa,  tu- 
cixa, hingixa,  hinguxa. 

Reveal,  vt.,  a secret  or  something 
hidden,  sokolola,  sokola, 
tonda. 

(uncover),  bulula. 

Revenge,  ^.(enmity),  lukuna,  4. 

Revengeful,  adj.,  -a  lukuna(4). 

Revere,  vt.,  tumbixa,  nemeka, 
nemekela,  meneka,  mene- 
kela, tendelela. 

Reverence,  vt.,  see  revere. 
n.,  kalolo,  8. 

Reverent,  adj.,  -a  kalolo(8). 

Reverse,  ■p^.(turn  over  or  around), 
andamuna,  kudimuna,  cin- 
gulula. 

Revile,  vt.,  henda,  tanda,  tan- 
dixa,  tuka. 

Revive,  vt.,  one  fainting,  etc., 
fululula,  sanguluxa,  tuyixa; 
vi.,  fululuka,  sanguluka, 
sangala,  tuya,  kusa  mu- 
bidi(2). 

Revolt,  vt.,  from,  hidia,  benga. 

Revolve,  vi.,  cinguluka. 

Reward,  n.,  difutu,  5. 

V.,  futa. 

Rib,  n.,  lubale,  4;  lubafu,  4. 
(bone  of  fish),  dieba,  5.  PI.  is 
meba. 

Rice,  n.,  luoso,  4.  Perhaps  from 
Portuguese. 

Rich,  adj.,  banji,  -a  biuma(pl. 
of  7),  -a  bintu(pl.  of  7),  -a 
luheti\(4). 


250 


RICH— ROD. 


Rich  {continued). 

soil,  leimele,  inipe,  akano,  kale, 
-a  liiiya(4). 

Riches,  (goods),  bubanji,  6; 
biuma,  pi.  of  7;  bintu,  pi.  of 
7;  luhetu,  4. 

Richness,  n.,  bubanji,  6. 

Riddle,  n.,  dijimbu,  5;  dialu,  5. 

Ride,  vpk.,  in  hammock,  enda  mu 
buanda(6). 

on  horse,  enda  mubande  ha 
kabalu(8). 

Ridge,  «.(hill),  mukuna,  2. 

-pole,  mutandala,  2;  mutaniba, 
2. 

of  house,  musongo,  2. 

Ridge-pole,  n.,  mutandala,  2; 
mutamba,  2. 

Ridicule,  vt.,  seka. 

Ridiculous,  be,  7;.(producing 
laughter),  sekexa. 

Rifle,  n.,  cingoma(7)  cia  lu- 
tende(4). 

Right,  n.,  buimpe,  6;  buakane,  6; 
bulengele,  6. 

all,  vph.,  kakuena  bualu(6). 
be,  to  fit,  vi.,  akanangana, 
fuanangana. 

(good),  adj.,  impe,  akane,  len- 
gele. 

hand,  nph.,  cianza(7)  cia  with 
balumi  or  bukale  or  bidia. 

(it  is  right  to  do),  bualu  buimpe 
or  bimpe  followed  by  infin. 
not,  vph.,  use  neg.  with  impe  or 
akane  or  lengele. 
adv.,  bimpe,  biakane,  bilengele. 

Righteous,  adj. {good),  impe, 
akane,  lengele. 

Righteousness,  w.  (goodness), 

buimpe,  buaMane,  6;  bu- 
lengele, 6. 

Rightly,  adv.,  bimpe,  biakane, 
bilengele. 

Rigid,  be,  t;?. (inflexible),  tanta- 
mana,  tandabala,  kayabala. 

Rim,  n.,  muelelu,  2;  mubangu,  2; 
muxuku,  2;  mulemu,  2. 

Rind,  n.,  cihusu,  7;  cizubu, 

7-  ' 


Ring,  7?. (circle),  cijingu,  7; 
cifundu,  7;  citanga,  7. 
for  finger  or  ear,  kakanu,  8. 
^;/.(as  church  bell),  ela. 

(if  a musical  instrument),  imba. 

Riot,  n.,  diyoyo,  5. 

Rip,  vt.,  handa,  tuanya. 

Ripe,  adj.,  hie(p.p.  of  hia,  to  be 
ripe). 

Rise,  •pf.(ascend),  banda. 

(as  dough),  vi.,  tuntumuka, 
tantamika. 

(as  price),  vi.,  banda,  kala. 

(as  sun),  vi.,  banda,  hatula, 
luhuka. 

from  a sitting  posture,  vi.,  bika, 
juka. 

from  the  dead,  vi.,  bika  ku 
lufu(4),  fululuka. 
sun-,  about,  n.,  dinda,  5;  lun- 
kelu,  4. 

River,  n.,  musulu,  2. 
up-,  nph.,  ku  mutu(2). 

Road,  n.,  nxila,  3. 

Roam,  vi.,  endakana. 

Roar,  vi.{as  cataract),  bila. 

•(as  lion),  dila. 

n.{as  of  animal),  muadi,  2. 

(as  of  wind  or  falls),  ciono,  7. 

See  note  under  onona. 

Roast,  vt.,  in  fire,  oxa. 
in  pot,  as  peanuts,  kanga. 
on  a spit,  nanga(nana),  inyika 
(anyika). 

Rob,  z;/. (pillage),  haula. 

(steal),  iba. 

(take  by  force),  nyenga. 

Robber,  «.(on  highway),  mun- 
yengi,  i. 

(thief),  muivi,  i;  muibi,  i; 
muena(i)  mucima(2). 

Robbery,  n.,  buibi,  6;  buivi,  6; 
bunyengi,  6. 

Robust,  adj.,  kale(p.p.  of  kala, 
to  he  robust). 

Rock,  n.,  dibue,  5. 

about,  as  canoe,  vi.,  tankakana; 
vt.,  tankakuxa. 

Rod,  «. (brass,  used  as  money), 
mutaku,  2. 


ROD— RULE. 


25^ 


; Rod  {continued). 
ram-,  nfukete,  3. 

1 (switch),  mulangala,  2;  niu- 
I xoxo,  2;  munyasu,  2;  kan- 

yanzu,  8. 

j Rogue,  muibi,  i;  muivi,  i; 
1 muena(i)  mucima(2). 

I Roguish,  adj.,  -a  mucima(2),  -a 
I buibi(6),  -a  buivl(6),  -a 

' bianza(pl.  of  7)  bile, 

j Roguishness,  «.,buibi,  6;  buivi,  6. 

[ Roll,  n.,  muvungu,  2. 

along,  away,  down,  vi.,  bungu- 
luka. 

(as  a boat),  vi.,  tankakana; 

vf.,  tankakuxa. 

(bale),  dikutu,  5. 

(bundle),  mubombo,  2;  ci- 
sumbu,  7. 

into  a string,  vt.,  jinga,  jingila. 
of  twine  or  string,  n.,  cikata,  7. 
up,  vt.,  vunga,  nyengela,  kuta, 
vungila. 

Roof,  n.,  cimunu,  7. 

put  on,  vt.,  finga,  kuma. 
top  of,  n.,  musongo,  2. 

Room,  w.(in  house),  use  nsubu(3) 
W'ith  part,  of  v.  handulula,  to 
split  open]  as,  nsubu  udi 
muhandulula  nsubu  isatu, 
the  house  has  three  rooms. 
(place),  muaba,  2;  mbadi 
(Buk.),  3;  mbadu,  3. 

Rooster,  n.,  citlla,  7. 

Root,  n.,  muxi,  2. 

(exposed  so  that  the  foot  can 
strike  it),  n.,  cikuku,  7. 

^'.(as  pig),  funkuna. 

Rope,  n.,  muoxi,  2;  muxlnga,  2; 
mukudi,  2. 

Rot,  vi.,  bola. 

Rotate,  vi.,  cinguluka. 

Rotten,  be,  vi.,  bola. 

Rough,  be,  ^/.(as  surface),  taha. 

Roughly,  (handle  or  carry), 
bibi. 

(to  speak),  v.,  buluka  di(5). 

Round,  ad/. (circular),  -a  cijen- 
gu(7),  -a  cifundu(7),  -a 
citanga(7). 


Round  {continued). 

(go  round  about),  v.,  cimba- 
kana,  nyunguluka. 

(go  round  anything  in  the  way), 
V.,  sesuka. 

(spherical),  adj.,  -a  cibulunge 
(7),  -a  dibulunge(5);  (be), 
vi.,  bulunga,  (make),  vt., 
bulunguxa. 

Rouse,  2'/.(as  from  sleep),  bixa. 

Rout,  vt.,  ihata.  cimuna. 

Route,  n.,  nxila,  3. 

Row,  «.(line),  mulongo,  2. 
be  in  a,  vi.,  di  mu  mulongo. 
put  in  a,  vt.,  longa,  teka  mu 
mulongo. 

stand  in  a,  vi.,  imuna  mu  mu- 
longo. 

vt.,  a boat,  ita,  ulia. 

(quarrel),  n.,  diyoyo,  5;  mu- 
tayo.  2. 

Rub,  t;/. (grind  between  stones), 
hela. 

off,  kuhula,  hulula. 
on,  laba. 

out,  jima,  jimixa. 

(scrape),  kuona,  heya. 
the  hand  over,  lamba,  laba, 
lenga. 

up,  as  dried  tobacco  in  the  hands, 
vinga,  sunsula. 

Rubber,  n.,  ndundu,  3. 
ball  of,  n.,  dibulu,  5. 

(fruit  of  rubber  vine),  n.,  lu- 
bulu,  4. 

to  cut  the  vines  for,  vt.,  benda, 
taha. 

Rubbish,  w. (trash),  bilu,  bisonso. 
Both  pi,  of  7. 

place  for  throwing,  n.,  diala,  5. 

Rule,  «. (authority),  bukelenge,  6; 
bunfumu,  6. 

(custom),  cilele,  7;  cienzedi,  7; 
cibilu,  7. 

(law),  di,  5;  mukenji,  2;  mu- 
kandu(negative),  2. 

(measure),  n.,  luelekexi,  4; 
cidikixilu,  7;  luedi,  4;  luidi, 
4;  eidikixu,  7. 

7;.(be  chief),  di  mukelenge(i). 


RULE— SALUTATION. 


252 


Rulk  {conliyiued). 
over,  V.,  see  govern. 

Ruler,  n.,  mukelenge,  i;  nfumu, 

I. 

(for  measuring),  n.,  luelekexi,  4; 
cidikixilu,  7;  cidikixu,  7; 
lued>,  4;  luidi,  4. 

Rumor,  it.,  lumu,  4. 

Run,  V.,  ya  or  nyema  with  lubilu. 
against,  dituta,  dianda. 
a race,  idikixa  or  elekexa  with 
lubilu. 

(as  water),  v.,  hueka. 
away,  ya  or  nyema  with  lubilu, 
ongoloka. 

off  at  the  bowels,  v.,  uha  or  ela 
or  huya  with  munda. 
over,  as  water  in  vessel,  icikila. 
rapidly,  nyamuka. 

Runt,  n.,  njeku,  3;  cihindi,  7; 
cituha,  7. 
be  a,  vi.,  xunguka. 

Runty,  adj.,  -a  njeku(3),  -a 
cihindi(7),  -a  cituha(7), 
xunguke(p.p.  of  xunguka,  to 
be  runty). 

Rust,  n.,  dimoma,  5. 

V.,  kuata  dimoma. 

Rusty,  be,  v.,  kuata  dimoma(5). 

Rut,  n.,  (in  ground),  nkoka,  3; 
muexi,  2;  mutubu,  2. 


S. 

Sabbath,  n.,  Lumingu(Lubingu), 
4.  From  Portuguese. 

Sack,  n.,  cibombo,  7;  luhiya,  4. 
■y.(pillage),  haula. 

Sacred,  adj.  ph.,  -a  bualu(6) 
bukale. 

(interdicted),  -a  cijila(7). 

Sacrifice,  ^'^.(kill),  xiha. 

(offering  as  a due  or  tribute),  vt., 
lambula. 
to,  vt.,  xihela. 

Sad,  be,  v.,  di  ne  kanyingan- 
yinga(8),  di  ne  or  ufua  or 
unva  with  cixi(7),  muoyo(2) 
or  mucinia(2)  as  subj.  of 


nyingala,  cixi  as  subj.  of 
kuata  and  the  person  as  obj. 

Sadden,  vt.,  ufuixa  or  kuaeixa 
with  cixi(7). 

Sadness,  n.,  kanyinganyinga,  8; 
cixi,  7. 

Safe,  be,  w.(be  escaped  from 
danger),  handuka. 

Safety,  n.,  luhandu,  4. 

Sagacious,  adj.  dimuke(p.p.  of 
dimuka,  to  he  sagacious),  -a 
budimu(6). 

Sagacity,  n.,  budimu,  6. 

Sail  ho,  inter jec.,  selo. 

Sake,  (cause),  bualu,  6;  muan- 
da,  2. 

Salad,  n.,  nsalata,  3.  Doubt- 
less from  Portuguese  through 
Lower  Congo. 

Salary,  n.,  difutu,  5. 

Sale,  w.(market),  cisalu,  7. 

Saliva,  n.,  lute,  4.  PI.  is  mate.  §51. 

Salt,  n.,  lueho,  4;  mukele,  2; 
ngala(Bukuba),  3. 
coarse  in  sacks,  lueho  lua 
nsoka(sing.  lusoka,  lump). 
(native  salt  made  from  a kind  of 
grass),  lueho  lua  mbanda. 
This  is  not  sodium  chloride. 

Saltless,  be,  vi.,  hola,  talala. 

Salutation,  n.,  muoyo,  2. 

give,  V.,  ela  or  ha  or  ebexa 
followed  by  muoyo. 
give  to  a chief,  vt.,  sekelela, 
menekela,  nemekela,  me- 
neka,  nemeka. 

.A.mong  the  Baluba  the  first  per- 
son speaking  says  inyixaku 
(sing.)  or  inyixi(pL),  the  per- 
son responding  says  ndi  muln- 
yixe.  These  forms  are  from 
the  verb  inyixa,  to  adore. 
Among  the  Bena  Lulua  both 
persons  say  muoyo. 

Among  the  Bakete  the  first  per- 
son speaking  says  wibika,  the 
one  responding  says  dibika. 
Among  the  Bakuba  the  first 
person  says  winung,  the  one 
responding  says  dinung. 


SALUTATION— SAYING. 


253 


Salutationt  {continued). 

Sometimes  the  Baluba  are  heard 
to  say  ixaku(sing.)  and 
L\i(pl.),  as  if  from  a verb  ixa. 
Salute,  vt.,  ela  or  ha  or  ebexa, 
followed  by  muoyofa). 
a chief,  vt.,  sekelela,  meneka, 
menekela,  nemeka,  neme- 
kela. 

(go  out  to  meet  and  embrace),  vt., 
akidila. 

Salvation,  n.,  luhandu,  4. 

(life),  niuoyo,  2. 

Same,  adj.{oi  same  kind).  Ex- 
pressed in  several  ways: 

(1)  By  . the  verbs  fuanangana, 
kelemena,  fuana,  dieleka. 

(2)  By  the  words  bu  or  buina. 

(3)  By  the  adj.  o-umue  or  the 
adv.  muomumue. 

(4)  By  the  ph.  muan’abo  ne. 

(at,  in,  or  on  the  same  place), 

adv.,  kumue,  mumue,  hamiie, 
kaba(dimin.  of  muaba)  ka- 
mue. 

length,  size,  number,  adj.,  mue 
(mo). 

make  the,  vt.,  fuanyikixa,  kele- 
mexa,  elekexa. 

(the  very  same),  adv.,  mene. 

Sameness,  w.(likeness),  eifuanyi, 
7;  buobumue,  6. 

Sample,  n.,  cimonyinu,  7;  cile- 
xilu,  7;  cidikixilu,  7. 

Sanctification,  (cleanness),  bu- 
toke,  6. 

(goodness),  buimpe,  6;  buakane, 
6;  bulengele,  6. 

Sanctify,  i;/. (interdict),  jila. 
(make  clean),  tokexa. 

(make  good),  lengexa. 

(set  apart),  tekela. 

Sand,  n.,  grain  of,  kasoka(dimin. 
oflusoka),8;  kasenga(dimin. 
of  lusenga),  8;  kasele(dimin. 
of  lusele),  8. 

loose,  difukenya,  5;  pi.  of 
lusenga(4)  and  lusele(4). 

Sand-bank,  n.,  lusenga,  4;  lu- 
sele, 4. 


Santa  Claus,  n.,  Santa  Klas. 

Satan,  Satana. 

(demon  or  devil),  mulamaci(i) 
wa  Satana. 

Satchel,  w. (scrip),  nsaho,  3. 

Satiate,  be  satiated,  vi.,  difu(5) 
as  subj.  of  ukuta. 

Satisfied,  be.,  v.,  after  eating, 
difu(5)  as  subj.  of  ukuta. 
(content),  adj.,  -a  mucima(2) 
with  the  participial  words  mu- 
talale  or  muhole. 
with,  V.,  itabuxa. 

Satisfy,  vt.,  with  food,  ukucixa. 
with  water  when  thirsty,  taluxa, 
or  holexa  with  ha  diminu(5) 
or  ha  muminu(2),  muna  or 
huixa  with  miota(nyota). 

Saturday,  n.  dituku(5)  disam- 
bombo 

Saucer,  n.,  dilonga,  5. 

Sauciness,  n.,  cikama,  7;  dika- 
makama,  5;  dintanta,  5. 

Saucy,  be,  v.,  ena  ne  bundu(6), 
di  ne  with  cikama(7)  or  di- 
kamakama(5)  or  dintanta(5), 
disua,  ibidila. 

Save,  vt.,  sunglla,  handixa,  sun- 
gidila;  (be  saved),  handa, 
handuka. 

up,  vt.,  lamina,  teka. 

Savior,  n.,  musungidl,  i;  mu- 
handixi,  i. 

Savor,  vi.,  of,  tua. 

n.,  use  infin.  kutua  as  noun. 

See  TASTE. 

Savory,  be,  vi.,  xemakana,  di  ne 
with  nse(3)  or  kutua  ku- 
impe. 

Saw,  n.,  cikuaka,  7. 

vt.,  crosswise,  kosa,  kala. 
lengthwise,  handa. 

Sawyer,  n.,  muena(i)  with  ma- 
biya(pl.  of  5)  or  bikuaka(pl. 
of  7). 

Say,  V.,  amba,  taya(Buk.). 
to,  ambila. 

Saying,  m. (proverb),  muanu,  2; 
lusumuinu,  4;  luximinyin- 
yu,  4. 


254 


SCAB— SEARCH. 


Scab,  n.,  cilumulumu,  7. 

tear  off  a,  vt.,  lamuna;  (come 
off),  vi.,  lainuka. 

Scabbard,  n.,  luhaha,  4;  ci- 
manga,  7;  cibubu,  7. 

Scald,  vt.,  hixa(?)  mu  mi  a kahia; 
z'i.(be  scalded),  hia(?)  mu  mi 
a kahia. 

Scale,  n.,  of  fish,  dibamba,  5. 

(scrape  off),  vt.,  hulula,  kuhula; 
vi.,  huluka,  kuhuka. 

Scar,  n.,  cibangu,  7. 

Scarce,  adj.,  kise,  bale,  nya-nya. 

Scarcity,  n.,  bukise,  6;  bubale, 
6;  bunyabunya,  6. 

Scare,  cinyixa;  (be  scared), 
cina. 

(be  much  scared),  vi.,  mucima(2) 
with  the  verbs  handika  or 
zakala;  vt.,  handixa,  or 
zakuxa  with  mucima(2)  as 
obj. 

Scarlet,  adj.,  kunze(p.p.  of  kun- 
za,  to  be  scarlet). 

Scatter,  vt.,  tangaluxa,  tanga- 
dixa,  muanga,  muangaluxa; 
vi.,  tangaluka,  muangaluka, 
tangadika,  muangala. 

(as  a contagious  disease),  vi., 
sambulukila,  tampakana, 
ambulukila. 

(as  clouds  after  a rain),  vi., 
sanguluka. 

ScEMT,  n.(bad  smell),  muhuya(2) 
mubi,  mukuhu(2),  kaham- 
bu(8),  lusu(4). 

(detect  the  odor),  v.,  unva, 
ufua. 

emit  a,  v.,  nunka. 

(odor,  good  or  bad),  n.,  muhuya, 
2;  dihembu(pl,  generally 
used),  5;  nsunga,  3;  muen- 
yi,  2. 

(perfume),  n.,  mananaxl,  pi.  of 
5 or  6. 

r^.(to  smell),  nunkila. 

Scholar,  n.,  muena(i)  mikauda 
muiyidi(i). 

School,  n.,  mu  mikandafpl.  of  2); 
suggest  also  sukulu(Eng.). 


Scissors,  n.,  luxola,  4.  The 
dimin.  pi.,  tuxola,  is  generally 
used. 

Scoff,  at,  vt.,  seka. 

Scold,  vt.,  bela,  nanga,  samina, 
bulukila. 

Scorch,  z^/.(as  food),  xidixa,  lun- 
guxa,babula;  w.(be  scorched), 
xila,  lungula,  babuka. 

Scorn,  i;/.(deny),  hidia,  benga. 
show,  by  clicking  with  the 
tongue,  vt.,  sodia. 

Scorpion,  n.,  kaminyi(kaminyi- 
minyi),  8. 

Scour,  t;/.(scrape),  kuona,  heya. 
(scrape  off),  vt.,  kuhula,  hulula. 

Scourge,  ■p/.(beat),  kuma,  tuta. 

Scowl,  v.,  nyenga  or  fudika  with 
mpala(3). 

Scrape,  vt.,  kuona,  heya. 
off,  vt.,  kuhula,  hulula. 

Scratch.  v.{as  fowls),  kala. 

(in  case  of  itching),  kuinya. 
make  a,  vt.,  flta. 
out,  to  erase,  jima,  jimixa. 
with  nails  or  claws,  v.,  tua  or 
asa  with  luzadi(4)  or  lu- 
zala(4)  or  luala(4).  PI.  of 
these  words  generally  used. 
n.,  mufunda,  2. 

Scream,  ‘P.(to  cry  loud),  tayika. 
(in  terror),  v.,  handalala. 

Screw,  n.,  mulonda,  2;  lusonso, 
4- 

vt.,  around,  jekexa,  nyenga. 

Scribe,  n.,  mufundi,  i. 

Scrip,  «.(bag),  luhiya,  4;  ci- 

hombo,  7. 

(large  open),  nsaho,  3. 

Scriptures,  nph.,  mukanda(2) 
wa  Nzambi. 

Scrotum,  n.,  cibudi,  7. 

Scrub,  i’/.(scrape),  kuona  heya. 
(scrape  off),  kuhula,  hulula. 

Scum,  w. (froth),  lututu,  4;  lu- 
kende,  4. 

Sea,  w. (ocean),  mi  manine. 

(lake),  dixiba,  5. 

Seal,  w.(mark),  cimonyinu,  7. 

Search  for,  vt.,  keba,  keja,  teta. 


SEASON— SENSELESS. 


255 


Season,  n.,  cidimu,  7. 
dry,  muxihu,  2. 

rainy,  mayowa,  pi.  of  5 or  6; 

nvula(pl.  generally  used),  3. 
There  is  no  division  of  the 
seasons  into  spring,  summer, 
autumn  and  winter.  See  sum- 
mer, WINTER. 
v.^  lunga. 

Seat,  «. (chair),  nkuasa,  3. 

(made  with  palm  ribs),  ditanda,5. 
xikika. 

take  a,  vi.,  xikama. 

Second,  ord.  mim.,  ibidi.  § 99. 

Secret,  n.,  musokoko(musoko),  2. 
keep  a,  vt.,  sokoka. 
tell  a,  vt.,  sokolola. 

Secretary,  n.,  mufundi,  i. 

Secrete,  vt.,  sokoka;  w.(one’s 
self),  sokoma. 

Section,  n.,  see  part,  country. 

Security,  for  debt,  cieya,  7. 
give,  vt.,  eyeka. 

(safety),  n.,  luhandu,  4. 

Sediment,  n.,  see  dregs. 

Seduce,  (entice),  munyixa  or 
iyixa  or  ibidixa  with  bua- 
Iu(6)  bubi. 

(to  commit  adultery  with  one), 
V.,  enda  n’aiidi  masandi(pl. 
of  5 or  6). 

See,  vt.,  mona,  tangila,  xoxa 
(joxa).  (know),  munya. 

Seed,  w.(for  planting),  diminu,  5; 
buhu,  6. 

germ  of,  disu,  5;  muoyo,  2. 
of  corn,  ditete,  5;  mutonda,  2; 
ditungu,  5. 

(offspring),  n.,  muana,  i. 
of  millet,  ditete,  5. 
of  pumpkin,  lutete,  4. 

Seek,  vt.,  keba,  keja,  teta. 

Seem,  ■pf.(appear),  mueka,  mue- 
neka. 

(seem  what  it  is  not),  use  the  ph. 
ku  mesu;  • as,  cilulu  cidi 
cimpe  ku  mesu,  the  cloth 
seems  good,  i.e.,  to  the  eye. 

Seen,  be,  w. (appear),  mueneka, 
mueka. 


Seer,  see  prophet. 

Seize,  vt.,  kuata,  fiekela. 
(embrace),  uhukila. 

(pounce  upon),  tuhikila,  uhu- 
kila. 

(snatch,  grab),  bakula. 
things  by  force,  nyenga. 

Select,  ^/.(choose),  sungula. 

Self,  when  emphatic  use: 

(1)  The  compound  disjunctive 
pro.  forms  nkiyinyi,  etc. 
§ 109- 

(2)  The  adjective  ph.  ne  Ine. 

§ 80.  _ 

When  reflexive  use  the  reflexive 
prefix  -di-.  § 118. 

Selfish,  be,  z/. (conceited),  disua. 
(stingy),  -a  citu(7),  -a  buimln- 
yi(6),  -a  cianza(7)  cikale,  -a 
cilema(7). 

toward  one,  vt.,  imina,  hala. 

Selfishness,  m. (stinginess),  citu, 
7;  buiminyi,  6;  cianza(7) 
cikale;  cilema,  7. 

Sell,  vt.,  hana,  leka. 

(buy  and  sell,  trade),  enda  or 
endululu  followed  by  mu- 
xinga(2). 
to  one,  udixa. 

Semen,  n.,  bana,  pi.  of  muana(i); 
bilumi,  pi.  of  cilumi(7). 

Send,  vt.,  tuma. 

away,  to  dismiss,  vt.,  fula, 
umuxa. 

back,  vt.,  alukixa,  hinghxa, 
hingixa,  tucixa. 
to,  tumina. 

Senior,  w.(elder  brother  or  sister), 
mukulu,  i. 
of  twins,  cibuabu,  7. 

(oldest  child),  muan’a  bute(6). 

Sense,  w. (wisdom),  lungenyi,  4; 
mexi,  pi.  of  5 or  6;  lukanyl,  4. 

Senseless,  be,  z'f.(unconscious), 
fua  followed  by  any  word 
meaning  spasm  or  pt  or  faint- 
ness. 

(stupid),  adj.,  hote,  xibSle. 
These  are  p.p.  from  hota  and 
xibala,  to  he  stupid. 


SENSIBLE— SHAKE. 


256 


Sensible,  a<f/.(smart),  -a  lungcn- 
yl(4);  -a  mexi(pl.  of  5 or  6), 
-a  lukanyi(4). 

Sentinel,  sentry,  scntedi,  i. 
Fro:n  Eng.  or  French, 
(watch'nan,  keeper),  mulami,  i; 
luutangidi,  i;  mumonyi,  i. 

Separate,  z;^.(divide  among), 
abaaya,  abanyina,  abuluxa. 
into  parts,  vt.,  t^hulula,  abu- 
luxa, handulula,  sungulula; 
vi.,  tahuluka,  hauduluka, 
abuluka. 

mediate  in  quarrel,  vL,  sunga. 

Separately,  aiv.(one  at  a time), 
mue  ne  mue. 

September,  n.,  Sepetemba(Eng.). 

Sepulchre,  «.,  lukita,  4;  ci- 
duaya,  7. 

Series,  n.,  mulongo,  2. 

Serious  matter,  n.,  bualu(6)  or 
muanda(2)  followed  by  adj. 
kale. 

Sermon,  n.  Perhaps  the  most  sat- 
isfactory word  is  the  infin. 
kuamba  used  as  a noun. 

Serpent,  n.,  nyoka,  3. 

Servant,  n.,  muana,  i. 

(laborer),  muena  (i)mudimu(2). 
(slave),  muhika,  i;  rauntu,  i. 

Serve,  z;/.( attend,  as  slave  his 
master),  lamata. 

(work  for),  enzela  or  cnzexa  or 
kuacila  followed  by  mudi- 
mu(2). 

Service,  w.(work),  mudimu,  2. 

Serviette,  n.,  see  napkin. 

Set,  vt.,  teka,  xikika. 
against,  vt.,  eyeka. 
apart,  aside,  vt.,  teka,  tekela, 
lamina. 

(as  the  sun),  vi.,  buela. 
down,  vt.,  xikika. 
fire  to,  vt.,  oxa. 

free,  vt.,  hikula,  lekela,  ku- 
hola,  suiula,  kutula. 
in  line,  vt.,  longa. 
in  order,  vt.,  longolola. 
out,  to  depart,  vi.,  ya,  urauka, 
bika. 


Set  {co)itinued). 

out,  to  plant,  vt.,  tentula, 
xiinika. 

table,  vt.,  longolola.  The 
Lower  Congo  word  sala  is 
generally  used, 
trap,  vt.,  teya  ndende(3). 
up,  to  erect,  vt.,  imu.iyika. 

Settle,  i;.(become  calm),  di  hola, 
di  talala,  hola,  talala. 
debt,  to  pay,  vt.,  futa. 
dispute,  V.,  tuixa. 
down,  as  sediment,  vi.,  hueka, 
butama,  batama. 
palaver,  vt.,  lumbulula,  kosa 
nsambu(3),  xambula(Buk.). 

Seven,  cird.  num.,  muanda(i) 
mutekete(muakunyi). 

Sever,  ■z;/.(cut),  kosa,  kala. 

Several,  ai;.(many),  -a  bungi(6), 
ngi,  ngia-ngi. 

(others),  kuabo,  nga. 

(some,  distributive),  kuabo  . , . 
kuabo,  nga  . . . nga. 

Severe,  adj. {strong),  kale. 

Sew,  V.,  tunga,  tuma,  fuma, 
tela. 

on  patch,  vt.,  lamika,  bamba. 

Sexual  intercourse,  have  with, 
vt.,  luma,  lumixa,  tente- 
mexa,  lala  ne. 

Shade,  ^.(coolness),  citelele(cita- 
lele),  7. 

(shadow),  n.,  mudingidi,  2; 
mundidimbi,  2. 

Shake,  vt.,  takixa,  nyungixa, 
saxa,  cikixa,  salakanya, 
kuha,  zakuxa,  kankixa,  tu- 
tula,  nyukula,  nyunga, 
senga;  vi.,  taka,  nyunga, 
sala,  cika,  zakala,  kanka, 
cikakana. 

(as  in  the  wind),  vi.,  hehuka; 
vt.,  hehula 

hands  with  one  another,  kuatan- 
gana  ku  bianza. 
one’s  self,  dinyungixa. 

(vibrate),  vi.  lemba,  lembelela, 
dikuha. 

up,  vt.,  bukankonya. 


SHALL— SHOCK. 


257 


Shall,  use  simple  future  tense 
of  verb. 

See  MUST. 

Shallow,  ad] , ihi. 

Shame,  n.,  bundu,  6;  bunvu,  6. 

cause,  vt.,  kuacixa  or  ufuixa 
with  bundu. 

have,  V.,  di  ne  or  ufua  or  unva 
with  bundu;  bundu  as  subj. 
of  kuata  and  the  person  as 
obj. 

have  no,  to  be  immodest,  v., 
ena  ne  bundu,  uma  mu 
disu(5). 

Shameful  matter, «.,  bualu(6)  bua 
bundu(6). 

Shameless,  see  immodest. 

Shamelessness,  see  immodesty. 

Shape,  n.  and  v.,  see  form. 

Share,  -y.  (divide  among  each 
other),  abanyangana. 

(divide  into  shares),  vt,,  abanya, 
abanyina. 

Sharp,  adj.,  -a  budimu(6),  di- 
muke(p.p.  of  dimuka,  to  be 
sharp). 

edge  or  point,  tue(p.p.  of  tua, 
to  be  sharp)',  to  be,  v.,  di  ne 
menu(pl.  of  5). 

Sharpen,  vt.{hy  beating,  as  black- 
smith), sukixa. 

(by  grinding),  nuona. 

to  a point,  vt.,  songa. 

Sharpness,  n.,  menu,  pi.  of  5; 
ntendu,  3. 

(cunning),  budimu,  6. 

Shave,  vt.,  beya. 

off  all  hair  on  head,  vt.,  kungula 
mutu(2). 

(scrape  off),  heya,  kuona,  ku- 
hula,  hulula. 

She,  pers.  pro.,  see  he.  There  is 
no  distinction  between  he  and 
she.  § 105,  Rem.  4. 

Sheaf,  «.,  cisumbu,  7. 

Shear,  vt.,  kosa,  kala. 

Shears,  «.,  luxola,  4.  The  dimin. 
pi.,  tuxola,  is  generally  used. 

Sheath,  n.,  cibubu,  7;  luhaha,  4; 
cimanga,  7. 


Shed,  n.,  citanda,  7. 

hair,  feathers,  tears,  vi.,  hatuka, 
tuka 

leaves,  vi.,  hohoka. 

Sheep,  n.,  mukoko,  2. 

(ram),  cimpanga,  7. 

Sheet,  n.,  of  bed,  nxiti(Eng.),  3. 
of  paper,  n.,  dibexi,  5;  diinyi, 
5- 

She  goat,  «.,  dixina,  5. 

Shell,  ^.(cartridge  loaded  with 
shot),  mutelenge(2)  vva  tun- 
dimba(pl.  of  8). 

(cowry),  mubela,  2;  luhaxi 
(Buk.  and  Bukuba),  4. 
of  egg  or  seed  or  nut  or  terrapin, 
cihusu,  7;  cizubu,  7. 
of  snail,  nyongo,  3. 
vt.{a.s  corn),  kombola,  tungula. 
(as  peanuts),  bosa,  totobula, 
bela,  bula,  taya(toya). 

(as  peas  by  beating),  xuhula, 
suanga. 

Shelter,  •y/.(cover),  buikila. 

«. (thrown  up  hastily  on  the 
road),  cisambusambu,  7. 

Shepherd,  n.,  mulami(i)  wa 
mikoko. 

Shield,  n.,  ngabu,  3. 

Shin,  «.,  muongo(2)  wa  muko- 
10(2). 

Shine,  v.(as  fire,  light,  sun),  toka, 
temena,  ditemena. 

(as  stars,  moon),  kenena,  toka, 
kenka. 

(glitter,  glisten,  gleam),  engelela, 
balakana. 
sun-,  n.,  munya,  2. 

Ship,  ^.(propelled  by  oars),  buatu, 

6. 

(steamer),  dikumbi(5)  dia  mi. 

Shirt,  n.,  cikowela,  7;  cinku- 
tu(Lower  Congo),  7;  nsu- 
mixa(from  French),  3. 

Shiver,  v.,  kanka,  zakala. 

Shock,  vt.,  wnth  fear,  grief,  etc., 
handixa  or  zakuxa  with 
mucima(2);  ^.(be  shocked), 
handika  or  zakala  with  mu- 
cima  as  subj. 


SHOE— SICKNESS. 


258 


Shoe,  n.,  cisabatu,  7;  cikono,  7. 
Cisabatu  is  from  Portuguese 
and  cikono  is  now  seldom 
used. 

Shoot,  vt.,  one  with  arrow,  asa. 
one  with  gun,  vt.,  kuma,  lonza. 
(to  bud,  to  sprout),  vi.,  mena, 
sampila,  tempela. 
with  arrow  or  gun,  ela, 
w. (sprout),  lutonga,  4. 

Shop,  n.,  blacksmith,  citudilu,  7. 

Shore,  n. (beach),  muelelu(2)  or 
musala(2)  or  bucika(6)  or 
kiikala  or  kiisula  or  kunfu- 
dilii  or  kusala  followed  by  -a 
mi. 

on  the,  w.,  mpata,  3. 

Short,  adi.,  ihi. 

be  or  become,  vi.,  ihiha. 

(be  not  enough),  vi.,  use  ena 
-a  bungi(6);  neg.  of  kum- 
bana  or  vula. 

time,  n.,  matuku(pl.  of  5)  mihi, 
musangu(2)  muihi,  eitu- 
ha(7). 

Shorten,  vt.,  ihihixa. 

(make  smaller),  vt.,  kehexa. 

Shortness,  n.,  buihi,  6. 

Shot,  n.,  for  shot-gun,  kandimba, 

8. 

-gun,  cingoma(7)  cia  tundimba. 

Should,  v.  To  express  the  idea 
of  recommendation,  use  im- 
perative mood  or  one  of  its 
equivalent  constructions. 

In  Future  Conditions  use  the 
constructions  indicated  in 
§ 459  (^)- 

Shoulder,  n.,  diaha,  5;  dikiya,  5. 
-blade,  cikiyakiya,  7;  dikeha,  5. 

Shout,  v.,  by  a crowd  in  expression 
of  surprise  or  joy,  bingila,  ela 
bila(pl.  of  7). 

Shove,  vt.,  see  push. 

Show,  vt.,  lexa,  tangidixa,  mue- 
nexa. 

by  pointing,  v.,  funkuna. 
off  one’s  self,  v.,  dilexa. 
one’s  self,  appear,  vi.,  mueneka, 
mueka. 


Show  {co)itiniied). 

the  eye  by  pulling  down  the  lower 
lid,  intended  as  insult,  v., 
tonkeiia  or  ondela  with  mu 
disu. 

the  way,  vt.,  lombola. 

Shrewd,  adj.,  dimuke(p.p.  of  di- 
mu  ka,  to  be  shrewd),  -a  bu- 
dimu(6). 

Shriek,  v.,  tayika,  handalala. 

.Shrimp,  n.,  luxixa,  4;  luxoxa, 
4- 

Shrink,  (become  smaller),  fuata, 
ihiha,  kcha 

(as  -from  fear),  v.,  dikuonya. 

•Shrivel  up,  vi.,  fuata,  fuba. 

Shrug  the  shoulders,  v.,  suka  with 
makiya  or  maha. 

Shuck,  n.,  cihusu,  7;  eizubu,  7. 
Z’/.(as  corn),  uvula. 

(as  peas  by  beating),  xuhula, 
suanga. 

Shudder,  v.,  handika  or  zakala 
with  mucima(2). 

.Shut,  v.,  door,  inxila,  xibika. 
eyes,  buika. 
in  or  out,  nxidila(?). 
with  lid,  as  box  or  book,  buikila. 

.Shuttle,  n.,  mundonga,  2. 

Shy,  see  timid. 

Shyness,  see  timidity. 

Sick,  be,  ■z;/.(ill),  sama,  bela. 
make,  nauseate,  vt.,  endexa  ku 
muoyo(2), 

(nauseous,  be),  v.,  use  muoyo(2) 
as  subj.  of  enda  with  the  person 
asobj.,  or  di  ne  niuendi(2)  ku 
muoyo,  or  ku  muoyo  kudi 
kuenda.  Note  that  two  con- 
structions may  be  used  when 
parts  of  the  body  are  men- 
tioned; as,  mutu  udi  unsama, 
or  ndi  nsama  mutu,  my  head 
is  sick. 

Sicken,  i;/. (nauseate),  endexa  ku 
muoyo(2). 

Sickness,  n.,  disama,  5;  bubedi, 
6;  dibedi,  5. 

at  stomach,  nausea,  n.,  muen- 
di(2)  ku  muoyo(2). 


SIDE— SISTER. 


259 


Side,  w.,  luseke,  4. 

(be  side  side),  vi.,  tuangana, 
imunangana,  kuatakana: 
of  body,  just  above  hip,  w., 
lubose,  4. 

of  house,  cimunu,  7. 
of  path,  field,  etc.,  n.,  muele- 
lu(2),  musala(2)  bucika(6), 
kukala. 

(put  side  by  side),  vt.,  iniun- 
yika  hamue,  tuanguxa,tuan- 
ganya,  kuatakuxa. 

Sideways,  go,  v.,  enda  with  the 
pres.  part,  of  semena  or  sela. 

Sidle,  vi.,  semena,  sela. 

Sieve,  n.,  munyungu,  2;  kasen- 
gulu,  8. 

Sift,  vt.,  senga,  nyunga. 

Sifter,  n (sieve),  munyungu,  2, 
kascngulu,  8. 

Siftings,  n.,  of  corn,  nseke,  pi.  of 
4;  bikahakaha,  pi.  of  7. 
of  manioc,  mixi,  pi.  of  2. 

Sigh,  vi.,  humuna. 

Sight,  come  into,  vi.,  mueka, 
mueneka. 

Sign,  ;z.(mark),  cimonyinu,  7. 

Silence,  n.,  see  silently. 

keep,  vt.,  lekela  with  mutayo(2) 
or  muaku(2)  or  the  infin.  kua- 
kula;  vi.,  hua. 

Silent,  be,  v.,  talala,  hola,  di 
with  the  advs.  hola  or  talala. 
(not  speak  when  accused),  vi., 

hua. 

(stop  noise),  vt.,  lekela  with 
mutayo(2)  or  muaku(2)  or 
the  infin.  kuakula. 

Silently,  adv.,  hola,  talala. 

Silk,  n.,  of  corn,  munyanvudi,  2. 

Silly,  see  foolish. 

Silver,  nph.,  lukanu(4)  lutoke. 

Similar,  adj.{oi  same  kind).  This 
may  be  expressed  in  several 
ways : 

(1)  By  the  verbs  fuanangana, 
kelemena,  fuana,  dieleka 

(2)  By  the  words  bu  or  buina. 

(3)  By  the  words  muomumue  or 
o-umue. 


Similar  {continued). 

(4)  By  the  ph,  muan’abo  ne. 
make,  vt.,  fuanyikixa,  kele- 
mexa,  elekexa. 

length,  size,  number,  adj.,  mue 
(mo). 

Similarity,  w.,  cifuanyi,  7;  buo- 
bumue,  6, 

Similarly,  adv.,  nunku(nanku, 
nenku). 

Similitude,  n.,  cifuanyi,  7;  buo- 
bumue,  6. 

Simple,  see  foolish. 

Simpleton,  n.,  muhote,  i;  muxi- 
bale,  I. 

Simultaneously,  adv.,  diacimue, 
5;  ciahamue,  7;  ciamumue, 
7;  diakamue,  5.  Note  these 
nouns  used  as  adverbs.  § 95 
{b)  and  Rems. 

Sin,  n.,  bualu(6)  bubi,  muanda(2) 
mubi,  bubi(6).  We  often 
hear  simply  the  pL  of  the  ad- 
jectives mabi  and  mibi. 

V.,  enza  bibi. 

Since,  adv.  and  sub.  conj.{he- 
cause),  see  § 466. 

(long  ago),  adv.,  kale,  banga- 
banga,  diambedi. 

Sinful,  adj.,  bi. 

Sinfulness,  n.,  bubi,  6. 

Sing,  v.,  imba. 

in  harmony,  vt.,  akuxa  me 
hamue. 

Singe,  vi.,  babuka;  vt.,  babula. 

Single,  adj. (one),  mue(mo).  This 
takes  Secondary  Prefixes. 

Sink,  vi.,  dina,  hueka. 

(as  sediment),  vi.,  batama, 
butama. 
vt.,  inyixa,  ina. 

Sinner,  n.,  muntu(i)  mubi, 
muena(i)  malu  mabi. 

Sister,  n.  There  is  no  specific 
word,  use  the  indefinite  rnuan*- 
etu  mukuxi,  etc.  § 138,  Rem. 
5- 

elder,  n.,  mukulu,  i. 
younger,  n.,  muakunyi,  i. 

The  words  mukulu  and  mua 


26o 


SISTER— SLEEPY. 


Sister  {continued). 

kunyi  are  generally  followed 
by  poss.  pro.  enclitic.  § 138, 
Rem.  2. 

Sister-in-law,  n. (sister  of  hus- 
band), mbi-(poss.  pro.)-cina. 
§§  138,  Rem.  3;  42,  Note  2. 
(sister  of  wife),  bukonde,  i. 

(wife  of  brother),  mukuxi(i)  \va 
muan’etu. 

Sit,  vi.,  xikama. 

(as  hen  on  eggs),  ladila. 
on  the  haunches,  zonzama, 
susamana. 

tailor  fashion,  vangala. 

Site,  n.,  of  deserted  village,  dikolo, 
5;  cikulu,  7. 

Situation,  n. (place),  muaba,  2; 
mbadi,  3;  nibadu,  3. 

Six,  card,  num.,  sambombo.  Takes 
Secondary  Prefixes.  In  ab- 
stract counting  use  isamboni- 
bo.  §97. 

Sixth,  ord.  num.,  isambombo. 

Size,  w. (largeness),  bunine,  6. 
(smallness),  bukise,  6;  bubale, 
6;  bunyabunya,  6. 

Skeleton,  n.,  use  pi.  of  words 
meaning  bone. 

Skilful,  a(/).  (clever,  ingenious),  -a 
muhongo(2),  -a  buloxi(6), 
-a  lungenyi(4),  -a  mexi(pl. 
of  5 or  6),  -a  lukanyi(4). 
(crafty),  dimuke(p.p.  of  di- 
mu  ka,  to  be  skilful),  -a  bu- 
dimu(6). 

Skilfulness,  n. (cleverness),  lun- 
genyi,  4;  mexi,  pi.  of  5 or  6; 
lukanyi,  4;  niuhongo,  2; 
buloxi(muloxi),  6. 

(craftiness),  budimu,  6. 

Skill,  «.,  see  skilfulness. 

Skim,  vt.,  engula. 

Skin,  n.,  of  animals,  ciseba,  7. 
of  persons,  dikoba,  5. 

(peel),  n.,  cihusu,  7;  cizubu,  7. 
vt.,  ubula. 

Diseases  of : (an  eruption  on  arms, 
legs  and  buttocks),  luhusu,  4; 
(an  eruption  mostly  on  face. 


Skin  {continued). 

perhaps  venereal),  cindumbi, 
7;  (white  hands),  nkenyu,  pi. 
of  4;  (whitish  spots  on  neck, 
arms  and  chest),  Iubiki(4), 
dioto(5). 

Skull,  n.,  kabalabala(8)  ka 
mutu(2). 

Sky,  n.,  diulu,  5. 

Slack,  adj.,  tekete(p.p.  of  tckcta, 
to  he  slack). 

Slacken,  vt.,  tekexa. 

Slackness,  «.*  butekete,  6. 

Slake,  vt.,  see  quench. 

Slander,  vt.,  songuela,  banda. 
n.,  bunsonge,  6;  mukosa,  2. 

Slanderer,  n.,  muena(i)  with 
bunsonge(6)  or  mukosa(2), 
musonguedi(i). 

Slant,  '^/.(lean  against),  eyeka, 
eyemexa;  vi.,  eyema. 

(not  perpendicular),  vt.,  sen- 
deka,  sendemexa;  vi.,  sen- 
dama. 

Slap,  n.,  dihi,  5;  luhi,  4. 

vt.,  tua  or  kuma  or  tuta  with 
dihi  or  luhi. 

Slate,  n.,  dibue,  5;  ditadi(from 
Lower  Congo),  5. 

-pencil),  n.,  muci(2)  wa  with 
dibue  or  ditadi.  Suggest  also 
mpencila(Eng.). 

Slaughter,  vt.,  xiha. 

Slave,  n.,  muhika,  i.  The  slave 
is  generally  called  muana(i) 
or  muntu(i)  by  his  master. 

Slavery,  n.,  buhika,  6. 

Slay,  vt.,  xiha. 

Sleek,  be,  vi.,  senena,  teketa  ku 
bianza,  di  ne  with  busenu(6) 
or  buselu(6)  or  bufinu(6). 

Sleekness,  n.,  busenu,  6;  buselu, 
6;  buflnu,  6. 

Sleep,  n.,  tulu,  pi.  of  8. 

V.,  lala  tulu. 

(dose),  V.,  bunga  tulu. 

Sleepless,  be,  v.,  lala  citabala(7). 

Sleepy,  adj.  Use  tulu(pl.  of  8) 
as  subj.  of  kuata  with  person 
as  obj. 


SLEEVE— SMELL. 


261 


Sleeve,  n.,  diboko(5)  dia  with 
cikowela(7)  or  cinkutii(7j. 

Sleight  of  hand,  n.,  dijimbu,  5; 
dialu,  5. 

do,  vt.,  enza  dijimbu. 

Slender,  ai;.(tall  and  slim),  -a 
luselesele(4),  -a  insoke- 
seke(4). 

Slenderness,  n.,  luselesele,  4; 
lusekeseke,  4. 

Slice,  «.,•  lubengu,  4. 
vt.,  benga,  handa. 

Slide,  vi.,  hulumuka,  selemuka. 

Slim,  adj.{ta.\\  and  slim),  -a  luse- 
Iesele(4),  -a  lusekeseke(4). 

Slimness,  n.,  luselesele,  4;  liise- 
keseke,  4. 

Slip,  vi.,  selemuka,  hulumuka. 
away  anything  secretly,  vt.,  on- 
golola. 

by  accident,  vi.,  halamuka, 
flnuka. 

w.(an  accident  by  slipping), 
bufinu,  6. 

Slipperiness,  n.,  buselu,  6;  bu- 
finu, 6;  busenu,  6. 

Slippery,  adj.,  -a  buselu(6),  -a 
bufinu(6),  -a  busenu(6). 

Slope,  vi.,  sendama. 

Sloth,  ;l,  bufuba,  6;  bukata,  6. 

Slothful,  adj.,  -a  bufuba(6),  -a 
bukata(6). 

Slovenliness,  ji.,  bukoya,  6;  bu- 
luatafi,  6. 

.Slovenly,  adj.,  -a  bukoya(6),  -a 
buluatafl(6). 

Slow,  be  or  do  slowly,  v.,  enza 
with  the  adverbs  fue  fue  and 
ngonyangonya,  xixamuka. 
(lazy  person),  n.,  mufuba,  i. 

Slowly,  adv.,  fue,  ngonyan- 
gonya. 

be  or  do,  v.,  onguela,  xixamuka. 
(carefully),  adv.,  bitekete,  bi- 
tulu. 

Slowness,  n.,  butekete,  6. 

(laziness),  bufuba,  6;  bukata,  6. 

Slugg.^RD,  n.,  mufuba,  i. 

Sluggishly,  adv.,  fue,  ngonyan- 
gonya. 


Sluggishness,  w.(lazines.s),  bu- 
fuba, 6;  bukata,  6. 

Slumber,  v.  and  «.,  see  sleep. 

Sly,  adj.,  dimuke(p.p.  of  dimuka, 
to  be  sly),  -a  budimu(6). 

Slyly,  move,  vi.,  onguela,  tobela, 
bombelela. 

Slyness,  «. (cunningness),  budimu, 

6. 

Smack,  ^^.(as  lips),  kumanganya 
mukana(2). 

vt.,  tua  or  tuta  or  kuma  with 
dihi(5)  or  luhi(4). 

71.,  dihi,  5;  luhi,  4. 

Small,  adj.,  kise,  bale,  nya-nya. 
This  idea  is  often  expressed  by 
the  dimin.  prefixes  of  class 
VIII.  A small  quantity  is 
generally  expressed  by  the 
dimin.  pi. 
become,  vi.,  keha. 
make,  vt.,  kehexa. 
too,  see  § 90  (b). 

Smallnfs.S,  n.,  bukise,  6;  bubalc 
6;  bunyabunya, 6 

Smallpox,  w.,  mbalanga,  3. 

Smart,  adj.,  -a  lungenyi(4),  -a 
mexi(pl.  of  5 or  6\  -a  lukan- 
yi(4),  -a  ludimi(4)  with  the 
adjs.  luhehele  or  luhuhale. 
V.,  oxa,  hiakana,  susuma. 

Smartness,  n.,  lungenyi,  4;  mexl, 
pi.  of  5 or  6;  lukanyi,  4;  lu- 
dimi(4)  with  the  adjs.  luhe- 
liele  or  luhuhale 

Smash,  vt.,  xiha. 

Smear,  z’/.(as  oil  on  body),  laba. 
(be  smeared  over  with,  as  clothes 
with  mud),  v.,  tahakana. 

Smell,  «.(good  or  bad),  muhuya,  2; 
dihembu,  5;  nsunga,  3; 
muenyi,  2. 

bad,  mukuhu,  2;  lusu,  4;  mu- 
huya mubi;  kahambu,  8. 
emit  a,  good  or  bad,  v.,  nun- 
ka. 

V.,  unva,  ufua. 

(in  order  to  detect  the  odor),  v. 

nunkila. 


262 


SMELT— SOFTLY. 


Smelt,  vt.,  cmba.  This  word 
doubtless  has  reference  only  to 
the  blowing  of  the  bellows. 

Smile,  v.,  tua  mimuemue(pl.  of  2). 
n.,  mumuemue,  2. 

Smite,  i;^.(kill),  xlha. 

(make  a wound),  vt.,  taha. 
(strike),  vt.,  kuma,  tuta,  tua. 

Smith,  n.,  mutudi,  i;  mufudi,  i; 
nsenda,  3. 

Smithy,  n.,  citudilu,  7. 

Smoke,  n.,  muinxi,  2. 

■y.(as  burning  wood),  fulma 
muinxi. 

tobacco,  hemp,  vt.,  nua. 

Smooth,  be,  vi.,  senena,  teketa 
ku  bianza,  di  ne  with  bu- 
senu(6)  or  buselu(6)  or  bu- 
flnu(6). 

out,  as  folds,  vt.,  olola. 
over,  as  a mud  wall,  vt.,  xun- 
guila. 

over,  to  level  down,  vt.,  langa- 
kuxa,  langa;  vi.,  langakana. 
(smoothing  iron),  n.,  mpelu,  3. 

Smoothness,  n.,  busenu,  6;  bu- 
flnu,  6;  buselu,  6. 

Smother,  z'^.(as  clothes  over  the 
head),  jika  cifuidixe(7); 
vi.{he  smothered),  di  ne  ci- 
fuidixe. 

Smuggle,  vt.,  away,  ongolola. 

Snag,  «.(a  stick  or  root  causing  one 
to  trip  up),  cikuku,  7. 

Snail,  n.,  dilandi,  5. 
shell  of,  n.,  nyongo,  3. 

Snake,  n.,  n^oka,  3.  Kinds  of: 
muma,  2;  ntoka,  3;  cianga, 
7;  ditula,  5,  ludiabula,  4. 

Snap,  v.,  the  finger,  tuta  cixon- 
du(7).  Done  to  express  re- 
gret. 

Snare,  n.,  buteyi,  6;  lukinda,  4. 
V.,  teya. 

set  a,  V.,  teya  ndende(3). 

Snarl,  v.,  kanga. 

(as  dog),  V.,  ela  makanda(pl.  of 

5)- 

n.,  dikanda,  5. 

Snatch,  vt.,  bakula. 


Sneak  stealthily,  vi.,  tobela,  on- 
guela,  bombeleia. 

Sneeze,  n.,  nyaci,  3. 

V.,  ela  nyaci,  kacila. 

Snigger,  n.,  kaseku,  8. 

V.,  di  ne  kaseku. 

Snore,  v.,  onona  biono(pl.  of  7). 
n.,  ciono,  7.  PL  generally  used. 

Snout,  n.,  of  pig,  cibondo,  7. 

Snuff,  T;L(as  tobacco),  koka,  huta. 

So,  adv. {in  thit.  way,  thus),  nunku 
(nanku,  nenku). 

(not  so  . . . as),  see  § 90  {e). 
that,  so  as  to,  see  § 461. 
(therefore),  ka,  bu-  insep.  with 
Applied  Form  of  verb. 

(very).  This  is  expressed  in 
several  ways: 

(1)  By  the  post  positive  word  be. 

(2)  By  the  verbs  tamba  and  hita 
followed  by  the  abstract  qual- 
ity of  the  adj. 

(3)  By  elongating  the  last  sylla- 
ble of  the  adj. 

(4)  By  repeating  a syllable  or 
syllables  of  the  adj.;  as,  toke 
to,  kunze  kunzu. 

Soak,  vt.,  bombeka,  tohexa. 

(as  cassava),  vt.,  ina,  zabika. 
(be  wet  or  soaked),  vi.,  bola, 
toha,  bombama,  talala,  hola. 

Soap,  n.,  nsabanga,  3.  From 
Portuguese. 

Soar,  m’.(as  bird),  lembelela. 

Sober,  be,  vph.,  ena  ne  maluvu 
mu  mesu. 

Society,  «. (company),  cisumbu,  7. 

Sock,  n.,  cimenyi,  7. 

Soft,  be,  w’.(as  dough),  hoteta. 
The  p.p.,  hotete,  is  used  as 
simple  adj. 

(as  something  rotten),  vi.,  bu- 
yuka. 

(sleek),  vi.,  teketa  ku  bianza, 
senena,  di  ne  busenu(6). 

Soften,  vt.,  tekexa. 

Softly,  adv.,  bitekete,  hola,  ta- 
lala, bitulu. 

move,  vi.,  onguela,  tobela, 
bombeleia. 


SOFTNESS— SOUND. 


263 


Softness,  n.,  butekete,  6. 
(sleekness),  busenu,  6. 

Soil,  vt.,  fikixa. 

(soiled),  adj.,  bi,  fike(p.p.  of 
flka,  to  he  soiled), 
n.,  bulobo,  6. 

Sojourn,  vi.,  ikala,  lala,  xikama. 

Solace,  vt.,  samba,  bomba,  ka- 
lexa  mucima(2). 

Soldier,  n.,  muena(i)  nvita(3); 
disoladi(from  Portuguese),  5. 

Sole,  n.,  of  foot,  munda  mua 
dikusa(5). 

(one  only),  use  the  compound 
disjunctive  pers.  pro.  nki- 
yinyi,  etc.;  also  ne  with  the 
adj.  ine. 

Solemn,  be,  v.,  bungama,  nyin- 
gala  mucima(2). 

Solicitous,  be,  v.,  nyingala  mu- 
cima(2). 

Solicitude,  n.,  kanyinganyinga, 

8. 

Solid,  be,  w.(firm),  kanana,  kan- 
damana,  xindama,  jama, 
(hard),  adj.,  kale(p.p.  of  kala, 
to  be  solid). 

Solidify,  vi.,  kuatakana. 

Solidness,  n.,  bukale,  6. 

Solitary,  adj.,  use  the  compound 
disjunctive  pers.  pro.  nkiyinyi, 
etc.;  also  ne  with  the  adj.  ine. 

Some,  adj.,  one,  muntu,  i. 

one  else  or  something  else,  adj., 
kuabo,  nga. 

(some  . . . others),  kuabo  . . . 

kuabo,  nga  . . . nga. 

Often  this  word  is  left  unex- 
pressed; as,  lua  ne  mi,  bring 
some  water. 

Somebody,  n.,  muntu,  i. 

Something,  n.,  cintu,  7. 

Somewhere,  ac?'y. (anywhere).  By 
using  the  locatives  inseparably 
with  ntu  and  onso  w^e  have 
kuntu,  muntu,  bantu,  and 
kuonso,  muonso,  honso. 
else,  adv.  By  using  the  locatives 
inseparably  with  kuabo  and 
nga  we  have  kukuabo,  mu- 


Somewhere  {continued). 

kuabo,  hakuabo,  and  kunga, 
munga,  hanga. 

Son,  n.,  muana(i)  mulumi(i). 
real,  muana  mulela. 

Song,  n.,  musambu,  2. 

Soon,  adv.{a.s,  soon  as),  see  § 458  (a) 
(early  in  the  morning),  dinda,* 
lunkelu,  haciacia. 
(immediately),  katataka,  mpin- 
deu,  diodiono. 

Soot,  n.,  mixila,  pi.  of  2;  mifila, 
pi.  of  2. 

Soothe,  (comfort),  samba,  bom- 
ba, kalexa  mucima(2). 
one  crying,  vt.,  kosexa  or  huixa 
with  muadi(2). 

Sorcerer,  n.,  muena(i)  with 
muhongo(2)  or  muloxi(2) 
or  buloxi(6)  or  lubuku(4) 
or  ciala(7),  mutempexi(i), 
mpuka(i)  manga,  muhuki(i) 
\va  manga. 

Sorcery,  n.,  buloxi,  6;  muhongo, 
2;  muloxi,  2. 

Sore,  n.,  mputa,  3. 

Sorrow,  n.,  cixi,  7;  kanyingan- 
yinga, 8. 

for,  to  grieve  for,  vt.,  jinga. 
(pity),  n.,  luse,  4. 

Sorrowful,  see  sad. 

Sorry,  be,  vi.,  di  ne  kanyingan- 
yinga(8),  di  ne  or  ufua  or 
unva  with  cixi(7),  muoyo(2) 
or  mucima  as  subj.  of  nyin- 
gala, cixi  as  subj.  cf  kuata 
and  the  person  as  obj.,  mu- 
cima or  muoyo  as  subj.  of 
sama. 

for,  to  pity,  vt.,  ha  luse(4). 

Sort,  vt.,  tahulula,  sungulula. 
w.(kind),  see  kind. 

Soul,  n.,  mucima,  2;  muoyo,  2. 

Sound,  v.,  an  alarm,  kubola,  ela 
bila(pl.  of  7),  bingila. 
a trumpet,  vt.,  ela. 
low,  whisper,  n.,  dinunganyi,  5. 

PI.  is  generally  used, 
of  crying,  n.,  muadi,  2. 
of  human  voice,  generally  in  case 


264 


SOUND— SPILL, 


Sound  {continued). 

of  quarreling  or  making  a 
noise,  n.,  diyoyo,  5;  mutayo, 
2;  muaku,  2. 

of  musical  instrument,  di(pl. 
me),  5. 

of  wind  or  rain  or  distant  noise, 
w.,  ciono,  7. 

(report  of  gun),  w.,  mukuma,  2. 
the  depth  of  water,  v.,  saunde 
(Eng.). 

Sour,  n.,  nsupu(Eng.),  3. 

(gravy),  musoxi,  2;  mukele- 
kele,  2. 

Sour,  be,  vi.,  di  ne  buanji(6), 
sasa,  aya. 

Source,  n. (cause),  bualu,  6;  mu- 
anda,  2. 

of  stream,  mutu,  2;  mpokolo,  3. 

Sourness,  w.,  buanji,  6. 

South,  n.,  sauta(Eng.),  3. 

Souvenir,  n.,  cimonyinu,  7. 

Sow,  z;/.(as  millet),  miamina. 
(plant,  as  corn),  vt.,  kuna, 
w.,  mukuxi’a  ngulube(3). 

Sower,  w.,  mumiaminyi,  i;  mu- 
kunyi,  i. 

Space,  w.(place),  muaba,  2;  mba- 
di,  3;  mbadu,  3. 

Spade,  «.,  lukusu,  4. 

Spank,  vt.,  tua  or  tuta  or  kuma 
with  dihi(5)  or  luhi(4). 

Spark,  n.,  lusase,  4;  lutolokela, 
4- 

Sparkle,  m.(glisten),  engelela, 
balakana. 

Spasm,  n.,  cis^ke,  7;  tungulungu, 
pi.  of  8;  nkoyi(used  only  of 
children),  3, 

be  unconscious  from,  vi.,  fua  with 
any  of  the  above  words, 
to  have,  v.,  haluka  with  any  of 
the  above  words. 

Speak,  v.,  akula,  amba,  taya 
(Buk.). 

against,  vt.,  songuela. 
badly,  v.,  akula  with  cidimi(7) 
or  cilafl(7). 

(converse  together),  v.,  somba. 
louder,  vt.,  bandixa  or  kalexa 


Speak  {continued). 

or  ambulula  or  ambuluxa 
with  di(5). 

rapidly,  v.,  labakana,  di  ne 
kalubilubi(8). 

roughly  • or  loudly,  v.,  buluka 
di(5). 

softly,  to  whisper,  vi.,  nungana. 
to,  vt.,  ambila. 

Spear,  n.,  difuma,  5;  kabendi,  8. 
vt.,  asa. 

Species,  see  kind. 

Specimen,  n.,  cimonyinu,  7;  cile- 
xilu,  7;  cidikixilu,  7. 

Speck,  n.,  ditoba,  5;  dibaxi,  5. 

Speckled,  be,  vi.,  di  ne  with  the 
pi.  of  ditoba(5)  or  dibaxi 
(5)- 

Spectacles,  n.,  muenu(2)  is  sug- 
gested. 

Spectre,  w.(spirit),  mukixi,  2. 

Speech,^. (language,  dialect),  mua- 
ku, 2;  ciakuilu,  7;  mua- 
kuilu,  2. 

(word),  di,  5.  PI.  is  me. 

Speechless,  be,  vi.,  when  ac- 
cused, hua. 

Spell,  v.,  sobela(Eng.). 

Spend,  vt.,  carelessly,  nyanga,  tan- 
gadixa,  tangaluxa,  muanga- 
luxa,  dia  cinana,  ona. 

(be  spent  or  exhausted),  vi., 
nyanguka,  tangadika,  hua, 
xika,  tangaluka,  muanga- 
luka,  onoka. 

Spendthrift,  n.,  mutangaluxi(i) 
or  mutangadixi(i)  or  mun- 
yangi(i)  follow’ed  by  -a  bin- 
tu. 

Spew,  v.,  luka. 

Sphere,  n.,  cibulunge,  7;  dibu- 
lunge,  5.  Cf.  V.  bulunga. 

Spherical,  adj.,  -a  cibulunge(7), 
-a  dibulunge(5). 
be,  v:.,  Lulunga. 

Spider,  n.,  ntande,  3. 

web  of,  n.,  buntate,  6;  buta- 
tande,  6;  bukuondo,  6. 

Spill,  vt.,  iciklxa;  vi.,  icikila, 
humuka. 


SPIN— STAKE. 


265 


Spin,  vt.{as  spider),  luka. 

around,  vt.^  cingulula;  vi.,  cin- 
guluka. 

Spine,  w.,  of  body,  muongo,  2. 

Spirit,  «.(Holy  Spirit),  nyuna,  3. 
From  Greek. 

(life,  soul),  muoyo,  2;  mucima, 

2. 

of  the  dead,  mukixi,  2;  muxan- 
gi(Buk.),  2. 

Spit,  v.,  tuila  or  ela  with  lute. 
For  lute  see  § 51. 

Spite,  w.,  lukuna,  4. 

Spittle,  n.,  lute,  4.  PI.  is  mate 
of  class  V.  § 51. 

Splinter,  «.,  kaci(dimin.  of  muci), 

8. 

Split,  vL,  handa;  vi.,  handika, 
tayika. 

(burst),  vt.,  handixa,  tayixa. 

Spoil,  vL(as  a child),  ibidixa  or 
munyixa  or  iyixa  with  bua- 
lu(6)  bubi. 

(become  worthless),  vi.,  onoka, 
nyanguka;  vt.,  ona,  nyanga. 
(pillage),  vt.,  haula. 

(rot),  vi.,  bola;  vt.,holexa. 

Spool,  n.,  cinu,  7. 

Spoon,  n.^  nkutu,  3. 

Sport,  v.,  make  of,  scka. 

(play),  V.,  saba,  naya. 

Spot,  n.,  ditoba,  5;  dibaxi,  5. 

Spotless,  be,  v.,  ena  ne  with  pi. 
of  ditoba(5)  or  dibaxi(5). 
(white),  adj.,  toke(p.p.  of  toka, 
to  be  spotless). 

Spotted,  be,  v.,  di  ne  with  pi.  of 
ditoba(5)  or  dibaxi(5). 

Spout,  «.,  of  teapot,  etc.,  muxuku, 

2. 

Spread,  z^.(as  contagious  disease), 
tampakana,  sambulukila, 
ambulukila. 

(as  news),  vi.,  endakana;  vt., 
endexa. 

(as  wings),  vt.,  olola. 
on,  as  butter,  oil,  etc.,  vt.,  laba. 
out,  to  expand,  vi.,  tuntumuka, 
tantamika;  vt.,  tuntumuxa, 
tantamixa. 


Spread  {cotUinued). 

out,  to  open  out,  vt.,  vungulula; 

vi.,  vunguluka. 
over,  to  cover,  vt.,  buikila. 

Spring,  v.,  a leak,  tubuka  with 
dikela(5)  or  disoso(5)  or 
mutanta(2). 

(fountain),  n.,  mpokolo,  3. 
of  trap,  n.,  ndende,  3. 

Sprinkle,  v.,  miamina,  sanxila. 

Sprout,  «.,  lutonga,  4;  musele,  2. 
vi.,  mena,  sampila,  toloka, 
tempela. 

Spur,  n.,  of  cock,  lukela,  4. 

Spurn,  vt.,  hidia,  benga. 

Spy,  V.,  tentekela. 

n.,  muena(i)  lusoko(4),  mu- 
tentekedi(i). 

Spying,  n.,  lusoko,  4. 

Squall,  vi.(as  child),  liandalala, 
tayika. 

«. (strong  wind),  cihuhu,  7. 

Squander,  vt.,  nyanga,  tanga- 
dixa,  tangaluxa,  muanga- 
luxa,  ona,  dia  cinana. 

Squat,  vi.,  on  haunches,  zonzama, 
susamana. 

Squeal,  w.(as  pig),  dila. 

Squeeze,  vt.,  in  hands,  kaina. 
in  order  to  hurt,  vt.,  flekela. 
together,  down,  vt.,  bambila, 
nyemenena,  xindika,  ka- 
mata. 

Squirm,  vi.,  nyenga,  jeka. 

(wriggle),  vi.,  sala,  salakana, 
jongoloka,  lundamana. 

Stab,  vt.,  tua,  taha. 

Stability,  n.,  bukale,  6. 

St.YBLE,  be,  vi.,  kanana,  kanda- 
mana,  kala. 

Staff,  n.,  cibangu,  7. 

walk  with,  vi.,  xindamina,  en- 
dela  ku  cibangu. 

Stagger,  vi.,  lenduka,  tenka- 
kana,  nyungakana,  takan- 
kana. 

Stairs,  n.,  cibandilu,  7. 

Stake,  n.,  muci,  2. 

(pointed  and  fastened  in  a pit 
trap),  disongo,  5. 


266 


STALK— STERN. 


Stalk,  of  banana  or  plantain, 
c^kuondekuonde,  7. 
of  corn,  cikolakola,  7;  lubala- 
bala,  4;  musengeleke,  i. 

Stammer,  vi.,  kukumina. 

Stammerer,  w.,  muena(i)  with 
cikukumina(7)  or  dikuku- 
mina(5). 

Stammering,  n.,  cikukumina,  7; 
dikukumina,  5. 

Stamp,  v.,  heavily  with  foot,  tua 
museba(2)  banxi. 

Stamping,  «.(a  kick),  museba, 
2. 

Stand,  vi.,  imuna;  vt.,  imtinyika. 
close  together,  vi.,  imunangana. 
erect,  vi.,  jalama. 
in  line,  vi.,  imuna  mu  mulon- 
go(2). 

steady  or  firm,  vi.,  kala,  jama, 
kanana,  kandamana,  xin- 
dama. 

up,  to  rise  up,  vi.,  juka,  bika. 

Star,  n.,  mutoto,  2. 

Starch,  n.,  sitaci(Eng.). 

Stare,  v.,  at,  tangila  or  xoxa  or 
mona  with  adv.  talala. 

Start,  i;.(begin  over),  tuadixa, 
angacila  kabidi,  banga,  ban- 
gila. 

(from  fright),  vi.,  tabuluka. 
out,  to  depart,  vi.,  umuka,  ya, 
bika. 

Startle,  vt.,  tabuluxa;  ‘p/.(be 
startled),  tabuluka. 

Starvation,  w. (famine),  dole,  7; 
lukota,  4. 

(hunger),  nsala,  pi.  of  3. 

Starved,  be,  vi.,  fua  nsala(3), 
ns^la  as  subj.  of  xiha  and  the 
pers.  as  obj. 

•State,  n.,  see  country. 

(condition),  suggest  infin.  kui- 
kala. 

(Congo  Free  State  government 
and  officers),  Bula  Matadi. 
From  Lower  Congo. 

(declare),  v.,  amba. 
to,  vt.,  ambila. 

Statement,  n.,  di(pl.  me),  5. 


Stay,  vi.,  behind,  to  remain,  xala. 
(reside),  vi.,  ikala,  xikama,  lala. 
(stop),  vt.,  kosexa,  humbixa. 

Stead,  n.  Such  expressions  as  in 
one's  stead  are  generally  ex- 
pressed by  the  Applied  Form 
of  the  verb. 

Steadfast,  adj.,  kale(p.p.  of  kala). 
be,  vi.,  kala,  kanana,  kanda- 
mana, xlndama,  jama. 

Steadfastly,  behold,  v.,  use  adv. 
talala  with  any  verb  meaning 
to  behold. 

Steady,  adj.,  kale(p.p.  of  kala). 
be,  vi.,  kala,  kanana,  kanda- 
mana, xindama,  jama, 
make,  vt.,  kalexa,  jamixa,  ka- 
nuxa,  kandamixa. 

Steal,  vt.,  iba. 

Stealthily,  move,  vi.,  onguela, 
tobela,  bombelela. 

Steam,  71.,  luiya(4)  or  ciyuya  with 
-a  mi. 

Steamboat,  n.,  see  steamer. 

Steamer,  n.,  dikumbi(5)  dia  mi, 
maxua(pl.  of  5 or  6).  Di- 
kumbi  and  maxua  are  im- 
ported words. 

Stem,  n.,  of  banana  or  plantain, 
cikuondekuonde,  7. 
of  pipe,  muxiba,  2. 

(stalk  of  corn),  cikolakola,  7; 
lubalabala,4;  musengeleke,2. 

Stench,  n.,  muhuya(2)  mubi,  ka- 
hambu(8),  mukuhu(2),  lusu 
(4). 

emit  a,  vi.,  nunka  followed  by 
any  of  the  above  words. 

Step,  v.,  down,  tuluka,  ika. 
on,  V.,  diata  mu  dikusa(5). 
(stairs),  cibandilu,  7. 
take  a,  v.,  diata. 
over,  V.,  sambuka. 

Sterile  person  or  animal,  n., 
nkumba,  3.  Refers  only  to 
female. 

Stern,  n.,  pitaku,  7;  ku  nyima(3) 
and  the  locative  words  ku- 
manda,kuntaku.  §423(2)(Z>)’ 
adj.,  -a  mucima(2)  mukale. 


STEW— STOVE. 


267 


Stew,  v.,  tumpa,  sabula. 

Stick,  n.,  muci,  2. 

for  leading  a dog,  n.,  luobo,  4. 
in,  vt.,  asa,  tua,  ximika. 

(in  animal  pit),  n.,  disongo,  5. 
in,  as  mud,  vi.,  kandamana, 
jama,  kanana;  vt.,  kanda- 
mixa,  jamixa,  kanuxa. 
out,  vi.,  hatuka,  tuka. 
through,  as  needle  through 
cloth,  vi.,  sompoka;  vt.,  soni- 
pola. 

through,  to  punch  hole  through, 
vt.,  tubula. 

to,  to  adhere,  vi.,  lamata,  kua- 
takana;  vt.,  lamika,  lama- 
cixa,  kuatakuxa,  kuata- 
kanya. 

together,  •yf.,lamatangana,  kua- 
takana,  lamakana. 
walking-,  n.,  cibangu,  7. 

Stiff,  be,  •y/. (inflexible),  tanta- 
mana,  tandabala,  kayabala. 

Stifle,  vt.,  jika  cifuidixe(7). 

(be  stifled),  v.,  di  ne  cifui- 
dixe(7). 

Still,  be,  vi.,  hola,  talala,  di  with 
hola  or  talala. 

make  to  be,  to  quiet,  vt.,  taluxa, 
holexa,  kosexa  or  xikixa 
followed  by  diyoyo(5)  or  mu- 
tayo(2)  or  muaku(2). 

(stop  noise),  v.,  lekela  with  di- 
yoyo or  mutayo  or  muaku  or 
the  infin.  kuakiila. 

Still-born  child,  kana(8)  ka- 
bixe. 

Stimulate,  ^^/.(strengthen),  ka- 
lexa. 

Sting,  vt.,  suma. 

Stinginess,  n.,  citu,  7;  buiminyi, 
6;  cilema,  7;  cianza(7)  ci- 
kale. 

Stingy,  adj.,  -a  citu(7),  -a  bui- 
minyi(6),  -a  cilema(7),  -a 
cianza(7)  cikale. 
toward,  vt.,  imina,  hala. 

Stink,  n.,  muhuya(2)  mubi,  mu- 
kuhu(2),  lusu(4),  kaham- 
bu(8). 


Stink  {continued). 

V.,  nunka  followed  by  any  of  the 
above  words. 

Stir,  vt.{diS  mud  in  water),  vuan- 
dulula,  buandulula,  buanda- 
kuxa,  soha. 
fire,  vt.,  sonsola. 
pot,  vt.,  vundula. 
together,  to  mix,  vt.,  sangixa, 
sangakuxa,  sangakanya, 
sambakanya,  sambakuxa, 
tutakuxa,  tutakanya,  sala, 
salakanya,  saxa. 

Stockade,  see  enclosure. 

Stocking,  n.,  cimenyi,  7. 

Stocks,  n.,  muomba,  2;  cikunyi, 
7* 

Stomach,  n.,  difu,  5;  the  locative 
word  miinda. 

Stone,  n.,  dibue,  5. 

for  grinding  corn,  millet,  etc.,  n., 
mpelu,  3.  This  is  held  in  the 
hand. 

hail-,  n.,  dibue  dia  nvula(3). 

Stool,  n.,  nkuasa,  3. 
go  to,  V.,  nyina. 

Stoop,  vi.,  inuma. 

(squat),  vi.,  zonzama,  susa- 
mana. 

Stop,  (abstain  from,  to  cease), 
lekela. 

(come  to  end,  as  path),  vi.,  xikila. 
one  from  doing,  vt.,  kosexa, 
humbixa,  lekexa. 

(stay),  vi.,  ik^la,  xikama,  la- 
la. 

(wait),  to  stand,  vi.,  imuna. 

Stopper,  n.,  cixibiku,  7;  cibuiku, 
7;  cibuikilu,  7. 

Store,  n.,  -room,  ncito(Eng.),  3; 
nsubu(3)  wa  bintu. 
away,  vt.,  teka,  lamina. 

Storm,  n.,  cihuhu,  7. 

Story,  «. (fable),  muanu,  2;  lusu- 
muinu,  4;  luximinyinyu,  4. 
tell  a,  V.,  ela. 

Stout,  adj.,  nine. 

grow,  vi.,  diunda,  lunda. 

Stoutness,  n.,  bunine,  6. 

Stove,  n.,  uvum(Eng.),  3. 


268 


STRAIGHT— STUMBLE. 


Straight,  be,  vi.,  lulama,  ololo- 
ka;  vt.,  olola(ololola),  ludi- 
kila,  lulamixa,  ludika. 
stand  up,  make  perpendicular, 
V/.,  jadika;  vi.,  Jalama. 

Straighten,  vt.^  lulamixa,  lu- 
dika. 

(bend  straight,  as  wire),  vt.^ 
olola(ololola). 

(put  in  line),  vt.,  ludika. 

(stand  up  straight,  make  per- 
pendicular), vt.,  jadika. 

Strain,  ■y/.(as  in  travail),  tanta- 
mana. 

Strange,  ad;,  (foreign,  one  from 
a distance),  -a  kule. 

(new),  hia-hia. 

(wonderful),  -a  kukema. 

Stranger,  «.( visitor),  muenyi,  i. 

Strangle,  -yL  (throttle),  flekela 
nxingu(3). 

(be  strangled,  have  something  in 
the  throat),  v.,  kuata  with  ha 
muminu(2)  or  ha  diniinu(5). 

Strap,  n.,  mukuba,  2. 

Straw,  use  any  of  the  words  for 
GRASS,  according  to  sense. 

Stray,  v.,  about,  endakana. 

(get  lost),  vi.,  hanibuka. 

Stream,  n.,  musuiu,  2. 

down-,  the  locative  word  ku- 
nianda.  § 423  (2)  (6). 
up-,  the  ph.  ku  niutu(2). 

Street,  n.,  nxila,  3. 

Strength,  bukale,  6;  dikan- 
da(pl.  generally  used),  5; 
ngulu(ngudu),  pi.  of  3 or  4. 

Strengthen,  vt.,  kalexa. 

(make  steady),  vt.,  kanuxa. 

Stretch,  vt.,  koka,  kalexa,  huta, 
hulumuna. 

one’s  self,  v.,  dinana,  diolola. 
out,  as  hand,  vt.,  olola;  vi., 
ololoka. 

out,  to  unfold,  vt.,  vungulula. 

Strew,  vt.,  tangaluxa,  tanga- 
dixa,  muanga,  muangaluxa. 

Strike,  vt.,  kuma,  tuta. 

against,  as  foot  in  walking,  vt., 
kuma  dikusa(5). 


Strike  {continued). 
so  as  to  cut,  vt.,  taha. 
with  fist,  vt.,  kuma  or  tua  or 
tuta  with  cisusu(7)  or  disun- 
du(s). 

with  knuckles,  vt.,  tua  lukon- 
.yi(4)- 

with  open  hand,  vt.,  kuma  with 
luhi(4)  or  dihi(5). 
n.,  mukumu,  2;  mututu,  2. 

String,  n.,  mouxi(creeper),  2; 
muxinga,  2. 

Strip,  w.(band,  bordering),  luhola, 

4- 

of  cloth,  n.,  mulenga,  2;  ci- 
tambala,  7. 

off,  as  bark,  vt.,  ubula. 

off,  as  clothes,  vt.,  kuhola,  vula. 

Stripe,  n.,  muhola,  2. 

Striped,  be,  vi.,  di  mihola(pl.  of 
muhola). 

Strive,  v.,  and  fail,  hanga. 

by  measuring  or  lifting,  vt., 
idikixa,  elekexa,  labila,  teta. 

Stroll,  vi.,  endakana. 

.Strong,  adj.,  kale(p.p.  of  kala, 
to  he  strong),  di  ne  with 
bukale(6)  or  ngulu(pl.  of  3). 
(be  steady),  vi.,  kanana,  kanda- 
mana,  xindama,  jama. 

Strongly,  adv.,  bikale. 

Strut,  ^.(to  show  off),  dilexa. 

Stubborn,  adj.,  -a  cicu(7),  -a 
cixiku(7),  -a  buhidia(6),  -a 
cibengu(7). 

Stubbornness,  n.,  cicu,  7;  cixiku, 
7;  buhidia,  6;  cibengu,  7. 

Student,  n.,  muiyidi,  i;  mue- 
na(i)  mikanda(pl.  of  2). 

Study,  z'.(learn),  iya,  iyila. 

Stuff,  vt..  Any  a. 

w.(goods),  biuma(sing.  ciuma), 
7;  bintu(sing.  cintu),  7; 
luhetu(4). 

(rubbish),  n.,  bilu(sing.  cilu),  7; 
bisonso(sing.  cisonso),  7. 

Stuffiness,  w.,  cifuidixe,  7. 

Stumble,  ^.(strike  foot  against), 
kuma  dikusa(5). 


STUMP— SUFFERING. 


269 


Stump,  w,,  cihidikidi,  7. 

V.,  the  foot,  kuma  dikusa(5). 

Stunned,  be,  vi.,  fua  with  cifui- 
dixe(7)  or  cihuka(7). 

Stunt,  vt.y  humbakuxa. 

(be  stunted),  vi.,  xunguka, 
xauka;  also  the  adj.  forms  -a 
njeku(3),  -a  cihindi(7),  -a 
cituha(7). 

Stupefy,  vt.{as  drink),  maluvu  as 
subj.  of  kuata  with  the  person 
as  obj.  Sometimes  the  verb 
xiha  is  used. 

(as  medicine),  vt.,  leula. 

(be  stupefied,  stunned),  vi.,  fua 
with  cihuka(7)  or  cifui- 
dixe(7). 

(be  stupefied,  as  from  drink), 
vi.,  kuacika  maluvu. 

Stupid,  see  foolish. 

Stupidity,  see  folly. 

Stutter,  vi.,  kukumina. 

Stutterer,  n.,  muena(i)  with 
cikukumina(7)  or  dikuku- 
mina(5). 

Stuttering,  n.,  cikukumina,  7; 
dikukumina,  5. 

Sty,  w.(pen),  cikumbi,  7. 

Style,  w.(custom),  cilele,  7;  cien- 
zedi,  7;  cibilu,  7. 

See  KIND. 

Subdue,  vt.,  hita  or  tamba  with 
bukale(6)  or  ngulu(pl.  of  3), 
cimuna. 

Subject,  (conquer),  tamba  or 
hita  with  bukale(6)  or 
ngulu(pl.  of  3),  cimuna. 
(matter),  n.,  bualu,  6;  muanda, 

2. 

of  a chief,  «.,  muana,  i;  mu- 
hika,  I. 

Subjection,  «.(slaver}0,  buhika,  6. 
bring  into,  see  subjugate. 

Subjugate,  vt.,  hita  or  tamba  with 
bukale(6)  or  ngulu(pl.  of  3), 
tekexa. 

Submit,  vi.{he  subjugated),  te- 
keta. 

Subside,  vi.,  uma,  kama,  hue- 
kela. 


Subsist,  v.(be,  live),  ikdla. 
on,  to  eat,  vt.,  dia. 

Substance,  w.(goods),  biuma(sing. 
ciuma),  7;  bintu(sing.  cintu), 
7;  luhetu,  4, 

Substitute,  z^/.(exchange  one  for 
another),  xintakuxa,  xinta, 
xintakana,  xintakanya. 
Sometimes  the  idea  may  be  ex- 
pressed by  the  Applied  Form 
of  the  verb. 

Subtle,  adj.,  dimuke(p.p.  of 
dimuka,  to  be  subtle),  -a 
budimu(6). 

Subtlety,  n.,  budimu,  6. 

Subtract,  z;/.(take  away),  umuxa, 
fula. 

Succeed,  v.,  to  chiefship,  dia 
bukelenge(6). 

Succor,  vt.{io  help),  use  enzexa 
or  Causative  Form  of  any  verb, 
(to  save),  vt.,  sungila,  ban- 
dixa,  sungidlla. 
n.,  luhandu,  4. 

Succumb,  vi.,  teketa,  hanga. 

Such,  adj.  Use  the  proper  de- 
monstrative adj.;  as,  clena 
musue  cilulu  eci,  / do  not 
want  such  cloth,  i.e.,  this  cloth. 
(in  such  a way),  adv.,  nunku 
(nanku,  nenku). 

(like,  such  as),  the  indeclinable 
words  bu  and  buina. 

Suck,  v.(as  child  or  young  of 
animals),  amua. 

(as  pipe,  etc.),  vt.,  huta,  koka. 
give  to,  vt.,  amuixa. 

Suckle,  vt.,  amuixa. 

Suddenly,  adv.,  lukusa,  lubilu. 

Suffer,  m.(be  punished),  kenga. 
(be  sick),  vi.,  sama,  bela. 
cause  to,  vt.,  kengexa. 

See  permit. 

Suffering,  «. (mental),  kanyin- 
ganyinga,  8. 

(punishment),  n.,  dikengexa, 
5- 

(sickness),  n.,  disama,  5;  bu- 
bedi,  6;  dibedi,  5. 


2/0 


SUFFICE— SWEAR. 


Suffice,  vi.,  fuanangana,  akan- 
angana,  dieleka,  vula,  kuni- 
bana,  di  -a  bungi(6),  xika. 

Sufficient,  be,  see  suffice. 

Suffocate,  vt.,  jika  cifuidixe(7). 
(be  suffocated),  vi.,  fua  or  di  ne 
with  cifuidixe. 

Suffocation,  n.,  cifuidixe,  7. 

Sugar,  nsugidi(pl.  generally 
used),  3.  From  Portuguese, 
-cane,  miienge,  2;  cilengelele,  7. 

Suicide,  commit,  v.,  dixlha. 
by  hanging,  v.,  diowa. 

Suit,  vi.,  akana,  akanangana, 
dieleka,  fuanangana,  kele- 
mena;  vt.,  akuxangana,  ele- 
kexa,  fuanyikixa,  kelemexa. 

Suitable,  BE,  “y/.,  akana,  akanan- 
gana, dieleka,  fuanangana, 
kelemena. 

(proper,  good),  adv.,  impe, 
akane,  lengele. 

Sulk,  vi.,  sunuka,  bungania. 

Sulky,  be,  vi.,  sunuka,  bungama. 

Sullen,  be,  vi.,  sunuka,  bun- 
gama. 

Summer,  nph.,  cidimu(7)  cia 
munya(2). 

Since  the  rainy  season  is  also  the 
warm  season  we  may  say 
nvula(3)  or  mayowa(pl.  of 
5 or  6). 

Summersault,  turn  a,  vi.,  hiluka. 

Summit,  n.,  mutu,  2. 

Summon,  vt.,  bikila. 

Sun,  n.,  diba,  5.  PI.  is  meba. 
-rise,  n.,  dinda,  5;  lunkelu,  4. 
-set,  vph.,  diba(5)  dikadi  di- 
buela. 

-shine,  n.,  munya,  2. 

Sunday,  n.,  Lumingu(Lubingu), 
4.  From  Portuguese. 

Sunrise,  «. (about),  dinda,  5; 
lunkelu,  4. 

Sunset,  vph.,  diba(5)  dikadi  di- 
buela. 

Sunshine,  n.,  munya,  2. 

Sup,  v.(to  drink),  nua. 

Superintend,  vt.,  tangila,  mona, 
xoxa,  l^ma. 


Superior,  be,  •y.(better),  tamba  or 
hita  with  buimpe(6). 

Supper,  nph.,  bidia  bia  with  bu- 
tuku(6)  or  dilolo(5). 

Lord’s,  bidia  bia  Xzambi. 

Supple,  be,  vi.,  xoboka,  nyenga- 
bala,  di  ne  muxobo(mujobo). 

Suppleness,  n.,  muxobo(mujobo), 
2. 

Supplicate,  z;/. (implore),  sengela, 
sengelela. 

(pray  to  God),  vt.,  tendelela. 

Support,  n-/. (strengthen),  kalexa. 

Suppose,  z;. (imagine),  amba. 

Surely,  adv.,  bulilela,  buxua, 
buikuxa,  bualabuala,  buina- 
buina.  These  words  are  really 
nouns. 

Surety,  n.,  cieya,  7. 
leave  as,  vt.,  eyeka. 

Surfeited,  be,  v.,  ukuta. 

Surpass,  vt.,  tamba,  hita. 

Surprise,  vt.,  kemexa. 

exclaim  in,  vi.,  kema,  tua  ei- 
kema(7). 

(startle),  vt.,  tabuluxa. 

Surrender,  vi.,  hanga,  teketa. 

Surround,  vt.,  nyungulula,  cim- 
bakana,  nyengela. 

(wTap  around),  vt.,  jinga,  jin- 
gila,  vunga,  vungila. 

Suspend,  z'f.(hang  down),  lembe- 
lela. 

Suspenders,  n.,  mikuba(pl.  of  2) 
ya  mihanu(pl.  of  2). 

Swallow,  v.,  mina. 
w.(a  bird),  kandindi,  8. 

Swamp,  see  marsh. 

Swarm,  n.,  cisumbu,  7. 

Sw'AY,  z^/.(as  cloth  swinging  in  the 
wind),  lembelela,  hehuka, 
dikuha. 

Swear,  z;.(take  an  oath),  ciha. 
The  reflexive,  diciha,  is  gener- 
ally used.  From  the  Congo 
State  officials  is  also  derived 
the  expression  (uma  munu(2) 
mulu,  put  the  pinger  up. 
at,  vt.,  henda,  tuka. 

(take  God’s  name  in  vain),  v. 


SWEAR— TAKE. 


271 


Swear  {continued). 

tela  dina(5)  dia  Nzambi. 
Malicious  swearing  is  un- 
known. 

Sweat,  w.,  luanga,  4;  cisululu, 
7- 

V.,  hatuka  or  tuka  with  luanga 
or  cisululu  as  subj. 

Sweat-bee,  n.,  kambuinkidi,  8. 

Sweep,  vt.,  komba. 

Sweet,  adj.,  -a  dimeme(5),  -a 
nse(pl.  of  3 or  4). 

(be  pleasant  to  the  taste),  vi., 
xemakana. 

potato,  n.,  cilunga,  7;  cinsenga, 
7- 

Sweetness,  n.,  dimeme,  5;  nse, 
pi.  of  3 or  4. 

Swell,  w.(expand),  tuntumuka, 
tantamika,  ula;  vt.,  tuntu- 
niuxa,  tantamixa,  uxa. 
(decrease  of  swelling),  vi.,  fuba, 
huhala. 

Swelling,  disungu,  5. 

Swiftly,  adv.,  lubilu,  lukusa. 

Swiftness,  n.,  lubilu,  4;  lukusa, 
4;  kalubilubi,  8. 

Swim,  v.{as  fish),  enda  mu  mi. 

(as  person),  v.,  ombela,  owe- 
la. 

Swine,  n.,  ngulube,  3. 

Swing,  i’f.(sway  as  in  wind),  lem- 
belela,  dikuha,  hehuka. 

Switch,  n.,  muxoxo,  2;  munyasu, 
2;  mulangala,  2;  kanyanzu, 
8. 

vt.,  kuma,  tuta. 

Swollen,  be,  vi.{a.5  some  part  of 
body),  ula. 

Swoon,  vi.,  fua  followed  by  ci- 
seke(7)  or  tungulungu(pl.  of 
8)  or  cifuidixe(7). 

Sword,  nph.,  muele(2)  wa  nvl- 
ta(3). 

Syllable,  n.,  disilabel(Eng.),  5. 

Symbol,  n.,  cimonyinu,  7. 

Sympathize,  v.,  with,  ha  luse(4). 

Sympathy,  «.,  luse,  4. 


T. 

Table,  n.,  mesa(from  Portuguese). 
Regarded  as  pi.  of  5. 
clear  the,  vt.,  umuxa  bintu  ha 
mesa. 

leg  of,  n.,  dikunxi,  5. 
set  the,  vt.,  longolola  bintu  ha 
mesa,  sala(Lower  Congo). 

Taboo,  vt.,  jidika,  jila. 

(one  not  eating  with  others),  n., 
muena(i)  mbala(3). 

(tabooed  things),  n.,  cijila,  7. 

Tack,  w. (brass  chair  nail),  lufuma, 
4- 

Tail,  «.,  of  animal  or  reptile, 
mukila,  2. 

of  bird,  fowl,  etc.,  mulundu,  2. 
of  fish,  cihehe,  7. 

Taint,  vt.,  bolexa;  2//.(be  tainted), 
bola. 

Take,  v.,  aim,  dingila,  l&ma, 
ludikila,  idikixa,  elekexa. 
a seat,  vi.,  xikama. 
away,  vt.,  umuxa. 
back,  vt.,  alukixa,  andamuxa, 
tueixa,  hingixa,  hinguxa. 
by,  vt.,  kuata  ku. 
care  of,  to  look  after,  vt.,  lama, 
(carry),  vt.,  tuala. 
down,  vt.,  tulula,  tula, 
from  by  force,  vt.,  nyenga. 
heed,  to  be  W'arned,  vi.,  dimuka. 
heed,  to  listen,  v.,  unva,  ufua. 
hold  of,  vt.,  kuata. 
in,  into,  vt.,  buexa. 
oath,  V.,  ciha. 
off,  vt.,  umuxa. 

off,  as  anything  sticking,  vt., 
lamuna. 

off,  as  clothes,  vt.,  vula,  kohola. 
off  from,  vt.,  tentulula. 
out,  vt.,  umuxa,  hatula,  luhula. 
out,  as  jigger,  vt.,  tubula,  lu- 
hula. 

. photograph,  vt.,  kuata  mu  mu- 
kanda(2). 

pity,  vt.,  ha  luse(4). 
to,  vph.,  ya  ne  kudi  (Locative 
Prefixed,  § 321). 


272 


TAKE— TEAR. 


Take  {cojitinued). 

to  pieces,  vt.,  tulakanya. 
up,  vt.,  angata,  menia,  ambula, 
boya. 

up  by  roots,  vt.,  jula,  xomuna. 
up  something  found,  vt.,  angula. 

Tale,  w.,  muanu,  2;  lusumuinu, 
4;  luximinyinyu,  4. 
tell  a,  vt.,  ela. 

Talk,  v.,  akula. 
about,  V.,  amba. 
against  behind  one’s  back,  vt., 
songucla. 

angrily,  v.,  tanda,  tandangana. 
a trade,  vt.,  tua  niuxinga(2). 
behind  one’s  back,  vt.,  tela, 
briefly,  v.,  kosexa  lubilu. 
in  one’s  sleep,  v.,  latakana. 
long  time,  v.,  lunguluka. 
louder,  vt.,  bandixa  or  kalexa 
or  ambuluxa  or  ambulula 
with  di(5). 

loudly  or  roughly,  v.,  buluka 
di(5). 

lowly,  to  whisper,  vi.,  nungana. 
rapidly,  vi.,  labakana,  di  ne 
kalubilubi(8). 
to,  vt.,  ambila. 

together,  to  converse,  vi.,  somba. 

Talkative,  adj.,  -a  lutiiyitayi,  4. 

Talkativeness,  lutayitayi,  4. 

Talking,  n.,  muaku,  2;  mutayo,  2, 

Tall,  adj.,  le. 
become,  vi.,  leha. 

(slender),  adj.,  -a  luselesele(4), 
-a  lusekeseke(4). 

Tallness,  n.,  bule,  6. 

(tallness  and  thinness),  lusele- 
sele,  4;  lusekeseke(4). 

Talon,  n.,  luzadi,  4;  luzala,  4; 
luala,  4. 

Tame  animal,  n.,  cimuna,  7. 

Tangle,  vt.,  jingakuxa;  vi., 
jtngakana. 

Tantalize,  vt.,  kuacixa  or  ufuixa 
with  cixi(7),  fikixa  munda, 
lobola,  tacixa. 

Tap,  (knock),  kuokola,  ku- 
muna,  kumina. 
palm  for  wine,  vt.,  ema. 


Tape,  n.,  mukuba,  2. 

line,  n.,  cidikixilu,  7;  cidikixu, 
7;  luedi,  4;  luidi,  4;  luele- 
kexi,  4. 

Tarry,  vi.,  xala. 

for,  to  wait  for,  vt.,  indila,  kuba. 

Task,  n.,  mudimu,  2. 

Tassel,  n.,  of  corn,  luzeba,  4. 

Taste,  v.,  labila. 

be  pleasant  to  the,  vi.,  xema- 
kana;  also  the  adj.  forms  -a 
nse(pl.  of  3 or  4)  and  -a 
kutua  kuimpe. 

(have  the  taste  of),  v.,  tua. 
Cintu  eci  cidi  citue  bu 
lueho,  this  thing  tastes  like  salt. 
lose  for,  grow  tired  of,  v.,  tonda, 
tua. 

n.,  use  infin.  kutua.  Eel  cintu 
cidi  kutua  kuimpe,  this  thing 
has  a good  taste. 

Tasteless,  be,  z'/.(be  without 
seasoning),  talala,  hola. 

Tasty,  be,  v.{he  pleasant  to  the 
taste,  as  something  sweet), 
xemakana;  also  the  adj. 
forms  -a  nse(pl.  of  3 or  4) 
and  -a  kutua  kuimpe. 

Tattoo,  w.,  lusalu,  4. 
vt.,  taha  n.salu(pl.). 
with  burnt  rubber,  vt.,  tua. 

Taunt,  vt.,  seka. 

Taut,  be,  vi.,  tantamana,  tanta- 
mika. 

Tax,  n.,  mulambu,  2. 
pay  a,  vt.,  lambula. 

Tea,  n.,  ati(Eng.),  3. 

Teach,  ot.,  iyixa,  munyixa,  lon- 
gexa,  ambila,  tayila,  lubu- 
kixa(Buk.). 

a child  bad  manners,  vt.,  ibidixa 
bualu(6)  bubi. 

(show),  vt.,  lexa. 

Teacher,  n.,  muiyixi,  i;  mu- 
munyixi,  i;  muambidi,  i; 
muambi,  i. 

Tear,  vt.,  handa,  tuanya;  vi., 
handika,  tuanyika. 
a hole  in,  as  cloth  by  a stick, 
vt.,  tubula. 


TEAR— THANKFULNESS. 


273 


Tear  {continued). 

down,  as  house,  vt.,  sasula. 
off,  as  anything  adhering,  vt., 
l^muna. 

off,  as  meat  from  bone,  vt.,  tula, 
off  one’s  loin  cloth,  vt.,  diula. 
up  by  roots,  vt.,  tula,  jula. 
to  pieces,  vt.,  tuanyangana, 
tuanyakanya,  handakanya. 
w.(from  the  eye),  cinsonxi,  7. 
shed,  V.,  hatuka  or  tuka  with 
cinsonxi  as  subj. 

Tease,  vt.,  tacixa,  lobola,  kua- 
cixa  or  ufuixa  with  cixi(7), 
fikixa  munda. 

(joke),  vt.,  hunga. 

(play  joke  on),  vt.,  sabixa, 
nayixa. 

(provoke  an  animal  to  bite),  vt., 
keba  luoxi(4). 

Teat,  dibele,  5. 

Tell,  v.,  amba,  taya(Buk.). 
about,  V.,  amba. 
adieu,  vt.,  laya. 

a lie,  V.,  xinia,  dinga,  dimba 
(Buk.). 

a lie  on  one,  vt.,  ximinyina, 
dingila,  dimbila. 
a secret,  vt.,  sokololo  muso- 
koko(2). 

a story,  fable,  etc.,  vt.,  ela  with 
muanu(2)  or  luximinyin- 
yu(4)  or  lusumuinu(4). 
each  other,  v.,  ambiiangana. 
on,  vt.,  songueia. 
to,  vt.,  ambila. 

Temperate,  be,  vph.{no\.  given  to 
strong  drink),  use  neg.  Pres. 
Habitual  tense  of  nua,  to 
drink,  with  maluvu  as  obj. 

Tempest,  see  tornado. 

Temple,  n.,  nsubu(3)  wa  Xzambi. 

Tempt,  vt.{to  try,  to  test),  teta  or 
buela  with  munda. 

(entice),  vt.,  munyixa  or  iyixa 
or  ibidixa  with  bualu(6) 
bubi. 

with  desire  to  entrap,  vt.,  teya. 

Ten,  card,  nutn.,  dikumi,  5. 

Tend,  i/^(look  after),  lama. 


Tent,  nph.,  nsubu(3)  wa  cilu- 
lu(7). 

Ten  thousand,  n.,  lubombo,  4. 

Tepid,  be,  vi.,  di  ne  with  luiya(4) 
or  ciyuya(7). 

Tepidness,  n.,  luiya,  4;  ciyuya,  7. 

Terminate,  z;/. (finish),  muna, 
munyixa,  huixa,  xikixa. 

Termination,  w. (destination),  cl- 
xikidilu,  7. 

Terminus,  n.,  cixikidilu,  7. 

Termite,  «. (white  ant),  musuasu, 
2. 

Terrapin,  n.,  nkudu(nkuvu),  3. 

Terrify,  vt.,  cinyixa,  zakuxa  or 
handixa  with  mucima(2); 
z^/.(be  terrified),  cina,  kanka, 
handika  or  zakala  with  mu- 
cima. 

Terror,  n.,  buowa,  6. 

Terrorize,  vt.,  see  terrify. 

Test,  vt.,  labila. 

(make  trial,  as  of  one’s  faith), 
vt.,  teta  or  buela  with  munda. 
(try  by  measuring  or  lifting),  vt., 
idikixa,  elekexa,  teta,  la- 
bila. 

(with  view  to  entrap,  vt.,  teya. 
w. (ordeal),  see  ordeal. 

Testament,  n..  New,  cifufu(7) 
cibiacihia. 

Old,  cifufu  eikulu. 

(will),  n.,  mukanda(2)  wa  bu- 
hianyi(6). 

Testicle,  w.,musa,  2;  muh^sa,  2. 

Testify,  v.,  amba. 

Than,  conj.,  use  the  verbs  tamba 
or  hita  as  indicated  in  § 464. 

Thank,  vt.  The  natives  have 
little  or  no  idea  of  thanking. 
The  words  ha  muoyo(2)  and 
sekelela  and  inyixa  are  used 
in  this  way  about  Luebo. 

Thankful,  adj.,  -a  cinemu(7). 
From  V.  nemeka. 
be  to,  vt.,  ha  muoyo(2),  seke- 
lela, inyixa. 

See  note  under  thank. 

Thankfulness,  n.,  cinemu,  7. 
From  V.  nemeka. 


274 


THAT— THINNESS. 


That,  demon,  and  rel.  pro.,  sub. 
conj. 

(1)  As  demon,  pro.,  see  §§  152, 

153- 

(2)  As  rel.  pro.,  see  § 164. 

(3)  As  sub  conj.,  see  §§  463; 
461,  and  Rem.;  455  {h)  (2). 

Thatch,  vt.,  finga,  kuma. 

Thaw,  v.,  enguluka,  fingaluka. 

Thee,  pers.  pro.,  see  you. 

Theft,  w. (thievishness),  buibi,  6; 
buivi,  6. 

Their,  poss.  pro.,  use  the  pi.  forms 
of  third  pers.  as  indicated 
under  § 133. 

Theirs,  poss.  pro.,  see  § 135. 

Them,  pers.  pro. 

(1)  As  direct  or  indirect  obj., 
use  pronominal  infixes.  §§  1 16, 
1 1 7.  Note  the  use  of  pro- 
nominal suffixes  (§  123),  under 
certain  circumstances,  as  direct 
or  indirect  obj.  § 124  {b)  (c). 

(2)  For  use  with  prep.,  see  §§ 
106  (c),  107. 

Themselves,  pers.  pro. 

(1)  Compound  Disjunctive 
Forms.  The  agreement  is 
made  with  the  class  of  the 
noun  to  which  the  pro.  refers. 
§§  108,  109. 

(2)  When  reflexive,  use  the  re- 
flexive prefix  of  verb  -di-. 
Note  that  this  construction 
may  be  used  either  as  subj. 
or  obj.  §118. 

(3)  See  B.L.-Eng.  under  ine. 

Then,  (therefore),  ka,  bu- 

insep.  with  Applied  Forms  of  v. 

Thence,  adv.,  use  the  Locative 
Suffixed  construction.  § 320. 

We  may  also  have  the  usual  ad- 
verbs meaning  there:  kuakiia, 
muamua,  haha;  aku,  amu, 
aha;  kuokuo,  muomuo,  hoho. 
§ 163,  Notes  3 and  4. 

There,  adv.,  kuakua,  muamua, 
haha;  aku,  amu,  aha;  kuo- 
kuo, muomuo,  hoho.  §§  163, 
Notes  3 and  4. 


There  {continued). 

When  used  in  place  of  the  subj. 
before  the  v.,  see  § 441  {d), 
Rem. 

Therefore,  adv.,  ka,  bu-  insep. 
with  Applied  Form  of  v.  §419. 

These,  see  this. 

They,  pers.  pro.  Agreement  is 
always  made  with  the  class  of 
the  noun  to  which  the  pro. 
refers. 

(1)  Simple  Disjunctive  Forms. 

§ 105- 

(2)  Compound  Disjunctive 
Forms.  §§  108,  no. 

(3)  Conjunctive  Forms  used  as 
(a)  Pronominal  Prefix.  §§113, 

114. 

{b)  Pronominal  Suffix.  §§120, 
123- 

Thick,  at//.(large),  nine. 

(be  dense),  vi.,  xitakana. 

be,  not  flow  well,  vi.,  kuata- 
kana. 

Thicket,  n.,  cihuka,  7. 

Thickness,  n.,  bunine,  6. 

Thief,  n.,  muibi,  i;  muivi,  i; 
muena(i)  mucima(2). 

Thievish,  adj.,  -a  mucima(2),  -a 
buibi(6),  -a  buivi(6),  -a 
bianza(pl.  of  7)  bile. 

Thievishness,  n.,  buibi,  6;  buivi, 

6. 

Thigh,  w.(upper  leg),  cibelu,  7. 

Thin,  be,  'yf.(lean),  nyana,  di  ne 
or  uma  followed  by  cionda(7) 
or  cinyanu(7). 

(not  thick),  adj.,  kise,  bala, 
nya-nya. 

(slender),  adj.,  -a  luselesele(4), 
-a  lusekeseke(4). 

Thine,  see  yours. 

Thing,  n.,  cintu,  7. 

Think,  v.,  ela  or  elangana  fol- 
lowed by  mucima(2)  or  lun- 
genyi(4)  or  mexi(pl.  of  5 or 
6)  or  lukanyi(4). 

(imagine),  v.,  amba. 

Thinness,  «. (leanness),  cionda,  7; 
cinyanu,  7. 


Thinness  {continued). 

(littleness,  not  thick),  n.,  bukise, 
6;  bub3.1e,  6;  bunyabunya, 
6. 

(tallness  and  thinness),  n.,  luse- 
lesele,  4;  lusekeseke,  4. 

Third,  ord.  num.,  isatu.  § gg. 

Thirst,  n.,  miota(nyota),  pi.  of  2. 
quench,  vt.,  muna  or  huixa  with 
miota,  taluxa  or  holexa  with 
ha  diminu(5)  or  ha  muminu 
(2). 

Thirsty,  be,  vi.,  di  nemiota(nyo- 
ta),  miota  as  subj.  of  kuata 
with  the  pers.  as  obj. 

This,  demon,  pro.,  see  §§  i4g,  150. 

Thither,  adv.,  generally  use  the 
Locative  Suffixed  construc- 
tion. § 320. 

We  have  also  the  usual  adverbs 
meaning  there:  kuakua,  mua- 
mua,  haha;  aku,  amii,  aha; 
kuokuo,  muomuo,  hoho.  § 
163,  Notes  3 and  4. 

Thorn,  n.,  dieba,  5.  PI.  is  meba. 

Thoroughly,  adv.{we\\),  bimpe. 

Those,  see  that. 

Thou,  see  you. 

Thoughtless,  be,  vi.,  hala,  tom- 
boka,  buluka,  cimba,  cimba- 
kana,  humbakana. 
adj.,  hale,  tomboke,  buluke. 

Thoughtlessness,  n.,  buhale,  6; 
bubuluke,  6;  butomboke,  6. 

Thousand,  n.,  cinunu,  7. 

Thrash,  vt.,  out,  as  beans,  tua. 
(beat),  vt.,  kuma,  tuta. 

Thread,  n.,  buanda,  6. 

Threaten,  v.,  funyina. 

(be  about  to),  v.,  amba  with 
in  fin.  of  following  verb, 
rain,  v.,  finda.^ 

Three,  card,  num.,  satu  with  Sec- 
ondarv  Prefixes.  In  abstract 
counting  use  isatu.  § gy. 

Threshold,  n.,  mbelu,  3. 

Thrice,  adv.,  biakasatu,  pi.  of  7; 
misangrufpl.  of  2)  isatu; 
bikondofpl.  of  7)  bisatu; 
misunsa(pl.  of  2)  isatu. 


Thrice  {continued). 

(third  time).  Use  sing,  of  above 
forms  with  the  ordinal  numeral. 

Throat,  n.,  muminu,  2;  diminu, 
5- 

Throb,  v , kuma. 

Throne,  nph.,  nkuasa(3)  wa 
bukelenge(6). 

Throng,  n.,  cisumbu,  7;  bungi, 

6. 

Throttle,  vt.,  fickela  nxingu(3). 

Through,  prep.,  mu.  § 429  {i) 
and  Notes. 

Throughout,  adv.,  to. 

Throw,  vt.,  ela. 

away  as  useless,  vt.,  imaxa, 
sumbula,  nyuka. 
back  and  forth,  vt.,  sambulu- 
xangana. 

down,  as  house,  vt.,  ximbula. 
in  wrestling,  vt.,  flna,  xinda. 

Thrust,  vt.,  at,  tua. 

out,  vt.,  umuxa,  hatula. 

(push),  vt.,  semexa,  sekila, 
sexa. 

Thumb,  n.,  ciala,  7. 

Thunder,  n.,  clap  of,  dikuba- 
kuba,  5. 

rolling,  n.,  mukungula,  2. 

V.,  use  nvula(rain)  as  subj.  of 
kungula;  or  nvula  as  subj. 
of  kuma  with  dikubakuba  as 
obj. 

Thursday,  n.,  dituku(5) 

See  WEEK. 

Thus,  adv.,  nunku(nanku,  nen- 
ku). 

Thwart,  v.,  ela  mukosa(2), 
kosexa,  humbixa;  vi.{he. 
thwarted),  humba. 

Thy,  pass,  pro.,  see  your. 

Thyself,  see  yourself. 

Tick,  n.{ox\  dog),  lukuha,  4. 
z^.(as  watch),  dila. 

Tickle,  v.,  afunya. 

Tidiness,  n.,  mankenda,  pi.  of  5 
or  6. 

Tidy,  adj.,  -a  mankenda(pl.  of  5 
or  6)  . 

make,  vt.,  longa,  longolola. 


276 


TIE— TO. 


Tie,  vt.^  suika,  xika,  inya. 

down  on  top  of,  as  battens,  vt., 

bambala. 

Tight,  be,  i^f.(taut),  tantamana, 
tantamika. 

Tighten,  (strengthen),  kalexa. 
(make  taut),  vt,,  tantamixa, 
tuntumuxa. 

Tightly,  adv.,  bikale. 

Till,  conj.,  see  until. 

■y, (cultivate),  dima,  ihila. 

Time,  n.,  at  same,  diacimue,  5; 
ciahamue,  7;  ciamumue,  7; 
diakamue,  5.  These  are 
really  nouns  used  as  adverbs. 
§ 95  {b)  and  Rems. 

(be  time  for),  vph.,  use  diba(5) 
as  subj.  of  kumbana. 
day-,  n.,  munya,  2. 
long,  musangu(2)  mule,  ma- 
tuku  male,  ngondo  ya  bungi, 
to. 

(long  time  ago),  adv.,  kale, 
bangabanga,  diambedi(5). 
next,  musangu  mukuabo. 
night-,  n.,  butuku,  6. 

(old  times),  adv.,  kale,  banga- 
banga, diambedi(5). 
plenty  of,  be,  vph.,  diba(5) 
dicidiku. 

(repetition,  as  once,  twice,  thrice, 
etc.),  see  §§  394,  395.  We 
may  also  have  the  words 
cikondo(7),  musangu(2)  and 
musunsu(2)  followed  by  ord. 
num. 

Time  of  day: 

(dawn),  haciacia,  butuku  or 
bufuku  as  subj.  of  v.  cia. 
(sunrise),  dinda,  5;  lunkelu,  4. 
(about  9 a.m.),  misasa,  pi.  of  2. 
(noon),  munda  munya,  diba 
hankuci,  diba  as  subj.  of  v. 
jalama. 

(afternoon),  dilolo,  5;  diba  as 
subj.  of  V.  uhuka. 

(about  sunset),  vph.,  diba  di- 
kadi  dibuelai 

(midnight),  mundankulu,  a loc, 
word. 


Time  {continued). 

(what  hour?  what  o’clock?), 
diba  didi  hanyi?  diba  ki? 

Timid,  be,  v.,  ufua  or  unva  or 
di  ne  with  bundu(6). 

(as  wild  animal),  v.,  baxa,  di  ne 
mbaxibaxi(pl.  of  3 or  4). 

(be  frightened),  vi.,  di  ne 
buowa(6),  cina. 

Timidity,  n.,  bundu,  6;  bunvu,  6. 
(as  of  animals),  n.,  mbaxibaxi, 
pi.  of  3 or  4. 

(fright),  n.,  buowa,  6. 

Tin,  «.(iron),  ciama,  7. 
can,  n.,  luhanza,  4. 
opener,  nph.,  cintu  cia  kuxi- 
bula  n’acl  mpanza. 

Tire,  vt.,  hangixa,  tekexa,  su- 
sula;  m'.(be  tired),  hanga, 
susuka,  teketa. 

(be  tired  of,  to  loathe),  vt., 
tonda,  tua.  The  thing  of 
which  one  is  tired  is  the  subj., 
the  person  is  the  obj. 

Tiredness,  n.,  butekete,  6;  di- 
hangu(diliungi)  5. 

Titter,  v.,  di  ne  kaseku(8).  PI. 
of  kaseku  generally  used. 

To,  prep.,  use  the  locatives  mu,  ku 
or  ha,  according  to  sense.  Ku 
is  the  most  common. 

(1)  When  home  of  or  village  of 
is  meant,  use  mua  or  kua  or 
ha.  § 87  {d),  Rem. 

(2)  Sometimes  the  to  is  expressed 
in  the  verb;  as,  tulakanya, 
take  to  pieces. 

(3)  As  sign  of  the  infin.  ku  is 
used,  but  it  is  always  written 
as  part  of  the  verb. 

(4)  For  clauses  expressing  pur- 
pose, see  § 461. 

(5)  From  . . . to(till),  ku  . . . 
to  ne  ku,  ku  . . . ne  ku; 
sometimes  we  have  simple  ne 
connecting  the  two  parts. 

(6)  Often  the  Locative  Prefixed 
construction  is  used  especially 
with  di  and  other  verbs  mean- 
ing to  be;  as,  ya  kudi  Ka- 


TO— TRACE. 


277 


To  (^continued). 

songo,  go  to  Kasongo.  §321 
and  Rem.  9. 

Toad,  w.,  ciula,  7;  cilua,  7. 

Toast,  ^^.(as  bread),  nanga,  in- 
yika. 

Tobacco,  w.,  makanya,  pi.  of  5; 
nfuanka,  3. 

To-day,  adv.,  lelu. 

(this  very  day),  lelu  eu. 

Toe,  n.,  miian’a  nkusa(pl.  of  4), 
munu(2)  wa  dikusa(5). 
great,  n.,  muan’a  nkusa  munine, 
munu  munine  wa  dikusa, 
ciana(7)  cia  nkusa. 

Together,  adv.  This  idea  is  gen- 
erally expressed  in  the  verb; 
as,  sangixa,  gather  together-, 
kuatakana,  be  close  together-, 
etc.  There  may,  however,  be 
the  more  distinctly  adv.  forms, 
mumue,  kuniue,  haniue; 
muomumue,  kuokumue,  ho- 
hamue;  kaba  kamue. 

Toil,  see  labor. 

Token,  n.,  cimonyinu,  7. 

Tomato,  n.,  matamata.  From 
Portuguese.  Same  form  is 
used  for  sing,  and  pi.  Per- 
haps may  be  regarded  as  pi. 
of  5,  for  we  sometimes  hear 
the  sing,  ditamata. 

Tomb,  «. (grave),  lukita,  4;  ci- 
duaya,  7. 

To-morrow,  adv.,  makclcla,  ma- 
laba. 

day  after,  adv.,  maihl. 

Tone,  n.,  bass,  low,  di(5)  dinlne. 
high,  di(5)  dikise. 

Tongs,  w.(a  split  stick  used  by 
blacksmiths),  mpandu,  3. 

Tongue,  n.,  ludimi,  4. 

To-night,  adv.{\he:  night  following 
to-day),  butuku,  6;  bufuku,  6. 

Too,  a^f^'.(aIso),  kabidi. 

(excess),  use  verbs  tamba  and 
hita. 

Tool,  n.,  ciama,  7;  cintu(7)  cia 
kuenza  n’aci. 

See  note  under  machine. 


Tooth,  n.,  dinu,  5.  PI.  is  menu, 
-ache,  nph.,  disama(5)  dia  dinu. 
cut,  as  a young  child,  vi.,  mena. 
grit  the,  v.,  diangana  or  zekexa 
with  menu. 

knock  out,  vt.,  ehula,  huola. 

Top,  n.,  mutu,  2. 

of  head,  n.,  lubombo,  4. 
of  house,  n.,  musonga,  2. 

(pile  one  on  top  of  the  other),  vt., 
tentekuxa,  tenteka,  tente- 
kanya,  ambakanya,  amba- 
kuxa;  vi.,  tentama,  amba- 
kana. 

Torch,  n.,  cimunyi,  7. 

Torment,  vt.,  tacixa,  flkixa 
munda,  ufuixa  or  kuacixa 
with  cixi(7). 

(punish),  vt.,  kengexa. 

Torn,  be,  vi.,  handika,  tuanyika. 

Tornado,  n.,  cihuhu,  7. 
blow  as  a,  vi.,  huha. 

Tortoise,  n.,  nkudu(nkuvu),  3. 

Torture,  vt.,  kengexa,  nyanga, 
ona. 

Total,  adj.,  onso,  xima. 

Totality,  n.,  buonso,  6;  buxima, 

6. 

(the  totality  of  them,  all  of  them), 
use  buonso  followed  by  poss. 
pro.;  as,  buonso  buabo  ba- 
kuya,  all  oj  them  {people)  have 
gone.  § 182,  Rem. 

Totter,  vi.,  tenkakana,  nyunga- 
kana,  lenduka,  takankana. 

Touch,  ■y^.(feel),  lamba,  lenga, 
lambila. 

together,  vi.,  kuatakana,  la- 
mata,  tuangana. 

Tough,  adj. {a.s  meat),  kale  ku 
menu(pl.  of  dinu). 
be,  vi.,  nyengabala. 

Tour,  n.,  luendu,  4. 

Towards,  prep.,  ku. 

Towel,  n.,  citambala,  7;  di- 
tuaya(from  Portuguese),  5. 

Town,  n.,  musoko,  2;  ditunga,  5. 
(large  collection  of  villages) , n., 
cimenga,  7;  cihunda,  7. 
Trace,  see  track. 


278 


TRACK— TREAD. 


Track,  vt.,  londa  with  makusa 
(sing  dikusa)  or  maka- 
ma(sing.  dikama)  or  mikon- 
no(sing.  mukono). 

(any  marking  or  tracing  on  the 
ground),  n.,  mufunda,  2. 
(footprint),  n.,  cidiacilu,  7;  di- 
kusa, 5;  dikama,  5;  mu- 
kono, 2. 

of  snake,  n.,  cikoka,  7. 
of  railway,  nph.,  nxila(3)  wa 
dikumbi  (5)dia  bulobo(6). 

Tractable,  be,  v.,  tumikila, 
tumika. 

adj.,  -a  kalolo(8). 

Tractableness,  n.,  kalolo,  8. 

Trade,  t;/. (exchange),  xintakuxa, 
xinta,  xintakana,  xintakan- 
ya,  fingakana,  fingakanya, 
hingakuxa,  sombakuxa(with 
view  of  returning  exact  arti- 
cles). 

(go  about  buying  and  selling),  z’., 
enda  or  endulula  with  mu- 
xinga(2). 

(price),  muxinga,  2. 
talk  a,  vt.,  tua  muxinga. 
to  close  a trade  by  breaking  a 
stick),  vt.,  kosa  cici(7). 

Trader,  ».,  ngenda(i)  wa  mu- 
xinga(2),  muena(i)  cisum- 
ba(7). 

Traduce,  vt.,  songuela,  banda. 

Trail,  vt.{to  drag),  koka,  huta, 
hulumuna. 

(to  track),  v.,  londa  with  ma- 
kusa(sing.  dikusa)  or  ma- 
kama(sing.  dikama)  or  mi- 
kono(sing.  mukono). 

(track),  n.,  cidiacilu,  7;  dikusa, 
5;  dikama,  5;  mukono,  2; 
cikoka,  7. 

Train,  w.(line),  mulongo,  2. 

railway,  n.,  dikumbi(5)  dia 
bulobo(6). 

(teach),  iyixa,  munyixa,  lon- 
gexa,  ambila,  ibidixa. 

Traitor,  n.,  musonguedi,  i. 
be  to,  V.,  songuela,  banda. 


Tramp,  v.,  diata. 

heavily,  v.,  tua  museba(2). 
on,  V.,  diata  mu  dikusa(5). 

«. (vagabond),  muena(i)  cien- 
denda(7).  § 356  (^). 

Trample,  vt.,  upon,  diata  mu 
dikusa(5). 

Tranquil,  be,  vi.,  talala,  hola, 
di  with  hola  or  talala. 

Transfigure,  vt.,  kudimuna, 
andamuna;  vi.,  kudimuka, 
, andamuka. 

Transform,  vt.,  kudimuna,  anda- 
muna; vi.,  kudimuka,  anda- 
muka. 

Transgress,  v.,  enza  bibi. 

Transgression,  «.(sin),  bualu(6) 
bubi,  muanda(2)  mubi, 
bubi(6).  We  often  hear  sim- 
ply the  pi.  of  the  adjectives 
mabi  and  mibi. 

Transgressor,  nph.,  muntu(i) 
mubi,  muena(i)  malu(pl.  of 
6)  mabi. 

Translate,  vt.,  andamuna  or 
kudimuna  with  muaku(2). 

Transmigration,  see  metempsy- 
chosis. 

Transparent,  adj.,  toke(p.p.  of 
toka,  to  he  transparent). 

Transpire,  vi.,  lua. 

Transplant,  vt.,  tentula,  ximika. 

Transport,  ^'^.(carry),  tuala. 

Trap,  n.,  buteyi,  6;  lukinda,  4. 
for  fish,  «.,  mukinda,  2. 

(pit  for  animals),  ■ n.,  dijimba, 
5- 

set  a,  vt.,  teya  ndende(3). 
trigger  of,  n.,  ndende,  3. 

Trash,  n.,  bilu,  bisonso.  Both 
are  pi.  of  7. 

Travail,  v.,  to  strain  in,  tanta- 
mana. 

Travel,  vi.,  enda,  endakana. 

Traveller,  n.,  muena(i)  luendu 
(4),  muendakanyi(i). 

Treacherous,  be  toward,  vt., 
songuela,  banda. 

Tread,  v.,  diata. 

on,  vt.,  diata  mu  dikusa(5). 


TREAD— TRUTH. 


279 


Tread  {continued). 

(tramp  heavily),  v.,  tua  mu- 
seba(2). 

Treasurer,  n.,  mulami(i)  wa 
with  mpalata(3)  or  bintu(pl. 
of  7). 

Treat,  ^;U(conduct  toward  one), 
enzela. 

disease,  vt.,  ondaha. 
ill-,  see  ABUSE, 

Treatment,  n.,  ill,  cihendo,  7; 
cinyangu,  7;  matandu,  7, 
pi.  of  5 or  6. 

Treaty,  n.,  cifufu,  7. 
make  a,  vt.,  ela. 

Tree,  n.,  muci,  2. 

Tremble,  vi.,  zakala,  kanka, 
cikakana. 

(quake,  as  earth),  vi.,  taka, 
cika. 

Trench,  n.,  mutubu,  2. 

Trial,  n.,  cilumbu,  7. 

make  a,  to  attempt,  v.,  see  try. 

Tribe,  n.  The  tribe  or  clan  or 
nation  may  be  expressed  by 
cisamba(7),  cioto(7),  mui- 
lu(2);  the  family  can  be  ex- 
pressed by  such  phrases  as  -a 
muxuku(2)  wa  mbelu(3)  and 
-amudifu(5).  The  indefinite 
muan’etu,  etc.  (§  138,  Rem. 
5),  though  generally  meaning 
brother  or  sister,  may  also  mean 
one  of  the  same  tribe  or  clan 
or  family.  The  people  of  the 
different  tribes  or  clans  are 
generally  expressed  by  giving 
the  simple  name  of  the  people; 
as,  Bakete,  Baluba,  Bakuba. 
But  sometimes  we  have  the 
qualifying  words  bena(sing. 
inuena)  or  bakua(sing.  mu- 
kua);  as,  Bena  Lulua, 
Bakua  31buya.  §§  84  {b)\ 

87  {d),  Rem.  2, 

Tribulation,  n.,  bualu(6)  with 
bubi  or  bukale. 

Tribute,  n.,  mulambu,  2. 
pay  to,  vt.,  lambula. 

Trick,  v/, (conjure),  Iowa. 


Trick  {continued). 

(deceive),  vt.,  xima,  dlnga, 
dimba(Buk.). 

«. (sleight  of  hand),  dijimbu,  5; 
dialu,  5. 

Trickle,  vi.,  down,  mata. 

Trifle,  ■y.(not  to  do  one’s  work 
well),  lenga,  lengakana. 

Trifling  person,  n.,  mufuba,  i. 
adj.,  -a  bufuba(6),  -a  buka- 
ta(6). 

Trigger,  n.,  of  gun,  mulemu,  2. 
of  trap,  n.,  ndende,  3. 

Trip,  go  on  a,  vi.,  ya  ku  luen- 
du(4). 

(stumble),  v.,  kuma  dikusa(5). 
(journey),  luendu,  4. 

Trouble,  (annoy),  tacixa,  flk- 
ixa  munda,  kuacixa  or  ufu- 
ixa  with  cixi(7). 

(disturbance),  n.,  diyoyo,  5. 
make,  vt.,  teka  diyoyo, 
(misfortune),  n.,  bualu(6)  with 
bubi  or  bukale. 

Trough,  n.,  for  feeding  dogs  or 
beating  corn,  etc.,  luvu,  4. 

Trousers,  n.,  muhanu,  2;  mu- 
kiya,  2.  The  pi.  of  these 
words  generally  used. 

True,  adj.,  lilela,  ikuxa,  -a 
buxua(6),  -a  bulilela(6),  -a 
buinabuina(6),  -a  buiku- 
xa(6),  -a  bualabuala(6). 
Sometimes  the  word  mene  is 
used  postpositive. 

Truly,  adv.,  bulilela,  buina- 
buina,  buxua,  buikuxa,  bua- 
labuala,  and  sometimes  the 
word  mene. 

Trumpet,  n.,  mpungi,  3. 

Trunk,  w.(box),  muxete,  2. 
of  elephant,  n.,  muilu,  2. 
of  human  body,  n.,  niubidi,  2. 

Trust,  vt.,  itabuxa,  tekemena(?). 

Trustworthy,  ac?;.(truthful),  -a 
di(5)  dimue. 

Truth,  n.,  bulilela,  buikuxa, 
buxua,  bualabuala,  buina- 
buina.  These  words  all  be- 
long to  class  VIv- 


28o 


TRUTHFUL— UGLY. 


Truthful,  adj.,  -a  di(5)  dimue. 

Truthfully,  see  truly. 

Try,  V.,  a law  case,  lumbulula. 
by  measuring  or  lifting,  vt.,  idi- 
kixa,  elekexa,  labila,  teta. 
(to  attempt  and  fail),  vi.,  han- 
ga. 

(to  taste),  vt.,  labila. 

(to  test  one),  vt.,  teta  or  buela 
with  niunda. 

Tube,  w. (barrel  of  gun),  mulonda, 

2. 

(pipe  stem),  muxiba,  2. 

Tuck  up,  v/.(gird  up  the  loin),  ela 
mukiya(2). 

Tuesday,  w.,  dituku(5)  dibidi. 

Tuft,  w.,  of  hair,  cisuba,  7. 

Tumbler,  w.(glass),  nglas(Eng-) 

3* 

Tumult,  n.,  diyoyo,  5. 
make  a,  vt.,  teka  diyoyo. 

Tune,  n.,  musambu,  ?. 

be  out  of,  vi.,  sukuka;  vt.{p\xi 
out  of),  sukula. 

instruments  to  each  other,  at- 
tune, vt.,  sukila  liamue,  aku- 
xa. 

put  in,  vt.,  suka. 

Turn,  v.,  aside,  susuka,  ehuka. 
back,  to  return,  vi.,  alukila, 
aluka,  andamuka,  tuta,  tu- 
cila,  hingila,  hingana,  hin- 
guluka. 

handle  or  anything  in  a circle, 
vt.,  nyungixa,  nyunguluxa. 
inside  out,  vt.,  andamuna,  kudi- 
muna. 

into,  to  enter,  vi.,  buela. 
into,  to  become,  vi.,  andamuka, 
kudimuka,  lua;  vt.,  kudi- 
muna,  andamuna. 
loose,  vt.,  lekela. 
off,  to  discharge,  vt.,  umuxa, 
fula. 

one’s  back  on,  v.,  ela  nyima(3). 
out,  to  drive  out,  vt.,  hatula, 
luhula,  umuxa. 

over,  vt.,  andamuna,  kudimuna. 
over,  to  upset,  vt.,  tokola;  vi., 
tokoka. 


Turn  {continued). 

(revolve),  vi.,  cinguluka;  vt., 
cingulula. 

round,  vi.,  kudimuka,  anda- 
muka; vt.,  kudimuna,  anda- 
muna. 

round  and  round,  vt.,  nyungu- 
lula;  vi.,  nyunguiuka. 
summersault,  vi.,  hiluka. 

(twist),  vt.,  nyenga,  jekexa. 

Turtle,  n.,  nkudu(nkuvu),  3. 

Tusk,  n.,  of  ivory,  mubanga,  2. 

Twice,  adv.,  biakabidi(pl.  of  7), 
misangu(pl.  of  2)  ibidi,  bi- 
kondo(7)  bibidi,  misunsa(2) 
ibidi.  §§  394,  395. 

(second  time),  use  sing,  of  above 
expressions  with  ord.  num. 

Twig,  n.,  cisaki,  7. 

Twin,  n.,  muana(i)  wa  maha- 
sa(pl.  of  5). 

the  older,  n.,  cibuabu,  7. 
the  younger,  11.,  nkanku,  i. 

Twine,  w.,  around,  jinga,  jingila, 
nyengela. 

ball  of,  n.,  cikata,  7. 

(string),  n.,  muxinga,  2. 

Twist,  v.,  nyenga. 

(as  string),  vt.,  jinga,  jingila. 
off,  vt.,  nyengabaxa. 

(wriggle),  vi.,  nyenga,  jeka. 

Two,  card,  num.,  bidi  with  Second- 
ary Prefixes.  In  abstract 
counting  use  ibidi.  § 97. 

Type,  n. (printing),  dileta,  5.  From 
Eng.  word  letter. 

Tyrannical,  ad].,  -a  cinyangu,  7. 

Tyrannize  over,  vt.,  nyanga,  ona. 

Tyranny,  n.,  cinyangu,  7. 

Tyrant,  n.,  muena(i)  cinyan- 

gu(7). 

U. 

Udder,  n.,  dibele,  5. 

Ugliness,  n.,  bubi,  6;  nkunyi 
(slang),  3. 

Ugly,  ad].,  bi,  -a  nkunyi(3).  This 
last  word  is  slang. 


ULCER— UNEQUAL. 


281 


Ulcer,  n.,  ciuxa,  7;  mputa,  3. 

(large  swelling),  disungu,  5. 

Umbrella,  n.,  dikumbi,  5. 

Unable,  be,  v.,  use  neg.  of  forms 
indicated  under  § 230. 

Unaware,  be,  v.,  use  neg.  of 
munya,  to  know. 

Unbelief,  n.,  buhidia,  6. 

Unbeliever,  n.,  muena(i)  bu- 
hidia(6). 

Unbend,  i;/.(bend  straight),  olo- 
la(ololola);  vi.,  ololoka. 

Unbending,,  be,  vi.,  kayabala, 
tantamana,  tandabala. 

Unbind,  vt.,  kutulula,  jingulula, 
sulula. 

(unroll),  vt.,  vungulula. 

Unbolt,  vt.,  haula. 

Uncertain,  be,  w. (vacillate),  lem- 
bakana,  humbakana,  nema 
with  mucima  as  subj.,  tata- 
kana,  di  ne  micuna  ibidi. 

See  DOUBTFUL. 

Unchaste,  adj.,  -a  masandi(pl. 
of  5 or  6). 

Unchastity,  n.,  masandi,  pi.  of 
• 5 or  6. 

Uncircumcised,  be,  v.,  di  ne  with 
musundu(2)  or  musoso(2)  or 
bukutu(6);  also  neg.  of  v. 
tengula  with  pass,  forms. 

Uncivilized  person,  n.,  musenxi, 
I.  This  is  an  imported  word. 

Uncle,  w.(maternal),  manseba,  i. 
PI.  is  bamanseba. 

(paternal),  tatu(i)  mukulu  (if 
older  than  the  father);  tatu 
muakunyi  (if  younger  than  the 
father). 

Unclean,  adj.(a,s  clothes),  bi, 
fike(p.p.  of  flka,  to  be  un- 
clean). 

in  person,  -a  manyanu(pl.  of 
5 or  6),  -a  mblndu(pl.  of  3 01 

4). 

(unchaste),  -a  masandi(pl.  of  5 
or  6). 

(untidy),  -a  bukoya(6). 
Uncleanness,  n.,  buflke,  6;  bubi, 

6. 


Uncleanness  {continued). 

on  person,  manyanu,  pi.  of  5 or 
6;  mbindu,  pi.  of  3 or  4. 

(unchastity),  masandi,  pi.  of  5 
or  6. 

(untidiness),  bukoya,  6. 

Unconscious,  see  insensible. 
Unconsciousness,  see  insensi- 
bility. 

Uncontrollable,  be,  v.,  use  neg. 
of  tumika  or  tumikiia. 

Uncooked,  adj.,  bixe. 

be,  vi.,  bixika. 

Uncover,  vt.,  bulula. 

Under,  prep.,  munxi.  This  is 
generally  followed  by  mua. 
§ 423  (3). 

Underneath,  see  under. 

Undersized,  adj.,  -a  cituha(7), 
xunguke(p.p.  of  xunguka,  to 
be  undersized). 

(dwarfed  person),  n.,  njeku,  3; 
kaneke,  8;  cihindi,  7. 

Understand,  v.,  each  other,  un- 
vangana. 

(hear),  unva,  ufua. 

(know),  munya. 

Understanding,  w.  (knowledge), 

lungenyi,  4;  mexi,  pi.  of  5 
or  6;  iiikanyi,  4. 

Undertone,  n.,  dinunganyi,  5. 
PI.  generally  used. 

speak  in,  v.,  nungana. 

Undo,  vt.,  a knot,  sulula,  jingu- 
lula, flnuna. 

(as  stitching),  vt.,  kutula,  kutu- 
lula. 

(take  to  pieces),  vt.,  tula,  tula- 
-kanya. 

(unfasten,  as  bolt),  vt.,  haula. 

Undone,  come,  vi.,  kutuka,  su- 
luka,  finuka. 

Undress,  vt.,  vula,  kuhola(ho- 
hola). 

Uneasy,  be,  w.(restless),  sasa- 
kata. 

Unequal,  be,  vi.,  use  neg.  of  fuan- 
angana  or  fuana;  also  ena 
followed  by  bu  or  buina  or 
muomumue  or  o-umue. 


282 


UNEVEN— UNLOCK. 


Uneven,  be,  (rough  to  touch), 

taha. 

(unequal),  use  neg.  of  fuanan- 
gana  or  fuana;  also  ena  fol- 
lowed by  bu  or  biiina  or 
miiomuniue  or  o-umue. 

Unfasten,  vt.,  a bolt,  haula. 

a knot,  vt.,  sulula,  jinguluia, 
flnuna. 

(as  wristlet  or  latch),  vt.,  ban- 
gula. 

(open,  as  box),  vt.,  xibiila. 

(be  unfastened),  vi.,  suluka, 
jinguluka,  flnuka,  hauka, 
banguka,  xibuka. 

Unfinished,  be,  vi.,  use  neg.  of 
hua  or  xika  or  muna. 

Unfold,  vt.{a.s  cloth),  vungulula; 
vi.,  vunguluka. 

(as  flower),  vt.,  balulula;  vi., 
balnluka. 

(as  wings),  vt.,  olola(ololola); 
vi.,  ololoka. 

Unfortunate,  be,  vi.,  use  neg.  of 
forms  under  fortunate. 

Unfriendliness,  n.,  lukuna,  4; 
lukinu,  4. 

Unfriendly,  adj.,  -a  lukuna(4), 
-a  lukinu(4). 

Unfruitful  person  or  animal,  n., 
nkumba,  3.  Used  only  of 
females. 

Ungrateful,  adj.,  -a  cikama(7), 
-a  dikamakania(5),  -a  din- 
tanta(5). 

Ungratefulness,  n.,  cikama,  7; 
dikamakania,  5;  dintanta,  5. 

Unhappiness,  n.,  kanyinganyin- 
ga,  8. 

Unhappy,  be,  vi.,  use  neg.  of  sanka 
with  muoyo(2)  or  mucima(2) 
as  subj.;  also  di  ne  kanyin- 
ganyinga(8). 

Unhide,  vt.,  sokolola,  sokola. 
Unholiness,  n.,  bubi,  6. 

Unholy,  ad;.(bad),  bi;  also  neg. 
V.  with  akane  or  impe  or  len- 
gele. 

Unimportant,  adj.,  -a  cinana,  -a 
hatuhu,  -a  be. 


Uninhabited  place,  nph.,  mu 
muaba(2)  kamuena  bantu. 

Unintentionally,  see  acciden- 
tally. 

Unison,  sing  in,  vt.,  akuxa  me 
hamue. 

Unit,  n.(one),  omue. 

Unite,  ^.(as  rivers),  sambakana, 
sangakana,  sangila;  vt., 
sangakuxa,  sangakanya, 
sangixa,  sambakuxa,  samba- 
kanya,  sanga. 

(join,  to  become  one  of  a party), 
V.,  buela,  buelakana. 

(put  against),  vt.,  tuanguxa, 
tuanganya,  kuatakuxa,  kua- 
takanya;  vi.,  tuangana, 
kuatakana. 

Unity,  (sameness),  buobumue, 

6. 

Unjust,  adj. (bad),  bi;  neg.  v.  with 
impe  or  akane  or  lengele. 

(be  dishonest),  v.,  iba,  di  ne 
followed  by  buivi(6)  or  bui- 
bi(6)  or  bianza(pl.  of  7) 
bile. 

Unkind,  adj.,  bi;  neg.  v.  with  impe 
or  akane  or  lengele;  -a  lu- 
kuna(4),  -a  lukinu(4),  -a 
cinyangu(7). 
to,  vt.,  nyanga,  ona. 

Unkindness,  n.,  lukuna,  4;  lu- 
kinu, 4;  cinyangu,  7. 

Unknown,  adj.,  -a  musokoko(2); 
also  neg.  of  munya,  to  know. 

Unlatch,  vt.,  bangula;  ^7■.(come 
unlatched),  banguka. 

Unlawful,  make,  (taboo),  jl- 
dika  cijila(7). 
thing,  n.,  cijila,  7. 

Unless,  sub.  conj.{\i  not),  use  neg. 
of  usual  conditional  form  as 
indicated  in  §§  459,  460. 

Unlike,  be,  vi.,  use  neg.  of  fuana 
or  fuanangana  or  kelemena 
or  dieleka;  ena  followed  by 
bu  or  buina  or  muomumue  or 
o-umue  or  muan’abo  ne. 

Unload,  vt.,  hatula,  umuxa. 

Unlock,  vt.,  xibula. 


UNLOOSE— UNTRUTHFUL. 


283 


Unloose,  sulula,  kutula, 

flnuna. 

a bolt,  vt.,  haula. 

(set  free),  vt.,  lekela,  kuhola, 
kutula. 

Unlucky,  adj.,  use  neg.  of  forms 
under  fortunate. 

Unmanageable,  be,  vi.,  use  neg. 
of  tumikaor  tumikila;  also  di 
ne  with  cicu(7)  or  cibengu(7) 
or  buhidia(6)  or  cixiku(7). 

Unmarried  person,  n.,  mu j ike,  i. 

Unmerciful,  adj.,  -a  lukinu(4),  -a 
cinyangu(7),  also  the  neg.  ph. 
ena  ne  luse(4). 

Unmercifulness,  n.,  lukinu,  4; 
cinyangu,  7. 

Unmindful,  be,  vi.,  hungaka- 
na,  humbakana,  cimbakana, 
cimba. 

Unmovable,  see  immovable. 

Unpalatable,  be,  vi.,  use  neg.  of 
xemakana,  also  ena  followed 
by  nse(3)  or  kutua  kuimpe. 

Unproductive,  be,  i;f.(as  land), 
atuka. 

Unravel,  vt.,  kutula,  kutulula, 
jingulula;  vi.,  kutuka,  jingu- 
luka. 

Unrellable,  adj.,  -amaximi(sing. 
dixima),  -a  mafl(pl.  of  5),  -a 
madingi(sing.  didinga). 

Unreliableness,  «.,  dixima(pl. 
generally  maximi),  5;  didin- 
ga(pl.  generally  madingi),  5; 
mafi,  pi.  of  5 or  6. 

Unrighteous,  adj.,  bi. 

Unrighteousness,  n.,  bubi,  6. 

Unripe,  adj.,  bixe. 
be,  vi.,  blxika. 

Unroll,  vt.,  vungulula,  jingu- 
lula; vi.,  vunguluka,  jingu- 
luka. 

Unruly,  be,  vi.,  use  neg.  of  tumika 
or  tumikila;  also  di  ne  with 
cicu(7)  or  cibengu(7)  or 
buhidia(6)  or  cixiku(7). 

Unsavory,  be,  vi.,  use  neg.  of 
xemakana;  also  ena  followed 
by  nse(3)  or  kutua  kuimpe. 


Unseasoned,  be,  vi.,  hola,  talala; 
also  neg.  of  lunga. 

Unselfish,  a<f;. (generous),  -a 
diha(5). 

person,  n.,  cihahi,  7. 

Unselfishness,  «.  (generosity), 
diha,  5. 

Unspotted,  be,  vi.,  ena  ne  with 
matoba(sing.  ditoba),  5;  or 
mabaxi(sing.  dibaxi,  5). 
(white),  adj.,  toke(p.p.  of  toka, 
to  be  unspotted). 

Unstable,  be,  vi.,  takankana, 
nyungakana,  tenkakana. 

Unsteady,  be,  vi.,  see  unstable. 

Unsuitable,  be,  vi.,  use  neg.  of 
akanangana  or  fuanangana. 

Untangle,  vt.,  jingulula,  kutula, 
kutulula;  (become  un- 
tangled), jinguluka,  kutuka. 

Untidiness,  n.,  bukoya,  6. 

Untidy,  adj.,  -a  bukoya(6). 

Untie,  vt.,  sulula,  kutula. 
a bow  knot,  vt.,  flnuna. 

(set  free),  vt.,  kuhola(kohola), 
kutula. 

(become  untied),  vi.,  suluka, 
kutuka,  flnuka,  kuhoka(ko- 
hoka). 

Until,  sub.  conj.,  see  § 458  (c). 
prep.,  ku. 

(from  . . . until),  ku  . . . to 
ne  ku,  ku  . . . ne  ku,  some- 
times simple  ne  connecting  the 
two  parts. 

Unto,  prep.,  see  to. 

Untrue,  be,  vi.,  ena  with  the  adj. 
forms  lilela,  ikuxa,  -a  bu- 
xua(6),  -a  bulilela(6),  -a 
buinabuina(6),  -a  buiku- 
xa(6),  -a  bualabuala(6). 

Untruth,  n.,  dixima,  5;  didinga, 
5;  mafl,  pi.  of  5.  The  pi.  of 
dixima  and  didinga  ismaximi 
and  madingi. 

tell  an,  v.,  xima,  dinga,  dim- 
ba(Buk.). 

UNTRUTHFUL,ad;.,-a  maximi  (sing, 
dixima,  5),  -a  madingi  (sing, 
didinga,  5),  -a  mafl(pl.  of  5). 


284 


UNTRUTHFULNESS— VARIEGATED. 


Untruthfulness,  see  un- 

truth. 

Unwell,  be,  vi.,  sama,  bela. 

Unwholesome,  adj.,  bi. 

Unwilling,  be,  vi.,  benga,  hidia; 
also  neg.  of  itabuxa. 

Unwind,  vt.,  jingulula,vungulula; 
jinguluka,  vunguluka. 

Unwrap,  vt.,  jingulula,  vungu- 
lula;  vi.,  jinguluka,  vungu- 
luka. 

Up,  adv.{on  high),  kulu,  mulu, 
heulu.  § 364. 

to,  prep.,  ku. 

See  UP-STREAM,  UP-RIVER. 

Upon,  prep.,  ha,  heulu. 

Upper  part  of  hind  leg,  n.,  cibelu, 

7 

Upright,  be,  vi.,  imuna,  jalama, 
lulama. 

(good),  adj.,  inipe,  lengele, 
akane. 

make,  vt.,  iniunyika,  jadika, 
jalamixa,  ludika. 

Uprightness,  n. (goodness),  buim- 
pe,  6;  buakane,  6;  bulen- 
gele,  6. 

Up-river,  prep,  ph.,  ku  mutu(2). 

Uproar,  n.,  diyoyo,  5. 

Upset,  vt.,  tokola;  vi.,  tokoka. 

Up-stream,  prep,  ph.,  kumutu(2). 

Upwards,  adv.,  kulu,  mhlu. 

§364. 

Urge  on,  vt.,  endexa,  enzexa. 
The  Causative  Form  of  any 
verb  may  be  used  accord- 
ing to  the  connection. 

Urinate,  vi.,  sukula,  sukunya. 

Urine,  n.,  menya(menyu),  pi.  of 
5 or  6. 

Us,  pers.  pro. 

(1)  Simple  Disjunctive,  tuetu. 
§ 105. 

(2)  As  direct  or  indirect  obj., 
use  pronominal  infix  tu. 
§§116,117. 

(3)  With  prepositions,  see  §§  106 
^ (c),  107. 

Usage,  n.,  cilele,  7;  cienzedi,  7; 
cibilu,  7. 


Use,  vt.,  kuata. 

of  no,  adj.  ph.,  -a  hatuhu,  -a 
cinana. 

Used  to,  vt.,  ibidila,  lobokela. 
up,  be  no  more,  vi.,  xika,  hua. 

Useless,  adj.,  -a  hatuhu,  -a 
cinana,  -a  be. 

become,  vi.,  nyanguka,  onoka. 

Utter,  v.,  amba,  akula. 

V 

Vacant,  see  empty. 

Vacate,  ^'.(go  out),  umuka,  lu- 
huka,  hatuka. 

V.ACILLATE,  V.,  lembakana,  hum- 
bakana,  di  ne  micima  ibidl, 
nemawith  mucinia(2)  as  subj., 
tatakana. 

Vagabond,  n.,  muena(i)  cien- 
denda(7).  § 356  (^). 
be  a,  vph.,  enda  ciendenda. 

Vagabondage,  n.,  ciendenda,  7. 
§ 356  ig). 

Vagina,  n.,  cisuna(?),  7;  mun- 
fi(?),  2. 

Vagrancy,  n.,  ciendenda,  7.  § 356 

(^). 

Vagrant,  see  vagabond. 

Vain,  be,  v. (proud),  disua,  -di 
lexa,  sanka,  alakana. 
take  name  in,  vt.,  tela. 

(try  in  vain),  v.,  hanga. 

Vale,  n.,  luhongo,  4;  mu  cl- 
banda(7). 

Valiant,  see  brave. 

Valley,  7t.,  luhongo,  4;  mu  ci- 
banda(7). 

Valor,  n.,  dikima,  5;  bukitu,  6; 
mucima(2)  mukale. 

Valuable,  adj.,  -a  muxinga(2) 
mukale. 

Value,  w. (price),  muxinga,  2. 

Vanish,  vi.,  ximina. 

Vanity,  n.,  disanka,  5. 

Vanquish,  vt.,  hita  or  tamba 
followed  by  bukale(6)  or 
nguiu(3),  cimuna. 

Variegated,  be,  v.,  di  with 
matoba(pl.  of  k)  or  mabi- 
xi(pl.  of  5). 


VARIETY— VILE. 


285 


Variety,  see  kind. 

Vary,  v.,  use  neg.  of  fuana  or 
fuanangana  or  kelemena  or 
dieleka;  also  neg.  v.  with 
muomumue  or  o-umue. 

Vast,  ad j. {large),  nine. 

number,  many,  -a  bungi(6), 
ngi,  ngia-ngi. 

Vastness,  w. (largeness),  bunine,  6. 

in  number,  bungi,  6. 

Vaunt,  v.,  disua,  sanka,  alakana. 
Vegetable,  n.,  mudioko(2)  may 
perhaps  be  used  as  general  term. 
Vein,  n.,  mujilu(muxilu),  2. 
Velocity,  n.,  lubilu,  4;  lukusa,  4. 
Venerate,  vt.,  nemeka,  neme- 
kela,  meneka  menekela, 
tumbixa,  tendelela. 
Vengeance,  w.,  lukuna,  4. 

Venom,  n.,  for  poisoned  arrows, 
lulengu,  4. 

Veracity,  n.,  bulilela,  buikuxa, 
buxua,  bualabuala,  buina- 
buina.  These  words  all  be- 
long to  class  VI. 

Veranda,  n.,  citadilu,  7;  mba- 
lanta,  3. 

(long  pole  resting  on  the  support- 
ing posts),  n.,  mutandala,  2; 
mutamba,  2. 

post  supporting  the,  w.,  dikunxi, 

5* 

Verily,  adv.,  bulilela,  buina- 
buina,  buikuxa,  buxua, 
bualabuala.  These  are  really 
nouns  belonging  to  class  VI. 
Very,  adv.{\he  very  one),  mene. 
As  modifying  adjectives  there  are 
several  methods  of  expres- 
sion: 

(1)  The  word  be  postpositive. 

§ 90  {c). 

(2)  The  verbs  tamba  and  hita 
followed  by  the  abstract 
quality  of  the  adj.  § 90  (c). 

(3)  By  elongating  the  last 
syllable  of  the  adj. 

(4)  By  repeating  a syllable  of 
the  adj.;  as,  toke  to, 
kunze  kunzu. 


Vessel,  «.(pot),  civuadi,  7;  luesu, 
4;  nyingu,  3;  kasamba,  8. 
(ship),  n.,  dikunibi(5)  dia  mi. 

Vest,  n.,  nkuletu,  3. 

Vex,  vt.,  kuacixa  or  ufuixa  with 
cixi(7),  tacixa,  likixa  mun- 
da;  ■yi.(be  vexed),  tata, 
kuata  or  ufua  or  unva  or 
di  ne  with  cixi,  di  ne  munda 
muflke. 

Vexation,  cixi,  7. 

expression  of,  by  clicking  the 
throat,  V.,  sodia. 

Vibrate,  vi.,  lembelela,  dikuha, 
hehuka. 

Vice,  w.(bad  habit),  cilele(7)  or 
cibilu(7)  or  cienzedi(7)  fol- 
lowed by  adj.  cibi. 

(sin),  n.,  bualu(6)  bubi,  muan- 
da(2)  mubi,  bubi(6). 

Vicious,  adj.{had),  bi. 
be,  as  animal,  vph.,  di  ne 
luoxi(4). 

(wild,  reckless),  hale,  buluke, 
tomboke.  These  are  p.p.  of 
hala  and  buluka  and  tom- 
boka,  to  he  vicious. 

Viciousness,  w.(as  animal),  luoxi, 
4- 

(badness),  bubi,  6. 

(madness),  buhale,  6;  bubu- 
luke,  6;  butomboke,  6. 

Victorious,  be,  over,  vt.,  tamba  or 
hita  with  bukale(6)  or 
ngulu(3). 

Victuals,  n.,  bidia,  pi.  of  7;  bia 
kudia. 

View,  ^.(look,  see),  mona,  tan- 
gila,  xoxa. 

come  into,  m.,  mueneka,  mueka. 
pass  out  of,  vi.,  jimina. 

Vigilant,  ad].,  dimuke(p.p.  of 
dimuka,  to  he  vigilant). 

Vigorous,  adj.,  kale(p.p.  of  kala, 
to  he  vigorous),  di  ne  with 
bukale(6)  or  ngulu(3). 

Vigorously,  adv.,  bikale. 

Vigor,  n.,  bukale,  6;  ngulu,  pi. 
of  3 or  4. 

Vile,  adj.,  bi. 


286 


VILENESS— WAKE. 


Vileness,  n.,  bubi,  6. 

Vilify,  vt.,  songuela,  banda. 

Village,^.,  musoko,  2;  ditunga,5- 
large  collection  of,  metropolis, 
n.,  cimenga,  7;  cihunda,  7. 

Villain,  n.,  muntu(i)  mubi, 
muena(i)  lukinu(4). 

Vindicate,  vt.,  bingixa;  vL(be 
vindicated),  binga. 

Vine,  n.,  muoxi,  2. 

grape-,  nph.,  muoxi  wa  ma- 
moma  a kuenza  n’a  followed 
by  vinyo  ormaluvu  a mputu. 

Vinegar,  n.,  nvinike(Eng.),  3. 

Vineyard,  nph.,  budimi(6)  bua 
mioxi  ya  followed  by  maluvu 
a mputu  or  vinyo. 

Violence,  n.,  bukale,  6;  ngulu, 
pi.  of  3 or  4. 

(dementia),  n.,  buhale,  6;  bu- 
buluke,  6;  butomboke,  6. 
do  to,  to  rape,  vt.,  kuata  mu- 
kuxi  ku  bukale. 
take  by,  vt.,  nyenga. 

Violent,  atf). (demented),  hale, 
buluke,  tomboke.  These 
words  are  p.p.  of  hala  and 
buluka  and  tomboka,  to  he 
violent,  crazy. 

(strong),  kale(p.p.  of  kala,  to 
he  violent). 

Violently,  adv.,  ku  bukale(6), 
bikale. 

Virgin,  n.  No  word  for  virgin  as 
such. 

(girl),  lass,  muxikankunde,  2; 
songakuxi,  i. 

(unmarried  person),  mu j ike,  i. 

Virginity,  w. (girlhood),  buxikan- 
kunde,  6;  bunsongakuxi,  6. 
(state  of  being  unmarried),  n., 
bujike,  6. 

Virtue,  w. (goodness),  buimpe,  6; 
buakane,  6;  bulengele,  6. 

Virtuous,  adj.,  impe,  akane, 
lengele. 

(be  chaste),  vi.,  ena  ne  ma- 
sandi(pl.  of  5 or  6). 

Visage,  n.,  mpala,  3;  mesu,  pi. 
of  disu,  eye. 


Viscera,  n.,  mala,  pi.  of  dila, 
gut. 

Viscid,  be,  vi.,  kuatakana. 
Visible,  become,  vi.,  mueneka, 
mueka. 

Vision,  w. (dream),  mutu,  2;  ci- 
lata,  7;  dilu,  5. 
have  a,  vt.,  lata. 

Visit,  ^'.(go  visiting),  enda  buen- 
yi(6). 

n.,  buenyi,  6. 

Visitor,  n.,  muenyi,  i. 

Vocation,  n.,  mudimu,  2. 

Voice,  n.,  di,  5.  PI.  me. 
bass,  di  dinine. 
high,  di  dikise. 

lower  the,  vt.,  tek  xa  or  hue- 
kexa  with  di. 

raise  the,  vt.,  ambuluxa  or 
bandixa  or  ambulula  or 
kalexa  with  di. 

Void,  see  empty. 

Vomit,  v.,  luka. 

Vow,  V.,  ciha.  The  reflexive  di- 
ciha  is  generally  used. 

Voyage,  n.,  luendu,  4. 

W. 

Wadding,  n.,  for  gun,  dihusa,  5; 

cinyuka,  7. 

Wag,  vt.,  jixa(xixa). 

Wage,  v.,  war,  luangana  nvita(3). 

«.(pay),  difutu,  5. 

Wager,  n.,  luliiku,  4. 

V.,  dia  luhiku. 

put  up  anything  as  a,  vt.,  hikila. 
Wages,  n.,  difutu,  5. 

advance,  vt.,  bandixa  difutu. 
decrease,  vt.,  huekexa  difutu. 
Wagon,  see  carriage. 

Wail,  v.,  dila. 
n.,  muadi,  2. 

Waist,  n.,  cimono,  7;  cituka,  7. 
Waistcoat,  n.,  nkuletu,  3. 

Wait,  v.,  for,  await,  indila,  kuba. 
on,  attend,  vt.  lama. 

(stand),  vi.,  imuna. 

(stop),  V.,  lekela. 

Wake,  vt.,  bixa  ku  tulu(pl.  of  8), 
katamuxa. 


WAKEFUL— WAVE. 


287 


Wakeful,  be,  vph.,  lala  cita- 
bala(7). 

Wakefulness,  n.,  citabala,  7. 

Walk,  vi.,  enda. 

about,  vi.,  endakana. 

lame,  vi.,  enda  followed  by  pres. 

part,  of  zobela  or  tebuka. 
slowly,  vi.,  onguela,  xixamuka. 
with  a staff,  vi.,  enda  ku  ci- 
bangu(7),  xindamina. 

Walking-stick,  n.,  cibangu,  7. 

Wall,  w. (fence),  lumbu,  4;  lu- 
hangu,  4;  cibangu,  7. 
of  house,  n.,  ciniunu,  7. 

Wallow,  vi.,  bunguluka. 

Wander,  vi.,  about,  endakana. 
in  mind,  talk  in  delirium,  v., 
akula  biakulakula(pl.  of  7). 

Wanderer,  n.,  muendakanyi,  i. 
(vagabond),  muena(i)  cien- 
denda(7). 

Wane,  vi.{a.s  moon),  nyana. 

(when  the  moon  is  almost  ready 
to  disappear),  vi.,  nyingala. 

Want,  vt.,  sua,  nanga,  inyixa. 
(desire),  n.,  cisuasua,  7.  Udi 
ne  bisuasua,  he  has  {many) 
wants. 

in,  poor,  adj.,  hele,  landa. 
(lack),  vi.,  xala,  ena  ne. 

(need),  n.,  buhele,  6;  bulanda 

6. 

War,  n.,  nvita,  3. 

V.,  luangana  nvita. 

Warm,  be,  vi.,  hia,  di  with  lui- 
ya(4)  or  ciyuya(7). 
one’s  self  in  sun  or  by  fire,  v., 
Ota  with  munya(2)  or  ka- 
hia(8). 

over  again,  as  food,  vt.,  babaxa; 

vi.,  babala. 
vt.,  hixa. 

Warmth,  n.,  of  body  or  water  or 
air,  luiya,  4;  ciyuya,  7. 
of  the  sun,  n.,  munya,  2. 
of  fire,  n.,  kahia,  8. 

Warn,  vt.,  dimuxa;  vi.{he  warn- 
ed), dimuka. 

Warning,  n.,  budimu,  6. 
Warrior,  see  soldier. 


Wary,  adj.,  dimuke(p.p.  of  di- 
muka, to  be  wary). 

Wash,  vt.,  uvua,  sukula(Lower 
Congo). 

(bathe),  vi.,  owa;  vt.,  owexa. 

Wasp,  «. (making  nests  of  mud), 
ntotonyi,  3;  (the  nest  of), 
dibui(5). 

(making  nests  of  wood  paste),  n., 
ditetembue,  5;  dingulunge, 
5;  (the  nest  of),  nsaho,  3. 

Waste,  ^^/.(as  goods),  tangaluxa, 
tangadixa,  nyanga,  ona, 
muangaluxa,  dia  cinana. 
away,  grow  thin,  vi.,  nyana,  di 
ne  with  cionda(7)  or  cin- 
yanu(7). 

go  to,  vi.,  onoka(oneka),  nyan- 
guka. 

lay,  vt.,  haula. 

^L(trash),  bilu,  bisonso.  Both 
pi.  of  7. 

Watch,  ^'.(as  thief  for  chance  to 
steal),  tentekela. 

(look  after),  vt.,  lama,  tangila, 
mona,  xoxa. 

out,  be  warned,  vi.,  dimuka. 
«.(time  piece),  diba(pl.  meba), 

5- 

Watchman,  n.,  mulami,  i;  mu- 
tangidi,  i;  mumonyi,  i; 
mumuenenyi,  i. 

(sentry),  n.,  sentedi,  i.  From 
French  or  Eng. 

Water,  «.,  mi(mai),  pi.  of  5 or  6. 
cold,  nph.,  mi  matalale. 
fetch,  vt.,  suna. 
hot,  nph.,  mi  a kahia(8). 
make,  to  urinate,  v.,  sukula, 
sukunya. 

-pot,  n.,  mulondo,  2. 
small  amount  of,  n.,  tui(tuai), 
tuina.  Both  pi.  of  8.  See 
under  mi. 

Waterfall,  n.,  cibila,  7. 

Water-pot,  n.,  mulondo,  2. 

Wave,  n.,  divuala,  5. 

to  and  fro,  vt.,  nyungixa,  kuha. 
(vibrate),  lembelela,  dikuha, 
hehuka. 


288 


WAX— WEIGH. 


Wax,  (honeycomb),  dikaci,  5; 
dihula,  5. 

of  ear,  tufi(pl.  of  8)  tua 
nyongo’a  dicu(5). 

moon),  diunda,  lunda. 

Way,  n.,  nxila(njila),  3. 

(custom),  n.,  cilele,  7;  cien- 
zedi,  7;  cibilu,  7. 
door-,  muxuku(2)  wambelu, 
mbelu(3),  cibuedelu(7). 
get  out  of  the,  vi.,  sesuka, 
umuka,  ehuka(ahuka). 
half-,  locative  words  hankuci, 
kunkuci. 

high-,  w.,  nxila  munine,  mu- 
sesu(2). 

in  this,  thus,  adv.,  nunku(nanku, 
nenku). 

lead  the,  vi.,  ya  with  ku  mpa- 
la(3)  or  kumudilu,  dianjila. 
not  know  the,  be  lost,  vi.,  ham- 
buka. 

show  the,  vt.,  lombola. 
the  way  to,  nxila  wa  ku. 

W'ayfarer,  n.,  muendakanyi,  i. 

We,  pers.  pro. 

(1)  Simple  Disjunctive,  tuetu. 

§ 105* 

(2)  Compound  Disjunctive,  bie- 
tu.  §§  108,  no. 

(3)  Pro.  prefix,  tu.  §§  113,  114. 

Weak,  adj.,  tekete(p.p.  of  teketa, 

to  he  weak). 

(weary,  be),  vi.,  hanga,  susuka. 

Weaken,  vt.,  tekexa,  hangixa. 

Weakness,  n.,  butekete,  6;  di- 
hangu,  5. 

Wealth,  n.,  bubanji,  6;  biuma 
(sing,  ciunia),  7;  bintu(sing. 
cintu),  7;  luhetu,  4. 

Wealthy,  adj.,  banji,  -a  biuma(pl. 
of  7),  -a  bintu(pl.  of  7),  -a 
luhetu(4). 

Wean,  vt.,  kandixa  or  lekexa  or 
kanyina  or  jidika  followed  by 
muana(i)  mabele(pl.  of  5). 

Wear,  vt.,  luata,  vuala. 

out,  as  clothes,  vt.,  susula,  ona, 
nyanga. 


Wear  {continued). 

out,  to  make  tired,  vt.,  hangixa. 

See  WORN. 

Weariness,  n.,  dihangu,  5;  bu- 
tekete, 6. 

Weary,  be,  vi.,  hanga,  susuka, 
teketa. 

of,  V.,  tonda,  tua.  The  thing 
making  weary  is  the  subj.,  the 
person  is  the  obj. 

Weather,  n.  No  satisfactory 
word  has  been  found. 

Weave,  vt.,  kuma  didiba(5). 

Web,  n.,  of  spider,  buntate,  6; 
butatande,  6;  bukuondo,  6. 

Wed,  vt.,  buka.  See  marry. 

Wedding,  n.,  dibuka,  5. 

feast,  n.,  bidia  bia  dibanzi- 
xa(s). 

See  MARRIAGE,  MARRY. 

Wedlock,  n.,  dibuka,  5. 

Wednesday,  n.,  dituku(s)  disatu. 
See  WEEK. 

Weed,  w.(wild  grass),  dlxinde,  5. 

(trash),  «.,  bilu,  bisonso.  Gen- 
erally use  pi. 

^.(cut  out  with  hoe),  ihila. 

Week,  n.  There  is  r o succession 
of  days  corresponding  to  the 
term  week.  In  the  vicinity  of 
Luebo  and  other  places  where 
Sunday  is  known  we  have  the 
following: 

Sunday,  7t.,  L.umingu(Lubingu), 
4.  From  Portuguese. 

Monday,  nph.,  dituku(5)  dia 
mpatukilu(nduhukilu)  wa 
Lumingu. 

Tuesday,  nph.,  dituku  dibidi. 

Wednesday,  nph.,  dituku  disatu. 

Thursday,  nph.,  dituku  dini. 

Friday,  nph.,  dituku  ditanu- 

Saturday,  nph.,  dituki^  disam- 
bombo. 

Weep,  vi.,  dila. 

for,  vt.,  jinga. 

Weeping,  «.,  muadi,  2. 

Weevil,  n.,  lubumbu,  4. 

Weigh,  vt.,  idikixa  or  elekexa 
with  bujitu(6). 


WEIGHT— WHICH. 


289 


Weight,  w. (heaviness),  bujitu,  6. 

Weighty,  adj.,  -a  bujitu(6). 
be,  vi.,  nema,  nemenena. 

Welcome,  vt.,  akadila,  uhukila, 
akana. 

Weld,  vt.,  bambakanya,  bamba- 
kuxa. 

Well,  adv.,  bimpe,  biakane,  bi- 
lengele. 

adj.,  kale(p.p.  of  kala,  to  be 
well),  -a  bukale(6). 
become,  to  convalesce,  vL,  san- 
gMa,  sanguluka,  kusa  mu- 
bidi(2). 

(be  cured),  w.,  talala,  hola,  iima. 
w.(spring),  rapokolo,  3. 

West,  nph.,  kutu  diba(5)  dia- 
buela,  kutu  kuabuela  diba. 
For  convenience  is  also  sug- 
gested wesita(Eng.),  3. 

Wet,  be,  vi.,  talala,  hola,  toha, 
bola,  bombama;  the  adj.  phs. 
-a  citelele(7)  and  -a  cia- 
xlma(7). 

make,  vt.,  taluxa,  tohexa,  bo- 
lexa,  bombeka. 

WETNESS,«.,citelele,  7;  ciaxima,7. 

What,  interrog.  pro.,  cinganyi? 
clnyi?  ci?  munyi  ? bixi? 
bualu(6)  ki?  The  first  three 
words  are  noun  forms  belong- 
ing to  class  VII,  munyi?  and 
bixi?  are  indeclinable, 
for?  why?  § 420. 
is  its  name?  dina(5)  diaci 
ncinganyi?  See  § 175,  Rem.  3. 
is  the  matter?  munyi?  bixi? 

cinyi?  cinganyi?  bualu  ki? 
is  your  name?  dina  diebi 
nganyi?  § 174,  Rem.  i. 
kind?  ki  postpositive.  § 176. 

For  use  in  Indirect  Questions,  see 

§ 472  (a). 

For  use  as  Relative  Pro.  with 
antecedent  omitted,  see  § 169. 
It  is  to  be  noted  that  the  inter- 
rogative words  are  nearly 
always  at  the  end  of  the  sen- 
tence. 

interjec.,  kia!(cial). 


I 

Whatever,  whatsoever,  pro.,  the 
adj.  onso  with  prefix  of  the 
noun  indicated. 

Wheat,  ».  This  grain  is  unknown 
in  Central  Africa.  It  might 
not  be  far  wrong  to  use  the 
word  mponda(millet),  which 
is  grown  and  harvested  in  much 
the  same  way  as  wheat. 

Wheel,  w.,  dikalu,  5.  This  is  used 
of  the  stern  wheel  of  the 
steamer  and  is  from  the 
Portuguese. 

When,  interrog.  adv.  There  is  no 
definite  word.  Use  dituku 
ki?  what  day?  ngondu  ki? 
what  moon?  cidimu  ki?  what 
season?  diba  ki?  (or  diba 
hanyi?),  what  o'clock  ? 

sub.  conj.,  ha-  insep.  with  v. 

For  use  in  Indirect  Questions,  see 

§ 472  (b). 

Whence,  interrog.  adv.,  kunyi? 
hanyi ? 

For  use  as  sub.  conj.,  see 

§ 472(f). 

Where,  interrog.  adv.,  kunyi? 
hanyi ? 

For  use  as  sub.  conj.,  see  § 472(c). 

Wherefore,  adv.,  ka,  bu-  insep. 
with  Applied  Form  of  v.  See 
therefore. 

Wherein,  adv. {in  which),  see  § 168 
(a)  ib). 

Wherever,  Wheresoever,  adv., 
use  locatives  insep.  wdth  adj. 
root  onso. 

Wherewith,  ac?7;.(with  which),  see 
§ 168  (c). 

Whet,  vt.,  nuona. 

Whether,  conj.,  ne. 

(whether  . . . or),  ne  . . . ne. 

Which,  interrog.  pro.  and  rel.  pro. 

(1)  As  interrog.,  use  ki?  follow- 
ing the  noun.  §176. 

(2)  For  use  in  Indirect  Questions, 
see  § 472  {a). 

(3)  As  rel.  pro.,  see  § 164,  etc. 

(4)  As  rel.  pro.  with  preposi- 
tions, see  § 168  (a)-(c). 


290 


WHICHEVER— WICKEDNESS. 


Whichever,  Whichsoever,  pro., 
the  adj.  onso  with  prefix  of  the 
noun  indicated. 

While,  suh.  conj.,  ha-  insep.  with 

V.  § 458  W(2). 

n.,  long,  matuku(pl.  of  5)  male, 
ngondo(pl.  of  3)  ya  bungi(6), 
musangu(2)  mule,  to  (adv.). 

short,  matuku  mihi,  musangu 
muihi,  citulia(7). 

Whine,  vi.,  dila. 

Whip,  n.,  muxoxo,  2;  munyasu, 
2;  kanyanzu,  8. 

vt.,  kuma,  tuta. 

Whirlpool,  n.,  dinyungu(5)  dia 
mi. 

Whirlwind,  n.,  nvunde,  3;  cin- 
funde,  7. 

(tornado),  cihuhu,  7. 

Whiskers,  n.,  muevu,  2;  muedu, 
2. 

hair  of  the,  n.,  lusuki,  4;  lun- 
yonyi,  4. 

Whisper,  vi.,  nungana. 

n.,  dinunganyi,  5. 

Whistle,  n.,  luxiba,  4;  cixiba,  7. 
V.,  through  the  mouth,  ela 
muosa(2). 

through  the  hands,  ela  with 
cihoto(7)  or  eibobo(7). 

Whistling,  w.(of  the  mouth), 
muosa,  2. 

(through  the  hands),  «.,  cihoto, 
7;  cibobo,  7. 

White,  adj.,  toke(p.p.  of  toka, 
to  he  white). 

of  egg,  n.,  milembulembu,  pi. 
of  2. 

very,  toke  with  the  adv.  words 
kubo  or  ze  ze  or  to. 

Whiteness,  n.,  butoke,  6.  Some- 
times the  infin.  kutoka  is  used 
in  Comparative  constructions. 

Whitewash,  w.(a  white  earth), 
luhemba,  4.  PI.  is  generally 
used. 

vt.,  laba  mpemba. 

Whither,  interrog.  adv.,  kunyi? 
hanyi  ? 

For  use  as  sub.  conj.,  see  § 472(c). 


Whitish,  adj.,  tokoloke(p.p.  of 
tokoloka,  to  be  whitish). 

Who,  interrog.  and  rel.  pro. 

(1)  As  interrog.  pro.  use: 

(a)  Nganyi?  (pi.  banganyi?) 
See  § 174. 

{b)  Ki  following  the  noun 

§ 176. 

(2)  As  rel.  pro.,  see  § 164,  etc. 

(3)  As  rel.  pro.  with  antecedent 
omitted  in  Indirect  Questions, 
see  § 472  (a). 

Whoever,  pro.,  the  adj.  onso  with 
prefix  of  the  noun  indicated. 
Whole,  adj.,  onso,  xima. 

n.,  buonso,  6;  buxima,  6. 
Whom,  interrog.  and  rel.  pro. 

(1)  As  interrog.  use 

(a)  Nganyi?  (pi.  banganyi?) 
See  § 174. 

{h)  Ki  following  the  noun. 

§ 176. 

(2)  As  rel.  pro.,  see  § 164,  etc. 

(3)  As  rel.  pro.  with  antecedent 
omitted  in  Indirect  Questions, 
see  472  (a). 

(4)  As  rel.  pro.  governed  by  prep- 
ositions, see  § 168  (a)-(c). 

Whore,  n.,  muena(i)  masandi(pl. 
of  5 or  6),  mukuxi(i)  wa 
masandi. 

Whoredom,  n.,  masandi,  pi.  of  5 
or  6. 

Whoremonger,  n.,  muena(i)  ma- 
sandi(pl.  of  5 or  6). 

Whose,  interrog.  and  rel.  pro. 

(1)  As  interrog.  pro.,  use  -a 
nganyi  ?(pl.  -a  banganyi?). 

(2)  As  rel.  pro.,  see  § 167. 

(3)  As  rel.  pro.  with  antecedent 
omitted  in  Indirect  Questions, 
see  § 472  (a),  Rem.  i. 

Whtsoever,  see  whoever. 

Why,  adv.  For  different  construc- 
tions, see  § 420. 

For  use  in  Indirect  Question 
constructions,  see  § 472  (e). 
Wick,  n.,  mukudi,  2. 

Wicked,  adj.,  bi. 

Wickedness,  n.,  bubi,  6. 


WIDE— WISE. 


291 


Wide,  ad j. {large),  nine. 

Widen,  vt.,  diundixa,  lundixa. 

Widow,  n.,  mukuxi(i)  wa  lufuila 

(4). 

Widower,  n.,  mulumi(i)  wa  lu- 
fuila(4). 

Widowhood,  Widowerhood,  n., 

lufuila,  4. 

Width,  n.,  mu  or  ku  followed  by 
buihi(6)  or  bukise(6),  ntan- 
ta(3)  muihi,  bunine(6)  is  often 
used  when  there  is  no  com- 
parison between  length  and 
breadth. 

Wife,  n.,  mukuxi,  i. 

the  first,  n.,  muadi,  2;  mutu(2) 
wa  lubanza(4). 

the  second,  n.,  cilonde(7) 
muadi. 

Wiggle,  vi.,  sala,  salakana. 

Wild,  o<i7. (reckless,  crazy),  hale, 
buluke,  tomboke.  These  are 
p.p.  of  the  verbs  hala,  buluka 
and  tomboka,  to  be  wild. 

(as  animals),  -a  muitu(2),  -a 
mpata(3),  -a  cisuku(7). 
be,  timid,  vi.,  baxa,  di  ne  mba- 
xibaxi(pl.  of  3 or  4). 

Wildcat,  n.,  mbalabala,  3. 

Wildness,  w. (craziness),  buhale, 
6;  bubuluke,6;  butomboke,6. 
(fright),  buowa,  6. 

(timidity,  as  of  animals),  mb  ax  i- 
baxi,  pi.  of  3 or  4. 

Wile,  w.(trap),  buteyi,  6. 

Wilful,  a<i;.(stubborn),  -a  cicu(7), 
-a  cixiku(7),  -a  buhidia(6), 
-a  cibengu(7). 

Wilfulness,  n.,  cicu,  7;  cixiku, 
7;  buhidia,  6;  cibengu,  7. 

Wiliness,  n.,  budimu,  6;  lukinu, 

4- 

Will,  v.,  as  sign  of  future  tense, 
see  § 295. 

w.(mind),  muoyo,  2;  mucima,  2. 
(testament),  mukanda(2)  wa 
buhianyi(6). 

(wish  not,  to  reject),  vt.,  hidia, 
benga. 

Willing,  be,  ^.(agree  to),  itabuxa. 


Wilt,  vi.,  fuba;  vt.,  fubixa. 

Wily,  adj.,  dimuke(p.p.  of  di- 
muka,  to  be  wily),  -a  budi- 
mu(6),  -a  lukinu(4). 

Win,  V.,  a bet  or  at  lawsuit,  binga. 
at  gambling,  v.,  tab  a.  The  per- 
son losing  is  the  obj.  of  the 
verb;  as,  nakutaha  Kasongo 
bintu  biandi,  I won  Kasongo' s 
things. 

(conquer),  vt.,  hita  or  tamba 
with  bukale(6)  or  ngulu(pl. 
of  3)- 

Wind,  n.,  luhehele,  4. 
break,  vt.,  ela  muxa(2). 
(hurricane),  n.,  cihuhu,  7. 
whirl-,  n.,  nvunde,  3;  cin- 
lunde,  7. 

■y/.(wrap  around),  jinga,  jin- 
gila,  vUnga,  vungila,  nyen- 
gela. 

Window,  n.,  dikela,  5. 

Wine,  n.,  for  the  communion,  mi  a 
Nzambi. 

imported,  vinyo(from  Portu- 
guese), maluvu  a mputu. 
palm,  from  the  millet  or  com, 
maluvu,  pi.  of  5 or  6;  malua, 
pi.  of  5 or  6. 

Wing,  n.,  dihahu,  5;  luhambu,  4’ 

Wink,  v.,  hodia. 

at,  V.,  bunga  disu(5). 

Winnow,  vt.,  hehula,  huxa,  hu- 
hixa. 

Winter,  n.,  cidimu(7)  cia  ma- 
xika,  muxihu(2). 

Wipe,  vt.,  off,  kuhula,  hulula. 
out,  vt..  jima,  jimixa. 

Wire,  n.,  lukanu,  4. 

large  brass,  cut  into  short  pieces 
and  used  as  currency,  n., 
mutaku,  2. 

small,  n.,  kala,  8.  PI.  is  tuala 

Wisdom,  n.,  lungenyi,  4;  mexi, 
pi.  of  5 or  6;  lukanyi,  4. 

Wise,  adj.,  -a  lungenyi(4),  -a 
mexi(pl.  of  5 or  6),  -a  lu- 
kanyi(4). 

(cunning),  dimuke(p.p.  of  di- 
muka,  to  be  wise). 


292 


WISH— WORK. 


Wish,  vt.,  sua,  nanga,  inyixa. 
an  ill,  n.y  mulau,  2. 
ill  to,  vt.,  ela  mulau. 
n.,  cisuasua,  7.  Generally  with 
idea  of  uncertainty  as  to  what 
one  does  want. 

Witch,  n.,  muena(i)  with  mu- 
hongo(2)  or  buloxi(6)  or 
muloxi(2). 

(bewitch),  vt.,  Iowa, 
bring  from  under  influence  of, 
vt.,  liongola. 

-craft,  n.,  muhongo,  2;  buloxi, 
6;  muloxi,  2. 

doctor,  one  who  prepares  the 
poison  test,  n.,  muena(i) 
cihaha(7). 

Witchcraft,  w.,  muhongo,  2; 
buloxi,  6;  muloxi,  2. 

With,  prep.,  ne.  Sometimes  the 
idea  is  expressed  in  the  verb; 
as,  flla,  go  with-,  etc. 

(be  with  child),  v.,  di  ne  with 
difu(5)  or  dimi(5). 

Withdraw,  vi.{go  out),  umuka, 
hatuka,  luhuka. 

Wither,  vi.,  fuba;  vt.,  fubixa. 

Withhold,  ■y/. (restrain),  humbixa> 
lekexa,  kosexa. 

Within,  prep.  Use  mu  when  the 
noun  which  it  governs  is  ex- 
pressed; use  the  Locative  Suf- 
fixed construction  with  mu 
when  the  noun  is  not  ex- 
pressed. § 320. 

Without,  prep.  Use  mu  when  the 
noun  which  it  governs  is  ex- 
pressed; use  the  Locative  Suf- 
fixed construction  with  mu 
when  the  noun  is  not  ex- 
pressed. § 320. 

Without  in  sense  of  not  being  or 
not  doing  is  best  expressed  by 
the  simple  neg.  of  the  verb, 
be,  vi.,  ena  ne. 

Withstand,  vph.,  ela  mukosa(2). 
(forbid),  vt.,  hidia,  benga. 

Witness,  w.(one  knowing),  mu- 
munyi,  i. 


Witness  {continued). 

(one  seeing),  n.,  mutangidi,  1; 
mumonyi,  i. 

to  bear  false,  v.,  xima,  dinga, 
dimba(Buk.). 

to  bear  false  witness  against,  vt., 
ximinyina,  dingila,  dimbila, 
banda. 

(to  see),  vt.,  mona,tangila,  xoxa. 

Wizard,  see  witch. 

Woe,  n.,  mulau,  2. 

Woman,  n.,  mukuxi,  i. 

(a  large  woman,  generally  used 
ironically),  n.,  cikuxiana,  7. 
§351- 

(a  woman  recently  confined),  n., 
muviele,  i;  muadikuxi,  i. 

(a  woman  who  has  borne  chil- 
dren), n.,  muledi,  i. 
a young,  n.,  muxikankunde,  2; 
songakuxi,  i. 

childless,  barren,  n.,  nkumba,  3. 

Womanhood,  n.,  bukuxi,  6. 

young,  n.,  buxikankunde,  6; 
bunsongankuxi,  6. 

Womb,  n.,  difu,  5;  dimi,  5;  cile- 
lelu(?),  7;  cibutuilu(?),  7. 
(the  inside),  munda.  § 423  (2) 
{b). 

Wonder,  (expressed  by  grunt- 
ing), kema,  tua  cikema(7). 
n.,  bualu(6)  bua  kukema. 

Wonderful,  adj.,  -a  kukema. 

Woo,  vt.,  endela. 

Wood,  w. (copse),  cihuka,  7. 

fire-,  lukunyi,  4.  PI.  generally 
used. 

(forest),  ditu,  5.  PL  metu. 
(stick),  muci,  2. 

Wooden,  adj.,  -amuci(2). 

Wool,  n.,  mioso  ya  mukoko(2). 
Sing,  of  mioso  is  luoso;  see 
§ 45,  Rem. 

Word,  n.,  di,  5.  PI.  is  me. 

Work,  see  labor. 

for,  to  serve,  vt.,  kuacila  or 
enzela  or  enzexa  with  mu- 
dimu(2). 

(not  to  work  well,  to  trifle),  vi., 
lenga,  xixamuka. 


WORKMAN— WRITE. 


293 


Workman,  w.,  muena(i)  mudi- 
mu(2). 

World,  n.  There  seems  to  be 
no  distinct  word.  BuIobo(6) 
means  more  properly  the  land 
as  distinguished  from  the 
water,  though  it  seems  to  be 
the  best  word  to  use  in  the 
sense  of  world. 

(figurative,  in  sense  of  people), 
raisoko(pl.  of  2)  yonso. 

Worm,  n.,  cixi,  7. 

(caterpillar),  dixi,  5;  cixi,  7. 

PI.  of  dixi  is  mexi. 
earth-,  munyenga,  2. 
grub,  dikubu,  5;  luhosc,  4. 

Both  kinds  are  eaten, 
intestinal,  musanda,  2. 
large  green,  nyoka’a  bundu. 
This  is  edible. 

Worn  out,  be,  v.(as  clothes), 
susuka,  onoka,  nyanguka. 
(tired),  vi.,  hanga. 

Worry,  see  annoy. 

Worse,  get,  ■y.(in  health),  nema  or 
nemenena  with  disama,  sick- 
ness, as  subj. 

Worship,  vt.,  tendelela. 

(extol),  vt.,  tumbixa,  inyixa. 

Worth,  w. (price),  muxinga,  2. 

Worthiness,  m. (goodness),  bu- 
impe,  6;  buakane,  6;  bulen- 
gele,  6. 

Worthless,  ad;. (cheap),  -a  mu- 
xinga(2)  mutekete,  -a  ci- 
nana,  -a  hatuhu,  -a  be. 
(lazy),  -a  bukata(6),  -a  bu- 
fuba(6). 

person,  w.(lazy),  mufuba,  i. 
to  become,  vi.,  nyanguka, 
onoka. 

See  § 356  ig). 

Worthlessness,  w. (laziness),  bu- 
fuba,  6;  bukata,  6. 

(of  no  value),  cinana,  hatuhu. 
These  are  indeclinable. 

Worthy,  ad;. (good),  impe,  akane, 
lengele. 

Would,  auxiliary  v. 

(i)  In  Direct  Discourse  con- 


WoULD  {continued). 

structions  use  the  exact  words 
of  speaker.  § 455  {b)  (2) 

(2)  In  Past  Conditions,  see  §§ 
459  {c),  460  (c). 

(3)  As  past  tense  neg.  of  will  use 
the  past  tense  of  hidia  or 
benga;  as,  wakuhidia  kuya, 
he  would  not  go. 

Wound,  vt.,  taha  mputa(3). 
n.,  mputa,  3. 

Wounded,  adj.,  taha(p.p.  passive 
of  taha,  to  wound). 

Wrangle,  w. (dispute),  luhata,  4. 
(row),  «.,  diyoyo,  5;  mutayo,  2. 
V.,  tandangana,  ela  or  elan- 
gana  or  di  ne  followed  by 
mpata(sing.  luhata). 

Wrangling,  n.,  luhata,  4;  di- 
yoyo, 5;  mutayo,  2;  ma- 
tandu,  pi.  of  5 or  6. 

Wrap,  vt.,  jinga,  jingila,  vunga, 
vungila,  nyengela. 
up  in,  vt.,  kuta  mu. 

Wrapper,  m.  (canvas  of  bales), 
dikutu,  5. 

Wrath,  n , cixi,  7. 

Wreck,  vt.,  a village,  haula. 

(tear  down  a house),  vt.,  sasula. 

Wrestle,  v.,  luangana  bibu- 
la(sing.  cibula  7),  finan- 
gana. 

(throw  in  wrestling),  vt.,  flna, 
xinda. 

Wrestling,  n.,  cibula,  7.  PI. 
generally  used. 

Wretch,  w.(bad  person),  mun- 
tu(i)  mubi. 

Wriggle  vi.,  sala,  salakana. 

(as  caterpillar),  lundamana. 

(as  snake),  vi.,  jongoloka. 

(as  worm),  vi.,  vunguluka. 
(twist),  vi.,  nyenga,  jeka. 

Wring,  vt.{aiS  wet  clothes), nyenga.- 
off,  vt.,  nyengabaxa. 

Wrinkle,  n.,  mufudi,  2. 

Wrist,  n.,  kansanke,  8. 

Wristlet,  n.,  lukanu,  4. 

Write,  vt.,  funda.  Sometimes 
taha  has  this  meaning. 


294 


WRITER— YOUNGER. 


Writer,  n.,  mufundi,  i. 

Writing,  w.,  manner  of,  cifundidi, 
7- 

Wrong,  n.,  bubi,  6;  bualu(6) 
bubi;  muanda(2)  mubi. 
be  in  the,  vi.,  hila. 
do,  vt.,  enza  bibi. 
do  to  one,  vt.,  enzela  bibi. 
judge  to  be  in  the,  vt.,  hixa. 
a<fj.(not  right),  use  neg.  with 
inipe,  akane,  lengele. 
adv.,  bibi. 

Wrongly,  adv.,  bibi. 


X. 

Xylophone,  n.,  madimba,  pi.  of  5. 


Y. 

Yam,  n.,  wild,  cisambu,  7;  ci- 
mena,  7. 

Yard,  n.,  lubanza,  4;  bula,  6; 
also  mu  with  one  of  the  words 
meaning  fence,  luhangu(4), 
cihangu(7),  lumbu(4). 

Yawn,  v.,  ela  rauau(2). 
n.,  muau,  2. 

Ye,  pers.  pro.,  see  you. 

Year,  n.  There  is  no  term  for  the 
complete  circle  of  the  year- 
Cidimu(2)  means  season,  ei- 
ther wet  or  dr\\  Of  course, 
by  doubling  this  we  have  the 
years. 

See  SEASON. 

Yearly,  adv.,  ku  cidimu(7)  ku 
cidimu,  lit.,  season  by  season. 

Yearn,  for  vt.,  muoyo(2)  or  mu- 
cima(2)  as  subj.  of  samina  or 
kumina,  ela  mucima. 

Yeast,  n.,  yisita(Eng.). 

Yell,  vi.,  handalala. 

Yellow,  adj.,  kunzuluke,  kunzu- 
bile,  kunze.  These  are  p.p. 
of  kunzuluka,  kunzubila, 
kunza,  to  he  yellow. 


Yes,  adv.,  e. 

See  § 469. 

Yesterday,  adv.,  makelela,  ma- 
laba. 

Yet,  not  yet  to  have  done,  v.,  use 
neg.  of  anza  followed  by  infin. 
§ 228. 

Yield,  7;.(as  potatoes,  cassava, 
etc.),  ika. 

(as  trees),  vt.,  kuama. 

(surrender),  vi.,  hanga,  teketa. 

Yolk,  n.,  bukulukulu,  6. 

Yonder,  adv.,  kuakua,  muamua, 
haha;  aku,  amu,  aha;  kuo- 
kuo,  muomuo,  hoho.  § 163, 
Notes  3 and  4. 

You,  pers.  pro. 

(1)  Singular: 

{a)  As  Simple  Disjunctive, 
wewe.  § 105. 

{h)  Pronominal  prefix  as  subj., 
uorw.  §§113,114. 

(c)  Pronominal  infix  as  direct 
or  indirect  obj.,  ku.  §§  1 16, 
117. 

{d)  With  prepositions,  see  §§ 
106  (c),  107. 

(e)  As  Compound  Disjunctive, 
biebi.  §§  108,  no. 

(2)  Plural: 

{a)  As  Simple  Disjunctive, 
nuenu.  § 105. 

(6)  Pronominal  prefix  as  subj.‘ 
nu.  § 1 14. 

(c)  Pronominal  infix  as  direct 
or  indirect  obj.,  nu.  §§  116, 
II7-. 

(d)  With  prepositions,  see  §§ 
106  (c),  107. 

{e)  As  Compound  Disjunctive, 
bienu.  §§  108,  no. 

Young,  man,  n.,  songalumi,  i; 
muhiankunde,  2. 

of  living  creature,  n.,  muana,  i. 

woman,  n.,  songakuxi,  i;  mu- 
xikankunde,  2. 

Younger,  adj.,  -a  ku  nyima(3). 

brother  or  sister,  n.,  muakunyi. 
I. 

of  twins,  n.,  nkanku,  i. 


YOUNGEST— ZIGZAG. 


Youngest  child,  n.,  muan’a  mu- 
kala(2)> 

Your,  poss.  pro. 

(1)  Singular,  ebi.  § 133. 

(2)  Plural,  enu.  § 133. 

Yours,  poss.  pro.,  sing,  and  pi. 

See  § 135. 

Yourself,  pers.  pro. 

(1)  Compound  Disjunctive 
form,  nkiycbi.  §§  108,  109. 

(2)  When  reflexive  use  the  re- 
flexive prefix  of  the  v.,  -di-. 
Note  that  this  construction 
may  be  used  as  subj.  or  obj. 
§ 1 18. 

(3)  See  B.L.-Eng.  under  ine. 
Yourselves,  pers.  pro. 

(1)  Compound  Disjunctive  form, 
nkiyenu.  §§  108,  109. 

(2)  When  reflexive  use  the  re- 
flexive prefix  of  the  v.,  -di-. 
Note  that  this  construction  may 


295 


Yourselves  {continued). 

be  used  either  as  subj.  or  obj. 

(3)  See  B.L.-Eng.  under  ine. 

Youth,  «. (young  man),  songa- 
lumi,  I,  muhiankunde,  2. 
(young  manhood),  n.,  bunsonga- 
lumi,  6;  buhiankunde,  6. 

Youthhood,  n.,  bunsongalumi,  6, 
buhiankunde,  6. 


Z. 

Zealously,  adv.,  bikale. 

Zenith,  «.,  hankuci  ha  diulu(5). 

Zero,  n.,  cinana,  hatuhu.  These 
are  indeclinable. 

Zigzag,  m.(be  crooked),  nyon- 
goboka,  henguluka,  kon- 
yangala;  vt.,  make,  nyongo- 
boxa,  henguluxa. 


II.  BULUBA-LULUA-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY. 


BULUBA-LULUA-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY. 


A. 

-a,  prep.,  of.  This  is  the  gen- 
eral construction  jor  expressing 
the  English  Possessive  Case. 

§ 87  («)• 

When  j allowed  by  the  in  fin.  it 
expresses  the  idea  of  purpose 
and  may  he  translated  by  to 
or  for.  § 87  (/). 

This  prepositional  word  has  the 
construction  of  an  adj.  and 
takes  the  Secondary  Prefixes. 
§ 68  (g). 

Aba,  vi.,  to  click  (gun). 

Abanya,  vt.,  to  distribute  or  divide 
up  or  share  among,  apportion, 
part  or  separate  among. 

Abanyangana,  vt.,  to  distribute  or 
divide  into  shares  among  each 
other. 

Abanyina,  vt.,  to  distribute  or  part 
or  apportion  to,  divide  up  or 
separate  into  shares  for. 

Abo,  pass,  pro.,  their,  theirs.  This 
refers  only  to  nouns  of  class  I. 

§§  133.  135- 

muan’abo  ne,  mate,  match,  of 
same  kind  or  sort  or  quality  or 
character  or  species  or  variety, 
like  or  similar. 

ena  muan’abo,  to  be  unlike, 
dissimilar. 

Abuluka,  vi.,  to  separate  (as  crowd), 
part,  divide,  branch  into  dif- 


Abuluka  {Continued). 

ferent  directions,  diverge,  ra- 
diate. 

Abuluxa,  vt.,  to  separate,  divide, 
part,  apportion,  cause  to 
branch  into  two  parts. 

Afunya,  vt.,  to  tickle. 

Agiisite,  «.(Eng.),  August  (the 
month). 

Aha,  adv.,  here  (on),  yonder,  there, 
hence,  hither,  thither,  thence.. 
§ 163,  Note  3. 

.4.ka,  vt.,  to  gather  the  leaves  of 
the  cassava  or  other  plants, 
also  peas;  hence  to  harvest 
(peas),  reap. 

Akana,  vi.,  to  agree,  match,  corre- 
spond to,  be  adapted  to,  be 
suitable,  be  even,  to  fit,  to 
suit,  be  proper;  go  to  meet 
and  welcome. 

Akanangana,  v.,  to  agree  together, 
fit  or  match  or  conform  to  each 
other,  correspond  to,  be  enough 
or  adequate  or  sufficient,  suf- 
fice, suit,  be  suitable,  be  even 
or  level  or  exact,  be  adapted 
to,  be  proper  or  right. 

di  diakuakanangana  dimue,  to 
conclude  agree,  decide,  deter- 
mine. 

The  neg.  of  this  word  means  to 
be  insufficient,  unsuitable. 

See  note  undtu  ernanagana. 

299 


300 


AKANE— AMBA. 


Akane,  af^y.(p.p.  of  akana,  to  be 
fit,  etc.),  beautiful,  pretty, 
lovely,  fine,  good,  pure,  chaste, 
guiltless,  virtuous,  elegant,  ex- 
cellent, worthy,  fair  or  hand- 
some, fair  or  just  or  honest, 
correct,  fit,  suitable,  right, 
kind,  humane,  noble,  holy, 
perfect,  righteous,  upright, 
lawful,  rich  or  fertile  or  pro- 
ductive (soil). 

With  neg.  verb:  unjust,  unkind, 
unholy,  wrong,  not  right. 

Akidila,  vt.,  to  catch  or  clasp  in  the 
hands  or  arms,  go  to  meet  and 
hug  or  embrace;  hence ^ to 
welcome,  salute,  greet. 

Aku,  adv.,  there  (at),  thence, 
thither,  yonder.  § 163,  Note  3. 

Akuila,  vt.^  to  intercede  for,  advo- 
cate for,  speak  for,  plead  for. 

Akula,  V.,  to  speak,  talk,  utter. 

a.  biakulakula,  to  talk  nonsense 
or  incoherently,  talk  in  delir- 
ium, wander  in  mind,  babble, 
gabble,  jabber,  prattle. 

a.  with  cidimi(7)  or  cilafl(7), 
to  pronounce  or  speak  badly 
or  indistinctly. 

lekela  kuakula,  stop  talking,  be 
silent,  hush,  be  quiet,  keep 
silence,  be  still. 

neg.  with  bimpe,  to  speak  in- 
distinctly. 

Note:  akula  means  to  speak  or 
talk,  while  amba  means  to 
tell,  tell  about,  narrate. 

Akuxa,  vt.,  to  make  to  agree,  make 
to  fit,  make  to  match,  make 
equal  or  even  or  exact,  fix, 
mend,  harmonize  or  tune  or 
attune,  adapt  to. 

a.  me,  to  resolve,  conclude,  de- 
cide, determine. 

a.  me  hamue,  to  sing  in  har- 
mony or  unison. 

Akuxangana,  vt.,  to  make  to  agree 
to  each  other,  match  each  other, 
fit  each  other,  make  even  or  ex- 
act, make  to  suit,  adapt  to. 


Alakana,  vi.,  to  be  proud,  haughty, 
vain;  vaunt  one’s  self. 

Alamanaka,  3,  w.(Eng.),  almanac. 

Alamina,  vt.,  to  expect,  look  for, 
lie  in  wait  for. 

Aluixa,  vt.,  to  recall  (cause  to  re- 
turn), put  back. 

Aluka,  vi.,  to  come  back,  turn 
back,  go  back,  retire,  return. 

Alukila,  vi.,  to  come  back,  turn 
back,  return,  go  back,  retire. 

Alukixa,  vt.,  to  send  back,  bring 
back,  return,  fetch  or  take 
back,  recall,  restore. 

a.  bulunda(6),  to  atone,  recon- 
cile. 

Amba,  v.  When  followed  by  the 
in  fin.  this  word  means  to  be 
about  to,  become,  get,  intend, 
mean,  plan,  purpose,  reckon, 
suppose,  regard,  resolve,  con- 
clude, decide,  determine, 
threaten.  Hence  we  have  udi 
wamba  kuya,  he  is  about  to 
go;  cilulu  cikadi  ciamba 
kutika,  the  cloth  is  getting  or 
becoming  black. 

a with  in  fin.  and  kaba  kabale, 
nearly,  almost. 

Amba,  v.,  to  speak,  tell,  state,  say, 
command  or  order,  bid,  de- 
clare, announce,  certify,  ex- 
claim, explain,  think  in  sense  of 
fancy  or  imagine,  appoint  or 
fix  a day,  talk  about,  tell  about, 
narrate,  testify,  define,  de- 
scribe, proclaim,  publish,  re- 
late, reply  (to  a question), 
report,  respond,  utter,  assert, 
mention. 

a.  bualu(6)  bua  Nzambi,  to 
preach. 

a.  diambedi  bualu  kabui 
buanza  kulua,  to  foretell, 
prophesy,  predict. 

a.  with  di  or  mukenji,  to  deliver 
a message,  issue  a proclama- 
tion or  decree. 

enza  followed  by  mu-  insep. 
with  proper  form  of  a.,  to 


AMBA— ASA. 


301 


Amba  {Continued) . 

obey,  mind,  be  obedient,  heed, 
hearken,  observe.  § 465. 
neg.  and  mu-  insep.  with  proper 
form  of  a.,  to  disobey,  be  dis- 
obedient, be  heedless,  be  ob- 
stinate, be  stubborn,  be  negli- 
gent, be  neglectful. 

The  in  fin.  kuamba  is  sometimes 
used  for  sermon,  discourse. 

Ambakana,  vi.,  to  lie  on  top,  be 
piled  or  heaped  on  top. 

Arabakanya,  vt.,  see  ambakuxa. 

Ambakuxa,  to  add  one  on  top 
of  the  other,  lay  or  put  or  pile 
or  heap  one  on  top  of  the 
other. 

Ambidila  to  intercede  for, 

plead  for,  speak  for. 

Ambika,  ■y^.(Buk.),  to  give,  endow, 
bestow,  grant,  offer,  present 
with,  render  to. 
a.  ha,  to  put  on,  place  on. 

Ambila,  vt.,  to  advise,  command, 
order,  bid,  counsel,  deliver  a 
message  to,  direct,  discipline, 
teach,  train,  tell  to,  instruct, 
explain  to,  educate,  exhort, 
inform,  report  to,  represent  to, 
say  to,  speak  to,  talk  to,  state 
to. 

Ambllangana,  v.,  to  tell  each  other. 

Ambula,  vt.,  to  pick  up,  get,  lift 
up,  raise  up,  take  up. 

Ambuluixa,  vt.,  to  help  to  lift. 

Ambulukila,  vi.,  to  scatter  or 
spread  (as  contagious  dis- 
ease). 

Ambulula,  vt.,  to  raise. 

a.  di(5),  to  raise  the  voice,  talk 
or  speak  louder 

Ambuluxa,  vt.,  see  ambulula. 

Ameleka,  n.,  America, 
muena  A.’,  an  American. 

Amu,  adv.,  there  (in),  thence, 
thither,  yonder.  § 1 63 , Note  3 . 

Amua,  v.,  to  suck  (as  child). 

Amuixa,  vt.,  to  suckle,  give  suck 
to,  to  nurse. 

Andamuka,  vi.,  to  change,  be 


Andamuka  {Continued). 

changed,  turn  over  or  around, 
be  turned,  be  transformed,  or 
transfigured,  get  or  become 
(different),  come  back,  be  con- 
verted, be  changed  in  mind, 
return,  go  back,  turn  back, 
turn  into  (become). 

Andamuna,  vt.,  to  change,  turn 
over  or  around  or  inside  out, 
convert,  invert,  reverse,  trans- 
form, transfigure,  turn  into, 
a.  muaku(2),  to  translate,  in- 
terpret. 

a.  with  mucima(2)  or  muoyo(2), 
to  change  one’s  mind,  repent. 

Andamuxa,  vt.,  to  take  back,  re- 
turn. 

Andi,  poss.  pro.,  yd  pers.  sing,  of 
classes  I and  III,  his,  her  or 
hers,  its.  §§  133,  135. 

Angacila,  v.,  to  begin  again,  start 
over,  repeat,  recommence. 
This  word  is  usually  followed 
by  the  adv.  kabidi. 

Angata,  vt.,  to  get,  lift  up,  take, 
pick  up,  grasp,  receive,  ac- 
quire, apprehend, 
a.  dibanza(5)  dia  muntu(2),  to 
be  in  debt  to  a person,  to  owe. 
a.  difutu,  to  earn. 

Angula,  vt.,  to  find  by  accident  and 
pick  up,  take  up. 

Anza,  V.  This  verb  is  always  fol- 
lowed by  the  in  fin.  and  means 
in  the  affirmative  to  have  just 
done;  the  neg.  means  not  yet 
to  have  done.  § 228. 
amba  bualu  kabui  buanza(e) 
kulua,  to  foretell,  predict, 
prophesy.  Doubtless  the  p.p. 
form  buanze  would  be  better 
here,  also  in  the  following  ex- 
pression. 

muambi  wamalu  kal  manza(e) 
kulua,  n.ph.,  a prophet,  seer. 

Apila,  «.(Eng.),  April. 

Asa,  vt.,  to  hit  or  shoot  one  (as  with 
an  arrow),  stick  into,  lance, 
spear. 


302 


ASA— BANGABANGA. 


Asa  {Continued) . 

a.  with  luzadi  or  luzala  or 
luala,  to  pinch,  scratch. 

Asa,  vt.,  to  build,  construct,  erect, 
make  (as  house).  This  word 
means  primarily  only  the  driv- 
ing oj  the  sticks  into  the  ground^ 
but  it  seems  to  have  the  second- 
ary and  general  meanings  given 
above. 

Atuka,  vi.,  to  become  poor  (as 
land),  be  unproductive. 

Aya,  vi.,  to  be  sour,  be  acid. 


B. 

Baba,  i,  n.,  mother,  mistress, 
baba-muenu,  n.,  mother-in-law 
(used  either  by  husband  or 
wife).  PL  is  bababa-muenu. 
§ 42,  Note  3. 

Babala,  vt.,  to  be  warmed  or 
heated  over  again  (as  food). 

Baba-muenu,  i,  n.,  mother-in-law 
(used  either  by  husband  or 
wife).  PI.  is  bababa-muenu. 
§ 42,  Note  3. 

Babaxa,  vt.,  to  warm  or  heat  over 
again  (as  food). 

Babuka,  vt.,  to  be  singed  or  burnt 
or  scorched. 

Babula,  vt.,  to  singe,  burn,  scorch. 

Bacika,  vt.,  to  mash  down  flat, 
flatten  down,  level  down. 

Bakula,  vt.,  to  seize,  grab,  snatch. 

Bala,  vt.,  to  count,  enumerate, 
number,  read,  reckon.  This 
word  also  has  a figurative 
sense  to  elapse,  pa.ss  by,  in- 
tervene. 

ena  or  neg.  0)  munya  and  mona 
j allowed  by  mu  a kubala, 
countless,  innumerable. 
ngondo(3)  wakubala,  the  moon 
has  come,  has  appeared. 

Balakana,  vi.,  to  be  bright,  glisten, 
glitter,  shine,  gleam,  sparkle. 

Balakuxa,  vt.,  to  brighten,  make  to 
glisten  or  shine. 


Bale,  adj.,  few,  small,  little,  j 

minute,  diminutive,  fine,  1 

scarce,  thin,  narrow. 

See  kise.  j 

Baluluka,  vi.,  to  open  out,  unfold;  1 

hence  to  bloom,  flower.  j 

Balulula,  vt.,  to  magnify  (as  mi-  j 

croscope),  lit.,  to  open  out,  1 

unfold. 

Bamba,  vt.,  to  mend,  patch,  sew 
on  or  put  on  a patch;  lit.,  to 
put  on  top. 

Bambakanya,  vt.,  to  join  together, 
put  together,  mend,  patch, 
weld. 

Bambakuxa,  vt.,  see  bambakanya. 

Bambala,  vt.,  to  tie  down  on  top 
of  (as  battens  on  the  rafters). 

Bambila,  vt.,  to  compress,  press  or 
push  or  shove  or  squeeze  down 
upon,  cram  down  together. 

Banda,  vt.,  to  accuse  falsely,  blame 
or  lay  blame  on  falsely,  injure, 
slander,  defame,  traduce,  be 
traitor  to,  be  treacherous 
toward,  vilify,  bear  false  wit- 
ness against,  calumniate. 
Wakumbanda  buibi,  he  ac- 
cused me  (falsely)  of  stealing. 

Banda,  v.,  to  ascend,  climb,  go  up, 
rise,  arise,  mount. 

Bandixa,  vt.,  to  hoist,  lift  up,  raise 
up,  elevate. 

b.  di(5),  to  talk  or  speak  louder, 
raise  the  voice. 

b.  difutu(5),  to  advance  wages. 

b.  muxinga(2),  to  advance  the 
price,  make  the  price  dear, 
increase  or  put  up  the  price, 
make  costly  or  expensive  or 
precious. 

Banga,  v.,  to  commence  or  start  or 
begin  to  do;  hence  to  be  be- 
trothed to  or  engaged  to  or 
espoused  to.  In  betrothal  the 
active  forms  oj  this  verb  refer 
to  the  man,  the  passive  to  the 
woman. 

Bangabanga,  adv.,  long  ago,  in  old 
times,  once  upon  a time,  re- 


Bangabanga  {Continued) . 

mote  or  distant  times,  long 
since,  long  time  ago. 

See  kale. 

Bangika,  vt.,  to  close  or  fasten  or 
latch  (as  bracelet,  lid,  etc.). 

Bangila,  v.,  to  begin  at,  begin  here 
or  there,  commence  at,  begin 
to  repeat  at,  start  at. 

Bangixa,  vt.,  to  fasten  axe,  hoe, 
etc.,  in  the  handle. 

Banguka,  vi.,  to  come  unfastened 
or  unlatched. 

Bangula,  vt.,  to  cock  a gun,  open 
a bracelet,  unlatch,  unfasten. 

Banji,  ad].,  rich,  wealthy. 

Banza,  vi.,  to  be  married,  be 
brought  to  home  of  the  groom. 
This  word  is  used  only  by  the 
bride. 

Banzixa,  vt.,  to  marry  (the  rites  at 
the  home  of  the  groom). 

See  dibanzixa. 

Batama,  vi.,  to  be  flat  or  level, 
crouch,  settle  or  sink  down  (as 
sediment). 

Batamixa,  vt.,  to  flatten,  make 
flat,  level  down,  mash  dowp 
level. 

Batiza,  vt.,  to  baptize.  Introduced 
jrom  Greek. 

Baxa,  vi.,  to  fear,  cringe,  cower, 
be  frightened  or  afraid  or 
fearful  or  timid  or  shy  or  wild. 
Generally  used  of  animals. 

Be,  adv. {postpositive),  exceedingly, 
very,  extra,  extremely,  exces- 
sively, quite,  so. 

B6,  adv.  See  cinana. 

-a  b.,  worthless,  inferior,  com- 
mon, unimportant,  useless. 

Bedi,  adj.,  first,  foremost. 

citila  cibedi,  first  cock  to  crow 
in  the  morning. 

Bela,  V.,  to  ache,  hurt,  pain,  suffer, 
be  sick  or  ill  or  unwell. 
mutu(2)  mubele,  headache. 

See  sama. 

Bela,  vt.,  to  warn,  admonish,  re- 
prove, control,  correct,  man- 


Bela  {Continued) . 

age,  discipline,  rebuke,  scold, 
reproach,  restrain,  govern. 

Bela,  vt.,  to  crack  (as  nuts),  burst, 
shell,  hull. 

Beleketa,  vt.,  to  chew  or  masticate 
or  crunch  with  back  teeth. 

Benda,  vt.,  to  cut  the  vines  for 
rubber,  make  rubber. 

Bendama,  vi.,  to  have  the  edge  of  a 
knife  bent  or  made  dull. 

Bendamixa,  vt.,  to  bend  the  edge 
of  a knife,  hoe,  etc. 

Bende.  An  indeclinable  nounal 
word,  apparently  pi.  oj  class  I. 
It  is  always  used  in  such  ex- 
pressions as  muntu  wa  bende, 
cintu  cia  bende,  etc.,  mean- 
ing the  person  or  thing  of 
some  one  else,  not  one’s  own, 
of  some  other  one,  another’s, 
muntu  wa  b.,  a freeman,  free- 
born person. 

Benga,  vt.,  to  abandon,  abstain 
from,  decline,  discard,  deny, 
disapprove  of,  disobey,  rebel 
against,  revolt,  forbid,  forsake, 
renounce,  scorn,  spurn,  ex- 
clude, keep  from,  neglect, 
disown,  dissent,  object,  pro- 
hibit, refuse,  reject,  repudiate, 
resist,  restrain,  be  unwilling, 
will  not,  oppose,  withstand, 
prevent.  The  past  tense,  with 
following  in -fin.,  means  would 
not. 

Benga,  vt.,  to  cut  in  slices,  slice. 

Bengula,  vt.,  to  cut  or  pare  (the 
finger  nails). 

Beta,  vt.,  to  pack  down,  beat  down, 
pound  down  (as  loose  earth 
with  a stick). 

Beula,  V.,  to  belch. 

Beya,  vt.,  to  shave. 

Bi,  ad].,  bad,  dirty,  foul,  unclean, 
soiled,  filthy,  immoral,  impure, 
disreputable,  nasty,  naughty, 
base,  vicious,  corrupt,  wicked, 
evil,  unkind,  unjust,  profane, 
repulsive,  repugnant,  sinful. 


304 


Bl— BITULU. 


Bi  {Continued). 

vile,  ugly,  unholy,  unrighteous, 
unwholesome. 

muntu  mubi,  sinner,  trans- 
gressor, rascal,  villain.  The 
plurals  mabi  and  mibi,  with  pi. 
of  bualu  and  muanda  under- 
stood, mean  guilt,  sin,  iniquity, 
evil,  transgression. 

Bi-,  insep.  verbal  prefix  with  jorce 
of  sub.  co7tj.,  if;  with  neg.  the 
meaning  is  if  not,  unless,  ex- 
cept. §§  459>  460. 

Bi,  neg.  acit’. (Buk.),  no. 

Bl-  {followed  insep.  by  poss.  pro.). 
Compound  Disjunctive  pers. 
pro.  See  §110. 

Biakane,  adv.,  well,  correctly,  dis- 
tinctly, carefully,  right,  rightly. 
See  bimpe. 

Bibi,  adv.,  badly,  carelessly,  rough- 
ly, w’rongly,  wrong, 
enza  or  osa  or  kixa  with  b.,  to 
err,  sin,  transgress,  do  wrong, 
enzela,  b.,  to  injure,  harm,  do 
wrong  to. 

Bicici,  pi.  of  7,  «.(Buk.),  tall  grass. 

Bidi,  adj.,  two.  Takes  Secondary 
Pre  fixes. 

Bidia,  pi.  of  7,  n.,  bread,  food, 
“chop,”  feast,  meal,  nourish- 
ment, victuals.  This  word 
generally  refers  only  to  bread, 
but  it  may  also  have  a wider 
significance,  as  above  indi- 
cated. 

b.  bia  with  butuku  or  dilolo, 
supper. 

b.  bia  dibanzixa,  marriage  or 
wedding  feast, 
b.  bia  dinda,  breakfast, 
b.  bia  mampa,  light  bread 
(made  from  wheat  flour), 
b.  bia  with  munda  munya  or 
hankuci,  dinner, 
b.  bia  Nzambi,  communion. 
Lord’s  Supper, 
cianza  cia  b.,  right  hand. 

Bika,  vi.,  to  get  up,  arise,  rise,  stand 
up,  depart,  start  out,  set  out. 


Bika  {Continued) . 

b.  ku  lufu,  to  arise  or  rise  from 
the  dead. 

b.  ku  tulu,  to  arise  or  awake 
from  sleep. 

Bikale,  adv.,  firmly,  strongly,  fast, 
tightly,  vigorously,  violently, 
zealously,  carelessly,  loud 
(speaking). 

Bikila,  vt.,  to  call,  name,  hale,  in- 
voke, summons 

Bila,  vi.,  to  boil  (as  water),  roar 
(as  cataract). 

Bilehgele,  adv.,  well,  correctly,  dis- 
tinctly, carefully,  right,  rightly. 
See  bimpe. 

Bimpe,  adv.,  carefully,  gently,  cor- 
rectly, earnestly,  w’ell,  thor- 
oughly, right,  rightly,  dis- 
tinctly (to  speak), 
b.  followed  by  in  fin.,  ought,  be 
under  obligation  to  do,  be 
right  to,  be  duty  to  do,  de- 
serve, merit. 

Binga,  vi.,  to  be  acquitted,  be  de- 
clared guiltless  or  innocent,  be 
justified,  be  vindicated,  gain 
or  win  a bet. 

Bingila,  v.,  to  cry  out  in  amaze- 
ment or  astonishment,  give 
alarum,  shout,  cheer,  sqund  an 
alarm . 

Bingixa,  vt.,  to  acquit,  let  go 
free,  declare  guiltless,  justify, 
pronounce  innocent,  vindi- 
cate. 

Bintampi,  pi.  of  7,  n.,  marsh,  mud, 
mortar,  mire,  swamp. 

Bintoci,  pi.  of  7,  n.,  mud,  marsh, 
mire,  swamp,  m-ortar. 

Biola,  V.,  to  belch. 

Bitahi,  pi.  of  7,  n.,  mud,  marsh, 
swamp,  mortar,  mire. 

Bitahikidi,  pi.  of  7,  n.,  mud, 
marsh,  swamp,  mortar,  mire. 

Bitekete,  adv.,  carefully,  gently,  at 
slow  pace,  quietly,  slowly, 
softly,  patiently. 

Bitulu,  adv.,  carefully,  gently, 
patiently,  slowly,  softly. 


BIXA— BUALU. 


305 


Bixa,  vt.,  to  lift  up,  raise  up,  ele- 
vate, hoist,  rouse  up,  arouse, 
b.  ku  lufu,  to  resurrect  (from  the 
dead). 

b.  ku  tulu,  to  awake,  awaken, 
wake. 

Bixe,  adj.,  green,  raw,  unripe,  new, 
fresh  (as  uncooked  meat),  un- 
cooked. 

lela  kabixe,  to  miscarry,  give 
birth  to  immature  or  still-born 
child  or  foetus,  abort. 

Note  the  word  bixika. 

Bixi  ? interrog  adv.,  how?  what? 
what  is  the  matter?  for  what 
cause  or  reason  or  purpose? 
why?  §§177,420,411. 
bule  b.?  how  far  ? how  long  ? 
bungi  b.?  how  many?  how 
much  ? 

Bixika,  vi.,  to  be  green  or  unripe  or 
fresh  or  uncooked. 

Bobo,  pers.  pro.,  yd  pi.  of  class  I, 
they.  § 105. 

Bola,  vi.,  to  rot,  go  bad,  decay, 
decompose,  be  corrupt,  be 
rotten,  be  foul  or  spoiled  or 
tainted  or  putrid,  putrefy,  be 
damp  or  wet  or  moist  or 
soaked. 

Bolexa,  vt.,  to  putrefy,  taint,  cor- 
rupt, spoil,  cause  to  rot  or 
decay,  dampen,  wet,  moisten. 

Bomba,  vt.,  to  comfort,  to  caress, 
fondle,  apologize,  console, 
cheer  up,  soothe,  solace.  This 
word  is  used  when  one  has 
accidentally  struck  another  and 
wishes  to  comfort  him  so  he  will 
not  fight. 

Bombama,  vi.,  to  be  wet  or  damp 
or  moist  or  soaked. 

Bombeka,  vt.,  to  wet,  dampen, 
moisten,  soak. 

Bombelela,  vi.,  to  creep  or  move 
stealthily  or  slowly  or  softly, 
sneak. 

Bosa,  vt.,  to  crack  (as  nuts),  burst, 
shell,  hull. 

Bota,  vi.,  to  be  fine  or  powdered. 


Botexa,  vt.,  to  powder,  pulverize, 
grind  or  pound  or  crush  or 
beat  fine;  hence  to  chew,  mas- 
ticate. 

Boya,  vt.,  to  take  up  or  gather  up 
in  the  hand  and  put  in  an- 
other place  (as  trash),  clear 
away. 

Bu,  prep.,  like  to,  such  as,  equal 
to,  of  same  or  similar  kind  or 
sort  or  quality  or  character  or 
species  or  variety;  hence  used 
in  expressing  such  ideas  as 
mate,  match. 

di  b.,  to  correspond  to,  resemble, 
match. 

ena  b.,  to  be  unlike  or  uneven  or 
different  or  dissimilar  or  un- 
equal, differ. 

Bu,  sub.  conj.,  if;  in  neg.  construc- 
tions it  has  the  meaning  of  if 
not,  unless,  except.  §§  459  (c), 
460  (c). 

Bu-,  insep.  subordinating  particle 
used  with  Applied  Form  of  verb, 
therefore,  consequently,  hence, 
for  this  reason,  so,  then,  where- 
fore, why.  Bualu(6)  is  doubt- 
less understood.  §§472  (g)(3), 
419. 

Bua,  sub.  conj.,  because,  since,  for. 
Doubtless  bualu(6)  is  under- 
stood. § 466. 

Bua,  vt.,  to  daub,  plaster. 

Buakane,  6,  n.,  goodness,  excel- 
lence, purity,  holiness,  ele- 
gance, handsomeness,  beauty, 
fairness  (in  color  or  in  honor), 
honesty,  integrity,  justice, 
righteousness,  sanctification, 
uprightness,  virtue,  worthi- 
ness, right. 

Buala,  neg.,  adv.  no. 

Bualabuala,  6,  n.  (Buk.),  see  buli- 
lela. 

Bualama,  adv.,  backwards.  Used 
only  in  sense  of  fall  backwards. 

Bualu,  6,  n.,  affair,  business,  care, 
concern,  responsibility,  case 
(law),  cause,  purpose,  reason, 


3o6 


BUALU—BUB^ 


Bualu  {Continued) . 

matter,  object,  effect,  result, 
sake,  subject,  circumstance, 
source,  fault,  palaver,  danger, 
harm,  difficulty,  deed,  doctrine, 
fact,  account,  narrative,  dis- 
course. 

-a  b.  bukale,  sacred,  holy, 
serious. 

b.  bua  or  bua,  because  of,  on 
account  of,  concerning, 
b.  bua  kukema,  miracle,  wonder, 
b.  bua  Nzambi,  Christianity,  the 
Gospel,  the  Christian  religion, 
b.  bubi,  guilt,  sin,  iniquity, 
transgression,  injustice,  wrong, 
vice,  trouble,  tribulation,  mis- 
fortune, disaster,  affliction, 
calamity,  evil. 

b.  buiiupe  followed  hy  in  fin., 
ought  to,  be  under  obligation 
to  do,  it  is  right  to  do,  duty  to 
do,  deserve,  merit, 
b.  bukale,  a serious  matter, 
b.  bukale  with  Causative  Form 
of  verb,  must,  have  to,  had  to, 
be  necessary,  be  a necessity, 
b.  bunine,  importance, 
b.  ki?  what  is  the  matter?  what 
is  the  palaver?  why?  what 
for? 

di  b.  bua,  to  be  responsible  for. 
di  ne  muntu  b.,  to  have  a com- 
plaint against  one. 
kakuena  b.,  it  is  no  matter,  no 
palaver,  never  mind,  no  con- 
sequence, all  right, 
lumbulula  b.,  to  settle  a palaver, 
to  judge. 

muambi  wa  b.  bua  Nzambi, 
priest,  preacher,  minister,  mis- 
sionary. 

muena  malu(pl.)  mabi,  sinner, 
transgressor. 

mukelenge  wa  bambi  ba  b.  bua 
Nzambi,  high -priest, 
munyixa  or  iyixa  or  ibidixa  with 
b.  bubi,  to  entice,  lead  astray, 
lure,  allure,  tempt,  seduce. 

Buana,  6,  n.,  childhood,  infancy. 


Buanda,  6,  n.,  thread,  cotton; 
hence  hammock. 

Buandakana,  vi.,  to  be  confused  or 
perplexed  or  bewildered  or 
confounded  or  disconcerted,  be 
mixed  up,  be  deranged,  be  in 
disorder. 

Buandakanya,  vt.,  see  buanda- 
kuxa. 

Buandakuxa,  vt.,  to  confuse,  per- 
plex, bewilder,  confound,  mix, 
stir  together,  mingle  up  to- 
gether, derange,  put  in  dis- 
order. 

Buanduluia,  vt.,  to  stir  together, 
mingle,  mix  up  together. 

Buanga,  6,  n.,  medicine,  remedy, 
charm,  fetish,  idol  or  image  in- 
tended as  a charm, 
b.  bua  mulungu,  poison, 
b.  bua  nsamu,  a charm  for 
making  one  invisible, 
b.  bua  ntuixa,  a charm  for 
making  one  invulnerable, 
mpuka  manga(pl.)  or  mubuki 
wa  manga,  a doctor,  medicine 
man,  diviner,  physician,  sor- 
cerer, conjurer,  charm  or 
fetish  or  idol  or  medicine 
maker. 

xlha  or  taluxa  with  b.,  to  destroy 
the  power  of  a medicine  or 
charm  or  fetish. 

Buanji,  6,  n.,  acidity,  sourness, 
di  ne  b.,  to  be  acid  or  sour. 

Buatu,  6,  n.,  boat,  canoe,  ship. 

Bub  ale,  6,  n.,  littleness,  scarcity, 
dearth,  fewness,  smallness, 
small  size,  thinness,  narrow- 
ness. 

See  bukise 

Bubanji,  6,  n.,  riches,  wealth, 
richness. 

luixa  b.,  to  enrich. 

Bubedi,  6,  n.,  sickness,  illness, 
malady,  disease,  affliction, 
pain,  bad  health,  pang,  suffer- 
ing. 

See  disama. 

Bubi,  6,  n.,  badness,  corruption. 


i5U±5i — U±iA. 


Bubi  {continued) 

evil,  impurity,  guilt,  sin,  vioe, 
iniquity,  transgression,  wicked- 
ness, injustice,  wrong,  sinful- 
ness, vileness,  ugliness,  un- 
cleanness, dirtiness,  unholiness, 
unrighteousness,  viciousness, 
rascality. 

Bubidi,  6,  n. {derived  from  num. 
ibidi,  two),  both,  a couple,  two 
and  two,  double,  all  too. 
§ 95  {o)- 

Bubuluke,  6,  w.,  craziness,  insanity, 
dementia,  madness,  lunacy, 
idiocy,  viciousness,  violence, 
wildness,  foolishness 
b.  maluvu,  drunkenness,  intoxi- 
cation, dissipation. 

Bubuta,  V.,  to  feel  after,  grope 
(as  one  blind). 

Bucika,  6,  edge,  border,  limit, 
margin,  vjundary,  side,  bank 
or  beach  or  shore  or  coast. 

Bucimbakane,  6,  w.,  see  bucimbe. 

Bucimbe,  6,  n.,  stupidity,  folly, 
foolishness,  acting  foolishly. 

Budimi,  6,  w.,  farm,  field,  garden, 
plantation. 

b.  bua  mioxi  ya  followed  by 
maluvu  a mputu  or  vinyo, 
n.ph.,  vineyard. 

Budimu,  6,  n.,  craftiness,  cunning- 
ness, slyness,  prudence,  warn- 
ing, shrewdness,  sharpness, 
wiliness,  sagacity,  subtlety, 
skill,  skilfulness,  precaution. 

-a  b.,  crafty,  cunning,  prudent, 
shrewd,  sharp,  sagacious,  sly, 
subtle,  wily,  artful,  skilful. 

Budixikamine,  6,  n.,  liberty,  free- 
dom, the  state  of  being  free. 

Buela,  vi.,  to  enter,  pass  in,  pene- 
trate, unite  with,  join,  come 
or  go  or  get  in  or  into, 
b.  munda,  to  test,  try,  tempt, 
make  trial  of. 

diba  dikadi  dibuela,  the  sun 
is  about  to  set,  be  sunset, 
kutu  kuabuela  diba  or  kutu 
diba  diabuela,  west. 


Buelafl,  6,  n.,  bad  aim  (gun). 

Buelakana,  vi.,  to  be  mixed,  be 
intermingled,  be  mingled,  in- 
termingle, commingle,  mingle, 
be  joined  together  (of  same 
party),  unite  with,  join,  crowd 
together,  be  disarranged,  be 
out  of  order,  be  in  disorder,  be 
deranged. 

Buelakuxa,  vt.,  to  mix  up,  min- 
gle, put  out  of  order,  crowd 
together,  intermingle,  disar- 
range. 

Buenyi,  6,  «.,  a visit. 

enda  b.,  to  visit,  go  visiting. 

Buexa,  vt.,  to  drive  in,  put  in, 
place  in,  take  in. 
b.  ku  mudimu,  to  hire,  engage, 
give  work,  employ, 
b.  mu,  to  load  (as  boat),  insert, 
b.  mu  buhika,  to  enslave, 
b.  munxi  mua,  to  put  or  place 
under. 

b.  mu  nsubu  wa  maxika,  to 
imprison. 

b.  mu  followed  by  name  of  office, 
to  appoint  or  give  an  office  to, 
make,  elect,  confer  office  on. 
Bakumubuexa  mu  buke- 
lenge,  they  made  him  chief. 

Buexakana,  vt.,  to  mix  up,  mingle, 
intermingle,  crowd  together, 
derange,  put  out  of  order,  put 
in  disorder,  disarrange. 

Bufike,  6,  n.,  blackness,  unclean- 
ness, dirtiness,  darkness 
(color). 

Buflnu,  6,  n.,  slipperiness,  sleek- 
ness, smoothness,  a slip  by 
accident. 

-a  b.,  slippery,  sleek,  smooth. 

Bufofo,  6,  n.,  blindness. 

Bufuba,  6,  n.,  idleness,  laziness, 
indolence,  sluggishness,  slow- 
ness, lethargy,  sloth,  worth- 
lessness. 

-a  b.,  idle,  lazy,  indolent,  trifling, 
slothful,  worthless, 
ena  ne  b.,  to  be  diligent  or  indus- 
trious or  energetic  or  faithful. 


3o8 


BUFUKU— BUINA. 


Bufuku,  6,  n.,  night,  at  night,  by 
night,  to-night,  night-time. 

See  butuku. 

Buhale,  6,  n.,  craziness,  insanity, 
dementia,  madness,  lunacy, 
idiocy,  viciousness,  violence, 
wildness,  foolishness. 

b.  maluvu,  drunkenness,  intoxi- 
cation, dissipation. 

Buhele,  6,  n.,  poverty,  destitution, 
need,  want,  penury. 

luixa  or  xixa  with  mu  b.,  to 
impoverish. 

Buhiankunde,  6,  n.,  youth,  young 
manhood,  boyhood,  youth- 
hood,  adolescence. 

Buhianyi,  6,  n.,  inheritance,  legacy, 
portion,  heritage, 

ha  b.,  to  bequeath,  endow,  leave 
(for  heir). 

mukanda  wa  b.,  will,  testament. 

Sometimes  the  ph.  bintu  bia 
buhianyi  is  used  with  same 
meaning  as  buhianyi  alone. 

Buhidia,  6,  w.,  insubordination, 
disobedience,  disapproval,  re- 
fusal, obstinacy,  stubbornness, 
refractoriness,  wilfulness,  un- 
belief, negligence,  neglectful- 
ness. 

-a  h.,  insubordinate,  disobedient, 
obstinate,  stubborn,  refrac- 
tory, unmanageable,  unruly, 
intractable,  wilful,  negligent, 
neglectful. 

muena  b.,  unbeliever. 

Buhika,  6,  n.,  slavery,  bondage, 
subjection. 

ha  or  buexa  mu  or  luixa  followed 
by  b.,  to  enslave. 

Buhikudi,  6,  n.,  the  goods  with 
which  one  is  redeemed,  re- 
demption price*. 

Buhote,  6,  «.,  stupidity,  ignorance, 
folly,  foolishness. 

Buhu,  6,  n.,  seed  (for  planting). 

Buhumbakane,  6,  w.,  stupidity, 
foolishness,  folly,  acting  fool- 
ishly. 

Buibi,  6,  theft,  thievishness, 


Buibi  {continued), 

roguishness,  robbery,  dishon- 
esty, injustice. 

di  ne  b.,  to  be  thievish  or 
roguish  or  dishonest  or  unjust. 

ena  ne  b.,  to  be  honest  or  just. 

Buici,  6,  w.,  honey.  Sometimes 
spelled  buiki. 

Buihi,  6,  «.,  nearness,  short  dis- 
tance, closeness,  sharpness,  di- 
mension or  extent  or  extension 
(in  breadth). 

ha  b.  ha  {or  ne),  beside,  near  to, 
close  to. 

mu  {or  ku),  b.  breadth,  width. 

Buika,  vt.,  to  close  or  shut  (the 
eyes). 

Buikila,  vt.,  to  cover,  close  or  shut 
(as  lid  of  box  or  book),  lay 
something  over,  shelter  by 
covering,  put  cover  on,  spread 
over. 

Buikuxa,  6,  «.,  see  bulilela. 

Buila,  6,  w.,  forgetfulness. 

-a  b.,  forgetful. 

b.  as  subj.  oj  kuata,  to  forget. 

Buiminyi,  6.,  n,  stinginess,  parsi* 
mony,  selfishness,  meanness  as 
result  of  stinginess. 

-a  b.,  stingy,  selfish,  parsimo- 
nious, mean. 

Buimpe,  6,  n.,  goodness,  excel- 
lence, purity,  holiness,  elegance, 
handsomeness,  beauty,  fair- 
ness (in  color  or  in  honor), 
honesty,  integrity,  justice, 
righteousness,  sanctification, 
uprightness,  virtue,  worthi- 
ness, right. 

Buina,  prep.,  like  to,  such  as,  equal 
to,  of  same  or  similar  kind  or 
sort  or  quality  or  character  or 
species  or  variety;  hence  used 
in  expressing  such  ideas  as 
mate,  match. 

dl  b.,  to  correspond  to,  resemble, 
match. 

ena  b.,  to  be  unlike  or  uneven 
or  different  or  dissimilar  m 
unequal,  differ. 


BUINA— BUKULUKUXE. 


309 


Buina,  6,  n.,  hole  of  rat  or  mouse, 
den.  PI.  is  men  a. 

Buinabulna,  6,  n.,  see  bulilela. 

Buivi,  6,  n.y  theft,  thievishness, 
roguishness,  robbery,  dishon- 
esty, injustice. 

di  ne  b.,  to  be  roguish  or  thievish 
or  dishonest  or  unjust, 
ena  ne  b.,  to  be  honest  or  just. 

Bujike,  6,  w.,  the  unmarried  state, 
bachelorship,  maidenhood,  vir- 
ginity. 

Bujitu,  6,.«.,  heaviness,  weight; 
sometimes  used  for  load,  bur- 
den. 

-a  b.,  heavy,  weighty, 
idikixa  or  elekexa  with  b.,  to 
weigh. 

Buka,  V.,  to  consult  a medicine 
man,  divine,  enchant,  conjure. 

Buka,  vi.,  to  fly,  take  flight  or  rise 
in  flight  (as  bird). 

Buka,  vt.,  to  marry,  wed.  This 
word  is  used  only  by  the  man. 
See  note  under  marry. 

Bukale,  6,  n.,  strength,  ability, 
energy,  firmness,  force,  hard- 
ness, influence,  might,  power, 
vigor,  stability,  solidness,  so- 
lidity, violence,  health. 

-a  b.,  healthy,  strong,  vigorous, 
well. 

cianza  cia  b.,  right  hand, 
ena  ne  b.,  to  be  delicate,  be  not 
strong. 

hita  or  tamba  with  b.,  to  con- 
quer, beat,  defeat,  overcome, 
overthrow,  excel,  win,  master, 
prevail,  be  victorious,  quell, 
repulse,  subdue,  subject,  sub- 
jugate, vanquish, 
kuata  mukuxi  ku  b.,  to  commit 
rape,  ravish,  do  violence  to. 
ku  b.,  by  force,  violently. 

Bukanda,  6,  n.,  enema.  A small 
gour  d is  used  for  this  pur- 
pose. 

ela  b.,  to  give  an  enema. 

Bukangana,  v.,  to  intermarry. 

Bukankanya.  vt.,  to  shake  up. 


Bukata,  6,  n.,  idleness,  laziness, 
indolence,  sluggishness,  slow- 
ness, lethargy,  sloth,  worthless- 
ness. 

-a  b.,  idle,  lazy,  indolent,  trifling, 
slothful,  worthless, 
ena  ne  b.,  to  be  diligent  or  in- 
dustrious or  energetic  or  faith- 
ful. 

Bukelenge,  6,  n.,  kingship,  chief- 
ship,  high  rank,  kingdom, 
government,  dominion,  rule, 
authority 

dia  b.,  to  become  chief,  succeed 
to  chiefship. 

dixa  b.,  to  elect  or  appoint  to 
chiefship,  confer  chiefship  on. 

Bukise,  6,  n.,  littleness,  smallness, 
scarcity,  dearth,  fewness,  thin- 
ness, narrowness,  small  size, 
mu  {or  ku)  b.,  breadth,  width. 

Bukitu,  6,  w.,  bravery,  courage, 
fortitude,  boldness,  valor. 
See  dikima. 

Bukixa,  vt.,  -to  give  in  marriage, 
marry  one  to. 

Bukonde,  i,  n.,  brother-in-law, 
sister-in-law.  This  word  al- 
ways means  the  brother  or 
sister  of  the  wife,  never  the 
brother  or  sister  of  husband. 
PI.  is  babukonde. 

Bukoya,  6,  w.,  dirtiness,  filthiness, 
untidiness,  uncleanness,  foul- 
ness, slovenliness. 

-a  b.,  dirty,  filthy,  untidy,  un- 
clean, foul,  slovenly. 

Buku,  6,  n.,  the  state  or  condition 
of  being  a mother-in-law  or 
father-in-law. 

bintu  bia  b.,  dowry  given  at 
marriage  by  husband  to  pa- 
rents of  bride. 

Bukula,  6,  n.,  flour,  meal. 

Bukulu,  6,  n.,  old  age. 

Bukulukulu,  6,  n.j  yolk  of  an 

egg- 

Bukulukulu,  6,  n.,  old  age. 

Bukulukuxe,  6,  w.,  old  age. 

-a  b.,  old,  ansient. 


310 


BUKULUMPE— BULUKANA. 


Bukulumpe,  6.,  w,  old  age. 

-a  b.,  old,  ancient. 

Bukunze,  6,  n.,  redness. 

Bukuondo,  6,  w.,  net  for  catching 
fish  or  animals,  cobweb. 

Biikutu,  6,  n.,  foreskin. 

di  ne  b.,  to  be  uncircumcised. 

Bukuxi,  6,  n.,  womanhood. 

Bula,  6,  yard,  enclosure,  court, 
fold,  stockade. 

nyuma  wa  ku  b , domestic 
animal. 

Bula,  vt.,  to  crack  (as  nuts),  burst, 
shell,  hull. 

Bulalu,  6,  n.,  bed,  couch. 

Bula  Mutadi,  w. (Lower  Congo), 
the  Congo  Independent  State 
and  all  government  officials. 

Bulanda,  6,  n.,  poverty,  need,  want, 
penury,  destitution, 
luixa  or  xixa  mu  with  b.,  to 
impoverish. 

Buie,  6,  n.,  length,  deepness,  depth, 
hcijht,  altitude,  tallness,  dis- 
tance (long),  dimension  or  ex- 
tent or  extension  in  length  or 
height  or  depth. 

b.  bumue,  equal  or  even  length, 
b.  munyi  ? how  far? 

Buledi,  6,  w.,  the  power  or  capacity 
to  give  birth  to  or  bear  young, 
child-bearing,  fruitfulness,  fe- 
cundity. 

di  ne  b.,  to  be  fruitful  or  fertile 
or  prolific  or  fecund  or  pro- 
ductive (as  male  or  female  in 
producing  young). 

Bulengele,  6,  n.,  goodness,  excel- 
lence, purity,  holiness,  elegance, 
handsomeness,  beauty,  fair- 
ness (in  color  or  in  honor), 
honesty,  integrity,  _ justice, 
righteousness,  sanctification, 
uprightness,  virtue,  worthiness, 
right. 

Bulilela,  6,  w.,  truth,  fact,  cer- 
tainty, correctness,  exactness, 
reality,  veracity. 

-a  b.,  real,  true. 

This  word  has  an  adverbial  use 


Bulilela  {continued) . 

oj  certainly,  correctly,  indeed, 
absolutely,  truly,  truthfully, 
exactly,  really,  surely,  verily. 
W ith  ncg.  verbs  we  have  the  mean- 
ing to  be  in  doubt,  be  doubtful 
or  uncertain  or  untrue. 

Bulobo,  6,  n.,  earth,  land,  ground, 
soil,  world. 

b.  budi  with  butaka  or  bucika, 
ph.  used  jor  earthquake, 
dikumbi  dia  b.,  railway  train, 
nxila  wa  dikumbi  dia  b.,  rail- 
way track. 

The  pi.  is  generally  used  to  ex- 
press loose  earth  or  dirt  r- 
ground.  This  word  has  m e 
properly  the  meaning  of  land 
as  distinguished  from  water. 

Buloxi,  6,  n.,  witchcraft,  sorcery. 
This  word  has  a secondary 
meaning  of  cleverness,  ingen- 
iousness, dexterity,  ingenuity, 
skill,  skilfulness, 
di  ne  b.,  clever,  ingenious, 
:Khlful: 

muena  b.,  witch,  wizard,  demon, 
devil,  conjurer,  sorcerer. 
Sometimes  this  word  is  pro- 
nounced muloxi(2). 

Buluatafl,  6,  n.,  slovenliness  or 
immodesty  or  shamelessness  or 
indecency  in  the  wearing  of 
one’s  clothes.  § 356  {g). 

-a  b.,  slovenly  or  indecent  or 
immodest  or  shameless  or 
obscene  in  the  wearing  of  one’s 
clothes. 

Buluka,  vi.,  to  bark  (as  dog). 

b.  di(5),  to  speak  or  talk  loudly 
or  roughly. 

Buluka,  w.,  to  get  or  become  or  go 
or  be  crazy  or  deranged  or 
insane,  be  demented,  be  foolish, 
be  mad,  be  wild,  be  reckless, 
be  vicious,  be  violent,  be 
thoughtless. 

b.  maluvu,  to  be  drunk  or  in- 
toxicated. 

Bulukana(?),  vi.y  to  be  narrow. 


BULUKE— BUNINE. 


Bulukc,  adj.{p.p.  of  buluka,  to  be 
crazy),  crazy,  deranged,  de- 
mented, foolish,  mad,  in- 
sane, wild,  reckless,  thought- 
less, vicious,  violent. 

Bulukila,  vt.,  to  scold;  hence  second- 
arily to  govern,  control,  re- 
buke, admonish,  discipline, 
correct,  manage,  reprove,  re- 
proach, restrain. 

This  word  is  sometimes  pro- 
nounced kubulukila. 

Bulula,  vt.,  to  open,  expose  to 
view,  relax,  remove  cover,  un- 
cover, reveal. 

Bululu,  6,  n.,  bitterness, 
di  b.,  to  be  bitter. 

Bulumi,  6,  n.,  manhood. 

Bulunda,  6,  ii.,  friendship,  fellow- 
ship, companionship,  federa- 
tion. 

alukixa  b.,  to  reconcile, 
kuatangana  b.,  to  form  a friend- 
ship with  one  another, 
xiha  b.,  to  break  off  friendship. 

Bulunga,  vi.,  to  be  round  or 
spherical. 

Bulunguxa,  vt.,  to  make  into  a 
ball,  make  round. 

Bumbuka,  vi.,  to  cave  in,  fall  in. 

Bundu,  6,  n.,  shame,  bashfulness, 
timidity,  shyness,  diffidence, 
modesty,  humility,  chagrin,  re- 
pentance, penitence,  reproach, 
disgrace. 

bualu  bua  b.,  a shameful  matter, 
di  ne  or  unva  or  ufua  with  b. 
as  obj.,  or  b.  as  suhj.  of  kuata, 
to  be  ashamed,  be  bashful, 
be  diffident,  be  modest,  be 
humble,  be  mortified,  be 
humiliated,  be  abased,  have 
chagrin,  be  penitent,  be  shy, 
qe  timid. 

ena  ne  b.,  to  be  immodest,  be 
shameless,  be  impertinent,  be 
saucy,  be  impudent,  be  in- 
decent, be  obscene,  be  arro- 
gant, be  audacious, 
ufuixa  or  kuacixa  with  b.,  to 


Bundu  {continued). 

disgrace,  mortify,  chagrin,  hu- 
miliate, cause  shame,  abase’ 

Bufumu,  6,  n.,  chiefship,  king- 
ship,  high  rank,  kingdom, 

government,  dominion,  rule, 
authority. 

See  bukelenge. 

Bunga,  vt.{with  tulu,  sleep,  as 

obj.),  to  doze,  nod,  nap,  be 
drowsy. 

b.  disu,  to  wink  at. 

Bungama,  vi.,  to  mope,  despond, 
be  depressed,  be  despondent, 
brood  over,  pine,  pout,  be 

sulky,  be  sullen,  sulk,  be 

morbid,  be  solemn,  be  pen- 
sive. 

Bungi,  6,  n.(from  adj.  ngi,  many), 
abundance,  a great  deal,  mul- 
titude, throng,  great  number, 
plenty,  host,  crowd,  great 
quantity,  vastness  in  number. 

-a  b.,  much,  numerous,  many, 
abundant,  plentiful,  divers, 
enough,  plenty  of,  several, 
vast  number. 

b.  bumue,  the  same  or  even  or 
equal  number. 

b.  munyi  ? {or  bixi  ?),  how 
many?  how  much?  what 
quantity  ? 

di  -a  b.,  to  abound,  suffice,  be 
enough,  be  sufficient,  be  ade- 
quate. 

ena  -a  b.,  to  be  insufficient,  be 
short  of. 

tamba  or  hita  with  b.,  to  be  in 
excess,  over- abound,  be  too 
much,  be  too  many. 

Bunguluka,  vi.,  to  roll  along  or 
over,  wallow. 

Bunine,  6,  n.,  largeness,  magnitude, 
great  size,  vastness,  greatness, 
stoutness,  breadth,  width, 
thickness,  dimension  or  ex- 
tension or  extent  in  breadth, 
influence,  importance,  glory. 

b.  bumue,  even  or  equal  or  the 
same  size. 


312 


BUNINE— BUTOMBOKE. 


Bunine  {continued). 

mu  b.,  in  among,  in  the  middle, 
in  the  midst,  in  the  center. 

Bunsongakuxi,  6,  girlhood, 

maidenhood,  virginity,  young 
womanhood. 

Bunsongalumi,  6,  n.,  young  man- 
hood, youth,  boyhood,  youth- 
hood,  adolescence. 

Bunsonge,  6,  n.,  slander,  back- 
biting, calumny.  From  son- 
guela,  to  slander, 
muena  b.,  slanderer,  backbiter, 
calumniator. 

Buntate,  6.,  «.,  cobweb. 

Buntu,  6,  n.,  humanity  (human 
nature),  manhood. 

Bununu,  6,  n.,  old  age. 

Bunvu,  6,  n.,  shame,  bashfulness, 
timidity,  shyness,  diffidence, 
modesty,  humility,  chagrin,  re- 
pentence,  penitence,  reproach, 
disgrace. 

See  bundu. 

Bunya,  vt.,  to  bend,  fold. 

Bunyabunya,  6,  n.{jrom  nya-nya, 
small),  smallness,  littleness, 
thinness,  small  size,  fewness, 
scarcity,  dearth. 

See  bukise. 

Bunyana,  6,  n.,  friendship,  fellow- 
ship, companionship,  federa- 
tion. 

kuatangana  b.,  to  form  a friend- 
ship with  one  another, 
xiha  b.,  to  break  off  friendship. 

Bunyengi,  6,  n.,  robbery. 

Buobumue,  6,  n.,  sameness,  simi- 
larity, identity,  likeness,  unity, 
similitude.  § 96. 

Buongo,  6,  n.,  brains,  marrow. 

Buonso,  6,  n.,  totality,  entirety,  full 
amount,  altogether,  the  whole 
of,  all  of  or  every  one  of  or 
each  one  of  them  [followed  by 
poss.  pro.  § 182,  Rem.) 

Buowa,  6,  n.,  awe,  dread,  fear, 
fright,  horror,  terror,  wildness, 
shyness,  timidity.  Hence 
secondarily  cowardice. 


Bouwa  {continued). 

b.  as  sub.  of  kuata  with  person 
as  obj.,  to  be  frightened,  be 
scared,  be  timid,  be  shy, 
afraid,  be  fearful, 
muena  b.,  a coward. 

Buowa,  6,  n.,  mushroom. 

Buselu,  6,  n.,  sleekness,  slipperi- 
ness, smoothness. 

-a  b.,  sleek,  slippery,  smooth. 

Busenu,  6,  n.{from  senena,  to  be 
sleek),  sleekness,  smoothness, 
slipperiness,  softness  to  touch, 
-a  b.,  sleek,  slippery,  smooth, 
soft. 

Buta,  6,  n.,  bow  (for  shooting 

arrows).  This  word  is  some- 

times used  for  gun. 

Butaka,  6,  n.,  nakedness,  nudity, 
di  b.,  to  be  naked  or  nude. 

Butama,  vi.,  to  crouch,  be  flat, 
settle  or  sink  or  level  down. 

Butamixa,  vt.,  to  flatten,  make  flat, 
level  down,  mash  down  level. 

Butatande,  6,  n.,  cobweb. 

Bute,  6,  n.y  used  with  muan’a 

to  mean  first-born  or  oldest 

child,  senior.  PI.  is  bamuan’a 
bute. 

bintu  bia  muan’a  b.,  birthright, 

Bute,  6,  71. {from  ta,  to  hunt), 
hunting  (of  animals), 
muxinga  wa  b.,  a hunting  net, 
net  for  catching  animals. 

Butekete,  6,  n.,  weakness,  exhaus- 
tion, feebleness,  fatigue,  in- 
firmity, w^eariness,  tiredness, 
slowness,  slackness,  softness. 

Buteyi,  6,  n.,  trap  or  snare  for 
catching  animals;  secondarily 
wile,  allurement,  enticement. 

Butoke,  6,  n.,  whiteness,  bright- 
ness, fairness,  purity,  clean- 
ness, sanctification. 

Butomboke,  6,  w.,  craziness,  in- 
sanity, dementia,  madness, 
lunacy,  idiocy,  viciousness, 
violence,  wildness,  foolishness, 
b.  maluvu,  drunkenness,  intoxi- 
cation, dissipation. 


BUTU— CIANYIMA. 


Butu,  6,  mould,  mildew, 
kuata  b.,  to  mould,  mildew, 
Butue,  6,  n.,  ashes, 

Butuku,  6,  «,,  night,  at  night,  by 
night,  to-night,  night-time, 
bidia  bia  b,,  supper, 
b,  bua  lelu,  last  night, 
b,  to  ne  with  lunkelu  or  dinda, 
all  night  long, 

b,  as  subj.  of  cia,  to  break  day, 
be  dawn,  become  light,  the 
coming  of  the  morning,  the 
going  of  the  night, 
b,  as  subj.  of  ila,  the  coming 
of  the  night, 

Buxibale,  6,  n.,  stupidity,  folly, 
foolishness,  ignorance, 
Buxikankunde,  6,  n.,  maidenhood, 
girlhood,  virginity,  young 
womanhood, 
i Buxima,  6,  w,,  totality,  entirety, 
the  whole, 

Buxua,  6,  n.,  see  bulilela, 

Buyuka,  vi.,  to  be  soft  (as  some- 
thing rotten), 

Buzevu,  6,  n.,  a swelling  in  feet 
and  legs,  dropsy,  elephantiasis. 
This  word  is  derived  from 
nzevu,  elephant. 


C. 

€aba,  vt.^  to  break  up  firewood, 
Cendelele,  adv.,  always,  cease- 
lessly, constantly,  continually, 
endlessly,  eternity,  ever,  for- 
ever, perpetually,  eternally,  in- 
cessantly, habitually, 

-a  c.,  immortal,  eternal,  ever- 
lasting, 

with  neg.  v.,  never  again, 

Ci,  interrog.  pro.,  see  cinyi  ? § 175, 
Rem,  2, 

Cia,  vi.,  used  with  butuku  as  subj. 
to  mean  the  disappearing  of 
the  night  at  dawn,  break  day, 
dawn,  become  light,  the  com- 
ing of  the  morning, 

Cladl,  7,  n.,  chest,  bosom,  breast. 


313 


Ciahamue,  7,  n.,  used  as  adv.,  at 
one  time,  at  the  same  time, 
simultaneously,  § 95  (6), 

Rem,  2, 

Ciakabidi,  7,  n.,  second  time, 
§ 95  (^)- 

biakabidi(^/,),  twice, 

Ciakamue,  7,  n.  used  as  adv.,  once, 
one  time,  §95  {b). 

Ciakasatu,  7,  n.,  third  time. 

§ 95 

biakasatu(/>^.),  thrice. 

Ciakuilu,  7,  n.,  language,  idiom, 
dialect,  speech. 

Ciakulakula,  7,  n.,  chattering, 

gibberish,  nonsense.  § 35  6(50  • 
akula  biakulakula,  to  talk  in 
delirium  or  incoherently,  wan- 
der in  mind,  babble,  gabble, 
jabber,  prattle. 

Ciala,  7,  a small  piece  of  iron 
put  in  the  eye  as  test  of  guilt, 
ordeal. 

muena  c.,  diviner,  doctor,  sor- 
cerer. 

nua  c.,  to  consult  or  divine  by 
this  ordeal,  enchant. 

Ciala,  7,  n.,  thumb. 

Ciama,  7,  n.,  a general  term 
applied  to  any  kind  of  metallic 
substance;  also  a general 
name  for  any  kind  of  machine 
or  mill  or  tool  or  implement 
or  instrument, 
c.  cifike,  iron, 
c.  cikunze,  copper,  brass. 

See  note  under  copper. 

Ciamakana,  vi.,  to  cross  (as  one 
path  another),  lie  across. 

Ciamakuxa,  vt.,  to  put  or  lay 
one  thing  across  another, 
cross. 

Ciamumue,  7,  n.,  used  as  adv.,  at 
at  one  time,  at  same  time, 
simultaneously.  § 95  {b), 

Rem.  2. 

Ciana,  7,  n.,  used  in  ph.  c.  cia 
nkusa,  great  toe. 

Cianga,  7,  n.,  a species  of  snake. 

Cianyima,  adv.,  backwards. 


Cl  ANZA— CIB  UEDELU. 


314 


Cianza,  7,  n.,  hand. 

-a  c.  cikale,  selfish,  stingy, 
parsimonious. 

c.  cia  with  bakuxi  or  luboko  or 
munyinyi,  left  hand, 
c.  cia  with  balumi  or  bidia  or 
bukale,  right  hand, 
c.  cikale,  selfishness,  stinginess, 
parsimony. 

di  ne  bianza  bile,  to  be  dis- 
honest, be  unjust,  be  thievish, 
be  roguish. 

ena  ne  bianza  bile,  to  be  honest, 
be  just. 

data,  7,  n.,  mat  made  of  papyrus. 

Ciaxima,  7,  n.,  chilliness,  coldness, 
coolness,  dampness,  moisture, 
wetness,  humidity, 
di  ne  c.,  to  be  chilly,  be  cold, 
be  cool,  be  damp,  be  moist, 
be  wet,  be  humid. 

Cibakala,  7,  «.,  a small  rodent. 

Cibalu,  7,  w.,  a gourd  split  length- 
wise and  used  for  holding  the 
cooked  bread.  ' 

ngondo  wakulua  c.,  to  be  full 
moon. 

Cibanda,  7,  n.,  valley,  vale,  hollow. 

Cibanda,  7,  n.,  large  horse-fly. 

Cibandilu,  7,  n.,  ladder,  stairway, 
steps. 

Cibanga,  7,  w.,  chin,  lower  jaw. 

Cibangu,  7,  «.,  walking-stick,  cane, 
staff. 

endela  ku  c.,  to  walk  with  a 
staff. 

Cibangu,  7,  n.,  scar,  mark  left 
from  sore,  pock-mark,  cica- 
trice. 

Cibanji,  7,  n.,  intermediary  or 
middleman  or  go-between  in 
arranging  a marriage. 

Cibasa,  7,  n.,  a piece  of  board  put 
under  a long  basket  to  support 
it. 

Cibelu,  7,  n.,  upper  leg  (from  hip 
to  knee),  upper  part  of  hind 
leg  of  animal,  thigh, 
ha  bibelu,  lap. 

Cibende,  7,  «.,  a small  rodent. 


Cibengu,  7,  n.,  insubordination, 
disobedience,  disapproval,  re- 
fusal, obstinacy,  stubbornness, 
refractoriness,  wilfulness,  neg- 
ligence, neglectfulness,  heed- 
lessness. 

-a  c.,  insubordinate,  disobe- 
dient, obstinant,  stubborn,  re- 
fractory, unmanageable,  un- 
ruly, intractable,  wilful,  negli- 
gent, neglectful,  heedless. 

Cibi,  7,  w.,  door,  gate., 

Cibidi,  7,  n.{the  Bakete  say  kibidi), 
farm,  field,  garden,  planta- 
tion. 

See  budimi. 

Cibikidilu,  7,  n.,  the  name  of 
anything. 

Cibila,  7,  n.{jront  bila,  to  boil), 
cataract,  falls,  rapids,  water- 
falls. 

Cibilu,  7,  w.,  custom,  habit,  manner 
or  method  of  doing,  mode, 
nature  of,  conduct,  law,  fashion, 
way,  practice,  regulation,  rule, 
style,  usage. 

c.  cibi,  vice,  bad  habit. 

Cibiyibiyi,  7,  n.,  butterfly,  moth. 

Cibobo,  7,  n.,  whistling  through  the 
hands. 

ela  c.,  to  whistle  through  the 
hands. 

Ciboko,  7,  M.,  left-handedness. 

muena  c.,  a left-handed  person. 

Cibombo,  7,  «.,  bag,  pocket,  sack, 
scrip. 

Cibombo,  7,  n.,  lameness  in  the 
legs  of  children,  deformed 
person. 

Cibondo,  7,  n.,  snout. 

Cibuabu,  7,  n.,  the  older  or  first- 
born of  twins. 

Cibubu,  7,  n.,  scabbard,  sheath, 
case  for  knife. 

Cibubu,  7,  n.,  pith  of  palm  rib. 

Cibubu,  7,  «.,  clapping  of  the  hands 
crosswise  to  express  regret. 

Cibudi,  7,  n.,  scrotum. 

Cibuedelu,  7,  n.,  entrance,  door- 
way. 


CIBUIKILU— CIFU. 


315 


Cibuikilu,  7,  a cover,  lid,  cork 
or  stopper. 

I Cibuiku,  7,  n.,  see  cibuikilu. 

S'  i Cibuka,  vi.,  to  be  broken,  de- 
molished,  destroyed,  fractured, 
to  explode. 

: Cibula,  vt.,  to  break,  break  up  or 

open,  demolish,  destroy,  frac- 
ture,  open  (a  tin). 

Cibula,  7,  n.,  wrestling.  PL 
generally  used. 

luangana  bibula,  to  wrestle. 

Cibulubulu,  7,  n.,  a dried  gourd. 

‘ Cibulula,  vt.,  to  double  back,  fold 
back. 

Cibulunge,  7,  n.{from  bulunga,  to 
be  round),  ball,  globe,  sphere, 
-a  c.,  round,  spherical. 

I Cibunda,  7,  n.,  garden  or  small 
patch  about  the  house  in 
which  vegetables  are  planted. 
^ ! This  is  the  proper  word  jor 

I garden  as  generally  used  hy 

I . Europeans  and  not  budimi  or 

cibidi. 

Cibungubungu,  7,  n.,  high  bank  or 
cliff  or  precipice  near  to  stream, 
brink. 

Cibutuilu,  7,  w.,  womb(?). 

Cibuyubuyu,  7,  «.,  high  cljff  or 
precipice  due  to  landslide. 

Cici,  7,  n.,  used  in  ph.  kosa  cici, 
to  close  a trade  by  breaking  a 
stick. 

Cicu,  7,  w.,  insubordination,  dis- 
obedience, obstinacy,  heed- 
lessness, refractoriness,  stub- 
bornness, wilfulness,  neglect- 
fulness, negligence. 

-a  c.,  disobedient,  obstinant, 
heedless,  refractory,  stubborn, 
unmanageable,  unruly,  intract- 
able, wilful,  insubordinate, 
neglectful,  negligent. 

Cidi,  vi.,  to  be,  exist.  See  § 212. 

I c.  ne,  to  have,  own,  possess. 

I Cidi,  7,  n.,  a jump  (with  both  feet 

1 generally). 

Cidiacilu,  7,  «.,  footprint,  track, 
trace,  trail,  mark,  made  by  foot. 


Cidibu,  7,  «,.  a wooden  rattle  tied 
around  the  dog’s  body  in 
hunting. 

Cididi,  7,  n.,  division  or  partition 
in  house. 

Cidikixiiu,  7,  n.,  example,  sample, 
specimen,  copy,  model,  pat- 
tern, illustration;  hence  a rule 
or  ruler  or  measure  or  tape 
line,  i.e.,  something  to  go  by 
in  doing. 

Cidikixu,  7,  w.,  pattern,  copy, 
model;  measure,  rule,  ruler, 
tape  line. 

Cidimi,  7,  «.,  used  as  oh],  of  akula 
meaning  to  speak  or  pronounce 
indistinctly. 

Cidimu,  7,  n.,  season  (rainy  or  dry). 
Two  such  seasons  make  a 
year. 

c.  cia  maxika,  winter,  cool 
season. 

c.  cia  munya,  summer,  warm 
season. 

c.  ki  ? when  ? what  season  ? 
ku  c.  ku  c.,  yearly,  season  by 
season. 

Ciduaya,  7,  n.,  grave,  sepulcher, 
tomb.  Use  pi.  jor  graveyard, 
cemetery. 

Ciendenda,  7,  n.,  vagabondage, 
vagrancy.  § 356  {g). 
enda  c.,  to  be  a vagabond  or 
vagrant  or  tramp, 
muena  c.,  vagabond,  vagrant, 
tramp,  wanderer. 

Cienzedi,  7,  custom,  habit, 
manner  or  method  of  doing, 
mode,  nature  of,  conduct,  way, 
law,  fashion,  practice,  regula- 
tion, rule,  style,  usage,  pro- 
cedure. 

c.  cibi,  vice,  bad  habit, 
c.  cikuabo,  a different  way 
of  doing,  differently,  other- 
wise. 

Cieya,  7,  n.,  guarantee,  pawn, 
pledge,  security,  surety.  See 
V.  eya. 

Cifu,  7,  n.,  see  cifufu. 


3i6 


CIFUANYI— CIHUKA. 


Cifuanyi,  7,  n.,  likeness,  image, 
reflection  as  in  mirror,  picture, 
photograph,  representation,  re- 
semblance, sameness,  simi- 
larity, similitude. 

Cifuanyikixa,  7,  n.,  likeness,  im- 
age, resemblance,  reflection  as 
in  mirror,  example,  illustra- 
tion. 

Cifufu,  7,  n.,  a secret  consultation 
or  conference,  plot,  agreement, 
covenant,  contract,  treaty,  de- 
liberation, 
c.  cibi,  conspiracy, 
c.  cihiacihia.  New  Testament, 
c.  cikulu.  Old  Testament, 
ela  c.,  to  hold  a consultation  or 
conference  or  deliberation, 
plan  secretly,  plot. 

This  word  may  also  he  spelled 
cifu. 

Cifuidixe,  7,  n.,  faintness,  insensi- 
bility, unconsciousness,  stuffi- 
ness. 

di  ne  c.,  vi.,  to  smother,  be 
stifled,  be  suffocated, 
fua  c.,  vi.,  to  faint,  swoon,  be 
stunned,  be  stupefied,  be  in- 
sensible, be  unconscious. 

Jika  c.,  vt.,  to  smother,  stifle, 
suffocate. 

Though  the  words  cisgke  and 
tungulungu  and  cifuidixe 
are  used  interchangeably  some- 
times, yet  the  general  difference 
seems  to  he  that  the  two  first- 
named  words  have  the  idea  oj 
convulsion  or  fit,  while  the  last 
word  means  faintness  or  un- 
consciousness. 

Cifulu,  7,  n.,  hat,  cap,  helmet. 

Cifundidi,  7,  n.,  writing,  manner 
of  writing,  hand,  chirography. 

Cifundu,  7,  n.,  circle,  ring. 

-a  c.,  circular,  round. 

Cilia,  7,  n.,  gift,  offering,  present. 

Ciha,  vi.,  to  take  an  oath,  swear, 
vow.  Done  hy  striking  the 
hand  on  the  ground.  The  re- 
flexive diciha  is  often  used. 


Cihaha,  7,  n.,  the  poison  cup  or 
ordeal  or  test  given  to  witches 
or  wizards. 

muena  c.,  witch  doctor. 

Cihahi,  7,  n.,  a generous  or  liberal 
or  unselfish  or  benevolent  per- 
son. 

Cihala,  vi.,  to  be  dull  (as  knife). 

Cihanda,  7,  n.,  fork  of  stick. 

muci  wa  c.,  a forked  stick. 

Cihangu,  7,  n.,  fence,  wall. 

With  mu  this  word  means  en- 
closure, yard,  fold,  court, 
stockade.  See  enclosure. 

Cihatu,  7,  n.,  chip. 

Cihehe,  7,  n.,  tail  fin  of  fish. 

Cihendo,  7,  n.,  abuse,  curse,  insult, 
maltreatment,  ill  treatment. 

Cihesu,  7,  n.,  any  small  piece  or 
division  or  part  or  fragment  or 
portion  or  section  or  bit  split 
off. 

Contrast  with  cituha. 

Cihia,  7,  n.,  anything  braided  or 
plaited. 

Cihidikidi,  7,  n.,  stump  of  tree. 

Cihinda,  7,  n.,  hunter  (with  gun). 

Cihindi,  7,  n.,  a dwarf,  under- 
sized person,  runt. 

-a  c.,  runty,  dwarfish,  under- 
sized, stunted. 

Cilioto,  7,  n.,  whistling  through  the 
hands. 

ela  c.,  to  whistle  through  the 
hands. 

Cihu,  7.,  n.,  oar,  paddle. 

Cihua,  7,  n.,  combined  with  the 
word  muoyo  to  mean  forget- 
fulness. 

-a  c.  muoyo,  forgetful. 

Cihuba,  7,  n.,  gourd  used  as  pipe. 

Cihuekelu,  7,  n.,  place  of  descent. 

Cihuhu,  7,  n.,  hurricane,  tornado, 
squall,  storm,  tempest,  whirl- 
wind, strong  wind,  gale. 

Cihuka,  7,  n.,  copse,  small  bush 
or  forest  on  a plane,  grove, 
thicket,  small  wood. 

Cihuka,  7,  n.,  unconsciousness,  in- 
sensibility. 


CIHUKA— CIKUKUE. 


317 


Cihuka  {continued). 

fua  c.,  to  be  unconscious,  be 
insensible,  be  stunned,  be 
stupefied. 

Cihulu,  7,  n.,  gourd  cut  crosswise. 

Cihunda,  7,  n.,  large  town  or  village, 
capital,  city,  metropolis. 

Cihundu,  7,  n.,  gourd  cut  crosswise. 

Cihungulu,  7,  n.,  owl. 

Cihusu,  7,  w.,  bark,  husk,  shuck, 
hull,  peel,  rind,  shell  of  egg  or 
seed  or  nut  or  terrapin,  skin 
of  fruit. 

Cihusu,  7,  n.,  greediness,  gluttony, 
-a  c.,  gluttonous,  greedy, 
muena  c.,  a glutton. 

Cihuxa,  vt.,  to  dull  (as  knife), 
make  dull. 

Cijengu,  7,  n.,  circle,  ring. 

-a  c.,  circular,  round. 

Cijila,  7,  n.,  anything  forbidden  or 
tabooed  or  interdicted  or 
illegal  or  prohibited  or  against 
the  law  or  against  the  regula- 
tion or  unlawful. 

-a  c.,  holy,  sacred, 
ena  c.,  to  be  lawful,  be  right, 
be  permitted. 

Cika,  vi.,  to  move,  shake,  quake, 
tremble. 

Cikahakaha,  7,  w.,  siftings  (of 
corn). 

Cikakakaka,  7,  n.,  pineapple. 

Cikakana,  vi.,  to  shake,  move, 
quake,  tremble. 

Cikama,  7,  n.,  shamelessness, 

effrontery,  immodesty,  imperti- 
nence, sauciness,  arrogance, 
impudence,  indecency,  ingrati- 
tude, ungratefulness,  audacity, 
impoliteness,  disrespect,  irrev- 
erence. 

-a  c.,  arrogant,  saucy,  immodest, 
shameless,  impertinent,  dis- 
respectful, impudent,  indecent, 
ungrateful,  audacious,  impo- 
lite, irreverent. 

ena  c.,  to  be  modest,  be  humble. 

Cikampanda,  7,  n.,  a thing  the 
name  of  which  you  have  for- 


Cikampanda  {continued). 

gotten  or  do  not  know  or  do  not 
care  to  trouble  with  mention- 
ing- § 353>  Rem. 

Cikanga,  7,  n.,  mat  made  of 
papyrus. 

Cikankanyi,  7,  n.,  heel. 

Cikata,  7,  n.,  ball  or  roll  of  twine 
or  string. 

Cikema,  7,  n.,  exclamation  of 
surprise  or  astonishment  or 
amazement  expressed  by  grunt- 
ing. 

tua  c.,  to  exclaim  in  surprise, 
wonder,  be  amazed,  be  aston- 
ished. 

Cikenge,  7,  n.,  axe. 

Cikenkibu,  7,  n.,  heel. 

Cikixa,  vt.,  to  move,  shake,  cause 
to  quake. 

Cikiyaklya,  7,  n.,  shoulder-blade. 

Cikoka,  7,  n.,  mark  or  trail  or 
track  or  trace  of  something 
which  has  been  dragged. 

Cikolakola,  7,  n.,  stalk  or  stem  of 
corn. 

Cikolokolo,  7,  n.,  neck  of  gourd. 

Cikondo,  7,  n.,  time, 
bikondo  bibidi,  twice, 
bikondo  bisatu,  thrice, 
bikondo  bia  bungi,  frequently, 
often,  many  times, 
e.  cikuabo,  next  time, 
c.  cimue,  once,  one  time. 

See  musangu. 

Cikono,  7,  n.,  shoe.  This  word  is 
now  nearly  obsolete  as  meaning 
shoe.  See  mukono. 

Cikowela,  7,  n.,  coat,  dress,  shirt, 
diboko  dia  c.,  sleeve. 

Cikuacilu,  7,  n.,  place  for  holding; 
hence  handle. 

Cikuacixi,  7,  n.,  a prop. 

Cikuaka,  7,  n.,  a saw. 
muena  bikuaka,  sawyer. 

Cikuku,  7,  n.  {from  Eng.  cook), 
kitchen,  cook-house. 

Cikuku,  7,  n.,  an  exposed  root  or 
snag  causing  one  to  stumble. 

Cikukue,  7.,  n.,  hen. 


CIKUKUMINA— CILUMBU. 


318 


Cikukumina,  7,  n.,  stuttering, 

stammering,  impediment  in 
speech. 

muena  c.,  a stutterer,  stammerer. 

Cikulu,  7,  n.,  site  of  deserted  vil- 
lage. 

Cikumbi,  7,  n.,  pen,  enclosure,  sty, 
cage. 

Cikumbukumbu,  7,  n.,  cob. 

Cikumbuxi,  7,  w.,  cob. 

Cikundekunde,  7,  w.,  a large  native 
bean. 

Cikundukundu,  7,  n.,  hip. 

Cikunyi,  7,  n.,  stocks. 

Cikuondekuonde,  7,  n.,  stalk  or 
stem  of  plantain  or  banana. 

Cikusu,  7,  «.,  maggot. 

ela  bikusu,  to  blow  (meat). 

Cikutu,  7,  w.,  furnace  for  smelting 
iron  ore. 

Cikuxiana,  7,  n.,  a large  woman. 
Generally  used  in  irony.  §351. 

Cila,  7,  n.,  cry  of  amazement  or 
astonishment,  alarum,  shout  of 
crowd,  cheer. 

ela  bila,  to  cheer,  shout,  give 
cry  of  alarum. 

Cilabi,  7,  n.,  handle. 

Cilabuidi,  7,  n.,  eyelid. 

Ciladilu,  7,  n.,  bed. 

Cilafl,  7,  n.,  used  as  ohj.  of  akula 
meaning  to  speak  or  pronounce 
indistinctly.  This  word  may 
perhaps  also  mean  the  doing 
of  anything  badly  or  incon- 
gruously. § 356  {g). 

Cilamba,  7,  w.,  cloth,  garment. 
bilamba(/>/.),  clothes,  apparel. 

Cilamba,  7,  n.,  bridge  made  of  logs. 

Cilanda,  7,  n.,  bridge  made  of 
logs. 

Cilata,  7,  n.,  dream,  vision. 

lata  c.,  to  dream,  have  a vision. 

Cilavinyi,  7,  w.,  eyelid. 

Cilele,  7,  n.,  custom,  habit,  law, 
manner,  mode,  nature  of,  con-, 
duct,  fashion,  way,  method, 
practice,  regulation,  rule,  style, 
usage. 

c.  cibi,  vice,  bad  habit. 


Cilelelu,  7,  «.,  womb(?).  Perhaps 
placenta. 

Cilema,  7,  n.,  stinginess,  parsi- 
mony, selfishness. 

-a  c.,  stingy,  parsimonious, 
selfish. 

Cilembi,  7,  n.,  fisherman,  hunter 
(by  trapping  or  with  bow  and 
arrow). 

Cilenga,  7,  n.,  adornment,  finery, 
. ornament,  decoration, 
luata  or  vuala  with  bilenga,  to 
wear  ornaments,  be  adorned, 
be  dressed  up. 

Cilengelenge,  7,  n.,  sugar-cane. 

Cilengulengu,  7,  «.,  the  thing  into 
which  a person  is  changed  by 
transmigration  or  metempsy- 
chosis. 

Cilexilu,  7,  71.,  example,  sample, 
specimen,  illustration,  brand, 
copy. 

Ciloa,  7,  n.,  dried  gourd,  often  used 
as  pipe. 

Coloaloa,  7,  n.,  a green  gourd. 

Cilonda,  7,  n.,  large  battle-axe 
made  by  Zappo  Zapps. 

Cilonde,  7,  n. {always  followed  by 
muadi,  first  wife),  the  second 
wife  of  polygamist,  concubine. 

Cilongo,  7,  n.,  bloom,  blossom, 
flower. 

Cilongo,  7,  71.,  generation,  line  of 
descent  to. 

Cilu,  7,  n.{pl.  generally  used),  dirt, 
trash,  filth,  debris,  impurity, 
refuse,  rubbish,  stuff,  waste, 
weeds. 

Ciliia,  7,  71.,  post  in  wall  of  house, 
door-post. 

Cilua,  7,  n.,  toad. 

Cilulu,  7,  n.,  cloth,  garment, 
c.  cisusiike,  a worn-out  piece  of 
cloth,  rag. 

bilulu(/?/.),  clothes,  apparel. 
Sometimes  pronounced  cidudu. 

Cilumbu,  7,  n.,  council,  court, 
trial,  judgment. 

lumbulula  c.,  to  settle  a palaver 
at  court. 


CILUMI— CINGOMBO. 


319 


Cilumi,  7,  n.,  semen.  PI.  generally 
used. 

Cilumiana,  7,  n.,  a large  man. 
Generally  used  in  irony.  §351. 

Ciluinulumu,  7,  n.,  crust,  scab. 

Cilunga,  7,  n.,  sweet  potato. 

Cinianga,  7,  n.,  scabbard,  sheath, 
case  for  knife. 

Cimaza,  7,  a strong  European 
cloth. 

Cimba,  vi.,  to  be  stupid,  be  foolish, 
be  silly,  be  simple,  be  thought- 
less, be  careless,  be  unmindful, 
act  foolishly. 

Cimbadi,  7,  n.,  a native  from  the 
Portuguese  territory  on  West 
Coast. 

Cimbakana,  vi.,  to  go  around,  go 
round  about,  encircle,  sur- 
round. There  is  a secondary 
meaning  of  to  be  stupid,  be 
foolish,  act  stupidly  or  foolish- 
ly, be  silly,  be  simple,  be  un- 
mindful, be  thoughtless,  be 
careless. 

Cimbakane,  adj.{p.p.  of  cimba- 
kana), foolish,  stupid,  silly, 
simple,  thoughtless,  careless. 

Cimbe,  adj.{p.  p.  of  cimba),  foolish, 
stupid,  silly,  simple,  careless, 
thoughtless. 

Cimbixa,  vt.,  to  fool,  joke  with. 

Cimena,  7,  n.,  yam  (wild). 

Cimenga,  7,  n.,  large  village  or 
town,  city,  capital,  metropolis. 

Cimenyi,  7,  sock,  stocking. 

Cimono,  7,  n.,  the  waist. 

Cimonyinu,  7,  n.{from  mona,  to 
see),  token,  example,  sample, 
earnest,  specimen,  copy,  mark, 
model,  brand,  sign,  illustra- 
tion, keepsake,  proof,  remin- 
der, seal,  souvenir,  symbol, 
badge,  emblem. 

Cimpanga,  7,  «.,  ram,  male  of 
sheep. 

Cimpulu,  7,  11.,  cricket. 

Cimpumpu,  7,  n.,  cold  (catarrh). 

Cimuka,  vi.,  to  retreat,  to  flee. 

Cimuna,  7,  n.,  a tame  animal. 


Cimuna,  vt.,  to  rout,  put  to  flight, 
defeat,  overcome,  vanquish, 
beat,  conquer,  subdue. 

Cimunu,  7,  n.,  roof  or  wall  or  side 
of  house. 

Cimunyi,  7,  n.,  firebrand,  torch. 

Cina,  vi.,  to  be  afraid,  dread,  be  ex- 
cited, fear,  be  frightened,  be  ter- 
rified, be  fearful,  be  horrified, 
be  scared,  be  timid,  be  shy,  be 
terrorized,  be  dismayed. 

Cina,  7,  «.,  hole  in  the  ground, 
pit. 

Cina,  insep.  indeclinable  word  used 
with  mbi  and  pass.  pro.  to 
mean  brother-in-law.  § 42, 
Note  2. 

Cinana,  indeclinable  wor'd,  empty, 
blank,  vacant,  void,  worthless- 
ness, without  cause,  for  noth- 
ing, greatest,  gratuitously,  zero, 
-a  c.,  of  no  account,  worthless, 
common,  of  no  consequence, 
inferior,  mean  (of  birth),  un- 
important, of  no  use,  useless. 

Cindumbi,  7,  n.,  a skin  disease, 
leprosy. 

muena  c.,  a leper. 

See  note  under  leprosy. 

Cinemu,  7,  n.{from  nemeka), 
gratitude,  thankfulness,  grate- 
fulness. 

-a  c.,  grateful,  thankful. 

Cinfunde,  7,  n.,  whirlwind. 

Cinganyi,  interrog.  pro.,  what? 
what  is  the  matter?  what  for? 
why  ? for  what  reason  ? for 
what  cause  ? for  what  pur- 
pose?. §175. 

Cingoma,  7,  11.,  gun. 
c.  cia  lutende,  rifle, 
c.  cia  mutengu,  flint-lock  gun. 
c.  cia  tundimba,  shotgun, 
ela  c.,  to  fire  or  shoot  a gun. 
ela  c.  han.xi,  to  miss  aim. 
kuma  or  lonza  with  c.,  to  shoot 
one  with  a gun. 

Cingombo,  7,  n.,  ocra.  Note  that 
this  is  doubtless  root  of  Eng. 
gumbo  soup. 


320 


CINGUJI— CIONDA. 


Cinguji,  7,  bunch  of  palm  nuts. 

Cinguluka,  vi.,  to  turn  around, 
revolve,  rotate,  whirl,  spin 
around,  be  inverted,  be  turned 
around. 

Cingulula,  vt.,  to  invert,  turn 
around,  reverse,  whirl  around, 
spin  around, 

Cinka,  v.,  to  guess. 

Cinkete,  7,  n.,  a kind  of  bamboo 
or  reed  found  in  the  forest  and 
used  for  making  fence. 

Cinkutu,  7,  n.  (Lower  Congo), 
coat,  dress,  shirt, 
diboko  dia  c.,  sleeve. 

Cinsanki,  7,  n.,  native  cloth  made 
from  the  fibre  of  palm  leaves. 
The  ‘cinsanki  means  several 
single  pieces  of  the  didiba 
sewed  together. 

Cinsenga,  7,  w.,  sweet  potato. 

Cinsonkela,  7,  w.,  cricket. 

Cinsonxi,  7,  n.,  a tear  (from  the 
eye). 

c,  as  suhj.  of  hatuka  or  tuka,  to 
shed  a tear. 

Cinsukunsuku,  7,  n.,  hiccough. 

Cintinyi,  7,  n.,  a thing  the  name  of 
which  you  have  forgotten  or 
do  not  know  or  do  not  care 
to  trouble  with  mentioning. 
§ 353.  Rem. 

Cintu,  7,  w.,  thing,  something, 
object,  article,  material. 

-a  bintu,  rich,  wealthy. 
bintu(/>/.),  goods,  stuff,  riches, 
possessions,  wealth,  property, 
substance,  means,  mammon, 
bintu  bia  buhianyi,  inheritance, 
legacy. 

bintu  bia  buku,  dowry, 
bintu  bionso,  everything, 
c.  cia  kuenza  n’aci,  tool,  im- 
plement, machine,  instrument. 

Cintumbindi,  7,  w.,  a kind  of  ante- 
lope. 

Cintunte,  7,  n.,  an  ant  making 
large  hills.  These  are  edible. 

Cinu,  7,  w.,  knee. 

tua  binu  hanxi,  to  kneel. 


Cinu,  7,  M.,  mortar  (in  which  corn, 
cassava  roots,  etc.,  are  beaten). 

Cinu,  7,  n.,  spool. 

Cinunu,  7,  n.,  thousand. 

Cinyangu,  7,  n.{jrom  nyanga,  to 
abuse),  abuse,  cruelty,  tyranny, 
brutality,  despotism,  inhuman- 
ity, afifiiction,  oppression,  ill- 
treatment,  maltreatment,  mean- 
ness, heartlessness,  merciless 
ness,  pitilessness,  unkindness, 
unmercifulness,  persecution. 

-a  c.,  cruel,  mean,  merciless,  in- 
human, pitiless,  heartless,  op- 
pressive, despotic,  tyrannical, 
unkind,  unmerciful,  brutal, 
muena  c.,  tyrant,  brute,  despot. 

Cinyanu,  7,  w.,  emaciation,  thin- 
ness, leanness,  haggardness, 
di  ne  or  uma  followed  by  c.,  to 
be  emaciated,  be  lean,  be  thin, 
be  haggard,  waste  away. 

Cinyenga,  7,  «.,  constipation,  cos- 
tiveness. 

di  ne  c.,  to  be  constipated,  be 
costive. 

Cinyi,  interrog.  pro.,  what?  what 
is  the  matter?  wLat  for? 
why?  for  what  reason?  for 
what  cause  ? for  what  pur- 
pose? § 175,  Rem.  I. 

Cinyindanyinda,  7,  n.{pl.  gener- 
ally used),  dregs,  sediment. 

Cinyixa,  vt.,  make  afraid,  frighten, 
terrify,  alarm,  excite,  horrify, 
intimidate,  scare,  terrorize, 
dismay. 

Cinyu,  7,  n.,  bladder. 

Cinyuka,  7,  n.,  wadding  for  gun. 

Cinyumankole,  7,  n.,  oyster. 

Ciole,  7,  n.,  famine,  starvation. 

Ciombe,  7,  n.,  cassava  root,  manioc, 
c.  ciampete,  dried  but  unsoaked 
cassava  root. 

Ciombo,  7,  n.,  copper  or  iron  made 
into  crosses. 

See  note  under  copper. 

Cionda,  7,  n.,  emaciation,  leanness, 
thinness,  haggardness, 
di  ne  or  uma  followed  by  c.,  tO 


CIONDA— CISUMBU. 


321 


Cionda  {continued). 

be  emaciated,  be  lean,  be  thin, 
be  haggard,  waste  away, 

Ciondo,  7,  w.,  a drum  made  by 
hollowing  out  a log. 

Ciono,  7,  w.,  a snore,  sound  or 
noise  or  roar  or  report  of  wind 
or  rain  or  falls, 

Cioto,  7,  M.,  clan,  tribe,  nation, 
race. 

See  TRIBE. 

Cisabatu,  7,  n.{from  Portuguese), 
shoe,  boot. 

Cisabu,  7,  n.,  ford,  ferry,  crossing, 
passage,  place  where  landing 
is  made  for  ferry. 

Clsabukilu,  7,  w.,  ford,  ferry, 

passage  of  a stream,  crossing, 
place  where  landing  is  made 
at  a ferry. 

Cisaki,  7,  w.,  twig. 

Cisaku,  7,  n.,  comb  (for  hair). 

Cisala,  7,  n.,  brushwood,  brush, 

Cisalu,  7,  n.,  market,  sale, 

Cisamba,  7,  ».,  clan,  nation,  tribe, 
race. 

-a  c.  cikuabo,  foreign,  of  another 
tribe. 

muena  c.  cikuabo,  a foreigner 

See  TRIBE. 

Cisambu,  7,  n.,  yam  (wild), 

Cisambusambu,  7,  w.,  a shelter 
thrown  up  hastily. 

Cisamuinu,  7,  w.,  comb  (for  hair). 

Cisanga,  7,  n.,  island. 

Cisangi,  7,  «.,  bunch  or  hand  of 
bananas  or  plantains. 

Cisanji,  7,  n.,  harp,  organ,  harmo- 
nium, a musical  instrument. 
The  common  native  instru- 
ment bearing  this  name  is 
made  by  fastening  small  pieces 
of  iron  of  different  lengths  to  a 
piece  of  wood  which  has  been 
hollowed  out. 

Cisasa,  7,  loft. 

Cisasa,  7,  n.,  crawfish. 

Cisasankala,  7,  «.,  crawfish. 

Cls6ba,  7,  n.,  skin,  hide,  leather. 


Ciseke,  7,  «.,  convulsion,  fit, 

epileptic  fit,  spasm,  insensi- 
bility or  unconsciousness  from 
fit  or  convulsion, 
fua  or  haluka  with  c.,  to  faint, 
have  a fit  or  convulsion  or 
spasm,  be  unconscious  or. 
insensible  from  fit  or  con- 
vulsion, swoon. 

See  note  under  cifuidixe. 

Cisenze,  7,  n.,  a garden  or  patch 
made  in  the  swamp  or  marsh 
in  dry  season. 

Cisi,  7,  «.(Eng.),  cheese. 

Cisikit,  7,  w.(Eng.),  biscuit. 

Cisonso,  7,  n.{pl.  generally  used), 
dirt,  trash,  filth,  impurity, 
refuse,  debris,  rubbish,  stuff, 
waste,  garbage,  weeds. 

Cisoso,  7,  n.{pl.  generally  used),  tall 
grass  used  in  covering  houses. 

Cisote,  7,  n.,  chaff. 

Cisu,  7,  n.,  blossom,  bloom,  flower. 

Cisua,  7,  n.,  nest  of  fowl. 

Cisuasua,  7,  w.,  want,  wish,  desire. 
There  is  generally  the  idea  of 
being  uncertain  as  to  what 
one  really  wants.  § 356  {g). 

Cisuba,  7,  n.,  tuft  of  hair. 

Cisui,  7,  n.,  axe. 

kasui(dfmm.),  hatchet. 

Cisuka,  7,  n.,  a long  basket. 

Cisuku,  7,  n.,  tall  grass. 

-a  c.,  wild  (as  animal). 

Cisululu,  7,  n.,  sweat,  perspiration, 
hatuka  or  tuka  with  c.,  to  sweat, 
perspire. 

Cisulusulu,  7,  n.,  lung. 

Cisumba,  7.  n.,  trading  (buying 
and  selling), 

muena  c.,  trader,  merchant. 

Cisumbu,  7,  n.,  crowd,  assembly, 
concourse,  congregation,  band, 
bunch,  sheaf,  bundle,  pack, 
package,  roll,  company,  class, 
group,  drove,  flock,  herd, 
host,  meeting,  multitude, 
swarm,  throng,  party,  society, 
lua  c.,  to  assemble,  come  to- 
gether, congregate. 


322 


CISUNA— CIXI. 


Cisuna,  7,  vagiiia(?).  ^ 

Cisuiisukila,  7,  n.,  crumb. 

Cisusu,  7,  n.,  fist. 

kuma  or  tua  or  tuta  with  c.,  to 
strike  or  hit  a blow  with  fist. 

Citabala,  7,  n.,  wakefulness, 
lala  c.,  not  to  sleep  well,  keep 
awake,  be  sleepless,  be  wakeful. 

Citadilu,  7,  n.,  porch,  veranda. 

Citaku,  7,  n.,  base,  bottom,  butt 
end,  rear  end,  hind  part,  stern. 

Citalu,  7,  n.,  corpse,  dead  body  of 
person,  carcass. 

Citambala,  7,  n.,  a small  piece  or 
strip  of  cloth  less  than  a 
fathom,  towel,  rag. 
c.  cia  ha  mesa,  napkin,  serviette. 

Citanda,  7,  n.,  an  open  shed. 

Citandi,  7,  n.,  a child  about  three 
or  four  years  old. 

Citanga,  7,  w.,  a circle  or  ring  (as 
dancers). 

Citedi,  7,  n.{pl.  generally  used), 
joke,  jest,  humor,  fun. 
ela  bitedi,  to  joke,  have  fin 
with,  jest  with. 

Citekuteku,  7,  n.,  a kind  of  greens. 

Citelele,  7,  n.,  chilliness,  coldness, 
coolness,  shade,  dampness, 
moisture,  wetness,  humidity, 
di  ne  c.,  to  be  chilly,  be  cold,  be 
cool,  be  damp,  be  moist,  be 
wet,  be  humid. 

Some  say  citalele. 

Citema,  7,  n.,  used  as  card,  num., 
nine. 

Citila,  7,  n.,  cock,  rooster,  male  of 
fowl. 

c.  cibedi,  first  cock  to  crow  in  the 
morning. 

ha  bitila,  at  cockcrowmg,  early 
morning. 

Citokatoka,  7,  w.,  albino.  §365  (g). 

Citonga,  7,  w.,  gourd  cut  crosswise. 

Citu,  7,  n.,  stinginess,  parsimony, 
selfishness,  meanness  as  result 
stinginess. 

-a  c.,  stingy,  parsimonious, 
selfish,  mean. 

Some  say  citue. 


Citudilu,  7,  n.,  blacksmith  shop, 
smithy. 

Cituha,  7,  n.,  a bit  or  small  piece 
or  division  or  part  or  fragment 
or  portion  or  section  cut  off, 
a short  time,  minute,  moment, 
short  while,  before  long. 

-a  c.,  low,  short,  runty,  stunted, 
kosa  bituha,  to  cut  into  pieces, 
muntu  wa  c.,  a dwarf,  under- 
sized person,  runt. 

Contrast  with  cihesu. 

Cituka,  7,  n.,  the  waist. 

Ciula,  7,  11.,  toad. 

Ciululu,  7,  n.,  cloud  (not  dark  or 
heavy). 

Ciin.  a,  7,  n.{pl.  generally  used), 
;^cods,  fortune,  wealth,  stuff, 
possessions,  property,  means, 
riches,  substance,  mammon. 

-a  biuma,  rich,  wealthy. 

Ciuxa,  7,  n.,  abscess,  boil,  ulcer, 
bubo. 

Civuadi,  7,  n.,  pot,  kettle,  vessel, 
frying-pan. 

Cixaxi,  7,  n.,  mat  made  by  the 
Bakuba. 

Cixi,  7,  n.,  anger,  wrath,  indigna- 
tion, bad  humor,  vexation, 
passion,  fierceness,  ferocity, 
rage,  fury,  madness,  grief, 
melancholy,  sadness,  sorrow, 
penitence,  regret,  remorse, 
di  ne  c.  or  nnva  c.  or  ufua  c.  or 
kuaeika  c.  or  c.  as  subj.  of 
kuata,  to  be  angry,  be  mad, 
be  aggravated,  be  indignant, 
be  irritable,  be  ferocious,  be 
fierce,  be  raging,  be  furious, 
be  vexed,  be  worried,  be  an- 
noyed, be  provoked,  be  in  a 
passion,  be  sad,  be  melan- 
choly, be  sorry,  be  sorrowful, 
regret,  repent,  pine, 
kuaeixa  or  ufuixa  with  c.,  to 
make  angry  or  mad  or  indig- 
nant, displease,  enrage,  anger, 
annoy,  exasperate,  aggravate, 
worry,  provoke,  throw  into  a 
passion,  irritate,  tease,  tanta- 


CIXI— DIA. 


323 


Cixi  {continued). 

lize,  torment,  trouble,  vex, 
sadden. 

Ctxi,  7,  w.,  insect,  bee,  fly,  bug, 
caterpillar,  worm,  creeping  thing, 
gnat. 

Cixiba,  7,  w.,  whistle,  flute. 

Cixibiku,  7,  w.,  anything  used  to 
stop  up  or  shut  up,  cork,  cover, 
lid,  stopper. 

Cixiki,  7,  w.,  door-post,  post  in  wall 
of  house. 

Cixikidilu,  7,  w.,  destination,  end, 
limit,  termination,  terminus. 

Cixikixiki,  7,  n.,  dregs,  sediment. 
PI.  generally  used. 

Cixiku,  7,  n.,  disobedience,  insub- 
ordination, stubbornness,  ob- 
stinacy, heedlessness,  refrac- 
toriness, wilfulness,  negligence, 
neglectfulness. 

-a  c.,  disobedient,  insubordinate, 
stubborn,  obstinate,  heedless, 
refractory,  unmanagable,  un- 
ruly, intractable,  wilful,  negli- 
gent, neglectful. 

Cixiluxilu,  7,  n.,  fern. 

Cixondu,  7,  n.,  snapping  of  the 
finger. 

tuta  c.,  to  snap  the  finger. 

Ciyuya,  7,  w.,  warmth,  heat,  tepid- 
ness, lukewarmness, 
c.  cia  mi,  steam, 
di  ne  c.,  to  be  warm,  be  tepid, 
be  lukewarm. 

Cizubu,  7,  n.,  bark,  shuck,  hull, 
husk,  peel,  skin,  rind,  shell  of 
egg  or  nut  or  seed  or  terrapin. 

D. 

Di,  5,  n.{pl.  is  me),  word,  direc- 
tion, message,  command, 
order,  ordinance,  command- 
ment, exhortation,  informa- 
tion, news,  proclamation,  dis- 
course, statement,  assertion, 
sound  of  music,  speech  voice, 
echo  {with  the  verbs  elekexa  or 
idikixa). 


Di  {continued). 

-a  d.  dimue,  reliable,  trust- 
worthy, truthful,  consistent, 
amba  d.,  to  deliver  a message, 
issue  a proclamation  or  decree, 
ambuluxa  or  ambulula  or  ban- 
dixa  or  kalexa  with  d.,  to 
raise  the  voice,  talk  louder, 
d.  dikise,  high  tone  or  voice, 
d.  dinine,  low  tone,  bass  voice, 
d.  as  sub],  of  hata  or  xibala,  to 
be  hoarse. 

hunga  d.,  to  make  an  agreement 
or  covenant  or  contract, 
tekexa  or  huekexa  with  d.,  to 
lower  the  voice. 

tumina  muntu  d.,  to  send  a 
person  a message. 

Di,  inter jec.,  see  § 437  {b). 

Di,  5,  n.{pl.  is  me),  heart. 

Di,  vi.,  to  be,  exist. 

d.  ne,  to  have,  possess,  own, 
contain. 

d.  ne  with  bundu  or  bunvu,  to 
be  ashamed,  be  bashful,  be 
mortified,  etc. 

d.  ne  cixi,  to  be  angry,  be  mad, 
etc. 

d.  newith  difu  or  dimi,  to  be  with 
child. 

d.  neluoxi,  to  be  vicious  (as  dog), 
d.  ne  muoyo,  to  be  alive,  be 
living. 

d.  with  mua  and  infin.,  to  be 
able,  can,  be  capable,  be  possi- 
ble, be  qualified,  be  compe- 
tent, have  power  to. 
d.  with  Locatives  Suffixed,  to 
be  alive,  be  present.  § 320. 
The  neg.  is  ena. 

Di,  5,  n.{pl.  is  mai),  egg. 
ela  d.,  to  lay  an  egg. 

The  dimin.  is  kai. 

Dia,  vt.,  to  eat,  consume,  devour, 
subsist  on. 

-a  kudia,  edible, 
bia  kudia,  food,  victuals,  nour- 
ishment, meal. 

d.  bukelenge,  to  become  chief, 
succeed  to  chiefship. 


324 


DTA— DIBEXI. 


Dia  {continued). 

d.  cinana,  to  squander,  to  ex- 
haust, to  spend,  to  waste, 
d.  luhiku,  to  bet,  wager, 
d.  maxinde,  to  graze. 

Diacimue,  5,  n.,  used  as  adv.,  at  one 
time,  at  the  same  time,  simulta- 
neously. § 95  (b),  Rem.  2. 

Diaha,  5,  71^  shoulder. 

Diakamue,  5,  n.,  used  as  adv., 
once,  one  time,  at  the  same 
time,  simultaneously.  § 95 
(ft),  Rem.  I. 

Diala,  5,  n.,  place  for  throwing 
rubbish,  dunghill. 

Dialu,  5,  n.,  magic,  riddle,  puzzle, 
enigma,  sleight-of-hand  trick, 
muena  d.,  magician. 

Diamba,  5,  n.,  Indian  hemp.  This 
is  smoked  by  the  natives  with 
injurKAs  effect. 

Diarnbedi,  5,  n.,  used  as  adv.,  long 
ago,  before,  in  advance,  first, 
foremost,  beforehand,  in  old 
times,  once  upon  a time,  re- 
mote or  distant  times,  long 
since,  long  time  ago. 
amba  d.  bualii  kabui  buanze 
kulua,  to  foretell,  prophesy, 
predict. 

sungula  d.,  to  foreordain,  pre- 
destinate. 

Dianda,  v.,  to  run  against. 

Diangana,  v.{withmen\i,  teeth),  to 
grit  or  grind  or  gnash  the  teeth, 
d.  mukana,  to  move  the  lips 
without  speaking. 

Dianjila,  v.,  to  be  or  do  or  go  in 
advance  or  before,  anticipate, 
come  or  do  first  or  previously, 
be  forward  or  foremost  in 
doing,  lead  the  way,  precede, 
d.  kuenza,  to  invent, 
d.  kumona,  to  discover. 

This  word  is  joUowed  by  in 'fin. 
May  also  be  spelled  dianxila. 

Dianva,  5,  n.,  an  ear  of  Indian  corn 
or  maize.  The  pi.  is  used  to 
express  quantity  either  of  ears 
or  shelled  corn. 


Diata,  v.,  to  step,  tread,  tramp, 
d.  mu  dikusa,  to  step  on,  tread 
on,  tramp  on,  trample  on. 

Diba,  5,  7i.(pl.  is  meba),  sun;  has 
secondary  meanmg  of  clock, 
watch. 

d.  dia  hankuci  or  d.  as  subj.  of 
jalama,  noon,  midday, 
d.  dicidiku,  there  is  plenty  of 
time. 

d.  with  ki?  or  hanyi?  what 
time  ? what  o’clock  ? when? 
what  hour  ? 

d.  as  subj.  oj  uhuka,  afternoon, 
evening. 

d.  as  subj.  oj  kumbana,  to  be 
time  for. 

Dibala,  5,  n.,  bald  head. 

Dibamba,  5,  w.,  scale  of  fish. 

Dibaudala,  5,  n.,  flag. 

Dibanza,  5,  n.,  debt,  account, 
d.  as  subj.  oj  kuata,  to  owe  a 
debt,  lit.,  a debt  has  caught  one. 
di  ne  or  angata  with  d.  dia,  to 
be  in  debt  to,  owe. 
enza  d.,  to  incur  a debt, 
fucila  d.,  to  make  atonement  for. 
ha  d.,  to  credit. 

Dibanzixa,  5,  n.,  the  act  of  bring- 
ing the  bride  to  the  home  of 
the  bridegroom. 

bidia  bia  d.,  marriage  or  wedding 
feast. 

Dibaxi,  5,  «.,  spot,  speck,  dot.  ' 
di  ne  mabaxi,  to  be  spotted,  be 
speckled,  be  variegated, 
ena  ne  mabaxi,  to  be  spotless, 
be  unspotted. 

Dibedi,  5,  n.,  sickness,  disease, 
malady,  illness,  pain,  affliction, 
bad  health,  pang,  suffering. 

See  disama. 

Dibele,  5,  n.,  breast,  udder,  teat, 
mutu  wa  d.  or  lusongo  lua  d., 

nipple  of  breast. 

Note  that  the  pi.  means  milk  as 
well  as  breasts. 

Dibexi,  5,  7i.,  leaf  of  tree  or  book, 
page,  sheet  of  paper,  blade  of 
grass. 


DIBIKA— DIFUNKA. 


325 


Dibika,  x/.(Buk.,  I5^  pers.  sing.), 
used  in  greeting  and  salutation. 
See  SALUTATION. 

Diblya,  5,  n.,  board,  plank. 

muena  niablya,  carpenter,  saw- 
yer. 

Dibodio,  5,  n.,  pouch  of  animal, 
crop  of  fowl. 

Diboko,  5,  n.,  arm  of  person, 
fore  leg  or  front  leg  of  quad- 
ruped. 

d.  dia  bakuxi,  left  arm. 
d.  dia  balumi,  right  arm. 
d.  dia  with  cikowela  or  cin- 
kutu,  sleeve. 

Dibondo,  5,  n.,  a kind  of  palm. 

Dibotc,  5,  «.,  banana,  either  whole 
bunch  or  single  fruit. 

Dibu,  5,  n.,  lump,  clod. 

Dibuba,  5,  n.,  blister  or  lump  made 
by  fire  or  hot  water. 

Dibuba,  5,  «.,  cloud. 

Dibue,  5,  n.,  stone,  rock,  flint, 
bead,  slate. 

d.  dia  kunuona,  grindstone, 
d dia  uvula,  hailstone, 
muci  wa  d.,  slate-pencil. 

Dibue,  5,  n , the  most  common 
species  of  oil  palm. 

Dibui,  5,  n.,  wasp-nest  (made  of 
mud). 

Dibuka,  5,  marriage,  matrimony, 
wedding,  wedlock, 
d.  as  subj.  of  fua,  to  be  divorced, 
lit.,  the  marriage  is  dead, 
xiha  d.,  to  divorce,  to  break  the 
marriage. 

ya  ku  d.,  to  marry  (used  only  of 
the  woman). 

Dibulu,  5,  n.,  ball  (of  rubber), 
lump  (of  salt,  earth,  etc.). 

Dibulunge,  5,  n.,  ball,  globe, 

sphere. 

-ad.,  round,  spherical. 

From  bulunga,  to  be  round. 

Dibumba,  5,  n.,  clay  or  earth  for 
making  pots. 

Dibungi,  5,  n.,  fog,  mist. 

Dici,  5,  n.(pl.  is  meci),  day. 

See  dituku. 


Dicu,  5,  n.,  ear. 

nyongo’a  d.,  drum  of  ear. 
telexa  niacu,  to  attend,  listen, 
be  attentive. 

Didiba,  5,  n.,  native  cloth  made 
from  the  fibre  of  palm  leaves, 
kuma  d.,  to  weave. 

Didinga,  5,  n.{pl.  is  madingi),  lie, 
falsehood,  untruth,  hypocri- 
sy, untruthfulness,  unrelia- 
bleness. 

-a  madingi,  unreliable,  untruth- 
ful. 

muena  madingi,  liar,  hypocrite, 
fraudulent  person. 

Dieba,  5,  n.,  thorn,  bone  of  fish 
(generally  the  rib). 

Dieleka,  vi.,  to  agree,  match,  con- 
form to,  correspond  to,  be 
adapted  to,  be  • itable,  be 
alike,  be  even,  be  proper,  be 
similar,  be  same  kind  or 
species  or  variety,  fit,  suit,  be 
enough  or  adequate  or  suffi- 
cient, suflEice,  be  exact. 
neg.  means  to  be  unlike,  differ, 
be  different,  be  divers,  be 
diverse,  vary,  be  insufficient  or 
inadequate. 

Diese,  5,  n.,  fortune,  good  luck, 
di  ne  d.,  fortunate,  lucky, 
ena  ne  d.,  unfortunate,  unlucky. 

Difu,  5,  n.,  abdomen,  stomach, 
belly,  perhaps  womb. 

-a  mu  d.,  the  family  of. 
d.  dia  mukolo,  calf  of  leg. 
di  ne  d.,  to  be  with  child,  be 
pregnant. 

imita  d.,  to  conceive, 
tula,  d.,  to  abort,  miscarry. 

Difuanda,  5,  n.,  gunpowder. 

Difuka,  5,  n.,  handful,  a small 
pile  or  heap  (such  as  can  be 
held  in  the  two  hands). 

Difukenya,  5,  n.,  loose  sand,  dirt 

Difuku,  5,  n.,  day. 

See  dituku. 

Difuma,  5,  n.,  spear,  lance. 

Difunka,  5,  n.,  two  fathoms  of  cloth 
(4  yds.),  one  half  of  a piece. 


326 


DIFUTU— DIKANDA. 


Difutu,  5,  n.,  pay,  salary,  pay- 
ment, remuneration,  reward, 
compensation,  earnings,  wage, 
wages,  anything  due,  bribe,  fee, 
fine,  penalty,  expense, 
angata  d.,  to  earn, 
bandixa  d.,  to  advance  wages, 
huekexa  d.,  to  decrease  wages. 

Diha,  5,  71.,  benevolence,  charity, 
liberality,  generosity,  unselfish- 
ness. 

-a  d.,  liberal,  generous,  un- 
selfish, benevolent, 
d.  dia  luse,  alms. 

Dihaha,  5,  n.,  deafness.  7/  perso7i 
is  deaf  in  one  ear  use  siiig., 
if  in  both  ears  use  pi. 

-a  niahaha,  deaf. 

Dihahi,  5,  n.,  papaw.  From  Eng. 

Dihahu,  5,  n.,  wing. 

Dihanda,  5,  n.,  a kind  of  palm. 

Dihangu,  5, 7i.,  exhaustion,  fatigue, 
weakness,  tiredness,  weariness, 
faintness. 

Sometimes  spelled  dihungi. 

Dihasa,  5,  11.,  used  in  ph.  muana 
wa  mahasa,  to  mean  twin. 

Dihembu,  5,  n.{pl.  is  generally 
used),  smell,  odor,  scent.  May 
be  good  or  bad  odor. 

Dihi,  5,  n.,  a blow  with  open  hand, 
slap,  smack. 

tua  or  kuma  or  tuta  with  d.,  to 
stri  e or  hit  with  open  hand, 
slap,  smack,  spank. 

Dihi,  5,  n.,  razor. 

Dihilu,  5,  n.,  rafter. 

Dihoko,  5,  n.,  notch. 

Dihondo,  5,  n.,  knot  of  stick. 

Dihu,  5,  n.,  knot  of  stick. 

Dihula,  5,  71.,  honeycomb,  bees- 
wax, wax. 

Dihusa,  5,  n.,  wadding  for  gun. 

Diinyi,  5,  n.,  leaf  of  tree  or  book, 
page,  sheet  of  paper,  blade  of 
grass. 

Diinyi,  5, 7t.,  fat  or  grease  of  animal, 
oil. 

laba  minyi,  to  grease, 
minyi  a ngombe,  butter. 


Diinyi  {continued). 

The  sing,  is  used  to  express 
either  a small  quantity  of  fat 
or  the  unrendered  fat,  whereas 
the  pi.  expresses  the  idea  either 
of  a large  quantity  of  fat  or 
the  rendered  oil  or  grease. 

Dijimba,  5,  n.,  pit  for  catching 
animals. 

Dijimbu,  5,  n.,  magic,  riddle,  puz- 
zle, enigma,  sleight-of-hand 
trick. 

muena  d.,  magician. 

May  be  spelled  dixinibu. 

Dijinga,  vi.,  to  be  entangled,  i.e., 
to  entangle  one’s  self. 

Dijita,  5,  n.,  knot  of  string  (gener- 
ally a hard  knot). 

Dika,  vi.,  to  pass  or  go  by  or  ahead 
of. 

Dikaci,  5,  n.,  honeycomb,  beeswax, 
wax. 

Dikadi,  5,  a kind  of  palm. 

Dikaka,  5,  7i.,  pineapple. 

Dikaia,  5,  7i.,  charcoal,  coal  of  fire. 

Dikalu,  5,  n.{from  Portuguese), 
\vheel.  Ge7ierally  used  of  the 
stern -wheel  of  steamers. 

Dikama,  5,  n.,  paw  or  foot  of 
animal,  such  as  dog,  cat,  etc.; 
track  or  trace  or  trail  or  print 
of  the  paw;  footprint. 

londa  makama,  to  track,  trace, 
trail. 

Dikaniakama,  5,  n.,  impoliteness, 
shamelessness,  effrontery,  im- 
modesty, impertinence,  sauci- 
ness, arrogance,  impudence,  in- 
decency, ingratitude,  ungrate- 
fulness, audacity,  disrespect, 
irreverence. 

-a  d.,  arrogant,  saucy,  immodest, 
shameless,  impertinent,  disre- 
spectful, impudent,  indecent, 
ungrateful,  audacious,  impolite, 
irreverent. 

ena  d.,  to  be  modest,  be  humble. 

Dikanda,  5,  n.,  strength,  energy 
force,  might,  ability. 

PI.  generally  used. 


DIKANDA— DILA. 


327 


■ Dikanda,  5,  n.,  a snarl,  growl. 

ela  makanda,  to  growl,  snarl. 
PL  generally  used. 

Dikangala,  5,  w.,  guinea-fowl. 
Dikeha,  5,  w.,  shoulder-blade. 
Dikela,  5,  «.,  a hole  through  some- 
thing, a leak,  rent,  perfora- 
tion; hence  a window, 
tubuka  d.,  to  spring  a leak. 
Dikela,  5,-W.,  egg. 
ela  d.,  to  lay  an  egg. 

IM:  Dikengexa,  5, w., punishment,  chas- 
y tisement,  suffering,  retribution. 

m Dikenka,  5,  n.,  light  or  brightness 
K of  fire  or  moon,  moonlight. 

H From  v.  kenka. 

■m  Dikiki,  5,  w.,  eyebrow. 

S Dikima,  5,  n.,  bravery,  courage, 
jS  fortitude,  boldness,  valor. 

di  ne  or  teka  with  d.  to  be  brave, 
be  fearless,  be  courageous,  be 
daring,  be  bold,  be  valiant. 
Dikixa,  vt.,  to  let  pass  by. 

Dikiya,  5 n.,  shoulder. 

Dikoba,  5,  w.,  skin  of  human  body. 
Dikodi,  5,  n.,  phlegm.  PI.  gener- 
ally used. 

Dikoko,  5,  «.,  deformity  in  the 
back,  humpback. 

Dikolo,  5,  site  of  deserted 
village. 

Dikoyabolo,  5,  n.,  ankle  bone. 
Diku,  5,  n.,  cola  nut  (eaten  with 
palm  wine). 

Diku,  5,  n.{pl.  meku),  fireplace, 
hearth. 

Diku,  5,  w.,  a kind  of  palm. 
Dikubakuba,  5,  n.,  clap  of  thunder, 
uvula  as  subj.  oj  kuma  and  d. 
as  obj.,  to  thunder  (clap). 
Dikubu,  5,  n.,  a kind  of  grub  worm 
(edible). 

Dikuha,  vi.,  to  flap  about  (as  cloth 
in  the  wind),  swing,  sway, 
vibrate,  wave  to  and  fro, 
oscillate. 

Dikukumina,  5,  n.,  stuttering, 

stammering,  impediment  in 
speech. 

muena  d.,  stammerer,  stutterer. 


Dikumbi,  5,  n,  umbrella. 

d.  dia  bulobo,  railway  train, 
d.  dia  mi,  steamer,  steamboat, 
vessel,  ship. 

nxila  wa  dikumbi  dia  bulobo, 

railway  track. 

Dikumbu,  5,  w.,  large  basket  with 
top  made  by  Zappo  Zapps. 

Dikumi,  used  as  card,  num., 
ten. 

Dikunga,  vi.,  to  assemble,  come 
together,  congregate. 

Dikunxi,  5,  «.,  leg  of  table  or  chair, 
pillar,  posts  for  support  of 
veranda. 

Dikuonde,  5 n.,  plantain  (whole 
bunch  or  single  fruit). 

Dikuonya,  vi.,  to  shrink  as  in  fear. 

Dikusa,  5,  n.,  foot,  hammer  of 
gun,  trail  or  trace  or  mark 
made  by  foot,  footprint, 
d.  dibi,  bad  fortune,  bad  luck, 
misfortune,  mishap, 
d.  dimpe,  fortune,  good  luck, 
di  ne  d.  dibi,  to  be  unfortunate, 
be  unlucky. 

di  ne  d.  dimpe,  to  be  fortunate, 
be  lucky. 

di  ne  d.  kudi  muntu,  to  have 
favor  or  influence  with  a 
person. 

kuma  d.,  to  stumble,  trip,  stump 
the  foot. 

londa  makusa,  to  track,  trace, 
trail. 

munda  mua  d.,  sole  of  foot, 
munu  munine  wa  d.,  great  toe. 
munu  wa  d.,  toe. 
tua  d.,  to  kick. 

Dikusa,  5,  n.,  a rattle  used  as 
musical  instrument. 

Dikutu,  5,  n.{jrom  kuta,  to  bale), 
bale,  bundle,  large  package  or 
pack  or  roll,  the  canvas  or 
wrapper  around  a bale. 

Dila,  V.,  to  cry,  grieve,  wail,  w'eep, 
lament,  mourn,  pine  for,  be- 
wail, bemoan,  bawl,  bellow, 
bleat,  croak,  whine,  roar  (lion), 
bray,  squeal,  tick  (watch). 


328 


DILA— DIMUKA. 


Dila,  5,  n.,  intestine,  entrail,  gut; 
the  pi.  means  bowels,  viscera. 

Dilala,  5,  n.,  lime  (fruit).  From 
Lower  Congo. 

Dilala,  5,  w.,  leaf  of  palm  (dikadi 
and  dibondo).  These  are 
sewed  together  and  used  for 
covering  houses. 

Dilandi,  5,  w.,  snail. 

Dilebele,  5,  w.(Buk.),  jigger. 

Dilesa,  5,  n.,  a kind  of  European 
cloth. 

Dilesona,  5,  w.(Eng.),  lesson. 

Dileta,  5,  w.(Eng.),  letter  of  alpha- 
bet, type. 

Dilexa,  v.,  to  show  off  one’s  self,  be 
pompous,  be  proud,  be  haugh- 
ty, be  vain,  strut. 

Dilobo,  5,  n.,  ford,  ferry,  passage 
or  crossing  of  stream,  place 
where  landing  is  made  at  a 
ferry. 

Dilolo,  5,  n.,  afternoon,  evening, 
bidia  bia  d.,  supper, 
dinda  to  ne  d.,  all  day  long. 

Dilonga,  5,  n.{perhaps  jrom  Lower 
Congo),  dish,  plate,  pan,  basin, 
bowl,  saucer. 

Dilongexa,  5,  «.,  catechumen  class, 
muena  d.,  catechumen, 
mukanda  wa  d.,  catechism. 

Dilu,  5,  n.{pl.  ts  melu),  nose, 
muxuku  wa  d.,  nostril. 

Dilu,  5,  w.,  dream,  vision. 

lata  d.,  to  dream,  have  a 
vision. 

Dilunda,  5,  n.,  mountain  peak. 

Dima,  5,  n.{pl.  is  mema),  clay 
or  earth  used  in  making 
pots. 

Dima,  v.,  to  hoe,  cultivate,  dig  or 
cut  up  grass  with  hoe,  work, 
labor,  toil,  till. 

See  note  under  labor. 

Dimata,  5,  n.,  drop  of  water. 

Dimba,  ■y/.(Buk.),  to  tell  a lie  or 
falsehood  or  untruth,  be  false, 
deceive,  beguile,  trick,  bear 
false  witness,  fabricate,  entice 
by  lying. 


Dimbila,  v^.(Buk.),  to  tell  a false- 
hood or  lie  on  one,  bear  false 
witness  against,  accuse  falsely. 

Dimbixa,  ‘z;.(Buk.),  to  feign,  pre- 
tend, profess. 

Dime,  5,  n.,  dew. 

Dimeme,  5,  n.,  sweetness  to  taste, 
-a  d.,  sweet. 

Dimi,  5,  n.{pl.  wmemi),  womb(?). 
Perhaps  same  meaning  as  dif  u. 
di  lie  d.,  to  be  with  child,  be 
pregnant. 

imita  d.,  to  conceive. 

Diminu,  5,  n.,  seed;  hence  second- 
ary meaning  of  fruitfulness, 
fecundity. 

di  ne  d.,  to  be  fertile,  be  pro- 
ductive (as  male  or  female  in 
producing  young),  be  fruitful, 
be  prolific,  be  fecund. 

This  word  generally  has  the  idea 
oj  seed  for  planting. 

Diminu,  5,  n.,  throat. 

kuata  ha  d.,  to  choke  (as  food), 
strangle. 

taluxa  or  holexa  with  ha  d.,  to 
satisfy  or  slake  or  appease  or 
quench  thirst. 

Dimoma,  5,  «.,  fruit. 

mamoma  a kuenza  n’a  followed 
by  vinyo  or  maluvu  a mputu, 
grapes. 

This  word  is  used  only  with  ref- 
erence to  such  fruits  as  grow  on 
trees  or  shrubs,  it  can  therefore 
not  be  applied  to  bananas  or 
plantains  or  pineapples. 

Dimoma,  5,  n.,  rust,  corrosion, 
kuata  d.,  to  rust,  be  rusty,  cor- 
rode. 

Dimpompo,  5,  n.,  drop  of  water. 

Dimuka,  vi.,  to  be  on  one’s  guard, 
be  wary,  be  warned,  be  cau- 
tioned, beware,  take  heed,  take 
precaution,  be  prudent,  be  cun- 
ning, be  wily,  be  sagacious,  be 
sharp,  be  shrewd,  be  skilful,  be 
sly,  be  subtle,  be  vigilant, 
watch  out,  look  out,  be  wise, 
be  on  the  alert,  be  artful. 


DIMJKE— DIOLOLA. 


329 


Dimuke,  adj.(p.p.  jrom  dimuka), 
crafty,  cunning,  sly,  wily,  wary, 
prudent,  sagacious,  sharp, 
shrewd,  skilful,  subtle,  vigilant, 
wise,  artful,  cautious. 

Dimuxa,  vt.,  to  caution,  warn,  put 
on  one’s  guard,  inform,  ad- 
monish, counsel,  make  aware, 
forewarn. 

Dina,  vi.,  to  dive,  sink,  plunge 
down  in, 

Dina,  5,  n.{pl.  wraena),  hole  in  the 
ground,  pit. 

Dina,  5,  n.(pl.  is  mena),  name, 
d.  diaci  ncinganyi  ? what  is  its 
name  ? 

d.  diebi  nganyi  ? what  is  your 
name? 

Dinana,  v.,  to  stretch  one’s  self. 

Dinanga,  5,  n.,  affection,  love,  de- 
votion. 

Dinaya,  5,  n.,  game,  play. 

Dincese,  5,  n.,  match.  This  word 
is  colloq.  jrom  Eng.  match. 
§ 55,  Rem.  2,  Note  2, 

Dinda,  5,  n.,  early  in  the  morning, 
about  sunrise,  little  after  dawn, 
soon  in  the  morning, 
bidia  bia  d.,  breakfast, 
butuku  to  ne  d.,  all  night  long, 
d.  to  ne  dilolo,  all  day  long, 
d.  to  ne  ku  munda  munya, 
forenoon. 

Dinga,  vt.,  to  tell  a lie  or  falsehood 
or  untruth,  be  false,  deceive, 
beguile,  trick,  bear  false  wit- 
ness, fabricate,  entice  by  lying. 

Dingila,  vt.,  to  tell  a lie  or  false- 
hood on  one,  bear  false  witness 
against,  accuse  falsely. 

Dingiia,  v.,  to  aim  (gun). 

Dingixa,  v.,  to  feign,  pretend,  pro- 
fess. 

Dingonge,  5,  n.,  a large  beetle. 

Dingulunge,  5,  n.,  a wasp. 

Dinkidingila,  5,  n.,  gizzard. 
Sometimes  pronounced  dinku- 
lungila. 

Dintanta,  5,  n.,  impertinence,  im- 
politeness, sauciness,  impu- 


Dintanta  {continued). 

dence,  immodesty,  shameless- 
ness, indecency,  ingratitude, 
ungratefulness,  disrespect,  ar- 
rogance, effrontery,  audacity, 
irreverence. 

-a  d.,  immodest,  shameless,  im- 
pertinent, saucy,  impudent, 
impolite,  indecent,  ungrateful, 
disrespectful,  arrogant,  auda- 
cious, irreverent, 
ena  ne  d.,  to  be  modest,  be 
humble. 

Dintonya,  5,  n.,  bend,  crook, 

curve. 

Dintumbu,  5,  n.,  gizzard. 

Dinu,  5,  n.{pl.  menu),  tooth, 
diangana  or  zekexa  with  menu, 
to  grit  or  grind  the  teeth, 
di  ne  menu,  to  be  sharp  (as 
knife). 

disama  dia  d.,  toothache, 
fua  menu,  to  be  dull, 
ku  menu,  the  sharp  edge  of  a 
knife. 

xiha  menu,  to  make  dull. 

Dinung,  ■y.(Bukuba,  istpers.  sing.), 
used  in  greeting  or  salutation. 
See  SALUTATION. 

Dinunganyi,  5,  n.(pl.  generally 
used),  whisper,  undertone,  a 
low  noise,  murmur,  faint 
sound. 

Dinungu,  5,  n.,  joint, 
d.  dia  munu,  knuckle. 

Dinyongele,  5,  n.,  milleped  (long 
black  worm  found  in  forests). 

Dinyungixa,  v.,  reflex.,  to  shake 
one’s  self. 

Dinyungu,  5,  n.,  dizziness,  faint- 
ness, giddiness. 

di  ne  d.,  to  be  dizzy,  be  faint,  be 
giddy. 

d.  dia  mi,  whirlpool. 

Diodiono,  adv.,  at  once,  directly, 
immediately,  instantly,  before 
long,  now,  presently,  soon, 
forthwith. 

Diolola,  V.  reflex.,  to  stretch  one’s 
self. 


330 


DIOTO— DITAMBA. 


Dioto,  5,  n.,  a skin  disease  which 
appears  as  w’hitish  patches  on 
the  neck,  arms  and  chest. 

Diowa,  V.,  rejiex.,  to  hang  one’s  self, 
to  commit  suicide  by  hanging. 

Dio.xi,  5,  n.,  pumpkin. 

^vlay  be  spelled  dioji. 

Disaba,  5,  n.,  game,  play. 

Disama,  5,  «.,  sickness,  disease, 
malady,  illness,  pain,  affliction, 
bad  health,  pang,  suffering, 
d.  dia  dinu,  toothache. 

Disanga,  vi.,  to  assemble,  come 
together,  congregate,  meet  to- 
gether, gather  together. 

Disangu,  5.  n.{pl-  generally  used), 
fork  or  meeting  place  of  rivers 
or  paths,  junction,  confluence. 

Disanka,  5,  n.,  pride,  haughtiness, 
conceit,  vanity;  we  have  also 
another  class  oj  meanings  such 
as  contentment,  happiness,  joy, 
pleasure,  gladness. 

Disanza,  5,  class,  group,  crowd, 
assembly. 

Disasakata,  5,  «.,  impatience 

restlessness. 

Diseke,  5,  w.,  bridge  made  of 
creepers. 

Dlsele,  5,  n.,  a tall  coarse  grass. 

Disemba,  w.(Eng.),  December. 

Disilabel,  5,  w.(Eng.),  syllable. 

Disohokela,  vi.,  the  accidental  or 
unintentional  discharging  of  a 
gun  or  springing  of  a trap. 
Sometimes  pronounced  disuhu- 
kila. 

Disoka,  5,  w.,  noose  for  catching 
rats. 

Disoladi,  5,  n.(Jroni  Portuguese), 
soldier. 

masoladi(/»/.),  army. 

Disongo,  5,  n.,  sharpened  stick  or 
stake  fastened  in  pit  to  impale 
animals. 

Disonguela,  v.,  to  confess,  own  up, 
acknowledge  one’s  guilt. 

Disoso,  5,  w.,  hole  punched  through 
something,  a leak,  rent,  per- 
foration. 


Disoso  {continued). 

tiibuka  d.,  to  spring  a leak, 
tubula  d.,  to  bore  a hole,  pierce 
through. 

Disu,  5,  n.{pl.  mesu),  eye  of  body 
or  of  needle,  germ  or  embryo 
of  seed,  nipple  of  gun. 
d.  dia  mbote,  buttonhole, 
d.  dia  nsahi,  keyhole, 
di  ku  mesu,  to  look,  appear,  seem 
, to  be  before  one’s  face;  as, 
cilulu  cidi  cimpe  ku  mesu, 
the  cloth  appears  to  be  good, 
ku  mesu  kua,  in  the  presence  of. 
mesu  {pi.),  visage, 
tonkena  or  ondela  with  mu  d., 
to  show'  white  of  the  eye  as 
insult. 

uma  mud.,  to  be  immodest,  be 
shameless,  be  indecent,  be 
obscene. 

Disua,  vi.,  to  boast,  brag,  be 
haughty,  be  proud,  be  con- 
ceited, be  impertinent,  be  im- 
pudent, be  insolent,  be  immod- 
est, be  shameless,  be  saucy,  be 
selfish,  be  vain,  vaunt  one’s 
self,  be  arrogant,  be  auda- 
cious, be  egotistical,  be  pomp- 
ous. 

neg.  means  to  be  humble,  be 
modest. 

Disua,  5,  n.,  love,  affection,  devo- 
tion. 

Disua,  5,  n.,  nest  of  birds,  rats  etc. 

Disundu,  5,  n.,  fist. 

kuma  or  tua  or  tuta  with  d.,  to 
strike  or  hit  a blow  with  fist. 

Disungu,  5,  «.,  abscess,  boil, 

sw’elling,  ulcer. 

Ditadi,  5,  «. (Lower  Congo),  slate, 
muci  wa  d.,  slate-pencil. 

Ditaku,  5,  n.,  buttock. 

Ditala,  5,  n.,  an  ear  of  Indian  corn 
or  maize.  The  pi.  is  used  to 
express  quantity  either  oj  ears 
or  shelled  corn. 

Ditama,  5,  n.,  cheek. 

Ditamba,  5,  arm  of  tree,  branch, 
bough,  limb. 


DITAMBUE— DIXIBA. 


331 


Ditambue,  5,  a small  rodent. 

Ditanda,  5,  bench  or  seat  made 
of  palm  ribs. 

Ditemena,  vi.,  to  give  forth  hght, 
gleam,  shine,  glow. 

Ditende,  5,  «.,  cannon. 

Ditenge,  5,  n.,  buttock. 

Ditete,  5,  grain  of  corn  or 
millet  or  salt,  seed. 

Ditetembue,  5,  n.,  wasp. 

Ditoba,  5,  w.,  spot,  speck,  dot. 
di  He  matoba,  to  be  spotted,  be 
speckled,  be  variegated, 
ena  ne  matoba,  to  be  spotless, 
be  unspotted. 

Ditonte,  adj.(p.p.  of  tonta,  to 
bend),  to  be  deformed  or  bent, 
be  humpbacked. 

Ditonya,  V.,  to  fold  or  bend  (as  one’s 
legs  in  sitting  man-fashion). 

Ditu,  5,  n.{pl.  metu),  bush,  forest, 
wood  or  woods. 

nyuma  wa  muitu  (§  47,  Rem.), 
wild  animal. 

Ditu,  5,  n.,  ear. 

See  dicu. 

Ditua,  5,  n.,  small  black  ant-hill, 

Dituaya,  5,  n.(Jrom  Portuguese), 
towel. 

Dituku,  5,  w.,  day. 

-amatuku  onso,  immortal,  ever- 
lasting. 

d.  dia  Santa  Klas,  Christmas 
Day. 

d.  ki  ? when  ? what  day  ? 
matuku  followed  by  a ku  mpala 
or  a kumudilu,  hereafter, 
henceforth,  future, 
matuku  bungi  munyi?  what 
age?  how  old?  how  long? 
matuku  male,  long  time,  long 
while. 

matuku  mihi,  short  time,  short 
while. 

matuku  onso  or  ku  d.  ku  d., 
always,  ceaselessly,  constantly, 
continually,  endlessly,  eternity, 
eternally,  ever,  forever,  in- 
cessantly, perpetually,  daily, 
day  by  day,  habitually. 


Dituku  {continued). 

matuku  onso  with  neg.  v.,  never 
again. 

For  days  of  the  week  see  Eng.- 
B.L.  under  week. 

Ditula,  5,  n.,  a species  of  snake. 

Ditumba,  5,  n.,  corner  of  house, 
angle. 

Ditunga,  5,  n.,  village,  town,  city. 
See  musoko. 

Ditungu,  5,  w.,  grain  of  corn,  seed. 

Dituta,  V.  reflex.,  to  run  against. 

Ditutu,  5,  11.,  cloud. 

Diula,  vt.,  to  condemn,  denounce, 
censure,  not  to  praise,  re- 
nounce, deny,  disown,  neglect. 

Diula,  V.,  to  tear  off  one’s  loin 
cloth. 

Diulu,  5,  n.,  sky,  firmament, 

heavens. 

-a  d.,  celestial,  heavenly, 
hankuci  ha  d.,  zenith. 

Diulu,  5,  «.,  nose, 
muxuku  wa  d.,  nostril. 

Diunda,  vi.,  to  grow,  grow  large  or 
stout,  get  fat  or  corpulent, 
increase  in  size,  develop,  wax 
(moon). 

Diundixa,  vt.,  to  add  to,  broaden, 
widen,  enlarge,  fatten,  in- 
crease, exaggerate. 

Diunguixa,  vi.,  to  assemble,  come 
together,  congregate,  meet  to- 
gether, gather  together. 

Divuala,  5,  n.,  wave  (water),  billow'. 

Divunga,  v.  reflex.,  to  fold  or  bend 
one’s  arms  or  legs. 

D!xa,  vt.,  to  feed,  nourish,  keep, 
rear,  give  to  eat,  bring  up. 
This  word  when  followed  by  the 
abstract  name  of  the  office  has 
the  idea  of  elect,  appoint  to 
oflBce,  confer  office  on,  make. 

Dili,  5.  n.{pl.  mexi),  caterpillar, 
w’orm.  These  are  edible. 

Dixia,  5,  n.,  generally  used  as  prep. 
across,  opposite  side  of,  over. 
It  is  generally  preferable  to  add 
the  ph.  dia  muamua. 

Dixiba,  5,  n.,  lake,  pond,  inland  sea. 


332 


DIXIHA— ELA. 


Dixiha,  v.  reflex.,  to  commit 
suicide. 

Dixikamina,  w.,  to  sit  alone.  The 
p.p.  means  free,  not  a slave; 
as,  muntu  mudixikamine,  a 
freeman,  free-born  person. 

Dixima,  5,  n.{pl.  is  maximi),  lie, 
falsehood,  untruth,  fraud,  hy- 
pocrisy, untruthfulness,  unre- 
liableness. 

-a  maximi,  unreliable,  untruth- 
ful. 

muena  maximi,  liar,  hypocrite, 
fraudulent  person. 

Dixina,  5,  n.,  she-goat.  One 
which  has  borne  young. 

Dixinda,  vi.,  to  fall  down  (as  per- 
son tripping  the  foot). 

Dixinde,  5,  n.,  stalk  or  blade  of 
grass  (the  common  short  va- 
riety), weed, 
dia  maxinde,  to  graze. 

Dixindi,  5,  n.,  large  black  ant. 
They  move  in  a line  two  or 
three  yards  in  length. 

Dixonde,  5,  n.,  small  yellow  fruit 
growing  on  the  plain. 

Diyoyo,  5,  n.,  trouble,  tumult,  dis- 
turbance, noise,  report,  quar- 
rel, row,  wrangle,  wrangling, 
sound  of  noise,  uproar,  commo- 
tion, fuss,  hubbub,  riot. 

-a  d.,  noisy,  quarrelsome, 
kosexa  or  xikixa  with  d.,  to 
quell,  hush,  quiet,  still, 
lekela  d.,  to  stop  the  noise,  be 
quiet,  be  still. 

teka  d.,  to  disturb,  make  trouble 
or  palaver,  raise  a tumult. 


E. 

E,  adv.,  yes. 

Ebexa,  vt.,  to  ask  a question,  con- 
sult, enquire,  examine,  inter- 
rogate, question,  demand  (ask 
a question). 

e.  muoyo,  to  give  compliments 
or  regards  or  salutation  or 
greeting  or  respects,  salute. 


Ebexa  {continued). 

greet,  hail,  say  adieu  or  fare- 
well or  good-bye. 

Ebi,  poss.  pro.,  your,  yours,  thy, 
thine.  §§  133,  135. 

Ehela,  v.,  to  dodge. 

Ehuka,  vi.,  to  get  or  move  out  of 
the  way,  turn  aside  or  out  of 
the  path  in  order  to  pass  or  to 
permit  another  to  pass,  glance 
off. 

Some  say  ahuka. 

Ehula,  vt.,  to  pull  out,  knock  out 
(as  tooth). 

Some  say  abula. 

Eku,  adv.,  here,  hence,  hither. 
§ 163,  Note  3. 

Ela,  vt.,  to  cast,  throw,  pitch,  blow 
(any  wind  instrument). 

e.  bila,  to  cheer,  shout,  cry  ol 
alarum. 

e.  bitedi,  to  joke,  have  fun  with, 
jest  with. 

e.  bukanda,  to  give  an  enema, 

e.  citufu,  to  plot  or  plan  secretly, 
have  secret  consulation  or 
deliberation  or  conference. 

e.  cingoma,  to  fire  or  shoot  a 
gun. 

e.  cingoma  hanxi,  to  miss  aim 
(gun). 

e.  dikela,  to  lay  an  egg. 

e.  lubata,  to  argue,  disagree, 
have  a controversy  or  discus- 
sion or  contention,  differ  in 
view,  dispute,  quarrel,  wrangle, 
debate. 

e.  with  lungenyi  or  mexi  or 
lukanyi  or  mucima,  to  think, 
conceive,  muse,  consider,  de- 
liberate, meditate,  reason,  re- 
flect, ponder. 

e.  with  luximinyinyu  or  lusu- 
muinu  or  muanu,  to  tell  or 
narrate  a fable  or  story  or 
parable. 

e.  makanda,  to  growl  or  snarl 
(as  dog). 

e.  mate  {or  the  sing,  lute),  to 
spit,  expectorate. 


ELA— ENDA. 


333 


Ela  {continued). 
e.  minyi,  to  anoint, 
e.  muau,  to  yawn,  gape, 
e.  mucima,  to  covet,  long  for, 
yearn  for,  think  about, 
e.  with  rauhanu  or  muklya,  to 
put  on  pants  or  trousers, 
e.  muhuya,  to  blow  the  breath, 
expire. 

e.  mukandu,  to  make  a pro- 
hibitive law. 

e.  mukete,  to  shoot  an  arrow, 
e.  mukiya,  to  gird  up  the  loins, 
tuck  up  the  cloth, 
e.  mukosa,  to  interfere  in  one’s 
business,  oppose,  withstand, 
e.  mukuekue,  to  cackle, 
e.  mulau,  to  curse,  doom,  damn, 
wash  ill  to,  anathematize, 
e.  mu  lukanu,  to  fetter,  chain, 
put  in  chains. 

e.  munda,  to  run  off  at  the  bowels, 
have  diarrhoea, 
e.  muosa,  to  whistle, 
e.  muoyo,  to  expect,  look  for, 
hope  for,  give  respects  or  com- 
pliments or  salutation  or  greet- 
ing, salute,  greet,  hail,  say 
adieu  or  farewell  or  good-bye. 
e.  muxa,  to  break  wind, 
e.  ngonga,  to  ring  a bell, 
e.  nsahi,  to  lock, 
e.  nxobo,  to  gamble  by  tossing 
seeds  or  other  objects, 
e.  nyaci,  to  sneeze, 
e.  nyima,  to  turn  one’s  back  on 
one. 

Elangana,  v. {derived  from  ela). 
e.  luhata  {or  pi.  mpata),  to 
argue,  disagree,  have  a con- 
troversy or  discussion,  differ  in 
view,  dispute,  quarrel,  wran- 
gle, debate. 

e.  with  lungenyi  or  mexi  or 
lukanyi  or  mucima,  to  think 
about,  consider,  deliberate, 
conceive,  meditate,  reason,  re- 
flect, muse,  ponder. 

Elekexa,  vt.,  to  try,  test,  attempt. 
Strive,  make  an  effort  or  trial. 


Elekexa  {continued). 

endeavor,  compare,  illustrate, 
liken,  make  even  or  exact  or 
the  same  or  similar  or  like  or 
alike,  make  to  fit  or  suit,  adapt 
to,  match,  take  aim,  aim  (gun), 
measure,  take  dimension,  copy, 
emulate,  imitate,  mimic,  mock, 
examine. 

di(5),  as  subj.  of  e.,  to  echo, 
e.  bujitu,  to  weigh, 
e.  kufunda  muntu,  to  draw  a 
picture  of  a person, 
e.  lubilu,  to  run  a race. 

Elele,  interjec.,  see  § 437  (/). 

Ema,  vt.,  to  cut  incision  in  palm 
tree  so  that  the  sap  can  flow 
out,  tap,  get  wine. 

Emu,  adv.,  here  (inside),  hence, 
hither.  § 163,  Note  3. 

Ena,  w.,  not  to  be.  This  word  is 
the  common  neg.  of  di  and 
other  verbs  meaning  to  be. 
§ 206,  Rem. 

Only  a few  of  the  more  com- 
mon expressions  with  ena  are 
here  given: 

e.  mua  kubala,  to  be  countless, 
be  innumerable. 

e.  mua  followed  by  infin.,  to  be 
impossible,  be  unable,  be  in- 
competent, be  incapable, 
e.  mua  kuenza  cintu,  to  be 
harmless. 

e.  ne,  not  to  have,  be  out  of, 
lack,  be  destitute  of,  be  with- 
out, be  wanting,  need,  be  de- 
ficient, be  inadequate,  be  in- 
sufficient. 

e.  with  bukale  or  ngulu,  to  be 
delicate,  be  not  strong, 
e.  ne  with  matoba  or  mabaxi, 
to  be  spotless. 

e.  with  Locatives  Suffixed^  to  be 
absent,  be  away.  § 320. 

Enda,  vi.,  to  advance,  go,  pass  on, 
proceed,  progress,  travel, 
e.  buenyi,  to  visit,  go  visiting, 
e.  ciendenda,  to  be  a tramp  or 
vagabond  or  vagrant. 


334 


ENDA— ENZEXA. 


Enda  (continued). 

e.  masandi,  to  commit  adultery 
or  fornication. 

e.  mubande  ha  kabalu,  to  ride 
on  horse. 

e.  mu  buanda,  to  ride  in  a 
hammock. 

e.  mu  mi,  to  swim  (as  fish), 
e.  muxinga,  to  barter,  buy  and 
sell,  trade,  deal  in. 
e,  n’andi  masandi,  to  seduce 
one. 

e.  ne  mukolomo,  to  hop  on 
one  foot,  go  with  one  knee 
bent. 

e.  usemena,  to  go  sidewise, 
e.  ivith  the  pres.  part,  of  zobela 
or  tebuka,  to  walk  lame,  limp, 
muoyo  as  subj.  of  e.  with  the 
pers.  as  obj.  (or  ku  muoyo 
kudi  kuenda),  to  be  nauseous, 
be  sick  at  stomach. 

Endakana,  vi.,  to  walk  about, 
wander  about,  go  about  from 
place  to  place,  roam,  stray 
about,  stroll,  travel  about, 
itinerate,  meander,  ramble, 
e.  with  lumu  as  subj.,  to  spread 
(news). 

Endangana,  v.,  to  have  inter- 
course one  with  another  as  in 
trading,  etc. 

Endela,  vt.,  to  court,  woo,  long 
after. 

e.  ku  eibangu,  to  walk  with  a 
staff. 

Endexa,  vt.,  to  hurry  up,  hasten, 
expedite,  urge  on,  make  to  go. 
If  the  idea  of  haste  is  implied 
use  also  the  words  lubilu  or 
lukusa. 

e.  ku  muoyo,  to  nauseate,  sicken, 
make  sick  at  the  stomach, 
e.  lumu,  to  spread  news. 

Endulula,  vt.,  when  followed  by 
muxinga  this  word  means  to 
go  about  buying  and  selling, 
trade,  barter. 

e.  muxinga  muimpe,  to  gain  by 
trading,  profit. 


Enga,  vt.,  to  brew,  boil  or  render 
oil,  evaporate  (for  salt), 
e.  malua,  to  malt. 

Engelela,  vi.,  to  be  bright,  glisten, 
glitter,  shine,  gleam,  sparkle. 

Engelexa,  vt.,  to  brighten,  make  to 
glisten  or  shine. 

Engula,  vt.,  to  skim  off. 

Enguluka,  vi.,  to  dissolve,  melt, 

, thaw. 

Enu,  poss.  pro.,  your(/>/.),  yours 

W-  §§  133,  135* 

Enza,  vt.,  to  do,  make,  form, 
shape,  construct,  act,  per- 
form, effect,  prepare,  produce, 
accomplish,  commit, 
dianjila  kuenza,  to  invent, 
e.  bibi,  to  err,  do  wrong,  trans- 
gress, sin. 
e.  bimpe,  to  fix. 
e.  diban za,  to  incur  a debt, 
e.  dijimbu,  to  do  sleight  of  hand 
trick,  conjure. 

ena  niua  kuenza  cintu,  to  be 
harmless. 

e.  mudimu,  to  work,  labor,  toil, 
e.  with  mu-  followed  insep.  by 
proper  form  of  amba,  to  obey, 
mind,  observe,  heed,  hearken 
to,  be  obedient  to.  § 465. 

7ieg.  of  e.  with  mu-  followed  i?isep. 
by  proper  form  of  amba,  to 
disobey,  be  disobedient,  be 
heedless,  be  obstinant,  be  neg- 
lectful, be  negligent. 

Enzela,  vt.,  to  do  for,  treat  (well 
ar  ill). 

e.  bibi,  to  injure,  harm,  perse- 
cute, do  wrong  to. 
e.  mudimu,  to  serve,  work  for. 

Enzexa,  vt.,  to  help  to  do,  assist, 
aid,  relieve,  succor,  urge  on, 
hurry  or  hasten  one  in  doing. 
If  the  idea  of  haste  is  understood 
use  also  the  words  lubilu  or 
lukusa. 

e.  mudimu,  to  serve,  work  for. 
Note  that  the  idea  of  helping  is 
generally  expressed  by  the  Cau- 
sative  Form  of  the  verb. 


ETU— FUA. 


335 


Etu,  pass,  pro.,  our,  ours.  §§  133, 

135* 

Eya,  vi.,  to  rest,  be  at  ease,  repose. 

Eyakana,  vi.,  to  breathe  rapidly, 
pant. 

Eyeka,  vt.,  to  leave  in  pawn,  pawn, 
pledge,  to  leave  as  guarantee 
or  pledge  or  security  or  surety. 

Eyeka,  vt.,  to  lean  something 
against,  to  incline  or  slant 
against,  to  set  against. 

Eyela,  vi.,  to  breathe,  inhale,  re- 
spire, draw  the  breath. 

Eyema,  vi.,  to  lean  against,  incline 
against,  slant  against. 

Sometimes  pronounced  eyama. 

Eyemexa,  vt.,  to  lean  against,  in- 
cline against,  slant  against. 

Sometimes  pronounced  eyainexa. 

Eyo,  inter jec.,  see  § 437  (c). 

F. 

Febluale,  w.(Eng.),  February. 

Fiekela,  vt.,  to  squeeze,  press. 

f.  nxingu,  to  choke,  throttle, 
strangle. 

Fika,  vi.,  to  arrive,  come  to,  ex- 
tend to,  reach. 

f.  ha  buihi,  to  draw  near  to, 
approach. 

Fika,  vi.,  to  be  or  become  black  or 
blue  or  dark  or  green  or  soiled 
or  dirty. 

Flke,  adj.(p.p.  of  fika,  to  be  black), 
black,  blue,  green,  unclean, 
dirty,  soiled,  filthy. 

Fikixa,  vt.,  to  blacken,  darken,  de- 
file, soil. 

f.  munda,  to  annoy,  aggravate, 
displease,  anger,  worry,  en- 
rage, exasperate,  irritate,  pro- 
voke, tease,  tantalize,  torment, 
trouble,  vex. 

Fikuluka,  vi.,  to  become  green  or 
blue  or  any  color  approaching 
black. 

Fikuluke,  adj.(p.p.  of  fikuluka), 
green,  blue,  any  color  ap- 
proaching black. 


Fila,  vt.,  to  accompany,  go  along 
with,  attend,  bring  one  on  the 
way,  come  with,  conduct, 
escort. 

Fila,  vt.,  to  pay  over  to. 

Fimba,  vt.,  to  make  or  form  or 
shape  (as  pots,  jars,  pottery). 
Sometimes  pronounced  fuimba. 

Fina,  vt.,  to  throw  down  in  wrest- 
ling. 

Finangana,  v.,  to  wrestle. 

Finda,  vi.,  to  be  cloudy,  threaten 
rain,  lower. 

Finga,  vt.,  to  cover  a house,  put 
on  roof,  thatch. 

Fingaluka,  vi.,  to  dissolve,  melt, 
thaw. 

Finuka,  vi.,  to  fall  or  slip  acci- 
dentally or  unintentionally, 
escape  (as  animal  when  held 
with  the  hands),  come  untied, 
slip  loose,  come  undone  or  un- 
fastened. 

Finukila,  vi.,  the  accidental  or  un- 
intentional discharge  of  a gun, 
go  off  accidentally. 

Finuna,  vt.,  to  untie  or  undo  (as  a 
bow  knot),  unfasten,  unloose. 

Finya,  vt.,  to  stuff. 

Fita,  vt.,  to  scratch,  make  a 
scratch. 

Fofa,  vi.,  to  be  or  become  blind. 

Fua,  vi.,  to  die,  perish,  expire,  be 
broken,  be  unconscious,  be 
insensible,  be  senseless, 
f.  with  cifuidixe  or  cihuka,  to 
be  insensible,  be  unconscious, 
faint,  swoon,  be  stunned,  be 
stupefied,  smother, 
f.  with  ciseke  or  tungulungu  or 
nkoyi,  to  have  convulsion  or 
spasm  or  fit,  convulse,  faint, 
be  insensible  or  unconscious 
from  convulsion,  etc.  The 
word  nkoyi  is  used  only  of 
children. 

t.  menu,  to  be  dull  (as  knife), 
f.  mu  mi,  to  drown, 
f.  mutanta,  to  be  cracked. 


336 


FUA— FUNGA. 


Fua  {continued). 

f.  ns  ala,  to  be  starved,  be  fam- 
ished, be  faint  from  hunger, 
f.  with  dibuka  as  subj.,  to  be 
divorced,  lit.,  the  marriage  is 
dead. 

pres,  habitual  tense  or  second 
pres,  actual  oj  f.,  to  be  mortal. 
neg.  of  above  tenses,  to  be  im- 
mortal. 

Fuana,  vi.,  to  be  like,  correspond 
to,  be  the  same,  be  of  same 
kind  or  sort  or  quality  or 
character  or  species  or  variety, 
be  similar,  be  a mate  or 
match,  resemble,  be  equal, 
look  like,  deserve,  merit. 
neg.  of  1.,  to  differ,  vary,  be  un- 
like, be  different,  be  unequal, 
be  uneven,  be  divers,  be  di- 
verse. 

Fuanangana,  vi.,  to  agree,  be  the 
same,  be  alike,  conform  to, 
correspond  to,  be  suitable,  be 
adapted  to,  suit,  fit,  be  mates, 
match,  resemble,  be  similar,  be 
equal,  be  even,  be  proper,  be 
right,  be  the  same  kind  or 
sort  or  quality  or  character  or 
species  or  variety,  be  enough 
or  adequate  or  sufficient,  suffice. 
7ieg.  of  f.,  to  differ,  vary,  be  un- 
like, be  dissimilar,  be  different, 
be  divers  or  diverse,  be  un- 
equal, be  uneven,  be  unsuit- 
able, be  inadequate  or  insuffi- 
cient. 

Note  that  f.  has  chiefly  the  idea 
of  likeness  or  similarity,  while 
akanangana  has  preferably 
the  idea  of  fitness  or  adapta- 
bility. The  same  holds  good 
with  reference  to  fuana  and 
akana. 

Fuanyikixa,  vt.,  to  make  alike  or 
even  or  equal  or  like  or  the 
same  or  similar,  make  to  agree 
or  to  fit  or  to  suit,  match, 
adapt  to. 

Fuata,  vi.,  to  shrink,  shrivel  up. 


Fuba,  vi.,  to  dry  up,  wither,  wilt, 
shrivel  up,  decrease  or  dimin- 
ish or  reduce  in  size  (as  swell- 
ing). 

Fubixa,  vt.,  to  wither,  wilt,  dry  up. 

Fucila,  vt.,  to  atone  for,  pay  for. 

1.  dibanza,  to  make  atonement 
for. 

Fudika,  v.,  used  with  mpala, 
meaning  to  frown,  scow’l,  knit 
the  brows. 

Fue,  adj.{p.p.  of  fua,  to  die),  dead. 

Fue,  adv.,  slowly,  sluggishly,  lazily. 
This  word  is  generally  re- 
peated. 

Fuila,  vt.,  to  die  for  as  substitute, 
atone. 

Fuima,  vi., used  with  mninx.i,  mean- 
ing to  smokeasf burning  wood). 

Fuka,  vt.,  to  create,  form,  make, 
shape,  invent, 
f.  kabidi,  to  regenerate. 

Fula,  vt.,  to  forge,  form  or  shape 
or  make  by  hammering  iron, 
beat  out  iron. 

Fula,  vt.,  to  degrade,  discharge, 
depose,  exclude,  expel,  turn  off 
or  dismiss  from  employ,  send 
aw'ay,  subtract. 

Some  say  fula. 

Fulama,  vi.,  to  contract,  draw  up 
(as  cloth  when  washed). 

Fululuka,  vi.,  to  rise  or  arise  (as 
from  the  dead),  come  to  (after 
fainting,  etc.),  be  resuscitated  or 
revived  after  unconsciousness. 

Fululula,  vt.,  to  resurrect,  raise  to 
life,  bring  to,  revive  or  resus 
citate  (after  fainting). 

Fuma,  vi.,  to  come  from,  hail  from. 

Fuma,  vt.,  to  sew. 

Fumba,  vt.,  to  make  or  form  or 
shape  (as  pots,  jars,  pottery). 

Funda,  vt.,  to  w'rite,  print,  mark, 
ibikixa  kufundamuntu,  to  draw 
a picture  of  a person 

Fundilangana,  v.,  to  correspond 
w’ith  or  W'rite  to  one  another. 

Funga,  V..  to  miss  fire  (gun),  not 
go  off. 


FUNKUNA— HANDA. 


337 


Funkuna,  vt.^  to  point  at  with 
finger,  indicate,  show,  root 
(as  pig). 

Funyina,  vt.,  to  threaten,  menace. 

Futa,  vt.,  to  pay,  remunerate,  re- 
ward, recompense,  compen- 
sate, pay  a forfeit,  settle  a 
debt,  bribe,  expend. 


H. 

Ha-,  insep.  sub.  conj.,  after,  when, 
as  soon  as,  as,  while,  directly, 
till,  until.,  § 458. 

Ha,  loc.  prep.,  on,  down  on,  off 
from,  upon.  § 424  (3). 

ha  bu-  {joined  insep.  with  pass, 
pro.,  § 186),  of  its  kind,  by 
one’s  self,  alone,  of  one  kind 
...  of  another  kind. 

ha  mutu  ha,  on  top  of,  above, 
over,  overhead. 

Compare  with  mu,  ku,  mua,  kua. 

Ha,  vt.,  to  give,  grant,  offer,  be- 
stow, present  with,  render  to. 

h.  buhianyi,  to  bequeath,  endow, 
leave  for  heir. 

h.  lungenyi  or  mexi,  to  advise, 
counsel. 

h.  luse,  to  pity,  to  take  pity  on, 
to  show  mercy  or  favor  or 
compassion  to,  be  gracious  to, 
be  sorry  for,  sympathize  with, 
care  for. 

h.  mudimu,  to  hire,  engage,  em- 
ploy, give  work. 

h.  muoyo,  to  give  compliments 
or  regards  or  respects  or  salu- 
tation or  greeting,  greet,  salute, 
hail,  thank,  be  thankful  to, 
be  grateful  to,  say  farewell  or 
adieu  or  good-bye. 

h.  followed  by  name  of  office,  to 
appoint,  give  an  office  to,  make, 
confer  office  on,  elect,  enslave; 
as,  bakumuha  bukelenge, 
they  made  him  chief. 

The  infin.  kuha  means  gift, 
offering,  present. 


Haciacia,  adv.{jrom  v.  cia),  very 
early  in  the  morning,  at  dawn, 
daybreak,  soon. 

Hadixa,  vt.,  to  make  drunk,  intoxi- 
cate. Maluvu  is  understood. 

Haha,  adv.,  there,  far  away,  far, 
yonder,  remote,  distant, Ithence, 
thither,  beyond.  § 163,  Note  3. 

Hahala,  v.,  to  flap  (as  bird  its 
wings  in  flying). 

Hakuabo,  adv.,  elsewhere,  some- 
where else.  § 370. 

Hakula,  vt.,  to  cut,  castrate. 

Hala,  vi.,  to  get  or  become  or  go  or 
be  crazy  or  deranged  or  insane, 
be  demented,  be  foolish,  be 
mad,  be  wild,  be  reckless,  be 
vicious,  be  violent,  be  thought- 
less. 

h.  maluvu,  to  be  drunk  or  in- 
toxicated. 

Hala,  vt.,  to  refuse  to  give  to,  be 
selfish  or  stingy  toward. 

Halumuka,  vi.,  to  slip  accidentally 
or  unintentionally. 

Hale,  adv.,  see  kule.  § 372. 

Hale,  adj.{p.p.  of  hala,  to  be 
crazy),  crazy,  deranged,  de- 
mented, foolish,  mad,  in- 
sane, wild,  reckless,  thought- 
less, vicious,  violent. 

Haluka,  vi.,  to  have  a convulsion  or 
fit  or  spasm,  convulse. 

Hambuka,  vi.,  to  be  lost,  not  know 
the  way,  go  astray,  stray,  be 
confused  or  bewildered  or  make 
a mistake  about  the  path. 

Hambuxa,  vt.,  to  lead  astray,  mis- 
guide, mislead. 

Hamue,  odz;.(ha  insep.  with  mue, 
one),  in  or  on  or  at  the  same 
place,  one  place.  § 79. 

Hana,  vt.,  to  sell,  barter. 

Hanaha,  adv.,  here  (on),  hence, 
hither.  § 163,  Note  2. 

Handa,  vt.,  to  split,  cut  open, 
cleave,  part  (as  hair),  open  (as 
eyes),  tear,  rend,  saw  length- 
wise, rip,  slice,  break  into  (as 
thief  into  house). 


33^ 


HANDA— HATUHU. 


Handa  {continued). 

h.  mutanta,  to  crack  (as  bottle, 
etc.). 

Handa,  vi.,  to  come  to  life  or  con- 
sciousness, be  saved. 

Handakanya,  vt.,  to  split  up,  cut 
up,  tear  to  pieces,  demolish 
(as  house). 

Handalala,  vi.,  to  scream  (as  one 
in  terror),  squall,  yell,  shriek. 

Handika,  vi.,  to  be  broken,  be  rent 
or  torn,  split,  burst, 
h.  mucima,  to  be  excited,  be 
frightened,  be  terrified,  be 
horrified,  be  terrorized,  be 
scared,  be  shocked,  be  anxious, 
shudder, 

h.  mutanta,  to  be  cracked, 
mukonomuhandike,  cloven  foot. 

H andixa,  vt.,  to  split,  burst. 

h.  mucima,  to  frighten,  horrify, 
alarm,  scare,  shock,  terrify, 
terrorize. 

Handixa,  vt.,  to  deliver,  defend,  res- 
cue, save,  succor,  mediate  in  be- 
half of,  cause  to  come  to  life  or 
to  consciousness  after  sickness. 

Handuka,  vi.,  to  escape  (as  from 
captivity  or  from  danger),  get 
away,  be  safe,  be  saved,  be 
rescued. 

Handuluka,  vi.,  to  branch  out, 
separate,  divide,  part,  diverge. 

Handulula,  vt.,  to  cause  to  branch 
into  parts,  divide,  separate, 
part. 

Hanga,  adv.,  elsewhere,  somewhere 
else.  § 370. 

Hanga,  v.,  to  attempt  or  make  an 
effort  or  try  or  endeavor  or 
strive  and  then  fail,  break 
down,  be  exhausted,  be  weak, 
be  fatigued,  be  tired,  be  faint, 
be  weary,  be  worn  out,  fag, 
miss  aim  (gun),  forget  a per- 
son, make  a mistake  in  count- 
ing, omit,  overlook,  not  recog- 
nize or  know  a person,  give  up, 
succumb,  yield,  surrender,  try 
in  vain. 


Hanga  {continued). 

neg.  oj  h.,  not  to  give  up,  perse- 
vere, be  persistent,  be  importu- 
nate, be  resolute,  continue. 

Hangixa,  vt.,  to  make  tired,  fatigue, 
break  down,  tire,  weaken,  wear 
out. 

h.  mucima,  to  dishearten,  dis- 
courage. 

Hangixangana,  vt.,  to  puzzle  (with 
enigmas). 

Hankuci,  loc.  adv.  or  prep.,  among, 
in  among,  the  middle,  between, 
half-way,  center,  midst  § 423 

(2)  {h). 

diba  dia  h.,  noon,  midday. 

h.  ha  diulu,  the  zenith. 

kosa  or  kala  followed  by  h.,  to 
cut  half  in  two. 

When  used  as  a prep,  it  is  followed 
by  ha.  § 423  (3). 

Hantu,  loc.  adv.,  see  kuntu. 

Hanxi,  loc.  adv.,  down  on  the 
ground,  downward.  § 423  (2) 
{b). 

h.  ha,  at  the  bottom  of,  down  on; 
sometimes  has  the  sense  of  floor 
or  bottom.  § 423  (3). 

Hanyi,  loc.  interrog.  adv.,  where? 
whither?  whence?  § 381. 

diba  hanyi?  what  time?  what 
hour?  when?  what  o’clock? 

Hanza,  vt.,  to  borrow  (with  the  in- 
tention of  returning  the  exact 
article). 

Contrast  with  somba. 

Hanzixa,  vt.,  to  lend  or  loan  or  let 
out  (with  the  idea  of  returning 
exact  article). 

Hata,  vi.,  used  with  di(5)  as  subj. 
meaning  to  be  hoarse. 

Hatuhu,  indeclinable  word,  free, 
for  nothing,  gratuitously,  with- 
out cause,  worthlessness,  zero. 

-a  h.,  inferior,  of  no  account, 
worthless,  common,  of  no  con- 
sequence, mean  of  birth,  un- 
important, of  no  use,  useless. 

This  word  is  derived  from  the 
adj.  tuhu,  empty,  blank. 


HATUKA— HIDIA. 


339 


Hatuka,  vi.,  to  get  out,  go  or  come 
forth  or  out,  pass  out,  protrude, 
stick  out,  emerge,  issue,  rise  or 
arise  (as  sun),  be  dislocated, 
vacate,  withdraw,  evacuate, 
shed  (as  tear,  feather,  hair), 
h.  with  cisululu  or  luanga,  to 
perspire,  sweat. 

kutu  diba  diahatuka  or  kutu 
kuahatuka  diba,  east,  i.e., 
where  the  sun  rises. 

Hatula,  vt.,  to  cast  out,  drive  out, 
turn  out,  eject,  chase  out,  put 
out,  expel,  bring  out,  exclude, 
thrust  out,  take  out,  unload, 
discharge,  excommunicate. 

Hauka,  vi.,  to  become  unfastened. 

Haula,  vt.,  to  lay  waste,  wreck, 
desolate,  destroy,  loot,  pillage, 
plunder,  despoil,  devastate, 
ravage,  rob,  sack,  spoil,  un- 
bolt, undo,  unfasten. 

Haxixe,  loc.  adv.{made  up  of  loc. 
and  V.  xixa,  to  be  last),  after, 
behind,  at  the  rear. 

-a  h.,  the  one  behind,  the  one 
last,  hindermost. 

Hayika,  vt.,  to  put  on,  place  on. 

Heha,  v.,  to  fan. 

Hehela,  vi.,  to  become  light  in 
weight. 

Hchele,  adj.{p.p.  of  hehela),  light 
in  weight. 

-a  ludimi  luhehele,  smart,  one 
who  answers  quickly, 
ludimi  luhehele,  smartness. 

- Hehexa,  vt.,  to  lighten  in  weight. 

Hehi,  loc.  adv.  and  prep,  {combina- 
tion of  ha  and  adj.  ihi,  short), 
near  to,  close  to,  beside,  by. 
§ 79- 

Sometimes  pronounced  hihi. 

Hehuka,  vi.,  to  flap  about  or  be 
blown  about  in  the  wind, 
sway,  swing,  vibrate,  wave  to 
and  fro,  shake  about,  oscil- 
late. 

Hehula,  vt.,  to  blow  away,  winnow, 
fan,  shake  about  by  wind. 


Hela,  vt.,  to  crush  or  grind  or  mash 
or  pound  or  rub  between  two 
stones,  iron  (clothes). 

Hele,  adj.,  poor,  needy,  destitute, 
in  need  or  want. 

Helexa,  vt.,  to  impoverish. 

Hemba,  v.,  to  blow  the  nose. 

Henda,  vt.,  to  abuse,  curse,  insult, 
offend,  revile,  swear  at,  mal- 
treat, ill-treat. 

Henga,  vt.,  to  part  (as  the  hair). 

Henguluka,  vi.,  to  be  crooked,  be 
bent,  be  curved,  be  zigzag. 

Hcnguluxa,  vt.,  to  bend,  curve, 
make  z gzag. 

Kenya,  m.,  to  lighten,  flash  Used 
only  of  lightning. 

Heta,  vt.,  to  overtake,  come  up 
with,  reach  to. 

Hetela,  vt.,  to  hand  to,  pass  to, 
offer  to  one  (as  the  hand),  give 
or  reach  something  to  one. 

Hetexa,  see  hetela. 

Heulu,  loc.  adv.  {formed  with  ha 
and  the  insep.  ulu),  above, 
over,  on  high,  upon,  up  over- 
head, up.  § 364. 

Heya,  vt.,  to  scrape,  scour,  scrub, 
rub,  shave  off. 

Hia,  vi.,  to  be  burnt,  be  consumed, 
be  fired,  be  warmed,  be  hot,  be 
heated,  be  afire,  be  scalded(  ?). 

Hia,  vi.,  to  be  ripe. 

Hia-hia,  adj.,  new,  fresh,  green, 
strange.  § 76. 

Hiakana,  vi.,  to  burn,  smart,  ache, 
hurt,  pain. 

Hiana,  vt.,  to  inherit,  be  heir  to. 

Hicixa,  vt.,  to  permit  one  to  pass, 
to  throw  over  or  through  or  past 

Hidia,‘o/.,  to  abandon,  abstain  from, 
decline,  discard,  deny,  dis- 
approve of,  disobey,  rebel 
against,  revolt,  forbid,  forsake, 
renounce,  scorn,  spurn,  ex- 
clude, keep  from,  neglect,  dis- 
own, dissent,  object,  prohibit, 
refuse,  reject,  repudiate,  resist, 
restrain,  be  unwilling,  will  not, 
oppose,  withstand,  prevent. 


340 


HIDIA— HONA. 


Hidia  {continued). 

The  past  tense,  with  following 
in  fin.,  means  would  not. 

Hie,  adj.{p.p.  ojhisi,  to  be  ripe), ripe. 

Hikila,  vt.,  to  put  up  anything,  as 
a bet  or  wager. 

Hikula,  vt.,  to  redeem  or  deliver 
from  slavery,  liberate,  set  at 
liberty,  free,  give  freedom, 
ransom,  emancipate,  take  out 
of  pawn. 

Hila,  V.,  to  be  guilty,  be  convicted, 
be  in  the  wrong,  be  culpable, 
be  condemned,  lose  a bet. 

Hiluka,  vi.,  to  turn  a summersault. 

Hingakana,  vt.,  to  change,  ex- 
change, trade. 

Hingakanya,  vt.,  to  change,  ex- 
change, trade. 

Hingakuxa,  vt.,  see  hingakanya. 

Hingana,  vi.,  to  go  or  come  back, 
turn  back,  return,  retire. 

Hingila,  vi.,  to  return,  go  or  come 
back,  retire,  turn  back. 

Hingixa,  vt.,  to  bring  back,  send 
back,  fetch  or  take  back,  re- 
turn, recall,  restore. 

Hinguluka,  vi.,  to  come  or  go 
back,  turn  back,  return. 

Hinguxa,  vt.,  see  hingixa. 

Hita,  V.,  to  pass  on  ahead  of  or  by, 
go  on  before,  come  or  go  past, 
be  beyond,  be  first,  go  over  or 
through  or  by,  surpass,  exceed. 

h.  buimpe,  to  be  better,  be  su- 
perior. 

h.  with  biikale  or  ngulu,  to  beat, 
excel,  conquer,  win,  defeat, 
overcome,  master,  overthrow, 
prevail,  quell,  repulse,  subdue, 
subject,  subjugate,  vanquish, 
be  victorious. 

In  Comparative  construction , 
there  is  often  the  idea  of  very, 
too,  excessively,  exceedingly, 
extremely,  farther,  too  much 
for,  more,  most,  quite,  so. 

In  the  Comparative  Degree  with 
this  verb  we  have  the  construc- 
tion for  the  Eng.  than.  § 89. 


Hita  {continued). 

When  used  with  proper  adj.  or 
verb  this  word  expresses  the 
idea  of  infinite. 

Hixa,  vt.,  to  condemn,  convict, 
judge  or  pronounce  guilty, 
judge  to  be  in  the  wrong. 

Hixa,  vt.,  to  heat,  warm,  make  hot, 
burn,  scald (?). 

Hodia,  vi.,  to  wink. 

Hohamue,  loc.  adv.,  in  or  on  the 
same  place,  together.  § 96, 
Rem.  2. 

Hohela,  vt.,  to  drive  a nail,  fasten 
with  a nail,  hammer. 

Hoho,  loc.  adv.,  there,  thence, 
thither,  yonder.  §163,  Note  4. 

Some  say  hoha. 

Hohoka,  vt.,  to  cast  or  shed  (as 
leaves). 

Hola,  adv.,  calmly,  quietly,  peace- 
fully, silently,  in  silence, 
softly.  I 

di  h.,  to  be  peaceful,  be  at  peace, 
be  quiet,  be  settled,  be  calm, 
be  silent,  be  still,  be  tran- 
quil. 

Hola,  vi.,  to  be  calm,  be  at  peace, 
be  peaceful,  be  gentle,  be 
quiet,  be  settled,  be  silent,  be 
still,  be  tranquil,  be  cold,  be 
chilly,  be  cool,  be  damp,  be 
moist,  be  wet,  be  soaked,  be 
humid,  be  insipid,  be  saltless, 
be  tasteless,  be  unseasoned,  be 
distasteful,  be  cured,  be  healed, 
be  well. 

-a  mucima  muhole,  content, 
satisfied. 

Holexa,  vt.,  to  pacify,  make  quiet, 
quiet,  quell,  hush,  still,  make 
cold,  cool,  dampen  or  wet  or 
moisten,  quench  or  slake  or 
satisfy  or  appease  thirst,  cure 
or  heal  or  restore  to  health,  re- 
lieve or  ease  pain. 

Hona,  vi.,  to  fall,  drop  down, 
descend. 

h.  mu  mi,  to  fall  overboard. 


HONGOLA— HUMBAKANA. 


341 


Hongola,  vt.,  this  word  seems  to 
mean  to  disenchant,  exorcise, 
bring  from  under  influence  of 
witch  or  wizard. 

Honso,  loc.  adv.  {made  up  of  ha 
and  adj.  onso,  all),  anywhere, 
everywhere,  somewhere,  where 
soever.  § 371,  Rem. 

Hota,  vi.,  to  be  foolish,  be  stupid, 
be  ignorant,  be  dull,  be  sense- 
less, be  silly,  be  simple. 

Hote,  adj.{p.p.  of  hota,  to  be 
stupid),  stupid,  foolish,  igno- 
rant, dull,  senseless,  silly, 
simple. 

Hotela,  vt.,  to  annoy  or  anger  by 
caressing  or  fondling,  exasper- 
ate, irritate,  aggravate,  bother. 
Doubtless  rubbing  or  caressing 
is  the  original  meaning. 

Hoteta,  vi.,  to  be  soft  (as  dough). 

Hotete,  adj.(p.p.  of  hoteta,  to  be 
soft),  soft  (as  dough). 

Hua,  vi.,  to  be  silent,  keep  silence, 
l)e  mute,  be  quiet,  hush,  be 
reticent,  be  speechless.  The 
idea  is  distinctly  that  of  being 
speechless  in  the  face  of  proved 
guilt. 

Hua,  vi.,  to  be  completed,  be 
finished,  be  ready,  be  prepared, 
be  perfect  or  perfected,  be 
consumed  or  done  or  out  (not 
any  more),  be  exhausted,  be 
spent,  be  expended,  be  used 
up. 

h.  muoyo  or  muoyo  as  subj.  of 
h.,  to  forget,  overlook,  miss, 
omit. 

neg.  of  h.,  to  be  incomplete,  be 
unfinished. 

Hueka,  vi.,  to  go  down  or  run 
down  (as  stream),  descend,  flow 
down,  sink,  settle  (as  sedi- 
ment), fall  (as  price). 

Huekela,  vi.,  to  go  down  (as  water 
sinking),  abate,  subside. 

Huekexa,  vt.,  to  let  down,  lower 
price  or  voice,  depress,  press 
down,  shove  or  push  dowm. 


Huekexa  {continued). 

h.  difutu,  to  decrease  or  reduce 
wages. 

h.  muxinga,  to  beat  down  the 
price,  cheapen,  decrease  or 
reduce  or  lower  the  price. 

Huha,  vi.,  to  blow  (as  wind  or  tor- 
nado or  tempest  or  gale). 

Huh  ala,  vi.,  to  become  light  in 
weight,  decrease  or  diminish 
or  reduce  (as  swelling). 

Huhale,  adj.{p.p.  of  huhala), 
light  in  weight. 

-a  ludinii  luhuhale,  smart, 
ludimi  luhuhale,  smartness. 

Huhaxa,  vt.,  to  lighten  in  weight. 

Huhixa,  vt.,  to  blow  the  fire,  win- 
now, fan. 

Huixa,  vt.,  to  complete,  finish,  ter- 
minate, conclude,  have  done, 
perfect,  I ring  to  an  end. 
h.  miota,  to  quench  or  satisfy  or 
slake  or  appease  thirst, 
h.  muadi,  to  comfort,  console, 
soothe,  cause  to  stop  crying. 

Huka,  vt.,  to  make  a charm  or 
medicine  or  fetish  or  idol  or 
image  (to  be  used  as  fetish). 

Huluka,  vi.,  to  scale  off,  come  off. 

Hulula,  vt.,  to  scrape  off,  scale 
off,  pull  off,  draw  off,  scour 
off,  scrub  off,  rub  off,  shave  off, 
w’ipe  off. 

Hulumuka,  vi.,  to  slide,  slip. 

Hulumuna,  vt.,  to  drag,  draw, 
stretch,  pull,  trail. 

Huma,  vi.,  to  groan  or  grunt  in 
pain,  moan. 

Humba,  vi.,  to  fail  to  do,  be  de- 
tained, be  interrupted,  be  dis- 
appointed, be  hindered,  be 
frustrated,  be  thwarted,  be 
bothered,  be  constrained,  de- 
lay, procrastinate.  Luendu 
luakuhumba,  the  going  has 
been  interrupted. 

Humbakana,  vi.,  to  be  Stupid,  be 
listless,  be  foolish,  be  inatten- 
tive, be  indifferent,  act  fool- 
ishly or  stupidly,  hesitate. 


342 


HUMBAKANA— IBIDIXA. 


Humbakana  {continued). 

vacillate,  be  fickle,  be  unctr- 
tain  about,  falter,  be  thought- 
less, be  careless,  be  unmindful. 

Humbakane,  adj.{p.p.  of  humba- 
kana), stupid,  foolish,  list- 
less, inattentive,  indifferent, 
thoughtless,  careless,  unmind- 
ful. 

Humbakuxa,  vt.,  to  interfere  with, 
interrupt,  bother,  stunt  in 
growth,  prevent,  prohibit,  re- 
strain, constrain,  hinder,  de- 
tain, deter,  be  listless  or  in- 
attentive or  indifferent  toward. 

Humbixa,  to  be  disappointed, 
fail  to  do  as  anticipated  or 
arranged,  to  disturb  or  inter- 
rupt one’s  plan  or  purpose, 
bother,  hinder,  delay,  prevent, 
prohibit,  interfere  with,  de- 
tain, miss,  omit,  persuade  or 
induce  from  doing,  frustrate, 
postpone,  put  off,  restrain, 
stop  or  stay  one  from  doing, 
deter,  dissuade,  retard,  impede, 
withhold,  thwart,  constrain, 
fool,  or  joke  with. 

Humpama,  vi.,  to  mope. 

Humuka,  vi.,  to  spill,  run  over, 
overflow  (as  water  in  jar). 

Humuna,  vt.,  to  pour  out,  empty; 
hence  to  sigh,  i.e.,  pour  out  the 
breath. 

Hunga,  vt.,  to  jest  with,  joke,  tease, 
have  fun  with. 

Hunga,  vi.,  to  be  even,  be  level, 
h.  di(5),  to  make  an  agreement 
or  covenant  or  contract. 

Hungakana,  vi.,  to  be  even,  be 
level,  agree  after  consultation. 
Cj.  kungakana. 

Hungakana,  vi.,  to  be  listless,  be 
inattentive,  be  indifferent,  be 
unmindful. 

I'ungakuxa,  vt.,  to  make  even  or 
level. 

h.  di(5),  to  agree.  Cf.  kunga- 
kana. 


Hungakuxa,  vt.,  to  be  inattentive 
or  listless  or  indifferent  toward. 

Hunguluxa,  vt.,  to  conclude,  de- 
cide, determine,  agree,  resolve. 

The  word  di(5)  is  generally 
understood  as  obj. 

Huola,  vt.,  to  gather  or  pull  or  pick 
or  pluck  (as  corn,  fruit,  etc.), 
harvest,  reap,  pull  out  or 
knock  out  (as  tooth). 

Huta,  vt.,  to  draw,  drag,  stretch, 
trail,  pull;  hence  to  snuff  (as 
tobacco),  suck  up. 

h.  muhuya,  to  draw  the  breath, 
inhale. 

Huxa,  vt.,  to  blow  the  fire,  winnow, 
fan. 

May  he  spelled  huja. 

Huxa,  vt. {Causative  of  hua,  to  be 
silent),  to  hush  up,  cause  to  be 
silent,  quiet,  quell. 

Huya,  vi.,  used  in  the  ph.  h.  mun- 
da  meaning  to  run  off  at  the 
bowels,  have  diarrhoea. 

Huyakana,  vi.,  to  pant,  breathe 
or  respire  quickly,  blow  the 
breath  quickly. 


I. 

I,  V.,  neg.  auxiliary,  not  to  be. 
See  § 225. 

Iba,  vt.,  to  steal,  cheat,  defraud, 
rob,  be  dishoonest,  be  unjust. 
neg.  of  i,  to  be  honest,  be  just. 

Ibidi,  card,  and  ord.  num.,  two, 
second.  §§  97,  99. 

Ibidila,  vi.,  to  be  or  get  or  become 
assustomed  to,  be  experienced, 
be  familiar  with,  be  habituated, 
be  hardened  to,  be  used  to, 
learn  by  experience. 

Ibidila,  vi.,  to  be  impertinent,  be 
saucy,  be  impudent,  be  inso- 
lent, be  immodest  or  shameless 
(saucy),  be  spoiled,  be  arro- 
gant, be  audacious. 

Ibidixa,  vt.,  to  habituate,  accustom, 
train,  familiarize,  harden  to. 


IBIDIXA— IMPE. 


343 


Ibidixa  {continued). 

i.  bualu  bubi,  to  lead  astray, 
entice,  allure,  tempt,  corrupt, 
lure,  seduce,  spoil,  teach  bad 
manners. 

Ibuka,  vL,  to  build,  construct,  erect, 
make  a house. 

Icikila,  vi.,  to  capsize,  overflow, 
run  over,  spill  out. 

Icikixa,  vt.,  to  pour  out,  capsize, 
empty,  spill  out. 

Idika,  vt.,  to  name,  call,  give  a 
name. 

Idikixa,  vt.,  to  try,  test,  attempt, 
strive,  make  an  effort  or  trial, 
endeavor,  compare,  illustrate, 
liken,  take  aim,  aim  (gun), 
measure,  take  dimension,  emu- 
late, copy,  imitate,  mimic, 
mock,  examine. 
dl(5)  as  subj.  of  i.,  to  echo, 
i.  bujitu,  to  weigh. 

1.  kufunda  muntu,  to  draw  pic- 
ture of  a person. 

1.  lubilu,  to  run  a race. 

lhata,  vt.,  to  drive  away,  chase 
away,  put  to  flight,  beat  away, 
pursue,  rout. 

Ihi,  adj.,  short,  low,  shallow, 
matuku  mihi,  a few  days,  a 
short  time. 

i.  combined  insep.  with  the  loca- 
atives,  gives  muihi,  kuihi, 
hehi(hihi),  near,  close  to. 

§ 376. 

Ihiha,  vi.,  to  be  short,  shrink  in 
length. 

Ihihixa,  vt.,  to  shorten,  abbreviate, 
contract,  lessen,  make  less, 
abridge. 

Ihika,  vt.,  to  cook. 

Ihila,  vt.,  to  hoe,  cultivate,  till,  cut 
out  or  dig  out  weeds  (from 
corn  or  other  crops). 

Ika,  vi.,  to  bear,  bring  forth,  yield, 
produce.  Used  only  of  cas- 
sava, potatoes,  peanuts,  and 
other  ground  products. 
Contrast  with  kuama. 


Ika,  vi.,  to  come  down  or  descend 
(from  a tree),  step  down,  get 
down. 

Ikala,  vi.,  to  be,  exist,  abide,  dwell, 
live,  remain,  reside,  continue, 
sojourn,  stay  or  stop  at,  subsist, 
i.  mu,  to  inhabit. 

The  in  fin.  kuikala  is  suggested 
for  state,  condition,  existence. 

Ikila,  vi.,  to  perch. 

Ikixa,  vi.,  to  rest,  be  at  ease,  repose. 

Ikuxa,  adj.,  true,  real, 
ena  i.,  to  be  untrue. 

Ila,  vi.,  used  with  butuku  as  subj., 
meaning  to  grow  dark,  the 
night  is  coming. 

Imaxa,  vt.,  to  cast  or  throw  away 
as  useless. 

Iinba,  vt.,  to  beat  a drum,  play  or 
perform  on  any  musical  instru- 
ment, sing  a song, 
i.  with  mudua  or  mubanze,  to 
blow  bellows. 

Iraba,  vt.,  to  dig,  excavate,  make  a 
hole  in  the  ground,  plow,  bur- 
row. 

Imicixa,  vt.,  to  cause  to  conceive, 
cause  to  be  with  child,  beget, 
generate,  impregnate,  cause  to 
be  pregnant,  fructify,  breed, 
fecundate. 

Imina,  vt.,  to  decline  or  refuse  to 
give  something  to  one,  deny 
one  something,  be  selfish  or 
stingy  toward. 

Imita,  V.,  to  conceive,  be  with  child, 
be  pregnant. 

This  word  is  generally  followed  by 

difu  or  dimi. 

Impe,  adj.,  beautiful,  pretty,  lovely, 
fine,  good,  pure,  chaste,  guilt- 
less, virtuous,  elegant,  excel- 
lent, worthy,  fair  or  handsome, 
fair  or  just  or  honest,  correct, 
fit,  suitable,  right,  kind,  hu- 
mane, noble,  holy,  perfect, 
righteous,  upright,  lawful,  rich 
or  fertile  or  productive  (soil). 
with  neg.  unjust,  unkind, 

unholy,  wrong,  not  right. 


344  IMIJNA- 


Imuna,  vi.,  to  stand  erect  or  up- 
right, be  perpendicular,  wait, 
halt,  stop,  be  on  end,  stand  on 
end. 

i.  mu  mulongo,  to  stand  in  line 
or  row. 

Imunangana,  vi.,  to  be  side  by 
side,  be  or  stand  close  together. 

Imunyika,  vt.,  to  make  to  stand 
erect  or  upright,  stand  on  end, 
set  up,  make  perpendicular, 
i.  hamue,  to  put  side  by  sideu  t' 

Ina,  vt.,  to  put  the  cassava  root  to 
soak  prior  to  drying,  immerse, 
dip  or  sink  in  water. 

Indila,  vt.,  to  wait  for,  tarry  for, 
await. 

Ine,  adj. {always  preceded  by  ne), 
alone,  sole,  solitary,  by  one’s 
self,  only,  self.  § 8o. 

Ingelexi,  n.,  used  in  ph.  muena  I. 

Englishman.  Usedoj 
all  English-speaking  people. 

Ini,  card,  and  ord.  num.,  four, 
fourth.  §§  97,  99. 

Inuma,  vi.,  to  stoop,  bow  down, 
crouch,  incline,  lean,  bend. 

Inxila,  vt.,  to  close  or  shut  the  door. 

Inya,  vt.,  to  tie,  bend. 

Inyi  ? interrog.,  adv.  or  conj.,  or. 
§ 434.  It  sometimes  has  the 
jorce  of  or  not. 

Inyi  poss.  pro.,  my,  mine.  §§  133, 
135- 

Inyika,  vt.,  to  name,  give  a name 
to,  call. 

Inyika,  vt.,  to  cause  to  incline. 

_ i.  mutu,  to  bow  the  head. 

Inyika,  vt.,  to  dry  (as  meat  before 
a fire  on  a spit),  cook,  roast, 
toast. 

Inyixa,  vt.,  to  sink  in,  immerse. 

Inyixa,  vt.,  to  love,  prefer,  want, 
wish,  desire,  fancy,  fain,  like. 
Sometimes  there  is  a secondary 
meaning  to  praise,  adore, 
glorify,  bless,  compliment, 
commend,  esteem,  be  grateful 
to,  exalt,  extol,  worship,  invoke, 
be  thankful  to,  thank. 


-IXAKU. 


Inyixa  {continued). 

neg.  of  i.,  to  despise,  hate,  detest, 
dislike. 

Note  the  imperative  forms  inyi- 
xaku(5^«^.)  and  inyixi(^/.), 

_ used  only  in  salutation. 

Inyixaku,  v.{sing.  imperative  from 
inyixa,  to  esteem),  used  in  sal- 
utation or  greeting,  also  in  ex- 
pressing adieu  or  farewell  or 
good-bye.  §237(0).  .See salu- 
tation. 

Inyixi,  v.{pl.  imperative  from 
inyixa,  to  esteem),  used  in 
salutation  or  greeting,  also  in 
expressing  adieu  or  farewell  or 
good-bye. 

Isambombo,  card,  and  ord.  num., 
six,  sixth.  §§  97,  99. 

Isatu,  card,  and  ord.  num.,  three, 
third.  §§  97,  99. 

Isita,  w.(Eng.),  east.  Regarded  as 
belonging  to  class  III. 

Ita,  vt.,  to  row,  paddle,  pull  an  oar. 

Itaba,  V.,  to  answer  or  reply  or 
respond  when  called. 

Itabuxa,  vt.,  to  accept,  agree  to, 
acquiesce,  accede  to,  approve, 
believe,  concede  to,  consent, 
receive,  be  satisfied  with,  be 
willing,  make  profession  of, 
confess,  profess. 

i.  mu  di(5),  to  obey,  be  obedient 
to,  heed,  hearken,  observe  the 
word  of. 

neg.  of  i.,  to  disobey,  be  dis- 
obedient, be  heedless,  be  ob- 
stinant,  be  stubborn,  be  neg- 
lectful, be  negligent,  be  un- 
willing. 

The  in  fin.  is  used  as  noun  to 
express  the  idea  of  faith,  be- 
lief, trust. 

May  also  be  spelled  itabija. 

Itabuxixa,  vt.,  to  convince,  per- 
suade, induce,  influence. 

Itanu,  card,  and  ord.  num.,  five, 

. fifth.  §§  97,  99. 

Ixa,  V.,  see  salutation. 

Ixaku,  V.,  see  ixa  and  salutation. 


lYA— JINGULULA. 


345 


lya,  w.,  to  learn,  study, 
lyila,  V.,  see  iya. 

, lyixa,  to  teach,  educate,  ex- 
!'  j plain  to,  inform,  instruct, 

« train,  discipline. 

i.  bualu  bubi,  to  lead  astray, 
I*  entice,  lure,  allure,  tempt, 

'■ ' seduce,  spoil. 


" , Jadika,  vt.^  to  stand  up  erect  or 
’ upright,  make  perpendicular, 

’ make  level,  straighten  (make 

’’  to  stand  straight). 

f Jalama,  vi.,  to  stand  erect  or  up- 
' , right,  be  perpendicular,  be 

i level,  stand  up  straight;  used 

> t with  diba  a5  subj.  meaning  to 

? bj  noon,  be  midday. 

'j'  Jalaniixa,  vt.,  to  make  perpen- 
dicular  or  upright. 

Jam,  ».(Eng.),  jam.  Regarded  as 
} class  III. 

. Jama,  vi.,  to  be  immovable,  be 
' i steady  or  steadfast,  be  fixed, 

1^  be  firm  or  solid,  stand  firm  or 

steady,  be  strong,  be  mired  up, 
be  fast  stuck  in  (as  mud). 

IJamixa,  vt.,  to  stick  fast  in,  make 
steady  or  firm. 

Januale,  w.(Eng.),  January.  Re- 
garded as  class  III. 

Jeka,  vi.,  to  crawl  (as  child), 
creep;  the  primary  meaning  of 
this  word  is  to  twist,  squirm, 
wriggle. 

Jekexa,  vt.,  to  twist,  to  screw,  to 
turn  around. 

Jidika,  vt.,  used  with  cijila  mean- 
ing to  forbid  the  use  of,  taboo, 
interdict,  prohibit,  make  un- 
lawful, wean. 

Note  that  jila  has  reference  to  a 
person  abstaining  from  or 
tabooing  something,  while  ji- 
dika has  reference  to  a person 
who  thus  tabooes  something 


Jndika  {continued). 

for  some  one  else.  In  both 
words  there  is  a superstitious 
idea. 

May  also  be  spelled  xidika. 

Jika,  vt.,  to  bury,  inter. 

j.  cifuidixe,  to  smother,  stifle, 
suffocate. 

Jikuka,  vi.,  to  explode,  blow  out 
(as  stopper  from  bottle). 

Jikula,  vt.,  to  cause  to  explode. 

‘la,  vt.,  to  abstain  from,  fast,  keep 
from,  sanctify,  ordain,  conse- 
crate, interdict,  forbid,  taboo, 
prohibit. 

See  note  under  jidika. 

May  also  be  spelled  xila. 

Jima,  vt.,  to  blow  out, extinguish,  put 
out,  quench,  erase,  eradicate, 
rub  out,  blot  out,  cancel,  scratch 
out,  wipe  out,  go  out  (as  fire). 

Jimina,  vi.,  to  be  lost,  disappear, 
vanish,  pass  out  of  view. 

Sometimes  pronounced  ximina. 

Jimixa,  vt.,  to  erase,  eradicate,  blot 
out,  lose,  cancel,  rub  out, 
scratch  out,  wipe  out. 

j.  malu  mabi,  to  forgive,  pardon, 
absolve,  excuse. 

Sometimes  pronounced  ximixa. 

Jinga,  vt.,  to  grieve  for,  sorrow  for, 
bemoan,  bewail,  mourn  for, 
weep  for,  cry  for. 

Jinga,  vt.,  see  jingila. 

Jingakana,  vi.,  to  be  tangled. 

Jingakuxa,  vt.,  to  tangle. 

Jingila,  vt.,  to  encircle,  surround, 
enclose,  inclose,  entangle,  en- 
twine, bind  up,  wrap  around, 
gird  up,  coil,  roll  into  a string, 
twist,  twine  around,  wind 
around. 

Jinguluka,  vi.,  to  become  un- 
tangled, be  unfastened,  be  un- 
wrapped, be  unraveled,  unroll, 
unwind. 

Jingulula,  vt.,  to  disentangle,  ex- 
tricate, unbind,  undo,  un- 
fasten, unroll,  unravel,  un- 
tangle, unwind,  unwrap. 


346 


JISUS— KAKU. 


Jisus,  I,  Jesus. 

Jixa,  vt.,  to  wag  (tail). 

May  also  be  spelled  xixa. 

Jongoloka,  vi.,  to  squirm,  wriggle, 
crawl  (as  snake). 

Juka,  vi.,  to  get  up  from  sitting 
position,  rise,  arise,  stand  up. 

See  bika. 

Jula,  vt.,  to  lift  up,  raise  up,  take 
up,  elevate,  cut  up  or  dig  up 
or  tear  up  or  pull  up  or  grub 
up  by  the  roots. 

Juli,  «.(Eng.),  July.  Class  III. 

Junyi,  w.(Eng.),  June.  Class  III. 


K. 

Ka,  demonstrative  particle,  here  it  is, 
there  it  is.  Generally  insep. 
§§  i59>  i6i. 

Ka,  adv.,  therefore,  consequently, 
for  this  reason,  hence,  so,  then, 
wherefore.  § 419- 

Kaba,  8,  ii.{dimin.  of  muaba, 
place),  used  with  v.  amba  and 
any  adj.  meaning  small  to 
express  the  idea  of  almost, 
nearly. 

Kababu,  8,  n.,  goliath -beetle. 

Kabalabala,  8,  n.,  used  in  the  ph. 
k.  ka  mutu,  skull. 

Kabalu,  8.  n.(jrom  Portuguese), 
horse,  ass,  donkey. 

Kabanda,  8,  n.,  iron  ore. 

Kabanga,  8,  n.,  pumpkin. 

Kabendi,  8,  n.,  spear,  lance. 

Kabidi,  adv.,  again,  next  time, 
also,  beside.  Really  means 
second  time.  §95  (&),  Rem.  i. 

Kabuasa,  8,  n.,  jigger, 
kaxingi  ka  k.,  pin. 

Kabuluku,  8,  n.,  a species  of  ante- 
lope. 

Kabululu,  8,  n.,  gall. 

Kaceci,  8,  n.,  menses. 

munaCmona)  k.,  to  menstruate, 
be  at  the  menstrual  period. 

Kacila,  v.,  to  sneeze. 

Kadi,  conj.,  but. 


Kadi,  vi.,  to  be,  be  about  to. 
An  auxiliary  used  in  the 
formation  of  Future  Imminent 
and  Present  Imminent  tenses. 
§§  218,  etc. 

k.  ne,  to  have,  own,  possess. 
Sometimes  pronounced  tadi. 

Kadibu,  8,  n.,  small  European  bell 
with  rattles. 

Kadilu,  8,  n.,  fire. 

See  kahia. 

Kafi,  w.(Eng.),  coffee.  Class  III 
or  VIII. 

Kafulemene,  8,  «.(Buk.),  forget- 
fulness. 

-a  k.,  forgetful. 

k.  as  suhj.  of  kuata  with  pers. 
as  obj.,  to  forget. 

Kahaha,  8,  n.,  a blue  bead. 

Kahambala,  8,  n.,  pistol. 

Kahambu,  8,  «.,  bad  smell  or 
odor  or  scent,  stench,  stink, 
fetidness. 

nunka  k.,  to  emit  a stench,  stink. 

Kahia,  8,  n.,  fire,  heat  or  w'armth 
of  fire,  fever,  candle,  gun- 
powder. 

-a  k.,  hot. 
mi  a k.,  hot  water, 
mubidi  udi  k.,  to  have  fever, 
muci  wa  k.,  a match  (lucifer). 
Ota  k.,  to  warm  one’s  self  by  the 
fire. 

vinga  k.,  to  make  fire  by  friction, 
ignite  by  friction. 

Kahita,  8,  n.,  headman,  a West 
Coast  carpenter  or  mason. 
The  word  comes  through  the 
Lower  Congo  from  Portuguese. 

Kahombo,  8,  n.,  ankle  bone. 

Kahulukusu,  8,  n.,  a small  bat. 

Kahumbu,  8,  n.,  elephant. 

Kakangala,  8,  n.,  a kind  of  Euro- 
pean cloth. 

Kakanu,  8,  n.{dimin.  of  lukanu). 
k.  ka  ku  dicu,  earring, 
k.  ka  ku  munu,  finger-ring. 

Kaku,  I,  n.,  grandparent,  ancestor, 
progenitor,  forefather,  patri- 
arch 


KAKU— KAMA. 


347 


i«  Kaku  {continued). 

it  k.  mukuxi,  grandmother. 

5.  k.  muliimi,  grandfather. 

Kaku  la,  8,  n.,  a stick  of  camwood. 

Kakula,  vt.,  to  raise  up,  lift  up. 

Kakuiuku,  8,  n.,  a small  bat. 

U Kala,  vt.,  cut  off,  chop  off,  ampu- 
tate, saw  off,  sever,  shear 
! off. 

! See  kosa. 

I I Kala,  V.,  to  scratch  (as  fowl), 
j Kala,  8,  n.(pl.  is  tuala),  a small 
wire. 

Kala,  vi.,  to  be  strong,  be  well,  be 
vigorous,  be  arduous,  be  full- 
, j grown,  be  mature,  be  firm,  be 

steady,  be  stable,  be  solid, 
develop,  grow. 

k.  with  muxinga  as  subj.,  to  in- 
crease (as  price),  rise. 

I Kalaba,  vi.,  to  crawl  or  creep  (as 

I child). 

Kale,  adj.{p.p.  of  kala,  to  be 
strong,  etc.),  strong,  well, 

I vigorous,  arduous,  firm, 

I steady,  stable,  solid,  hard, 

' immovable,  fixed,  steadfast, 

powerful,  robust,  tough  (as 
meat),  violent,  severe,  serious 
(matter),  fertile  or  rich  or 
productive  (soil),  loud  (voice), 
-a  bualu  bukale,  sacred,  holy, 
-a  mubidi  mukale,  healthy. 

-a  mucima  mukale,  brave,  fear- 
less, of  strong  heart,  coura- 
geous, daring,  bold,  valiant, 
stern,  impenitent. 

-a  muxinga  mukale,  dear, 
costly,  expensive,  precious, 
valuable. 

I mubidi  mukale,  good  health. 

' muntu  mukale,  an  adult,  grown 

I person. 

I Kale,  adv.,  long  ago,  long  time  ago, 
in  old  times,  remote  or  distant 
times,  long  since,  once  upon  a 
time. 

-a  kale,  old,  ancient,  aged, 
bena  k.,  forefathers. 

Sometimes  we  hear  kalekale. 


Kalexa,  vt.,  to  strengthen,  make 
strong  or  steady  or  firm  or 
hard,  fasten,  harden,  stretch, 
tighten,  nourish,  bring  up, 
rear,  provide  for,  support,  re- 
fresh, stimulate. 

k.  di,  to  raise  the  voice,  speak  or 
talk  louder. 

k.  mucima,  to  console,  com- 
fort, solace,  cheer,  encourage, 
soothe,  strengthen  one’s  heart. 

k.  muxinga,  to  increase  price, 
make  dear  or  expensive  or 
precious,  put  up  the  price. 

Kalexi,  8,  n.,  leaves  of  the  cassava 
beaten  and  used  as  greens. 

Kalolo,  8,  n.,  goodness,  amiability, 
kindness,  attractiveness,  obe- 
dience, fairness,  justice,  hon- 
esty, integrity,  faithfulness, 
gentleness,  humanity,  humil- 
ity, modesty,  reverence,  trac- 
tableness, meekness,  docility, 
deference,  civility,  decorum, 
politeness,  courtesy. 

-a  k.,  good,  amiable,  kind, 
attractive,  obedient,  fair,  just, 
honest,  faithful,  gentle,  hu- 
mane, humble,  modest,  rever- 
ent, tractable,  meek,  docile, 
deferential,  decorous,  cour- 
teous, polite,  civil. 

Kalu,  8,  n.{sing.  of  tulu,  sleep),  a 
nap. 

Kaluaci,  8,  n.,  a kind  of  bead. 

Kalubilubi,  8,  n.,  rapidity,  swift- 
ness. Generally  with  the  idea 
oj  carelessness. 

di  ne  k.,  to  do  or  talk  rapidly. 

Kalumbu,  8,  n.,  partridge. 

Kama,  vt.,  to  squeeze  or  compress 
or  mash  or  crush  or  press  be- 
tween the  hands;  hence  to 
milk. 

Kama,  vi.,  to  abate,  evaporate,  dry 
up,  decrease,  diminish,  sub- 
side. 

Kama,  v.,  used  in  the  ph.  k.  ku 
mesu,  meaning  to  distort  the 
face. 


348 


KAMAMA— KANYINGANYINGA. 


Kamama,  8,  w.,  a dumb  person,  a 
mute. 

Kamata,  vt.,  to  press  or  push  or 
shove  down,  squeeze  together, 
compress,  cram. 

Kambele,  8,  w.,  peanut. 

Kambixi,  8,  cat. 

muan’a  k.,  kitten. 

Kambuinkidi,  8,  w.,  small  sweat- 
bee. 

Kamelo,  8,  w.(Eng.),  camel. 

Kamembele,  8,  n.,  mosquito. 

Kaminyi,  8,  w.,  scorpion. 

Sometimes  pronounced  kaminyi- 
minyi. 

Kamixa,  vt.,  to  absorb,  dry. 

Kamoma,  8,  n.,  kidney. 

Kamoma,  8,  7i.,  pill. 

Kamonyi,  8,  n.,  pitch,  resin.  Used 
in  mending  pots. 

Kam panda,  i,  n.,  a person  whose 
name  you  have  forgotten  or 
do  not  know  or  do  not  care  to 
bother  with  mentioning.  § 353, 
Rem. 

Kamue,  8,  w.,  mosquito. 

Kamunyimunyi,  8,  n.,  firefly. 

Kanana,  vi.,  to  be  immovable  or 
fast  stuck  in,  be  steadfast,  be 
stable,  be  fixed,  be  strong, 
stand  steady  or  firm  or  solid. 

Kanda,  vt.,  to  refuse  permission, 
forbid,  prohibit,  restrain,  com- 
mand or  order  not  to  do,  dis- 
approve. 

Kanda,  used  as  ad],  with  numerals 
expressing  the  idea  of  exact, 
perfect,  complete. 

Kandamana,  vi.,  to  be  immovable 
or  fast  stuck  in,  be  steadfast, 
be  stable,  be  fixed,  be  strong, 
stand  steady  or  firm  or  solid. 

Kandamixa,  vt.,  to  make  steady  or 
firm,  stick  fast  in. 

Kandangama,  8,  n.,  a kind  of 
European  cloth. 

Kandimba,  8,  n.,  shot  used  in  shell 
of  shotgun. 

cingoma  cia  ^undimba,  shot- 
gun. 


Kandimba  {continued). 

mutelenge  wa  tundimba,  a shell 
for  shotgun. 

Kandindi,  8,  n.,  swallow. 

Kandixa,  vt.,  to  wean  (child). 

Kandolo,  8,  n.,  a kind  of  European 
cloth. 

Kaneke,  8,  n.,  a lame  or  deformed 
or  dwarfed  or  paralyzed  or 
undersized  person,  a paralytic. 
Muena  generally  precedes  this 
word. 

Kanene,  8,  n.,  the  additional  or 
sixth  finger. 

Kanga,  vt.,  to  roast  or  parch  as 
corn,  etc.;  fry. 

Kanga,  vi.,  to  growl  or  snarl  (as 
dog). 

Kangamuna,  vi.,  to  be  rested. 

Kangenene,  8,  n.,  a small  red  ant 
(troublesome  about  the  house). 

Kangujinguji,  8,  n.,  pineapple. 

May  he  spelled  kanguxinguxi. 

Kanka,  vi.,  to  shake,  quake, 
tremble,  quiver,  shiver,  be 
excited,  be  frightened,  be  terri- 
fied. 

Kankenyenkenye,  8,  n.,  firefly. 

Kankixa,  vt.,  to  shake,  cause  to 
tremble  or  quake. 

Kansanke,  8,  n.,  wrist. 

Kantembele,  8,  n.,  measles. 

KanteHgenene,  8,  n.,  the  little 
finger. 

Kantetu,  8,  n.,  dizziness,  giddiness, 
faintness. 

di  ne  k.,  to  be  dizzy,  be  faint,  be 
giddy. 

Kanuxa,  vt.,  to  make  steady  or 
firm,  strengthen,  stick  fast  in. 
Causative  of  kanana. 

Kanyanzu,  8,  n.,  switch,  rod,  whip. 

Kanyina,  vt.,  to  wean  (child). 

Kanyinganyinga,  8,  n.,  grief,  sor- 
row, sadness,  melancholy, 
pang,  penitence,  regret,  re- 
pentance, unhappiness,  anxi- 
ety, solicitude,  distress,  re- 
morse, mental  agony  or  suffer- 
ing or  anguish. 


KANYINGANYINGA— KEMA. 


349 


Kany  i r. ga ii  y i nga  (^continued) . 
di  ne  k.,  to  grieve,  be  melan- 
choly, be  sad,  be  sorrowful,  be 
sorry,  be  unhappy,  regret, 
repent. 

Kanyungunyungu,  8,  w.,  dizzi- 
ness, giddiness,  faintness, 
di  ne  k.,  to  be  dizzy,  be  giddy, 
be  faint. 

Kapiten,  n.{jrom  French  or  Eng- 
lish), captain  of  steamer  or 
soldiers. 

Perhaps  should  he  spelled  kahi- 
ten. 

Kasamba,  8,  w.,  a small  pot  or 
vessel. 

Kaseku,  8,  n.{pl.  generally  used), 
laughter,  levity,  mirth,  de- 
rision, fun,  giggling,  snigger, 
-a  tuseku,  frivolous, 
di  ne  tuseku,  to  giggle,  snigger, 
titter. 

Kasengulu,  8,  n.,  sieve,  sifter. 

Kasoinbelu,  8,  n.,  interest  (on 
something  borrowed), 
tentekela  k.,  to  pay  interest. 

Katainuka,  vi.,  to  be  awake,  be 
up,  be  arisen  from  sleep. 

Katamuxa,  vt.,  to  awaken,  wake, 
awake  from  sleep. 

Katataka,  adv.,  at  once,  directly, 
immediately,  instantly,  before 
long,  now,  presently,  soon, 
forthwith. 

Katoto,  8,  n.,  a new-born  babe, 
infant,  child. 

Kavuku,  8,  n.,  crumb. 

Kaxidi,  adv.,  always,  ceaselessly, 
constantly,  continually,  end- 
lessly, eternity,  ever,  forever, 
perpetually,  eternally,  inces- 
santly, habitually. 

-a  k.,  immortal,  eternal,  ever- 
lasting. 

with  neg.  v.,  never  again. 

Kaxingi,  8,  n.,  needle, 
k.  ka  kabuasa,  pin. 

Kaxola,  8,  n.,  brick, 
muena  tuxola,  mason. 


Kayabala,  vi.,  to  be  stiff,  be  rigid, 
be  inflexible,  be  unbending. 

Kayeke,  8,  n.,  dwarf,  pygmy. 

See  note  under  pygmy. 

Kazaku,  8,  n.,  coat,  dress. 

Keba,  vt.,  to  hunt  for,  look  for, 
search  for,  seek. 

k.  luoxi,  to  annoy  or  tease  or 
provoke  or  incite  an  animal  to 
bite;  as,  udi  ukeba  mbua 
luoxi,  he  is  provoking  the  dog 
to  bite. 

eha,  vi.,  to  decrease  or  diminish 
or  reduce  in  size  or  quantity, 
become  smaller  or  less,  shrink 
up. 

Kehexa,  vt.,  to  shorten,  contract, 
abridge,  abbreviate,  decrease, 
diminish,  reduce,  cause  to  be- 
come smaller  or  less,  lessen,  be- 
little, abase,  degrade,  disgrace, 
debase,  dishonor,  disobey,  be 
disrespectful,  humble,  humili- 
ate. 

Keja,  vt.,  to  hunt  for,  look  for, 
search  for,  seek. 

Kelemena,  w.(Buk.),  to  agree,  be 
alike,  be  the  same,  be  even,  be 
equal,  be  same  kind  or  quality 
or  character  or  species  or 
variety,  suit,  be  adapted  to, 
be  suitable,  be  level,  be  similar, 
be  proper,  be  mate  for,  match, 
resemble. 

neg.  of  k.,  to  be  unlike,  be  dis- 
similar, differ,  vary. 

Kelemexa,  ‘^/.(Buk.),  to  make  even 
or  alike,  make  to  fit  or  suit, 
make  level,  match,  make  the 
same  or  similar  or  equal  or 
like,  adapt  to,  make  to  agree. 

Kema,  v.,  to  exclaim  in  surprise, 
marvel,  wonder,  be  amazed  or 
astonished.  Generally  ex- 
pressed by  grunting. 

-a  kukema,  miraculous,  remark- 
able, extraordinary,  wonderful, 
strange,  marvelous. 

bualu  bua  kukema,  miracle, 
wonder. 


350 


KEMEXA— KU. 


Kemexa,  vt.,  to  astonish,  amaze, 
surprise. 

Kenena,  vi.,  to  shine  brightly  or 
give  light  (as  moon  when  full). 

Kenga,  vi.^  to  suffer  (as  under 
pnnishment). 

Kengexa,  vt.,  to  punish,  flog,  beat, 
cause  to  suffer,  chastise,  chas- 
ten, discipline,  persecute, 
annoy,  exasperate,  irritate, 

Kentorment,  torture,  afflict,  aggra- 
vate. 

Kenka,  vi.,  to  shine  or  give  light 
(as  moon). 

Kenya,  vi.,  to  lighten,  flash. 
Spoken  only  of  lightning. 

Kenzakana,  v.,  to  look  about  from 
side  to  side,  peer. 

Ki  ? interrog.  word,  what  ? what  kind 
or  sort  or  quality  or  character? 
which  ? who  ? whom  ? See  § 1 76. 
bualu  ki  ? why?  what  for? 
diba  kl?  when?  what  o’clock? 

what  hour?  what  time? 
Perhaps  may  also  he  spelled  kai. 

Kia,  inter jec.,  what! 

Some  say  cia. 

Kina,  vt.,  to  hate,  be  mean  to. 

Kise,  adj.,  small,  little,  minute, 
diminutive,  fine,  thin,  narrow, 
scarce,  few. 

di(5)  dikise,  high  voice  or  tone. 

Kixa,  t'^.(Buk.),  to  do,  make,  ac- 
complish, act,  commit,  effect, 
form,  shape,  perform,  prepare, 
produce,  construct. 

See  enza. 

Kobama,  vi.,  to  be  crooked,  be 
bent,  be  curved. 

Kobame,  adj.{p.p.  of  kobama,  de- 
formed, bent,  humpbacked. 

Kobeka,  vt.,  to  bend,  curve. 

Kobola,  V.,  to  raise  a shout  or  cry 
of  alarm,  call  to  fight  by  slap- 
ping the  hand  rapidly  over  the 
mouth  while  uttering  the  cry. 

Koka,  vt.,  to  draw,  drag,  stretch, 
pull,  trail,  suck  up,  snuff  (as 
tobacco). 


Koka  {continued). 

k.  muhuya,  to  inhale,  draw  the 
breath. 

cintu  cikoka  kudi  tubalu,  sug- 
gested ph.  for  carriage,  wagon, 
chariot. 

Koko,  w.(Eng.),  cocoa. 

Kola,  V.,  used  with  maluvu  to  mean 
to  be  drunk,  be  intoxicated. 

Kolus,  w.(Eng.),  chorus.  Regarded 
as  class  III. 

Komba,  vt.,  to  sweep,  brush. 

Kombola,  vt.,  to  shell  (corn). 

Konka,  vt.,  to  ask  a question,  in- 
quire, examine  by  questioning, 
interrogate,  question,  consult, 
demand  in  sense  of  asking  a 
question. 

May  also  he  spelled  kuonka. 

Konya,  vt.,  to  bend,  curve,  fold. 

Konyangala,  vi.,  to  be  crooked, 
be  bent,  be  curved,  be  zigzag. 

Kosa,  vt.,  to  cut  off,  chop  off,  saw 
off,  shear  off,  sever,  amputate, 
k.  bitulia,  to  cut  into  pieces, 
k.  cici,  to  close  a trade  by  break- 
ing a stick. 

k.  hankuci,  to  cut  half  in  two. 
k.  mutu,  to  behead, 
k.  nsambu,  to  settle  or  decide  a 
dispute,  pronounce  judgment, 
judge  between. 

May  also  he  spelled  kuosa. 

Kosexa,  vt.,  to  stop  or  stay  one 
from  doing,  deter,  detain, 
hinder,  impede,  interfere  \s*ith, 
prevent,  restrain,  withhold, 
thwart,  frustrate,  interrupt, 
bother,  persuade  from  doing, 
dissuade. 

k.  with  diyoyo  or  mutayo  or 
muaku  or  nvita,  to  quiet, 
quell,  hush  up,  still, 
k.  lubilu,  to  talk  or  do  quickly, 
k.  muadi,  to  comfort,  console, 
cause  to  cease  crying,  pacify, 
soothe. 

Kosola,  vi.,  to  cough. 

Ku,  loc.  prep.,  at,  to,  unto,  direc- 
tion towards,  as  far  as,  near  to. 


KU— KUATAKANA. 


351 


Ku  {continued). 

close  to,  up  to,  towards,  by, 
beside,  around,  against,  about, 
for  (price),  from,  off  from. 

§ 424  (2). 

k.  minu,  in  the  hand, 
k . . . to  ne  k.,  or  k . . . ne 
k , from  ...  to  or  till  or 
until. 

Compare  with  mu  and  ha. 

Kua,  loc.  used  as  adv.,  to  or  as  or 
unta  the  house  or  village  of. 
§ 87  {g)  Rem. 

Kuabo,  o(/y.,  another,  some  one  or 
something  else,  more,  other,  a 
part  (some),  several, 
k . . . k.,  the  one  . . . the  other, 
some  . . . others,  several  . . . 
several. 

k.  with  locatives  prefixed  insep., 
elsewhere,  somewhere  else. 

Kuacika,  vi.,  to  be  caught. 

k.  inaluvu,  to  be  or  get  drunk, 
be  intoxicated,  be  stupefied 
from  drink. 

Kuacila,  vt.,  to  hold  for. 

k.  mudimu,  to  work  for,  serve. 

Kuacixa,  vt.,  to  help  one  to  hold, 
k.  bundu,  to  make  ashamed, 
disgrace,  humiliate,  mortify, 
cause  shame,  abase, 
k.  cixi,  to  make  angry  or  indig- 
nant or  mad,  annoy,  displease, 
anger,  enrage,  exasperate,  irri- 
tate, throw  into  passion,  pro- 
voke, worry,  tease,  sadden, 
tantalize,  torment,  trouble, 
vex,  aggravate. 

Kuakua,  loc.  adv.,  far  away,  far, 
yonder,  beyond,  remote,  dis- 
tant, there,  thence,  thither. 
§ 163,  Note  3. 

Kuama,  vt.,  to  bear  or  yield  or 
bring  forth  or  produce  fruit. 
Used  only  of  trees  or  shrubs  or 
plants. 

Contrast  with  ika. 

Kuata,  vt.,  to  hold,  take  hold  of, 
lay  hold  of,  catch,  capture. 


Kuata  {continued). 

arrest,  grip,  restrain,  seize, 
grasp,  apprehend,  use. 
buowa  as  suhj.  and  pers.  as  obj. 
of  k.,  to  be  frightened,  be 
scared,  be  afraid,  be  timid, 
dibanza  as  subj.  of  k.  and  pers. 

as  obj.,  to  be  in  debt,  owe. 
k.  bulunda,  to  make  friendship 
with. 

k.  cixi,  to  be  angry,  be  enraged, 
indignant,  be  mad,  be  aggra- 
vated, be  raging,  be  furious, 
be  grieved,  be  melancholy,  be 
sad,  be  sorrowful,  be  vexed, 
be  sorry,  be  in  a passion,  be 
provoked,  be  worried,  be  an- 
noyed, regret,  repent, 
k.  dimoma,  to  rust,  be  rusty, 
corrode. 

k.  ha  muminu,  to  choke  (as 
food),  strangle. 

k.  ku,  to  take  by  (as  the  hand), 
k.  mudimu,  to  work,  labor,  toil, 
k.  mu  mukanda,  to  take  a pho- 
tograph or  picture, 
k.  mukuxi  ku  bukale,  to  com-  . 
mit  rape,  ravish,  do  violence 
to. 

k.  with  bundu  as  subj.  and  per- 
son as  obj.,  to  be  ashamed,  be 
mortified. 

k.  with  tulu  as  subj.  and  person 
as  obj.,  to  be  sleepy, 
kafulemene  or  builu  as  subj.  cf 
k.  with  person  as  obj.,  to  for- 
get. 

luhika  as  subj.  of  k.  and  person 
as  obj.,  to  lose  a bet. 
maluvu  as  subj.  of  k.  and  person 
as  obj.,  to  be  drunk  or  intoxi- 
cated, make  drunk,  stupefy, 
maxika  as  subj.  of  k.  a7id  person 
as  obj.,  to  be  cold,  be  chilly, 
miota  as  subj.  of  k.  with  person 
as  obj.,  to  be  thirsty. 

Kuatakana,  vi.,  to  adhere,  stick 
together,  cleave  together,  be 
close  together,  be  next  to,  be 
contiguous,  be  adjacent,  touch 


352 


KUATAKANA— KULU. 


Kuatakana  {continued). 

each  other,  join,  be  near  to- 
gether, be  side  by  side,  con- 
geal, be  viscid,  coagulate, 
unite,  be  thick,  solidify  (as 
liquids). 

Kuatakanya,  vt.,  see  kuatakuxa. 

Kuatakuxa,  vt.,  to  put  or  place 
side  by  side,  unite,  join  on  to, 
stick  together,  cause  to  adhere. 

Kuatangana,  v.,  to  catch  or  hold 
each  other. 

k.  with  bulunda  or  bunyana,  to 
form  a friendship  with  one 
another. 

k.  ku  bianza,  to  clasp  each  other 
by  the  hands,  shake  hands. 

Kuba,  vt..  to  wait  for,  tarry  for, 
await. 

Kubola,  V.,  see  kobola. 

Kudi,  prep.,  used  with  agent  in 
passive  voice  constructions 
meaning  by.  § 202  (a). 

Kudika,  vt.,  to  hang  up. 

Kudimuka,  vi.,  to  become  (differ- 
ent), be  changed,  be  trans- 
figured, be  turned  over  or 
around,  be  transformed,  be 
converted,  get  (become),  turn 
into,  turn  around. 

Kudimuna,  vt.,  to  change,  turn 
over  or  around,  convert,  invert, 
reverse,  transform,  transfig- 
ure, turn  into. 

k.  muaku,  to  translate,  interpret. 

k.  with  mucima  or  muoyo,  to 
change  one’s  mind,  repent. 

Kuetu,  loc.  adv.,  at  our  home  or 
village.  § 140. 

k.  kudi  kunyi  ? where  do  we 
live  ? 

muena  k.,  our  or  my  fellow 
citizen  or  countryman  or 
neighbor.  § 141,  Rem.  i. 

Kuha,  vt.,  to  shake,  move,  wave 
back  and  forth. 

k.  mutu,  to  nod  dissent. 

Kuhoka,  vi.,  to  get  free  or  loose, 
get  untied. 

May  be  spelled  kohoka. 


Kuhola,  vt.,  to  let  loose,  set  free, 
loosen,  liberate,  give  freedom 
or  liberty,  pull  off  (as  clothes), 
strip  off,  undress,  untie,  take 
off,  unloose,  put  off. 

May  he  spelled  kohola. 

Kuhuka,  vi.,  to  scale  off. 

Kuhula,  vt.,  to  scale  off,  shave  off, 
wipe  off,  dust  off,  clean  off  by 
rubbing  or  brushing  or  scrap- 
ing or  scouring  or  scrubbing, 
dry  (with  towel). 

Kuia,  w.(Eng.),  choir. 

Kuihi,  loc.  adv.  and  prep,  {made  up 
of  ku  and  ihi,  short),  near  to, 
close  to,  by.  § 376. 

Kuinya,  v.,  to  scratch  (in  case  of 
itching). 

Kuka,  vi.,  to  come  out  of  handle 
(as  hoe  or  knife). 

Kukala,  loc.  adv.  or  prep,  {made  up 
0/  ku  and  the  insep.  kala),  at 
or  on  the  border,  edge,  bound- 
ary, beach  or  shore  or  bank  or 
coast,  limit,  margin,  side. 

§ 423  (2)  {b). 

lua  k.  kua  mi,  to  land,  come  to 
beach. 

Kukampanda,  loc.  adv.  {made  up 
of  ku  and  kampanda),  to  or 
at  a place  the  name  of  which 
you  have  forgotten  or  do  not 
know  or  do  not  care  to  mention. 

§ 423  (2)  (i)- 

Mu  or  ha  may  he  substituted  for 
ku,  according  to  sense. 

Kuku,  w.(Eng.),  cook.  Regarded 
as  belonging  to  class  I. 

Kukuabo,  adv.,  elsewhere,  some- 
where else.  § 370. 

Kukumina,  vi.,  to  stutter,  stammer, 
have  impediment  in  speech. 

Kule,  loc.  adv.  {made  up  of  ku  and 
adj.  le,  long),  far,  far  away, 
distant,  remote.  § 372. 

-a  kule,  Weign,  strange. 

muena  k.,  a foreigner,  stranger. 

Kdlu,  loc.  adv.  {made  up  of  ku  and 
the  insep.  ulu),  up,  overhead, 


KULU— KUNFUDILU. 


353 


Kiilu  {continued). 

on  high,  above,  upwards,  over. 

§ 423  (2)  {b). 

Kulu,  adj.,  old,  ancient,  aged. 

muanda  mukulu,  eight. 

Kuluka,  vi.^  to  fall,  drop  down, 
descend. 

Kulukixa,  v.,  see  kuluku.va. 

Kulukulu,  adj.,  old,  ancient,  aged. 

Kulukuxa,  vi.^  to  be  or  become  old 
or  ancient  or  aged. 

Kulukuxe,  adj.{p.p.  of  kulukuxa), 
old,  ancient,  aged.  Generally 
used  only  of  persons. 

Kulumpa,  vi.,  to  be  old,  be  aged. 
Generally  applied  only  to  per- 
sons. 

Kulumpe,  adj.(p.p.  of  kulumpa,  to 
be  old),  old.  Generally  used 
only  of  persons. 

Kuma,  vt.,  to  beat,  pound,  strike, 
thrash,  chastise,  chasten,  whip, 
discipline  or  punish,  scourge, 
flog,  hit,  knock,  lash,  switch, 
pack  down,  crush  down. 

k.  cingoma,  to  shoot  one  with  a 
gun. 

k.  didiba,  to  weave  or  make 
native  cloth. 

k.  dikusa,  to  stumble,  stump  the 
foot,  trip. 

k.  lukuxi,  to  clap  the  hands. 

k.  munda,  to  beat  (heart),  pul- 
sate, throb. 

k.  with  cisusu  or  disundu,  to  hit 
or  beat  or  strike  with  the  fist. 

k.  with  luhi  or  dihi,  to  slap, 
spank,  smack,  beat  or  strike 
with  open  hand. 

nvula  as  subj.  of  k.  with  diku- 
bakuba  as  obj.,  to  thunder. 

Kuma,  vt.,  to  cover  a house,  put 
roof  on,  thatch. 

Kumanda,  loc.  adv.  or  prep,  {made 
up  of  ^\x  and  the  insep.  man  da), 
at  the  base,  bottom,  down, 
down-stream,  down-country. 

§ 423  (2)  w- 

k.  kua,  at  the  base  of,  at  the  rear 
end  or  lower  end  of,  the  stern. 


liumangana,  v.,  to  collide,  strike 
each  other. 

k.  mukanu,  to  smack  the  lips. 

Kumankana,  v.,  to  meet  or  pass 
in  the  way. 

Kumbana,  vi.,  to  be  full  amount  or 
quantity  or  measure,  be  enough 
or  adequate  or  sufficient,  suf- 
fice, be  filled,  be  complete, 
be  exact. 

diba  as  subj.  of  k.,  to  be  time  for, 
time  has  arrived  for. 
neg.  of  k.,  to  be  insufficient,  be 
inadequate,  be  short  of. 

Kumbaxa,t^/.,  to  make  full  amount, 
make  full  or  complete  measure, 
make  exact,  fill. 

Kumina,  vt.,  used  with  muoyo  or 
mucima  as  subj.  meaning  to 
covet,  long  for,  yearn  for. 

Kumina,  vt.,  to  drive  in  (as  nail), 
fasten  with  a nail,  hammer, 
knock  on,  tap  on. 

Kumudilu,  loc.  adv.  or  prep,  {made 
up  of  ku  and  the  insep.  mu- 
dilu),  in  advance,  ahead,  be- 
fore, first,  foremost,  forward, 
forwards,  in  front,  after  (in 
time).^  § 423  (2)  (6). 
k.  kua,  in  advance  of,  ahead  of, 
before,  in  front  of. 
matuku  a k.,  the  future  (days  in 
front),  henceforth,  hereafter, 
ya  k.,  to  go  in  front,  lead  the 
way,  precede. 

Kumue,  loc.  adv. {made  up  of  ku 
and  mue,  one),  at  the  same 
place,  at  one  place,  together. 
§ 79- 

Kumuna,  vt.,  to  knock  on,  tap  on. 

Kuna,  vt.,  to  sew,  plant  (corn). 

Kuneku,  loc.  advt,  here,  hither, 
hence.  § 163,  Note  2. 
Sometimes  pronounced  kunoku. 

Kunfudilu,  loc.  adv.  or  prep,  {made 
up  of  ku  and  the  insep.  nfu- 
dilu),  at  the  end  of,  the  point 
of,  at  the  limit  of,  at  the 
boundary,  at  the  border,  at 
the  edge  or  margin,  at  the 


354 


KUNFUDILU— KUSA. 


Kunfudilii  {continued). 

bank  or  beach  or  coast  or 
shore.  § 423  (2)  {h). 

Kunga,  loc.  adv.{made  up  of  kii 
and  the  adj.  nga,  other),  else- 
where, somewhere  else.  § 370. 

Kungakana,  to  assemble,  come 
together,  gather  together,  con- 
gregate, meet  together.  Cj. 
hungakana. 

Kungixa,  vt.,  to  collect,  put  to- 
gether, gather  together,  assem- 
ble. Cf.  hungakuxa. 

Kungula,  vt.,  to  shave  the  head 
bare.  Mutu  is  obj. 

Kungula,  vi.,  used  with  nvula  as 
subj.  meaning  to  thunder. 

Kunkuci,  loc.  adv.  or  prep.{made 
up  of  ku  and  the  insep.  nkuci), 
between,  half-way,  in  the 
midst,  in  the  middle,  at  the 
center.  § 423  (2)  (&). 
kosa  or  kala  followed  by  k.,  to 
cut  half  in  two. 

Kunoku,  see  k inek  ’. 

Kuntaku,  loc.  adv.  used  as  n.{made 
up  of  ku  t nd  the  insep.  ntaku 
which  is  from  the  root  of  ci- 
taku,  bottom),  butt  end,  rear 
end,  stern.  § 432  (2)  {b). 

Kuntinyi,  loc.  adv.,  see  kukam- 
panda. 

mu  and  ha  may  be  substituted  for 
ku,  according  to  sense. 

Kuntu,  loc.  adv. {made  up  of  ku 
and  the  insep.  ntu),  some- 
where; as,  kuntu  kunyaya 
kudi  kule,  the  place  where  I 
am  going  is  far.  § 423  (2)  (6). 
k.  kule,  far. 

mu  and  ha  may  be  substituted  for 
ku,  according  to  sense. 

Note  that  the  ntu  of  k.  is  the 
same  root  as  muntu(person) 
and  cintu(thing). 

Kunxi,  loc.  adv.  or  prep. {made  up 
of  ku  and  the  insep.  nxi),  at 
the  base,  by,  near  to,  beside, 
close  to,downward.  §423(2)(i). 
k.  kua,  at  the  base  of,  down  at 


Kunxikidilu,  loc.  adv.  or  prep, 
{made  up  of  ku  and  the  insep. 
nxikidilu,  the  root  of  the  word 
meaning  end  or  terminus),  at 
the  hind  end.  § 423  (2)  {b). 
-a  k.,  the  last  one,  the  one  be- 
hind, hindermost. 

Kunya,  vt.,  to  gnaw,  bite  off  with 
the  front  teeth. 

Kunyi  ? loc.  interrog.  adv. {made 
up  of  ku  and  nyi,  the  same 
root  as  cinyi),  where?  whith- 
er? whence?  §§423  (2)  {b). 

Kunza,  vi.,  to  be  or  become  red  or 
yellow  or  browm  or  crimson  or 
scarlet  or  purple. 

Kunze,  adj.{p.p.  of  kunza,  to  be 
red,  etc.),  red,  yellow,  brown, 
purple,  crimson,  scarlet;  used 
also  of  the  natives  who  are 
light  colored. 

Kunzubila,  vi.,  to  be  or  become 
reddish  or  yellow  or  brown  or 
purple. 

Kunzubile,ac^7.(^.^.£))  kunzubila), 
reddish,  yellow,  brown,  purple. 

Kunzuluka,  vi.,  see  kunzubila. 

Kunzuluke,  adj.{p.p.  of  kunzu- 
luka), see  kunzubile. 

Kuokola,  vt.,  to  knock  on,  tap  on. 

Kuokuo,  loc.  adv.,  there,  thence, 
thither,  yonder.  § 163,  Note  4. 

Kuola,  vt.,  to  pick  or  pull  or  pluck 
ripe  fruit  or  corn,  gather,  har- 
vest, reap. 

Kuona,  vt.,  to  scrape,  scrub,  scour, 
rub,  shave  off,  plane  (boards). 

Kuonso,  loc.  adv.{made  up  of  ku 
and  the  adj.  onso,  all),  any- 
where, everywhere,  somewhere, 
wheresoever.  § 79. 
di  k.,  to  be  omnipresent. 

Kuota,  vt.,  to  chop  or  cut  (as  fire- 
wood). 

Kusa,  V.,  used  with  mubidi  as  obj., 
meaning  to  amend,  be  better, 
convalesce,  get  or  become 
better  or  well,  improve  in 
health,  recover,  be  resuscitated 
or  revived.  . 


KUSALA— LAMUKA. 


355 


Kusala,  loc.  adv.  or  prep.imade  up 
o/  ku  and  insep.  sala),  at  the 
end  of,  the  point  of,  limit  of, 
at  the  boundary  of,  at  the 
border,  at  the  edge,  at  the 
margin,  at  the  bank  or  beach 
or  shore  or  coast.  §423  (2)  (Z>). 

Kusula,  loc.  adv.  or  prep. {made  up 
oj  ku  and  the  insep.  sulab 
500  kusala. 

Kuta,  vt.,  to  wrap  up  or  roll  up  or 
fold  up  into  a bale  or  bundle, 
bale. 

Kutuka,  yi.,  to  come  undone  or 
untied,  be  untangled,  be  un- 
ravelled. 

Kutula,  vt.,  to  loosen,  untie,  ex- 
tricate, set  free,  liberate,  let 
loose,  give  liberty  or  freedom, 
undo,  unloose,  unravel,  un- 
tangle. 

Kutulula,  vt.,  to  disentangle,  un- 
bind, undo,  unravel,  untangle. 


L. 

L<aba,  vt.,  to  rub  on,  rub  hand  over, 
smear  on,  spread  on,  coat  with. 

1.  minyi,  to  grease. 

1.  mperaba,  to  whitewash. 

Labakana,  vi.,  to  speak  or  talk 
rapidly,  chatter,  babble,  gab- 
ble, prattle. 

Labila,  vt.,  to  try,  test,  taste,  ex- 
amine, attempt,  strive,  en- 
deavor, make  effort  or  trial. 

Ladika,  vt.,  to  lay  down,  put  down, 
cause  to  lie  down. 

I«adila,  vi.,  to  sit  (as  hen  on  eggs), 
brood. 

L&halaha,  adv.,  always,  ceaselessly, 
constantly,  continually,  end- 
lessly, eternity,  ever,  forever, 
perpetually,  eternally,  inces- 
santly, habitually. 

-a  1.,  immortal,  eternal,  ever- 
lasting. 

with  neg.  v.,  never  again. 


Lala,  vi.,  to  lie  down,  recline,  re- 
pose, slumber,  live,  sojourn, 
stay  or  stop  at,  be  old. 

1.  citabala,  to  keep  awake,  not 
to  sleep  well,  be  sleepless,  be 
wakeful. 

1.  ne,  to  cohabit  with,  lie  with, 
copulate,  have  sexual  inter- 
course with. 

1.  tulu,  to  be  asleep,  sleep, 
slumber. 

Lama,  v.,  to  attend  to,  tend,  wait 
on,  look  after,  care  for,  guard, 
keep,  preserve,  mind,  nurse, 
overlook,  oversee,  protect, 
watch  after,  take  care  of, 
superintend,  aim  (gun),  take 
aim. 

Lamacixa,  vt.,  to  paste  or  stick 
together. 

Lamakana,  vi.,  to  stick  together. 

Lamakana,  vi.,  to  be  even  or  level. 

Lamata,  vi.,  to  adhere,  stick  to, 
touch  together,  attend,  cleave 
to,  follow  after  (as  attendant), 
minister  to,  serve. 

Lamatangana,  v.,  to  stick  together. 

Lamba,  vi.,  to  climb  (as  vine), 
creep. 

Lamba,  vt.,  to  cook. 

Lamba,  vt.,  to  handle,  examine  by 
handling,  rub  hand  on,  feel, 
touch. 

Lambakana,  vt.,  to  annoy,  anger, 
vex,  exasperate,  irritate,  ag- 
gravate, bother.  The  word 
really  means  to  rub  or  caress 
or  fondle. 

Lambila,  vt.,  to  touch,  feel,  handle. 

Lambula,  vt.,  to  pay  tax  or  tribute 
or  duty  to,  to  give  an  offering 
or  sacrifice  to  a superior. 

Lamika,  vt.,  to  cause  to  adhere  or 
stick  together;  hence  to  patch 
or  mend  or  sew  on  a patch. 

Lamina,  vt.,  to  save  up,  put  away, 
lay  by,  store  away,  set  away. 

Lamuka,  vi.,  to  come  off  or  apart 
(as  things  adhering). 


356 


LAMUNA— LEMBELELA. 


Lamuna,  vt.,  to  pull  apart  or  off, 
tear  off,  take  off. 

Landa,  adj.,  poor,  destitute,  needy, 
in  need  or  want, 

Landakana,  vi.,  to  be  flat  or  level. 

Landakuxa,  vt.,  to  flatten,  mash 
down  level,  level  down. 

Landala,  vi.,  to  crawl  (as  cater- 
pillar). 

Langa,  vt.,  to  make  smooth, 
plane(  ?). 

Langakana,  vi.,  to  be  smoothed  or 
even  or  level. 

Langakuxa,  vt.,  to  smooth  over, 
make  even  or  level. 

Lata,  vt.,  to  dream,  have  a vision. 
Generally  jollowed  by  mutu  or 
cilata  or  dilu. 

Latakana,  vi.,  to  talk  in  one’s 
sleep. 

Lay  a,  vt.,  to  tell  one  adieu  or  fare- 
w^ell  or  good-bye. 

Laya,  vt.,  to  promise. 

Le,  adj.,  long,  tall,  high,  deep, 
extent. 

1.  with  the  locatives  prefixed 
insep.,  far,  far  apart,  far  away. 
§ 79- 

Leha,  vi.,  to  grow,  develop,  in- 
crease, become  long  or  tall, 
expire  or  elapse  or  intervene 
(as  duration  of  time).  Ha- 
leha  cituha,  nendue,  when  a 
short  time  has  expired,  I shall 
come. 

Lehexa,  vt.,  to  lengthen,  add  to, 
deepen,  increase,  join  to, 

Leka,  vt.,  to  sell. 

Lekela,  vt.,  to  stop,  cease,  desist, 
discontinue,  leave  off,  halt, 
wait,  delay,  give  up  (stop),  quit, 
refrain  from,  abandon,  ab- 
stain from,  desert,  neglect, 
forsake,  omit,  set  free,  unloose, 
give  freedom,  turn  loose, 
loosen,  let  loose,  let  go  or 
alone,  liberate,  release,  come 
to  end,  finish  (leave  off),  for- 
bear. 

1.  followed  by  muaku  or  mutayo 


Lekela  {continued). 

or  kuakula,  to  keep  silence, 
stop  talking,  hush,  be  quiet  or 
silent,  be  still. 

neg.  oj,  not  to  give  up,  perse- 
vere, be  persistent,  be  importu- 
nate, be  resolute,  continue. 

Lekelela,  vt.,  to  relax,  let  go. 

Lekexa,  vt.,  to  check,  delay,  stop 
one  from  doing,  detain,  deter, 
retard,  hinder,  impede,  inter- 
rupt, restrain,  withhold,  wean. 

Lela,  vt.,  to  give  birth  to,  bear, 
bring  forth,  produce,  deliver 
(as  child),  beget  or  generate 
(male). 

1.  kabidi,  to  regenerate. 

1.  kabixe,  to  miscarry,  give  birth 
to  foetus  or  immature  ch  Id, 
abort. 

muana  mulela,  a freeman,  free- 
born, an  own  child  or  son  or 
daughter. 

Any  verb  meaning  to  be  followed 
by  p.p.  passive  oj  1.  means  to 
be  born. 

Lelangana,  vi.,  to  multiply  by 
generations,  propagate,  repro- 
duce. 

Lelema,  vi.,  to  float. 

Lelemuka,  vi.,  to  float. 

Lelexa,  vt.,  to  act  as  midwife  or 
accoucheuse  for,  deliver,  cause 
to  give  birth. 

Lelu,  adv.,  to-day. 

butuku  bua  1.,  last  night. 

Lema,  vt.,  to  put  string  on  bow, 
put  on  bowstring. 

Lema,  vi,  to  be  lame,  be  halt. 

muntu  mulema,  a lame  person. 

Lemba,  vi.,  to  shake  or  move  back 
and  forth. 

Lembakana,  vi.,  to  be  always 
laughing  for  nothing,  be  frivo- 
lous, be  uncertain  about,  hesi- 
tate, vacillate. 

Lembelela,  vi.,  to  hang  down, 
dangle,  suspend,  sway,  swing, 
vibrate,  move  to  and  fro, 


LEMBELELA— LUA. 


357 


Lembelela  {continued). 

oscillate,  soar  or  hover  over 
(as  bird). 

Lenduka,  vi.,  to  stagger, totter,  reel. 

Lenga,  vt.,  to  handle,  examine  by 
handling,  feel,  touch,  rub 
hand  on. 

Lenga,  vi.,  not  to  do  one’s  work 
well,  trifle. 

Lengakana,  vi.,  see  lenga  (to 
trifle). 

Lengele,  adj.,  beautiful,  pretty, 
lovely,  fine,  good,  pure,  chaste, 
guiltless,  virtuous,  elegant,  ex- 
cellent, worthy,  fair  or  hand- 
some, fair  or  just  or  honest, 
correct,  fit,  suitable,  right,  kind, 
humane,  noble,  holy,  perfect, 
righteous,  upright,  lawful,  rich 
or  fertile  or  productive  (soil). 
imth  neg.  verb:  unjust,  unkind, 
unholy,  wrong,  not  right. 

Lengexa,  vt.,  to  make  good,  pre- 
serve good  (as  meat  with  salt), 
sanctify,  ordain,  consecrate, 
purge,  purify,  refine,  adorn, 
decorate. 

Lenguluka,  vi.,  to  change  into 
something  else,  the  act  of 
transmigration  or  metempsy- 
chosis, be  born  again.  The 
same  word  is  used  of  the  re- 
versible pictures  in  the  magic 
lantern. 

Leula,  vt.,  to  stupefy  (as  medicine), 
anaesthetize. 

Lexa,  vt.,  to  show  to,  exhibit, 
direct,  expose  to  view,  instruct, 
explain  to,  point  out  to,  illus- 
trate, indicate  to,  teach  by 
showing. 

".U?la,  adj.,  true,  real, 
ena  1.,  to  be  untrue. 

Laba,  vt.,  to  beckon  to  or  call  by 
motioning  with  the  hand. 

Lobokela,  vi.,  to  be  accustomed  to, 
be  experienced  or  familiar 
with,  be  habituated,  be  hard- 
ened to,  be  used  to,  learn  by 
experience. 


Lobola,  vt.,  to  annoy,  exasperate, 
irritate,  tantalize,  tease,  aggra- 
vate, bother. 

Loha,  vt.,  to  catch  fish  with  hook, 
fish  with  hook. 

Loka,  vi.,  to  rain,  fall  as  rain. 

Lomba,  vt.,  to  ask  for,  beg  for,  pray 
for,  request,  demand,  ask  the 
price. 

1.  followed  by  a verbal  noun  in 
lu-  means  to  ask  leave  or  per- 
mission to  do. 

Lombola,  vt.,  to  guide,  lead  the 
way  for,  conduct,  direct,  show 
the  way  to. 

Londa,  vt.,  to  follow,  pursue,  come 
or  go  after. 

1.  with  makusa  or  makama  or 
mikono,  to  track,  trace,  trail. 

Longa,  vt.,  to  put  or  set  or  place  in 
line,  make  tidy. 

Longexa,  r;/.(Buk.  or  Lower 
Congo),  to  teach,  educate,  ex- 
plain to,  instruct,  d scipline, 
inform,  train. 

Longolola,  vt.,  to  arrange,  adjust, 
assort,  fix  or  mend,  put  or 
place  or  set  in  order,  prepare, 
repair,  make  tidy,  make  up 
bed,  set  the  table. 

Lonza,  vt.,  to  hit  or  shoot  (as  with 
bullet  fired  from  a gun). 

Lowa,  vt.,  to  bewitch,  conjure, 
enchant,  trick,  charm. 

Lua,  vi.,  to  come,  become,  get 
(become),  happen,  transpire, 
come  to  pass,  occur,  impend, 
turn  into,  be  converted. 

1.  cisumbu,  to  assemble,  come 
together,  congregate. 

1.  ne,  to  bring,  come  with,  carry, 
fetch,  get. 

1.  ha  buihi,  to  come  near,  ap- 
proach, draw  near. 

1.  kahia,  to  become  or  get  hot. 

1.  jollowed  by  kukala  kua  mi  or 
ku  rapata,  to  land,  go  to  the 
beach. 

1.  with  cldimu  or  dituku,  to 
elapse,  pass  by,  intervene. 


358 


LUA— LUBUKU. 


Lua  {continued). 

1.  'ivith  hankuci  or  kunkuci  or 
munkuci,  to  intervene,  come 
between. 

1.  jollowed  by  proper  locative,  to 
come  from. 

Sometimes  the  word  is  pronounced 
dua  or  vua. 

Luacika,  vt.{jrom  luata),  to  dress, 
clothe. 

1.  bilenga,  to  adorn,  dress  up. 

Luacixa,  vt.(from  luata),  to  clothe, 
dress. 

1.  bilenga,  to  adorn,  dress  up. 

Luala,  4,  n.,  finger-nail,  claw, 
talon,  fang. 

tua  or  asa  with  1.,  to  scratch, 
pinch. 

Luanga,  4,  «.,  sweat,  perspiration. 

hatuka  or  tuka  with  1.  as  siibj., 
to  sweat,  to  perspire. 

Luangana,  v.,  to  fight,  quarrel, 
resist,  wage  war,  engage  in 
war.  Generally  jollowed  by 
nvita. 

1.  bibula,  to  wrestle. 

Luanyi,  4,  w.,  tall  grass  (used  in 
covering  houses). 

Luata,  vt.,  to  dress,  wear,  put  on 
clothes. 

1.  bilenga,  to  be  adorned,  be 
dressed  up. 

Lubafu,  4,  n.,  rib  of  body. 

Lubalabala,  4,  n.,  stalk  of  corn. 

Lubale,  4,  n.,  rib  of  body. 

Lubale,  4,  n.,  hard  outside  part  of 
the  midrib  of  the  dikadi  and 
dibondo  palms,  arrow  without 
iron  point. 

Lubalu,  4,  n.,  a small  gourd  cut 
lengthwise  and  used  for  dip- 
ping water, 

Lubambalu,  4,  «.,  the  batten  tied 
crosswise  on  the  rafters  in 
house  building. 

Lubandu,  4,  «.,  a fathom  of  cloth 
(one  fourth  of  a piece). 

Lubanga,  4,  n.,  chin,  lower  jaw. 

Lubanza,  4,  n.,  yard,  court,  fold, 
stockade,  enclosure. 


Lubanza  .{continued). 

nnitu  wa  1.,  the  first  wife, 
nyunia  wa  mu  1.,  domestic 
animal. 

See  ENCLOSUEE. 

Lubaxe,  4,  w.(Buk,),  midrib  of 
palm. 

Lubengu,  4,  n.,  slice. 

Lubese,  4,  w.,  side  of  the  body. 

Lubiki,  4,  n.,  a skin  disease  which 
appears  as  whitish  patches  on 
the  neck,  arms  and  chest. 

Lubilu,  4,  n.,  generally  used  as  adv., 
quickly,  hurriedly,  rapidly, 
suddenly,  swiftly,  with  quick- 
ness or  rapidity,  at  rapid  pace, 
in  haste,  in  hurry,  fast,  with 
expedition,  carelessly.  As  a 
noun  it  means  haste,  swiftness, 
velocity,  rapidity,  quickness, 
endexa  or  enzexa  with  1.,  to 
expedite,  hurry  up,  hasten, 
idikixa  or  elekexa  with  1.,  to 
run  a race. 

ya  or  nyema  with  1.,  to  run  away, 
retreat. 

When  the  subject  is  pi.,  sometimes 
1.  is  made  pi.  also;  as,  bakuya 
mbilu,  they  ran  away. 

Lubinga,  4,  n.,  cave(  ?). 

Luboko,  4,  n.,  used  in  ph.  cianza 
cia  1.  meaning  left  hand. 

Lubola,  4,  n.,  penis. 

Lubombo,  4,  n.,  crown  or  top  of 
head. 

Lubombo,  4,  n.,  ten  thousand. 

Lubombo,  4,  n.{jrom  v.  bomba), 
apology. 

Lubondia,  4,  n.,  small  piece  of 
cloth  w’orn  in  front  and  behind, 
a rag. 

Lububa,  4,«.,  an  old  deserted  field. 

Lubue,  4,  n.,  a cave. 

Lubukixa,  ^’/.(Buk.),  to  teach,  in- 
struct, educate,  inform,  explain 
to,  discipline. 

Lubuku,  4,  n.,  a fetish  or  charm 
with  which  divination  is  done, 
muena  1.,  diviner,  doctor,  sor- 
cerer, conjurer. 


LUBULU— LUHI. 


359 


Lubulu,  4,  n.,  fruit  of  the  rubber 
vine. 

Lubulubulu,  4,  n.,  honey-bee. 

Lubumbu,  4,  n.,  weevil. 

Lubuyi,  4,  n.,  high  cliff  or  preci- 
pice made  by  landslide. 

Ludiabula,  4,  a species  of  snake. 

Ludibu,  4,  n.,  small  bell  with 
clapper. 

Ludika,  vt.,Xo  make  even  or  paral- 
lel or  perpendicular  or  up- 
right or  straight,  straighten, 
put  in  straight  line. 

Note  that  vi.  is  lulania. 

Ludikila,  vt.,  to  make  level  or  even 
or  straight,  aim  (gun),  take 
aim. 

Ludimba,  4,  n.,  a small  frog. 

Ludimi,  4,  n.,  tongue,  dialect, 

language,  flame  of  fire,  blaze. 
There  is  also  a figurative 
sense  of  deceit. 

muena  1.,  liar,  hypocrite,  fraudu- 
lent person. 

Ludimuenu,  4,  n.,  mirror,  looking- 
glass. 

Luebexisa,  4,  n.,  inquisitiveness, 
dl  ne  1.,  be  inquisitive. 

Luedi,  4,  n.,  rule,  measure,  ruler, 
tape  line,  pattern,  model,  copy. 

Lueho,  4,  n.,  salt. 

1.  lua  mbanda,  native  salt  made 
from  kind  of  grass. 

1.  lua  nsoka,  coarse  salt. 

Luelekexi,  4,  w.,  rale,  ruler,  meas- 
ure, tap*  line,  pattern,  model, 
copy. 

Luendu,  4,  «.,  journey,  march, 
tour,  trip,  voyage,  expedition, 
muena  1.,  a traveler, 
ya  ku  1.,  to  go  on  a journey  or 
march  or  trip. 

Luesu,  4,  n.,  pot,  frying-pan, 

vessel,  kettle. 

Lufataci,  4,  n.,  percussion  cap. 
cingoma  cia  1.,  a cap  gun. 

Lufu,  4,  n.,  death. 

bixa  ku  1.,  to  resurrect,  bring  to 
life. 


Lufuila,  4,  n.,  wddow’hood,  wddow- 
erhood. 

Lufiuna,  4,  w.,  brass  tack,  brass 
chair  nail. 

Luhaha,  4,  «.,  scabbard,  sheath, 
case  for  knife. 

Luhambu,  4.,  n.,  wing. 

Luhandu,  4,  w.,  deliverance,  salva- 
tion, succor,  safety,  security. 

Luhangu,  4,  fence,  wall. 

mu  1.,  yard,  enclosure,  fold,  court, 
stockade. 

See  ENCLOSURE. 

Luhanza,  4,  w.,  cup,  mug,  can, 
pitcher. 

Luhasu,  4,  n.,  grasshopper. 

Luhata,  4,  11.,  argument,  dispute, 
controversy,  difference,  ques- 
tion, debate,  disagreement, 
quarrel,  wrangle,  wrangling, 
discussion,  disputation,  con- 
tention. 

ela  or  elangana  or  di  ne  with 
1.,  to  argue,  dispute,  have  a 
controversy  or  discussion  or 
contention,  disagree,  differ  in 
view,  quarrel,  wTangle,  debate. 
The  pi.  is  generally  used  in  all 
these  cases. 

Luhaxi,  4,  w.(Buk.  and  Bukuba), 
cowry  shell. 

Luhehele,  4,  n.,  wind,  gale,  move- 
ment of  air  by  fanning. 

Luheku,  4,  n.,  fibre  of  palm  used  in 
making  cloth. 

Luhemba,  4,  n.,  a white  clay  or 
earth,  chalk,  whitewash, 
laba  mpemba,  to  whitewash. 

Luhenzu,  4,  n.,  cockroach. 

Luhete,  4,  dried  but  unsoaked 
cassava  root. 

Luhetu,  4,  w.,  goods,  fortune, 

possessions,  property,  riches, 
stuff,  substance,  wealth,  means, 
mammon. 

-a  1.,  rich,  wealthy. 

Luhi,  4,  ii.{pl.  is  mahi,  cj.  dihi), 
a blow  with  open  hand,  a slap, 
a smack. 

tua  or  kuma  or  tuta  with  1.,  to 


36o 


LUHI— LUKINU. 


Luhi  {continued). 

strike  or  hit  with  open  hand, 
slap,  smack,  spank. 

Luhiku,  4,  w a bet. 

dia  1.,  to  bet,  wager. 

1.  as  suhj.  of  kuata  and  the  person 
as  obj.,  to  lose  a bet. 

Luhingu,  4,  n.,  fetish,  medicine, 
charm,  idol  or  image  made  in 
the  form  of  a person.  The  lu- 
hingu is  generally  carved  out 
oj  wood. 

Luhiya,  4,  w.,  bag,  pocket,  sack, 
scrip. 

Luhoca,  4,  w.,  mucus  or  pus  in 
corner  of  the  eye. 

Luhola,  4,  w.,  strip  or  border  or 
edge  or  band  sewed  around  the 
margin  of  a piece  of  cloth. 

Luhongo,  4,  w.,  valley,  vale,  hollow. 

liUhose,  4,  w.,  a species  of  grub 
worm  (edible). 

Luhota,  see  luhoca. 

Luhote,  4,  n.,  a kind  of  bead. 

Luhuka,  vi.,  to  get  out,  pass  out, 
go  forth,  come  out,  vacate, 
withdraw,  evacuate,  emerge, 
issue,  rise  or  arise  (sun),  be 
dislocated. 

kutu  kualuhuka  diba  or  kutu 
diba  dialuhuka,  where  the 
sun  rises,  east. 

Luhula,  vt.,  to  cast  out,  drive  out, 
turn  out,  eject,  chase  out,  put 
out,  take  out,  bring  out,  expel, 
empty. 

Luhumbe,  4,  n.,  driver  ant. 

Luhusu,  4,  w.,  small  boil  or  pimple, 
a kind  of  eruption  appearing 
mostly  on  legs  and  arms. 

Luhuxi,  4,  w.,  dust  in  the  air. 

Luida,  7;. (Eng.),  to  read. 

Luidi,  4,  w.,  rule,  ruler,  measurer, 
tape  line,  pattern,  model,  copy. 

Luila,  v.{jrom  lua,  to  come),  to 
come  around  on  this  side  or 
this  way,  come  for;  as,  naku- 
luila  bintu  biwakundaya,  I 
have  come  for  the  things  which 
you  promised  me. 


Luitabuxu,  4,  n.,  credulity. 

-a  1.,  credulous. 

Luixa,  vt.,  to  cause  to  become. 

1.  bubanji,  to  enrich. 

1.  buhele,  to  impoverish. 

1.  with  buhika  or  muhika,  to 
enslave. 

Luiya,  4,  n.,  warmth,  heat,  luke- 
warmness, tepidness. 

-a  1.,  rich  or  productive  or  fertile 
(soil). 

di  ne  1.,  to  be  warm,  be  luke- 
warm, be  tepid. 

1.  lua  mi,  steam. 

Sometimes  pronounced  luya. 

Lujiji,  4,  n.,  fly  which  blows  meat, 
house-fly. 

Lujilu,  4,  «.,  eggplant,  aubergine. 

Luka,  vt.,  to  braid,  plait,  spin 
(as  spider),  make  (baskets, 
mats,  strings,  etc.). 

Luka,  V.,  to  spew,  vomit. 

Luka,  vt.,  to  lick,  lap  with  tongue. 

Lukama,  4,  n.,  one  hundred. 

Lukanku,  4,  n.,  palsy. 

Lukanu,  4,  n.,  anklet,  wristlet, 
bracelet,  chain,  fetters,  bonds, 
wire. 

elamu  1.,  to  put  in  chains,  chain, 
fetter. 

1.  lukunze,  gold. 

1.  lutoke,  brass,  silver. 

Lukanyi,  4,  «.(Buk.),  intellect, 
intelligence,  sense,  cleverness, 
knowledge,  learning,  ingenuity, 
dexterity,  smartness,  bright- 
ness, mind,  ability,  discretion, 
genius,  imagination,  judgment, 
prudence,  reason,  reflection, 
skill,  skilfulness,  understand- 
ing, wisdom,  advice,  counsel. 

See  lungenyi. 

Lukela,  4,  n.,  spur  of  fowl. 

Lukende,  4,  n.,  bubble,  froth, 
foam,  scum. 

Lukinda,  4,  n.,  trap,  snare. 

Lukinu,  4,  n.,  craftiness,  wiliness, 
meanness,  cruelty,  inhumanity, 
heartlessness,  unmercifulness, 
unkindness,  unfriendliness. 


LUKINU— LUMB  ULUIL  A. 


361 


Jjukinii  {continued). 

-a  1.,  crafty,  wily,  mean,  cruel, 
inhuman,  merciless,  pitiless, 
heartless,  unfriendly,  unkind, 
unmerciful, 
muena  1.,  a villain. 

Lukita,  4,w., grave,  sepulchre,tomb. 
The  pi.  means  cemetery,  grave- 
yard. 

L.ukobo,  4,  w.,  a wooden  hook  used 
in  hanging  up  baskets. 
Lukodi,  4,  n.,  a creeper  used  ex- 
tensively in  making  houses, 
fences,  mats,  nets,  baskets,  etc. 
Lukofla,  4,  n.,  eyelash. 

Lukole,  4,  w.,  the  act  of  taking  a 
person  as  a hostage, 
muntu  wa  1.,  a hostage.  A per- 
son of  same  village  or  family  as 
the  debtor,  held  for  the  debt. 
Lukombo,  4,  «.,  broom,  brush. 
Lukongeba,  4,  w.,  elbow. 

I Lukonko,  4,  n.,  hammer. 

Lukonkono,  4,  n.{jrom  konka,  to 
ask),  inquisitiveness, 
di  ne  1.,  inquisitive. 

Lukonyi,  4,  w.,  knuckles  exposed 
to  strike  with. 

tua  1.,  to  strike  or  hit  with 
knuckles. 

Lukosolo,  4,  w.,  a cough. 

Lukota,  4,  n.,  famine,  starvation. 
Lukototo,  4,  n.,  crumb,  crust. 
Luku,  4,  w.(Buk.),  the  loop  or  rope 
with  which  to  climb  the  palm 
for  the  wine. 

Lukuha,  4,  «.,  tick  (on  dog). 
Lukuna,  4,  n.,  enmity,  hatred, 
malice,  revenge,  unfriendliness, 
unkindness,  vengeance,  bru- 
tality, retribution,  despite,  ani- 
mosity, disgust,  abhorrence, 
detestation,  hostility,  spite. 

-a  1.,  hateful,  malicious,  hostile, 
revengeful,  unfriendly,  unkind, 
brutal. 

dl  ne  1.,  to  abhor,  despise,  detest, 
hate,  dislike. 

This  word  is  used  only  with 
reference  to  persons. 


Lukunde,  4,  n.,  a small  bean,  black- 
eyed  pea. 

Lukundu,  4,  n.,  hip. 

Lukunyi,  4,  «.,  sti.  k of  firewood, 
fuel.  PI.  generally  used. 

Lukusa,  4,  n.,  generally  used  as 
adv.,  see  lubilu. 

Lukusu,  4,  «.,  hoe,  spade. 

Lukuxi,  4,  w.,  clapping  of  the  hands- 
tuta  or  kuma  with  1.,  to  clap  the 
hands. 

Lula,  vi.,  to  be  bitter. 

Lulama,  vi.,  to  be  even  or  parallel 
or  straight  or  perpendicular  or 
upright.  The  vt.  form  is 

ludika. 

Lulame,  adj.{from  lulama), 
straight,  direct. 

Lulamixa,  vt.,  to  make  straight, 
straighten. 

Lulavi,  4,  n.,  eyelash. 

Lulelelele,  4,  n.,  fern. 

Lulelu,  4,  n.,  the  power  or  capac- 
ity to  give  birth  to  or  bear 
young,  fruitfulness,  fecundity- 
child-bearing. 

di  ne  1.,  to  be  fruitful  or  fertile  or 
prolific  or  fecund  or  produc- 
tive (as  male  or  female  in  pro- 
ducing young). 

Lulengu,  4,  n.,  the  poison  put  on 
arrows,  venom. 

Lulombo,  4,  n.,  beggary, 
muena  1.,  a beggar. 

Lulungu,  4,  n.,  pepper. 

Luma,  vt.,  to  cohabit  with,  copu- 
late, lie  with,  have  sexual  in, 
tercourse  with.  Used  only  of 
males. 

Lumbidi,  4,  n.,  palm  oil  rendered 
or  purified;  also  a kind  of 
bead. 

Lumbu,  4,  n.{pl.  is  ngumbu),  fence, 
wall. 

mu  1.,  yard,  fold,  court,  stockade, 
enclosure. 

See  ENCLOSURE. 

Lumbululla,  vt.,  to  be  advocate 
for,  intercede  for,  plead  for. 


362 


LUMBULULA— LUNKOMBE. 


Lumbulula,  vt.,  to  judge  or  settle 
or  decide  a trouble  or  palaver, 
arbitrate,  hold  a court  or 
council,  pronounce  judgment, 
try. 

Lumembo,  4,  w.,  a native  bell  made 
of  iron,  a drum  made  of  wood. 

Luniingu,  4,  n.{jrom  Portuguese), 
Sunday,  Sabbath.  The  pi.  is 
generally  mbingu. 
dituku  dia  mpatukilu  {or  ndu- 
hiikilu)  wa  L.,  Monday. 
Sometimes  pronounced  Lubingu. 

Luminyiminyi,  4,  n.,  centipede. 

Lumixa,  vt.,  see  luma. 

Lumosa,  4,  11.,  left-handedness, 
muena  1.,  a left-handed  person. 

Lumpukusu,  4,  n.,  greediness, 

gluttony. 

-a  1.,  greedy,  gluttonous, 
muena  1.,  a glutton. 

Lumu,  4,  n.,  fame,,  report,  news, 
rumor,  hearsay,  information, 
endexa  1.,  to  spread  news. 

1.  as  suhj.  of  endakana,  the  news 
spreads. 

Lumu,  4,  n.{)rom  uma,  to  be  dry), 
drought,  dryness. 

Lumuenu,  see  ludimuenu. 

Lumunyi,  4,  n.,  pupil  of  eye. 

Lumunyu,  4,  n.,  papyrus  or  reed 
(used  in  making  mats). 

Lunda,  vi.,  to  grow,  develop,  get 
stout  or  corpulent  or  fat,  in- 
crease in  size,  wax  (moon). 

Lundamana,  vi.,  w squirm,  wrig- 
gle, crawl  (as  caterpillar). 

Lundixa,  vt.,  to  add  to,  enlarge,  in- 
crease, exaggerate,  broaden, 
widen,  fatten. 

Lundumuka,  vi.,  to  bounce,  bound, 
rebound,  spring. 

Lunga,  vt.,  the  act  of  giving  a 
present  of  something  to  eat  to 
one  accidentally  wounded  by 
the  person  who  inflicted  the 
wound,  in  order  to  cure  the 
sore. 

Lunga,  vt.,  to  poison. 


Lunga,  vt.,  to  season,  cook  with 
seasoning. 

neg.  oj  1.,  to  be  unseasoned. 

Lunga,  vt.,  to  lengthen,  add  to, 
join  to,  increase. 

Lungakana,  vi.,  to  increase  in 
length. 

Lungakanya,  vt.,  see  lungakuxa. 

Lungakuxa,  ^;/.,to  add  to,  lengthen, 
increase,  join  on  to. 

Lunganya,  vt.,  see  lungakuxa. 

Lungenyi,  4,  n.,  intellect,  intelli- 
gence, sense,  cleverness,  knowl- 
edge, learning,  ingenuity, 
dexterity,  smartness,  bright- 
ness, mind,  ability,  discretion, 
genius,  imagination,  judgment, 
prudence,  reason,  reflection, 
skill,  skilfulness,  understand- 
ing, wisdom,  advice,  counsel. 

di  ne  1.,  to  be  smart,  be  wise,  be 
learned,  be  intelligent,  be  in- 
tellectual, be  bright,  be  sensi- 
ble, be  skilful,  be  expert,  be 
clever,  be  ingenious,  be  pru- 
dent. 

ela  or  elangana  with  1.,  to  think, 
deliberate,  consider,  meditate, 
conceive,  reason,  reflect,  muse, 
ponder. 

ha  1.,  to  advise,  counsel,  give 
advice. 

Lungonyonyi,  4,  n.,  chameleon. 

Lungufu,  4,  n.,  white  or  gray  hair. 

Lunguji,  4,  n.,  palm  nut. 

minyi  a nguji,  palm  oil. 

Lungula,  vi.,  to  be  burnt  or 
scorched. 

Lunguluka,  vi.,  to  prolong,  pro- 
tract, talk  a long  time. 

Lunguxa,  vt.,  to  burn  or  scorch  (as 
food). 

Lunkelu,  4,  n.,  used  as  adv.,  soon, 
early  in  the  morning,  about 
sunrise,  little  after  dawn. 

butuku  to  ne  1.,  all  night  long. 

See  dinda. 

Lunkombe,  4,  n.,  a musical  instru- 
ment of  one  string. 


LUNK.UNVU— LUSUKI. 


363 


Lunkunvu,  4,  n.,  a drum  made  by 
hollowing  out  a log. 

Lunyeke,  4,  n.,  honey-bee. 

Lunyonyi,  4,'w.,  a hair  of  bead  or 
head. 

Lunyungu,  4,  w.,  dizziness,  giddi- 
ness, faintness. 

di  ne  1.,  to  be  dizzy,  be  giddy, 
be  faint. 

Lunzenze,  4,  n.,  musical  instru- 
ment of  three  strings. 

Imobo,  4,  «.,  a stick  to  which  a dog 
is  tied  for  leading,  a latch. 

Luoso,  4,  n.,  a hair  on  the  body  of 
person  or  animal,  wool.  PI.  is 
mioso.  § 45,  Rem. 

Luoso,  4,  n.,  rice.  Perhaps  from 
Portuguese. 

Luoxi,  4,  n.,  fierceness,  ferocity, 
viciousness. 

-a  1.,  vicious,  ferocious,  fierce, 
biting. 

keba  1.,  to  provoke  or  excite  or 
incite  or  tease  an  anmial  to 
bite. 

Lusala,  4,  M.,  feather. 

Lusiilu,  4,  «.,  tribal  or  tattoo  mark. 

taha,  1.,  to  tattoo,  make  tattoo 
mark. 

Lusase,  4,  73.,  spark. 

Luse,  4,  77.,  affection,  compassion, 
sorrow  for,  favor,  mercy,  love, 
grace,  kindness,  pity,  devotion, 
humanity. 

-a  1.,  merciful,  compassionate, 
humane,  gracious. 

diha  dia  1.,  alms. 

ena  ne  1.,  to  be  merciless,  be 
pitiless,  be  heartless,  be  un- 
merciful. 

ha  1.,  to  pity,  show  mercy  or  com- 
passion or  favor  to,  take  pity 
on,  be  gracious  to,  be  sorry  for, 
sympathize  with,  care  for. 

unva  or  ufua  with  1.,  to  feel  pity 
or  compassion. 

Lus^ke,  4,  77.,  side,  division,  part, 
portion,  section. 

Lusekeseke,  4,  n.,  slenderness, 
slimness,  tallness,  thinness. 


Lusekeseke  {continued). 

There  is  always  the  idea  of 
tallness  and  slenderness  at  the 
same  time. 

-a  1.,  slender,  slim,  tallj  thin. 

Lusele,  4,  n.,  hard  outside  part  of 
the  midrib  of  the  dibue  palm. 

Lusele,  4,  n.,  sand-bank.  The  pi. 
is  generally  used  for  loose  sand 
or  dirt.  The  dimin.  kasele 
means  a grain  of  sand. 

Luselesele,  see  lusekeseke. 

Luselu,  4,  n.{from  sela,  to  pay  the 
dowry),  dowry  given  at  mar- 
riage by  the  groom  to  parents 
of  the  bride. 

Lusenga,  4,  n.,  sand  bank.  The 
pi.  is  generally  used  for  loose 
sand  or  dirt.  The  dimin. 
kasenga  means  a grain  of 
sand. 

Lusengu,  4,  77.,  horn  of  animal. 

Lusoka,  4,  77.,  pebble.  The  dimin. 
kasoka  means  a grain  of  sand. 

Lusoko,  4,  77.,  evesdropping,  spy- 
ing. 

muena  1.,  evesdropper,  spy. 

Lusokolo,  4,  77.,  rafter  of  house. 

Lusole,  4,  77.,  mucus  from  nose. 
PI.  generally  used. 

hemba  1.,  to  blow  the  nose. 

Lusongo,  4,  77.,  point,  end,  mouth 
of  river. 

ena  ne  1.  lutue,  to  have  a dull 
point. 

1.  lua  dibele,  nipple  of  the  breast. 

Lusongo,  4,  77.,  a disease  of  the 
eye  in  which  the  pupil  becomes 
white,  resulting  in  blindness. 

Lusono,  4, 77.,  a grass  used  in  cover- 
ing houses. 

Lusonso,  4,  77.,  nail,  screw. 

Lusu,  4,  77.,  bad  odor  or  smell  or 
scent,  stench,  stink. 

nunka  1.,  to  stink,  emit  a stench. 

Lusua,  4,  77.,  a winged  ant  used  as 
food. 

Lusuki,  4,  77.,  a hair  of  beard  or 
head. 


3^4 


LUSUMBI— MALUA. 


Lusumbi,  4,  w.,  a species  of  ante- 
lope. 

Lusumu,  4,  n.,  a small  gourd  used 
in  bleeding  or  cupping. 

Lusumuinu,  4,  w.,  fable,  parable, 
folk-lore,  legend,  story,  saying, 
proverb,  tale,  illustration,  ex- 
ample. 

ela  1.,  to  tell  or  narrate  a fable, 
parable,  etc. 

Lutayitayi,  4,  n.,  talkativeness, 
loquacity,  loquaciousness. 

-a  1.,  talkative,  loquacious. 

Lute,  4,  n.{pl.  is  mate,  § 51), 
spittle,  saliva,  expectoration, 
ela  or  tuila  with  1.,  to  spit,  ex- 
pectorate. 

Lutende,  4,  n.,  ball,  bullet, 
cingoma  cia  1.,  rifle, 
mutelenge  wa  1.,  cartridge  (with 
ball). 

Lutete,  4,  «.,  seed  of  pumpkin,  etc. 

Lutolokela,  4,  n.,  spark. 

Lutonga,  4,  n.,  bud,  sprout,  shoot. 

Lutu,  4,  n.,  mould,  mildew, 
kuata  1.,  to  mould,  mildew. 

Lutuhu,  4,  n.,  papyrus  or  reed  used 
in  making  mats. 

Lutulu,  4,  n.,  patience,  gentleness, 
-a  1.,  patient,  gentle. 

Lutumbatumba,  4,  n.,  a half- 
grown  goat,  a kid.  May  be 
male  or  female. 

Lututu,  4,  n.,  bubble,  froth,  foam, 
scum. 

Luvi,  4,  w.,  gray  or  white  hair. 

Luvu,  4,  n.,  trough  in  which  dogs 
are  fed  or  corn  beaten. 

Luvungula,  4,  n.,  key. 

Luxiba,  4,  n.,  whistle,  flute. 

Luximinyinyu,  4,  w.,  fable,  para- 
ble, folk-lore,  legend,  story, 
saying,  proverb,  tale,  illustra- 
tion, example. 

ela  1.,  to  tell  or  narrate  a fable, 
parable,  etc. 

This  word  seems  to  he  derived 
jrom  ximinyina,  to  lie  to. 

Luxixa,  4,  n.,  a small  crawfish, 
shrimp. 


Luxobo,  4,  n.,  small  seed  or  other 
object  used  for  tossing  in 
gambling. 

Luxola,  4,  n.,  scissors,  shears.  The 
pi.  is  generally  dimin.  jorm 

tuxola. 

Luxoxa,  4,  n.,  a small  crawfish, 
shrimp. 

Luz^di,  4,  n.,  finger  nail,  claw, 
tallon,  fang. 

tua  or  asa  with  1.,  to  pinch  or 
scratch. 

Luzakalu,  4,  w.,  palsy. 

Luzala,  see  luzadi. 

Luzeba,  4,  n.,  tassel  of  corn. 


M. 

Mabele,  pi.  of  5,  n.{pl.  of  dibele, 
breast),  milk. 

jidika  or  kandixa  or  lekexa  or 
kanyina  followed  by  muana 
m.,  to  wean, 

Madimba,  pi.  of  5,  n.,  a musical 
instrument  made  by  fastening 
gourds  of  different  sizes  to  flat 
sticks,  and  played  by  beating 
on  the  sticks,  xylophone. 

Madingi,  pi.  of  5,  n.,  see  didlnga. 

Mail,  pi.  of  5 or  6,  n.,  a lie,  falsehood, 
untruth,  fraud,  hypocrisy,  un- 
reliableness, untruthfulness. 

-a  m.,  unreliable,  untruthful, 
muena  m.,  a liar,  fraudulent 
person,  hypocrite. 

Mafuta,  pi.  of  5 or  6,  n.,  lard. 

Maihi,  adv.,  day  after  to-morrow. 

Makanya,  pi.  of  5,  n.,  tobacco. 

Makelela,  adv.,  to-morrow,  yester- 
day. 

Malaba,  adv.,  to-morrow,  yester- 
day. 

Malasa,  w.(Eng.),  March  (the 
month). 

Malua,  pi.  of  5 or  6,  n.,  beer  made 
from  brewing  corn  or  millet 
or  cassava;  sometimes  used  for 
palm  wine.  Rarely  the  sing. 
bualua  is  heard. 


MALUVU— MAXIKA. 


36s 


3Ialuvu,  pi.  of  5 or  6,  n.,  palm  wine. 
May  also  be  used  for  the  heer 
made  from  corn,  etc. 

budimi  bua  mioxi  ya  jolluwed  by 
maluvu  a mputu,  vineyard. 

ena  ne  m.  mu  mesu,  to  be  sober. 

hola  or  tomboka  or  buluka  or 
kola  or  kuacika  followed  by 
m.,  or  m.  as  subj.  of  kuata  with 
person  as  obj.,  to  be  drunk, 
be  intoxicated. 

m.  a mputu,  wine  (imported). 

mamoma  a kuenza  n’a  m.  a 
mputu,  grapes. 

muoxi  wa  mamoma  a kuenza 
n’a  followed  by  vinyo  or 
maluvu  a mputu,  grape-vine. 

m.  as  subj.  of  hadixa  and  the 
person  as  obj.,  to  intoxicate, 
make  drunk. 

Mampa,  pi.  of  5 or  6,  n.,  European 
bread  made  from  wheat  flour. 

Mamu,  I,  n.,  mother,  mistress; 
lock  of  door. 

m.  mukulu,  aunt  (older  than 
mother). 

m.  muakunyi,  aunt  (younger 
than  mother). 

Ma’-muenu,  i,  n.{pl.  is  bama- 
muenu),  mother-in-law.  § 42, 
Note  3. 

May  be  used  by  husband  or  wife. 

Mananaxi,  pi.  of  5 or  6,  n.,  per- 
fume, scent.  Doubtless  an  im- 
ported word. 

Mankenda,  pi.  of  5 or  6,  n.,  tidiness, 
cleanliness,  neatness,  dainti- 
ness. 

-a  m.,  clean,  neat,  tidy,  dainty. 

Some  say  makenda. 

Mankuxi,  i,  n.{pl.  is  bamankuxi), 
aunt  (on  father’s  side). 

Manseba,  i,  n.{pl.  is  bamanseba), 
uncle  (maternal). 

Manteke,  pi.  of  5,  n.,  butter.  An 
imported  word. 

Manyanu,  pi.  of  5 or  6,  n.,  dirt  or 
filth  or  uncleanness  or  foulness 
of  person. 

-a  m.,  dirty,  filthy,  unclean,  foul. 


Masandi,  pi.  of  5 or  6,  n.,  adultery, 
fornication,  impurity,  licen- 
tiousness, carnal  knowledge, 
whoredom,  lust,  lasciviousness, 
lewdness,  unchastity,  unclean- 
ness, immorality.  Refers  either 
to  male  or  female. 

-a  m.,  adulterous,  immoral, 
licentious,  impure,  lustful, 
lewd,  unchaste,  unclean,  las- 
civiousness. 

ena  ne  m.,  to  be  pure,  chaste, 
virtuous. 

enda  m.,  to  commit  adultery  or 
fornication. 

enda  n’andi  m.,  to  seduce  one. 
muana  wa  m.,  bastard,  illegiti- 
mate child. 

muena  m.,  fornicator,  adulterer, 
harlot,  prostitute,  whore, 
whoremonger. 

mukuxi  w’a  m.,  harlot,  whore. 

Mata,  vi.,  to  fall  or  descend  (as 
rain),  drop,  drip,  trickle. 

Matabixa,  pi.  of  5 or  6,  n.,  the 
extra  amount  given  to  con- 
clude trade,  gift,  present,  in- 
terest, rent,  “ dash.” 
tentekela  m.,  to  pay  interest. 

Matamata,  pi.  of  5,  n.,  tomato. 
From  Portuguese.  The  same 
form  is  generally  used  for  sing, 
and  pi.,  but  sometimes  in  sing, 
we  hear  ditamata. 

Matamba,  pi.  of  5,  n.,  leaves  of  the 
manioc  or  cassava  beaten  and 
used  as  greens. 

Matandu,  pi.  of  5 or  6,  n.{from 
tanda,  to  abuse),  abuse,  mal- 
treatment, ill  treatment, 
wrangling. 

Maxa,  pi.  of  5 or  6,  n.,  a dance, 
dancing, 
xa  m.,  to  dance. 

Maxi,  pi.  of  5 or  6,  n.,  blood, 
tuka  m.,  to  bleed. 

3Iaxika,  pi.  of  5 or  6,  n.,  coldness, 
chilliness,  coolness. 

-a  m.,  cold,  chilly,  cool. 


366 


MAXIKA— MEMA. 


Maxika  {continued). 

buexa  mu  nsubu  wa  m.,  to  im- 
prison. 

cidimu  cia  m.,  winter,  cool 
season. 

m.  as  subj.  of  kuata  and  person 
as  obj.,  or  unva  m.,  to  be  cold 
or  chilly,  feel  cold. 

mukelenge  or  mulami  with  wa 
nsubu  wa  m.,  jailor. 

muntu  wa  nsubu  wa  m.,  pris- 
oner. 

nsubu  wa  m.,  jail,  prison. 

Maximi,  pi.  of  5,  n.,  see  dixima. 

31axua,  pi.  of  5 or  6,  n.,  steamer, 
steamboat.  An  introduced 
word. 

Maya,  «.(Eng.),  May  (the  month). 

Mayowa,  pi.  of  5 or  6,  n.,  rainy 
or  warm  season,  summer. 
South  of  the  equator  this  ex- 
tends from  September  to  May. 

Sometimes  is  heard  the  sing. 
ciowa(7). 

Mbadi,  3,  w.(Buk.),  place,  posi- 
tion, situation,  room,  space. 

See  muaba. 

Mbadu,  see  mbadi. 

3Ibala,  3,  n.,  menses.  This  word 
is  also  sometimes  used  with 
reference  to  those  who,  on 
account  of  some  superstition, 
will  not  eat  with  others. 

mukuxi  udi  ku  m.,  the  woman  is 
having  her  menses,  i.e.,  is  at 
the  menstrual  period. 

3Ibalabala,  3,  n.,  wildcat,  bush 
cat. 

muan’a  m.,  kitten. 

3Ibanda,  n. {doubtless  class  IV,  hav- 
ing sing,  lubanda),  used  in  ph. 
lueho  lua  m.,  the  native  salt 
made  from  a kind  of  grass. 
It  is  not  sodium  chloride. 

Mbalanga,  3,  11.,  smallpox. 

Mbalanta,  3,  n.{jrom  Eng.  ve- 
randa), veranda,  porch. 

Mbaxibaxi,  pi.  of  3 or  4,  n.,  fright, 
fear,  timidity,  shyness,  wild- 


3Ihaxibaxi  {continued). 

ness.  Generally  used  only  oj 
animals. 

di  ne  m.,  to  be  fearful,  be  timid, 
be  shy,  be  frightened,  be 
afraid,  be  wild,  fear,  cringe. 

Mbele,  3,  n.,  a species  of  monkey. 

3Ibelu,  3,  n.,  threshold,  entrance, 
doorway. 

-a  muxuku  wa  m.,  of  same 
family. 

ku  or  ha  with  m.,  the  space  just 
in  front  of  the  door  of  house. 

3Ibi,  I,  n.{pl.  is  bambi),  husband. 
This  word  is  always  j allowed 
insep.  by  the  proper  pass,  pro., 
having  the  separating  consonant 
y.  § 42,  Note  I. 

Mbi-cina,  i,  n.{pl.  is  bambi-cina), 
brother-in-law  or  sister-in-law. 
Always  means  the  brother  or 
sister  of  the  husband  only. 
This  word  always  has  the  pass, 
pro.  inserted  between  mbi  and 
cina,  with  y as  a separating 
consonant.  §§  42,  Note  2;  138, 
Rem.  3,  and  Note. 

Contrast  with  bukonde  and  see 
mbi. 

Mbindu,  pi.  of  3 or  4,  w.,  dirt  or 
filth  or  uncleanness  or  foulness 
on  the  person. 

-a  m.,  dirty,  filthy,  unclean,  foul. 

Mboi,  I,  «.(Eng.),  attendant  of 
foreigner,  “boy.”  May  be 
male  or  female. 

Mbondo,  3,  «.,  a large  frog. 

3Ibote,  3,  n.,  button. 

disu  dia  m.,  buttonhole. 

3Ibowo,  3,  n.,  buffalo. 

3Ibua,  3,  n.,  dog. 

mukuxi’a  m.,  bitch. 

dimin.  kabua,  pup. 

3Ibulankete,  3,  w.(Eng.),  blanket. 

3Ibumbu,  3,  n.,  borer  (insect). 

3Ibungu,  3,  n.,  loom. 

3Ibuxi,  3,  n.,  goat  (male  or  female). 

muan’a  m.,  kid. 

3Iema,  vt.,  to  lift  up,  pick  up,  take 
up,  get. 


MEME— MIXILA. 


367 


Jleme,  Simple  Disjunctive  pers.  pro. 
I,  me.  § 105. 

Mena,  vi.,  to  bud,  sprout,  germi- 
nate, shoot,  cut  teeth  (as  young 
child). 

Mene,  aiv. {derived  from  adj.  root 
ine,  alone),  alone,  very,  actual, 
just,  exactly,  indeed,  absolute- 
ly, identical,  really,  real,  very 
same,  true,  truly.  This  word 
is  always  postpositive. 

Meneka,  vt.,  to  glorify,  adore,  do 
obeisance  to,  honor,  praise, 
pay  homage  to,  esteem,  hallow, 
magnify,  regard,  respect,  re- 
vere, reverence,  venerate,  give 
salutation  or  respects  or  greet- 
ing to  a chief,  salute  or  greet  a 
chief. 

Menekela,  vt.,  see  meneka. 

Menya,  pi.  of  5 or  6,  w.,  urine. 

Sometimes  pronounced  menyu. 

Mesa,  pi.  of  5,  n.,  table.  From 
Portuguese. 

longolola  bintu  ha  ni.,  to  set 
the  table. 

umuxa  bintu  ha  m.,  to  clear  the 
table. 

Meta,  vt.,  to  daub,  plaster. 

Mexi,  pi.  of  5,  w.,  intellect,  intelli- 
gence, sense,  cleverness,  knowl- 
edge, learning,  ingenuity,  dex- 
terity, smartness,  brightness, 
mind,  ability,  discretion, 
genius,  imagination,  judgment, 
prudence,  reason,  reflection, 
skill,  skilfulness,  understand- 
ing, wisdom,  advice,  counsel. 

di  ne  m.,  to  be  smart,  be  wise, 
be  learned,  be  intelligent,  be 
intellectual,  be  bright,  be  sen- 
sible, be  skilful,  be  expert,  be 
clever,  be  ingenious,  be  pru- 
dent. 

el  a or  elangana  with  m.,  to 
think,  deliberate,  consider, 
meditate,  conceive,  reason,  re- 
flect, muse,  ponder. 

ha  m.,  to  advise,  counsel,  give 
advice. 


Mi,  pi.  of  5 or  6,  n.,  water;  juice 
of  cane,  fruit,  etc. 
hona  mu  m.,  to  fall  overboard, 
luiya  or  ciyuya  with  -a  m. 
steam. 

m.  a kahia,  hot  water, 
m.  a mikanda,  ink. 
m.  a Nzambi,  communion  wine, 
m.  manine,  ocean,  sea. 
m.  matalale,  cold  water, 
muci  wa  m.  a mikanda,  pen 
(wTiting). 

munyinyi  w'a  mu  m,  fish. 

Note  that  the  dimin.  is  tui(tuai) 
or  tuima. 

Perhaps  it  is  best  to  spell  this 
word  mai. 

Miamina,  v.,  to  sprinkle,  sow  (as 
millet). 

m.  mi,  to  baptize. 

Midima,  pi.  of  2,  n.,  darkness, 
gloominess.  Has  no  rejerence 
to  color  hut  only  to  lack  of  light. 
Pronounced  as  if  written  mi- 
dima. 

3Iiflla,  pi.  of  2,  «.,  soot. 

Miluluba,  pi.  of  2,  n.,  blood  or 
bleeding  from  the  nose. 

31  in  a,  v.,  to  swallow. 

31inyi,  pi.  of  5,  n.{sing.  is  diinyi, 
fat),  oil,  ointment, 
ela  m.,  to  anoint, 
m.  a ngombe,  butter, 
m.  a nguji,  palm  oil. 
m.  a ngulube,  lard. 

3Iiota,  pi.  of  2,  «.,  thirst. 

di  ne  m.,  or  m.  as  subj.  of  kuata 
with  pers.  as  obj.,  to  be  thirsty, 
muna  or  huixa m'/A  m.,  to  quench 
or  satisfy  or  slake  or  appease 
thirst. 

The  common  Lulua  form  is 
nyota.  § 43,  Rem. 

3Iisasa,  pi.  of  2,  n.,  middle  of 
forenoon  or  morning  (about 
nine  o’clock). 

3Iisele,  pi.  of  2,  n.,  a discharge 
(perhaps  venereal). 

31ixi,  pi.  of  2,  n.,  siftings  of  manioc. 

3Iixila,  pi.  of  2,  n.,  soot. 


36$ 


MONA— MPUALALA. 


Mona,  vt.,  to  see,  behold,  look  at, 
observe,  notice,  regard,  view, 
witness,  examine  by  looking 
at,  find,  inspect,  overlook, 
oversee,  superintend,  perceive, 
watch  after. 

dianjila  kumona,  to  discover. 

m.  kaceci,  to  menstruate. 

m.  talala,  to  look  at  or  behold 
steadfastly,  gaze  at,  stare 
at. 

m.  followed  by  mua  and  in  fin., 
to  be  able,  can,  have  power, 
be  possible,  be  competent,  be 
capable,  be  qualified. 

neg.  of  m.  followed  by  mua  and 
in  fin.,  to  be  unable,  be  im- 
possible, be  incompetent,  be 
incapable. 

neg.  of  m.  with  bimpe,  to  see 
indistinctly. 

neg.  of  m.  with  mua  kubala,  to 
be  innumerable,  be  countless. 

This  word  may  perhaps  be  spelled 

muna  or  mana. 

Monexa,  vt.,  to  cause  to  see,  to 
reflect  (as  mirror). 

Contrast  with  muenexa. 

Mpaka,  3,  n.,  hard  excrement  as 
result  of  constipation. 

Mp^la,  3,  n.,  brow,  forehead, 
sometimes  used  in  sense  of  face 
or  features  or  countenance  or 
visage. 

ku  m.,  in  advance,  ahead,  before, 
at  front  end  of,  before  one’s 
face,  in  presence  of,  first,  fore- 
most, forward,  forwards,  in 
front,  in  front  of,  after  (in 
time). 

matuku  a ku  m.,  hereafter, 
henceforth,  the  future  (days  in 
front). 

nyenga  or  fundika  with  m.,  to 
frown,  knit  the  brow,  scowl. 

tangixangana  m.,  to  face  each 
other. 

ya  ku  m.,  to  go  in  front,  lead  the 
way,  precede. 


Mpalata,  3,  n.,  coin,  money, 
mulami  wa  m.,  treasurer. 

Mpandakanya,  3,  n.,  fork  (of 
stick). 

muci  wa  m.,  a forked  stick. 

Mpandu,  3,  n.{from  handa,  to 
split),  tongs.  This  is  a split 
stick  and  used  by  blacksmiths. 

Mpata,  3,  n.,  a plain,  a treeless 
plateau,  beach  or  shore. 

-a  m.,  wild  (as  animal), 
lua  ku  m.,  to  land,  come  to 
beach. 

Mpatu,  3,  n.{from  Portuguese), 
duck. 

3Ipatukilu,  3,  n.{from  hatuka,  to 
go  out),  used  in  the  ph.  dituku 
dia  m.  wa  Lumingu  meaning 
Monday. 

Mpelu,  3,  n.,  stone  for  grinding 
grain  (the  one  held  in  the 
hands),  smoothing  iron. 

Mpena,  3,  w.(Eng.),  pen  (writing'. 

3Ipencila,  3,  w.(Eng.),  pencil. 

3Ipesa,  3,  n.{from  Erench),  a piece 
of  cloth  eight  yards  long. 

3Ipete,  3,  n.,  used  in  ph.  ciombe 
cia  mpete  meaning  the  dried 
but  unsoaked  cassava  root. 

Mpica,  3,  w.(Eng.),  pitcher,  jug. 

Mpindeu,  adv.,  at  once,  imme- 
diately, directly,  instantly,  be- 
fore long,  now,  at  once,  pres- 
ently, soon,  forthwith. 

Mpitolo,  3,  n.{from  Eng.  petro- 
leum), petroleum,  coal  oil. 

3Ipoci,  3,  n.,  a slang  expression 
meaning  beauty,  handsome- 
ness. 

-a  m.,  beautiful,  handsome, 
pretty. 

Mpokolo,  3,  n.,  spring,  fountain, 
source  of  stream,  well  (though 
wells  are  unknown). 

Mpoluj,  3,  w.(Eng.),  porridge. 

Mponda,  pi.  of  3 or  4,  n.,  millet. 
See  note  under  wheat. 

Mpualala,  3,  n.,  native  cloth  made 
from  fibre- of  palm  leaves. 


MPUKA— MUAKUNYI. 


369 


Mpuka,  I,  n.{pl.  is  bampuka), 
doctor,  medicine  man,  charm 
or  fetish  or  idol  maker,  physi- 
cian, diviner,  sorcerer,  con- 
jurer. Note  that  the  word 
manga  generally  follows  m pu- 
ka. 

This  word  is  derived  from  huka, 
to  make  medicine. 

Mpuku,  3,  w.,  a generic  word  mean- 
tng  rat  or  mouse. 

Mpumbu,  3,  w.,  he  goat. 

Mpungi,  3,  w.,  trumpet,  bugle, 
cornet,  horn. 

Mpus,  3,  n.{from  Eng.  puss),  do- 
mestic cat. 
muan’a  m.,  kitten. 

Mputa,  3,  w.,  sore,  ulcer,  cut,  gash, 
wound,  boil,  abscess, 
taha  m.,  to  wound. 

Mputu,  3,  n.,  the  unknown  foreign 
country  of  the  white  man. 
Perhaps  this  word  is  derived 
from  a corruption  of  the 
name  Portugal,  for  the  Portu- 
guese were  the  earliest  white 
settlers  near  the  mouth  of  th^ 
Congo  River.  Hence  the  word 
might  begin  with  a capital 
letter. 

maluvu  a m.,  imported  wine, 
m.  nyunyu,  pigeon  (tame), 
muena  m.,  a foreigner. 

Mu-,  insep.  verb  prefix  used  as 
sub.  conj.,  as,  just  as,  like. 

§465. 

Mu,  loc.  prep.,  in,  into,  inside, 
inside  of,  inward,  among, 
through,  within,  out  of,  with- 
out. § 424  (i). 
mu  nxila,  along  the  path. 
Contrast  with  ku  and  ha. 

3Iua,  loc.  word  used  as  adv.,  to  or 
at  or  unto  the  house  or  village 
of.  § 87  (d),  Rem. 

Mua,  adv.,  used  in  indirect  question 
constructions,  followed  by  in  fin., 
meaning  how.  § 472  (d). 


Muaba,  2,  n.,  place,  situation, 
position,  room,  space, 
dl  ne  kaba  (dimin.)  kamue,  to 
be  near  together,  be  next  to 
each  other,  be  in  the  same 
place. 

mu  m.  kamuena  bantu,  an  un- 
inhabited place,  desert. 

The  dimin.  kaba  is  used  with  the 
adjs.  kab^Ie  and  kakise 
meaning  almost,  nearly. 

Muabi,  2,  n.,  good  luck,  fortune, 
di  ne  m.,  to  be  fortunate,  be 
lucky. 

ena  ne  m.,  to  be  unfortunate,  be 
unlucky. 

Muadi,  2,  n.,  the  first  wife  married, 
cilonde,  m.,  the  first  concubine, 
i.e.,  the  second  wife  taken. 

Muadi,  2,  n.,  crying,  wail,  mourn- 
ing, weeping,  lamentation, 
noise  or  sound  of  crying,  roar 
(as  lion). 

kosexa  or  huixa  with  m.,  to  com- 
fort, console,  cheer  up,  cause 
to  cease  crying,  pacify,  soothe. 

Muadi,  2,  w.(Buk.),  large  orna- 
mented mask  used  in  dancing. 

Muadikuxi,  i,  n.,  mother  of  new- 
born babe. 

Muaku,  2,  n.,  language,  dialect, 
conversation,  speech,  talking, 
noise  or  report  of  human 
voices,  sound  of  noise. 

-a  m.,  noisy,  quarrelsome, 
andamuna  or  kudimuna  with 
m.,  to  translate,  interpret, 
kosexa  or  xikixa  with  m.,  to 
hush,  quiet,  quell,  still, 
lekela  m.,  to  keep  silence,  stop 
talking,  hush,  be  quiet,  be 
silent,  be  still. 

Muakuidi,  i,  n.,  advocate,  attorney, 
intercessor,  lawyer,  councillor. 

Muakuilu,  2,  n.,  language,  dialect, 
speech,  manner  of  speaking. 

Muakunyi,  i,  n.,  younger  brother 
or  sister,  junior. 

mamu  m.,  aunt  (maternal  aunt 
younger  than  the  mother). 


37° 


MUAKUNYI— MUANDA. 


Muakunyi  {continued). 

muana  wa  m.,  nephew  or  niece 
or  child  of  a younger  brother 
or  sister. 

muandain.,  seven. 

tatu  m.,  uncle  (paternal  and 
younger  than  the  father). 

This  word,  when  meaning  brother 
or  sister,  is  usually  followed  by 
the  poss.  pro.  enclitic.  § 138, 
Rem.  2. 

31ualala,  2,  n.,  comb  of  cock,  back 
fin  of  fish. 

Muambi,  i,  n.,  teacher,  instructor. 

m.  wa  bualu  bua  Nzambi, 
priest,  minister,  preacher,  mis- 
sionary. 

m.  wa  malu  kai  manze  kulua, 

prophet,  seer. 

mukelenge  wa  banibi  ba  bualu 
bua  Nzambi,  high  priest. 

Muambidi,  i,  n.,  teacher,  instruc- 
tor. 

3Iuambididi,  i,  n.,  advocate,  attor- 
ney, lawyer,  intercessor,  coun- 
cillor. 

Muamua,  loc.  adv.  far,  far  away, 
beyond,  remote,  distant,  there, 
thence,  thither,  yonder.  There 
is  always  the  idea  of  in  or  into. 
§ 163,  Note  3. 

dixia  dia  muamua,  across,  on 
the  other  side  of. 

Muana,  i,  11.,  child,  infant,  off- 
spring, descendant,  baby,  the 
young  of,  seed,  issue,  servant, 
slave,  subject,  attendant,  min- 
ister. 

ena  muan’abo  ne,  to  be  unlike, 
be  dissimilar. 

muan’abo  ne,  mate,  match,  of 
same  kind  or  sort  or  quality  or 
character  or  species  or  variety, 
of  like  or  similar  kind. 

kana(ffmw.)  kabixe,  fadus,  im- 
mature child,  still-born  child. 

muan’a  bute,  first-born  child, 
eldest,  senior. 

muan’a  with  mbalabSla  or 
rapus  or  kambixi,  kitten. 


3Iuana  (continued). 
muan’a  mbuxi,  kid. 
muan’a  mukala,  last-born  or 
youngest  child, 
muan’a  mukoko,  lamb, 
muana  mukuxi,  girl,  daughter, 
female  child. 

m.  mulela,  an  own  son  or 
daughter  or  child,  freerran, 
free-born  person, 
m.  mulumi,  boy,  son,  male  child, 
muan’a  ngombe,  calf, 
muan’a  ngulube,  pig. 
muan’a  nkusa,  toe. 
muan’a  nkusa  munine,  great 
toe. 

muan’a  nsahi,  key. 
muan’a  nxi,  orphan, 
m.  wamasandi,  bastard,  illegiti- 
mate child. 

m.  wa  muan’etu  (§  138,  Rem.  5'', 
nephew,  niece. 

m.  wa  muakunyi,  child  of  a 
younger  brother  or  sister, 
niece,  nephew. 

m.  wa  with  mukelenge  or 
nfumu,  prince. 

m.  wa  mukulu,  child  of  an 
elder  brother  or  sister,  niece, 
nephew. 

tula  m.,  to  abort,  miscarry. 

The  pi.  has  sense  of  posterity, 
progeny;  also  semen. 

The  possessive  enclitic  forms 
muan’etu,  etc.,  mean  brother, 
sister,  cousin,  fellow  citizen, 
neighbor,  of  same  family  or 
clan  or  tribe,  relative,  com- 
panion; the  pi.  bana  betu, 
etc.,  means  kindred,  relatives, 
etc.  § 138,  Rem.  5. 

For  the  ph.  muan’a  see  § 87  (i) 
and  Rem. 

Muanda,  2,  n.,  affair,  business,  care, 
concern,  responsibility,  case 
(law),  cause,  purpose,  reason, 
matter,  object,  effect,  result, 
sake,  subject,  circumstance, 
source,  fault,  palaver,  danger, 
harm,  difficulty,  doctrine,  fact, 


MUANDA— MUCIMA. 


371 


31uanda  {continued'). 

account,  narrative,  discourse, 
deed. 

m.  rautekete(muakunyi),  seven. 

m.  mukulu,  eight. 

See  bualu. 

Muanga,  2,  ».,  quill  of  porcupine. 

Muanga,  vt.,  to  scatter,  strew,  dis- 
perse, put  in  confusion  or  dis- 
order, disarrange,  derange,  put 
out  of  order,  confuse,  exhaust 
(spend). 

Muangala,  vi.,  to  scatter,  migrate, 
move,  remove,  abandon  or 
desert  old  village  and  move  to 
another. 

Muangaluka,  vi.,  to  be  scattered 
or  confused  or  deranged  or 
disarranged,  be  in  confusion  or 
disorder,  be  out  of  order,  be 
exhausted  or  spent  or  expended 
carelessly. 

Muangaluxa,  vt.,  to  scatter,  strew, 
disperse,  confuse,  put  in  con- 
fusion or  disorder,  derange, 
disarrange,  put  out  of  order, 
exhaust  or  spend  or  expend 
recklessly,  waste  or  squander. 

Muanjelo,  i,  n.ijrom  Greek), 
angel. 

Muanu,  2,  n.,  fable,  parable,  folk- 
lore, legend,  story,  saying, 
proverb,  tale,  illustration,  ex- 
ample. 

ela  m.,  to  tell  or  narrate  a fable, 
etc. 

Muau,  2,  n.,  a yawn,  gape. 

ela  m.,  to  yawn,  gape. 

Muazankongolo,  2,  n.,  rainbow. 

Mubambu,  2,  n.,  oar,  paddle. 

Mubanga,  2,  w.,  tusk  of  ivory. 

Mubangu,  2,  n.,  brim,  edge  (of 
cup,  plate,  boat,  etc.),  margin, 
bank,  rim. 

Mubanze,  2,  n.,  bellows. 

Mubela,  2,  n.,  cowry  shell. 

Mubeyi,  i,  n.,  barber. 

31ubidi,  2,  «.,  body,  form,  shape, 
color. 

-a  m.,  mukale,  healthy. 


31ubidi  {^continued'). 

di  ne  m.  mubi,  to  be  unfortunate, 
be  unlucky. 

di  ne  m.  muimpe,  to  be  fortunate, 
be  lucky. 

kusa  m.,  to  amend,  grow  better, 
convalesce,  improve  in.  health, 
recover  or  revive,  become  well, 
be  resuscitated. 

m.  mubi,  bad  luck,  misfortune, 
bad  fortune,  mishap, 
m.  muimpe,  good  luck,  fortune, 
m.  mukale,  good  health, 
m.  mutekete,  bad  health. 

3Iubombo,  2,  w.,  small  bundle, 
pack,  package,  roll. 

3Iubuabu,  2,  n.,  jackal. 

31ubuki,  I,  bridgeroom.  This 
word  is  generally  followed  by 
ph.  wa  mukuxi. 

3Iubukibui,  i,  n.{jrom  the  passive 
jorm  bukibua,  to  be  married, 
jrom  buka,  to  marry),  bride. 
This  word  is  generally  j allowed 
by  ph.  kudi  mulumi. 

3Iubuluke,  i,  n.{from  buluka), 
lunatic,  idiot,  fool. 

3Iacaudi,  2,  «.,  interference  in 
another’s  business, 
di  ne  m.,  to  interfere  with, 

3Iuci,  2,  n.,  stick,  tree,  stake,  log, 
post,  beam,  wood. 

-a  m.,  wooden. 

\L2Lc\(dimin.),  splinter, 
m.  muciamakane,  cross  (made 
by  nailing  or  fastening  two 
sticks  across  each  other), 
m.  vva  with  cihanda  or  mpanda- 
kanya,  a forked  stick, 
m.  wa  with  dibue  or  ditadi, 
slate-pencil. 

m.  wa  kahia,  match  (lucifer). 
m.  wa  mi  a mikanda,  pen 
(writing). 

m.  wa  mukanda,  lead  pencil. 

3Iucima,  2,  w.,  liver;  used  figu- 
ratively to  mean  heart,  disposi- 
tion, soul,  mind,  will,  spirit, 
breast. 


372 


MUCIMA— MUE. 


Mucima  {continued). 

-am.,  dishonest,  covetous,  fraud- 
ulent, roguish,  thievish. 

-a  m.  mukale,  brave,  fearless, 
courageous,  daring,  bold,  val- 
iant, of  strong  heart,  stern,  im- 
penitent. 

-a  m.  with  mutalale  or  muhole, 
content,  satisfied. 

-a  m.  mutekete,  humble,  mod- 
est, penitent. 

-a  m.  wa  niudimu,  diligent,  in- 
dustrious, energetic,  faithful, 
ela  m.,  or  m.  as  suhj.  of  samina 
or  kumina,  to  covet,  long  for, 
yearn  for. 

ela  or  elangana  with  m.,  to 
think,  deliberate,  muse,  pon- 
der, consider,  think  about, 
conceive. 

handika  or  zakala  with  m.,  to 
be  frightened,  be  shocked, 
shudder,  be  anxious,  be  ex- 
cited, be  terrified,  be  horrified, 
be  terrorized. 

handixa  or  zakuxa  with  m.,  to 
frighten,  horrify,  alarm,  scare, 
shock,  terrify,  terrorize, 
kalexa  m.,  to  comfort,  console, 
cheer  up,  encourage,  soothe, 
take  heart. 

kudimuna  or  andamuna  with 
m.,  to  change  one’s  mind,  re- 
pent. 

m.  mubi,  carnal  mind, 
m.  mukale,  bravery,  courage, 
valor. 

muena  m.,  thief,  rogue,  robber, 
muena  m.  mutekete,  coward, 
m.  as  suhj.  of  nyingala  or  sama, 
to  be  grieved,  be  sorrowful,  be 
melancholy,  be  sorry,  be  sad, 
be  solicitous,  be  solemn,  be 
penitent,  be  anxious,  be  mor- 
bid, regret,  pine,  repent, 
nema  with  m.  as  suhj.,  or  dl  ne 
mlcimi  ibidi,  to  hesitate,  be 
uncertain  about,  falter,  be 
fickle,  vacillate,  be  double- 
rninded. 


3Iucimbakane,  i,  n.,  a fool,  one 
acting  foolishly. 

3Iucimbe,  i,  n.,  mucimbakane. 

3Iudianganyi,  i,  n.,  a cannibal. 

3Iudianjidi,  i,  n.,  guide,  conduc- 
tor, leader. 

3Iudima,  2,  n.,  a large  bat. 

3Iudimbi,  2,  n.,  a continued  rain. 
May  he  spelled  mudumbi. 

3Iudimu,  2,  n.,  work,  occupation, 
vocation,  calling,  craft,  busi- 
ness, profession,  employment, 
service,  task,  labor,  industry, 
toil. 

-a  mucima  wa  m.,  diligent,  in- 
dustrious, energetic,  faithful, 
di  ne  m.,  to  be  busy, 
ha  or  buexa  ku  with  m.,  to  hire 
give  work,  engage,  employ, 
keba  m.,  to  seek  employment, 
kuacila  or  enzela  or  enzexa 
with  m.,  to  work  for,  serve, 
kuata  or  enza  or  osa  with  m., 
to  work,  labor,  toil, 
muena  m.,  workman,  laborer, 
servant. 

31udinga,  2,  n.,  used  in  ph.  nyun-  ’ 
yu  wa  m.,  meaning  a crane 
(bird). 

3Iudingi,  i,  n.,  liar,  hypocrite, 
fraudulent  person. 

3Iudingidi,  2,  n.,  shadow,  shade, 
likeness,  picture,  representa- 
tion, photograph,  image  (re- 
flection). 

3Iudioko,  2,  n.,  any  kind  of  vege- 
table or  field  product,  such  as 
corn,  millet,  rice,  peas,  pota- 
toes, manioc,  etc. 

3Iudiu,  2,  «.,  greediness,  gluttony, 
-a  m.,  greedy,  gluttonous, 
muena  m.,  a glutton. 

3Iudua,  2,  n.,  bellows. 

imba  m.,  to  blow  bellows. 

3Iue,  declinable  cardinal  num. 
taking  Secondary  Prefixes,  one, 
single.  § 92. 

m.  ne  m.,  separately,  one  at  a 
time. 

When  modifying  bunine  or  bule 


MUE— MUHANDIXI. 


373 


>Iue  {continued). 

or  bungi,  it  means  equal  or 
same  or  even. 

Sometimes  pronounced  mo. 

!\Iuedi,  2,  w.,  beard,  whiskers, 
m.  wa  ha  muxuku,  mustache. 

Muehu,  2,  n.,  head  of  millet. 

3Iueka,  vi.,  see  mueneka. 

Muele,  2,  n.,  knife,  blade  of  knife, 
matchet. 

kele((ffwfw.),  pocket  knife,  table 
knife. 

m.  wa  nvita,  sword. 

m.  wa  nvula,  flash  of  lightning. 

3Iuelelu,  2,  n.,  edge,  limit,  margin, 
boundary,  border,  rim,  side, 
beach,  shore,  bank,  brink, 
coast. 

Muemi,  i,  n.,  one  who  makes  the 
palm  wine. 

Mucna,  i,  n.{this  word  always  pre- 
cedes the  noun  or  some  wo  d 
used  as  a noun  and  comes  to 
have  an  adjective  force  [§84 
(6)],  person,  citizen  of,  native 
of,  countryman  or  inhabitant 
of,  member  of,  of  the  nation 
or  tribe  or  clan  of,  of  the  party 
of,  people  of,  owner  of,  pos- 
sessor of,  proprietor  of. 
bena  kale,  forefathers, 
m.  buowa,  coward, 
m.  dilongexa,  a catechumen, 
m.  kuetu,  etc.,  neighbor,  fellow 
citizen,  fellow  countryman. 
§ 141,  Rem.  I. 

m.  mabiya,  carpenter,  sawyer, 
m.  mikanda,  pupil,  scholar, 
m.  mudimu,  workman,  laborer, 
m.  tuxola,  a brick  mason. 

Muendakanyi,  i,  n.,  a wanderer, 
wayfarer,  pilgrim,  traveler. 

Muendi,  2,  n.,  used  with  the  ph.  m. 
ku  muoyo  meaning  nausea, 
sickness  at  stomach, 
di  ne  m.  ku  muoyo,  to  be 
nauseous,  be  sick  at  stomach. 

Mueneka,  vi.,  to  appear,  come  into 
view  or  sight,  emerge  from 
hidden  or  secluded  place,  be 


31ueneka  {continued). 

exposed  to  view,  be  visible, 
be  found,  be  conspicuous,  be 
seen,  seem,  show  one’s  self. 
neg.  of  m.,  to  be  invisible. 

Muenena,  vt.,  to  look  after  for, 
keep  for. 

Muenexa,  vt.,  to  show  to,  point  out 
to,  indicate  to. 

Muenge,  2,  n.,  sugar-cane. 

Muenu,  2,  n.,  suggested  word  for 
spectacles. 

3Iuenxi,  2,  n.,  moon,  month. 

See  ngondo. 

3Iuenyi,  i,  n.,  guest,  visitor, 
stranger. 

Muenyi,  2,  n.,  smell,  scent,  odor. 

3Iuenze,  2,  n.,  cricket  (edible). 

3Iuetu,  loc.  adv.,  in  our  village  or 
town.  § 140. 

3Iuevu,  2,  71.,  beard,  whiskers, 
m.  wa  ha  muxuku,  mustache. 

3Iuexi,  2,  n.,  ditch,  rut,  gulley. 

3Iuflmbi,  I,  n.,  a potter. 

May  also  he  spelled  mufuimbi. 

3Iuflta,  2,  n.,  darkness,  gloomi- 
ness. 

3Iufuba,  2,  n.,  bone. 

mifuba(/?/.),  carcass,  skeleton. 

Mufuba,  I,  «.,  an  idle  or  trifling 
or  slow  or  worthless  or  sluggish 
or  lazy  or  indolent  person, 
sluggard.  This  word  is  used 
as  noun,  not  as  adj. 

3Iufudi,  I,  n.{jrom  fula),  black- 
smith. 

3Iufudi,  2,  n.,  wrinkle,  crease. 

3Iufufa.  2,  n.,  bone. 

mifufa(/>/.),  carcass,  skeleton. 

3Iufumbi,  i,  n.,  a potter. 

Mufunda,  2,  n.,  a line  or  mark  or 
scratch  or  trace  or  track  made 
on  the  ground  or  on  paper. 

3Iufundi,  I,  n.,  scribe,  writer,  secre- 
tary. 

3Iuhala,  2,  n.,  a species  of  antelope. 

Muhale,  i,  n.,  a fool,  idiot,  lunatic. 

Rluhandixi,  i,  n,,  savior,  mediator. 


374 


M UH  ANU— M UK  AN  A. 


■ 


Muhanu,  2,  n.,  trousers,  pants, 
pantaloons,  breeches.  PI. 
generally  used. 
ela  m.,  to  put  on  trousers, 
mikuba  ya  m.,  suspenders, 
braces. 

Miihenyi,  2,  w.,  see  mukenyi. 

Muhesa,  2,  n.,  testicle. 

Muhiankunde,  2,  n.,  young  man, 
youth,  boy, lad. 

Muhianyi,  i,  n.{jrom  hiana),  heir. 

Muhika,  i,  n.,  slave,  servant,  sub- 
ject, attendant, 
luixa  m.,  to  enslave. 

Muhikudi,  i,  n.{jrom  hikula),  re- 
deemer. 

Miihola,  2,  n.,  stripe,  band, 
di  mihola,  to  be  striped. 

Muhongo,  2,  fi.,  witchcraft,  sor- 
cery. There  is  also  a second- 
ary meaning  of  cleverness,  in- 
geniousness, dexterity,  inge- 
nuity, skill,  skilfulness, 
di  ne  m.,  clever,  ingenious,  skil- 
ful. 

muena  m.,  witch,  demon,  devil, 
sorcerer,  conjurer,  wizard. 

Muhotc,  I,  w.,  a fool,  stupid  per- 
son, idiot,  ignoramus,  simple- 
ton, dunce.  Cf.  hota. 

Muhuki, I , n., doctor, medicine  man, 
maker  of  medicines  or  charms 
or  fetishes,  diviner,  physician, 
sorcerer,  conjurer.  This  word 
is  followed  by  -a  manga. 

3Iuhumbakane,  i,  n.,  a fool,  one 
acting  foolishly. 

3Iuhuya,  2,  n.,  breath,  smell  or 
scent  or  odor  (good  or  bad). 

-a  m.  miiimpe,  fragrant, 
ela  m.,  to  blow  the  breath,  ex- 
pire. 

huta  m.,  to  draw  the  breath, 
m.  mubi,  bad  smell  or  odor, 
stench,  stink,  fetidness, 
m.  muimpe,  good  odor  or  smell, 
flavor,  fragrance,  aroma. 

Muibi,  I,  n.{from  iba),  thief,  rogue, 
robber,  dishonest  or  fraudulent 
person. 


3Iuihi,  loc.  adv.  or  prep. {made  up 
of  mu  and  ihi,  short),  near 
(in).  § 79. 

Muihiki,  i,  n,,  cook. 

3Iuihu,  I,  n.,  nephew,  niece.  Re- 
fers only  to  child  of  a man's 
older  or  younger  sister. 

See  note  under  nephew. 

Muikilu,  I,  n.,  grandchild. 

3Iuilu,  ••,  n.,  proboscis,  trunk. 

3Iuilu,  2,  n.,  clan,  tribe,  nation, 
race. 

See  TRIBE. 

3Iuima,  2,  m.,  loaf  of  bread. 

Muinda,  2,  n. {doubtless  from  Lower 
Congo),  candle,  lamp,  light. 
May  be  spelled  muendu. 

3Iuinu,  2,  n.,  beak,  bill, 
tua  m.,  to  peck. 

3Iiiinxi,  2,  «.,  pestle. 

3Iuinxi,  2,  n.,  smoke. 

fuima  m.,  to  smoke  (as  burning 
wood). 

3Iuitu,  loc.  word  made  up  of  mu 
and  the  root  of  ditu,  forest, 
meaning  in  the  forest.  § 47, 
Rem.  , 

-a  m.,  wild  (as  animal). 

3Iulvi,  I,  n.,  thief,  rogue,  robber, 
dishonest  or  fraudulent  person, 

3Iuiyidi,  i,  n.{from  iyila),  ] upil 
scholar,  student,  disciple, 
learner. 

3Iuiyixi,  i,  n.,  teacher,  instructor. 

Mu j ike,  I,  «.,  unmarried  or  single 
person,  maid,  virgin,  bachelor. 

3Iujilu,  2,  n.,  artery,  vein. 

May  be  spelled  muxilu. 

3Iukala,  2,  n.,  used  in  the  ph. 
muan’a  m.  meaning  last  born 
or  youngest  child. 

3Iukalu,  2,  n.,  dividing  line  or 
boundary  line  between  two 
fields,  border,  mark,  limit. 

3Iukana,  2,  n.,  mouth. 

diangana  m.,  to  move  one’s  lips 
without  speaking, 
kumangana  m.,  to  smack  the 
lips. 


MUKANDA— MUKOSA. 


375 


Mukanda,  2,  n.,  book,  letter,  note, 
epistle,  contract,  photograph, 
picture,  paper.  Doubtless  jrom 
Lower  Congo. 

kuata  mu  m.,  to  take  a photo- 
graph or  picture, 
mi  a mikanda,  ink. 
muci  wa  mi  a mikanda,  pen 
(writing). 

muci  warn.,  lead-pencil, 
muena  mikanda,  pupil,  scholar, 
student. 

m.  wa  buhianyi,  will,  testament, 
m.  wa  dilongexa,  catechism, 
mu  mikanda,  to  school. 

Mukandu,  2,  «.,  a neg.  command  or 
commandment  or  ordinance  or 
proclamation  or  regulation  or 
law  or  rule,  disapproval,  re- 
fusal, prohibition.  This  word 
is  jrom  v.  kanda. 
ela  m.,  to  issue  or  make  a neg. 
command,  etc. 

Mukau,  2,  n.,  envy,  jealousy. 

-a  m.,  jealous,  envious. 

Mukele,  2,  n.,  salt. 

Mukelekele,  2,  w.,  gravy,  broth, 
soup. 

Mukelenge,  i,  w.,  chief,  lord,  king, 
master,  nobleman,  governor, 
prince,  ruler. 

di  m.,  to  reign,  rule,  be  chief, 
di  m.  wa,  to  reign  over,  rule 
over,  govern.  Lukengu  udi 
m.  wa  Bakuba,  Lukengu 
reigns  over  the  Bakuba. 
muana  wa  m.,  prince, 
m.  wa,  owner,  possessor,  pro- 
prietor. 

m.  mukuxi,  queen,  mistress, 
female  chief. 

m.  wa  bambi  ba  bualu  bua 
Nzambi,  high  priest, 
m.  wa  nsubu  wa  maxika, 
jailor. 

m.  wa  Nzambi,  missionary,  min- 
ister. 

]>Iukema,  2,  n.,  a groan,  moan, 
grunt  of  pain. 

tua  m.,  to  groan,  moan,  grunt. 


3Iukenji,  2,  w.,  message,  command- 
ment, order,  ordinance,  direc- 
tion, command,  proclamation, 
amba  m.,  to  deliver  a message, 
issue  a decree  or  proclamation, 
muena  m.,  messenger,  herald, 
ambassador. 

3Iukenya,  2,  «.,  flea. 

3Iukenyi,  2,  w.,  flash  of  lightning. 
The  ph.  wa  nvula  generally 
follows  this  word. 

3Iukete,  2,  w.,  arrow  with  iron 
point. 

3Iukila,  2,  w.,  tail  of  animal  or 
reptile. 

3Iukinda,  2,  n.,  fish-trap  made  in 
shape  of  basket. 

3Iukixi,  2,  «.,  bank  of  earth  piled 
up. 

3Iukixi,  2,  n.,  bogie,  spectre,  ghost 
or  spirit  of  the  dead,  appari- 
tion, hobgoblin,  demon,  devil, 
large  ornamented  mask  used 
in  dancing. 

3Iukiya,  2,  «.,  a mode  of  wearing 
the  cloth  by  drawing  it  up  be- 
tween the  legs;  hence  trousers, 
pants,  pantaloons,  breeches, 
ela  m.,  to  gird  up  the  loins,  tuck 
up  loin  cloth,  put  on  pants. 

3Iukoko,  2,  n.,  sheep, 
muan’a  m.,  lamb. 

3Iukolo,  2,  «.,  lower  part  of  leg 
from  knee  down,  lower  part  of 
hind  leg  of  animals, 
difu  dia  m.,  calf  of  leg. 
muongo  wa  m.,  shin. 

3Iukolokolo,  2,  n.,  handle  of  cup. 

3Iukono,  2,  n.,  hoof,  mark  or  print 
or  trace  or  trail  or  track  of 
hoof,  footprint. 

londa  mikona,  to  track,  trace, 
trail. 

m.  muhandike,  cloven  foot. 

3Iukosa,  2,  n.,  hindrance,  inter- 
ruption, interference,  opposi- 
tion, slander,  backbiting,  cal- 
umny. 

ela  m.,  to  interfere  with  the 
business  or  friendship  of  two 


376 


MUKOSA— MULAML 


Mukosa  {continued). 

persons,  oppose,  thwart,  with- 
stand, frustrate. 

muena  m.,  backbiter,  calumnia- 
tor, slanderer. 

Muku,  I,  n.,  fat  ler-in-law,  mother- 
in-law.  Used  only  by  the  hus- 
band, never  by  the  wife. 

Mukua,  I,  n. {derived  from  the  loc. 
•word  kua  and  always  precedes 
the  noun  or  some  word  used  as 
a noun  and  comes  to  have  an 
adj.  force),  one  from  a certain 
village,  one  from  a certain 
tribe  or  nation  or  clan,  people 
of,  inhabitant  of,  countryman 
of,  man  or  woman  of,  native 
of,  person  of.  Compare  with 
muena.  § 87  {d),  Rem.  2. 

Mukuabo,  loc.  adv.{made  up  of  mu 
and  adj.  kuabo),  elsewhere, 
somewhere  else.  § 370. 

Mukuba,  2,  n.,  belt,  girdle,  strap, 
tape. 

mikuba  ya  mihanu,  suspenders, 
braces. 

3Iukudi,  2,  «.,  rope,  wick. 

3Iukuekue,  2,  n.,  cackling, 
tuta  or  ela  with  m.,  to  cackle. 

Mukuetu,  I,  n.,  our  or  my  neighbor 
or  fellow  countryman  or  fellow 
citizen.  § 142. 

Mukuba,  2,  n.,  bone. 

mikuha(/>/.),  carcass,  skeleton. 

Mukuhu,  2,  n.,  bad  odor  or  smell 
or  scent,  stench,  stink, 
nunka  m.,  to  emit  a stench, 
stink. 

Mukulu,  I,  w.,  elder  or  oldest  brother 
or  sister,  a senior,  an  elder. 
When  meaning  elder  brother 
or  sister  the  word  is  generally 
combined  insep.  with  the  poss. 
pro.  enclitic.  § 138,  Rem.  2. 
muana  wa  m.,  nephew,  niece. 

Mukulumpe,  i,  n.,  elder,  an  old 
person. 

Mukuma,  2,  «.,  report  or  noise  or 
sound  of  gun. 

Mukumbi,  2,  n.,  locust. 


3Iukumu,  2,  n.,  a 1 low,  a strike, 
a lick. 

Mukuna,  2,  n.,  hill,  mountain, 
ridge,  eminence. 

3Iukungula,  2,  n.{from  kungula), 
rolling  thunder. 

3Iukunyi,  i,  n.,  planter,  sow’er. 

Mukuolo,  2,  n.,  midrib  of  pahn, 
bamboo. 

Mukuxi,  I,  n.,  woman,  wife,  con- 
cubine. 

-a  bakuxi,  feminine, 
cianza  cia  bakuxi,  left  hand, 
mukelenge  mukuxi,  mistress, 
queen,  female  chief, 
m.  wa  lufuila,  a wddow. 
m.  wa  masandi,  harlot,  whore, 
prostitute. 

m.  wa  muan’etu,  sister-in-law 
(wife  of  brother), 
tatu  m.,  aunt  (on  father’s  side). 
This  word  sometimes  follows  the 
noun  with  the  force  of  an  adj. 
meaning  female.  The  same 
idea  may  often  be  expressed  by 
the  ph.  mukuxi^a  preceding 
the  noun.  Hence  we  have 

[§  56  W]: 

muana  m.,  girl,  daughter, 
mukuxi’a  mbua,  bitch, 
mukuxi’a  mbuxi,  a she  goat, 
mukuxi’a  ngombe,  cow\ 
mukuxi’a  ngulube,  sow. 

3Iukuxiana,  i,  n.,  a woman  whose 
name  you  have  forgotten  or 
do  not  care  to  trouble  with 
mentioning.  § 353. 

3Iulabi,  2,  n.,  handle  of  hoe,  etc. 

3Iulamaci,  i,  n.,  attendant,  ad- 
herent, retainer,  follower. 
balamaci(/?/.),  retinue, 
m.  wa  Satana,  devil  or  demon 
(in  Biblical  sense). 

Mulambi,  i,  n.,  cook. 

Muiambu,  2,  n.,  tax,  tribute,  duty. 

3Iulami,  i,  n.,  watchman,  guard, 
keeper,  shepherd,  herdsman, 
overseer,  sentry,  sentinel, 
nurse. 

m.  wa  bantu  baNzambi,  bishop. 


MULAMI— MUMINU. 


377 


Mulami  {continued). 

m.  \va  with  mpalata  or  bintu, 
treasurer. 

m.  \va  nsubu  wa  maxlka,  jailor. 

Mulanda,  2,  n.,  a species  of  rodent. 

Mulangala,  2,  w.,  switch,  rod. 

3Iulau,  2,  doom,  woe,  curse, 
damnation,  judgment,  ill  wish, 
condemnation,  anathema, 
ola  m.,  to  doom,  curse,  wish  ill 
to,  damn,  anathematize. 

Mulayi,  2,  w.,  promise. 

Mule,  loc.  adv.{made  up  of  mn  and 
adj  le,  long),  see  kule. 

Muledi,  I,  n.{from  lela),  a woman 
who  has  borne  children. 

Mulelexi,  i,  n.,  midwife,  accou- 
cheuse. 

3Iulembulembu,  2,  «.,  white  of  an 
egg.  PL  generally  used. 

3Iulemu,  2,  n. {sometimes  pro- 
nounced mulomo),  lip,  brim, 
rim,  edge  (of  cup,  etc.),  spout 
(of  kettle). 

See  muxuku. 

3Iulemu,  2,  «.,  trigger  of  gun. 

3Iulemu,  2,  bowstring. 

Mulenga,  2,  n.,  a strip  of  cloth. 

Mulengalenga,  2,  n.,  a kind  of 
greens. 

Muloho,  2,  messenger,  herald, 

apostle,  disciple,  ambassador, 
m.  muowexanangila,  God. 

See  note  under  God. 

Mulombi,  i,  w.,  beggar. 

Mulombodi,  i,  n.,  guide,  leader, 
conductor. 

Mulonda,  2,  «.,  barrel  of  gun, 
tube. 

3Iulonda,  2,  n.,  nail,  screw. 

Mulondo,  2,  w.,  water-pot,  jar, 
bottle,  jug. 

Mulonga,  2,  w.,  winged  ant  (edi- 
ble). 

Mulongo,  2,  n.,  row,  file,  rank, 
line,  train,  procession,  series, 
-a  m.  umue,  of  same  age. 
dl  mu  m.,  to  be  in  line, 
imuna  mu  m.,  to  stand  in  line, 
teka  mu  m.,  to  put  in  line. 


3Iuloxi,  2,  n.,  see  note  under 

buloxi. 

Mhlu,  loc.  adv.{made  up  of  mu  and 
the  insep.  ulu),  up,  overhead, 
on  high,  aboye,  over,  upwards. 

§ 423  (2)  (^>)^ 

Mulumbuludi,  i,  w.,  a judge,  arbi- 
trator. 

3Iulumbululdi,  i,  «.,  attorney,  law- 
yer, advocate,  intercessor, coun- 
cillor. 

Mulumi,  I,  n.,  man,  husband,  the 
male  of. 

-a  balumi,  masculine, 
cianza  cia  balumi,  right  hand, 
muanam.,  boy,  son. 
m.  wa  lufuila,  a widower, 
m.  wa  ngcmbe,  bull, 
m.  wa  ngulube,  boar. 

This  word  sometimes  follows  the 
noun  with  the  force  of  an  adj. 
meaning  male.  The  same  idea 
may  be  expressed  by  the 
phrases  mulumi’a  and  mu- 
lumi wa  preceding  the  noun. 

§ 56  {>>)■ 

3Iulumiana,  i,  n.,  a man  whose 
name  you  have  forgotten  or 
do  not  care  to  bother  with 
mentioning.  § 353. 

Mulunda,  i,  friend,  companion, 
mate. 

Mulundu,  2,  «.,  hollow  in  tree. 

3Iulundu,  2,  tail  of  bird. 

3Iulunga,  2,  n.,  the  inside  of  an 
egg  (white  or  yolk). 

3Iulungu,  2,  n.,  poison.  Generally 
preceded  by  the  ph.  buanga 
bua. 

3Iuma,  2,  a species  of  snake. 

3Iumanda,  loc.  adv.  or  prep.{made 
up  of  mu  and  the  insep.  man- 
da),  down  in  a bottom  (val- 
ley). § 423  (2)  {b). 

3Iume,  2,  n.,  dew. 

3Iumiaminyi,  i,  w.,  sower. 

3Iuminu,  2,  «.,  throat. 

kuata  ha  m.,  to  choke  (as  food), 
strangle. 

taluxa  or  holexa  with  ha  m., 


378 


MUMINU— MUNTU. 


Mutulnu  {continued). 

to  satisfy  or  slake  or  quench  or 
appease  thirst. 

Mumonyi,  i,  watchman,  senti- 
nel, sentry,  keeper,  overseer, 
witness. 

Mumue,  loc.  adv.{made  up  of  mu 
and  mue,  one),  in  same  place, 
in  one  place,  together.  § 79. 

Mumuemue,  2,  «.,  smile,  grin, 
tua  mimuemue,  to  smile,  grin. 

3Iumuenenyi,  i,  w.,  watchman, 
keeper. 

Mumunyi,  i,  witness,  one 

knowing. 

3Iumunyixi,  i,  n.,  instructor, 
teacher. 

Muna,  vt.,  to  finish,  bring  to  end, 
complete,  terminate,  perfect, 
conclude,  be  done,  be  ready, 
m.  kaceci,  to  menstruate, 
m.  miota,  to  quench  or  satisfy  or 
slake  or  appease  thirst. 
neg.  of  m.,  to  be  incomplete,  be 
unfinished. 

May  he  spelled  man  a. 

Munanga,  2,  n.,  drought,  dryness. 

Munda,  loc.  word{made  up  of  mu 
and  the  insep.  nda),  abdomen, 
belly,  the  inside  of,  the  interior, 
stomach,  womb.  §423  {2){h). 
-a  m.,  internal,  inward, 
fika  m.,  or  di  ne  m.  mufike,  to 
be  annoyed,  be  vexed,  be  wor- 
ried, be  aggravated,  be  en- 
raged, be  provoked, 
flkixa  m.,  to  annoy,  vex,  worr}% 
aggravate,  anger,  enrage,  exas- 
perate, displease,  irritate,  pro- 
voke, tease,  tantalize,  torment, 
trouble. 

huya  or  ela  or  uha  with  m.,  to 
run  off  at  bowels,  have  diar- 
rhoea. 

kuma  m.,  to  beat  (heart),  pul- 
sate. 

m.  mua  cianza,  pahn  of  hand, 
m.  mua  dikusa,  sole  of  foot, 
m.  munya,  midday,  noon. 


3Iunda  {continued). 

m.  as  suhj.  of  nyenga,  to  be  con- 
stipated. 

tokexa  m.,  to  apologize. 

Some  seem  to  say  mundu  for 
inside,  etc.,  and  munda  for 
abdomen,  belly,  etc. 

Mundankulu,  loc.  adv.,  midnight. 
Made  up  of  munda  and  the 
insep.  nkulu.  § 423  (2)  {h). 

Mundidimbi,  2,  n.,  shadow,  shade, 
photograph,  likeness,  picture, 
representation,  image  (reflec- 
tion). 

3Iundongo,  2,  n.,  shuttle  of  loom. 

Munemu,  loc.  adv.,  in  here,  herein, 
hence,  hither.  § 163,  Note  2. 

Sometimes  pronounced  muno- 
mu. 

Munfl,  2,  n.,  vagina(?). 

3Iunga,  loc.  adv.{made  up  of  mu 
and  adj.  nga),  elsewhere, 
somewhere  else.  § 370. 

Mungulumungu,  2,  n.,  a kind  of 
European  cloth. 

Munkuci,  loc.  adv.  or  prep. {made 
up  of  mu  and  the  insep. 
nkuci),  among,  in  the  midst, 
in  among,  in  the  middle,  be- 
tween, in  the  center.  § 423 

(2)  {h). 

31unkulu,  loc.  adv.{made  up  of  m\x 
and  the  insep.  nkulu),  midst, 
middle.  This  word  has  much 
the  same  use  and  construction  as 
munkuci.  §423  (2)(&).  Com- 
pare mundankulu. 

3Iunomu,  loc.  adv.,  see  munemu. 

Muntinyi,  i,  n.,  a person  whose 
name  you  have  forgotten  or  do 
not  know  or  do  not  care  to 
trouble  with  mentioning.  §353, 
Rem. 

Muntu,  I,  n.,  person,  somebody, 
man  (generic);  sometimes  used 
also  as  slave  or  person. 

bantu(/>/.),  people,  population, 
mankind,  folk. 

bantu  ba  Nzambi,  the  church 
(members  of). 


MUNTU— M UN  YIN  YI. 


379 


Muntu  {contimied). 

bantu  bonso,  everybody, 
m.  kai  Muyuda,  a Gentile, 
m.  mubi,  sinner,  transgressor, 
villain,  rascal. 

m.  mudixikamine,  a freeman, 
free-born  person, 
m.  mukale,  an  adult,  grown 
person. 

m.  mulema,  a lame  person, 
m.  wa  bende,  freeman,  free- 
born person. 

m.  wa  cituha,  dwarf,  deformed 
person. 

m.  wa  mu  nsubu  wa  maxika,  a 
prisoner. 

m.  wa  Nzambi,  Christian,  mem- 
ber of  church. 

Muntu,  loc.  adv.y  see  kuntu. 

Muntuntu,  2,  «.,  cricket  (edible). 

3Iunu,  2,  n.,  finger. 

dinungu  dia  m.,  knuckle, 
ku  minu,  in  the  hand, 
m.  munine  wa  dikusa,  great 
toe. 

m.  wa  dikusa,  toe. 
tonya  minu,  to  clench  the  fist. 
This  word  is  used  in  indicating 
the  size  of  the  moon.  See 
MOON. 

Munxi,  loc.  adv.  or  prep.imade  up 
of 'ran  and  the  insep.  nxi), 
t^low',  beneath,  under,  under- 
neath, down  under,  downward, 
to  or  on  the  bottom  of.  § 423 
(2)  (6). 

m.  mua,  dowm  in. 
mutu  m.,  headlong. 

Munya,  2,  n.,  daylight,  da}4;ime, 
light  of  sun,  sunshine,  heat  or 
warmth  or  brightness  of  sun. 
cidimu  cia  m.,  summer,  warm 
season. 

dinda  to  ne  ku  munda  m.,  from 
early  morning  till  noon,  all 
the  forenoon. 

munda  m.,  noon,  midday. 

Ota  m.,  to  bask,  warm  one’s  self 
in  the  sunshine. 


3Iunya,  v.,  to  be  able,  can,  know, 
comprehend,  have  experience, 
perceive,  be  conscious  of,  be 
aware  of,  recognize  or  remem- 
ber a person,  understand, 
apprehend,  see. 

m.  maiu  onso,  to  be  omniscient. 
neg.  0/  m.,  to  be  ignorant,  be 
unaware,  be  insensible  or  un- 
conscious of,  be  unknown,  be 
mysterious. 

m.  mua  followed  by  in  pin.,  be 
able  to  do,  can  do,  know  how 
to  do,  be  capable  or  competent 
of  doing,  be  qualified  for,  be 
possible. 

neg.  of  m.  followed  by  mua  and 
hi  fin.,  to  be  impossible,  be 
unable,  be  incompetent,  be 
incapable. 

neg.  of  m.  followed  by  mua 
kubala,  to  be  innumerable  or 
countless. 

Perhaps  this  word  can  also  be 
spelled  manya. 

3Iunyanga,  2,  n.,  fibre  of  the  palm 
leaves  used  in  weaving  cloth. 

3Iunyangi,  i,n.,  spendthrift,  prodi- 
gal. Generally  followed  by  wa 

bintu. 

3Iunyanvudi,  2,  n.,  the  silk  of  corn. 

.Munyasu,  2,  n.,  switch,  rod,  whip. 

3Iunyemi,  i,  n.,  fugitive,  refugee. 

3Iunyenga,  2,  n.,  earthworm. 

3Iunyengi,  i,  n.,  highway  robber, 
highwayman,  brigand. 

3Iunyi?  interrog.  adv.,  how'? 
what?  what  is  the  matter? 
for  what  cause  or  reason  or 
purpose  ? why  not  ? §177. 

bule  m.?  how  far?  how  long? 
bungi  m.?  how  many?  how 
much? 

3Iunyinyi,  2,  n.,  meat,  flesh, 
cianza  cia  m.,  left  hand, 
m.  wa  mu  mi,  fish, 
m.  wa  ngombe,  beef, 
m.  wa  ngulube,  bacon. 


380 


MUNYIXA— MUSAKUCI. 


Munyixa,  vt.,  to  finish,  complete, 
terminate,  bring  to  end,  per- 
fect, conclude,  be  done. 

Perhaps  this  word  can  also  be 
spelled  manyixa. 

Munyixa,  vt.,  to  teach,  instruct, 
inform,  educate,  explain  to, 
discipline,  make  aware  of, 
train. 

m.  bualu  bubi,  to  lead  astray, 
entice,  lure,  allure,  tempt, 
seduce,  spoil. 

Perhaps  this  word  can  also  he 
spelled  manyixa. 

Munyonga,  2,  w.(Buk.),  chisel 
with  which  the  palm  is  tapped 
for  wine. 

Munyungu,  2,  sieve,  sifter. 

Muofo,  2,  w.,  navel. 

Muomba,  2,  n.,  stocks. 

Muoniumue,  loc.  adv.,  in  the  same 
place,  together.  § 96,  Rem  2. 

di  m.,  to  be  equal,  be  like  or 
alike  or  identical,  be  the  same 
as,  be  correct,  be  of  same  or 
similar  sort  or  kind  or  quality 
or  character  or  species  or 
variety,  be  mate  or  match,  re- 
semble, agree. 

ena  m.,  to  differ,  vary,  be  differ- 
ent or  unlike  or  unequal  or 
uneven,  be  diverse. 

Compare  with  hohamue. 

3Iuomuo,  loc.  adv.,  there  (in), 
thence,  thither,  yonder.  § 163, 
Note  ^ 

31uongo,  2,  n.,  back  of  knife  blade, 
backbone  or  spine  of  body. 

m.  wa  mukolo,  shin. 

3Iuonso,  loc.  adv. {made  up  of  mu 
and adj.  onso,  all),  everywhere, 
anywhere,  somewhere,  w’here- 
soever.  § 371,  Rem. 

Compare  with  kuonso  and  hon- 
so. 

3Iuosa,  2,  n.,  whistling  (with  the 
mouth). 

ela  m.,  to  whistle. 

3Iuoxi,  2,  n.,  string,  vine  or  creeper 
used  for  tying,  cord,  line,  rope. 


.Muoyo,  2,  n.,  life,  kernel,  or  germ  or 
embryo  of  seed,  salvation,  salu- 
tation or  compliments  or  greet- 
ing or  respects  or  regards,  used 
in  figurative  sense  to  express 
heart  or  breast  or  conscience  or 
memory  or  mind  or  will  or 
soul  or  spirit. 

di  ne  m.,  to  be  alive,  be  living, 
ela  m.,  to  hope. 

endexa  ku  m.,  to  nauseate,  make 
sick  at  stomach,  sicken, 
ha  or  ela  with  m.,  to  thank,  be 
grateful  or  thankful  to. 
ha  or  ela  or  ebexa  with  m.,  to 
give  compliments  or  respects 
or  regards  or  salutation  or 
greeting,  salute,  greet,  hail,  say 
adieu  or  farewell  or  good-bye. 
hela  m.,  to  give  respects  for 
another. 

hua  m.,  or  m.  wakuhua,  to  for- 
get, miss,  overlook,  omit, 
kalexa  m.,  take  heart, 
kudimuna  or  andamuna  with 
m.,  to  change  one’s  mind,  re- 
pent. 

muendi  ku  m.,  nausea,  sickness 
at  stomach. 

m.  as  subj.  of  enda  with  the  per 
son  as  obj.,  or  di  ne  muendi 
ku  m.,  or  ku  m.  kudi  kuenda, 
to  be  nauseous,  be  sick  at 
stomach. 

m.  as  subj.  of  nyingala  or  sama, 
to  be  grieved,  be  melancholy, 
be  sad,  sorrowdul,  be  sorry,  be 
penitent,  regret,  repent, 
samina  or  kumina  with  m.,  to 
covet,  long  after,  yearn  for. 

3Iusa,  2,  n.,  hard  part  of  palm  nut 
after  the  oily  skin  has  been 
taken  off,  testicle. 

3Iusabu,  2,  n.,  mush,  gruel.  This 
word  is  doubtless  from  s^ba,  to 
boil. 

3Iusakuci,  2,  n.,  a musical  instru- 
ment made  by  putting  seeds 
into  a gourd,  a rattle. 


MUSALA— MUTANGALUXI. 


381 


3Iusala,  2,  n.,  edge,  border,  limit, 
margin,  boundary,  side  of,  bank 
or  beach  or  shore  or  coast. 

Musambu,  2,  hymn,  song,  tune, 
music. 

Musamu,  2,  n.,  pillow. 

31usanda,  2,  intestinal  worm. 

Musangu,  2,  n.,  time, 
misangu  ibidi,  twice, 
misangu  isatu,  thrice, 
misangu  ya  bungi,  often,  fer- 
quently. 

m.  muibidi,  second  time, 
m.  muihi,  short  time,  short  while, 
m.  mukuabo,  next  time, 
m.  mule,  long  time,  long  time 
ago,  long  while, 
m.  umue,  once,  one  time. 

3Iusangu,  2,  «.,  long  stick  with 
which  boat  is  pushed  along. 

31usasa,  2,  n.,  basket  or  cage  in 
which  fowls  are  carried. 

Musau,  2,  «.,  pestle. 

Museba,  2,  n.,  a kick,  stamping, 
tua  m.,  to  kick. 

tua  m.  hanxi,  to  stamp  or  tramp 
or  tread  heavily. 

Musekfeleke,  2,  «.,  flower  of  the 
palm. 

3Iusele,  2,  «.,  bud,  sprout. 

3Iusenga,  2,  «.,  powder  (anything 
fine). 

Musengeleke,  2 «.,  stalk  of  corn. 

3Iusenxi,  i,  w.,  a bushman,  bar- 
barian, uncivilized  person. 
This  is  an  imported  word. 

Musesu,  2,  «.,  highway. 

Musodi,  2,  n.,  lizard. 

3Iusoko,  2,  n.,  village,  town,  city, 
misoko  yonso,  the  world  {figu- 
rative). 

m.  wa  Nzambi,  heaven. 

The  pi.  of  this  word  may  be  used 
to  express  the  idea  of  country, 
land,  region,  section,  district, 
dominion,  kingdom. 

Musokoko,  2,  n.,  secret,  mystery, 
-a  m.,  mysterious,  unknown. 
Sometimes  pronounced  musoko. 


Musomono,  2,  «.,  quill  of  porcu- 
pine. 

31usonga,  2,  w.,  top  or  ridge  of 
roof. 

Musongi,  I,  n.,  a carver  (of  wood), 
m.  wa  mpingu,  a maker  of 
charms,  fetishes,  etc. 

3Iusonguedi,  i,  «.,  traitor,  back- 
biter, slanderer. 

Musoso,  2,  «.,  foreskin. 

di  ne  m.,  to  be  uncircumcised. 

Musoxi,  2,  w.,  gravy,  soup,  broth. 

Musuasu,  2,  «.,  white  ant,  termite. 

3Iusui,  2,  «.,  a rattle  (used  as 
musical  instrument). 

Musulu,  2,  w.,  river,  brook,  creek, 
stream. 

31usundu,  2,  n.,  jeemusoso. 

Musundu,  2,  n.,  leech. 

Musungi,  I,  «.,  peacemaker,  recon- 
ciler. 

Musungidi,  i,  w.,  defender,  de- 
liverer, mediator,  savior,  re- 
deemer. 

Musunsa,  2,  n.,  time, 
misunsa  ibidi,  twice, 
misunsa  isatu,  thrice, 
misunsa  ya  bungi,  often,  fre- 
quently. 

m.  muibidi,  second  time, 
m.  umue,  once,  one  time. 

See  musangu. 

3Iutaku,  2,  w.,  brass  rod,  wire  cut 
into  short  pieces  and  used  as 
money. 

Mutamba,  2,  w.,  ridge-pole  of  house, 
long  pole  supporting  veranda. 

Mutanda,  2,  w.,  loaf  of  bread. 

Mutandala,  2,  11.,  ridge-pole  of 
house,  long  pole  supporting 
veranda. 

3Iutangadiki,  i,  «.,  name  applied 
colloquially  to  the  native 
Christian  evangelist;  may  per- 
haps also  be  used  for  apostle, 
disciple,  minister. 

3Iutangadixi,  i,  w.,  spendthrift, 
prodigal.  Generally  followed 
by  wa  bintu. 

Mutangaluxi,  see  mutangadixi. 


382 


MUTANGIDI— MUXIHU. 


Mutangidi,  i,  w.,  watchman,  sen- 
try, sentinel,  keeper,  overseer, 
witness. 

Mutanta,  2,  n.,  crack,  crevice, 
flaw,  leak. 

tubuka  m.,  to  spring  a leak. 

Mutayo,  2,  n.{jrom  taya),  talking, 
hubbub,  disturbance,  noise, 
fuss,  palaver,  wrangle,  wrang- 
ling, row,  sound  of  noise,  quar- 
rel, trouble. 

-a  m.,  noisy,  quarrelsome, 
kosexa  or  xikixa  with  m.,  to 
quell,  quiet,  still,  hush, 
lekela  m.,  to  be  silent,  stop  talk- 
ing, hush,  be  quiet,  keep 
silence,  be  still. 

tekam.,  to  disturb,  make  trouble, 
or  palaver. 

Mutelenge,  2,  n.,  loaded  cartridge 
or  shell  for  gun. 

m.  wa  lutende,  a loaded  car- 
tridge for  rifle,  a bullet,  ball, 
m.  wa  tundimba,  loaded  shell 
for  shotgun. 

Mutempexi,  i,  n.,  diviner,  doctor, 
sorcerer,  conjurer. 

Mutendelelu,  2,  w.,  prayer  (as  to 
divinity). 

Mutengu,  2,  w.,  used  in  the  ph. 
cingoma  cia,  m.  a flint-lock 
gun. 

Mutentekedi,  i,  n.,  eavesdropper, 
spy. 

Mutete,  2,  n.,  a kind  of  greens. 

Mutomboke,  i,  n.,  a fool,  idiot, 
lunatic. 

Mutonda,  2,  n.,  grain  of  corn,  seed. 

3Iutoto,  2,  n.,  star, 
m.  mutuke,  meteor. 

Mutu,  2,  n.,  head,  source  of  stream, 
summit,  top,  pinnacle,  dream, 
vision. 

-a  ku  m.,  the  first,  the  foremost, 
ha  m.  ha,  on  top  of,  over  the  top 
of,  above,  overhead, 
kabalabala  ka  m.,  skull, 
ku  m.,  first,  forward,  forwards, 
at  the  head  of,  at  the  front  of, 
at  the  front  part  of,  at  upper 


31vitu  {continued). 

end  or  front  end,  up-river,  up- 
stream. 

ku  m.  kutuhu,  bareheaded, 
lata  m.,  to  dream,  have  a vision, 
m.  with  mubele  or  musame, 

headache. 

m.  munxi,  headlong. 

m.  wa  dibele,  nipple  of  breast. 

m.  wa  lubanza,  first  wife  taken. 

Mutuadi,  i,  «.,  a carrier,  por- 
ter. Generally  followed  hy  wa 
bintu. 

batuadi,  caravan. 

Mutubu,  2,  w.,  ditch,  rut,  trench, 
gully. 

3Iutudi,  I,  n.,  blacksmith. 

Mutumi,  I,  n.,  leader  of  a tune. 

3Iutunda,  2,  n.,  ant-hill  made  by 
the  bintunte. 

Mutungula,  i,  n.{jrom  tungula),  a 
eunuch. 

3Iututu,  2,  n.,  a blow,  a kick. 

3Iututu,  2,  n.,  navel. 

3Iuviele,  i,  «.,  mother  of  new-born 
babe. 

Muvumbi,  2,  n.,  a continued  rain. 

Muvungu,  2,  w.,  a roll  or  bundle  or 
pack  or  package  made  by  roll- 
ing up. 

Muxa,  2,  n.,  wind  from  bowels, 
ela  m.,  to  break  wind. 

Muxangi,  2,  w.(Buk.),  corpse,  dead 
body  of  person,  spirit  or  ghost 
of  the  dead,  apparition,  hob- 
goblin, bogie,  demon,  devil. 

Muxete,  2,  w.,  box,  trunk,  chest, 
case. 

Muxi,  2,  n.,  root. 

Muxiba,  2,  n.,  barrel  of  gun,  stem 
of  pipe,  tube. 

3Iuxibale,  i,  n.,  a fool,  idiot,  ig- 
noramus, simpleton,  dunce. 

Muxihi,  I,  w.,  murderer. 

Muxihianganyi,  i,  n.,  murderer. 

Muxihu,  2,  n.,  the  dry  season 
(lasting,  south  of  the  equator, 
from  May  to  September), 
winter,  drought. 


MUXIKANKUNDE— NDOHO. 


383 


Muxikankunde,  2,  n.,  lass,  maid, 
maiden,  damsel,  young  wo- 
man, virgin,  girl. 

Muxiki,  2,  n.,  pile  or  heap  of  earth. 

Muximi,  i,w.,  liar,  hypocrite,  fraud- 
ulent person. 

3Iuxinda,  2,  w.,  oil  from  the  kernel 
of  palm  nut. 

Muxinga,  2,  w.,  price,  value,  worth, 
bargain,  cost,  expense,  trade, 
-a  m.  mukale,  costly,  dear,  ex- 
pensive, precious,  valuable. 

-a  m.  mutekete,  cheap,  worth- 
less, of  little  account, 
bandixa  or  kalexa  with  m.,  to 
put  up  the  price,  make  costly 
or  precious  or  dear  or  expen- 
sive. 

enda  m.,  to  trade,  buy  and  sell, 
barter,  deal  in. 

endulula  m.  muimpc,  to  gain 
by  trading,  profit, 
huckexa  or  tekexa  or  tentulula, 
with  m.,  to  beat  down  or  lower 
or  reduce  or  decrease  the  price, 
ngenda  wa  m.,  trader,  merchant, 
tua  m.,  to  drive  a bargain,  talk 
a trade. 

Muxinga,  2,  n.,  string,  cord,  line, 
rope,  twine. 

m.  wa  bute,  net  for  catching 
animals,  a hunting  net. 
m.  wa  ndadika,  net  for  catching 
fish  (it  lies  in  the  water,  hence 
the  name  ndadika  from  lala, 
to  lie). 

Sometimes  pronounced  mujinga. 

Muxobo,  2,  n.,  pliability,  pliable- 
ness, flexibility,  suppleness. 

-a  m.,  pliable,  pliant,  bendable, 
flexible,  supple. 

May  he  spelled  mujobo. 

Muxoxo,  2,  w.,  switch,  rod,  whip. 

Muxuku,  2,  n.y  lip,  edge  of  cup  or 
plate,  brim,  rim,  spout  of 
kettle. 

-am.  wambelu,  of  the  family  of. 
dituaya  dia  m.,  napkin,  servi- 
ette. 

m.  wa  cingoma,  muzzle  of  gun. 


Muxuku  {continued). 
m.  wa  diulu,  nostril, 
m.  wa  mbelu,  entrance,  door- 
way. 

tuangana  m.,  to  kiss. 

Muyuda,  i,  n.,  a Jew.  Perhaps 
also  Mujuda(i). 


N. 

Nana,  vt.^  to  dun,  ask  one  to  pay  a 
debt. 

Nanga,  vt.^  to  cook  or  roast  by 
drying  before  a fire  on  a spit, 
toast. 

Some  say  nana. 

Nanga,  vt.,  see  sua. 

Nanga,  vt.,  to  admonish,  rebuke, 
correct,  discipline,  reprove,  re- 
proach, scold,  restrain,  govern, 
control,  manage. 

Nanyi,  neg.  adv.,  no. 

Nata,  3,  n.,  north(Eng.). 

Naxa,  neg.  adv.,  used  as  follows: 

(1)  As  neg.  answer  to  question’, 
as,  neuye  kuniusoko?  Naxa, 
are  you  going  to  the  village? 
No. 

(2)  Occasionally  to  strengthen  a 
neg.  sentence’,  as,  ciena  nya 
naxa,  I am  not  going,  no. 

(3)  To  express  the  idea  of 
either  ...  or.  § 433. 

Naya,  vi.,  to  play,  sport. 

n.  ne,  to  play  with,  have  fun  with, 
amuse. 

Nayixa,  vt.,  to  play  with,  have  fun 
with,  jest  or  joke  with,  amuse, 
tease. 

Ncito,  3,  w.(Eng.),  store. 

Ndadika,  3,  n7{jrom  lala,  to  lie'). 
used  in  ph.  muxinga  wa  n. 
meaning  a kind  of  net  left  in 
the  water  to  catch  fish. 

Ndende,  3,  n.,  trigger  or  spring  of 
trap  or  snare. 

teya  n.,  to  set  a trap  or  snare. 

Ndoho,  3,  n.,  fish-hook. 

Some  say  luloho. 


3^4 


NDUDT— NGOMBE. 


Ndudi,  3,  n.,  good  aim  (gun). 

Nduhukilu,  3,  n.(Jrom  luhuka,  to 
go  out),  used  in  ph.  dituku 
dia  n.  wa  Lumingu,  meaning 
Monday. 

Ndundu,  3,  w.,  india-rubber,  caout- 
chouc, croquet  ball. 

Ndunga,  3,  w.,  a kind  of  European 
cloth. 

Ne,  conj.y  and,  also,  beside,  along 
with,  with,  by  means  of.  There 
is  ojten  a prepositional  idea. 
In  Direct  Discourse  construc- 
tions ne  has  the  force  of  that. 
§ 455  ip)  (2). 

di  ne,  to  have,  own,  possess,  con- 
tain. 

hehi  ne,  near  to. 

ku  . . . to  ne  ku,  from  ...  to 
or  till  or  until. 

ne  . . . ne,  both  . . . and, 
whether  ...  or. 

See  § 426,  Rem.  3. 

Nema,  vi.,  to  be  heavy  or  weighty, 
grow  or  get  worse  in  health 
{vAth  disama  as  suhj.). 

n.  with  mucima  as  subj.,  to  hesi- 
tate, be  uncertain  about,  falter, 
be  fickle,  vacillate. 

Nemeka,  vt.,  to  honor,  adore, 
praise,  esteem,  hallow,  pay 
homage  to,  magnify,  do  obei- 
sance to,  regard,  respect,  re- 
vere, reverence,  venerate,  glo- 
rify, give  salutation  or  re- 
spects or  greeting  to  a chief, 
salute  or  greet  a superior. 

neg.  of  n.,  to  disobey,  be  dis- 
obedient to,  dishonor,  be  dis- 
respectful to. 

Xemekela,  vt..,  see  nemeka. 

Xemenena,  vi.,  see  nema. 

Nemexa,  vt.,  used  with  mucima  as 
obj.  meaning  to  discourage, 
dishearten. 

Nenga,  vi.,  to  elapse,  interv^ene, 
expire,  become  long. 

Nfldi  mukulu,  n.,  God.  See  note 
under  God.  Class  I. 


Xflndu,  3,  n.,  a species  of  black 
monkey. 

Nflnina,  3,  n.,  a bow  knot.  Com- 
pare with  finuka. 

Nfinu,  3,  n.,  see  nfinina. 

Xfuanka,  3,  n.,  tobacco. 

Nfuele,  3,  «.,  flag. 

Nfukete,  3,  n.,  ramrod. 

Nfulanka,  3,  w. (French),  franc. 

Nfumu,  I,  n.,  chief,  king,  lord, 
master,  nobleman,  governor, 
prince,  ruler, 
muana  wa  n.,  prince, 
n.  wa,  owner,  possessor,  pro- 
prietor. 

See  mukelenge. 

Nga,  adj.,  another,  other,  else,  more, 
some  one  or  something  else, 
several,  part  (some), 
n.  . . . n.,  the  one  . . . the 
other,  some  . . . others,  sever- 
al ..  . several. 

n.  with  locatives  prefixed,  else- 
where, somewhere  else.  § 370. 

Nga  ? interrog.  adj. {with  Secondary 
Prefixes,  § 178),  how’  many? 
how  much  ? what  quantity  ? 

Ngabu,  3,  «.,  shield. 

Ngala,  3,  w.(Bukuba),  salt. 

Ngandu,  3,  n.,  crocodile. 

Nganyi  ? interrog.  pro.,  who? 
whom  ? 

-a  n.?  whose? 

dina  diebi  n.?  what  is  your 
name? 

Ngena,  3,  n.,  hell.  From  Greek 
yeevva. 

Ngenda,  i,  11. {from  enda),  used  in 
ph.  n.  wa  muxinga  meaning 
trader,  merchant. 

Ngi,  adj.,  many,  a great  deal  of, 
much,  abundant,  divers,  nu- 
merous, plentiful,  plenty  of, 
several,  vast  number  of. 

Ngia-ngi,  adj.,  see  ngi. 

Nglas,  3,  «.(Eng.),  glass,  tumbler. 

Ngoma,  3,  n.,  drum  made  wdth 
rawhide. 

Ngombe,  3,  n.,  ox,  cow\ 
muana  wa  n.,  calf. 


NGOMBE— NKOYI. 


Xgo  nbe  {continued). 
munyinyi  wa  n.,  beef, 
n.  mukuxi  or  inukuxi’a  n.,  cow. 
n.  mulumi  or  mulumi’a  n.,  bull. 

Ngondo,  3,  w.,  moon,  month. 

n.  bungi  munyi  ? what  age  ? 

how  old?  how  long? 
n.  ki  ? when  ? what  month  ? 
n,  ya  bungi,  long  time,  long 
while. 

n.  as  subj.  of  lua  cibalu  or 
tentama,  to  be  full  moon, 
n.  as  subj.  of  bala,  the  coming  or 
appearing  of  the  new  moon, 
n.  walua,  next  month.  § 306  (c), 
Rem.  I. 

Ngonga,  3,  large  European  bell. 

Ngongo,  3,  «.,  a small  rodent. 

Ngulu,  pi.  of  3 or  4,  w.,  strength, 
might,  force,  energy,  ability, 
power,  vigor,  violence,  health, 
-a  n.,  healthy,  strong,  vigorous, 
ena  ne  n.,  to  be  delicate,  be  not 
strong. 

hita  or  tamba  with  n.,  to  con- 
quer, be  victorious,  beat,  de- 
feat, excel,  win,  prevail,  re- 
pulse, subjugate,  subject,  van- 
quish, master,  overthrow,  over- 
come, quell,  subdue. 

Sometimes  pronounced  ngudu. 

Ngulube,  3,  ».,  hog,  swine,  wild 
boar. 

mnan*a  n.,  pig. 
n^yi  a n.,  lard. 
mukuxi*a  n.,  sow. 
mulumi*a  n.,  boar, 
munyinyi  wa  n.,  bacon. 

Xgulunge,  3,  ».,  lean  meat. 

Ngulungu,  3,  «.,  a species  of  ante- 
lope. 

Nguvu,  3,  n.,  hippopotamus. 

Ni,  card,  num.,  four.  Takes  Sec- 
ondary Prefixes. 

Nine,  adj.,  large,  immense,  big, 
great,  enormous,  vast,  mighty, 
broad,  ^Adde,  thick,  stout, 
famous,  distinguished,  far- 
famed,  glorious,  honorable, 
illustrious,  important,  noble. 


38s 


Nine  {continued). 

influential,  extraordinary,  re- 
markable, renowned,  eminent, 
prominent. 

di(5)  dinine,  low,  bass  voice  or 
tone. 

mi  manine,  sea,  ocean. 

Njeku,  3,  n.,  dwarfed  or  under- 
sized or  deformed  person,  lame 
or  paralyzed  person,  runt, 
paralytic.  3Iuena  generally 
precedes  this  word. 

-a  n.,  runty,  dwarfish,  under- 
sized, stunted. 

Nkaka,  3,  n.,  manis,  scaly  ant- 
eater. 

Nkala,  3,  «.,  crab.  Some  say 
lukala. 

Nkalafa,  3,  n.,  table  fork. 

Nkanku,  i,  n.,  the  younger  or 
junior  of  twins. 

Nkata,  3,  w.,  pad  for  the  head  in 
carrying  load. 

Nkaxama,  3,  w.,  leopard. 

Nkenyu,  pi.  of  4,  n.,  a skin  disease 
in  which  the  pigment  of  the 
hands  becomes  white. 

Nkese,  3,  n.,  porcupine. 

Nketel,  3,  w.(Eng.),  kettle. 

Nkima,  3,  w.,  the  common  gray- 
greenish  monkey. 

Sometimes  pronounced  ncima. 

Nkixiabendi,  3,  n.,  after  birth,  pla- 
centa. Perhaps  should  be 
spelled  nkixi’a  bende. 

Nki(y)-,  compound  disjunctive  pers. 
pro. {joined  insep.  with  poss. 
pro.),  alone,  by  one’s  self,  only, 
sole,  solitary.  See  §§  108,  109. 

Nkobo,  3,  n.,  small  basket  with  top. 

Nkoka,  3,  n.,  ditch,  rut,  gully. 

Nkose,  3,  n.,  a small  rodent. 

Nkoyi,  3,  «.,  arrow  with  blunt 
wooden  point  for  killing  birds 
or  small  game. 

Nkoyi,  3,  n.,  fit,  spasm,  convulsion 
or  unconsciousness  or  insensi- 
bility caused  by  fit.  This 
word  is  used  only  of  children. 


386 


NKOYI— NSUBU. 


Xkoyi  (continued). 

fua  or  haluka  with  m.,  to  have 
a fit  or  spasm  or  convulsion. 

Nkuasa,  3,  n.,  chair,  seat,  stool, 
n.  wa  bukelenge,  throne. 

Nkuba,  3,  «.,  flash  of  lightning. 
See  note  under  lightning. 

Nkudimba,  3,  n.,  dove,  pigeon. 

\kudu,  3,  w.,  terrapin,  tortoise, 
turtle.  Sometimes  spelled 
nkuvu. 

Nkuletu,  3,  n.,  vest,  waistcoat. 

Nkumba,  3,  w.,  a barren  or  sterile 
or  childless  woman  or  female  of 
animal,  perhaps  also  unfruitful 
tree. 

Nkumbikumbi,  3,  w.,  hawk. 

Nkunyi,  3,  w.,  ugliness.  This  is  a 
slang  word. 

-a  n.,  ugly. 

Nkusa,  3,  n.,  used  for  dikusa(foot) 
in  the  ph.  muan’a  n.,  toe. 
ciana  cia  n.  or  muan’a  n. 
munine,  great  toe. 

Nkusu,  3,  n.,  louse  (in  the  head). 

Nkusu,  3,  n.,  parrot. 

Nkutu,  3,  «.,  spoon. 

Novemba,  M.(Eng.),  November. 

Nowa,  vt.y  to  gather  or  harvest  or 
reap  the  ripe  millet. 

Nsabanga,  3,  11. (from  Portuguese), 
soap. 

Nsafu,  3,  «.,  mango.  This  word 
has  been  introduced  from  the 
Lower  Congo  and  is  there  ap- 
plied to  a native  fruit  which  is 
not  found  in  the  upper  Kasai 
regions. 

Nsahi,  3,  n.{from  Portuguese),  lock, 
padlock.  Often  used  for  the 
key  and  the  latch, 
disu  dia  n.,  keyhole, 
muan’a  n.,  key. 

xibika  or  ela  with  n.,  to  lock, 
fasten  with  a lock. 

Nsaho,  3,  n.,  wasp  nest  made  of 
wood  paste. 

Nsaho,  3,  n.,  satchel,  large  open 
bag,  scrip. 

Nsahola,  3,  w.,  onion. 


Nsala,  pi.  of  3 or  4>  w.,  hunger, 
appetite,  starvation, 
di  ne  or  ufua  or  unva  with  n., 
or  suma  or  sama  with  n.  as 
subj.  and  the  pers.  as  ohj.,  to  be 
hungry,  have  an  appetite, 
fua  n.,  or  n.  as  subj.  of  xiha  and 
the  pers.  as  obj.,  to  be  faint  from 
hunger,  be  famished,  be 
starved. 

May  be  spelled  nzala. 

Nsalata,  3,  w.,  salad.  From  Portu- 
guese. 

Nsambu,  pi.  of  3 or  4,  n.,  used  in 
phrases  kala  n.  and  kosa  n. 
meaning  to  settle  or  decide  a 
dispute  or  disagreement,  judge, 
pronounce  judgment. 

Nsampu,  3,  n.,  leaves  of  the  pea 
vine  used  as  greens. 

Nsamu,  pi.  of  4,  «.,  the  state  of 
invisibility. 

buanga  bua  n.,  medicine  or 
charm  for  making  one  in- 
visible. 

Nse,  pi.  of  3 or  4,  n.,  sweetness, 
flavor,  good  taste  (food). 

-a  n.,  sweet,  pleasant  or  agree- 
able to  taste,  tasty,  savory, 
ena  ne  n.,  to  be  unsavory,  be 
unpalatable. 

Nseke,  pi.  of  4,  n.,  siftings  of  com. 

Nsekididi,  3,  w.,  extra  amount 
given  to  conclude  trade,  gift, 
present,  “dash,”  interest,  rent, 
tentekela  n.,  to  pay  interest. 

Nsenda,  3,  «.,  blacksmith. 

Nsoko,  3,  n.,  a brownish -gray 

monkey. 

Nsolo,  3,  w.,  fowl,  chicken.  May 
be  spelled  nzolo. 

hadi  hasama  n.,  cockcrowing, 
early  morning. 

Nsubu,  3,  n.,  house,  home,  resi- 
dence, mansion,  edifice,  build- 
ing, room,  chamber, 
buexa  mu  n.  wa  maxika,  to 
imprison. 

mukelenge  or  mulami  with  wa 
n.  wa  maxika,  jailor. 


NSUBU— NVUNDE, 


387 


Nsubu  {continued). 

muntu  wa  mu  n.  wa  maxika,  a 
prisoner. 

mu  or  ku  with  n.,  at  home, 
n.  wa  bintu,  store,  factory, 
n.  wa  cilulu,  tent, 
n.  wa  maxika,  jail,  prison, 
n.  with  p.p.  passive  of  handu- 
lula,  room,  chamber;  as, 
nsubu  utti  muhandulula 
nsubu  isatu,  the  house  has 
three  rooms. 

Nsugidi,  3,  n.ijrom  Portuguese), 
sugar. 

Nsuku,  3,  n.,  bowl  of  pipe. 

Nsumixa,  3,  r^^ijrom  French),  shirt* 

Nsunga,  3,  w.,  odor,  smell,  flavor, 
fragrance,  scent.  This  word 
seems  generally  to  have  the  idea 
of  good  smell. 

-a  n.,  fragrant. 

Nsupu,  3,  «.(Eng.),  soup,  broth. 

Xtambangoma,  3,  n.,  a large  beetle. 

Xtambue,  3,  n.,  lion. 

Ntande,  3,  n.,  spider. 

Ntanta,  3,  n.,  measure  or  dimen- 
sion, extension,  extent,  length, 
distance.  May  be  long  or 
short. 

n.  muihi,  breadth,  width, 
n.  mule,  length. 

Ntendu,  3,  n.,  sharpness  (as  of 
knife). 

Ntentekedi,  3,  n.,  see  nsekididi. 

Nteula,  3,  n.,  razor. 

Nti,  3,  w.(Eng.),  tea. 

Ntoka,  3,  n.,  a species  of  poisonous 
snake. 

Ntombolo,  3,  n.,  a species  of 
monkey. 

Ntotonji,  3,  n.,  a species  of  wasp 
(making  nests  of  mud). 

Ntuixa,  pi.  of  4,  n.{from  tuixa), 
the  state  of  being  invulner- 
able, invulnerability. 

Ntundu,  3,  n.,  a species  of  ante- 
lope. 

Nua,  V.,  to  drink,  imbibe,  smoke, 
n.  ciala,  to  consult  or  divine  or 


Nua  {continued). 

enchant  by  putting  a small 
piece  of  iron  into  the  eye. 
neg.  habitual  tense  of  n.  followed 
by  maluvu,  to  be  temperate. 

Muenu,  pers.  pro.,  yo\x{pl.).  § 105. 

Nuixa,  vt.,  to  give  to  drink. 

Nungana,  vi.,  to  whisper,  grumble, 
murmur,  mutter,  speak  or  talk 
in  undertone. 

Nunka,  vi.,  to  smell,  give  forth  or 
emit  smell  or  odor  or  scent, 
n.  with  muhuya  mubi  or  ka- 
hambu  or  niukuhu  or  lusu, 
to  emit  bad  smell,  be  fetid, 
stink,  smell  bad. 

Nunkila,  v.,  to  smell  or  scent  in 
order  to  detect  odor. 

Nunku,  adv.,  thus,  in  this  manner 
or  way  or  fashion  or  method, 
likewise,  similarly,  so,  in  such 
a way. 

Also  pronounced  nenku  or 
nanku. 

Nunu,  adj.,  old,  aged,  ancient* 
Generally  refers  only  to  persons^ 

Nuona,  vt.,  to  grind,  sharpen, whet, 
put  an  edge  on. 

dibuc  dia.  kunuona,  grindstone. 

Nvinike,  3,  73. (Eng.),  vinegar. 

Nvita,  3,  n.,  fight,  battle,  war. 
bena  n.,  army. 

elangana  n.,  to  fight,  wage  war. 
muena  n.,  soldier,  warrior, 
kosexa  or  xikixamV/i  n.,  to  quell 
or  quiet  or  stop  a fight. 

May  be  spelled  nfita. 

Nvula,  3,  n.,  rain.  The  pi.  means 
the  rainy  season,  summer, 
dibue  dia  n.,  hailstone, 
mukenyi  or  muhenyi  or  muele 
followed  by  wa  n.,  a flash  of 
lightning. 

n.  as  subj.  of  kuma  with  diku- 
bakuba  as  obj.,  to  thunder, 
n.  as  subj.  of  tangadika  or  tan- 
galuka,  to  cease  raining,  clear 
up. 

Nvunde,  3,  n.,  whirlwind. 


388 


NXI— NYINGU. 


Nxi,  orphanhood. 

muan’a  n.,  orphan,  PL  is  bana 
ba  nxi. 

Nxidila(?),  vt.^  to  shut  out  or  shut 
in.  Perhaps  from  nxila,  road. 

Nxila,  3,  n.,  path,  way,  road,  route, 
street.  May  be  spelled  njila. 
mu  n.,  along  the  path, 
n.  niunine,  a highway, 
n.  wa  dikumbi  dia  bulobo,  rail- 
way track, 
n.  wa  ku,  way  to. 

Nxima,  pi.  of  3 or  4,  w.,  bread,  food, 
nourishment. 

See  bidia. 

Nxingu,  3,  «.,  neck, 

fiekela  n.,  to  choke,  throttle, 
strangle  by  squeezing. 

Nxiti,  3,  w.(Eng.),  sheet. 

Nyaci,  3,  w.,  a sneeze, 
ela  n.,  to  sneeze. 

Nyamuka,  vi.,  to  run  rapidly. 

Nyana,  vi.,  to  be  emaciated, 
thin,  grow  thin,  waste  away, 
be  haggard  or  lean,  decrease, 
diminish,  reduce,  wane  (moon). 

Nyan(a),  i,  w.,  friend,  companion, 
mate.  The  final  a is  elided 
when  the  pass.  pro.  enclitic 
forms  are  added.  § 138. 

Nyanga,  vt.,  see  ona. 

Nyanguka,  vi.,  see  onoka. 

Nya-nya,  adj.,  small,  little,  mi- 
nute, diminutive,  thin,  narrow, 
few,  scarce,  fine.  § 76. 

See  kise. 

Nyanyixa,  vt.,  to  emaciate,  abbre- 
viate, abridge,  reduce,  dimin- 
ish, decrease. 

Nyema,  vi.,  to  flee,  run . away, 
escape,  take  refuge,  retreat, 
run. 

Nyemenena,  vt.,  to  compress,  press 
or  push  or  shove  or  squeeze 
down  on,  cram  together. 

Nyemexa,  vt.,  to  put  to  flight. 

Nyenga,  vi.  or  vt.,  to  twist,  screw, 
turn  around,  squirm,  wriggle, 
wring,  the  aching  or  griping  or 
hurting  of  the  stomach  or 


Nyenga  {continued). 

bowels,  be  constipated  or  cos- 
tive. 

n.  mpala,  to  frown,  knit  the 
brows,  scowl. 

Nyenga,  vt.,  to  rob,  take  or  seize 
by  force. 

Nyengabala,  vi.,  to  be  pliant,  be 
bendable,  be  flexible,  be  sup- 
ple, be  pliable,  be  tough  or 
elastic. 

Nyengabaxa,  vt.,  to  wring  off  or 
twist  off. 

Nyengela,  vt.,  to  encircle,  surround, 
bind  up,  wrap  up,  roll  up, 
wind  around,  twine  around, 
coil,  gird  up,  enclose,  inclose. 

Nytma,  3,  n.,  back,  hind  part. 

-a  with  ha  n.  or  ku  n.,  external, 
hindermost,  the  last  one,  next 
one  behind,  y unger  or  junior, 
ela  n.,  to  turn  one’s  back  on  one. 
ha  or  ku  with  n.,  at  the  ex- 
terior, at  the  outside,  at  the 
posterior,  at  the  rear,  at  the 
stern. 

ku  n.,  across,  after,  around,  be- 
hind, beyond,  outside, 
ya  ku  n.,  to  go  after,  follow. 

Nyina,  vt.,  to  evacuate  the  bowels, 
go  to  stool,  have  an  action. 

Nyin(a),  1,  n.,  mother.  The  final 
a is  elided  when  the  pass.  pro. 
enclitic  is  added.  § 138. 

Nyingabala,  vi.,  to  fret,  be  fretful, 
be  peevish,  be  cross,  be  irri- 
table, be  petulant. 

Nyingala,  vi.,  used  with  muoyo  or 
mucima  as  subj.,  to  be  grieved, 
be  sorry,  be  penitent,  be  de- 
pressed, despond,  be  despond- 
ent, be  morbid,  be  melancholy, 
be  sad,  be  sorrowful,  pine, 
regret,  repent,  be  solemn  or 
solicitous  or  anxious,  used  also 
of  the  waning  moon  about  tc 
disappear. 

Nyingu,  3,  n.,  pot,  frying-pan, 
vessel. 


NYINK— OMBA. 


389 


Nyink(a),  i,  n.,  grandparent,  an- 
cestor, progenitor,  forefather. 
The  final  a is  elided  when  the 
pass.  pro.  enclitic  is  added. 
§ ■33- 

n.  inukaxi,  grandmother, 
n.  mulumi,  grandfather. 

Xyisii,  I,  n.,  father.  This  word 
alwiys  has  pass.  pro.  enclitic. 

§ 138. 

Nyixi,  3,  «.,  electric  fish. 

Xyoka,  vt.,  to  renounce,  denounce, 
censure,  disown,  neglect,  con- 
demn, deny,  not  to  praise. 

Nyoka,  3,  w.,  snake,  serpent. 

nyoka’a  bundu,  a large  green 
worm  (edible). 

Nyoku,  I,  n.,  mother. 

Nyongangandu,  3,  «.,  gall. 

Nyonganyonga,  adv.,  slowly,  slug- 
gishly, lazily. 

Nyongo,  3,  shell  of  snail, 
nyongo’a  dicu,  drum  of  ear. 
tdfl  tua  nyongo’a  dicu,  wax  of 
ear. 

Xyongoboka,  vi.,  to  be  crooked  or 
bent  or  curved  or  zigzag. 

Nyongoboxa,  vt.,  to  bend,  curve, 
make  zigzag. 

Nyuka,  vt.,  to  cast  or  throw  away 
as  useless. 

Xyukula,  vt.,  to  shake. 

Xyuma,  «.,  Holy  Spirit,  Holy 
Ghost.  From  Greek  Ttvevfxa. 

Xyuma,  3,  n.,  animal,  beast,  brute, 
n.  wa  ku  bula,  domestic  animal, 
n.  wa  muitu,  wild  animal. 

Nyunga,  vi.  or  vt.,  to  shake,  move, 
move  back  and  forth,  sift. 

Xyungakana,  vi.,  to  stagger,  reel, 
totter, be  unstable, be  unsteady. 

Xyungixa,  vt.,  to  shake,  move  or 
wave  back  and  forth,  turn  (as 
wheel). 

Xyunguluka,  vi.,  to  go  around,  go 
around  in  a circle,  inclose,  en- 
close, encircle,  go  round  alx)ut, 
turn  round  and  round.  This 
word  is  generally  followed  hy 
ph.  ku  nyima. 


Xyungulula,  vt.,  to  encircle,  sur- 
round, enclose,  inclose,  turn 
round  and  round. 

Xyunguluxa,  vt.,  to  turn  (as 
wheel). 

Xyunyu,  3,  n.,  bird, 
mputu  n.,  tame  pigeon, 
n.  wa  mudinga,  crane. 

Xzaji,  3,  n.,  flash  of  lightning.  See 
note  under  lightning. 

Xzambi,  i,  «.,  God.  See  note 
under  God. 

amba  bualu  bua  X.,  to  preach, 
-a  X.,  divine. 

bantu  ba  X.,  the  church  (mem- 
bers of). 

bidia  bia  X.,  communion.  Lord’s 
Supper. 

bualu  bua  X.,  Christianity,  the 
Gospel,  the  Christian  religion, 
mi  a X.,  communion  wine, 
muambi  wa  bualu  bua  X., 
priest,  preacher,  minister,  mis- 
sionary. 

mukanda  wa  X.,  Bible,  Scrip- 
tures. 

mukelenge  wa  bambl  ba  bualu 
bua  X.,  high  priest, 
muntu  wa  X.,  Christian,  mem- 
ber of  church,  convert, 
musoko  wa  n.,  heaven. 

Xzevu,  3,  n.,  elephant. 

O. 

Okotoba,  «.(Eng.),  October  (the 
month). 

Olola,  vt.,  to  bend  straight,  straight- 
en, stretch  out  or  extend  or 
hold  out  or  reach  out  or  put 
out  (as  hand),  open  out, 
spread  out,  smooth  out,  un- 
bend, unfold. 

Also  spelled  ololola. 

Ololoka,  vi.,  to  open  out,  unfold  or 
unbend  itself,  stretch  out,  be 
straight  or  straightened. 

Omba,  vt.,  to  smelt.  Doubtless  has 
reference  only  to  the  blowing 
of  the  bellows. 


390 


OMBELA— SABILA. 


Ombela,  vi.,  to  swim  (as  person). 

Ona,  vt.,  to  cause  to  go  bad,  spoil, 
waste,  wear  out,  injure,  mar, 
defile,  profane,  damage,  de- 
molish, impair,  destroy,  pol- 
lute, desecrate,  devastate,  dis- 
cipline, punish,  afflict,  be  cruel 
to,  ill-treat,  torture,  oppress, 
persecute,  be  unkind  to,  abuse, 
tyrannize  over,  corrupt,  close 
(the  path),  spend  or  exhaust  or 
expend  recklessly  or  prodi- 
gally or  extravagantly,  squan- 
der, lose  (in  trading). 

Ondaha,  vt.,  to  cure,  heal,  restore 
to  health,  treat  (disease). 

Used  only  of  persons,  not  of  the 
medicine. 

Ondela,  v.,  see  tonkena. 

Ongoloka,  vi.,  to  escape,  run  away 
(generally  with  idea  of  secret- 
ly), take  refuge,  get  away. 

Ongolola,  vt.,  slip  away  a thing 
secretly,  smuggle  away. 

Onguela,  vi.,  to  do  anything 
stealthily  or  slyly  or  slowly  or 
softly,  sneak. 

Onoka,  vi.,  to  go  bad,  spoil,  be- 
come useless  or  worthless,  be 
corrupt,  deteriorate,  go  to 
waste,  be  worn  out,  be  im- 
paired, be  marred,  be  ex- 
hausted or  spent  or  expended 
carelessly,  be  lost  in  trading. 

Sometimes  this  word  is  pronounced 
oneka. 

Onona,  v.,  to  snore.  The  noun 
\i\ono{pl.)  is  generally  used  as 
obj.  There  is  a secondary 
meaning  of  to  roar  (as  falls, 
wind). 

Onso,  adj. {taking  Secondary  Pre- 
fixes),  all,  any,  each,  entire, 
every,  intact,  whole,  total, 
perfect,  any  one,  whichever, 
whichsoever,  whoever,  what- 
ever. 

bantu  bonso,  everybody,  any 
body. 


Onso  {continued). 

bintu  bionso,  everything,  any- 
thing. 

o.  cojnbined  insep.  with,  mu  and 
ku  and  h^,  everywhere,  any- 
where, wheresoever.  § 371. 

Osa,  vt.,  to  do,  accomplish,  act, 
commit,  effect,  form,  shape, 
make,  perform,  prepare,  pro- 
duce, construct. 

See  enza. 

Ota,  V.  When  used  with  mun- 
ya(2)  as  obj.  it  means  to  bask 
or  warm  one’s  self  in  the  sun- 
shine. When  used  with 
kahia(8)  as  obj.,  it  means  to 
warm  one’s  self  by  the  fire. 

O-umue,  adj.,  alike,  the  same, 
identical,  correct,  like,  of  same 
or  similar  kind  or  sort  or  char- 
acter or  quality  or  species  or 
variety,  mate,  match,  equal. 

§ 77  (^),  96. 

di  o.,  to  resemble,  agree, 
ena  o.,  to  be  dissimilar,  be  un- 
like, be  incorrect,  be  unequal, 
be  uneven,  differ,  vary. 
Sometimes  it  seems  to  be  spe'led 
o-mue. 

Owa,  vt.,  to  hang  a person,  kill  by 
hanging. 

Owa,  V.,  to  bathe,  wash  one’s  self. 
Can  be  used  only  with  refer- 
ence to  the  body. 

Owela,  vi.,  to  swim. 

Owexa,  vt.,  to  bathe  or  wash  one, 
cleanse. 

Oxa,  V.,  to  ache,  smart,  burn,  pain, 
hurt,  roast,  set  on  fire,  con- 
sume, ignite, 
o.  mu  uvum,  to  bake. 

S. 

Saba,  vi.,  to  play,  sport,  boil  or' 
ferment  or  effervesce.  _ 
s.  ne,  to  am.use,  play  with,  have 
fun  with. 

Sabila,  vt.,  to  play  with,  amuse, 
have  fun  with. 


SABIXA— SANGAKANA. 


39I 


Sabixa,  vt.,  to  amuse,  play  with, 
joke,  jest  with,  have  fun  with, 
tease. 

Sabuka,  vi.,  to  go  across  (water), 
come  or  go  over,  cross,  ferry 
one’s  self  across,  ford,  pass 
over. 

Sabula,  vt.,  to  put  or  carry  or  ferry 
one  across  a stream. 

Sabula,  vt.,  to  boil,  stew. 

Sakula,  vt.,  to  attend  a market,  go 
marketing. 

Sala,  1/^. (Lower  Congo),  this  v.  has 
the  equivalent  oj  enza,  to  do. 
It  is  sometimes  used  by  those 
who  have  been  in  the  Lower 
Congo.  For  lack  oj  a better 
word  it  is  often  used  for  set  the 
table. 

Sala,  vt.  or  vi.,  to  mix,  mingle, 
intermingle,  move,  stir,  shake, 
wriggle,  wiggle,  squirm. 

Salakana,  vt.  or  vi.,  to  mix,  min 
gle,  intermingle,  move,  shake, 
wriggle,  wiggle,  squirm. 

Salakanya,  vt.,  to  shake,  move, 
stir. 

Salala,  vi.,  to  itch. 

Sama,  v.,  to  lay  the  head  down  on 
a pillow. 

Sama,  v.,  to  be  sick,  be  ill,  be 
unwell,  ache,  hurt,  pain,  suffer, 
s.  with  mucima  or  muoyo,  to 
be  sorry,  be  penitent,  repent, 
regret. 

s.  wtth  ns  ala  as  subj.  and  the 
person  as  obj.,  to  be  hungry, 
have  an  appetite, 
mutu  musame,  headache. 
Generally  the  part  affected  is  said 
to  make  sick  the  person-,  as, 
mutu  udi  unsama,  my  head 
aches.  But  the  person  is  often 
spoken  of  as  being  sick  in  the 
part  affected-,  as,  ndi  nsama 
mutu,  I am  sick  as  to  my  head. 

Sama,  vi.,  to  crow. 

had!  hasama  nsolo,  cockcrow- 
ing,  dawn,  early  morning. 


Sama,  vi.,  to  become  invisible  (as 
warrior  in  battle). 

Samba,  vt.,  to  cheer,  console,  com- 
fort, show  mercy  to,  be  merci- 
ful to,  pity,  soothe,  solace. 

Sambakana,  vi.,  to  assemble,  come 
together,  congregate,  combine, 
gather  together,  flow  together 
(as  streams),  join,  meet,  con- 
verge, unite,  mingle,  inter- 
mingle, be  mixed. 

Sambakanya,  vt.,  to  assemble, 
collect,  combine,  gather  to- 
gether, put  together,  mix  to- 
gether, mingle,  intermingle, 
cause  to  join,  unite,  stir  to- 
gether. 

Sambakuxa,  vt.,  see  sambakanya. 

Sambombo,  card,  num.,  six.  Takes 
Secondary  Prefixes. 

Sambuka,  vi.,  to  go  or  step  across 
or  over  (as  log,  path,  etc.), 
exceed,  overabound. 

Sambula,  vt.,  to  put  or  take  any- 
thing across  or  over  (as  over 
a log  or  path). 

Sambulukila,  vi.,  to  scatter  or 
spread  (as  contagious  dis- 
ease) . 

Sambuluxangana,  vt.,  to  throw 
back  and  forth. 

Samina,  vt.,  to  scold,  reprove,  re- 
proach, rebuke,  admonish, 
correct,  control,  discipline, 
manage,  govern,  restrain. 

Samina,  vt.,  with  muoyo  or  muci- 
ma as  subj.  this  word  means  to 
covet,  long  for,  yearn  for. 

Sampila,  vi.,  to  bud,  sprout,  shoot 
out  leaves  or  new  branches, 
put  out  leaves. 

Samuna,  vt.,  to  comb  the  hair. 

Sanda,  vt.,  to  commit  fornication 
or  adultery  with. 

Sanga,  vt.  and  vi.,  to  assemble, 
collect,  put  together,  gather 
together,  mingle,  mix  together, 
intermingle,  combine,  unite. 

Sangakana,  vt.,  to  assemble,  come 
together,  congregate,  combine, 


392 


SANGAKANA— SEKEXA. 


Sangakana  {continued). 

gather  together,  join,  meet, 
converge,  unite,  mingle,  inter- 
mingle, be  mixed,  be  disar- 
ranged, be  in  disorder,  be  de- 
ranged, be  out  of  order. 

Sangakanya,  vt.,  to  assemble,  col- 
lect, combine,  gather  together, 
put  together,  mix,  mingle,  in- 
termingle, cause  to  join,  unite, 
stir  together,  disarrange,  put 
in  disorder,  derange,  put  out 
of  order. 

Sangakuxa,  vt.,  see  sangakanya. 

Sang  ala,  vi.,  to  amend,  be  better, 
convalesce,  get  well,  improve 
in  health,  recover,  be  resusci- 
tated or  revived. 

Sangana,  vt.,  to  meet  up  with,  find. 

Sangila,  vt.  or  vt.,  to  put  together, 
combine,  assemble,  collect, 
gather  together,  flow  or  meet 
together,  converge,  unite. 

Sangixa,  vt.,  collect,  combine,  as- 
semble, add  up,  gather  to- 
gether, mix  together,  unite, 
have  in  common,  put  together, 
intermingle,  mingle,  stir  to- 
gether. 

Sanguka,  vi.,  to  change  into  some- 
thing else,  the  act  of  transmi- 
gration or  metempsychosis,  be 
born  again.  The  same  word  is 
used  of  the  reversible  pic- 
tures in  the  magic  lantern. 

Sanguluka,  vi.,  to  scatter  (as 
clouds  after  a rain),  hence  to 
clear  up,  to  amend,  get  well  or 
better,  convalesce,  improve  in 
health,  recover,  be  resusci- 
tated or  revived. 

Sanguluxa,  vt.,  to  resuscitate,  re- 
vive, bring  to,  i.e.,  to  scatter 
the  sickness. 

Sanka,  vi.,  to  be  happy,  be  blessed, 
be  glad,  be  joyful,  be  content, 
be  in  good  humor,  be  pleased, 
be  delighted,  be  merry,  exult, 
rejoice;  there  is  a secondary 
meaning  of  to  be  proud,  be 


Sanka  {continued). 

haughty,  be  vain,  be  pompous, 
vaunt  one’s  self. 

The  neg.  means  to  be  unhappy, 
etc. 

Generally  used  with  mucima  or 
muoyo  as  subj. 

Sankixa,  vt.,  to  bless,  make  happy 
or  joyful,  cheer,  gladden, 
please,  delight. 

Generally  used  with  muoyo  or 
micima  as  subj. 

Santa  Klas,  n.,  Santa  Claus. 

Sanxila,  v.,  to  sprinkle. 

Sasa,  vi.,  to  be  sour,  be  acid. 

Sasakana,  vi.,  to  itch. 

Sasakata,  vi.,  to  be  impatient,  be 
in  a hurry,  be  restless,  be  un- 
easy, be  nervous,  be  fidgety. 

Sasula,  vt.,  to  demolish  (as  a 
house),  tear  down,  pull  down, 
destroy,  wreck. 

Satana,  i,  n.,  Satan,  devil,  demon. 
Introduced  from  Hebrew. 

mulamaci  wa  satana,  demon  or 
devil  (in  Biblical  sense). 

Satu,  card,  num.,  three.  Takes 
Secondary  Prefixes. 

Saunde,  Eng.,  a word  used  on  the 
steamers  meaning  to  sound. 

Saute,  w.(Eng.),  south.  Regarded 
as  belonging  to  class  III. 

Saxa,  vt.,  to  shake,  move,  stir. 

Saya,  vt.,  see  seya. 

Seja,  see  sex  a. 

Seka,  vi.  or  vt.,  to  laugh  or  laugh 
at,  be  amused  at,  deride,  make 
fun  or  sport  of,  scoff  at,  taunt. 

SSka-muabi,  n.{the  last  part  only 
is  inflected  according  to  class 
II),  albino. 

Sekelela,  vt.,  to  give  salutation  or 
• respects  or  greeting  to  a chief, 
salute  or  greet  a chief,  con- 
gratulate, hallow,  do  incanta- 
tions, be  grateful  to,  be  thank- 
ful to,  thank. 

Sekexa,  vt.,  to  amuse,  make  to 
laugh,  have  fun  with,  provoke 
laughter,  be  rediculous  or 


SEKEXA— SOMBA. 


393 


Sekexa  {continued). 

ludicrous  or  laughable  or  funny 
or  amusing. 

Sekidila,  vt.,  to  add  something 
extra  to  conclude  the  trade, 
“dash.” 

Sekila,  vt.,  to  push,  shove,  press  or 
thrust  against. 

Sela,  vi.,-  to  move  along  sidewise, 
sidle. 

Sela,  vt.,  to  pay  the  dowry  for  a 
wdfe — given  to  parents  of  bride 
by  the  groom. 

Selemuka,  vi.,  to  slip,  slide. 

Selo,  inter jec.i^ng.),  sail  ho! 

Sembakena,  vt.,  to  meet  and  pass 
on  the  way. 

Semena,  vi.,  to  move  along  side- 
wise,  sidle. 

Semexa,  vt.,  to  make  to  move  along 
sidewi  -,e,  push  or  shove  against, 
press  I r thrust  against. 

Sendama,  vi.,  to  lean,  incline  or 
slant  or  slope  out  of  the  per- 
pendicular. 

Sendeka,  vt.,  to  cause  to  incline, 
lean,  slant. 

Sendemexa,  vt.,  see  sendeka. 

Senena,  vi.,  to  be  sleek,  be  smooth, 
be  soft. 

Senga,  vt.,  to  shake,  move,  sift  (as 
flour) . 

Sengela,  vt.,  to  implore,  beseech, 
persuade,  plead  with,  invoke, 
supplicate,  coax,  entreat, 
“please  do.”  There  is  usually 
implied  the  idea  of  caressing. 

Sengelela,  vt.,  see  sengela. 

Sengula,  vt.,  to  cut  away  brush, 
clear  a field. 

Sentedi,  i,  w.(Eng.  or  French), 
sentry,  sentinel,  watchman. 

Sepetemba,  n.  (Eng.),  September. 

Sesa,  vi.,  to  make  a detour. 

See  sesuka. 

Sesuka.  vi.,  to  make  a detour,  turn 
out  of  the  way  or  aside  in 
order  to  pass  or  to  permit 
another  to  pass,  go  round  an^ 


Sesuka  {continued). 

object  in  the  way,  move  or 
get  out  of  the  way,  glance  off. 

Sexa,  vt.{Causative  of  sela),  to 
push  or  press  or  thrust  against, 
shove.  The  idea  is  that  of 
sidewise.  Sometimes  spelled 
seja. 

Seya,  vt.,  to  carve  or  cut  up  meat, 
dissect. 

Sitaci,  «.(Eng.),  starch.  Regarded 
as  belonging  to  class  III. 

Sodia,  V.,  to  click  the  throat  in  order 
to  express  anger  or  disapproval, 
abuse  or  insult  one  in  this  way, 
grumble,  offend,  show  scorn  or 
vexation. 

Soha,  vt.,  to  stir  up  together,  mix, 
mingle. 

Sohela,  ^'.(Eng.),  to  spell. 

Sohoka,  vi.,  the  accidental  or  unin- 
tentional firing  off  of  a gun  or 
springing  of  a trap. 

Sometimes  spelled  suhuka. 

Sokoka,  vt.,  to  conceal,  hide,  se- 
crete. 

s.  musokoko,  to  keep  a secret. 

Sokola,  vt.,  to  confess,  own  up, 
unhide,  reveal,  acknowledge, 
disclose,  divulge. 

Sokolola,  vt.,  to  betray  or  reveal  or 
tell  a secret,  divulge,  find 
something  hidden,  confess,  own 
up,  acknowledge,  unhide,  dis- 
close. 

Sokoma,  vt.,  to  conceal  or  hide  or 
secrete  one’s  self,  be  concealed, 
be  hidden. 

Sola,  vt.,  to  clear  off  a field,  cut 
away  large  trees. 

Soloka,  vi.,  to  hop  or  jump  (as 
frog). 

Soma,  vt.,  to  load  or  ram  a gun. 

Somba,  vt.,  to  borrow  with  inten- 
tion of  returning  equivalent  in 
value  or  kind.  Cotitrast  with 
hanza. 

Somba,  v.,  to  converse  together, 
have  conversation,  speak  or 
talk  together. 


394 


SOMBAKUXA— SUNGILA. 


Sombakuxa,  vt.,  to  exchange, 
change,  trade. 

Sombexa,  vt.,  to  lend,  loan,  let  out. 
The  idea  is  that  of  not  returning 
the  same  article  hut  the  same  in 
kind. 

Sompoka,  vi.,  to  stick  through  (as 
needle  through  cloth). 

Sompola,  vt.,  to  pass  through  (as 
bullet). 

Songa,  vt.,  to  carve  (as  wood),  cut, 
file  the  teeth,  form  or  shape  or 
make  by  cutting  or  carving, 
sharpen  to  a point. 

Songakuxi,  i,  n.,  girl,  maiden,  lass, 
maid,  young  woman,  damsel, 
virgin. 

Songalumi,  i,  n.,  boy,  lad,  youth, 
young  man. 

Songuela,  vt.,  to  accuse  one  before 
another,  betray,  complain  of 
to  another,  backbite,  defame, 
slander,  tell  on,  traduce,  be 
traitor  to,  be  treacherous 
toward,  vilify,  talk  or  speak 
against  one,  calumniate. 

Sonsola,  vt.,  to  stir  up  or  poke  the 
fire. 

Sua,  vt.,  to  love,  desire,  esteem, 
fancy,  care  for,  fain,  like, 
prefer,  want,  wish, 
s.  bakuxi,  to  be  lascivious,  be 
lecherous,  be  lewd,  be  licen- 
tious, be  lustful.  U sed  of  men. 
s.  balumi,  to  be  lascivious,  be 
lecherous,  be  lewd,  be  licen- 
tious, be  lustful.  Used  of 
women. 

neg.  of  s.,  to  despise,  detest,  hate. 
The  infin.  kusua  is  used  as  noun 
to  express  affection,  love. 

Suanga,  vt.,  to  hull,  husk,  shuck. 

Suika,  vt.,  to  tie,  bind,  fasten,  tie 
a knot. 

Suka,  vt.,  to  shrug  the  shoulders. 

Suka,  vt.,  to  put  an  instrument  in 
tune,  harmonize,  attune. 

Sukila,  vt.,  to  harmonize  (as  two 
instruments),  tune  instruments 
to  each  other,  attune. 


Sukixa,  vt.^to  sharpen  by  hammer- 
ing (as  blacksmith). 

Some  say  sekexa. 

Sukuka,  vi.,  to  be  out  of  tune  or 
harmony,  not  to  harmonize,  be 
discordant. 

Sukula,  vt.,  to  put  out  of  tune  or 
harmony,  cause  not  to  har- 
monize. 

Sukula,  (Lower  Congo),  to  wash, 
cleanse,  purge,  purify,  clean 
with  water. 

Sukula,  vi.,  to  urinate,  make 
water. 

Sukulu,  w.(Eng.),  school.  Re- 
garded as  belonging  to  class  III. 

Sukunya,  vi.,  to  urinate,  make 
water. 

Suluka,  vi.,  to  get  or  become  free 
or  loose  or  untied  or  undone  or 
unfastened. 

Sulula,  vt.,  to  loosen,  set  free,  let 
go,  liberate,  disentangle,  ex- 
tricate, let  loose,  give  freedom 
or  liberty,  untie  a knot,  unbind, 
undo,  unfasten,  unloose. 

Suma,  vt.,  to  bite,  sting,  hurt  (as  in 
pain). 

s.  with  nsala  as  subj.  and  the 
person  as  obj.,  to  be  hungry, 
have  an  appetite. 

Sumba,  vt.,  to  buy,  purchase,  bar- 
ter. 

Sumbula,  vt.,  to  cast  or  throw  away 
as  useless. 

Sumika,  vt.,  to  bleed  a person  by 
cupping,  cup. 

Suna,  vt.,  to  bring  or  carry  or  fetch 
or  draw  water  from  a spring 
or  stream. 

Sunga,  vt.,  to  separate  or  part  those 

♦ in  a quarrel,  pacify,  reconcile, 
conciliate,  mediate,  intervene. 

Sungidila,  vt.,  to  defend,  deliver, 
mediate  in  behalf  of,  save, 
rescue,  succor. 

Sungila,  vt.,  to  defend,  save,  de- 
liver, mediate  in  behalf  of, 
rescue,  succor. 


SUNGULA— TALUXA. 


39S 


Sungula,  vt.,  to  choose,  select, 
prefer,  had  rather,  decide  on, 
elect,  pick  out,  destine, 
s.  diambedi,  to  foreordain,  pre- 
destinate. 

Sungulula,  to  assort,  separate, 
divide,  part,  sort. 

Sunsula,  vt.,  to  crush  or  rub  up  in 
the  hands,  crumble. 

Sunuka,  vi.,  to  sulk,  be  sulky,  be 
sullen. 

Susamana,  vi.,  to  squat,  stoop,  sit 
on  the  haunches. 

Susuka,  vi.,  be  worn  out,  be  rag- 
ged, be  tired,  be  exhausted,  be 
faint,  be  weary,  be  weak. 

Susula,  vt.,  to  wear  out,  tire,  ex- 
haust. 

Susuma,  vi.,  to  smart,  burn,  pain, 
hurt. 


T. 

Ta,  vt.,  to  hunt  or  chase  with  dogs. 

Tab  ala,  vi.,  to  be  awake,  keep 
awake,  open  the  eyes. 

Tabuluka,  vi.,  to  be  alarmed,  be 
astonished,  be  frightened,  be 
startled,  to  start  suddenly. 

Tabuluxa,  vt.,  to  startle,  frighten, 
alarm,  astonish,  surprise. 

Tacixa,  vt.,  to  annoy,  worry,  vex, 
anger,  enrage,  exasperate,  irri- 
tate, persecute,  afflict,  oppress, 
provoke,  tantalize,  tease,  tor- 
ment, trouble,  aggravate, 
bother.  Contrast  with  the  vt. 
form  tata. 

Tadi,  conj.y  but. 

Tadi,  vi.,  see  kadi. 

Taha,  vt.,  to  chop,  cut,  cut  down, 
strike  so  as  to  cut,  smite, 
gash,  stab,  be  rough  or  uneven 
to  touch;  sometimes  used  tn 
sense  of  write,  mark, 
t.  lusalu,  to  tattoo, 
t.  mputa,  to  wound. 
p.p.  passive,  wounded. 

T&ha,  vt.,  to  dip  up  water. 


Taha,  vt.,  to  win  or  gain  at  gam- 
bling. The  person  losing  or 
forfeiting  is  the  secondary  obj. 
of  the  verb]  as,  nakutaha 
Kasongo  bintu  biandi,  I won 
Kasongo’s  things,  or  Kasongo 
forfeited  his  things  to  me. 

Tahakana,  vi.,  to  be  covered  or 
daubed  or  smeared  over  with. 

Tahuluka,  vi.,  to  separate,  diverge, 
branch  out,  part,  divide. 

Tahulula,  vt.,  to  assort,  separate, 
sort,  part,  arrange,  divide. 

Taka,  vi.,  to  tremble,  quake,  move, 
shake. 

Takankana,  vt.,  to  be  unsteady,  be 
unstable,  stagger,  reel,  totter. 

Takixa,  vt.,  to  shake,  move  by 
shaking,  cause  to  quake. 

Takula,  vt.,  to  lift  up,  raise  up. 

Talala,  vi.,  to  be  calm,  be  at  peace, 
be  peaceful,  be  gentle,  be  quiet, 
be  settled,  be  silent,  be  still, 
be  tranquil,  be  cold,  be  chilly, 
be  cool,  be  damp,  be  moist, 
be  wet,  be  soaked,  be  humid, 
be  insipid,  be  saltless,  be  taste- 
less, be  unseasoned,  be  dis- 
tasteful, be  cured,  be  healed, 
be  well. 

-a  mucima  mutalale,  content, 
satisfied. 

Talala,  adv.,  calmly,  quietly,  peace- 
fully, in  silence,  silently,  softly, 
di  t.,  to  be  peaceful,  be  at  peace, 
be  quiet,  be  calm,  be  settled, 
be  silent,  be  still,  be  tranquil, 
mona  or  tangila  or  xoxa  with 
t.,  to  gaze  at,  stare  at,  look  at 
steadfastly  or  intently. 

Taluxa,  vt.,  to  qaiet,  pacify,  quell, 
hush,  still,  make  cold  or  cool, 
cure  or  heal  or  restore  to  health, 
relieve  or  ease  pain,  quench 
or  slake  or  satisfy  or  appease 
thirst,  dampen,  wet,  moisten, 
t.  buanga,  to  destroy  the  in- 
fluence of  charm  or  medicine 
or  fetish. 


TAMBA— TANTAMtKA. 


39*5 


Tamba,  f.,  to  pass  on  ahead  of  or 
by,  go  on  before,  come  or  go 
past,  be  beyond,  be  first,  go 
over  or  through  or  by,  surpass, 
exceed. 

t.  buimpe,  to  be  better,  be  su- 
perior. 

t.  with  bukale  or  ngulu,  to  beat, 
excel,  conquer,  win,  defeat, 
overcome,  master,  overthrow, 
prevail,  quell,  repulse,  subdue, 
subject,  subjugate,  vanquish, 
be  victorious. 

In  Comparative  constructions 
there  is  ojten  the  idea  oj  very, 
too,  excessively,  exceedingly, 
extremely,  farther,  too  much 
for,  more,  most,  quite,  so. 

In  the  Comparative  Degree  with 
this  verb  we  have  the  construc- 
tion for  the  Eng.  than.  § 89. 

When  used  with  proper  adj.  or 
verb  this  word  expresses  the  idea 
of  infinite. 

Tambakana,  vi.,  to  go  back  and 
forth,  go  backwards  and  for- 
wards, pace  to  and  fro. 

Tambixa,  vt.,  to  throw  over  or  past 
or  through,  let  one  pass  by. 

Tambuka,  vi.,  to  go  out,  come  out. 
From  Buk. 

Tambula,  vt.,  to  cast  out  or  drive 
out  or  throw  out  or  chase  out. 
From  Buk. 

Tampakana,  vi.,  to  spread,  scatter. 

Tanda,  vt.,  to  abuse,  argue  with, 
quarrel  with,  fall  out  with, 
maltreat,  ill-treat,  revile,  talk 
angrily,  bicker. 

Tanda,  vi.,  to  change  into  some- 
thing else,  the  act  of  transmi- 
gration or  metempsychosis,  be 
born  again.  The  same  word  is 
used  of  the  reversible  pictures 
in  the  magic  lantern. 

Tandabala,  vi.,  to  be  stiff,  be  in- 
flexible, be  unbending,  be 
rigid. 

Tandangana,  v.,  to  abuse  each 
other,  argue,  quarrel,  wrangle, 


Tandangana  {continued). 

fall  out  with  each  other,  mal- 
treat each  other,  ill-treat  each 
other,  talk  angrily,  bicker. 

Tandixa,  vt.,  to  revile. 

Tanduka,  vi.,  to  fade  (in  color). 

Tanfunya,  v.,  to  make  an  unseemly 
noise  with  the  mouth  while 
chewing  or  masticating  food. 

Tangadika,  vi.,  to  scatter,  clear 
away  as  mist,  be  deranged  or 
disarranged,  be  in  disorder  or 
confusion,  be  out  of  order,  be 
confused,  disperse,  be  cast 
about,  fall  to  pieces,  be  ex- 
hausted or  spent  or  expended. 

Tangadixa,  vt.,  to  scatter,  strew, 
demolish,  derange,  disarrange, 
put  in  disorder  or  confusion, 
disperse,  put  out  of  order,  cast 
about,  confuse,  exhaust  or 
spend  or  expend  recklessly  or 
prodigally  or  extravagantly, 
waste  or  squander. 

Tangaluka,  vi.,  see  tangadika. 

Tangaluxa,  vt.,  see  tangadixa. 

Tangidixa,  vt.,  to  cause  to  see, 
show  to,  indicate  to,  point  out 
to. 

Tangila,  vt.,  to  see,  behold,  look 
at,  observe,  notice,  regard, 
view,  witness,  examine  by 
looking  at,  find,  inspect,  over- 
look, oversee,  superintend, 
perceive,  watch  after, 
t.  talala,  to  look  at  steadfastly, 
gaze  at,  stare  at. 

Tangixangana,  vt.,  used  with 
mpala  meaning  to  face  each 
other,  be  opposite. 

Tankakana,  vi.,  to  rock  or  roll  (as 
boat). 

Tankakuxa,  vt.,  to  rock  or  roll  (a 
(boat). 

Tantamana,  vi.,  to  be  stiff,  be  in- 
flexible, be  unbending,  be 
rigid,  be  taut  or  tight,  strain  as 
in  travail. 

Tantamika,  vi.,  to  swell,  distend, 
expand,  spread  out,  rise  as 


TANTAMIKA— TEMEXA. 


397 


Tantamika  {continued). 

dough,  be  taut  or  tight,  in- 
flate one’s  self. 

Tantamixa,  vt.,  to  inflate,  expand, 
swell,  spread  out,  distend, 
tighten. 

Tanu,  card.  WWW.,  five.  Takes  Sec- 
ondary Prefixes. 

Tata,  vi.,  to  be  worried,  be  an- 
noyed, be  troubled,  be  pro- 
voked, be  bothered,  be  ag- 
gravated, be  vexed,  be  perse- 
cuted. 

Tatakana,  vi.,  to  hesitate  about, 
be  uncertain,  falter,  be  fickle, 
vacillate. 

Tatu,  I,  n.,  father,  used  as  title  of 
respect  in  addressing  chief  or 
master  or  elder. 

t.  muakunyi,  uncle  (paternal  and 
younger  than  the  father), 
t.  mukulu,  uncle  (paternal  and 
older  than  the  father), 
t.  mukuxi,  aunt  (on  father’s 
side). 

Tatu-muenu,  i,  n.{pl.  ts  batatu- 
muenu),  father-in-law.  Thi,s 
word  ts  used  both  by  the  hus- 
band and  the  wife.  § 42,  Note  3. 

Taya,  7;.(Buk.),  tell,  speak,  say. 

Taya,  vt.,  to  crack,  burst,  shell  or 
hull  out,  hatch  (as  fowl). 

Some  seem  to  say  toya. 

Tayika,  vi.,  to  burst,  split,  explode, 
pop,  scream  or  squall  or  shriek 
in  terror. 

Tayixa,  vt.,  to  burst,  split,  explode. 

Tebuka,  vi.,  to  halt,  limp,  be  lame, 
enda  utebuka,  to  walk  lame. 

Teka,  vt.,  to  put,  place,  set  down, 
set  away,  put  by  or  lay  by,  save 
up,  store  away. 

t.  with  dikima  or  bukitu,  to  be 
brave,  be  fearless,  be  daring,  be 
courageous,  be  bold,  be  vali- 
ant. 

t.  with  diyoyo  or  mutiiyo,  to 
disturb,  make  trouble  or  dis- 
turbance or  tumult, 
t.  mu  mulongo,  to  put  in  line. 


Tekela,  vt.,  to  put  away  for,  keep 
for,  set  apart,  sanctify,  ordain, 
consecrate. 

Tekemena,  vt.,  to  expect,  look  for, 
trust,  have  faith  in,  hope  for, 
have  confidence  in,  rely  on. 
neg.  of  t.,  to  distrust. 

The  in  fin.  may  be  used  for  the 
noun  hope. 

Teketa,  vi.,  to  be  weak,  be  ex- 
hausted, be  weary,  be  faint, 
be  feeble,  be  frail,  be  infirm, 
be  fatigued,  be  tired,  be  im- 
potent, be  loose  or  slack,  sub- 
mit, give  up,  yield  to,  succumb, 
surrender. 

t.  ku  bianza,  to  be  sleek  or 
smooth  or  soft  to  the  touch. 

Tekete,  adj.,  weak,  weary,  fragile, 
frail,  infirm,  impotent,  feeble, 
slack  (not  taut),  fresh  (as  new 
• palm  wine),  easy. 

-a  mucima  mutekete,  humble, 
modest,  penitent, 
muanda  mutekete,  seven, 
mubidi  mutekete,  bad  health, 
tekete  ku  bianza,  smooth  or 
sleek  or  soft  to  the  touch. 

Tekexa,  vt.,  to  weaken,  tire,  ex- 
haust, enfeeble,  fatigue,  make 
loose,  loosen,  slacken,  lower 
price  or  voice,  abase,  humble, 
humiliate,  subjugate,  soften, 
t.  muxinga,  to  beat  down  or 
bring  down  or  decrease  or 
lower  the  price,  cheapen. 

Tela,  vt.,  to  call  one’s  name  behind 
one’s  back,  take  name  in  vain, 
talk  about  one,  swear,  blas- 
pheme. This  word  is  gener- 
ally followed  by  dina  (name). 

Tela,  vt.,  to  sew. 

Telexa,  vt.,  to  listen  to,  hear, 
attend  to,  give  or  pay  atten- 
tion. 

Tema,  vi.,  to  be  lighted,  be  kindled. 

Temena,  vi.,  to  give  forth  light, 
gleam,  shine,  glow. 

Temexa,  vt.,  to  blow  the  fire,  cause 
the  fire  to  burn,  kindle,  light. 


398 


TEMPA— TOHEXA. 


Tempa,  *y.,  to  consult  a medicine 
man,  divine,  enchant,  conjure. 

Tempela,  vi.,  to  send  out  or  shoot 
out  leaves,  bud,  sprout. 

Tempexa,  v.,  to  consult  a medicine 
man,  divine,  enchant,  conjure. 

Tendelela,  vt.,  to  bless  or  praise  or 
glorify  (God),  perform  incan- 
tations before  a charm  or 
fetish  or  medicine,  do  obeisance 
before,  adore,  pray  to,  honor, 
hallow,  pay  homage  to,  in- 
voke, worship,  extol,  magnify, 
revere,  reverence,  supplicate, 
venerate.  This  word  has  spe- 
cial reference  to  incantations 
done  before  a charm. 

Tengula,  vt.,  to  circumcise. 

di  mutengula  {p.p.  passive),  to 
be  circumcised. 

ena  mutengula  {p.p.  passive), 
to  be  uncircumcised. 

Tenkakana,  vi.,  to  stagger,  reel, 
totter,  be  unsteady,  be  un- 
stable. 

Tentama,  vi.,  to  lie  on  top,  be  piled 
up  or  heaped  up  on  top,  be 
full  (moon). 

Tente,  indeclinable  adj.,  full.  § 78. 

This  is  derived  from  the  verb 

tentama. 

Tenteka,  vt.,  to  lay  or  put  or  place 
on  top  of,  pile  or  heap  one 
on  top  of  the  other,  mend  or 
patch  (as  clothes). 

Tentekanya,  vt.,  to  pile  or  heap 
or  lay  up  one  on  top  of  the 
other. 

Tentekela,  vt.,  to  give  or  add  an 
extra  amount  to  conclude  the 
trade,  “dash.” 

t.  kasombelu,  to  pay  interest. 

Tentekela,  v.,  to  eavesdrop,  spy, 
reconnoitre,  watch  (as  thief  for 
a chance  to  steal). 

Tentekuxa,  vt.,  to  pile  or  heap  or 
lay  or  place  one  on  top  of  the 
other,  mend  or  patch  (as 
cloth). 


Tentemexa,  vt.,  to  cohabit  with, 
copulate,  lie  with,  have  sexual 
intercourse  with. 

Tentula,  vt.,  to  transplant,  set  out 
or  plant  out. 

Tentulula,  vt.,  to  take  off  from, 
relieve  of. 

t.  muxinga,  to  lower  the  price, 
i.e.,  to  drop  off  the  fingers  in 
counting  down  the  price. 

Teta,  vt.,  to  attempt,  strive,  try, 
test,  make  an  effort  or  trial, 
endeavor. 

t.  munda,  to  tempt  or  test  or 
make  trial  of  one  (as  of  Abra- 
ham’s faith). 

Some  say  tenta. 

Teta,  vt.,  to  look  for,  search  for, 
seek,  hunt  for. 

Teya,  vt.,  to  ensnare,  entrap,  trap, 
entice  by  leaving  something  to 
test,  lure,  allure,  catch  in  trap 
or  snare,  snare,  tempt,  in- 
veigle. 

t.  ndende,  to  set  a trap  or  snare. 

Teya,  vt.,  to  listen.  Generally  with 
macu,  ears,  understood. 

To,  adv.,  this  word  expresses  the 
idea  of  a long  distance  or  a 
long  time  or  continuity  through- 
out, ceaselessly,  constantly, 
continually,  eternally,  ever, 
forever,  incessantly,  perpet- 
ually. 

diba  to  ne  dilolo,  all  day  long. 

dinda  to  ne  ku  munda  munya, 
from  early  morning  till  noon, 
all  the  forenoon. 

ku  . . . to  ne  ku,  from  ...  to 
or  till  or  until. 

butuku  to  ne  with  lunkelu  or 
dinda,  all  night  long. 

Tobela,  vi.,  to  creep  or  move  or 
sneak  stealthily  or  slyly  or 
softly. 

Toha,  vi.,  to  be  damp,  be  wet,  be 
moist,  be  soaked. 

Tohexa,  vt.,  to  dampen,  wet, 
moisten,  soak. 


TOKA— TUA. 


399 


Toka,  vi.,  to  be  or  become  white, 
be  light  in  color  or  light  from 
moon  or  fire,  shine,  give  light, 
be  pure,  be  spotless,  be  un- 
spotted. 

Toke,  adj.{p.p.  of  toka),  white, 
transparent,  clean,  fair  (skin), 
light,  spotless,  unspotted,  pure 
(water). 

Tokela,  vt.,  to  excuse,  pardon,  for- 
give, absolve. 

See  note  under  pardon. 

Tokexa,  vt.,  to  whiten,  clean, 
bleach,  sanctify,  ordain,  con- 
secrate, purge,  purify. 

t.  with  mucima  or  munda,  to 
apologize,  reconcile,  atone  for, 
pardon,  forgive,  absolve,  ex- 
cuse. 

See  note  under  pardon. 

Tokexila,  vt.,  to  forgive,  pardon, 
excuse,  absolve.  Generally 
followed  by  mucima  or  munda. 
See  note  under  pardon. 

Tokoka,  vi.,  to  fall  over,  upset, 
turn  over. 

Tokola,  vt.,  to  upset,  turn  over,  lay 
down,  overturn,  push  or  shove 
over,  put  or  place  down.  Some 
say  tonkolo. 

Tokoloka,  vi.,  to  be  whitish  or 
gray. 

Tokoloke,  adj.{p.p.  from  toko- 
loka), whitish,  gray. 

Toloka,  vi.,  to  sprout,  bud. 

Tomboka,  vi.,  see  buluka. 

Tomboke,  adp{p.p.  of  tomboka), 
see  buluke. 

Tompakana,  vi.,  to  change,  alter- 
nate. 

Tompakanya,  vt.,  to  change,  alter- 
nate. 

Tompakuxa,  vt.,  see  tompakanya. 

Tonda,  v.,  abhor,  despise,  detest, 
dislike,  loathe,  hate,  to  lose 
taste  for,  be  tired  of,  be  weary 
of,  be  disgusted  with.  Note 
that  the  person  loathing  or 
hating  becomes  the  obj.  of  the 
V.  rather  than  the  subj.‘,  as, 


Tonda  {continued.) 

bidia  bidi  bintonda,  I loathe 
the  bread. 

Tonda,  v.,  t»  confess,  own  up, 
acknowledge,  reveal. 

Tonda,  v.,  used  with  lulu  (death) 
as  subj.  with  the  person  as  obj. 
meaning  to  be  about  to  die, 
be  near  to  death.  This  may 
be  the  same  verb  as  tonda,  to 
be  weary  of,  etc. 

Tonkena,  v.,  used  with  the  ph.  mu 
disu  meaning  to  show  the  white 
of  the  eye  by  pulling  down 
lower  lid  and  intended  as  an 
insult. 

Tonta,  vt.,  to  bend,  curve. 

Tontolola,  v.,  to  complain  about, 
grumble,  growl,  murmur,  mut- 
ter, cavil,  be  captious,  be  dis- 
contented, be  dissatisfied. 

Tontomona,  v.,  to  mutter,  mur- 
mur, growl,  grumble. 

Tonya,  vt.,  to  bend,  curve,  fold, 
t.  minu,  to  clench  the  fist. 

Tonyuma,  vi.,  to  be  crooked  or 
bent  or  curved. 

Totobula,  vt.,  see  taya. 

Toya,  vt.,  see  taya. 

Tu,  vi.,  to  be.  § 222. 

Tua,  vt.,  to  bail  out  water. 

Tua,  vt.,  to  hit,  pound,  punch  at, 
strike,  thrust  at,  stab,  beat, 
crush  or  mash  in  mortar,  dip 
in  or  stick  in,  pack  or  beat 
down,  thrash  out,  tattoo  (as 
with  burnt  rubber).  . 
t.  binu  hanxi,  to  kneel  down, 
t.  cikema,  to  exclaim  in  surprise 
by  grunting,  be  astonished,  be 
amazed,  wonder, 
t.  with  cisusu  or  disundu,  to 
strike  or  hit  with  fist, 
t.  with  dihi  or  luhi,  to  slap, 
smack,  spank. 

t.  with  dlkusa  or  museba,  to 
kick. 

t.  lukonyi,  to  hit  or  strike  with 
knuckles. 


400 


TUA— TUHIKILA. 


Tua  {co}Uinued). 

t.  with  luzadi  or  luzala  or  luala, 
to  pinch,  scratch, 
t.  mimuemiie,  to  grin,  smile, 
t.  muinu,  to  peck  (as  fowl), 
t.  mukema,  to  grunt  or  groan  or 
moan  in  pain. 

t.  museba  hanxi,  to  stamp, 
tramp  or  tread  heavily, 
t.  muxinga,  to  drive  a bargain, 
talk  a trade. 

Tua,  vi.,  to  be  sharp,  have  an  edge. 

Tua,  V.,  to  lose  taste  for,  be  tired 
of,  be  weary  of,  be  disgusted 
with,  loathe.  See  note  under 
tonda,  to.  abhor,  etc. 

Tua,  v.,  to  taste,  have  the  taste  of, 
savor  of.  The  in  fin.  kutua 
is  used  as  a noun  meaning 
taste,  savor. 

-a  kutua  kuimpe,  tasty,  savory, 
of  good  taste. 

ena  ne  kutua  kuimpe,  unsavory, 
unpalatable. 

Tua,  vi.^  to  extend  to,  reach  to;  as, 
cilulu  ciandi  cidi  citua  ku 
makusa,  his  cloth  reaches 
down  to  his  feet. 

Tuadila,  vt.,  to  carry  for,  relieve  of. 

Tuadixa,  vi.,  to  begin  again,  com- 
mence again,  recommence,  re- 
peat, start  over. 

Tuala,  vt.,  to  bear,  carry,  fetch, 
transport,  bring,  take. 

Tuangana,  vi.,  to  border  on  or 
touch  each  other,  be  next  to, 
join,  unite,  flow  together  as  two 
streams,  be  near  together,  be 
side  by  side,  be  adjacent,  be 
contiguous, 
t.  mixuku,  to  kiss. 

Tuanganya,  vt.,  see  tuanguxa. 

Tuanguxa,  vt.,  to  put  or  place  side 
by  side,  unite,  join  on  to,  mend 
(as  cloth). 

Tuanya,  vt.,  to  tear,  rend,  rip. 

Tuanyakanya,  vt.,  to  tear  to  pieces. 

Tuanyangana,  vt.,  see  tuanya- 
kanya. 

Tuanyika,  vi.,  to  be  torn,  be  rent. 


Tubuka,  vi.,  to  have  a hole  pierced 
through  or  punched  through, 
t.  with  disoso  or  dikela  or  mu- 
tanta,  to  spring  a leak. 

Tubula,  vt.,  to  pierce,  penetrate, 
punch  through  or  tear  through, 
stick  hole  through,  perforate, 
pick  out  (as  jigger), 
t.  disoso,  to  bore  a hole,  pierce. 

Tucila,  vi.{jrom  tuta,  to  come 
back),  to  come  back,  turn  back, 
return,  go  back,  retire. 

Tucixa,  vt.{)rom  tuta,  to  come 
back),  to  bring  back,  send  back, 
return,  fetch  or  take  back, 
recall,  restore. 

Tudika,  vi.,  to  pop  (as  com  in 
parching). 

Tue,  adj.{p.p.  of  tua,  to  be  sharp), 
sharp,  fine  (point). 

Tuetu,  pers.  pro.,  we.  § 105. 

Tfifl,  pi.  of  8,  n.,  excrement,  dirt, 
filth,  dung,  manure, 
t.  tua  nyongo’a  dicu,  wax  of 
ear. 

This  word  is  sometimes  pro- 
nounced tuinvi.  There  are 
dimin.  forms  in  sing,  kufi  and 
kinvi. 

Tuflna,  pi.  of  8,  n.,  pus,  matter. 

Tuhakana,  vi.,  to  be  bewildered  or 
confused  or  confounded  or  dis- 
concerted, be  entangled  in 
speech,  be  in  disorder,  be  de- 
ranged or  disarranged,  be  out 
of  order,  blunder,  make  a mis- 
take, be  perplexed,  be  mixed 
up. 

Tuhakanya,  vt.,  see  tuhakuxa. 

Tuhakuxa,  vt.,  to  confuse,  be- 
wilder, perplex,  confound,  mix 
up,  entangle  in  speech,  de- 
range, put  in  disorder,  dis- 
arrange, put  out  of  order. 

Tuhala,  vi.,  to  be  dull  (as  knife). 

Tuhika,  vi.,  to  hop,  jump,  leap, 
bound,  rebound,  spring. 

Tuhikila,  vt.,  to  pounce  upon, 
seize. 


TUHU— TUMIKILA 


401 


Tuhu,  adj.^  blank,  empty,  vacant, 
void. 

TJie  locatives  may  he  prefixed 
insep.  to  this  word',  as,  mu 
mulondo  mudi  mutuhu,  the 
bottle  is  empty.  § 79. 

Tuhuka,  vi.,  to  take  flight  or  rise 
in  flight  (as  bird),  fly. 

Tuhuxa,  vt.,  to  dull,  make  dull. 
From  tuhala. 

Tuila,  v.{from  tua),  used  in  ph.  t. 
mu  mesu,  to  dazzle, 
t.  lute,  to  spit,  expectorate. 

Tuixa,  vt.,  to  have  a dispute  or 
argument  or  disagreement 
settled  or  decided. 

Tuixa,  vt.,  to  be  invulnerable. 
This  word  seems  to  be  Causa- 
tive of  tuya,  to  glance  off. 

Tuka,  vi.,  to  come  out  of  its  place, 
get  free  or  loose,  escape  (out 
of  trap  or  when  tied),  come  to 
pieces,  shed  (as  tears,  feathers, 
hairs),  stick  out,  protrude,  be 
broken  (as  string), 
mutoto  mutuke,  meteor, 
t.  with  cisululu  or  luanga,  to 
perspire,  sweat, 
t.  maxi,  to  bleed. 

Tuka,  vt.,  to  abuse,  curse,  insult, 
offend,  maltreat,  ill-treat,  re- 
vile, swear  at. 

Tukula,  vt.,  to  pick  off  or  pluck  off 
(as  feathers). 

Tula,  vt.,  to  draw  out,  pull  out  or 
up,  extract,  take  to  pieces, 
undo,  break  off  as  string,  pick 
off  or  pluck  off  as  feathers, 
tear  off. 

Tula,  vt.,  to  forge,  beat  out  iron, 
shape  or  make  by  hammering. 

Tula,  vt.,  used  with  difu  or  muana 
meaning  to  abort,  miscarry. 

Tula,  vt.,  to  let  down  or  put  down 
or  take  down  (as  basket  from 
the  head). 

Tulakana,  vi.,  to  come  to  pieces. 

Tulakanya,  vt.,  to  take  to  pieces, 
undo,  pull  to  pieces. 


Tuloka,  vt.,  to  hop  or  jump  (as 
flea). 

Tulu,  pi.  of  8,  n.,  sleep,  repose, 
slumber. 

bunga  t.,  to  doze,  nod,  be  drowsy, 
nap. 

lala  t.,  to  be  asleep,  sleep,  slum- 
ber. 

t.  as  subj.  of  kuata  and  pers.  as 
obj.,  to  be  sleepy. 

The  dimin.  stng.  kalu  means  nap. 

Tuluka,  vi.,  to  get  down,  step 
down,  descend. 

Tulula,  vt.,  to  take  down,  let  down, 
put  down. 

Tuma,  vt.,  to  lead  a tune. 

Tuma,  vt.,  to  send. 

Tuma,  vt.,  to  sew. 

Tumba,  vi.,  to  be  famous,  have 
fame,  be  distinguished,  be  far- 
famed,  be  glorious,  be  great, 
be  honorable,  be  illustrious,  be 
important,  be  influential,  be 
mighty,  be  noble,  be  renowned, 
be  eminent,  be  prominent. 

Tumbe,  adj.{p.p.  of  tumba),  fa- 
mous, distinguished,  far- 
famed,  glorious,  great,  honor- 
able, illustrious,  important,  in- 
fluential, mighty,  noble,  re 
nowned,  eminent,  prominent. 

lumbixa,  vt.,  to  honor,  praise, 
bless,  glorify,  hallow,  magnify, 
pay  homage  to,  adore,  invoke, 
worship,  exalt,  extol,  regard, 
respect,  revere,  reverence,  ven- 
erate, make  great  or  mighty  or 
famous. 

neg.  of  t.,  to  disobey,  be  disobe- 
dient to,  be  disrespectful  to, 
dishonor. 

Tumika,  vi.,  to  be  docile,  be  tract- 
able, mind. 

neg.  of  t.,  to  be  disobedient,  be 
heedless,  be  obstinant,  be  neg- 
lectful, be  negligent,  be  intract- 
able, be  unmanageable,  be  un- 
controllable, be  unruly. 

Tumikila,  vt.,  to  be  obedient  to, 
be  docile  toward,  be  dutiful  to, 


402 


TUMIKILA— UFUA. 


Tumikila  {continued). 

be  faithful  to,  heed,  hearken  to, 
observe  the  word  of,  obey, 
mind,  be  meek  or  tractable 
toward. 

neg.  of  t.,  to  disobey,  be  diso- 
bedient or  obstinant  toward,  be 
neglectful  or  negligent  of,  be 
unruly  or  untractable  or  un- 
manageable toward,  be  heed- 
less to. 

Tumina,  vt.,  to  send  to. 

t.  di(5),  to  send  word  to,  com- 
mand, order. 

Tuminu,  pi.  of  8,  w.,  mucus  from 
the  nose. 

Tumpa,  to  boil,  stew. 

Tunduka,  vi.,  to  rise  to  the  surface, 
arise. 

Tundula,  vt.,  to  pick  out  as  jigger. 

Tunga,  vt.,  to  sew. 

Tungula,  vt.,  to  castrate,  cut. 

Tungula,  vt.,  to  shell  corn. 

Tungulungu,  pi.  of  8,  n.,  convul- 
sion, fit,  epileptic  fit,  spasm, 
unconsciousness  or  insensi- 
bility due  to  convulsion,  etc. 
fua  or  haluka  with  t.,  to  faint, 
have  a fit  or  convulsion  or 
spasm,  swoon,  be  unconscious 
or  insensible. 

See  note  under  cifuidixe. 

Tunta,  vt.,  to  dip  up  water. 

Tuntumuka,  vi.,  to  swell,  distend, 
expand,  inflate  one’s  self, 
spread  out,  rise  (as  dough), 
t.  with  mi  as  subj.,  to  be  a flood. 

Tuntumuxa,  vt.,  to  distend,  ex- 
pand, swell,  inflate,  spread 
out,  tighten  (cause  to  swell), 
swell,  loosen  (so  as  not  to  be 
tight). 

Tuta,  vt.,  to  beat,  chastize,  thrash, 
chasten,  whip,  scourge,  flog, 
hit,  pound,  knock,  lash  with 
switch,  switch,  punish,  dis- 
cipline, strike,  crush  down, 
t.  cibubu,  to  clap  the  hands 
crosswise  (in  regret). 


Tuta  {continued). 

t.  cixondu,  to  snap  the  finger  (in 
regret). 

t.  lukuxi,  to  clap  the  hands, 
t.  with  dihi  or  luhi,  to  slap, 
smack,  spank. 

Tuta,  vi.,  to  come  back,  turn  back, 
return,  go  back,  retire. 

Tuta,  V.,  used  with  mukuekue 
meaning  to  cackle. 

Tutakana,  vi.,  to  assemble,  come 
together,  congregate,  com- 
bine, gather  together,  meet,  be 
mixed  together,  mingle,  inter 
mingle. 

Tutakanya,  vt.,  see  tutakuxa. 

Tutakuxa,  vt.,  to  collect,  put  to- 
gether, combine,  assemble, 
gather  together,  mix  together, 
mingle,  intermingle,  stir  to- 
gether. 

Tutangana,  v.,  to  collide,  strike 
each  other. 

Tutuka,  vi.,  to  fade. 

Tutula,  vt.,  to  beat  out  (as  dust 
from  mat),  dust,  shake  out. 

Tuya,  vi.,  to  be  half  cooked. 

Tuya,  vi.,  to  glance  off,  recover  or 
be  resuscitated  or  be  revived 
(with  name  of  sickness  as 
subj.). 

Tuyixa,  vt.,  to  cause  to  glance  off; 
hence,  in  case  of  sickness  to 
resuscitate,  revive,  bring  to. 


U. 

Ubula,  vt.,  to  peel  off,  bark,  strip 
off,  skim. 

Udixa,  vt.{jrom  ula,  to  buy),  to 
sell  to. 

Ufua,  V.,  to  hear,  listen,  attend 
(pay  attention),  feel,  perceive, 
be  conscious  of,  detect  (odor 
or  smell),  understand,  dis- 
cover, comprehend,  heed,  take 
heed,  obey,  mind,  observe  the 
word  of,  be  obedient,  hearken 
to. 


UFUA— UMUKA. 


403 


Ufua  {continued), 

u.  bundu,  to  be  ashamed,  be 
mortified,  be  abased,  be  humil- 
iated, have  chagrin,  be  shy, 

X be  timid,  be  diffident,  be 
humble  or  penitent, 
u.  cixi,  to  be  angry,  be  mad,  be 
aggravated,  be  indignant,  be 
irritable,  be  enraged,  be  raging, 
be  furious,  be  in  a passion,  be 
provoked,  be  worried,  be  an- 
noyed, be  vexed,  be  sorrowdul, 
grieve,  be  sad,  be  sorry,  be 
melancholy, pine, regret,repent. 
u.  luse,  to  feel  pity  or  compassion, 
u.  maxika,  to  be  cold,  be  chilly, 
u.  ns  ala,  to  be  hungry,  have  an 
appetite. 

neg.  of  u.,  to  be  insensible  or 
unconscious  of,  disobey,  be  dis- 
obedient, obstinate,  be  heed- 
less, be  inattentive,  be  listless, 
be’ indifferent,  be  negligent,  be 
neglectful. 

It  is  difficult  to  determine  the  spell- 
ing  of  this  word.  Some  say 
unva,  others  say  unfa,  and 
still  others  say  unfua  or  uva 
or  Ufa.  But  the  most  common 
of  these  is  unva. 

When  this  word  means  hear,  obey, 
etc.,  the  obj.  is  di  (5),  or  some 
equivalent  word,  and  not  the 
person. 

Ufuixa,  vt.,  to  cause  to  feel. 

u.  bundu,  to  make  ashamed, 
disgrace,  mortify,  chagrin,  hu- 
miliate, cause  shame,  abase, 
u.  cixi,  to  make  angry,  anger,  to 
make  mad  or  indignant,  dis- 
please, enrage,  irritate,  thrown 
into  a passion,  aggravate,  pro- 
voke, tantalize,  torment,  trou- 
ble, vex,  worry,  tease,  sadden, 
u.  muadi,  to  cause  to  cease  cry- 
ing, console,  comfort,  cheer  up, 
pacify. 

Uha,  V.,  used  with  munda,  meaning 
to  run  off  at  the  bowels,  have 
diarrhoea. 


Uha,  vt.,  to  row'  a boat,  pull  an  oar 
or  paddle. 

Uha,  V.,  to  fan. 

Uhixa,  vt.,  to  purge  (as  medicine). 
Munda  is  generally  understood. 

Uhuka,  vi.,  to  fall  dowm  (as  tree), 
descend. 

u.  with  diba  as  subj.,  the  going 
dowm  of  the  sun  at  evening. 

Uhukila,  vt.,  to  catch  in  the  hands, 
clasp  in  the  arms,  hug,  em- 
brace, seize,  fold  in  the  arms, 
pounce  upon,  go  to  meet  and 
embrace,  welcome. 

Uhula,  vt.,  to  fell  or  cut  dowm  a tree. 

Ukucixa,  vt.,  to  satisfy  wdth  food. 

Ukuta,  vi.,  to  be  full  or  satiated  or 
surfeited  wdth  food,  be  satis- 
fied, have  enough,  be  appeased 
(hunger).  Difu  is  generally 
the  sub]. 

Ula,  vi.,  to  be  full,  be  filled,  be 
exact  or  perfect  number,  be 
complete,  expand,  swell,  dis- 
tend, inflate  one’s  self,  be 
swollen. 

TTia,  vt.,  to  buy,  purchase,  barter. 

Uma,  vi.,  to  be  dry,  dry  up,  sub- 
side, abate,  decrease  or  dimin- 
ish (dry  up),  evaporate,  be 
cured  or  healed  (as  sore), 
u.  with  cion  a or  cinyanu,  to 
be  thin,  be  emaciated,  be  lean, 
be  haggard. 

u.  mu  disu,  to  be  immodest,  be 
shameless,  be  indecent,  be 
obscene. 

Umbula,  vt.,  to  dig,  excavate,  make 
a hole  in  the  ground,  burrow'. 

Ume,  ad].{p.p.  of  uma,  to  be  dr}'), 
dr>'. 

Umixa,  vt.,  to  dry  up,  absorb,  cure 
or  heal  (a  sore). 

Umuka,  vi.,  to  go  out  or  get  out, 
depart,  start  out,  set  out, 
emerge,  issue,  go  away,  come 
forth,  leave,  pass  out,  vacate, 
move  out,  withdraw,  evacuate, 
u.  mu  nxila,  to  get  out  of  the  w'ay. 


404 


UMUXA— WEWE. 


Umuxa,  vt.,  to  drive  out,  cast  out, 
send  away,  eject,  put  out, 
empty,  chase  out,  clear  out  or 
away,  unload,  discharge  cargo, 
exclude,  move  away,  bring  out, 
remove,  subtract,  thrust  out, 
turn  out,  take  away,  depose, 
discharge  or  turn  off  from  ser- 
vice, expel,  dimiss  from  employ, 
excommunicate. 

Unva,  V.,  see  ufua. 

Unvangana,  v.,  to  understand  or 
hear  each  other. 

Unzuluka,  vi.,  to  be  ajar  or  open. 

Unzulula,  vt.,  to  open  a door,  put 
ajar. 

Uvua,  vt.,  to  wash,  cleanse,  purify, 
purge,  clean. 

Uvula,  vt.,  to  husk  or  shuck  (as 
corn) . 

Uvum,  3,  w.(Eng.),  oven,  stove. 

oxa  mu  u.,  to  bake. 

Uxa,  vt.{jrom  ula,  to  be  full),  to 
fill,  inflate,  cause  to  expand 
or  swell  or  distend. 

V 

Vangala,  vi.,  to  sit  tailor-fashion. 

Vila,  V.,  to  deny  a charge. 

Vinga,  vt.,  to  crunch  or  rub  up  in 
the  hands,  make  fire  by  friction, 
mash  between  the  hands. 

Vinyo,  3,  n.{jrom  Portuguese),  im- 
ported wine. 

budimi  bua  mioxi  ya  vinyo, 
vineyard. 

mamoma  a kuenza  n’a  v., 

grapes. 

muoxi  wa  mamoma  a kuenza 
n*a  V.,  grape-vine. 

Vuadika,  vt.{jrom  vuala),  to  dress, 
clothe,  adorn. 

Vuala,  vt.,  to  dress  one’s  self,  wear, 
put  on  clothes. 

V.  bilenga,  to  be  adorned,  be 
dressed  up. 

Vuanduluka,  vi.,  to  be  mixed  or 
mingled  or  stirred  together,  be 
muddy. 


Vuandulula,  vt.,  to  mix  together, 
stir  together,  mingle  together, 
muddy. 

Vudixa,  vt.,  to  make  full  amount, 
make  full  or  complete  measure, 
make  exact,  fill  up,  increase. 

Vula,  vi.,  to  be  full  amount  or 
quantity  or  measure,  be  com- 
plete, be  enough  or  adequate 
or  sufficient  or  exact,  suffice,  be 
filled,  increase  in  number  or 
quantity. 

neg.  of  V.,  to  be  insufficient,  be 
inadequate,  be  short  of. 

Vula,  vt.,  to  take  off  clothes,  un- 
dress, to  strip  off  or  pull  off 
or  put  off  clothes. 

Vulangana,  vi.,  to  be  a flood.  IMJ 
is  used  as  subj. 

Vuluka,  vi.,  to  remember,  call  to 
mind  or  memory,  come  to 
mind,  recall,  recollect. 

Vulula,  vt.,  to  call  to  one’s  mind,  re- 
mind, bring  to  one’s  memory, 
cause  to  remember,  put  in 
mind  of. 

Vuluxa,  vt.,  see  vulula. 

Vundixa,  vt.,  to  magnify  (as  mi- 
croscope). 

Vundula,  vt.,  to  stir  or  beat  or  mix 
up  together. 

Vunga,  vt.,  to  fold,  bind  up,  wrap 
around,  coil,  roll  up,  wind 
around,  gird,  surround,  en- 
circle, enclose,  entwine. 

Vungila,  vt.,  see  vunga. 

Vunguluka,  vi.,  to  open  out, 
spread  out,  unfold,  unroll,  un- 
wind, unwrap,  wriggle,  bloom., 
flower. 

Vungulula,  vt.,  to  open  out,  unfold, 
spread  out,  stretch  out,  unbind, 
unroll,  unwrap,  unwind,  dis- 
entangle, extricate. 

W.  . 

Wesita,  3,  «.(Eng.),  west. 

Wewe,  pers.  pro.,  thou,  you  {pi.) 

§ 


WIBIKA— XIKAMA. 


405 


Wibika,  v.{2nd  pers.  sing.  Buk.), 
used  in  salutation  or  greeting. 
See  SALUTATION. 

Winung,  v.{2nd  pers.  sing.  Bu- 
kuba),  used  in  salutation  or 
greeting.  See  salutation. 

X. 

X*,  I,  n.y  father.  This  word  always 
has  pass.  pro.  enclitic.  §§42, 
Note  i;  138.  PI.  is  bax’. 

x*-muenu,  father-in-law. 

Xa,  v.f  to  dance.  Generally  fol- 
lowed by  maxa.  § 449  (g). 

Xakena,  i,  w.(pl.  is  baxakena), 
namesake.  Generally  followed 
by  poss.  pro.  enchtic.  § 138. 

XAla,  vi.,  to  stay  or  remain  behind, 
be  left  over,  exceed,  lack,  be 
deficient  or  inadequate,  need, 
tarry  behind,  delay. 

cintu  clxAle,  the  remainder  or 
the  rest  (thing  left  over). 

This  word  is  used  to  express  the 
preposition  except;  as,  bantu 
bonso  bakuya  ku  musoko, 
umue  udi  mux  ale,  all  the 
people  have  gone  to  town  ex- 
cept one. 

Xambula,  x;^(Buk.),  to  hold  a 
council  or  court,  arbitrate, 
settle  a trouble. 

Xauka,  vi.,  to  be  stunted. 

Xemakana,  vi.,  to  be  pleasant  or 
agreeable  to  the  taste,  taste 
good,  be  palatable,  be  sweet, 
tasty,  be  savory. 

neg.  of  X.,  to  be  unsavory,  be 
unpalatable. 

Xla,  vt.,  to  leave,  abandon,  desert, 
except,  exclude,  omit,  forsake, 
neglect. 

X.  mu  bianza,  to  entrust  with. 

Xibala,  vi.,  to  be  stupid,  be  foolish, 
be  ignorant,  be  silly,  be 
simple,  be  dull,  be  senseless. 

X.  with  di(5)  as  subi.,  to  be 
hoarse. 

X.  with  mesu  as  subj.,  to  be  blind. 


Xibale,  adj.(p.p.  0/ xibala),  stupid, 
foolish,  ignorant,  silly,  simply 
dull,  senseless. 

Xibika,  vt.,  to  shut,  close. 

X.  nsahi,  to  lock. 

Xibikila,  vt.,  to  fill  up  (as  hole, 
ditch,  etc.). 

Xibuka,  vi.,  to  explode,  become 
unfastened. 

Xibula,  vt.,  to  open  (as  tin  can  or 
box),  unfasten,  explode. 

cintu  cia  kuxibula  n’aci 
mpanza,  a can  opener. 

Xidixa,  vt.,  to  burn  or  scorch. 

Xiha,  vt.,  to  kill,  put  to  death, 
destroy,  murder,  sacrifice, 
slaughter,  slay,  smite,  demol- 
ish, devastate. 

X.  buanga,  to  destroy  the  in- 
fluence of  a charm  or  fetish. 

X.  wit/t  bulunda  or  bunyana,  to 
break  off  friendship. 

X.  dibuka,  to  divorce,  break  the 
marriage. 

X.  ha  muci  muciamakane,  to 
crucify. 

X.  with  maluvu  as  sub],  with 
pers.  as  obj.,  to  make  drunk, 
intoxicate. 

X.  menu,  to  dull. 

X.  with  ns  ala  as  subj.  and  the 
pers.  as  obj.,  to  be  faint  from 
hunger,  be  famished  or  starved. 

Xihela,  vt.,  to  kill  for,  offer  a sac- 
rifice to. 

Xika,  vi.,  to  be  completed,  be 
finished,  be  ready,  be  pre- 
pared, be  enough,  be  sufficient, 
be  adequate,  suffice,  be  perfect 
or  perfected,  be  exact  or  com- 
pleted number,  be  fulfilled,  be 
used  up,  be  consumed,  be  done, 
be  out  of,  be  exhausted,  be 
spent  or  expended  carelessly. 

neg.  of'x.,  to  be  incomplete,  1^ 
unfinished,  be  insufficient. 

Xika,  vt.,  to  bind,  tie. 

Xikama,  vi.,  to  sit  down,  rest,  be  at 
ease,  be  seated,  take  a seat,  stay 
or  stop  at,  live,  dwell  sojourn 


4o6 


XIKIKA— XUKULA. 


Xikika,  vt.{jrom  xikama,  to  sit 
down),  to  cause  to  sit  down, 
set  down,  seat. 

Xikila,  vi.,  to  come  to  end  of  (as 
path),  stop. 

Xikixa,  vt.,  to  finish,  complete, 
terminate,  bring  to  end,  per- 
fect, conclude,  fulfill,  have 
done. 

X.  with  diyoyo  or  mutayo  or 
muaku  or  nvita,  to  quiet, 
hush,  quell,  still. 

Xila,  adj.,  used  with  num.  to  ex- 
press exact  or  perfect  or  com- 
plete number;  as,  cinunu 
cixila,  an  exact  thousand. 

Xila,  vi.,  to  be  burnt  or  scorched. 

Xima,  adj.,  all,  entire,  intact,  whole, 
perfect,  total. 

Xima,  vt.,  to  tell  a falsehood  or 
untruth,  lie,  deceive,  entice, 
beguile,  trick,  bear  false  wit- 
ness, fabricate,  be  false. 

Ximbuka,  vt.,  to  fall  down  (as 
tree). 

Ximbula,  vi.,  to  throw  down  in 
sense  of  push  over,  overthrow, 
blow  down. 

Ximika,  vt.,  to  transplant,  plant, 
set  out,  set  into. 

Ximinyina,  vt.,  to  tell  a falsehood 
or  lie  on,  accuse  falsely,  bear 
false  witness  against. 

Ximixa,  v.,  to  feign,  pretend,  pro- 
fess. 

Xinda,  v.,  to  throw  down  one  in 
wrestling.  When  used  with  the 
reflexive  sig?i,  the  word  has 
reference  to  a person  tripping 
up  and  falling. 

dixinda  bualam^,  to  fall  back- 
wards. 

Xindama,  vi.,  to  be  fixed,  stand 
firm  or  immovable  or  steady, 
be  steadfast,  be  solid. 

Xindamina,  vi.,  to  walk  wdth  a 
staff,  i.e.,  to  steady  one’s  self. 

Xindika,  vt.,  to  fix  firmly  in,  to 
make  firm  or  immovable,  pack 
or  beat  down,  press  or  push  or 


Xindika  {continued). 

shove  down,  compress,  squeeze 
or  cram  down. 

Xindikixa,  vt.,  to  accompany  or 
conduct  or  attend  or  escort  one 
a short  distance  on  the  path 
in  order  to  bid  farewell. 

Xinta,'  vt.,  to  change,  exchange, 
trade,  substitute  one  for  an- 
other. 

Xintakana,  vt.,  to  exchange,  trade, 
alternate,  change,  substitute 
one  for  another. 

Xintakanya,  vt.,  see  xintakana. 

Xintakuxa,  vt.,  see  xintakana. 

Xitakana,  vi.,  to  be  dense  or 
thick  (as  forest). 

Xixa,  viy,  to  be  last  or  behind  or 
behindhand  in  doing,  be  the 
hindermost,  be  late,  be  in  the 
rear. 

Xixa,  vt.,  used  in  phrases  mu  bu- 
hele  and  mu  bulanda,  mean- 
ing to  impoverish. 

Xixamuka,  vi.{from  xixa,  to  be 
last),  to  be  slow,  do  or  move 
slowly  or  sluggishly,  walk  or 
work  lazily,  be  dilator}^  lag, 
procrastinate. 

X’-muenu,  i,  n.{pl.  is  bax*- 
niuenu),  father-in-law.  The 
poss.  pro.  enclitic  is  used  after 
the  x’.  §§  42,  Note  2,  138. 

Xoboka,  vi.,  to  be  bendable,  be 
pliant,  be  pliable,  be  flexible, 
be  supple. 

Xomuna,  vt.,  to  pull  up,  take  up. 

Xoxa,  vt.,  to  see,  view,  witness, 
behold,  examine  by  looking, 
find,  look  at,  inspect,  observe, 
notice,  regard,  overlook,  over- 
see, superintend,  watch  after, 
perceive. 

X.  talala,  to  look  at  steadfastly, 
gaze  at,  stare  at. 

Xuhula,  vt.,  to  hull  or  husk  or 
shuck  (as  peas  by  beating). 

Xukula,  vt.,  to  nod  assent. 


XUMB  ULA— ZONZAMA. 


407 


Xumbula,  vt.,  to  fell,  cut  down 
tree. 

Xunguila,  vt,,  to  smooth  over  (as 
mud  in  house-building). 

Xunguka,  vi.,  to  be  dwarfed  or 
undersized,  be  low,  be  dwarf- 
ish, be  runty,  be  stunted. 

Xunguke,  adj.{p.p.  of  xunguka), 
dwarfed,  undersized,  dwarfish, 
runty,  stunted. 


Y. 

Ya,  vt.,  to  go,  go  away,  depart, 
start,  set  out,  advance,  leave, 
pass  on,  proceed,  progress. 

ya  cianyima,  to  go  back- 
wards. 

ya  ha  buihi,  to  approach,  draw 
near,  go  near. 

ya  ku  luendu,  to  go  on  a journey 
or  march  or  trip. 

ya  with  ku  mpala  or  kumudilu, 
to  go  ahead  or  before,  lead  the 
way,  precede. 

ya  ku  nyima,  to  go  after, 
follow. 

ya  lubilu,  to  run  away,  retreat, 
run. 

ya  ne,  to  go  with,  carry,  conduct, 
accompany. 

Yeye,  pers.  pro.,  he,  she,  it.  § 105. 


Yila,  vi.{jrom  ya,  to  go),  to  go  for, 
go  around  on  that  side  or  that 
way. 

Yisita,  3,  w.(Eng.),  yeast,  leaven. 

Z. 

Zabika,  vt.,  to  put  the  cassava  root 
to  soak  prior  to  drying. 

Zakala,  vi.,  to  quake,  quiver, 
tremble,  shiver,  shake. 

z.  with  mucima  as  subj.,  to  be 
excited,  be  frightened,  be  hor- 
rified, be  scared,  be  shocked, 
be  terrified,  be  terrorized, 
shudder. 

Zakuxa,  vt.,  to  cause  to  tremble  or 
quake,  shake. 

z.  mucima,  to  frighten,  alarm, 
scare,  shock,  terrify,  horrify, 
terrorize. 

Zaza,  vt.,  to  cut  or  chop  into  small 
pieces,  hash,  mince. 

Zekexa,  vt.,  to  grind  or  grit  the 
teeth. 

Zobela,  vi.,  to  limp,  halt,  be  lame, 
be  crippled. 

enda  with  present  participle,  to 
limp,  walk  lame. 

Zokola,  vt.,  to  peck  or  pick  up  with 
bill  (as  fowl). 

Zonzama,  vi.,  to  squat,  sit  on  the 
haunches,  stoop. 


READING  EXERCISES. 


I.  A CONVERSATION. 

Bikila  Kasongo,  Call  Kasongo. 

Kasongo  udi  kudi  kunyi?  Where  is  Kasongo  ^ 

Lua  kunoko,  Come  here. 

Ta  ubikile  batuadi  ba  bintu,  Go  and  call  the  carriers  {of  the  things). 
Ndi  musue  kuya  ku  Ibanj  lelu,  I want  to  go  to  Ibanj  to-day. 

Ndi  nkeba  bantu  makumi  abidi  baye  n’inyi,  1 am  looking  for 
twenty  people  to  go  with  me. 

Buonso  buetu  tudiku,  We  are  all  here. 

Imuni  mu  mulongo,  Stand  in  a line. 

Kabuya,  wakuangata  bintu  bia  kudia  mu  nxila?  Kahuya,  did  you 
get  the  things  for  eating  on  the  road  ? 

E,  nakuangata  bidia  ne  minyi  a ngulube  ne  minyi  a ngombe 
ne  luhanza  lua  munyinyi  ne  lueho,  Yes,  I have  gotten  some  bread  and 
some  lard  and  some  butter  and  a tin  of  meat  and  some  salt. 

Lua  ne  cifulu  ciinyi  ne  cikowela  ne  bisabata,  Bring  my  hat  and 
coat  and  shoes. 

Tuye  lubilu,  Let  us  go  in  a hurry. 

Nakuhanga,  ndi  musue  kubuela  mu  buanda,  I have  become  tired, 
I want  to  get  in  the  hammock. 

Tuakufika  mu  ditu  dinine,  We  have  arrived  in  the  big  forest. 

31oni  mpumba,  itu  yasuma  bantu,  See  the  driver  ants,  they  bite. 
Ditu  diakuxala  ku  nyima,  tudi  ha  mpata  katataka,  The  forest 
remains  behind,  we  are  now  on  the  plain. 

Musulu  udi  ha  buihi,  tusuasua  mi  a kunua,  A stream  is  near,  we 
want  some  water  to  drink. 

Nakukala  kabidi,  nengende  hanxi,  I am  strong  again,  I will  walk 
{on  the  ground). 

Eu  musoko  ki?  What  village  is  this  ? 


408 


READING  EXERCISES. 


409 


Diba  diakuflka  kunkuci,  ndi  ne  nsala,  The  sun  has  reached  the 
zenith,  I am  hungry. 

Tuxikame  aha,  Let  us  stop  here. 

Kuku  udi  kudi  kunyi?  Where  is  the  cook  ? 
y Kayeu,  Here  he  is. 

Dina  diebi  nganyi?  What  is  your  name? 

Dina  diinyi  3Ibuya,  My  name  is  Mhuya. 

Udi  umunya  mua  kulamba  bintu  bimpe?  Do  you  know  how  to 
cook  the  things  well  ? 

Uamba  nsolo  ne  makela  asatu,  Cook  a jowl  and  three  eggs. 

Beya,  ya  mu  musoko  usumbe  mabote  ne  makuonde  ne  tumbele, 
batuadi  badie,  Beya,  go  into  the  village  and  buy  some  bananas  and 
plantains  and  peanuts  that  the  carriers  may  eat. 

Nensumbe  ne  cinyi?  What  shall  I buy  with? 

Angata  lueho  ne  mibela,  Get  some  salt  and  cowries. 

Kutekedi  bena  musoko  diyoyo,  Don’t  make  trouble  with  the  peopU 
oj  the  village. 

\/Bidia  biakuxika.  The  food  is  ready. 

Teka  luhanza  ne  nkalafa  ne  kele  ne  nkutu  ne  dilonga  ha  mu- 
xete.  Put  the  cup  and  knife  and  spoon  and  plate  on  the  box. 

Bikila  bena  musoko,  netubambile  bualu  bua  Xzambi,  Call  the 
people  of  the  village,  we  shall  preach  to  them. 

Tuakudia,  tuye,  katuena  basue  kulala  kunoko.  We  have  eaten, 
let  us  go,  we  do  not  wish  to  sleep  here. 

Diba  didi  dihueka,  Ibanj  udi  kule.  The  sun  is  going  down,  Ibanj  is 
far  away. 

Tuye  bitekete.  Let  us  go  slowly. 

Bantu  badi  ku  mpala  badi  bela  bila,  bualu  ki?  The  people  who 
are  in  front  are  shouting,  what  is  the  matter? 

Ibanj  wakumueneka,  Ibanj  has  appeared  {in  sight). 

Moni  bena  musoko,  balualua  kutuha  muoyo.  See  the  people  of 
the  village,  they  are  coming  to  salute  us. 

Tuakufika,  makusa  etu  adi  asama  ne  mikolo,  tuye  kuxikama. 
We  have  arrived,  our  feet  and  legs  are  sore,  let  us  go  and  sit  down. 

Bakuba  balualua  kutumona,  badi  balunda  betu.  The  Bakuba 
are  coming  to  see  us,  they  are  our  friends. 

Netulale  ku  Ibanj  matuku  atanu.  We  shall  stay  at  Ibanj  five  days. 

Hatuamona  balunda  betu,  netuye  kuetu  kabidi,  When  we  have 
seen  our  friends,  we  shall  go  to  our  own  village  again. 

ndi  musue  kulala  tulu.  Go  and  make 


410 


READING  EXERCISES. 


II.  PARAPHRASES  FROM  SOME  OF  THE  PARABLES  OF 

CHRIST. 

LUSUMUINU  LUA  MTJANA  WAKADI  MUJIMINE. 

Bantu  ba  bungi  bakalua  kudi  Jisus,  bakalua  kunva  bualu  buakam- 
beye.  Jisus  wakamba  lusumuinu  ne:  Muntu  mulumi  wakadiku. 

Wakadi  ne  bana  balumi  babdi.  Muana  muakunyi  wakulua  kudi  ta- 
tu’andi  wakuamba  ne,  “Ntahaluila  biuma  biebi.”  Tatu’abo  wakuba- 
tahaluila  biuma  biandi.  Muana  muakunyi  wakuangata  bintu  biandi 
bionso,  wakuya  n’abi  kule  ku  musoko  mukuabo. 

Hakufikeye  ku  musoko,  wakuenza  biandi  malu  mabi,  wakutangaluxa 
bintu  biandi  hatuhu.  Hakuhua  bintu  biandi  bionso,  ciole  ciakulua 
ku  musoko;  muana  muakunyi  kakadi  ne  cia  kula  bia  kudia.  Wakaya 
biandi  kudi  muena  musoko,  wakuangata  mukanda  wa  mudimu.  Muena 
musoko  wakumutuma  ne,  “Ya  ku  budimi  buinyi,  udixe  ngulube  yinyi 
bia  kudia.”  Wakaya,  wakadi  ne  nsala  ya  bungi,  kuakadi  muntu 
wakumuha  bia  kudia;  wakubanga  kudia  bihusu  bia  nkonde,  biakadi  , 

ngulube  idia.  Wakuelangana  mexi  ne,  “Bahika  ba  tatu’inyi  badi  ne  I 

bintu  bia  bungi  bia  kudia,  aha  ndi  nfuila  nsala  cin}d?  nemlike,  nenye 
kudi  tatu’inyi,  nentonde  b alu  ne,  ‘Tatu’inyi,  nakuenzela  Nzambi 
malu  mabi  ne  wewe  kabidi.  Ndi  muntu  mubi,  ciena  muan’ebi.  Ndi 
nkeba  mukanda  wa  mudimu  bu  bahika  bebi  bakuabo.’”  Yeye  wakue- 
langana mexi  nunku.  Wakabika,  wakalua  kudi  tatu’andi.  Hakadiye 
mulue  mu  nxila  kuakua,  tatu’andi  wakumumona,  wakumusua,  makuen- 
da  lukusa,  wakumusangana  mu  nxila,  wakumuakidila. 

Muana  wakuambila  tatu’andi  ne,  “Tatu’inyi,  nakuenzela  Nzamb  ^ 
malu  mabi  ne  wewe  kabidi,  ciena  muntu  muimpe  bu  muan’ebi  kabidi.” 
Tatu’andi  wakubikila  muntu  wandi  ne,  “Ya  wangate  bilulu  bimpe,  t 
umuhe,  aluate;  wele  kakana  ku  munu,  umubuexe  bisabata.  Ya 
umuxihele  kana  ka  ngombe,  tudie,  muoyo  wetu  wakusanka.  Muan’inyi 
wakadi  mufue,  udi  ne  muoyo  kabidi;  wakadi  mujimine,  wakumueneka 
kabMi.” 

LUSUMUINU  LUA  LAZALUSA  NE  MUNTU  MUBAXI. 

Kale  muntu  mubaxi  wakadiku.  Wakadi  uluata  bilulu  bimpe.  j 
Muntu  muhele  wakadaku,  da  diandi  Lazalusa.  Lazalusa  wakidi  / 
ulala  ku  mbelu  kua  muntu  mub^xia,  wakadi  ulomba  muntu  mubaxi  I 
nkototo  ya  kudia.  Lazalusa  wakadi  ne  mputa  ham’bidi  handi  honso;  \ 
mbua  yakalua  kuluka.  ’ 


READING  EXERCISES. 


41I 


Lazalusa  wakafaa,  ne  banjjis  bakaya  ne  muoyo  wandi  kulu  kua 
Nzambi,  wakadi  ha  ciadi  ha  Abalahama, 

Muntu  mubaxi  kabidi  wakafua,  bakumujika,  muoyo  wandi  wakaya 
ku  ngena,  Satana  wakadi  umukengexa,  Wakuxoxa  mesu  andi  kulu 
kua  Nzambi,  wakumona  Lazalusa  ulala  ha  ciadi  ha  Abalahama,  waka- 
dila  ne,  “Tatu  Abalahama,  untumine  Lazalusa  kunoko,  atue  munu 
mu  mi,  alabe  ha  ludimi  luinyi,  miota  idi  inxiha,  kahia  kadi  kangoxa.” 
Abalahama  wakamuambila  ne,  “Naxa,  wewe  wakadi  ne  bintu  bia 
bungi,  Lazalusa  wakadi  muntu  muhele.  Katataka  Lazalusa  udi 
usanka  ne  w'ewe  udi  unyingala.  Hankuci  hetu  hadi  luhongo  lunine 
kabena  bamunya  mua  kulua  kunoko.” 

Muntu  wakadi  mubaxi  wakamba  kabidi  ne,  “Ndi  biinyi  ne  bana 
betu  batanu,  ciena  mubasue  balue  kunoko,  wabatumine  Lazalusa, 
abambile  bualu  bua  Nzambi,  kabalue  kunoko.” 

Abalahama  wakahidia  ne,  “Naxa,  badi  ne  mukanda  wa  Nzambi  ne 
di  diakubambila  Moses.  Biahidiabo,  bualu  buabo.” 

LUSUMUINU  LUA  MUNTU  MUIMPE  WA  SAMELEA. 

Muntu  wakalua  kudi  Jisus,  wakumukonka  ne,  “Ndi  musue  muoyo 
wa  cendelele,  ngenze  cinyi  ?”  Jisus  wakuamba  ne,  “Wewe  udi  umunya 
me  a Nzambi  ne,  ‘ Nanga  Nzambi  ne  nanga  bakuenu  ne  bantu  bonso.” 
Muntu  eu  wakuamba  ne,  “Ndi  mumunye  di  edi,  mukuetu  nganyi?” 
Hakukonkeye  Jisus  nunku,  Jisus  wakumuambila  lusumuinu  nunku: 
Kale  muntu  wakadi  uya  mu  nxila,  banyengi  bakumukuata,  bakumutaha 
mputa  ya  bungi  ham’bidi  handi,  bakunyenga  bintu  biandi,  bakumuxia 
hatuhu,  kakadi  umunya  mua  kuya. 

Hakulaleye  nunku  to,  muambi  wa  bualu  bua  Nzambi  wakalua  mu 
nxila;  hakamoneye  muntu  mulale  ne  mputa,  wakusesuka,  wakuya 
biandi.  Muntu  mukuabo,  muena  Levi,  wakulua  mu  nxila.  Hakamoneye 
muntu  mulale  ne  mputa,  wakusesuka,  w^akuya,  wakumuxia  hatuhu. 

Muntu  mukuabo,  wa  cisambu  cikuabo,  muena  Samelea,  wakalua 
mu  nxila.  Hakasanganeye  muntu  mutaha,  wakaya  kudiye,  wakuvua 
mputa  yandi,  wakumunyengela  cilulu  ha  mputa,  wakumubandixa  ha 
nyima  ha  kabalu  kandi,  wakaya  n’andi  ku  musoko,  wakaya  kudi  muena 
musoko,  wakuamba  ne,  “Nakusangana  muntu  eu  mu  nxila,  umuhe 
bintu  bia  kudia,  hanalua  nenkufute  bimpe.” 

LUSUMUINU  LUA  MIXIKANKUNDE  DIKUMI. 

Jisus  wakuamba  bana  bandi  ne,  “ Hanaya  kulu’  kua  Tatu’inyi, 
nendue  kabidi;  kanuena  numunya  dituku  dinalua.”  Hakuambeye 
nunku,  Jisus  wakuela  lusumuinu  ne:  Muntu  mulumi  wakadiku. 


412 


READING  EXERCISES. 


wakuya  ku  musoko  mukuabo,  wakuya  kubuka  mukuxi.  Hakadiye 
ulua  butuku  ne  mukuxi’andi,  mixikankunde  dikumi  yakuya  mu  nxila, 
yakuya  kumuakidila.  Mixikankunde  itanu  yakadi  ne  niexi,  mikuabo 
itanu  yakadi  mihote.  Yakadi  ne  mexi  yakaya  ne  minyi  a bungi  a kuela 
mu  mpanza  ya  kahia.  Yakadi  mihote  yakaya  ne  minyi  manyamanya. 
Buonso  buai  yakuya  mu  nxila.  Hakuxikamai  kukala  kua  nxila  to, 
tulu  tuakubuela  mu  mesu,  yakulala  tulu.  Mundankulu  bakuela  bila 
ne,  “ Mubuki  wa  mukuxi  ulualua,  tuyi  kumuakidila.” 

Mixikankunde  yakadi  ne  mexi  yakubika,  yakuamba  kuya  kmnua- 
kidila.  Mixikankunde  mihote  yakubika,  yakukema  ne,  “Minyi  etu 
akuhua.”  Yakaya  kudi  mikuabo  yakadi  ne  mexi  ne,  “Nutuhe  bietu 
minyi,  etu  akuhua.”  Yakadi  ne  mexi  yakuamba  ne,  “Naxa,'katua- 
kunuluila  ne  minyi,  yi  bienu  kula  minyi  kudi  bantu  bakuabo.”  Hakayai 
kula  minyi,  mubuki  wa  mukuxi  wakulua.  Wakubuela  mu  nsubu 
wandi  ne  bantu  bonso  bakadi  n’andi,  ne  mixikankunde  yakadi  ne 
mexi.  Yeye  wakunxila  cibi. 

Hakalua  mixikankunde  mihote,  yakusangana  cibi  cinxila.  Yakuela 
di  ne,  “Mukelenge,  unsulula  cibi.”  Yeye  wakuamba  ne,  “Naxa, 
iena  munumunye.” 


INDEX 


N.  B. — In  the  following  Index  the  figures  have  reference  to  sections 
in  the  Grammar.  No  effort  is  made  to  have  the  references  complete. 
Only  the  more  important  are  given. 


Accent,  35. 

Active  V)ice,  200,  253,  341,  342, 
345- 

Adjective  clause,  454. 

Adjectives,  70-90;  take  primary 
prefixes,  71;  follow  the  noun 
modified,  72  and  Rems,  i,  2; 
take  secondary  prefixes,  77  (a)- 
(e);  relative  position  of,  83;  con- 
tained in  V.  as  pred.  complement, 
84  (cO;  phrases,  86,  87,  423  (3); 
comparison  of,  88-90;  adverbs 
formed  from,  417;  with  loc.  pre- 
fixed, 79. 

Adverb  clauses,  456-466;  inverted 
position  used  %vith,  443  (b),  Rem. 
5 (3);  of  place,  457;  of  time, 
458;  of  condition,  459,  460; 
of  purpose,  461,  462;  of  result, 
463;  of  degree  or  comparison, 
464;  of  manner,  465;  of  cause, 
466 

Adverbs,  362-421;  of  place,  363- 
382;  of  time,  383-400;  of  de- 
gree and  quantity,  401-406;  of 
manner,  407-413;  of  affirmation 
and  negation,  414-416;  forma- 
tion from  adjs.,  417;  miscella- 
neous, 418-421. 

Alliterative  concord,  60.  See  CON- 
CORD. 

Alphabet,  i. 

- Antecedent  of  rel.  pro.,  164,  168  (a) 
and  {b);  omitted,  i^. 

Apodosis  of  past  conditions,  309, 
459  (0- 


Applied  form  of  v.,  328-332;  of 
causative,  338;  used  meaning 
why?  420  (a)  and  {b)  Rem.  i. 

Archaic  forms  of  nouns,  44  Rem., 
45  Rem.;  as  primary  and  sec- 
ondary prefixes,  63  Rem.,  66 
Rem.  I. 

Assimilation  of  vow'els,  25,  26,  329 
(a)_and  (&),  334  (a)  and  (ft),  336. 

•Auxiliary  verbs,  205-232;  used  in 
forming  compound  tenses,  194; 
loc.  prefixed  to  in  compound 
tenses,  321  Rem.  4;  di,  206-211; 
ena,  206  Rem.;  cidi,  212-217; 
cena,  212  Rem.;  tadi(kadi), 
218-221;  tu,  222-224;  h 225, 
226;  ikala,  227;  anza,  228; 
can,  230;  may,  231;  must  and 
ought,  232. 

Cardinal  numerals,  91-97;  dis- 
tributive forms,  94;  substantives 
made  from,  95  (a)  (b),  and  Rems.; 
the  forms  with  o-umue,  96  and 
Rems.;  forms  in  abstract  count- 
ing, 97- 

Causal  clauses,  466. 

Causative  form  of  v.,  333-338. 

Change  of  u to  w and  i to  y,  27,  28. 

Classes  of  nouns,  40,  etc. 

Coalescence  of  a and  i into  e,  23 
Rem.  4,  47. 

'^ognate  accusative,  449  (g). 

Comparison,  of  adj.,  88-90;  of  adv., 
403;  clauses  of,  464. 

Complex  sentence,  453-472. 

413 


414 


INDEX. 


Compound  predicate,  446. 

Compound  sentence,  452. 

Compound  subject,  441  (/)  (i)  and 

(2). 

Compound  tenses,  194,  125,  165 
Rem.  2,  320  Rem.  2,  321  Rem. 
4,  443  (b)  Rem.  4. 

Concord,  58-69. 

Conditional  clauses,  459,  560. 

Conjunctions,  430-436,  coordi- 
nate and  correlative,  431-435; 
ne,  432;  naxa  . . . naxa,  433; 
inyi,  434;  tadi  and  kadi,  435; 
subordinate,  436. 

Consonants,  3-15,  double  con- 
sonants, 13-15;  euphonic  changes 
of,  29-34. 

Defective  nouns,  42;  joined  with 
poss.  pro.,  42  Notes  i and  2. 

Demonstrative  pro.,  143-163;  in- 
dicating near  opjects,  149-15 1; 
indicating  remote  objects,  152- 
155;  indicating  objects  near  the 
person  spoken  to,  156-158;  em- 
phatic demonstratives,  159-162; 
with  loc.,  163  and  Notes. 

Derivative  verbs  and  nouns,  322, 
etc. 

Diminutives,  50;  in  pi.  to  express 
bulk,  50  Rem. 

Diphthongs,  16-18;  last  letter  of, 
determining  suffix,  329  (e)  and 
(/),  334  (e)  and  (/). 

Direct  discourse,  455  (b)  (2). 

Elision,  of  vowels,  23;  between 
words,  24  and  (a)-(<f). 

Enclitic  forms  of  poss.  pro.,  138, 
42  and  Notes. 

Euphony,  22-34. 

Expensive  or  reversive  form  of 
verb,  345. 

Factitive  pred.,  449  (d). 

First  pres,  actual  tense  indie.,  262- 
264. 

Forms  of  v.,  see  applied,  causa- 
tive, INTENSIVE,  etc.,  328-346. 


Future  indie.,  293-295,  113  Rem. 

2;  in  rel.  clauses,  172  and  Rem. 
Future  imminent  tense  indie.,  2q6- 
298. 


Gender,  38,  56  (a)  (b),  105  Rem. 

4- 

Hortative  imperative,  237  (c)  (i)- 

(5)- 

Imperative  mood,  234-236,  191; 

peculiar  constructions,  237  {a)~ 
(d);  a simple  sentence,  439 
Rem.  I. 

Indefinite  pronouns,  181-189;  -a 
bungi,  ngia-ngl,  ngi,  181, 
onso,  182;  nya-nya,  183;  ha- 
tuhu,  be,  cinana,  184;  kuabo, 
nga,  185;  ha  bu-,  186;  each 
other,  one  another,  they,  one,  etc., 
188,  189. 

Indicative  mood,  181,  255-302.  See 
TENSES. 

Indirect  object,  449  (c);  pro.  suffix 
used  as,  124  (c);  pro.  infix  used 
as,  127  (c)  Note;  position  of 
direct  and  indirect  < bjs.,  450. 

Indirect  question,  169,  470-472. 

Infinitive  mood,  191,238-241;  uses 
of,  239  (a)-(e);  infin.  andpurpor- 
tive  moods  contrasted,  240,  462 
and  Rem. 

Inseparable  loc.  and  noun  words, 
423  (2)  (b). 

Intensive  form  of  v.,  339,  374. 

Interjections,  437. 

Internal  obj.,  449  (g). 

Interrogative  pronouns,  1 73-1 79; 
position  of,  173  Rems.;  ngan- 
yi  ? 174;  cinganyi?  175  and 
Rem.  3;  cinyi?  175  Rem.  i; 
ci?  175  Rem.  2;  ki?  176; 
munyi?  bixi?  177,  173  Rem.  i; 
nga?  178. 

Interrogative  sentences,  direct,  468, 
469,  443  (c);  indirect,  470-472; 
direct  interrog.  a simple  sentence, 
439  Rem.  2. 


INDEX. 


415 


Intransitive  verbs,  201  and  Rem.  i, 
341-343,  345;  with  past  act. 
part.,  253. 

Inverted  position,  443  (6). 

Language  of  a people  in  bu-,  55 
Rem.  I. 

Locatives,  423,  424;  some  words 
drop  prefix  after,  47  Rem.;  may 
furnish  concord,  61,  68,  115  and 
Rems.;  with  o-muue,  77  {e) 

Note;  adjs.  with  loc.  prefix,  79; 
with  disjunctive  pers.  pro.,  106 
(c)  (i);  withposs.  pro.,  139-142; 
with  demon,  pro.  163  and  Notes; 
with  rel.  pro.,  168  (a)  and  {b)\ 
with  verbs,  3 19-321;  suffixed  to 
verbs,  320;  prefixed  to  verbs, 
321;  nouns  derived  from,  357- 
359;  used  in  formation  of  advs. 
of  place,  363,  etc.;  may  displace 
ordinary  noun  prefix,  423  (2)  (a); 
used  insep.  with  certain  nouns, 

423  (2)  (6);  the  loc.  mu,  424  (i); 
the  loc.  ku,  424  (2);  the  loc.  ha, 

424  (3);  copula  in  n not  used 
with,  445  Rem.  4. 

Manner,  clauses  of,  465. 

Middle  voice,  291  and  Rems., 
341-343,  345 ; treated  as  intrans., 
201  Rem.  i;  corresponding 
trans.  form,  201  Rem.  2;  with 
past  act.  part.,  253. 

Moods,  see  indicative,  subjunc- 
tive, PURPORTIVE,  infinitive, 
imperative. 

Natural  position,  443  {a). 

Negative,  formation  of,  196-199; 
in  rel.  clauses,  171;  munyi  neg. 
tense,  314,  315;  ci  neg.  tense, 
316,  317;  neg.  answer  to  ques- 
tion, 414  and  Rem.  2;  neg.  of 
copulative  pred.  n.,  445  Rem.  5. 

Nouns,  36-56;  inflection  of,  36; 
classes  of,  40,  etc.;  foreign,  55 
Rem.  2 and  Notes;  derivative, 
322,  349-361;  verbs  derived 

from,  348.  • 


Number,  39,  40,  195. 

Numerals,  91-100.  See  cardinal, 

ORDINAL. 

Object,  direct,  449  (6);  indirect, 
449  (c);  with  factitive  pred.,  449 
{d)\  double,  449  (e);  direct  and 
indirect,  449  (/);  internal,  449 
{g);  position  of  direct  and  in- 
direct, 450,  pro.  sufl5xes  used  as, 
124  (&);  pro.  infixes  used  as, 
127  (a)  Note;  rel.  pro.  as,  165; 
infin.  as,  239  {d);  substantive 
clause  as,  455  (b). 

Ordinal  numerals,  98-100. 

Paradigms  of  verbs,  318  A and  B* 

Participles,  192,  242-254;  as  adj.’ 
84  {d)  Rem.,  85;  difference 
between  part,  from  trans.  and  in- 
trans. V.,  85  (b)  Rem.;  used  in 
formation  of  compound  tenses, 
T94;  used  in  pass,  voice,  202  (6); 
difference  in  primary  and  second- 
ary prefixes  in  formation  of,  202 
{b)  Rem.,  244,  252;  difference 
between  the  two  past  parts.,  253; 
two  rarer  part,  forms,  254;  part, 
used  as  noun,  356  (h). 

Passive  voice,  202  (a)-(c),  344. 

Past  indefinite  indie.,  272-275. 

Past  perf.  indie.,  276-279. 

Past  perf.  progressive  indie.,  284- 
286. 

Past  progressive  indie.,  280-283. 

Past  repetitive  indie.,  290-292. 

Past  subjunctive,  307-309. 

Person,  105  Rem.  8,  113  Rem.  3, 

1 14  Rem.  2,  120,  124  {b)  Rem., 
130  Rem.  2,  132,  146,  154  and 
Rems.,  195,  242,  249  Rem. 

Personal  pronouns,  103-127;  sim- 
ple disjunctive,  105-107;  com- 
pound disjunctive,  108-111; 
pro.  prefixes,  113,  115;  pro.  in- 
fixes, 116-119;  pro.  suffixes,  120- 
126;  pers.  pro.  instead  of  poss., 
137- 

Place,  clauses  of,  457, 


4i6 


INDEX. 


Plural,  39,  40;  sing,  and  pi.  in 
different  classes,  5 1 ; pi.  of 
muan*a  bute,  etc.,  57;  pi.  of 
x*-muenu,  mbi-cina,  tatu- 
muenu,  ,ma*-muenu,  42  Notes 
2 and  3. 

Position,  of  adj.,  72  and  Rems.; 
of  subj.,  443;  of  pred.  modifiers, 
448;  of  pro.  infixes  and  suf- 
fixes, 127;  of  interrog.  pro.,  173 
and  Rems.;  of  direct  and  indi- 
rect obj.,  450. 

Possessive  case,  87  {a)  and  Rems., 
105  Rem.  7,  167. 

Possessive  pronouns,  128-142;  as 
enclitic  with  defective  nouns,  42 
Notes  I and  2,  138  and  Rems.; 
pers.  pro.  instead  of  poss.,  137; 
with  loc.,  1 39-142;  with  buonso, 
182  Rem.;  with  ha  bu-,  186. 

Predicate,  444-451;  with  n,  445. 

Prefixes,  40,  59,  60,  113,  114,  128, 
164;  primary  and  uses,  60-65, 
249,  251;  secondary  and  uses, 
66-68,  1 14  Rem.  3,  121,  130. 

Prepositions,  422-429;  locatives, 
423,  424;  -a,  425;  ne,  426; 

kudi,  427;  bu,  buina,  428;  mis- 
cellaneous, 429. 

Present  habitual  indie.,  268-271. 

Present  imminent  indie.,  299-302. 

Present  perf.  progressive  indie., 
259-261. 

Present  progressive  indie.,  256-258. 

Present  purportive,  310-312. 

Present  repetitive  indie.,  287-289. 

Present  subjunctive,  304-306. 

Primary  prefixes,  see  prefixes. 

Pronominal  infixes,  116-119,  127. 

Pronominal  prefixes,  113,  114,  244. 

Pronominal  suffixes,  120-126,  127. 

Pronouns,  101-189.  See  personal, 
POSSESSIVE,  REMONSTRATIVE, 
RELATIVE,  INTERROGATIVE,  IN- 
DEFINITE. 

Protasis,  of  pres,  general  conditions, 
306  (a),  459  (a);  of  future  con- 
ditions, 306  (6),  459  (&);  of  past 
conditions,  459  (c);  when  neg., 
460. 


Purportive  mood,  191,  310-312, 
461;  use  as  imperative,  237  (6) 
and  {c)  (3)-(5);  contrast  infin. 
and  purportive,  240;  for  English 
infin.,  455  (6)  (2)  Rem.  2. 

Purpose,  clauses  of,  461,  462. 

Reciprocal  form  of  v.,  340. 

Reflexive  form  of  v.,  118. 

Relative  pronouns,  164-172;  as 
subj.,  164;  as  obj.,  165  and 
Rems.;  with  loc.,  168  (a)  and  (6); 
with  ne,  168  (c);  neg.  in  rel. 
clauses,  171;  fut.  tense  in  rel. 
clauses,  172  and  Rem.;  in- 
verted position  with,  443(6) 
Rem.  5 (i);  introducing  adj. 
clause,  454. 

Repetitive  form  of  v.,  346. 

Result,  clauses  of,  463. 

Secondary  prefixes,  see  prefixes. 

Second  pres,  actual  indie.,  265-267. 

Sentence,  the,  438;  simple,  439- 
451;  compound,  452;  complex, 
453-472;  interrog.,  467,  etc. 

Simple  sentence,  439-451. 

Singular,  39,  40;  sing,  and  pi.  in 
different  classes,  51. 

Spelling,  I Note  5. 

Subject,  440-443,  126;  pro.  suf- 
fixes as,  124  (a);  rel.  pro.  as,  164; 
infin.  as,  239  {a) ; position  of,  443; 
substantive  clause  as,  455  {a). 

Subjunctive  mood,  19 1,  303-309; 
use  as  imperative,  237  {d).  See 

TENSES. 

Substantive  clauses,  455;  inverted 
position  with,  443  (6)  Rem.  5(2). 

Suffixes,  pronominal,  120-126;  with 
poss.  pro.,  128,  130  and  Rems. 
I,  2. 

Syllables,  19-21;  when  diph- 
thongs, 18. 

Syntax,  438,  etc. 

Temp)oral  clauses,  458 

Tenses,  simple,  193;  compound. 


INDEX. 


417 


194.  Tenses  of  indie,  mood; 

pres,  progressive,  256,  etc.;  pres, 
perf.  progressive,  259,  etc.;  first 
pres,  actual,  262,  etc.;  second 

pres,  actual,  265,  etc.;  pres, 

habitual,  268,  etc.;  past  indefi- 
nite, 272,  etc.;  past  perf.,  276, 
etc.;  past  progressive,  280,  etc.; 
past  perf.  progressive,  284,  etc.; 
pres,  repetitive,  287,  etc.;  past 
repetitive,  290,  etc.;  future,  293, 
etc.;  future  imminent,  296,  etc.; 
pres,  imminent,  299,  etc.  Tenses 
of  subjunctive  mood:  pres.,  304, 
etc.;  past,  307,  etc.  Pres, 

tense  purportive,  310,  etc.  The 


munyi  negative,  314,  315.  The 
ci  negative,  316,  317. 

Transitive  verbs,  201  Rem.  2,  341, 
342,  345 i .with  pass,  past  part., 
253;  applied  forms  regarded  as, 

332. 

Transposed  position,  443  (c). 

Verbs,  190-321;  the  root  of,  190; 
moods  of,  191;  agreement  with 
subj.,  195;  auxiliary,  205-232; 
paradigms  of,  318  A and  B;  deriv- 
ative, 322-347. 

Voice,  see  active,  passiv  e,  middle. 

Vowels,  2 and  Rem.;  assimilation 
of,  25,  26. 


1^- 


t 


I 


I 

i 


DATE  DUE  1 

1 

Demco,  Inc.  38-293 

